AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
profile
Affiliation: Augsburg College is a four-year Liberal Arts
College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The
College offers a broad education in a Christian environment.
Accreditation: Augsburg College is fully accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools,
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (secondary), the American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of University Women.
Memberships: Augsburg College holds membership also in the
American Council on Education, the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, tlie
Association of Minnesota Colleges, thc Minnesota Private
College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and
Universities.
Courses of Study: Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts
education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree
offered in 26 major fields of study. Sluclents are prepared for
teaching, business administration, social warlc, medical
technology, secretarial work, parish work, and missions.
Students may prepare for Eurtl~er study in the fields of
engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law,
and for graduate study in various fields,
Lacation: Augsburg College is located along Interstate
Highway NO.94, just 20 hloclcs from the downtown loop area
of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries,
museums and art collections. They also have the opportunity
to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural
activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
Setting: The eleven-acre Augsburg campus is located in the
heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of
Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest
hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for
careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly
atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students
participate in all phases of campus community life under the
direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty.
Development: A comprehensive development program is in
operation which will, over the years, add additional land and
buildings to the Augsburg College campus.
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1964-65
. . . . . Freshman Days
Sept. 14, 15 (Mon., Tues.) ....... Registration
Sept. 16 (Wed.) ................ Classes begin
Sept. 9-15 (Wed.-Tues.)
........ Late registration fee
1 ..................Homecoming
OCTOBER
T W T F S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 8 19 m 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 23 30 31
S
M
S
M
Sept. 16 (Wed.)
Oct. 29-Nov.
Nov. 12 (Thurs.)
... End first half
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 19 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
................... Christmas
Jan. 4 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
Jan. 18-26 (Mon.-Tues.)
recess begins
..... Classes resume
. . Final examinations
.........
Jan. 26 (Tues.)
F
S
F
4
11
18
25
S
5
12
19
26
F
S
of Semester
Nov. 25 (12:20 p.m.)-30 (7:45 a.m.)
.......................
NOVEMBER
T W T
DECEMBER
T W T
1
2
3
6
7
8
9 10
13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 31
~
S
M
S
M
JANUARY
T W T
1
7
First Semester ends
S
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
F
S
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
M
T
MAY
W T
F
S
Spring Semester 1965
.................. Registration
Feb. 2 (Tues.)
Feb. 3 (Wed., 7 :45 a.m.)
Feb. 3 (Wed.)
....... Classes begin
.......... Late
Mar. 30 (Tues.)
...
registration fee
End first half of Semester
April 1 4 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.)
....................... Easter recess begins
April 20 (Tues., 7 :45 a.m.). Easter recess ends
May 19 (Wed.)
May 20-28 (Thurs.-Fri.)
May 30 (Sun.)
May 30 (Sun.)
1
.................. Reading Day
. . Final examinations
........ Baccalaureate service
............... Commencement
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
S
SEPTEMBER
T W T
M
F
S
Fall Semester 1 965-66
S
. . . . . Freshman
Sept. 8-14 (Wed.-Tues.)
OCTOBER
T W T
M
F
S
Sept. 13, 14 (Mon., Tues.)
S
NOVEMBER
T W T
M
F
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes
Sept. 15 (Wed.)
. . . . . . . . . Late
Oct. 28-31
Homecoming
End first half of Semester
Nov. 24 (12:20 p.m.) -29 (7:45 a.m.)
DECEMBER
T W T
M
..
begin
registration fee
......................
Nov. 11 (Thurs.)
S
. . . . . . . Registration
Sept. 15 (Wed.
S
Days
F
S
.......................
Thanksgiving recess
Dec. 18 (Sat., 12:20 p.m.)
S
..................
JANUARY
T W T
M
F
S
Jan. 3 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.)
...... Classes resume
Jan. 17-25 (Man.-Tues.)
. . Final examinations
Jan. 25 (Tues.)
M
FEBRUARY
T W T
S
M
MARCH
T W T
F
S
S
M
T
APRIL
W T
F
S
S
F
Christmas recess begins
.......... First
Semester ends
S
Spring Semester 1966
................... Registration
Feb. 2 (Wed., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . . Classes begin
Feb. 2 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee
April 1 (Fri.) . . . . . End first half of Semester
Feb. 1 (Tues.)
April 6 (Wed., 9:00 p.m.) Easter recess begins
S
M
MAY
T W T
April 12 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) Easter recess ends
F
S
May 25 (Wed.)
................. Reading
Day
May 26-June 3 (Thurs.-Fri.)
S
M
T
JUNE
W T
F
S
........................ Final examinations
June 5 (Sun.) .......... Baccalaureate service
June 5 (Sun.)
............... Commencement
historical sketch
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in
1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the
first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through
an arrangement with a private institution
known as Marshall Academy, the
Seminary was at first housed in the
academy building. Students who needed
further preparation in academic subjects
were to obtain this in the academy. In the
autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was
removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where
a building had been erected for its use. In
the same year the school was incor~orated
under theVlawsof Minnesota. Its Gm was
to train ministers for the Lutheran
congregations which were being organized
in growing numbers in the pioneer
settlements that were spreading rapidly
over the Northwest.
The College was established when it
became evident that in order to get
students who were adequately prepared for
theological study a college department was
needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned
which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work
along two lines, a classical course to
prepare students for theology, and a
scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was
graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering
three years was established which in 1910
was expanded t o a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued in 1933. In
the years 1916-1919 the college course was
thoroughly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the earlier
classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon
the study of the humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study and
modification of the curriculum including
G E NERAL
INFORMATIOR
the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The divisional organization
was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are
offered.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College
became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther
Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the
merged church.
Seven presidents have served Augsburg during the course
of its history:
Augiisl Weenaas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1876-1907
1907-1911
Sven O f t e d a l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1911-1937
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1937-1938
Bernhard Christensen - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1938-1 962
Leif S. Harbo - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1962-1963
Oscar A. Anderson - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1963-Present
aims and objectives
IJ Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of
Regents of the college affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character
of this institution.
Ultimate Aims
To contribute t o the true good of human life and society.
To contribute to the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church.
Basic Philosophy
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act d
God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this potential is realized only
insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian Church; in seeking t o
relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the
Christian college performs its greatest service both to the
Church and to society.
Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion,
but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common
search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth
in relation to ultimate Truth.
Primary Objectives
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine
religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a
program of Christian higher education.
To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical well-being of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound
academic work.
To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of
their homes and communities.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life
and learning.
To aid its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar
aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel
that will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate
thereto.
F
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service to God and man.
Distinctive Character
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who
sought to play a creative role in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage in
the life of the college community today.
the alumni association
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable
graduates and former students to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held a t Commencement time each year.
Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors.
The Alumni Office is located in the Art Building on Riverside
Avenue.
the physical plant
Instructional facilities and student housing at Augsburg
are conveniently located in relation to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of
classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry,
physics, biology and home economics; the bookstore; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty
offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor.
The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was
completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms,
a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms,
and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed
in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of
the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate
athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been
remodeled to serve the needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to
provide excellent space for the art program. It has one large
classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing,
painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first
floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development
Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memoriol Hall
Gerda Mortensen Hall
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 130 men. On the ground
floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates
the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger
dormitory.
Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, Iota, Lambda,
Omicron, Zeta, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each
accommodating from 8 to 20 women students.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent
years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty,
staff, men students, and married student housing.
the archives
The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-prod
quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, affording
extensive resources for scholarly research.
library facilities
The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library
provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and
students. It contains about 50,000 volumes, exclusive of
pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes
each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two
large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet
study and research materials close at hand. All books are
kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able
and well-trained staff, is available to students.
Special collections have been developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science
Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional
conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or
small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor
reading room.
The library subscribes to about 410 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active role in promoting general reading,
presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty, staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis publi,c libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year.
natural science laboratories
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office
space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger
laboratories and two special research laboratories for
Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the
third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near
the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also
located here.
P.' I
A considerable part of the income on
which Augsburg operates is derived from
endowment and from gifts. Therefore, the
fees charged the student do not constitute
the whole cost of his education, for he
enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those
who believe in and support the work of
the school.
guaranteed tuition plan
In order to assist students and parents
in planning ahead for tuition payments,
which are the major item of college
expense, Augsburg College offers a
Guaranteed Tuition Plan that fixes the
tuition cost for four years of college.
Freshmen enrolling in the fall of 1964,
who sign up for the plan, will have
their tuition cost guaranteed for eight
consecutive semesters a t a total cost of
$3,825 (average cost is $956.25 per year)
as follows:
The larger charges in the first two years
build up a reserve available for the last
two years. If the student on this plan
voluntarily withdraws, he loses his reserve.
If he is asked to withdraw, his reserve
will be refunded.
Those who do not elect t o sign up for the
Guaranteed Tuition Plan will be enrolled
in the fall of 1964 a t a tuition charge of
$450 per semester and at whatever level
the fee is set in subsequent years.
FINANCIAL
general expenses per semester *
Regular
Tuition Plan
Tuition (includes Student Activity
$450.00
Fee of $1 1.00)
7.50
Student Union Fee
1.00
Lo'cker (Optional)
Guaranteed
Tuition Plan
$500.00
7.50
1.00
TOTAL GENERAL EXPENSES
PER SEMESTER
$458.50
$508.50
Books are estimated a t $25.00 to $40.00 per semester
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credits (17) are charged a t the rate of $20.00 for each additional credit per semester.
Special students will pay a t the rate of $38.00 per credit up
t o 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credits pay
the regular tuition charge.
room and board expenses
per semester"
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
$125.00 $130.00
150.00
125.00
1.OO
1.00
MEN
Min.
Max.
$120.00
$120.00
175.00
225.00
1.00
1.OO
Room
Board *
Key Deposit
(refundable)
Breakage Deposit
-0-015.00
15.00
(refundable)
TOTAL ROOM & BOARD
PER SEMESTER $251.00 $281.00 $311.00 $361.00
*Women students in residence are required to buy and use
a minimum of $125.00 meal book coupoils per semester, men
students $175.00.
music fees per semester "
Private lessons - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $40.00
8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Organ rental (one hour per day) .- - - - - - - - - - - Voice studio rental (one hour per day) - . - - - . . 8.00
*
Subject t o change
special fees"
-
Application fee -,
,- -,
- -,
,
,
,
,
,,
,,
,
,
- - - - ,, - - - - - $10.00
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) - - 1.00
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes ,,,,,,,,,,,- ,-,
-,
- - - -- - - -- - - - 2.00
Placement fee ,-,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Graduation fee -,--,-,,,,-,,,,,,,,~-,10.00
------,Final examinations taken a t another hour than the one
,
,,
- -,
,-- - -,
,
-- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
scheduled ,,,,-,
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition - 5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) - 1.00
Student teaching
20.00
. .
Choir tour (minimum) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10.00
Band tour (minimum) , - , - , - - - - - , , - - - -10.00
------Camprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled ,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
10.00
not currently enrolled ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,,,-,
-
------,,,,,-,+,+,+-4-h----~-4---
estimated expenses per semester "*
MEN
WOMEN
Min.
Max.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
$508.50
Special, music, books 25.00
100.00
$608.50
TOTAL
$483.50
Min.
Max.
$458.50
25.00
$483.50
$508.50
100.00
$608.50
RESIDENT STUDENTS
$458.50
General expenses
Room & Board
251.00
Special, music, books 25.00
TOTAL
$734.50
$458.50
311.00
25.00
$794.50
$508.50
361.00
100.00
$969.50
$508.50
281.00
100.00
$889.50
* * These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
refunds
Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his
registration before the middle of any semester will be charged
a t the rate of 2 per cent per day, except for application and
special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund
after the middle of the semester. If a student is required to
enter the Armed Forces, a full refund is made of tuition.
V u b j e c t to change
payment of accounts
Student accounts are due in full a t the time of registration in
September and February. Parents may deposit money in
advance a t the College, or the student may make the payment
when he registers. Checks must be made out to Augsburg College and forwarded directly to the Treasurer's office. For
cash payments a receipt must be obtained from the Treasurer's
office at the time of payment.
Recognizing that payment of fees in full a t registration poses
a financial problem in some cases, the College has instituted
the following payment plans:
DATE PAYMENT DUE
n
OFF-CAMPUS
RESIDENT
STUDENTS
STUDENTS
Guaranteed
Guaranteed
Tuition
Regular Tuition
Regular
Tuition
Plan
Tuition
Plan
or before registration $300.00 $325.00 $525.00 $550.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due October 15th
85.00
95.00
125.00 135.00
Due November 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due December 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due January 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due February 15th
85.00
125.00 135.00
95.00
Due March 15th
85.00
135.00
125.00
95.00
Due April 15th
85.00
Due May 15th
Balance Balance Balance Balance
In addition, other arrangements may be made with the Treasurer's office. A carrying charge of $2.00 a month is added for
the payment-plan service. Unless prior arrangement is made,
an additional $1.00 is added for each month that payment is
late.
financia 1 assistance
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg.
Students must complete an application form and meet certain
requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives
assistance t o students in securing work both on and off the
campus.
loan funds
18
Several loan funds have been established to assist students
in working out their financial problems. Loans may be
arranged a t a reasonable rate of interest for various periods
of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance
t o students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, extends assistance t o members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is
available t o selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan
Fund is available to students who are preparing for the
ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National
Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students
capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of
study. Special consideration is given to those students who
express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools
and t o those whose academic background indicates a superior
capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering
or modern foreign languages.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans
made by local banks to college students requiring financial
assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo
Foundations provided the funds t o establish the initial
reserves required.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee
on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on financial matters with the objective in
mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for
his finances.
scholarships and prizes
Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these
scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic
record is 2.0 or better.
A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the
upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on
scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average.
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
each year to students who are highly recommended by the
chairman of their major department. These scholarships are
renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75
or better.
Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to
selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better
who apply to the Student Personnel Committee.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year
to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships
may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full
tuition.
The American Indian Scholarshir, was established in 1955 by
Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a
scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg
College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student
selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in
1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the
Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir.
It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of
outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in
1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her
brother, Dorvall. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who
has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding
promise or. achicwement in the art of singing.
20
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the
memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911
to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of
outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further
for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is
five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial SchoIarship was established
in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis
in n ~ e ~ n o rof
y their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa. Tlie scholarship is awarded annually to a student
selected an the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotl?erl~oodLife Insurance Society
and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors.
The students arc selected by the college in the spring of the
junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic
standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards,
totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students
of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor
Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from
1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for
the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of
Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in
1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New
York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College.
The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of
need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory
of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college
from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the department of chemistry to honor the
memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg
from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made to a student
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
The Manlvald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1960 by friends and the department of chemistry
to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor
of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 ta 1958,The annual award
is made to a student whose academic record indicates promise
of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor
of biochemistry a t the University of Minnesota. The annual
award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1963. This annual award is made to a
student whose academic background indicates promising
achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
was established by friends and the department of chemistry
in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a
student of -hemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death
in January 960. The annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promise of achievement in
the field of chemistry.
f
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry
Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff.
The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose
record indicates promise in the field of chemistry.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in
1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The
scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of
academic achievement, personal character and promise of
achievement in the field of physical education.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A.
Sveeggen, professor of English a t Augsburg from 1915 to
1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an
outstanding student in the field of English.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding
students in the Freshman, Sophomore, and Junior classes for
use the following academic year. The scholarship fund, which
is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on
the basis of previous academic performance. No award will
be in excess of financial need.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of
the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or
senior students.
The Carl W. Landahl Scholarship was established by the family
and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a
member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his
death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis
of achievement in the field of music.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and
Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount
of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing
for service in the Christian ministry.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund
was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family
and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of
Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free
Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class
who are preparing for the ministry.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an
Augsburg student from the Sharon Lutheran congregation a t
Lamberton, Minnesota.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by
a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund
is awarded annually to freshman students who, without
assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in
1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of
Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an
able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by
the Scholarship Committee.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg
in order to encourage and assist promising students in the
carrying out of projects of graduate study.
The Harry S. Genung Memorial Scholarship was established
in 1963 by De Ette Cenfield Genung in honor of her husband.
A scholarship is awarded annually to a deserving student from
another country in order to prepare that student to make a
contribution in his or her homeland, thereby improving the
relationship of that country and the United States.
The De Ette Cenfield Genung Memorial Scholarship was
established in 1963 by Harry S. Genung in honor of his wife.
Two scholarships are awarded annually to deserving and
promising students in the field of English or the language arts.
The Green-Genung Memorial Scholarship was established in
1963 by Harry S. Genung and De Ette Cenfield Genung, his
wife, in memory of Jeanette Cenfield Green, sister of Mrs.
Genung, and Arthur E. Genung, father of Mr. Genung. Both the
persons memorialized in this scholarship had a special concern
about the social and personal consequences of the use of alcoholic beverages and narcotics, and Mrs. Green was especially
active in the p.omotion of alcohol education and legislation.
The proceeds of this endowment fund will be used for the
scholarship to be awarded annually to one or more qualified
students specializing in Sociology and Social Work with
special interest in the problems of modern society that are
reflected in alcoholism, drug addiction, delinquency, and other
personal and social problems, and who plan to direct their
efforts toward the prevention and solution of such problems.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the
Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two
scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be
awarded each year to students a t Augsburg College. The
recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith
who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue
training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to
scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and
skills in working with people are considered in making this
award.
grants-in-aid
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good standing who
are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these
grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined
by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated
expenses of both the student and his family.
employment service
An employment service, located in the Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work.
Many students find it possible to pay part of their college
expenses with money earned in this way. The types of work
available are of various kinds, including recreational leadership,
restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial
and clerical work. The college is concerned that employment
not interfere with a student's academic work. Therefore, it is
desirable that Freshmen have sufficient funds to pay their entire
expenses for at least one semester. Part-time employment may
then be secured in accordance with the need of the student
and his ability to handle extra work.
Students are employed by the college in several areas. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service. Application for parttime or summer employment may be made in the Personnel
Office.
application procedure
Applications for admission to Augsburg
College should be made to the Director of
Admissions. Students may apply for
admission as soon as they have completed
their junior year in high school, and preferably before June 1 preceding the fall in
which the student seeks admission. No
applications are accepted after September
1. Early applicants gain an advantage both
in registration and housing. Notification
of admission is normally sent to a student
as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application form by writing
or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(2) Complete and return the application
form with a $10 application fee (nonrefundable) and a photograph.
(3) Request your high school to send us
a copy of your high school record and
test results. Transfer students will
request the previous college or
colleges to send an official transcript
of grades together with results of
standardized .tests taken.
(4) After acceptance, all new students are
required to make a $50 non-refundable
tuition deposit. This deposit may be
made any time before July 1; for those
admitted thereafter, it is due within
two weeks after notification of
acceptance.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
admission requirements
The quality of a student's work in high
school, type of course program, scores on
college aptitude tests, and recommendations are important factors in considering
an application. Augsburg College seeks
ADMISSION
TO THE
students who rank high in the high school graduating class, a t
least in the upper half, and score average or above on college
aptitude tests.
It is recommended that a student have a t least 12 academic
subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should
include four units of English, and at least two units each
of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science.
A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and
equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork.
For entrance to the Freshman Class, either the tests of the
American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic
Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination
Board is required.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will
be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the
Student Personnel Offi,ce by August 15. The health report must
be received before the student will be permitted t o register.
transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and
universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited
institutions. For graduation the total honor point ratio is
computed on the basis of work transferred together with that
taken a t Augsburg. A maximum of 64 semester credits is
allowed on transfer from a junior college.
advanced placement
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify,
on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may
be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course
previously completed.
advanced standing
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to
high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5
on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
'
I.
The influences which mould life and
character on a college campus are of many
kinds. While the exercises of classroom,
laboratory, and library form the organizing
basis of college activity, they need to be
supplemented by other than academic
forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do
with creating the spirit of an institution.
At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome
spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side
of their development and thus contribute
toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct
t - g the instituthe policies of A t ~ g . ~ h ~ lthat
tion may conslnntly I:e permeated by ail
atmosphere in which the qiresl for Truth
as it is in Christ is prayeiqfully rostercd
in each life.
All students are required to complete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in
Religion. 'l'liei~e are 1iurnerous voluntary
religious activities in which students are
encouraged to participate. Faith and Life
Week is helrl ~ w i c e each ycar. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will
find a church home in Minneapolis and
attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life,
conduct, and influence, both on and off
campus, shall be worthy of a member of
a Christian College. Those who do not feel
drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should
not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A
truly Christian spirit and environment
must be the product of the united effort
and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The Chapel Service
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service,
CAMPUS LIFE
where the faculty and students gather for united worship,
prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
recreation standards and discipline
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain
Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation
to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person
of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship, the
Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to
things. The fact that God not only created the world but
became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to
be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It
follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much
concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg
should never subordinate its academic program to leisuretime activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must
be in the context of, and be congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In settirig up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is
conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college
of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy
opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of
the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational
and social program which gives preference to those activities
which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which
enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or
encourage selfish satisfactions.
The college provides a variety of activities designed to meet
these requirements. The social program includes a number of
organized all-school events combined with many lessstructured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In
attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg
students, we make use of all existing facilities on campus and
many of those which are available in the Twin City area.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program,
some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities.
The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the
possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or a t any
college-sponsored event. Any student found under the influence of liquor is subject to disciplinary action. Social, or
ballroom dancing, is not a part of the recreational program of
the college. Students are encouraged to be discriminating in
all types of recreation in which they engage, that their time
may be well spent, and strong moral and ethical values may
be developed. Such common activities as television viewing
and movie-going, for example, can easily become time-wasting
and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical
values.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience,
the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt
themselves to the social program approved by the college and
to follow it as members of the college community. Although
the college lays down specific rules regarding most matters
only with respect to activities centering on the campus, it
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action
shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the available
campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with
through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office
of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation
and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
religious program
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and
faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will
stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community.
Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of
Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries
primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and
Life Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings and
discussions.
This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all
voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal
organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA
seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith
and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a
schedule of meetings on campus.
The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes
interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship,
worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission
Festival, a conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers.
convocation
Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range
of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social,
religious, and artistic.
social and recreational activities
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for
social training and recreation. The Student Council through the
Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Programming
Commission, sponsors a wide variety of activities each month
and an all-school activity which all students may attend. Most
of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women
Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas,
dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
Music and the Fine Arts
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational
and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer.
Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis
Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City
libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and
other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of
music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony
Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket
arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University
and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters.
A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts,
a r t displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the
Student Personnel Office.
student government
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time
students enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full
capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the
democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president,
resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consists
of six commissioners-each responsible to the president for
one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist
him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is
the twenty member legislative branch of the government.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates
in student government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose
rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the
College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers
legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects
the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students
in the United States. Through this organization the students.
receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add
their voice to the voice of all American students before the
national government and other organizations in matters of
student concern.
The Student Goyernment directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political
Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic
Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of Freshmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a
part of Freshman Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women
students, provides opportunity for the women to develop
meaningful self-government. It aims to create a sense of
harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high
standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it
encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliated
with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a
national organization.
Publications
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by
a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body
as well as a medium of information. The Echo provides an
opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic
work.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial
record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual
provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design
as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors;
business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the
Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select
editors and business managers for the campus publications.
The "A" Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a
student editor in conjunction with the Office of Student
Personnel Services.
The Directory of students, staff, and faculty is published under
the direction of the Registrar.
co-curricular program
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to
pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective
participation, students with similar interests have united to
form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond
the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in
the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the
students' creative urge in the field of art and to promote an
interest in art.
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study
in the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from the business and
secretarial classes. The development of professional interests
is the major objective.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and
minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on
current topics in this specific area.
The Augsburg Forum affords opportunity for joint studentfaculty discussions of vital, controversial issues.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American
students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language,
and people of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its
members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage
presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading
and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is
open only to qualified upper-classmen.
The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field
of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio
station on the campus.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in
professional education associations and strives to acquaint
future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home
Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes
toward all aspects of home and community life.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of
psychology.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to
stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national
politics, and in other human-relations activities.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and
developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish
culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing
for professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Ushers' Club is a a service organization providing
ushers for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative
expression in various forms of writing. The members share
their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit
from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection
of the best creative writing each year.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond
of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the
highest possible plane."
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member
of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
Membership in this organization is gained by participation in
individual and group recreational activities with awards given
on a point basis.
Forensics
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both
in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also
participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
The Genung Endowment
The Genung Endowment was established in 1963 by Harry S.
Genung and De Ette Cenfield' Genung to perpetuate their
interest, concern, and activity in the improvement of international relations. The income from the fund is made available
each year to assist a student group a t Augsburg Col.lege to
carry out a project for the improvement of international
relations on a student to student level.
musical organzzatzons
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected
from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and
occasionally to Canada. A tour of Europe is planned for June,
1965.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour
and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a
Collegiate Band and Instrumental Ensembles.
The Augsburg Cbllege Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
The Male Chorus sings a t various churches in the Twin City
area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
The Augsburg College Orchestra, organized in 1963, performs
frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of
standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists
and choral groups. The string ensemble class provides
opportunity for students interested in improving fundamental
string technique.
physical education and recreation
Under the direction of the Department of Physical
Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged
for general student participation. Every student is urged to
participate in some activity for his own recreation and
relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities.
Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a
tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various
colleges.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams
in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
Purpose and Philosophy of Intercollegiate Athletics
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an
intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its
Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the
conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators.
The educational program of the college recognizes that
recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and
that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental,
and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the
fact that competitive play can contribute to the development
of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit,
both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character
as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation.
(2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests,
and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations
as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his
own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his
educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's
participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute
directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and
exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade
performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students,
and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate
athletic program should contribute to the development
of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and
general recreational program.
eligibility requirements
In order to participate in certain extracurricular and
cocurricular activities, students must meet established
eligibility requirements.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is
governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference.
A student on academic probation is not eligible to be a candidate for any elected or appointed campus office including
Student Council, Commissions, class and organization offices,
nor is he eligible for cheerleading or student publication participation. This list is not inclusive and other activities may
be designated. The Chairman of the Election Board is responsible for checking the eligibility of all candidates for Student
Society and class offices with the Assistant Registrar. Organizations should submit names of candidates for office to the
Coordinator of Student Activities for approval.
A student on academic probation may not participate in the
Augsburg Choir or the Augsburg Band or in a major role in
a dramatic production without special permission from the
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
honors and awards
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved
the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have
attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic
average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before
a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society,
are to recognize academic achievement and to promote
scholarship. Juniors and Seniors who have earned a 2.5 honor
point ratio accumulative are eligible for membership, while
Freshmen and Sophomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio may
be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made
a t the Registrar's Office a t the beginning of the semester in
which the student is eligible.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association
of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the
social sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize
and honor those members of the senior graduating class who
have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation
in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor
point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work
at Augsburg College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged
to be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is
to remain in the possession of the college.
student personnel services
Institutional services to students are organized and
administered in accordance with plans and policies established
by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation,
Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and
Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Admissions
Pre-college counseling, educational and vocational, is available
from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if a t
all possible. Other information concerning admission and
entrance requirements can be found in another section of the
catalog.
Counseling
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning
experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as
uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning,
religious uncertainty, health, financial problems, personal and
social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with
the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions.
It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop more
realistic conceptions of themselves and the surrounding world,
and keener awareness of resources available to them as they
meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several
levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling
program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty
counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field
of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his
counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have
specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing
with problems of adjustment. The Dean of Students and the
Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women,
respectively. The counseling program is coordinated by the
Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans
and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem
develops which demands professional skill and more time than
the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is
referred to the Office of the Dean of Students or Dean of
Women. A further referral may be made to the College
Chaplain, in the case of spiritual problems, or to the College
Physician, in the case of underlying emotional problems. The
College Physician works with the Personnel Deans in the
latter case.
Testing
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their
initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational
interest test profile help the students learn to know more about
themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and
occupational goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress (STEP) are given to all sophomores. Seniors take the
graduate record examinations.
Freshman Orientation
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman
Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The
students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college
facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students,
with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty
counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several
conferences during which they plan the student's program
of study.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for
interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the
increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this
course.
Records
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achievement, student participation and
achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports
of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
The Student Health Service
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located
in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the
report of a physical examination given by his family physician.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis
Association Mobile Unit.
Housing and Food Service
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the
students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes
that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment
in the residence halls are direct influences on their general
efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development
while maintaining optimal living conditions, active student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the
Director of Residences for Women, the Head Residents, and
Personnel Deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and
attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The Head Residents and Personnel Deans serve as
resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred
to them.
All women students and freshman men students not living a t
home are required to live in college-operated housing. Students
desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure
approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel
Office. All students living in the residences and most students
in off-campus housing take their meals in the college dining
room. The college also provides two houses for women with a
cooperative house plan.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular
schedules become effective, and they close a day after the
term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during
vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished
except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry
facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost.
This service is required of all women students in Gerda
Mortensen Hall. An optional linen service is available to other
students.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester
for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit
of $25 are required of all single students. This deposit is
applied to the first semester's room rent. Rooms for new
students are assigned in the late summer according to the date
of application. Present students must make room application
prior to May 15 and submit the room deposit by July 15. After
May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the
same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary
to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the
deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15
breakage fee a t the beginning of each school year. At the end
of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and
the furniture is satisfactory.
Graduate Placement
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business,
governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and
organizations at the local as well as the state and national
levels. Jntervicws are arranged both on and off the campus. A
registration fee and a small placement fee are charged.
Student Employment
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel
Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative
work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Coordination of Student Activities
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers
to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and
keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of
meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are
approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibility
of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the
legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the
Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept
by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations.
I
4
registration
Students who have been accepted for
admission should register on the days
designated in the Calendar for this
purpose. Those who register late are
charged a late registration fee of $1 per
day after classes begin. The last date on
which a student may register for or enter
a course is two weeks after the beginning
of classes.
Registration means that the student
accepts all the rules and regulations
established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any
subject for which-he has not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel
any course for which there is not sufficient
registration.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours.
A credit hour is defined as one recitation
period a week throughout a semester. The
privilege of registering for more than 18
credit hours is granted to students who
have gained an average record of B, or
two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this
rule may be made under certain conditions
determined by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. No student is
permitted to carry work for more than 20
credits per semester. Students working
part-time are urged to arrange the amount
of their registration accordingly.
change of registration
and cancellation
In case a student desires to make any
changes in his registration, he obtains a
form from the Registrar's Office on which
he makes application. Approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser,
and the Registrar must be obtained before
a change is permitted. A fee of $1.00 is
charged for each change of registration
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATIOP
after the first week of classes. No course may be added after
the first two weeks of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first six weeks of
classes is followed by W. After the first six weeks and before
the last four weeks of the semester a course which is cancelled
is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he
is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the
last four weeks of the semester.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the
end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's
Office in order to remain in good standing.
university courses
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students
may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average
in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of
credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg
College and counted towards graduation.
classification
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes,
a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of
work in which college credit is given. Classification is based
on the attainment of the following number of credit hours
together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24;
Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as
special students.
pro bation and elimination
The Committee on Admissions and Student Standing at the
end of each semester, considers the status of students who
have done unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor
point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, Juniors
and Seniors .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more
credits of F, at the end of a semester, are placed on probation.
They are removed from probation when they obtain better than
C average for a semester. A student is not allowed to remain
in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic
record.
F
class attendance
Regular class attendance is required of all students in Lower
Division Courses. Attendance in Upper Division Courses is
voluntary for Juniors and Seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of
attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are
submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness
or for other reasons should present to their teachers a written
report of the reason for absence. A student will receive a grade
of F if the number of absences for which he has not presented
acceptable excuses is excessive as defined by the instructor of
that class.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of
participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are
issued by the Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving
in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their
presence to the teacher.
examinations
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the
course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors
and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each
semester to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of
each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final
examination in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A
student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an
excuse, may arrange to take such an examination during some
period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the
College to take a final examination a t another hour than that
scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination.
Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a
statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher
concerned.
comprehensive examinations
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses
in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing
believes the student has adequate preparation or background.
Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must
apply in writing to this committee. When permission is
granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the
office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 ($10.00 for students not
currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be
paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will
be filed in the Registrar's office.
grade values
A
- - - - - - - - - Superior, 3 honor points per credit
B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Very good, 2 honor points per credit
Satisfactory, 1 honor point per credit
C
D
Passable, no honor points per credit
F
Failure, minus 1 honor point per credit
..
E
Condition
I ------ --- -- --- --- --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Incomplete
-
-
-
-
_
,
-
L
-
-
-
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
u
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
L
L
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
conditions and incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received a t the end of the
semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes
of the following semester, or within a year if the student has
not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade
only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may
not be higher than D. A fee of $5.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
graduation requirements
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain
requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is
urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of
the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major.
It js the responsibility of the student to see that he includes
the required subjects at the right time in his program of
studies. The faculty advisers, the deans, and the registrar will
gladly assist him in planning his program.
general education requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study
in professional fields, students are required to complete credits
as indicated in the following fields:
..
Religion - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 credits
At least 8 credits in lower' division courses and 4 in upper
division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 51, 52, 54 may
apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of
2 credits per semester of attendance.
Freshman English - ---,,-,-,--- 6 credits from Eng. 11-12
-,
--,
,,- - - - - - - - - 3 credits
Literature or Philosophy - - - - Beginning Speech ,---- - - - - - - - - - -- -,
,--,
,2credits
--Fine Arts -- ,-,
,
,-,
_-,-- - -- ,--:-- ,,-,,,,-,
-- 2 credits
Art 1, 83, 84; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 4, 7; or Sp. 29
Foreign Language - - - - - ,----,
,--, ,- - - - - - - - 0-14 credits
0 - If four years of one language have been successfully
completed in high school.
6 - If student has sufficient background in the language
to enroll in the intermediate course.
14 - If student has only one year or less of a foreign
language in high school.
Students with two years of a foreign language in high school
should normally be prepared to enroll in the intermediate
course in college; if not, they may enroll in the beginning
course, but will receive credit only for the second semester
of it.
Social Sciences .._ . -.- .... _ .. - _ - - - .- - - - - - _ _ - .- - - - - - 6 credits
Hist. 1, 2; 21,22; Soc. 1 , 2 ; or Econ. 15, Soc. 2
Natural Sciences - - - _ - - - - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9 credits
At least 3 credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in
the physical sciences
Physical Education - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 credit from P.E. 3 and 4
All students are required to take an English test a t the end
of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency
in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree.
Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion
of the general education requirements in four years, exemption
or modification of these requirements may be sought through
petition.
Major and Minor
All students are required to complete a major for graduation.
The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well
as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the
quality of work he does in lower division courses.
Application for major must be made to the Head of the
Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the
following areas:
Business Education
Religion
Art
Home Econo'mics
Philosophy
History
Medical Technology
Greek and Latin
Sociology
Biology
English
Social S'cience
Physics
German
Psychology
Chemistry
French
Elementary Education
Natural Science
Spanish
Business Administration
Mathematics
Speech
Economics
Physical Education
Music
1
Except with special majors such as music, business education,
home economics, and combined natural science, students in
the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor
as well as a major.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge
and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major.
A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to
count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rJle,
choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least
36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed
for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation
period a week throughout one semester.
I
1
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with
a grade of A.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree, the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
degree with distinction
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point ratio
Summa Cum Laude ,-,
,
-,
- - -,
- - ,-,
--,
- - - - ,- - - 2.8-3.0
Magna Cum Laude ,,- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.5-2.79
Cum Laude ,,,,,,-,
,
- -,
-,
- - -,
,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2.1-2.49+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record
a t Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
+
I
courses onered
Descriptions of the courses offered in
1964-66 are given on the following pages.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes. Courses with inadequate
registration may be cancelled. Students
should consult the schedule of classes to
determine definitely the current course
offerings.
numbering of courses
IJ Odd numbers are used for first semester
courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I,
I1 after the descriptive title also indicate
the semester in which the course is to be
offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for
freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50
through 99 are upper division courses
intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen
(1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must
be completed before credit is given. Course
numbers separated by a comma (1, 2)
indicate that it is a year course, but
students may receive credit for one
semester without completing the other.
symbols
t Continuation course. To receive credit for
this course a student must complete both
semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of
the instructor irrespective of prerequisites.
credits
0 Credits shown are in terms of semester
credits. For continuation courses, the total
COURSES
OF STUDY
credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally
meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting
per week are more than the credits given. A semester is
approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a
student is 16 credit hours per semester.
divisional organization
The college courses are organized into four divisions in
order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient
and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is
appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements.
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Religion
Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
Greek, Latin
English, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Division of the Social Sciences
History, Political Science, Geography
sociology
Psychology
Education, Library Science
Business Administration, Economics
Business Education
Home Economics
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
division of
RELIGION A N D PHILOSOPHY
Mr. P. A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the
problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to
seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within
the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the
development of an informed and integrated Christian person
who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the
Church and of society.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
Quanbeck, Mr. Sonnack, Mr. Helland, Mr. Halverson,
Mr. Benson, Mr. Mandsager, Mr. W. Johnson, Mr. Strommen.
Mr. P. A.
The courses in religion are designed to give the student a working
knowledge of the Bible and an acquaintance with the life of the Church
through the study of its history, its beliefs, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these
credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper
division. Not more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered
51, 52 and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required
to take courses 1 and 2, and sophomores a r e required to take courses
3 and 4, Courses 1, 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division
courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the
time of admission.
A religion major is recommended as prcgn~.niion for cwecrs in parish
education, parish work, youth work, m d paris11 administration. Majors
must consult with the chairman of the department wgardlng their
course of study.
Major, 28 credits, Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek
may apply toward the major in religion.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2, 2 crs,
1, 2, Basic Bible. Fr. I, It.
A brief Inhoduct,ion to Ille Rilllc iollc)wed by a study of the Old Testament, inclucling the history of Israel and spccial ~tlentionto one .or two
Old 'l'cslanlent books. 'l'hc second semester is devoted to the study of
the Ncw Tcstan~ent with special nllcntion to two or three I m k s includi~lgRomnns. read in^ nssignrrle~~ts
incllrd~1Re entile New Testament.
Special sectron Fora st.ucIenls selected for the honors pmgram.
2 crs.
3. Church History. I.
A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with
the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation.
4. Christian Doctrine. II.
2 crs.
TIlc fundarnenla1 doct~jnesof the Christim Faith and the historical developo~en(of some of these doctrines. The si.gnillcance of the ecumenical
creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. Principles of Christian Education. I.
3 crs.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education,
its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as
applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching.
52. Parish Work. II.
2 crs.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization
and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
54. Youth Work in the Church. II.
2 crs.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the
purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. History of Religions. I.
3 crs.
A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and
development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied.
62. The Mission of the Church. II.
3 crs.
A study of some of the ways in which the church has sought and seeks
to be the church and proclaim the Gospel in the world.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
See course 66 under the Department of Music.
3 crs.
3 crs.
71. The Early Christian Fathers. I.
The development of certain Cundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early c l ~ u r c h .
3 crs.
72. Protestantism in America. 11.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture.
3 crs.
81. The Gospels. I.
The nature of the Gospels. The life and \vork of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God.
3 crs.
82. Life and Epistles of Paul. II.
A survey of the life and work of P a u l , with a study of some of the
leading ideas that emerge from his writings.
3 crs.
83. The Message of the Old Testament. I.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
H e b r e ~ vthought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
91. Introduction to Contemporary Theological Thought. I.
3 crs.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, a s seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of
the Christian Church.
92. Christian Ethics. 11.
3 crs.
The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their
application to selected personal and social moral problems.
3 crs.
94. The Christian View of Man. 11.
The Christian doctrine of m a n and salvation. I t s uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Halversol~,Mr. Jolil~so~i
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to cultivate a n understanding of the principles of
sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals.
Major, 27 credits. Minor, 18 credits. Courses 21, 23, 51, 52, 53 are required for the major and the minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
21. Introduction to Philosophy. (Offered both semesters.)
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
3 crs.
23. Logic. (Offered both semesters.)
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning;
definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief i n t r e
duction to the notation of modern symbolic logic.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. History of Philosophy: Ancient and Early Medieval. I.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas.
3 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
52. History of Philosophy: Late Medieval and Early Modern. 11.
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the
systems of Kant and Hegel.
53. History of Philosophy: Recent and Contemporary. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1965-66)
3 crs.
54. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. Prereq. #. II.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. (Offered 1965-66.)
73. Philosophy of Science. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and p r e
cedures. (Offered 1965-66.)
85. Philosophy of Religion. Prereq. #. 1.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special
attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered
1964-65.)
86. Ethics. Prereq. #. 11.
3 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of
the language of moral discourse. (Offered 196465.)
91, 92. Independent Study. Prereq.
#. I,
II.
1-3,
1-3 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophi-
60
cal topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the
head of the department.
division of
THE HUMANITIES
Mr. Thorson, Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of the Humanities to
transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the
cultural heritage of mankind, and t o assist the student in
finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire t o acquaint himself with the
cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature,
and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the
basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK AND LATIN
Mr. Colacci
The courses in this department aim to give the students a direct insight
into our Biblical and classical heritage. New Testament Greek is a tool
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the
Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
,Oombined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament
Greek and'l4 credits in Latin.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
N e w Testament Greek
~ h o r 20
: credits
8 crs.
1-2.j Elements of New Testament Greek. I, II.
'l'kOr&tic&la d ,practical study of the grammar of the Greek language
of the New Testarrreqt, Roadingsr and parsing of the Greek text from
the &ape1 of Bt John and the huer d St, James. The manuscript
& ~ b I f & I 0 n0f the Greek b x t of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51. 52. Advanced New Testament Greek. Prereq. 2, 1. II.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is
given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. Greek Exegesis. Prereq. 52. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
Latin
1-2.$ Beginning Latin. Fr. I, II.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 crs.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate Latin. Prereq. 2. So. I, II.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic
War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
Mr. Thorson, Miss Pederson, Mr. Dahlen, Miss Lillehei, Mrs. Livingston,
Mr. Nicholl, Mrs. Trautwein, Mr. Bergstrom, Mrs. Cherne,
Mrs. Christensen, Mr. Lesher.
The Department of Engltsh a i m Eo train students in the proper use
of EwUsh in opal and written oxpn$$.qion; to increase proficiency in
reading and fn anatyzlng; Ukefary texts; ta acquaint the students with the
&@nnings of Wes@rn literature md i t s development, chiefly in England
and fn America; and to Ustill a deeper uttderstanding of the fundamental
truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in
secondary and elementary schools and for graduate study.
All students, except those exempted from English 12, must complete
Freshman English (courses 11 and 12) for graduation. Students of
superior rating are placed in special sections of course 11; those superior students who achieve a high level of proficiency at the end of
course 11 are exempted from course 12 and placed in course 40 the
second semester. Satisfactory completion 'of course 11 is a prerequisite
for course 12. Credit for course 11 without course 12 is given only to
students in the affiliated nursing program and those superior students
exempted from 12 who complete course 40.
.
Courses 35, 40, 41, or 42 meet the literature requirement for graduation.
.All studenh must hmonstrate a proflclencgr in writing a t the upper
di&lon level & q ~ w for
y the A.3. &g&e. This requirement may be
met by &&$wemen(on the s o p h o h m fighh test, a satisfactory junior
&me test, or completion of course %,50,1or
55,
Major : 27 credits above cowso 12, including 40, 41, 42, 61, 62, and 91.
Additional courges peogrnwerded for those planning on graduate study:
50 or 55; 73 or 7s: 82; 84; 8 ; 88; 93; plus work in German, French,
Latin, philosophy, and hlsbry.
T e a m major for the sewbdary 6;ehool: 33 wedits above course 12,
in~ludlnga5,40, Q, 42, 55, &1, 62, 84, 91: and %, 73, or 74. Strongly recommaded, in additIrm, are 9 cmlfts from th? fdbwing: journalism, speech,
elemeneducation 63 ; lzbrrtrl scimae 99, 60, 88.
Teaching major for the elementary school: 27 credits above course 12,
including 25, 40, 41, 42, 91; 50 or 55; 35, 73, or 74; and 61, 62, or 84, Recommended, in addition, are library science 58 and speech 16.
All majors must complete the intermediate year of Latin, German,
French, Spanish, or Norwegian. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, and French.
Minor: 18 credits above course 12, including 40, 41, 42, 91.
Teaching minor, elementary or secondary: 21 credits above course 12,
including those listed for the minor, plus 50 or 55.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Improvement of Reading. (Offered both semesters.)
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension.
1 cr.
9. Communication. I.
2 crs.
A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the
skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses.
6 crs.
11-12. Freshman English. (Course 11 offered both semesters.)
The study of language, composition, and literature. Superior students
are placed in advanced sections of course 11.
3 crs.
14. Journalism. Prereq. 11. II.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention
given to editing and the mechanics of newspaper production.
25. Expository Writing. Prereq. 12. 1.
3 crs.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and
analysis of models.
3 crs.
35. Literary Classics. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's classics from
the renaissance to the modern age.
40. The Classical Tradition. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.) 3 crs.
A study of the foundations of literature in the productions of the Greeks
and Romans. The influence of the classical tradition in subsequent ages.
4 crs.
41. Medieval and Renaissance Literature. Prereq. 12. 1.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from the ninth
century 'to the age of Shakespeare.
42. American Literary Developments. Prereq. 12. 11.
4 crs.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present.
Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
50. American English. Prereq. 12. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the structure of Modern English. Grammar and problems
of usage.
3 crs.
52. Creative Writing. Prereq. 12. 11.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
(Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
55. Introduction to Modern English. Prereq. 12. 1.
The study of Modern English grammar, vocabulary, and sounds viewed
in historical perspective. Acquaintance with some of the recent studies
of language. Designed to give prospective teachers of English an understanding of structural linguistics.
4 crs.
61. British Literature, 1616-1800. Prereq. 40. 1.
The principal authors from Donne through Blake. Discussion of literary
works in relation to historical backgrounds.
4 crs.
62. British Literature since 1800. Prereq. 40. 11.
The major writers in England in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries.
3 crs.
71. American Literature, 1820-1912. Prereq. 42. 1.
The development of romanticism and realism in nineteenth-century
American writers. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
73. Modern American Literature. Prereq. 42. 1.
Major American writers and movements since 1912. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
74. Modern Literature. Prereq. 40. 11.
The important literary movements of the present century in Europe and
in America.
3 crs.
82. The British Novel. Prereq. 40. 11.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their works. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
84. Shakespeare. Prereq. 41. 11.
A study of selected plays, with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age.
3 crs.
86. Three Major British Poets. Prereq. 61. 11.
A study of the major poems and selected prose works of Milton and
two other British poets. (Offered 196S66.)
3 crs.
88. Chaucer. Prereq. 41. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle
Ages. Emphasis on the Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1964-65.)
2 crs.
91. English Seminar. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 1.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in
American and British literature. A review of movements and terminology.
93, 94. Independent Study. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major with a
grade-point average of 2.0 or better. I, 11.
1, 1 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
Mr. Anderson, Miss Cole, Mrs. Olson
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which
contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks
to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the
student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate
work in speech, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn two credits in speech for graduation.
Speech 11 is designed to meet this requirement, but other courses may
be substituted where permission is granted on the basis of previous
training or experience.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may use 16 to fulfil the speech requirement.
Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all
majors.
Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For education students courses 12,
29, 31, 32, 51, and 66. In addition, course 76 is strongly recommended.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
11. Beginning Speech. So. (Offered both semesters.)
2 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours
a week.
12. Forms of Public Address. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. II.
2 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week.
16. Story Telling and Creative Dramatics. So. II.
3 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and
practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers.
21-22.t
Intercollegiate Debate. I, II. Open to all students.
2 crs.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
29. Introduction to Dramatic Arts. Open to all students. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama
and dramatic production.
31. Interpretative Reading. So. I.
3 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
various kinds of prose, poetry and drama.
3 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
32. Acting. So. II.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
51. Argumentation. Jr., Sr., I.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. It is recommended that students
take logic prior to registering for this course.
52. Advanced Public Speaking. Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 196566.1
56. Group Leadership and Discussion. Jr., Sr., II.
3 crs.
Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. (Offered 1964-65.)
63, 64. Stagecraft. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
First semester devoted to lighting and design; second semester to scene
construction and painting. Students planning to take only one course
should register for 64.
66. Stage Direction. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals.
76. Speech Pathology. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
91, 92. Independent Study. Sr. 1, II.
1, 1 cr.
Selected topics in drama or rhetorical theory; individual projects with
emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
Mr. Olson, Mr. Landa, Mrs. Kingsley, Mr. Hatchek, Miss Aaskov,
Mr. Hansen, Mr. Cannon, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Moreno, Mr. Balz,
Mrs. Nashan
This department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a
modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in
the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. I t also aims
to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a
particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history,
literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to
transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for
those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for
higher academic degrees.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
German
Major: 24 credits above German 2.
Minor: 16 credits above German 2.
1-2.t Beginning German. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audiooral exercises in laboratory required.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students
who have credit for German 5, 6 will not receive credit for this course.
5, 6. Intermediate German. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students
who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students
who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3, 3 crs.
51, 52. German Literature. Prereq. 4 or 6. 1, II.
Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture.
61, 62. Composition and Conversation. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
2, 2 crs.
More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for
teachers and minors.
71. The German Drama of the 19th Century. Prereq. 52 or #. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered
1965-66.)
72. The German Short Story (Novelle). Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
A survey of the genre and reading of works in the field. (Offered 196566.)
74. The German Novel of the 19th and 20th Centuries.
Prereq. 52 or #. II.
3 crs.
Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German.
Scandinavian Language a n d Literature
Minor, 24 credits.
1-2.t Beginning Norwegian. Fr. I, II.
8 crs.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. Intermediate Norwegian. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey
of Norwegian literature. Composition.
11. Scandinavian History. I.
3 crs.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history
of Norway as the core. (Offered 196566.)
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
3 crs.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1965-66.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
55. The Modern Scandinavian Novel. Jr., Sr. I.
2 crs.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma
Lagerl~f,and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
56. The Modern Scandinavian Drama. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
The course includes dramas by Bj~rnson,Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1964-65.)
90. Independent Study. Prereq. #. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Reading of selected authors. Paper to be written in Norwegian.
French
Major: 24 credits above French 2.
Minor: 16 credits above French 2.
1-2.t Beginning French. I, II.
8 crs.
Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written,
and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate French. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice.
Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on
the native voice.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of French Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, 11.
3, 3 crs.
Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and
reporting on literary works in the French language.
61. French Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Conversation and composition toward facility in the language. Vocabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression.
72. Modern French Literature: The Novel. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French novelists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196465.)
74. Modern French Literature: The Drama. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of important French dramatists of the modern
period. Oral and written reports in French. (Offered 196566.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 52, and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in French Literature for the advanced student. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered on demand.)
Spanish
Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2.
Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2.
1-2.t Beginning Spanish. I, II.
8 crs.
Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple
Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course.
3, 4. Intermediate Spanish. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels,
and plays. Further laboratory work.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
51, 52. Survey of Spanish Literature. Prereq. 4. 1, II.
3, 3 crs.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times.
Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral
reports. Laboratory work.
61. Spanish Conversation and Composition. Prereq. 4. 1.
4 crs.
Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and
composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native
voices.
72. Hispanic American Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Representative works of Hispanic American writers. Oral and written
reports in Spanish. (Offered 1964-65.)
74. Modern Spanish Writers. Prereq. 4. 11.
3 crs.
Selected readings of modern Spanish writers. Oral and written reports
in Spanish. (Offered 1965-66.)
90. Seminar in Literature. Prereq. 51, 5 2 and 61. 11.
2 crs.
Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish.
For the advanced student. (Offered on demand.)
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Mr. Sateren, Mr. Savold, Mr. Thut, Mr. Johnson, Mrs. Thut, Mr. Gibson,
Mr. Lane, Mr. Haugen, Mr. Karlen, Mr. Davenport, Mr. Gabrielsen
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or
who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music.
General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden
their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage
of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits, Excepting 4 and 66, courses 1 through 69, and 10
credits in applied music, of which 6 must be in private lessons in voice
or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At
least 3 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and
senior years.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory
participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public
recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department,
may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. The
workshops are student recitals which provide opportunity for public
performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical
excellence.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major
and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two
octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed;
(b) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic
or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of
hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 4 and 56, courses 1through 58, and 6 credits
in applied music, 4 of which must be in private lessons in vocal or
instrumental music, and 2 in an organization.
A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
4, 4 crs.
1, 2. Theory. I. Fr., So. I, II.
A basic course in the materials of music: the principles of notation,
major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and their
application in written exercises, including the harmonization of figured
bass and given melodies; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and partsinging.
2 crs.
4. Introduction to Music. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment
of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
2, 2 crs.
7, 8. History and Literature of Music. I, II.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. S u p
plemented by musical scores and recorded performances.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4, 4 crs.
55, 56. Theory II. Prereq. 2. 1, II.
Continuation of 1, 2, with advanced work in harmonization; modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and
ornaments of music. Course 55 includes work in strict counterpoint in
one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Course 56
gives special study to the form and structure of music.
57, 58. Conducting. Prereq. 2, or 2 cr. in piano, organ, or
2, 2 crs.
equivalent. Jr. I, II.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization
and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school,
church, and community. Students in music education should take the
course in junior year.
2, 2 crs.
61, 62. Instrumental Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments,
preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director
for work in band and orchestra.
2 crs.
63. Choral Technique.* Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice culture as related to
choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of
vocal music.
3 crs.
66. Hymns and Music of the Church. II.
Development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements
of a course in religion.
2 crs.
69. Twentieth Century Music. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
*Students taking Instrumental Technique are not required to take
Choral Technique. Those taking Choral Technique must take one semester of Instrumental Technique.
Applied Music
Vocal and insburnenial Instruction is available to all sludents. Beginners must complek two semesters of private lessons In order to receive
credit. Qtl~el~s
wceive one crcdit for a minimurn of sixteen thirtyminute lcssons per semedcr. Occasional lessons alVe aavnilable without
credit. For slatc~mentof ices see under Finnncinl Information.
1, 1 cr.
Piano. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music
majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those
credits earned after this kxamination has been passed apply toward
the major or minor.
1, 1 cr.
Organ. Prereq. Basic piano technique and #. I, II.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
1, 1 cr.
Voice. I, II.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics,
both sacred and secular.
2 crs.
Ch0ir.t I, II.
Concert Band.
t
2 crs.
I, II.
Wood-wind Instruments, Brass Instruments.
1, 1 cr.
Women's Chorus (Cantorians)t, Male Chorus, Collegiate Band, Orchestra, Brass Ensemble, String Ensemble, Woodwind Ensemble.
1/2 credit per semester
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student
but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
Performance Workshop. I, II.
0 cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Mr. Thompson, Mr. Molder
Thc Department of Art endeavo~sto fustlier the student's technical nnd
conceptual unrlersTenrling or art, Bcsides exp~rIence In the disciplines
of dmwing, print rnnlting, painting, and sculplure, ernpltasis is ~ l v e n
to the function of art In hjstory and religion. Recnusc 01 Ihe placr nrt
hns in contcmpornry lib, s t u d ~ n t s are enenuraged to consider the
areas of i~aching,grrrdiralc study, comrnsrrial. clesigning, and avocational art.
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of
student a r t work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 32 credits, including 1, 7, 18, 21, 65, 66, 67, 83, 84
Minor: 16 credits, including 1, 18, 21 and 83 or 84
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Basic Design. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Theory and application of basic art principles in drawing, painting,
sculpture, and design.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
7. Drawing I. Fr. I.
2 crs.
Freehand drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media.
18. Oil Painting I. Prereq. 1.
3 crs.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint.
Still life, landscape and portrait painting. (Offered semester 11, 1964-65;
both semesters, 1965-66.)
21. Sculpture I. Prereq. 1. 1.
3 crs.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures,
and animal forms. Ceramic design and plaster casting.
32. Water Color Painting. Prereq. 1 or 7. 11.
2 crs.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis
on landscape painting. (Offered 1964-65.)
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
3, 3 crs.
65, 66. Composition. Prereq. 1 and 7. 1, II.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. Semester I: Form and
Space. Semester 11 : Vision. (Offered 196566.)
3, 3 crs.
67, 68. Print Making. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Semester I :
Woodcut and the silk screen process. Semester 11: Intaglio methods
on copper.
3 crs.
76. Oil Painting II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced oil painting. (Offered semester I, 1964-65; semester 11, 196566.)
78. Sculpture II. Prereq. 1, 7, 21.
Advanced sculpture.
3 crs.
83, 84. Art History and Appreciation. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in Western civilization.
Semester I : Prehistoric to Renaissance. Semester II: Renaissance to
Modern.
90. Independent Study. (Offered both semesters.)
1-2 crs.
Supervised study in fields of special interest. Problems selected from
studio disciplines and art history. Open to seniors with a major in art.
division of
SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Dl~rislock, Cl~airrnnl~
It is the general purpose olf the work in this division to
improve the student's understanding of human relationships
and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially
in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under
the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve
the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
Mr. Chrislock, Mr. Kleven, Mr. Gisselqnist, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Gustafson,
Mr. Laue
The work of this department is designed to give the student a n understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and
operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science.
I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary
schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
F o r non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1, 2. Western Civilization. Fr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
A rapid survey of Western history from ancient times and up to the
present. An effort is made to place the study of Western Civilization in
a world setting.
3, 3 cn.
21, 22. United States History. So. I, II.
A survey of the life of the American people and the development of
their ideas and institutions. Special section for students selected for the
honors program.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
52. England to 1832. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered
1964-65.)
3 crs.
53. History of Canada. Jr., Sr. I.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
55. Contemporary United States. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on
approval of instructor.
56. American Diplomatic History. Prereq. 6 cr. in History or
3 cn..
Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the
present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 196566.)
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 57 under Political Science.
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 crs.
3 crs.
61. Ancient History. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
63. Medieval Europe, 300-1200. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural
revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1965-66.)
3 crs.
64. Medieval Europe, 1200-1500. Prereq. 1, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
Medieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western
monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle
Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 196566.)
65. Early Modern Europe, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious
wars. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Early Modern Europe, 1648-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XIV and its influence in
Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments
and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the
French Revolution. (Offered 1964-65.)
67. Commonwealth Countries of South Asia and the South Pacific.
3 crs.
Jr,, Sr. I.
A political and economic study of the transition from colonial to commonwealth status of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Australia, and New Zealand
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1965-66.)
68. China and Japan, 1850 to Present. Jr., Sr. II.
71. French Revolution and Early Nineteenth Century Europe.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Political, economic, social and cultural development in Europe from
1789 to 1850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the
Revolution of 1848.
72. Late Nineteenth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
3 crs.
Jr., Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from
1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise
of imperialism, and the background of World War I.
3 crs.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 75 under Political Science.
3 crs.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor.
82. Twentieth Century Europe. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Sr. 11.
3 crs.
99. Seminar in Northwest History. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest.
A research paper is required. (Offered 1964-65.)
Political Science
Minor: 15 credits.
6 crs.
American Government. I, II.
A study of the Constitution; civil right; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42:F
U P P E R DIVISION COURSES
56. American Diplomatic History. II.
3 crs.
See course 56 under History.
57. Governments and Problems of South and Southeast Asia.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
The emergence of the new national states in this a r e a ; their political
and economic problems. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the
Middle East. (Offered 1964-65.)
58. Politics and Problems of the Middle East. Jr., Sr. II.
75. History of Political Theory. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from
the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1965-66.)
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics 15 for Political
Science minors. Jr., Sr. II.
See course 82 under Economics.
3 crs.
Geography
14. Human Geography. Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 crs.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History
(including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology 1, 2; Economics
15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Mr. Torstenson, Mr. Nevasltar, Mrs. Belgnm, Mr. Nordlie
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare
students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and
for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its
problems and beyond academic competence, the department aims to
explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 27 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1, 2, o r 21, 22; Psychology 5.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology 1, 2. Required in addition a r e
History 1,2, o r 21, 22.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1. Introduction to Sociology. Fr., So. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts a s they apply to an analysis of American
society.
2. Social Problems. Fr., So. II.
3 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary problems. Problems
of personal, family and communily disorganization a r e selected for
special study.
8. Sociology. II.
2 or 3 crs.
An introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses.
16. Modern Scandinavia. II.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 crs.
21. Rural Sociology. So. I.
3 crs.
The culture and social organization of American rural life in historical
perspective; a n examination of social processes and problems of changing rural communities and institutions.
3 crs.
22. Urban Sociology. So. II.
The culture and social organization of the city in historical perspective;
including an examination of processes and problems related to the
development of the modern metropolis.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3 crs.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
3 crs.
53. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. I.
Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of socio-psychological data. Constructing of graphs
and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation.
54. Social Research. Jr. II. Prereq. 53 or
#.
3 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of
problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research
designs and techniques.
57. Fields of Social Work. Jr., Sr., I.
2 crs.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social
welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social
security.
2 crs.
58. Introduction to Methods of Social Work. Jr., Sr. II.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work.
(Offered 1965-66.)
59-60.? Field Experience in Social Work Agencies. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 2 crs.
Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and
58 or 66.
63. Criminology. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of thi nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment
and prevention of delinquency and crime.
66. Public Welfare. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical
changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant
social issues. (Offered 1964-65.)
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 1, Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective
behavior such a s crowd, rumor, and audiences.
76. Race and Minority Group Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group
relations; major attention is focused on prejudice, racism and civil
rights in the American setting.
3 crs.
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a
dynamic society. (Offered 1965-66.)
81. Modern Sociological Theory. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary soci*
logical theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Mrs. Hinrichs, Mr. Armacost, Mrs. Anderegg
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and (2) to
enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may
develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man.
Major: 24 credits, including 5, 61, 62, 64, 81 and 86. In addition, Sociology
53 or Economics 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate
school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1, 2, or 13-14;
Chemistry, 5, 6 , or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 23 or 73.
Minor: 15 credits, including 5, 62,
See under Curriculufls for a suggested course of study.
5. General Psychology. So. or
#. (Offered
both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general princi-
ples and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit by students selected
for the honors program. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on
general psychology topics.
2 crs.
7. General Psychology. I.
A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. or
See course 53 under Education.
#. 1.
3 crs.
60. Psychological Measurement. Prereq. 5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special
attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests,
attitudes.
61. Psychology of Personality: Normal. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an
introduction to major theories of personality.
62. Psychology of Personality: Abnormal. Prereq. 61 or
Jr., Sr. 11.
#.
3 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness.
64. Experimental Psychology. Prereq.
5, and Soc. 53 or Econ. 54.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 crs.
An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in
psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period
per week.
71. Educational Psychology. Prereq. 5. Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 crs.
75. Social Psychology. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 1. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
See course 75 under Sociology.
81. History of Psychology. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. 1.
3 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology.
1-2 crs.
84. Topics in Psychology. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research
projects. Four credit maximum.
85. Counseling Psychology. Prereq. 61. Sr. I.
3 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship.
86. Seminar in Psychology. Prereq. 15 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world.
2 crs.
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Mr. Jollnson, Miss Mattson, Mr. Fardig, Mrs. Anderegg, Mrs. Hanson
The Education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary o r the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education.
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching a r e required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under Curriculum for Elementary
Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year.
During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director
for orientation and counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject
matler of the fields which a r e taught in elementary schools. Students
with deficiencies m a y be required to take additional work. Each student
wishing to complete the program must make written application on the
form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved
by the Committee on Teacher Education.
All students admitted to the Elementary Education program must satisfactorily complete Ed. 57, 58 (Group Activity), usually to be taken in
connection with Ed. 51 and 56. Students in elementary education a r e
required to take 3 semester hours in general psychology to be completed
a s a prerequisite for Ed. 51.
Major: 31 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for
Elementary Education.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
51. Orientation to Elementary Education. Prereq. Admission to
Dept. of Education. Jr. I.
4 crs.
A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey
of American schools, philosophies, policies and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations.
53. Human Growth and Development. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of the growth and development of the human organism from
conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning.
54. Methods and Materials: Art, Health, Physical Education, Music.
2 crs.
Prereq. 51, 53. Jr. II.
Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education
in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching
a r t and music in the elementary school.
56. Methods and Materials: Mathematics, Science. Prereq. 51, 53.
Jr. II.
2 crs.
Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the
elementary school. Use of instructional materials.
0 cr.
57, 58. Group Activity. I, II.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection, with
elementary education 51 and 56. Includes such activities as teaching,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the
agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and
the student.
61. Methods and Materials: Language Arts. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts other than reading;
language, spelling and handwriting.
2 crs.
62. Methods and Materials: Social Studies. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. 11.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units.
63. Teaching of Reading. Prereq. 51, 53. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. The methods and materials are studied in the context of learning
theory.
65. Children's Literature. Prereq. 51, 53 or #. Sr. I.
3 crs.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school
age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
66. Seminar in Teaching. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68.
Sr. II.
2 crs.
Deals with the practical problems of teaching a s they arise in the student teaching experience.
68. Directed Teaching in the Elementary School. Open to seniors
in elementary education. II.
8 crs.
Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing
actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by
the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff.
Secondary Education
Admission to the secondary education curriculum requires a n application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application
must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the
student is lo complete the program in the regular time of two years.
Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable
personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement
of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, and 1:O ratio in the minor, and
a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant
should be preparing for competency in a t least two subjects that a r e
taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and
a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 7l
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three
semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before
taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High
School Teaching.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
7 1 . Educational Psychology. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to
better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context.
72. Teaching in Secondary Schools. Prereq. 7 1 . Jr. II.
3 crs.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of
secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of
instruction.
Activity. I, II.
0 cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with
Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is
necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student.
73,74.Group
76. Principles of Guidance. Prereq. 71. (Offered both semesters.) Sr. 2 crs.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and
techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
78. School
and Society. (Offered both semesters.) Sr.
2 crs.
A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education and the relation of the American school system to
modern society. Included a r e a study of educational philosophy and the
development of American education.
79-95. Special
Methods
Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization,
and teaching procedures of the field for which they a r e given; applications of the principles of teaching a r e made in the specific field. Each
student is required to take one course related to the major field to
prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites a r e a major o r minor in
the field and Education 72.
79. Teaching of Natural Sciences in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
81. Teaching of Business in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
83. Teaching of Mathematics in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
85. Teaching of Social Studies in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in the
Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
88. Teaching of Music in the Elementary School. Jr. II.
2 crs.
89. Teaching of Music in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
91. Teaching of Home Economics in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
92. Evaluation and Adult Education in Home Economics. Sr. 11.
2 crs.
93. Teaching of English in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
94. Teaching of Modern Languages in the Secondary School. Sr. 1.
2 crs.
95. Teaching of Speech in the Secondary School. Sr. I.
2 crs.
97. Student Teaching in the Secondary School. Prereq. 72.
(Offered both semesters.)
6 crs.
Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching
assignment; or one-half day of each school day for one semester. In
addition, the student attends seminar meetings.
1-2 crs.
99. Topics in Education. Sr. (Offered both semesters.)
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each sttrdenl. does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conductucl largely on a seminar
basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department.
Library Science
Mrs. Parker
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in Library Science. Preparation for selecting books
and other library materials, efficient and effective management of
library materials as well as the intelligent use of library resources from
the standpoint both of the school librarian and the classroom teacher is
given. While the minor in Library Science is planned to prepare the
graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor
for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to
many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of
Library Science.
Minor, 16 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65.
45-46.t Basic Functions of the School Library. So., Jr. I, II.
4 crs.
To orient the student to the role of the library in the school and community. A study of library facilities, standards, book selection policies
and buying guides. The second portion of the course concentrates on
the organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation proceflnres.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Elementary Materials. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The chacteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. The
student is directed through extensive study of book lists, book talks,
story-telling and a wise exposure to individual titles to a better understanding of the role books and related library materials play in the development of the church. (Offered 1964-65)
59-60. Secondary Materials. Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 crs.
The characteristics and purposes of a secondary school library. Study
of the adolescent and the guidance role of the librarian. The selection and
use of reference materials is stressed, as well as a wide exposure to
other books in various subject areas. (Offered 1965-66)
63. Library Materials in the Classroom. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
To define and study the role of the library as an instructional materials
center in modern educational setting. Involves extensive study of curriculum needs and curriculum enrichment through teacher-librarian
cooperation in selection and use of books and audio-visual materials.
Library instruction units are included. (Offered 1964-65)
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS EDUCATION
Mr. Hemmingson, Miss Lund, Mr. Budge
The objective of this department is to help students gain a liberal arts
background a s well as some specialized knowledge in business and
economic affairs. The business administration major concentrates on
accounting and provides basic preparation for careers in the accounting
field. The economics major concentrates on fundamental analytical and
policy matters and serves as a basis for advanced study in economics.
Either of these majors can also provide the background needed for
generay ~dminiskativecarcers in busfneas, government, or various public
nnd privn1.e instJtutions. In particulnr, either major cauld Ile the bnsis
for gt-aduate study in such fields as hospital or public ndrninistr~tion.
The business education major and minor prepare students for teaching
in secondary schools.
Business Administration
Major: 36 credits, including courses BA 1, 2, 53, 71, 72, 74, 76; Econ. 15,
16, 54, 57, 58.
Minor: 18 credits, including courses BA 1,2; Econ, 15, 16; and six credits
in upper division business administration courses.
Majors will be required to demonstrate by means of a test a minimum
ability in mathematics at the time of application for the major which
will be ordinarily at the end of the sophomore year.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3, 3 crs.
1, 2. Principles of Accounting. Fr. I, II.
An Intrcduction to the principles of accounting and their application to
the single prnpdetrship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of
financial ~tatcmcnts;and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets three hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION OOURSES
3 crs.
53. Business Law. Jr., Sr. I.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, p r o p
erty and business organizations.
3 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables
and inventories.
71. Intermediate Accounting. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
72. Intermediate Accounting. II. Prereq. 71. Jr., Sr. II.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and
operations.
74. Cost Accounting. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products;
job order and process costs.
76. Auditing. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
A review of internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checks and controls for accounting systems.
Economics
Major: 30 credits, including courses BA 1, 2 ; Econ. 15, 16, 54, 57, 58,
and nine credits from 78, 80, 82, 85. Math. 42 required.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
15, 16. Principles of Economics. So. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and
prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in econoniic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching
judgments about economic policy problems. Course 15 designed for
students taking only one semester of economics.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
54. Introduction to Statistics. Jr. II.
3 crs.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Considerable emphasis on statistical inference.
57. Intermediate Macro-economics. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. I.
3 crs.
An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and
price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and
investment. (Formerly Econ. 62.)
58. Intermediate Micro-economics, Prereq. 15, 16. Jr. II.
3 crs.
An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and
monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions
in regard to production and prices. (Formerly Econ. 61.)
78. Labor-Management Relations. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 78 under Department of Sociology.
3 crs.
80. Money and Banking. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general
price level with high levels of output and employment.
82. Public Finance. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of
governmental finance on economic activity.
85. Economic Development. Prereq. 15 or #. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
An examination and analysis of the developmental problems and pros~ e c t sof the underdevelo~ednations includine: consideration of wlicies
i o promote growth. ~ i s t o r i cpatterns of gro\;th and communist~versus
non-communist approaches will be examined. Intended as an interdisciplinary social science course.
Business Education
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and
secretarial positions in business offices, to assist in the preparation for
the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of
business skills for personal use.
Business education major: 37 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58;
BA 1, 2, 53; and Econ. 15, 16.
Minor: 27 credits, including 1, 3, 4, 8, 53, 56, 58; and BA 1, 2; or Econ.
15, 16.
Seven credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in courses 1, 3 and 4.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 cr.
1. Elementary Typewriting. (Offered both semesters.)
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting.
Three hours per week.
3, 3 crs.
3, 4. Elementary Shorthand. Prereq. 1. I, II.
Fundamentals of Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
3 crs.
8. Office Machines. Prereq. 1. (Offered both semesters.)
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mime*
scope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours
per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
53. Advanced Shorthand. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation a t a minimum of 80 words per minute.
Five hours per week.
3 crs.
56. Advanced Typewriting. Prereq. 1 or equivalent. II.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal
documents. Four hours per week.
3 crs.
58. Secretarial Practice. Prereq. 4. 11.
Dictation, busincss Iettcrwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and
legal iorrns, personality tlev@lopmcnl,writing applicntlon lellers, and
r n a l r i n ~application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who
incIudc IRis as n part of ille parish worker's course. Four hours pcr week.
60. Business Seminar. II.
2 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
Miss Segolson, Mrs. Peterson, Miss Sonsteng, Mrs. Tester
Home Economics is concerned wRh ihe individud, the hmily, the home,
and with the conditions of the society and Iheir impact on the individual,
the family, and the home. It ~ e e k sto unify ltnotvledge from mmy fields
in the solving of individual and home I l k pprot~l~ms.Study in home
economics includes lenrning to use one's resources to attain values set
up as most worthwhile in life and acquiring some techniques and skills
needed in immediate personal and home living. Courses are open to all
students and recommended for general education.
Graduates in Home Economics Education are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments.
Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46,
58, 66, 67, 71, 73, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5, or 5, 6, or 5, 32;
Physics 3 ; Economics 15; Sociology 1 ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54;
Psychology 5, and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor: 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 46 and one
upper division course.
Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for nonteaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to
teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her
college work.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 crs.
3. Art in Daily Living. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to
all students.
5. Clothing Selection, Care and Repair. I.
2 crs.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready-made garments, textile fabrics, problems related
to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week.
6 . Clothing Construction. II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of
different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per
week.
8. Elements of Nutrition. 11.
3 crs.
A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of gmd health
throughout all of life from prenatal needs through old age. Translating
these nutrients into foods for everyday meals. Analyzing diets of class
members. Three single class periods per week.
33. Color and Design. I.
3 crs.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft
experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors.
Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. ~ r a f f s .II.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or
at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per
week. (Offered 196566.)
39, 40. Food Preparation and Management. Prereq. 8 or #. I, 11. 3, 3 crs.
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table
service. Study of time and money management as related to family
meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
42. Marriage and Family Relationships. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
Personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian
home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
2 crs.
46.Child Development. Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. II.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations ,in local nursery schools; a two-week play school is conducted
at the college for ten to twelve children of preschool age. One lecture
period plus one double laboratory period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
58. Textiles. II.
2 crs.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two
double laboratory hours a week.
64. History and Appreciation of Art. II.
3 crs.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled
and field trips arranged. (Offered 1964-65.)
66. Home Planning and Furnishing. II.
4 crs.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor
plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in
selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics
3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three
double laboratory periods per week.
67. Family Health. .I.
2 crs.
A study of health problems relating to the family, including: heredity,
pregnancy, growth and development, mental health, aging, public health,
communicable diseases, non-communicable diseases, safety and home
care of the sick. Two single class periods per week.
71. Home Management Problems. I.
2 crs.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and
coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family
living.
73. Home Management Laboratory. I.
3 crs.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal
preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment.
Emphasis is placed on management of time, money, and energy for
effective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management
house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week.
74. Consumer Education and Income Management. II.
2 crs.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will
be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater
satisfaction from the use of money income.
75. Advanced Clothing Construction. Prereq. 6. 1.
2 crs.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced
problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 6.
Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for
children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
division of
NATURAL SCIENCES
A N D MATHEMATICS
Mr. Nash, Chairman
It is the purpose of this division to provide training in
methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to
interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to
acquaint the student with the significance of science and
mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a
sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various
fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background
which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Mr. Nash, Mr. Urdahl, Mr. ~Mickelberg,Mr. Frosig, Mrs. Pederson
The aim of this department is to give the student a broader scientific
background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure
time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, and a t least 4 Upper
Division courses. Also required are Chemistry 5, 6; o r 15,16.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25,
and at least two Upper Division courses, preferably 51 and 64.
For a science major and minor for teaching see page 111.
3, 3 crs,
1, 2. General Blology. Fr. I, If.
of the W prlndples of biology to meet the needs of
rt0n-den@ majors.
l a w e s and one double laboratory period
not count toward the major or minor.
Week. Thfs wurse
A S$U&
4 crs.
3. Human Anatomy and Physlololgy, Fr, I.
A pmfissiond c m e in hmatomg and physiology with special
a p h a & on structure. POT&dent nwms, Three lectures and three
~ D W 01
B lakortito pW week. Stuwho have credit for Biol. 4 will
7
not receive credit or Biol. 3.
4 crs.
4, Human Anert~myand Physiology. Fr. II.
.& p*,~sfmal s W e in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis
on bOth structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of
Itiwatoly per w k . Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not
receive credit for Biol. 4.
8. Mlcroblolagy. H.
3 crs.
p e s&ldy of b d r i a , peasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms,
tiidr ebaraeteristia, rOle and control, especially in the fields of sanitation
a medlaine.
especially for student nurses. Two lectures
and three hours of laboratory per week.
8 crs.
13-14.t General Zoology. Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal khgdom with emphasis on the habitat,
morphology, physiology, adaptatfm, and reproduction of type animals.
Biological prlndphg are e ~ g b a d m d . Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
4 crs.
25. General Botany. So. I.
A survey of the plant kingdom with special emphasis on the vegetative
and reproductive structures of the various plant groups. Three lectures
and two single laboratory periods per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
4 crs.
51. Genetics. Prereq. 13-14, or 25. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws.
Four lectures per week.
4 crs.
56. Ecology. Prersq. 13-14, and 25. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local oadlogieal sommtmitier, and a study of the general
principles of biol&cd a~wiation
succession. Two lectures and
one double labwatoxy pePiod o= fiebl trip per week. (Offered 196566.)
3 crs.
58. General Entomology. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. II.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per
week. (Offered 1965-66.)
4 crs.
64. Microbiology. Prereq. Chem. 6 or 16. 11.
The study of bacterk, yeasts, ,molds,*use$ and other micr+organisms;
their characttyi&m, Hle, and oofitrol in the home, medicine, agriculture,
and industry. Two lectures and three lrrbocatory periods per week.
66. Taxonomy o f Flowering F;an.is. Prereq. 25. Sr. II.
3 crs.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic
principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two
lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1964-65.)
11.
4 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
68. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. Prereq. 13-14.
71. The Cell. Prereq. 13-14, 25; and Chem. 6 or 16. Sr. I.
4 crs.
The ultrastructures of the cell and their physiological processes.
91, 92. Biology Seminar. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Required for the biology major.
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Mr. A p e , Mr. Alton, Mr. Holum, Mr. Jorenby
I t is the purpose of this department to give students a n understanding
and a n appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides a n
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of manmodern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways
.to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry a r e offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing,
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical
profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical
Society for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high
school teaching, o r pre-medical work a r e urged to consult with the
chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 27 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended a r e :
Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 41, 42. Course 3 does not count toward the
major o r minor.
F o r those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will
include Math. 13, 14; Physics 5, 6 ; Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61;
82, and one of 83, 88, or 91. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15,
16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete 16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61
a r e strongly recommended.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 82, and 83;
for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 53, 54; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior
and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3. Elementary Chemistry. Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or
#.
3 crs.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry.
Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of
Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two
lectures and two hours of laboratory per week.
.
5, 6. Introductory Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis. Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 crs.
Fdr prb-datal, hofie emnomi~e,elementmy education, medical *ohnoloaids, and other students not malorw in chemistry, U w s ,and
thefihs . of chemistry and of non-met& and met& and their
compounds, Qr&aqtc ~hemfstsy is cgnsidered, &%tenlath 6edmicro
pafitaflve an&&
of catbm is the mnin Iaboratory work t+ second
s8lme&r. % w e lectms and four hours of Sabaratory per week.
15, 16. Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry. Fr. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
For rnajolzt Irr chemistry,, including pr&medlcal students; others by
p x d s s b p Of ItlWucmf. 4.n inteadve course. First semester devoted
funclamentat prhciples and second
fnotgmia chemistry and
qwalil'crdve ana1~5is. Three lenlmes and four b d u s of laboratory per
we&. Pmreg.: hQh qhml dheql-,
elementary algebra, and geometry.
4 crs.
32. Elementary Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 5 or 15. So. II.
Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic
and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three
lectures and three hours of laboratory per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Organic Chemistry. Prereq. 6 o r 16. So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations
based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of
reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures,
one recitation, five hours of laboratory per week.
3 crs.
61. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. Jr. I.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many
problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
72. Advanced Organic and Qualitative Chemistry. Prereq. 54, 61;
some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent
registration). Jr. II.
4 crs.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reaction. Laboratory is qualitative
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared
spectrophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory
per week.
82, 83. Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and Math. 42 (or
4, 4 crs.
concurrent registration). Jr. II, Sr. I.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic
structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry,
equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids.
Three lectures and four hours laboratory per week.
3 crs.
86. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum
chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
88. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Prereq. 61 and 82. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 crs.
A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the
important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis.
Three hours lecture and four hours of laboratory per week.
91. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Prereq. 61. 1.
4 crs.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table,
hytlridcs, and coordination chemistry. Prepamlions of inorganic
compounds utilizing hot-tube reactions, air Crec .systems, and similar
tecl~niqucs, Three lectures and three hours of laboratoly per week.
93, 94, 95, 96. Chemistry Seminars. Jr., Sr. I, II.
0 cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in these informal weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest.
97, 98. Chemistry Research. Sr. I, II.
Cr. arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate
study in chemistry, may participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only.
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Mr. Hanwick, Mr. Baker
Recent developments in the field of physics make it imperative that
excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their
studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the
teaching of physics. I t is the aim of this department to assure the
needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science
major with sufficient background to make it possible for him to follow,
with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of
science as they come to him from the medium of semi-scientific publications.
Major: 27 credits including courses 53, 54.
Minor : 16 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
2. Descriptive Astronomy. Fr. II.
3 crs.
A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our
solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and
stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and
the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Two lectures
per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky.
3. Principles of Physics. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 crs.
A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics
including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and
sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and
elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in
the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory.
5. General Physics. Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration
in Math. 13. Fr., So. I.
4 crs.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. General Physics. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. II.
4 crs.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory
period per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
52. Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41
or concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. 11.
3 crs.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e"
and "eV/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three
hours lecture per week.
53. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
concurrent registration in Math. 41. So., Jr. I.
3 crs.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits,
electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
54. Electricity and Magnetism. Prereq. 53, and Math. 42 or
concurrent registration in Math. 42. So., Jr. II.
3 crs.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
57. Optics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 42 or concurrent registration
3 crs.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection
and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations,
interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1964-65.)
3, 3 crs.
61. 62. Mechanics. Prereq. 6 and Math. 41. Jr. I, II.
Tni.rorluctinn to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a
parliclc, molion of JI t'igid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one
clilnension, motion in a conservative field.
63, 64. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
65. Nuclear Laboratory. Prereq. 3 or equivalent, or #. 1.
1 cr.
A trvc-tiour lnlmrain~y course d c n l i n ~wilh nlcltintls of detecting and
measuring t'nciialions fron~rad~onctivesubstances. Experirnenis include
l he usp of gcigcr lubes, windowless counicrs, scintilla1 ion counlcr.
Measuri~~a
cclulp~ncnti ~ ~ c l i ~ d
11 cvnricty
s
n l scaling ci~.cuits,electroscopes,
and :i gatIutla ray spcctmmetcr. Open to all studcnls who hnvc had
fit least u course corrcsrlm~dingto 1'1-inciples of Physics.
71. Heat and Thermodynamics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41 or
3 crs.
concurrent registration in Math. 41. Jr., Sr. I.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases,
first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered
196566.)
3 crs.
72. Mathematical Physics. Prereq. 6, and Math. 41. Sr. 11.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications
to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow,
electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 196566.)
73,74. Advanced Physics Laboratory. Prereq. concurrent registration
1, 1 cr.
in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, II.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic
and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period
per week.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Mr. Soberg, Mr. Haugsby, Mr. Follingstad, Mr. Johnson
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 15 credits above 42. For those preparing to teach in the secondary
schools, courses 60, 71, 72, and 74 are required.
Minor: 6 credits above 42.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
13, 14. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. Prereq. higher algebra
and placement test. Fr., So. I, II.
4, 4 crs.
An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential
functions. Derivatives and integrals. Introduces set and function theory,
complex numbers, determinants, theory of equations, probability, and
analytical geometry. Students in course 13 whose backgrounds call
for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week.
41, 42. Analytical Geometry and Calculus. Prereq. 14 or
equivalent. So. I, II.
5, 5 crs.
Study of analytical geometry and calculus. Includes some work in solid
analytical geometry. Open to freshmen with four years of high school
mathematics who qualify on the basis of the mathematics placement
test.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
56. Foundations of Arithmetic. Jr., Sr. II.
2 crs.
A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For
students preparing for elementary school teaching only.
3 crs.
60. Basic Concepts of Mathematics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of the foundations of number theory, algebra, and analysis,
with recent developments in these subjects.
3 crs.
67. Probability and Statistics. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation
of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression,
and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as
tools for modern mathematical approach.
71, 72. Modern Algebra. Prereq. 41. Jr., Sr. I, II.
3, 3 crs.
An introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of
equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors.
73. Differential Equations. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I.
3 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions,
systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations.
74. Modern Geometry. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. II.
3 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidian, projective and non-Euclidian
geometries. Parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptic geometries are introduced
using an axiomatic and analytic approach.
3, 3 crs.
83, 84. Advanced Calculus. Prereq. 42. Jr., Sr. I, II.
A study of the fundamental notions of Urnits, cwttnulty, differentiation
and integration fm iwc~omof one or mare variables. Differentials
and Jacobima, partial dlffe~enttation,trmsf&wdan of c u m h a t e s and
of multiple Lntogr&, lhe and surface bite@&, valor ana$sis, infinite
series and improper integrals.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Mr. Ernest Anderson, Mr. Nelson, Mrs.
Mr. Saugestad, Mrs. Schlorf, Mr. Gimse
Peterson, Mr.
Pearson,
The atm of the Depwbent of Heath and Physical Education is to
promote health Elnd physfaal l b m s through a well-rounded physical
educadan pmgrm, to develop eharacm and g m t sportsmanship, to
W e r the worthy use of leisure time, md to pmfde an efPective
&elprogram for pm~pea*e waehers d health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of
the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all
students.
Major: 30 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 53 or 54, 71, 72, 73,
76, 78, 81, and 87. Biology 4 also required.
Minor: 19 credits, including courses 7, 12, 21, 22, 72, 73, and 87.
Non-teaching majors and minors are not required to take 87.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
COACHING ENDORSEMENT :
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools as of September 1, 1966, will be required to have a t
least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports
included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey,
wrestling, and baseball.
The following courses will meet the coaching endorsement requirement:
Biology 4 ; P.E. 7, 71, 72, 85, and one of 83, 84, or 86.
3, 4. Physical Activities. Fr. I, II.
$4, $6 cr.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement.
7. Health and First Aid. Fr. (Offered both semesters.)
3 crs.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American
Red Cross First Aid Course.
3 crs.
12. Individual and Dual Sports. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
3 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. Meets six hours per week.
21. Team Sports. So. I.
22. Recreational Activities and Rhythms. So. II.
2 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. Four hours per week.
UPPER DIVISION COURSES
53, 54. Swimming and Aquatics. Jr. I (Women), I1 (Men).
1, 1 cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with
life-saving and water safety work. Open only to majors and minors.
Two hours per week.
71. Kinesiology and Adapted Physical Education. Jr. I.
3 crs.
A study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
efficient movements. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities.
Suggested activities for atypical cases.
72. History and Principles of Physical Education. Jr. 11.
3 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education.
73. Physical Education Program in the Secondary Schools. Sr. 1.
3 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures.
76. School Health Education. Sr. It.
Principles and curriculum of school health education.
3 crs.
2 crs.
77. Community Recreation. Jr., Sr. I.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration
of recreational work. (Offered 1964-65.)
78. Instructor's Course in First Aid. Sr. II.
1 cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First
Aid Course. Prereq.: evidence of a currently valid standard First Aid
card.
81. Self-Testing Activities and Evaluation. Sr. I.
3 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Also a survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
Five hours per week. Men and women meet separately except one hour
per week.
83. Coaching of Football. Sr. I.
1 cr.
84. Coaching of Basketball. Sr. II.
1 cr.
85. Prevention and Care of Injuries. Sr. I.
1 cr.
86. Coaching of Baseball. Sr. 11.
1 cr.
87. Teaching of Health Education and Physical Education in
the Elementary and Secondary Schools. Sr. I.
See under Education 87. Separate sections for men and women.
2 crs.
special programs of study
Affiliation with Schools of Nursing
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish. Fairview, and Methodist Hosvitals in Minneavolis receive some
of their' instruction a t Augsburg college. ~ ~ ~ l i c a tfor
i o nadmission to
the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
Medical Technology
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at one of the two hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among
Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota
and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to
spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in
the spring of the sophomore year.
Junior Year Abroad
An arrangement has been made with the Uinversity of Oslo in Norway
under which students entering their junior year in college may spend
this year at that University. Students may also participate in other
approved programs, such as those of the Institute for European Studies.
Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good
scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian
language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy.
Corrective Therapy
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the
Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete
a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250
hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the
direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service
at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the
senior year or after graduation. I t carries no college credit.
Honors Program
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered in
Basic Bible, Freshman English, General Psychology, and United States
History. Students of high ability are invited to make application for
honors courses, and are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected
major, or a particular vocational objective.
General Liberal Arts
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which
may be followed to include the required general education
courses. For electives, students should take care to include
all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements
for the major are listed under departmental headings.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
History or Sociology
3
3
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
4
4
Natural Science . . . . . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . '/2
I/!
FRESHMAN
.............
....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Electives ................
3
10
-
12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Foreign Language
....
3
Social Scicncc . . . . . . . . . . 3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Natural Scicncc
Electives ................
9
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
9
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
Cr.
14
3
14
-
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended t o prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student
should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as
possible since the major selected by the student may affect the
choice of courses even in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Natural Science
Electives
......
......
....
.....
........
................
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
'h
3
2
'/2
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..
.................
New Testament Greek
Speech
History
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ......
Electives ................
.................
Cr.
2
Cr.
4
3
3
3
3
3
5
4
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
Cr
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Fine Arts
Natural Science ........
General Psych. .........
Foreign Language .......
History of Philosophy
.
Electives
.
............... 3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
-
. . 35
................
~
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
.................
3
..............
3
.....
3
.
.
3
Electives ................
5
Rcllglon
Philosophy
English T~lturnt~we
Advanced N.T.Greck
3
3
3
3
4
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, Norwegian,
or French.
Parish and Church Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for
effective service in the church, as teachers in vacation, weekday, and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The suggested schedule provides for a major in religion. Students interested in becoming parish workers should
consult with the head of the Department of Religion.
f Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
............
........
Basic Bible
Freshman English .......
Natural Science
Foreign Language ......
Sociology 1, 2
Physical Activities
........
.....
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
4
3
4
3
%
3
%
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Prin. of Christian Ed. ..
3
Mission of the Church . . 3
The Gospels . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Protestantism in America 3
Social Psych, or
Urban Soc.
Y
Creits
2
2
ROCP.Aftlviiirw & Rhythms
Electives
7
7
........... ...................
-
................
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3 , 4 ...........
Speech 11, 12
Foreign Language
General Psych. ......
Natural Science ........
Story Telling
Fine Arts
Electives ................
I Sem.
Cr.
............
.......
2
2
3
3
3
2
3
........... .............. -
SENIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the Church
Early Christian Fathers
The Christian View
of Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology .
Literature and Philosophy
Fields of Social Work
Electives
..
................
-
3
3
3
2
6
2
2
3
3
6
Philosophy Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization ....
Intro. to Philosophy
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
...
.....
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
3
3
-
-
3
%
I/z
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Cr
Religion ................ 3
History of Phil. 53
3
Philosophy Electives ...
3
Natural Science
Electives
7
.....
.
.........
................
Cr .
3
3
10
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3,
4
............
2
2
Religion
...... 3
3
Foreign L a l l l f h l ~ g ~
....
Hist. of Phil. 31, 52
3
3
3 or 4
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
3
Fine Arts ..............
Beginning Speech
2
Electives
2 or 3
2 or 3
SOPHOMORE
...... -
-
...............
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Philosophy Electives ....
3
3
Independent Study ..... 1 to 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...I 0 to 12
10
-
-
Because of the non-vocational character of the Philosophy
major, students with a major in this field are encouraged to
complete a major or a minor in some other field as well.
Greek-Latin Major
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
2
2
Freshman English .......
3
3
Beginning Latin ........
4
4
Natural Science ....... S or 4
3 or 4
3
3
Western Civilization ...
%
%
Physical Education . , .
FRESHMAN
. .
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Advanced N.T. Greek
Ancient History
3
Religion ..............,.
3
Sneech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Fine Arts ...............
3
Natural Science
Electives
3
JUNIOR
.
........
........ ................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Elements of N.T. Greek
Foreign Language ......
Latin 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literary Classics . . . . . . . .
The Classical Tradition
.
SENIOR
Greek Exegesis .....,...
History of Philosophy . . ,
Religion ................
Medieval Europe .......
Electives
I Sem,
Cr
3
3
3
3
4
................
Sem.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
English Major
1. Graduate Major
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr ,
3
3
2
4
4
3
%
FRESHMAN
.......
.............
........
.......
Freshman English
Basic Bible
Natural Science
Foreign Language
Western Civilization ...
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
British Literature
English Elective
Religion
Electives
.......
.......
.................
................
Cr.
4
3
3
6
Cr.
4
3
3
6
I Sem.
n..
SOPHOMORE
c.r.
Classical Tradition ......
3
American Lit. Dev. . , .
Med. & Ren. Lit. ......
4
Religion 3, 4
2
Foreign Language
3
Beginning Speech
2
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Natural Science ......... Electives ................ -
.
..........
......
......
SENIOR
English Seminar
Electives
Sem.
Cr.
4
2
3
-
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
14
16
.........
................
Students planning on graduate study should include in their
electives: American English or Introduction to Modern English; The British Novel, Shakespeare, Chaucer, Three Major
British Poets, Independent Study, and an additional course
in American literature; and German, French, Latin, philosophy,
and history.
2. In preparation for Secondary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English . . . . .
Natural Science ........
Basic Bible ............
Foreign Language ......
Western Civilization . . .
Physical Activities
,
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
3
3
3
. . .
2
2
4
3
%
4
3
%
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition
American Lit. Dev.
Med. & Ren. Lit. .
Expository Writing
Natural Science ....
Fine Arts .........
Relieion 3. 4 .......
Forsgn ~ a n g u a g e
General Psych. . . . .
Beg. Speech . . . . . . .
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
.
3
-
2
.
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
British Literature ......
Intro. to Mod. Eng. . . . . .
English (Mod. Lit.) . . . .
Educ. Psych. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tchg. in Sec. Sch. .....
Group Activity
Electives ................
.........
4
3
3
3
0
3
4
3
3
3
0
4
-.
-4
3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
English Seminar . . . . . . .
Prin. of Guid. ..........
School and Soc. ........
Tchg. Eng. in Sec. Sch. .
Stud. Tchg. Sec. School .
Shakespeare .............
Health & First Aid ......
Electives ................
2
2
6
-
-3
3
10
At least nine hours of electives are recommended in speech,
journalism, or library science.
3. In preparation for Elementary-school Teaching
FRESHMAN
Freshman English .....
Foreign ~ a n g G a g e
General Biology
Western Civilization
Basic Bible .............
Physical Activities ......
Intro, to Music ..........
Human Geog. ...........
......
........
...
JUNIOR
....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
'/a
2
-
2
z
/
'
3
I Sem.
Cr .
4
3
Sem.
Cr.
-
2
Orient to Elem. Ed.
Human Growth & Dev. .
Meth. & Mat. (54) . . . . . .
Meth. & Mat. (56) .....
US History
Religion .................
Amer. Govt.
Literary Classics ........
Brit. Lit. Since la00
Found, of Arith. ......
.............
............
....
-
-
3
3
3
3
SOPHOMORE
Classical Tradition .....
Med. & Ren. Lit. .......
Foreign Language .......
Religion 3, 4
Prin. of Physics,
Astronomy
Basic Design
General Psvch. .........
~ m e r i c a n~ n g l i s h .....
Amer. Lit. Development
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
-
SENIOR
-
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
English Seminar ........
Meth. & Mat. (Lang. Arts)
Teaching of Reading . . .
Children's Lit.
Religion .................
Expository Writing . . . . .
Health & First Aid
Meth. & Mat.:
Social Studies .........
Seminar in Teaching ....
Directed Teaching in
Elem. School ........
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
English 94
Independent Study ...
..........
......
-
3
...........
...........
...........
--.2
2
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
Speech Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
-- .
--
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .....
Natural Science ........
Foreign Language . . . . .
History or Sociology ....
Physical Activities . . . . . . .
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
%
'12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
-~
Cr .
2
Religion 3, 4 ............
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
Foreign Language .......
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech 31, 32 . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~
3
3
2
3
3
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
..........
Argumentation
Speech Pathology . . . . . . .
Educ. Psychology . . . . . . .
Teach. in Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science
Stagecraft ..............
Dramatic Arts ..........
Electives ................
........
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
3
-
-
3
0
0
-
-
-
-
3
3
3
7
4
f Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Student Teaching .......
6
Guidance ............... 2
School and Society ......
2
Methods .................
2
Stage Direction . . . . . .,. . Health & First Aid ..... Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Recommended electives: English, History, Social Science, Art.
Major in German, French, or Spanish
in Preparation rfi Teaching in a Secondary School
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
Basic Bible
2
2
3
3
Freshman Esbllah
3
3
History or Saclology ...
Beginning Foreign
Language ............
4
4
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Intermediate Foreign
Language
3
3
Natural Science .........
3
.....
General Psychology
3
Literary Classics . . . . . . .
3
3
Fine Arts ............... Health & First Aid .....
3
Electives ................ 3
6
JUNIOR
SENIOR
FRESHMAN
.
..............
.....
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
Teach. in Sec. Schools
0
Grtlup Aclivlty ..........
0
Germall :I, U1 or
Fr~nuli51, D l or
Spnnlsh 51, 131 .......... 5 or 7
Bdt~clffanalppychology
.,
-
-
GPrn!nn. 52. 52, 73, or
Fl.encll 52, 72 or
Spn111sll 52. 72
Elcctl\'ee ..... ,
.......
, .. ........ 7 or 9
5 or 0
8
............
..............
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.......
....... 622
..... 23
-
-
3
-
2
6
Student Teachine
school & s o c i e t y .
Prin, of Guidance .......
Teaching of
Foreign Language
Religion .................
German, French, or
Soanish 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ i r m a n French,
,
or
Spanish 90 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives ................
Cr.
3
2
Teaching Major in Music
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
P
r
-A.
.............
Basic Bible
2
Freshman English
3
History or Sociology ...
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3
Physical Activities ......
%
Applied Music .......... l. or 2
......
.......
........
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3
2
'l
1 or 2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
CT
Cr.
3
3
0
................
Religion
Education 71, 72 . . . . . . . .
Education 73. 74 . . . . . . . .
Music Theory 55, 56 . . . . .
Conducting . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choral or Instrumental
Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching of Grade School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Applied Nusic ......... 1
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
14 oreien Ln!li?un~e
3
3
3
~ e n e y a l I'syct~olbby ....
3
Natural S r j c i ~ c e ..,
Music Theory 1. 2 . . . . .
4
4
Historv & it: of
Music .................
2
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
1 or 2
...........
......
.....
-
SENIOR
I Sem.
Cr.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 78
Education 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . Literature or Philosophy
3
Beginning Speech
2
Relieion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
~ e a L h i n gof High School
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Twentieth Century Music
2
Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . 1 or 2
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
2
6
.......
2
2
-
or 2
-
-
1 or 2
Major in Art
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Drawing I ..............
Basic Design ............
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language .......
Western Civilization
Physical Activities
Elective
....
.....
.................
Cr.
2
2
3
4
3
%
2
Cr.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Oil Painting I ...........
3
Sculpture I ........... , . .
3
Print Making I
3
Relieion 3. 4
2
2
Fore>gn ~ a n g u a g e.......
3
3
Social Science ........... 3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Electives
3
3
.........
............
................
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
Social Science or History
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
5
-
3 or 4
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
3
3
SENIOR
Oil Painting I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Sculpture I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Independent Study . . . . . .
Printmaking I1 . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
-2
12
-
3
3
8
History Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
..............
2
......
3
... 3
.......
4
........
3 or 4
..... %
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activiities
2
3
3
4
3 or d
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
3
3
JUNIOR
ReUnIon .................
Bcgfa~aingSpeecll
......
.......
................
Fnrliign Lrmgrln~c
HIS~L!I'Y
A m ~ r i c a nQovcrnment . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
Foreign Language ......
3
3
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
3
General Psychology . . . . 3
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
3
3
Prin. of Economics . . . . .
3
3
SENIOR
...............
3
I Sem.
Cr.
3
3
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Fine Arts
Electives
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
-
................ 11
6
3
3
Combined Social Science Major for Teaching
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Clvllixalion
Foreign Language
Natural Science
Physical Activities .....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
3 or 4
3 or 4
%
%
......
...
......
........
JUNIOR
I Sem.
I1 Sem.
"..
Cr.
Lr,
Religion ................
Educational Psych. .....
Teaching in Secoildnry
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
History ..................
Health & First Aid . . . . . .
American Government
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Minor
.
.....
3
0
3
3
2
6
3
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Foreign Language ......
U.S. History .............
Natural Science ........
General Psychology ...
Sociology 1, 2 ...........
Economics 15, 16 ........
SENIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
Cr.
2
3
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
-
I Sem.
Cr.
Religion .................
3
Student Teaching . . . . . .
6
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
School and Society .....
2
Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Literature or Philosophy Human Geography . . . . . History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Minor . . . . . . -
3
Sem.
Cr
-
.
-
3
3
3
3
5
Major in Sociology in Preparation for Social Work
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past
twenty years .has created an acute need for trained social
workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal,
state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in group
work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a
curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates
for immedate employment in social work positions that do
not require post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students
for further study in graduate schools of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education and the National Council
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of
Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private
welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work and
case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should
be taken by all such students.
In consultation with the department head, students may obtain a sociology major without the social-work sequence.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
Western Civilization ....
Foreign Language . . . . .
Introduction to Sociology
Social Problems ........
Physical Education 3, 4
2
2
3
3
4
3
. %
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Soc. 57, 59. Fields of
3
Social Woyk ..........
Soc. 58, 60, Methods of
Social Work ........
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech
2
Intro. to Statistics
3
Social Research .........
Electives
5
JUNIOR
.............. .....
.....
.
I Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
American Government . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . .
Principles of Economics
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . .
Urban Sociology . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . .
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
I Sem.
Cr.
SENIOR
Sem.
Cr.
-
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crinainology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . .
3
Psycla. 62, Abnornanl . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ...............
10
-
Sem.
Cr.
3
+
+
3
3
................
Major in Psychology
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
.
..............
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Western Civilization
Foreign Language
General Zoology
Physical Activities
......
.....
......
........
......
JUNIOR
4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intro, to Statistics
Psych. of Personality ...
Experimental Psych. ...
Psych. of Measurements .
Electives
.....
4
%
................
7
3
3
4
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 3. 1 ............
~ o r z g nLanguage ......
General Psychology
Chemistry or Physics
Sociology 1. 2
Beginning Speech
Logic ....................
Fine Arts
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
3
3
....
... 4
...... -32
............... ...........
2
3
4
3
3
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
History of Psych. .......
Social Psychology
Topics in Psych.
Seminar in Psych. .....
Electives
Cr.
3
..... 3
........ -
................
10
Cr.
-
+
1 to 2
2
12
Elementary Education
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required
t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice
is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval
of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must
be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this
program is Elementary Education; each student is required to
take a minor in a t least one of the subject matter fields taught
in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Western Civilization ....
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Science . . . . . . . 3
Selected from Physics,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
Physical Activities
.....
4
or 4
6)
?h
a
4
or 4
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
JUNIOR
.
-
Cr
Religion .................
American Government . .
3
Ed. 51, Orientation . . . . . .
4
Ed. 53, Human Growth &
Development .........
3
Ed. 54, 56, Meth. & Mat. 0
Group Activity ..........
Basic Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intro, to Music . . . . . . . . . Foundations of Arith. .. 4
Electives in Minor . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
4
0
-
2
2
3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3. 4 .. ,. .. , .....
General Rlology ........
General Fs'r;ycholOgy
Human Geography ......
U.S. History . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modern Foreign
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid ...
Electives in Minor
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
....
.....
3
3
-
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
-
-
3
I Sem, I1 Sem,
SENIOR
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 61, Meth. & Mat.
Ed. 62. Meth. & Mat. . . .
Ed. 63. Tchg. of Reading
Children's Literature . . .
Ed. 66, Seminar in
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ed. 68, Directed Tchg.
Literature ..............
Beginning Speech .......
Electives in Minor . . . . . .
...
Cr.
3
2
3
3
3
3
Cr.
-
2
-
2
B
2
-
High School Teaching
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements
for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota a t the junior and
senior high school level. The same prgram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student
should apply to the Department of Education for admission
t o the Education curriculum during his sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of
scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science,
and business education, students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which
high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish,
French, speech, music, art, history, social science, business
education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry,
natural science, mathematics and physical education. 'Minors
are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature,
political science and library science.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
3
History or Sociology
3
Foreign Language
4
Natural Science
3 or 4
Physical Activities
%
FRESHMAN
.............
...
.....
......
........
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Lzulglt~ge
3
3
General Psycholum
,,
3
Natural Sctcl~cc
3 or 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and First Aid ,
3
Electives ................
5
.
............
......
.. .
..
.........
-
.
JUNIOR
Religion .........
Education 71. 72 .
Education 73, 74
Beginning Speech
Electives in Major
or Minor ......
Sem.
Cr.
-
..
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................. 3
Education 76 ............
2.
Education 76 . . . . . . . . . . .
2'
4S ~ e c i a lMethods . . . . . . . . 2 or
-
Cr.
3
3
0
ducatio ion
97
-
...........
6.
-
Literature or Philosophy
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'May be taken I1 Sem.
-
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health,
3 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser
and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of
the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech,
2 credits; fine arts, 2 credits; natural science, 3 credits; social
science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one
year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the
student completed four years of a language in high school.)
To be valid, approval of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior t o registration for the junior year.
Major in Business Administration
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
-.
.
2
Pr
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ......
3
Foreign Language . . . . . .
4
History or Sociology ...
3
3
Principles of Accounting
Physical Activities ..... %
JUNIOR
P
r
-a.
2
3
4
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr
Intermediate Accounting
3
3
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
Economics 57, 58 ........
3
Intro. to Statistics ......
Science .................2 or 4
Fine Arts ............... Z or 3
Auditing or Cost Acc.
3
Electives ................ 3 to 5
3
.
-
r Sem.
Cr
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
2
Foreign Language .......
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
Natural Science ........3 or 4
......
Beginning Speech
Electives
................
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Religion
Auditing or Cost Acc.
Business Law ..........
3
Literature or Philosophy Electives ................ 15
SENIOR
-
-
Major in Economics
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
--.
2
.............
3
......
...... 34
Cr
Basic Bible
Freshman English
Foreign Language
History or Sociology . .
Principles of
Accounting ..........
Physical Activities .....
3
%
C r.
2
3
4
3
3
I12
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
- Cr.
Religion 3, 4
2
2
Foreign Language
3
3
Prin. of Economics .....
3
3
Natural Science ........ 3 or 4
3 or 4
Beginning Speech .....
2
................
Electives
3
6
............
......
-
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
- .
Religion .................
3
Literature or Philosophy 3
Economics 57 58 . . . . . . .
3
3
Intro. to Statistics . . . . . 3
Natural Science ......... 3 or 4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
4
4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
SENIOR
I Sem.
R e l i ~ i n n .................
Anal. Umm. nnd Calculus
-6
Cr.
--
..............2 or9 3
Sem.
Cr.
3
5
Fine Arts
Electives ................
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History.
Major in Business Education
in Preparation for Teaching in Secondary Schools
E
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible ...........
Freshman English
Foreign Lnnguagf ...
History or Sncinte~y
Physical Acilr+lllcu ...
Elem. Typewriting
Natural Science
....
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.
......
JUNIOR
.......
.....
................
.....
I Sem. I1 Sern.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
.
...
Prin. of .Economics . . . . .
Adv. Shorthand .........
Educational psycho log^ ,
Teaching in Secondary
Schools ...............
Group Activity ..........
Business Law ..........,
Fine Arts ...............
Adv. Typewriting
Health & First Aid
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 .......
Gen. Psychology ...
Prin. of Accounting
Elem. Shorthand ...
Foreign Language
Natural Science . . . .
Beginning Speech .
Office Machines
.
...
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
3
0
3
-
-
-
SENIOR
.......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Student Teaching
Speclnl Methods
Prln. of Guidance
School and Society
Rcll~Inn
Lllerniura or Phflnao~hy
Sectmctnrlal Prncttce ....
~ u s l l l r ! ~ Seminar
n
......
E1cr:Hves
........ 26
......
..... 22
................ -3
................
-
-
-
-
3
Home Economics
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to
equip students for the teaching of home economics in high
school, to prepare them $forhomemaking, and to give them the
first two years of the training required for such vocations as
dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who
plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of
the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work.
A curriculum for a home economics education major is given
below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies
for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational
Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes) . Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
%
'12
FRESHMAN
..............
Basic Bible
Physical Activities
Freshman English
Soclolo~ry ...............
RLoIop!: 1-2, or 4 or
18-14'
0
A r t i n Daily Living ....
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clothing Selection
Clothing Construction
Chemistry 5 or 5, 6 or
5, 32' .................
.....
......
................
......
.
3
3
3
3
....
.
1 Sem.
Cr.
2
........
........
3
2
-
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.........
or 4
3
3
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
JUNIOR
Religion .................
Foreign Language .......
Beginning Speech .......
Prin. of Economics
Color and Design ........
Home Planning &
Furnishing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles .................
Educational Psycholog?/
Teachina i n Secondaru
Schools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity .........
Clothing Construction . . .
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ..........
Gen. Psychology
Foreign Language ......
Prin. of Physics
Marriage & Family
Relationships
Child Development .....
Food Preparation &
Management ..........
Electives ................
2
3
3
2
3
0
2
4
2
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem,
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
Microbiology . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 76,78 . . . . . . . . .
Education 92 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teclclting . . . . . . .
Home Management Prob.
Home Management Lab.
Consumer Educ. .........
Teaching of Home E c . 2
-
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
2
3
3
4
6
2
3
2
2
3
0
-
"Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in
nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment, as well as for any who
plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in
dietetics. These students may take the biology course in the
sophomore year.
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose program prevent the c~~mpletion
of the full requirements in the
regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in
the general education requirements.
Biology Major
The following course o'f study is recommended for a major
in biology. Physics 6 and Chemistry 54 are strongly recommended for students who plan on graduate work in biology.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
.............
......
Basic Bible
Freshman English
History or Sociology ...
General Zoology
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities
........
Cr.
3
3
4
4
'12
.....
JUNIOR
Cr.
2
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6 or 15, 16
Literature or Philosophy
Genetics .................
Biology 64 or 68 . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
4
4
4
3
2
3
-
-42
SOPHOMORE
f Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3 , 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech ......
General Botany .........
Human ~ n a t o m y. . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Foreign Language . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
Cr.
2
2
4
-
Cr.
2
4
4
3
-
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Taxonomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Cell ................
4
General Entomology .... Physics 5 , 6 or
Chemistry 53, 54 . . . . . .
4
Biology Seminar . . . . . . .
%
Electives (upper division) 8
Cr.
3
Biology Major for Secondary School Teaching
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
FRESHMAN
.............
Basic Bible
Freshman English ......
History or Sociology
General Zoology ........
Foreign Language ......
Physical Activities .....
....
4
4
4
4
=/2
JUNIOR
Biology 64 or 68 .........
Genetics ................
The Cell
Educational Psych.
Tchg. in Sec. School ...
Biology Seminar
Group Activity ..........
Health and First Aid
,
Beginning Speech
Electives
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
-
................
.....
........
4
4
3
0
.. .......
.................. 6
4
3
%
0
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
- ----.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
4
General Botany . . . . . . . .
Human Anatomy ....... Foreign Language
3
General Psychology ....
3
Chemistry 5. 6 or 15. 16
4
Electivcs ................ 3
......
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
3
SENIOR
Cr.
.................
3
............... -
Religion
Flne Arts
........ -
Biology 58 or 66
Tch~:. of Nnttlrnl ScIcnces
Fl'iti. CII
Guldance
Sclhool & Society
.....
.......
2
2
2
Slkldcnl Teocl~ing .......
6
Litcrnturc nr Philo~ophs Birsloay Scrnltlr~r'
'/2
Elcctlvt*
........
................ -
.
3
3
-
3
'/a
4
Chemistry Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for
the Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who
plan t o do graduate study in chemistry.
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are
exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the
biological science and the second year of a foreign language.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
C r.
Chemistry 15. 16 . . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . .
History o r Sociology
Physical Activities
...
.....
JUNIOR
I1 Sem.
4
4
2
3
3
2
3
3
%
'
/
2
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
4
Chemistry 61, 72 . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry (82)
Chemistry Seminars
(93. 94)
Beginning German
'Advanced Calculus ....
'Physics 53, 63, 52 ....
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
'Recommended
..............
.....
-
4
0
0
4
3
3
4
3
4
3
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
4
4
-
PW
Organic Chemistry (53, 54)
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics (5, 6) .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
.
-4'
5
4
2
2
-
I1 Sem.
-.4 .
P
.
.
5
4
2
3
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Physical Chemistry (83. 86) 4
3
Adv. Anal. Chemistry (88) 3
$dv. Inorg. Chemistry (91) 4
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . . Arr.
Arr.
Chemistry Seminars
(95. 961 ..............
0
0
Religion ................ 3
3
German or French . . . . 3 or 4
3 or 4
-
The summer following the junior year is frequently spent on
chemical research under departmental sponsorship.
Physics Major
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
General Physics (5. 6) .
Physical Activities . . . . .
4
4
1/2
4
4
'h
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Pr
Cr.
2
SOPHOMORE
--.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Anal. Geom. and Calculus 5
Intro. Atom. &
Nuclear Phys. . . . . . . . . Electr. & Magnetism
153. 54) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
.Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
German or French
4
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
JUNIOR
Fine Arts ..............
Differential Equations . .
Mechanics ...............
Adv. Physics Lab.
(63, 64) ...............
Literature or Philosophy
German or French . . . . . .
Chemistry 5 , 6, or 15, 10
Beginning Speech .......
3
3
1
3
3
4
-
I Sem.
SENIOR
Cr.
3
3
3
Advanced Calculus .....
Religion .................
*Heat & Thermodynamics
Adv. Physics Lab.
(73. 74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematical Physics . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sern.
Cr
3
3
.
1
6
*Offered alternate years
Combined Science Major for Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry
5, 6 (or 15, 161, 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits
in upper division courses.
Science minor for elementary school teaching: 3 credits each of physics,
astronomy, chemistry; 6 credits of biology; and 9 additional credits
in one area of science, at least 3 of which must be in upper division
courses.
Mathematics Major
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree and is recommended for students who
plan to do graduate work in Mathematics.
X Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
4
4
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
3
3
Beginning German .....
4
4
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2
History or Sociology . . . .
3
3
Physical Activities
!/z
%
FRESHMAN
.....
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Modern Algebra . . . . . . . .
Probability and Statistics
Basic Concepts of Math.
Religion .................
Biological Science . . . . . . 3
Literature or Philosophy
Electives ................
3
3
3
3
3
3
or 4
-
4
3
4
-
I Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr
5
4
3
2
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Intermediate German . . .
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts ...............
Beginning Speech . . . . . . .
.
2
-
I1 Sem,
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
I Sern. I1 Sem.
SENIOR
Advanced Calculus .....
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry .....
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
Mathematics Major for Secondary School Teaching
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Sociology . . .
Physical Activities .....
JUNIOR
'/2
I1 Sem.
Cr.
4
3
4
2
3
%
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Modern Algebra ........
Advanced Calculus . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psych. . . . . . .
Teaching i n Sec. Schools
Group Activity . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
3
3
3
0
7
Cr.
3
3
3
3
0
4
I Sem. I1 Sem.
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language ......
Religion 3. 4 . . . . . . . .
General Psychology
Beginning Speech
5
4
3
2
....
......
SENIOR
3
-
Cr.
5
4
3
2
2
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Student Teaching . . . . . . .
Teaching of Mathematics
School and Society ....
Prin. of Guidance . . . . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Concepts of Math.
Modern Geometry ......
Natural Science . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and First Aid . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cr.
6
2
2
2
3
-
Cr.
Health and Physical Education Major
The following course of study is designed to prepare students
for teaching health and physical education in the secondary
schools, for working in the related fields of health and
recreation, and to assist in qualifying them for the field of
corrective therapy.
T Sem. I1 Sem.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
Historv or Socioloav
-- . . . .
~ e n e r a lzoology . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . .
Health and First Aid ....
Individual & Dual Sports
.....
Cr
-- .
2
3
3
4
%
3
-
Cr.
2
3
3
4
=/2
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
Religion ................ 3 .
3
Foreign Language
3
3
*Educational Psychology
3
'Teachina in Sec. Schools
3
*Group Activity ........
0
0
Swimming and Aquatics
1
1
Kinesiology & Adapted P.E. 3
Hist. & Prin. of P.E. 3
Electives in Maior
or Minor ..............
4
4
JUNIOR
......
-
*Not required for non-teaching majors.
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
2
4
3
-
~ e g i n n i n g Speech ....
Human Anat. &
Physiology . . . . . . . . . .
Team Sports . . . . . . . . . . .
Rec. Act. & Rhythms .
Electives in Major
or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . .
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Literature or Philosophy
2
'Prin. of Guidance
2
'School and Society
6
*Student Teaching . . . . . .
P.E. Program in Sec. Sch.
3
School Health Educ. . .
1
Instructor's First Aid . .
s e l f - ~ e s t i n g Activities
*Methods in P.E.
and Minor
Fine Arts
......
....
.........
.............
Medical Technology
Students may complete a course leading t o the Bachelor of
Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing
three years of work a t Augsburg College and twelve months at
General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The
following program prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements
for the degree. Students planning to enter this program should
take higher algebra in high school.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . .
Chemistry 5, 6, or 15, 16
History or Sociology . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Beginning Speech
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities
Sem.
Cr.
2
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
.......
......
JUNIOR
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr.
3
Relieion
................. 3
~~Microbiology ............ 4
3
Foreign Language .......
3
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
4
~ i o l o g yElective . . . . . . . .
4
6
'Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
*Physics strongly recommended. Other
sciences, arts, humanities.
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ...........
Elem. Organic Chem. 32
General Zoology
Foreign Language . . . . . . .
Literature or Philosophy
'Electives ...............
........
-
2
4
4
4
3
3
4
2
4
SENIOR
Lectures, laboratory and practical
work at General or Swedish Hospital
for 12 months
........................32
recommended
electives:
English,
social
In the senior year, students taking this program must register
at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
Medicine
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of
college education, but premedical students usually find it
advantageous to complete their college work before entering
the medical school. The following program will meet the
requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for
the student to study the requirements of the medical scho'ol
to which he plans to apply.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman Enalish . . . . . .
Chemistry 15; 16 . . . . . . .
Intro. to Math. Analysis
Physical Activities . . . . .
History or Soc. Science
JUNIOR
.................
Religion
Intermediate German . . .
Quant. Anal. Chem. (61)
General Physics (5, 6)
L~terature or Philosophy
Chem. Seminars (93, 94)
Elective
Pr
Pr
2
2
3
3
4
4
%
3
4
4
'h
.................
-
-
0
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
......
....
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
3
3
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beninnina German
~ e i e r a -zoology
l
.......
Organic Chem. (53, 54)
*Mathematics 41. 42
SENIOR
Pr
Pr
2
4
2
4
4
4
5
4
4
5
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr
3
3
3
Social Science or Hist.
Fine Arts
Beginning Speech .......
Genetics ................
General Psychology
,
Electives ................
Chem. Seminars (95, 05)
'Physical Chem. (83) ,. ,
.
.
............... -
.. .
2
4
7
0
-
'Recommended
Dentistry
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should
take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high
school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be
completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the
requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective
dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools
in which they are interested about specific requirements. The
Department of Chemistry is prepared to offer assistance in
placing qualified students in dental school.
FRESHMAN
......
Freshman English
Basic Bible ..............
Intro. Chem. &
Qual. Anal. (5, 6)
Intro. to Math. Anal. ..
General Zoology
Physical Activities
...
........
.....
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
3
2
2
4
4
4
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Physics (5, 6) .
4
'Organic Chem. (53, 54)
4
.
4
4
4
%
'Chem. 61, 32 may be substituted for Chem. 53, 54, but the latter is recommended.
Nursing
Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing
have a t least one year of college. In many instances two or
more years of college work are desirable. The following
pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter
a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year
nursing program should try to select courses in college which
will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school
of nursing which they plan to attend.
FRESHMAN
I Sem.
Cr.
Basic Bible .............
Freshman English .......
Foreign Language
Sociology ...............
Chemistry 5
Psych. or Geography
Art or Music ............
.......
.............
...
2
3
4
3
4
Sem.
Cr.
2
3
4
3
-
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at
Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist
Minneapolis, take some of their course work a t
College. Applications for admission to this program
made directly to these hospitals.
Lutheran
Hospitals,
Augsburg
should be
Law
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years
of prelegal education a t the college level. The student is advised
t o select a broad program of study including courses in the
humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. A
suggested three-year curriculum is given below:
Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
FRESHMAN
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
Western Civllization
Natural Science . . . .
Physical Activities
2
3
.
JUNIOR
2
3
4
4
3
4
'12
3
4
'/z
SOPHOMORE
............
I Sem.
Cr.
R c l l ~ l o n3. 4
&nR!isll 2:. '10 ...........
Foreign Language
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Science ..........
Natural Science ........
Electives ................
2
3
3
Sem.
Cr.
2
....... 3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Rallglnn ................
Beginning Speech ......
...............
Plnc Arts
Electives ................
Cr.
3
Cr.
3
12
10
-
2
2
Engineering
A student may take two years of pre-engineering a t Augsburg
before transferring t o a school of engineering. The following
curriculum is recommended. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school
mathematics and qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test
to enter Mathematics 41.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr .
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Anal. Geom. & Calculus
General Physics . . . . . . . .
Social Science . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities ......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . .
English 40. 42 . . . . . . . . . . .
~ d i a n c e d Calculus . . . . .
Physics 52, 53 . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . .
Inorg. & Qual. Chemistry
rr.
rr
Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology
a t the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases,
a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering
Graphics. It is recommended that these be taken in summer
session a t the U. of M.
Secretarial Work
The first year of the following program provides preparation
for certain office positions. Completion of the second year
provides more advanced training. A student who has had
similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced
classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline
of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high
school appears under Business Education.
A Secretarial-Work Certificate is awarded on completion of the
two-year program.
FIRST YEAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
3
1
3
Basic Bible ..............
Freshman English ......
Elementary Typewriting
Office Machines . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . .
Physical Activities .....
Electives ................
.
-
3
%
8
3
1/2
6
SECOND YEAR
1 Sem. I1 Sem.
Religion 3, 4 ............
Beginning Speech
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand ....
Prin. of Accounting . .
Secretarial Practice .....
General Psychology .....
Electives ................
Cr.
2
.... 4
3
3
5
Cr.
2
2
3
3
3
3
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
. .
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Vice-chairman
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. F. Pautz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mr. R. E. Myhre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Term Expires 1964
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Plastics, Inc.
The Rev. Luthard 0. Gierde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service
Mr. Herbert Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Investors Syndicate Life Insurance and Annuity Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
116
The Rev. David Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
.Secretary
.
.Treasurer
The Rev. Harry T. Sorenson, Bellevue, Washington
Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd
The Rev. Erling Tungseth, Rochester, Minnesota
Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church
Term Expires 1965
Mr. R. F. Pautz, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Mr. Philip C. Helland, Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Mr. U. W. Tervo, Rochester, Minnesota
Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota
Term Expires 1966
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
Education, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Gamble Skogmo, Inc.
Term Expires 1967
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice-President, Northwestern National Bank of Minneapolis
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
Clifford M. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Martin Quanbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Manager
Peter Armacost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Gerda Mortensen . . . . . . .Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students.
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant to Dean of the College
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the General Faculty
Mrs. Jean Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant
.
Registrar
Karlis Ozolins (on leave 1963-64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mrs. Mariorie Sibley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting
.
Librarian 1963-64
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hielmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Arthur Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supervisor of Plant Services
Richard 1. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Bjarne Landa . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
.
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Service
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Special Events
Mrs. Ruth Gamm . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . Director
.
of News Bureau
Mrs. Jacquelyn Gimse . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Physician
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0.Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost,
Fosse, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, Mandsager
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, 0. Anderson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, Thorson, Chrislock, Nash, Hanwick, R. Anderson, Halverson,
Miss Pederson, Armacost
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck,
Saugestad, Miss Cole, P . Thompson, Budge
Student Personnel: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, P. Quanbeck,
Mrs. Hinrichs
Teaoher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Agre, Miss Mattson, Miss
Segolson, Miss Cole, Savold
Library: Mrs. Sibley, Sateren, Colacci, Mrs. Jensen, Alton, Benson
Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold
*Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Thut, Ecklund
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge, Sonnack, Mrs. E. Olson, Thompson,
Fosse, Holum
Institutional Studies: Holum, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, G. Johnson,
Chrislock
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Sonnack, Gisselquist
Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Miss
Sonsteng, Hatchek
*Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, M. Quanbeck, Follingstad, Mickelberg
*Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund
Nominations: Kleven, Urdahl, Hammarberg
Administrative: 0. Anderson, C. Johnson, M. Quanbeck, Armacost, Fosse
Foreign Students: Miss Joel, Hansen, G. Johnson, Miss Segolson
*Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov, A.M., lnstructor in French (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1963; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University, University of
Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg 1960-63.
Courtland L. Agre, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Chemist, 193740; U.S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist,
1941-46. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1946-58; University of California,
Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Earl Alton, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D.,
1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University
of Michigan, 1955-58. At Augsburg since 1960.
Lyla Mae Anderegg, A.M., lnstructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University,
1947. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and
Counseling, High School, 194546, 1951-53 ; Teaching : E a s t Washington
College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior
College, 1954-56; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College,
1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
Ernest W. Anderson, M. Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 193741. U.S. Army, 194146. At Augsburg since
1946.
Oscar A. Anderson, LL.D., President of the College
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942;
LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Additional study: Union Theological
Seminary. Pastoral work, 1942-48, 1954-63; Executive Secretary, Young
People's Luther League (ELC), 1948-54. At Augsburg since 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Peter H. Armacost, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Dean
of Students (on leave 1961-63.)
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Additional study: Union Theological Seminary. Teaching Assistant a t
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
Manmohan S. Arora, M.A., Instructor in Economics
B.S., Ranja's College, India, 1957; M.A., Delhi School of Economics,
India, 1959; Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Leroy A. Baker, A.B., lnstructor in Physics
A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis Honeywell. At Augsburg
196&62 and since 1963.
Emil Balz, Akad. Geprufter Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Spanish
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad. Geprufter
Ubersetzer, Heidelberg University, 1949. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: Prof. Language School, Germany, 1949-50. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Waltraud Balz, Akadem. Ubersetzer, lnstructor in Modern Languages
Abitur, Victoria Oberschule, Germany, 1942; Akadem. Ubersetzer,
Heidelberg University, 1947. Teaching: private lessons, 1960-63. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Merrilyn Belgum, M.S.W., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946: W.S.W., UnlveiUsityof Denver, 1956.
Qlisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran W ~ l f n r eSociety, Iowa, 194952; Depnrtmcnt of Public Welfare, Anchmbage, A I ~ s k a ,1952-54; University of Denvcr, Field Inaiructor, 195657; Denver Public Schools
Social Worker, 1957-60,At Augshurg since 1960.
John Benson, M.A., lnstructor in Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959;
M.A., Columbia University, 1961. Additional study: Columbia University.
At Augsburg since 1963.
William Bergstrom, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College,
1950-55, University of Minnesota, 195563. At Augsburg since 1963.
Nelly T. Blackburn, B.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Earlham College, 1949. Additional study: Oberlin College. Teaching: Macalester College, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Oscar Blegen, Jr., B.A., Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling
Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bruce P. Budge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Idaho, 1953; M.S., 1957. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1955-57. Weyerhauser
Company, 1953-55, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Harold Cannon, B.A., B.S., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Additional study: University
of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1961-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Jacqolyn L. Cherne, A.B., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg 1960-62 and since 1963.
Carl Chrislock, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 193944; Tracy Junior College,
194748; Augustana College, Sioux Falls. S. Dak., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
120
C. Winston Chrislock, M.A., Instructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.A., Indiana University, 1964.
At Augsburg since 1964.
Bernhard Christensen, Th.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christian Education
(on leave 1962-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 192225; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford
Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin
G~ttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, N. Dak., 1925-26.
Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President 1938-61.
Gracia Christensen, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, 1932; A.M., Radcliffe College, 1935. Additional
study: University of Chicago. At Augsburg 1959-60, 1961-62, and since
1963.
Nadia Christensen, B.A., lnstructor in Spanish
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota,
University of San Carlos, Guatemala. At Augsburg since 1963.
Mario Colacci, Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and
Latin
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontificium
Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching : Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40 ;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 194149. At Augsburg since 1952.
Ailene Cole, A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. Berner Dahlen, A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; CrosbyIronton Junior College, 194041. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At
Augsburg since 1941.
Kenneth L. Davenport, M.M., lnstructor in Strings
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Teaching: St. Olaf College, Carleton College, Gustavus Adolphus College;
St. Paul Public Schools; Anoka Public Schools since 1953. Member of
the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra for 14 years. At Augsburg since
1962.
Sheldon Fardig, M.M., Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota; Dalcroze School of Music,
New York. Teaching: High School, 1940-46; Olivet College, 1949-54;
Moody Bible Institute, 1954-56; Bethel College, 1956-62. At Augsburg
since 1962.
Henry G. Follingstad, B.E.E., C.D.T. diploma, lnstructor in Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Additional study: Rutgers University, University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 194748; U.S.
Armed Forces Institute, 194546; Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.,
1948-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
Burton P. Fosse, B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U.S. Army, 194346.
Industrial Engineering work, 1949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Stephen Gabrielsen, B.A., Director of Male Chorus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1963.
Daryl Gibson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 194748; Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
Jacquelyn L. Gimse, B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence and Social
Coordinator
R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1960, Moline Public Hospital, 1957-58; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
A. Malcolm Gimse, B.A., Instructor in Swimming
B.A., Macalester College, 1962. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Orloue Gisselquist, A.M., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Frank A. Gruver, M.D., College Physician and Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University of Utah, 1959;
PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Private practice,
1960-62. At Augsburg since 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson, A.M., lnstructor in History (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1956. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota; Wisconsin. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-61. At Augsburg
1961-63.
William H. Halverson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton
University, 1959 ; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching : Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
Carl R. Hammarberg, A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Director of Placement and Testing
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
Leif E. Hansen, A.M., lnstructor in Modern Languages
A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Min~esota, 19%.
Additional study: Michigan, Stetson University. Wisconsin. Teachjng :
High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wiscot~sin, I9GO-61. At
Augsburg since 1961.
lrene Hanson, M.S. in Ed., Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1946; M.S. in Ed., Temple University,
1948. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
194649, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1960-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Theodore J. Hanwick, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193%
42; U.S. Naval Academy, 194246; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At
Augsburg since 1956.
George W. Hatchek, LL.D., lnstructor in Modern Languages
LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Additional study: University of Minnesota, Middlebury College. Interpreter a t United States
Surplus Depot, France, 194446; Teaching: International Institute and
YWCA, 195460. At Augsburg since 1960.
Ruben G. Haugen, M.M., lnstructor in Woodwinds
B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail School of Music,
1951. Additional study: University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching:
Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-52; Breck Military Academy, 1952-55;
MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958.
Orvald B. Haugsby, A.B., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University
of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
Melvin A. Helland, S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave 1960-63)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Addiional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 193&10 and 1960-63. At Augsburg since 1941.
A. Robert Hemmingson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and
Business Administration (on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additional
study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska,
1956-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
Grace Hinrichs, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Teaching: Wisconsin State College, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1962.
John R. Holum, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Additional study: California Institute of Technology. Teaching: University
of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran
College, 195SF9. U.S. Armed Forces, 195557. At Augsburg 1957-58
and since 1959.
lrene Khin Khin Jensen, Ph.D., lnstructor in History and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-50. At Augsburg 1 9 5 5 5 6 and since 1959.
John Jensen, A.M., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961.
Mildred V. Joel, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Clifford Johnson, C.T., Vice President in Charge of Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939. Pastoral work, 1939-1953, 1954-1962. At Augsburg 1953-54 and
since 1962.
Einar 0.Johnson, Ph.D., Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Wnsklngtnn, 1950;
Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Nalsvny. Teaching:
Elementary and High School, 193M0; Universil,y of Washin@on. 1953-9;
Luther College, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
Glen W. Johnson, B.S.E., B.D., lnstructor in Mathematics and Philosophy
B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
James Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Piano
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Julliard School of Music,
1958. At Augsburg since 1961.
Mary E. Johnson, M.A., lnstructor in French
B.A., Smith Collw~,1947; M.A. in Christian Education, Columbia University, 1950. Additional study: Michigan, Oslo, Minnesota. Teaching:
High School, 19G2. Dean of Women, Luther College, 1954-55. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Winfield Johnson, A.M., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943;
A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Donald E. Jorenby, MS., lnstructor in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; MS., University of Minnesota, 1962. At
Augsburg since 1962.
Robert Karlen, A.M., lnstructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional study: Berkshire Music Center, Massachusetts; Morzarteum, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-53; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-59;
University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
124
Mimi B. Kingsley, A.M., Associate Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Bernhardt J. Kleven, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 1922-35;
Wheaton College, 194647. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
Bjarne E. Landa, Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching : High School, 1930-31 ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42 ; Fisk University, 1945-47. U.S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. At Augsburg since
1947.
Dennis Lane, B.S., lnstructor in Organ
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota,
1942-43; MrcPhail School of Music, 194551; private organ and piano
instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. At Augsburg since 1960.
Richard Laue, M.A., lnstructor in History
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1950; M.A., 1955. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: Huron College, 1961-63. At Augsburg
since 1963.
Frederick Z. Lesher, M.A., lnstructor in English
B.A., Carthage College, 1958; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1962.
Teaching: Luther College, 1961-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Bertha Lillehei, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. At Augsburg 193740 and since
1957.
Lorraine K. Livingston, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. At Augsburg
since 1960.
Gertrude
S. Lund, A.M., Assistant Professor of Business Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching : High School, 194345; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 194547; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School,
194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
Orlin L. Mandsager, B.D., Campus Pastor and lnstructor in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Teaching: High School, 1959-61; Pastoral work: 1956-58, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1960-61 and since 1962.
Martha M. Mattson, A.M., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching :
Elementary Schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. At Augsburg since 1960.
Erwin D. Mickelberg, A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
August Molder, LL.M., Artist in Residence and lnstructor in Art
Graduated, University of Tartu, Estonia, 1935; Master of Law, University of Tartu, 1944. Teaching: University of Tartu, Estonia, 1942-44. At
Augsburg since 1963.
Ernesto E. Moreno, Dr. en Pedagogia, Instructor in Spanish
Diploma, Escuela Normal P a r a Maestros, Cuba; Dr. en Pedagogia,
University of Havana, 1945. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Rural school, Cuba; Chandler College, Cuba, 1947-59; Havana
Military Academy, 1951-60; High School, 1961-63. At Augsburg since
1963.
Gerda Mortensen, A.M., Dean of Women, Associate Dean of Students
with Rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35, At Augsburg since
1923.
Arthur Nash, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46, Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. At Augsburg since
1922.
Emma L. Nashan, A.M., lnstructor in German
A.B., Duke University, 1953; A.M., Indiana University, 1963. Teaching : Sweet Briar College, 1956-57. At Augsburg since 1964.
Edor C. Nelson, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Coach of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
1946.
Glenn I. Nelson, A.M., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1961.
Grier Nicholl, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College,
1956. Additional study: University of Minnesota, University of London.
Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1958. At Augsburg since 1960.
David Nordlie, A.B., lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Esther J. Olson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching:
University of Minnesota, 194556; Luther College, 1956-60; Luther
Theological Seminary, 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1960.
126
lver B. Olson, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 193944. At Augsburg since 1945.
Karlis Ozolins, A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
(on leave 1963-64)
A.B., Augsburg College, 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University
of Marburg, Germany. At Augsburg since 1955.
Patricia A. Parker, A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan,
1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-51; University of
Michigan, 1951-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 1954-56;
Minneapolis Public Library, 1956-59. At Augsburg since 1960.
Howard E. Pearson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At
Augsburg since 1956.
Anne Pederson, A.M., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.
Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High
School, 194546; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester,
1946. At Augsburg 193244 and since 1946.
Katherine Peterson, MS., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
LaVonne Peterson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Universities of North Dakota, Minnesota, and Montana;
MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950.
Martin Quanbeck, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;
Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minnesota, 1929.36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College,
1939-46; Dean, 194246 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion
h.~.
Augsburg
,
College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work,
1951-53. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1951-57.
At Augsburg since 1957.
Lawrence Rogers, Laboratory lnstructor in Astronomy
University of Minnesota, 1942. Diploma, Cal Aero Technical Institute,
1948. At Augsburg since 1962.
Leland B. Sateren, A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.
Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis),
1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station
KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian
Puhlic Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 194143 and since 1946.
Edwin J. Saugestad, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education and Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1959.
A. Mayo Savold, M,Mus. Ed., Associate Professor of Muslc
A.B., Luther College, 1911: M.Mus. Ed,, MncPhail School nf Music,
l9t;l. Additiont~l study: M f i r t l ~ Unkola, Minncsota. Tenchina: Renson
County Ag~*icult
urc! :mtI Training School, hrlridtlock, N, Diilc., 1934-37';
L a m h ~ r t u n Public Schools, 194142 and 3 9.IB4S. U.S. Arrncd Fol*ces
J94%45; GIcnwond Pul,lic Schools, 194R-52. At Augshwg since 7952.
Donna L. Schlorf, A.B., lnstructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; Additional study: Minnesota, Colorado,
Oslo. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 1955-61. At Augsburg
since 1961.
Ruth Segolson, M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., '- University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study :
Minnesota, Syracuse University. Teaching : High School, 192528;
University of Minnesota, 192844. At Augsburg since 1944.
Marjorie H. Sibley, A.M., Assistant Librarian (Acting Head Librarian,
1963-64)
A.B., Unfversity of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota.
T c a c h i n ~ :Elementn~~y,
3840-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librm-iun, Macalcster College, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961.
George Soberg, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
Ruth Sonsteng, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
A.B., Ausburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Oslo. Teaching: High School, 195556; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. At Augsburg 1957-60
and since 1961.
Merton P. Strommen, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augshurg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University at Mlnncsdn, 3955: Ph.D., 1960.
~ , 1944-60;
Pastor : Mora, Minnesota, 194447. Yooth D i ~ r c l o (~LFC)
Director, Lutheran Youth Research 1961-. At Augshurg since 3947.
Olaf H. Swenson, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 194749, 1950-51. Probation
Office, Hennepin County, 1951-. At Augsburg since 1953.
Agnes B. Tangjerd, A.M., Archivist
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 192228. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38.
Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960.
Joyce Tester, A.M., lnstructor in Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., 1959. Teaching: High School,
195557; University of Minnesota, 1957-59 and spring quarter, 1963.
At Augsburg since 1963.
128
Phillip J. Thompson, M.F.A., Assisfan?Professor of Art
A.R., Concordia Collcg~,1955: M,F.A., Sfnle University of Town, 1958.
Teaching: Stntc University fif Iowa, 1957-58; Kokoma Rxlenslbn of
Xncliann University, 1958-59. A t Augshtlrg sincc 1959.
Paul G. Sonnark, Th.B., A.M, Frofesfor of RellgTen
A.R., Augslwg Col
I g42; C.T., Augshitrg Theoln~icalSminnrgr, 1945;
Th.B., 1$187; h , M . , Univmily of Chicago, 1960. P R S L O
M~m, ~ eLalce, Mime-
Gerald H. Thorson, Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study:
Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting
Professor, University of Raykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. At Augsburg
since 1946.
John Thut, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen C~Ilege,1923: R,Mus., AInPric~nConservatory of Music,
1929: M.Mus., 1936. Addilionnl sturly: Minnesota, Northwestern University, Privnte work in singing wilh Rollin Pensc, Charles LaBerge, Eksel
Schioiolz. Special studlcs with Theodore Hnrrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music,
1931-44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War
Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
Vera Thut, B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study:
American Conservatory of Music, and Minnesota. Master Class Work
with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied
under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 192646; Colorado State College of Education, 194647. At Augsburg since 1947.
Joel S. Torstenson, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940;
Ph.D., 1959. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland
Cooperative Wholesale, 194547. At Augsburg 193S42 and since 1947.
E. Margaret Trautwein, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg 1950-54 and since 1961.
Erling J. Urdahl, A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
Jesus Zarandin, A.M., lnstructor in Economics
B.S., University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: University of Negros Occidental, Philippines, 1957-59; University of Minnesota, 1962-63. At Augsburg since 1963.
Wauneta Blackburn, A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School,
1930-46; Stout State College, 1946-61. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Mary A. Hinderlie, A.M., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College,
1937-39. At Augsburg 1961-63.
Kathryn Jurkovic, B.S., lnstructor in Logic
B.S.,St. Olaf College, 1957. Additional study: Northwestern University,
Drake University, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
1:
Harold M. Kambak, A.B., Director of Public Relations
Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: University of
Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of
Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. At
Augsburg 1958-63.
A.B.,
Benjamin T. McClure, Ph.D., lnstructor in Physics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1952. Teaching: Research Assistant,
Harvard; Teaching Assistant, Minnesota. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Rod Myers, M.A., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., University of California, 1955; M.A., Reed College, 1960. Additional Study : University of Minnesota. Teaching : Elementary schools,
195461. Research Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1961-62. At
Augsburg 1962-63.
Kristoffer F. Paulson, M.A., lnstructor in English
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg,
Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg
1960-63.
Jack Ross, M.S., lnstructor in Sociology
B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., George Williams College,
1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant,
Minnesota, 1960-61. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1961-62. Social
work, 1952-60. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Robert T. Sandin, Ph.D., Lecturer in Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D., 1963. Teaching: Bethel
College, 1952-55; Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1955-57;
University of Minnesota, 1957-58. At Augsburg 1958-59 and 1962-63.
Donald G. Shamblin, A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Marshall University, 1952 ; A.M., Universidad Nacional, Mexico,
1957. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School,
1954; Colegio Mexico, 1955; University of Minnesota, 1958-61; Macalester
College, 1961-62; NDEA Institute, summers 1961, 1962. At Augsburg
1962-63.
John M. Stensvaag, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D.,
Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins
University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 194Z59; Dean, 1953-59;
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. At Augsburg
1942-62.
Talvryn Tischer, B.A., Teaching Fellow in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959. At Augsburg 1962-63.
Harold Tollefson, A.B., M.Th., lnstructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1955. Additional study:
University of Heidelberg. At Augsburg 1959-63.
A. Bruce Wrightsman, B.S., lnstructor in Mathematics and Religion
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958. Additional study: Luther Theological
Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg
1960-63.
GRADUATES
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1 962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aadland. Marlin Bennie Stronafield.
Sask.
.
.
~ n d e r s o n ,Barbara E. .......... Roseau
Anderson, Garry B. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Mercia Joy . . . Rockford, 111.
Anderson, Robert W.
Elroy, Wis.
Arneson, Frederick W. . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Baker, Jerrold W. . . . . . ,,. . Minneapolis
Barney, Jerome C. ............. Stewart
Bauman, Philip Quentin . Minneapolis
Anoka
Bengtson, Judith Anne
Minneapolis
Bergly, Richard N.
Bostad, John Clayton
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Brown, Wendell John
Brude. Joanne ............. Minneapolis
Brynildson, Donald E. .. New Richland
.
..........
....
.....
.........
....... Minneapolis
Carlson, Bonnie Mae
Christensen, John W.
Cleven, Harry Thomas
......... St.
. DeForest,
Paul
Wis.
Coltvet, Sherman P.
Cook, Barbara Helen
Dyrud, Loiell
Estherville, Iowa
........ Newfolden
0. . . . . . Thief River Falls
..
Minneapolis
Yvonne Lerfald
James F . ........... St. Paul
Marilyn Ann
Brainerd
Marjorie Adele
Gatzke
rickso on', Kenneth Neil
Cambridge
Evavold, Earle Roscoe
Battle Lake
Egertson.
Ekstrand,
Ellingson.
Engevik
......
......
......
.....
......
Fellrath, Mary Lee
Fisher, Roger LeRoy
Whitehall, Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
....
Geldert, Daniel Thomas
Minneapolis
Gildseth, Bruce L. ........... Hoffman
Grover. Paul Ralph . . . . . Rochelle, Ill.
unders son, Paul ~ e r t r a n d
Sioux City, Iowa
1
Haack, Harlin H. ........... Minneapolis
O'Brien, Sharon K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Milaca
Haglund. Lyle W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olsen, Diane Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Halverson, Frederick S . .... M i n ? + f c ~ ~ ~ o l lOlson,
s
Kenneth H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Hanenburg. Kay L. ............... IWnfr~ Olson. Marilyn Carol .. Lacrosse, Wis.
Hanse, Bonnie Jean . , . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Olson, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Dale Edward ...... Minneapolis
Oppegard, Milo M. ......... Albert Lea
Hanson, Patricia K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Osberg, J o h n Wilson . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hassing, Joan Eileen
Minneapolis
Ose, Julia E . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Heikkila Alice J. ........ Pelkie. Mich.
Ost, David H. ........... Parkers Prairie
Helgeson, Rodney A. . . . . . . La?nbel.ton
Overmoen, Sonia R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Claire Elaine ...... Minneapolis
Ovikian, Michael 0. Jerztsalem, Israel
Hoversten. Lorna Lavonne
Radcliffe, Iowa
Patton, Jeanne A. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hovland, Peter C. ............... Morn
Paulson, Betze Karen . . . . . . . . . . . Halls
Hugo. John Robert
Minneawolis
Paulson. Kermit Earl .. Claziton. Wis.
New ~ r i i h t o n Pedersen, Elaine Ruth . . . . . ~ i n n i a ~ o l i s
Hunt, Duane R.
Peterson, Donna M. ........ Minneapolis
Ilstrup, Robert J .
Minneapolis
Pierson, Waldo Allen . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pommerenke, James Warren . . elg grade
Jacobsen, Cynthia Ann
Scarsdale, N.Y.
Johannsen, Clair A.
Hzintley
Quitno, James Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, David William Manitowoc, Wis.
Johnson, Jennelle Kay . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ring A n Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Johnson, Judy D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
~ o l l d f f%lizabeth
,
I. . . . . . . . . . . . New Ulm
Joing, Roger Harry . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronholdt, Tamara A.
Murdock
......
.........
..........
..........
..
...........
...........
King. Charles W . . J r . . . . . . . Minneanolis
~ n G s o n ,Lois ~ n .n. . . . . . . . . . .~ u n i u r g
Korsmo, Gayler Leland
Northwood, N. Dak.
Kronstad, Ingolf Berge . . . . . Minneapolis
Kubota, Cynthia . . . . . Gun Chiba, Japcin
Kuszler, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Kuyper, Jerrold E. ......... Northfield
Kyllo, Eunice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Sather. Arne C. ............ Minneanolis
~ c h m i d t ,Marilyn F. ........... ~ a k w i n
Scholten, Harold Bernard ...... Holland
Schwartz, Roger Dudley ...... St. Paul
Scott. Ronnie Lee . . . . . . . . . . Minneawolis
soberg, George, J r . . . . . . . . ~ i n n e h o l i s
Sorensen. Mary Ann E. . . . Hutchinson
Sorenson, John David . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Stahlke, Richard D. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stierna, Gale Melodie
Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
Stockman, Earl Allyn
Stewart
Strand, Eugene Mathias ........ Braham
Stuber, Sally Marie . . . . . . . . Manneapolas
Sundquist, Lewis J .
Minneapolis
Minneawolis
Svendsen. Karen Elizabeth
Swanson, Paul Steven ...... ~ e r k h b v e n
Larson, Budrow C. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Larson, Dean Ernest . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Larson, Marilyn Virginia . . . . . . St. Paul
Lasley, James George . ...., Faarmont
Lerstad, Judith Ann
Mi~tlrenpnlis
Lindeman. Ronald ............. F1oz)kfnr
~ l n d s t r o m ,Richard Milton ...... I;lre#cll
Lorents. Olivia Gordon . . . . . Minnenpolls
Lystig, J . David . . . . . . Minnecc~~olis Taylor, Kathleen Ann Shell Lake. Wis.
Willmar
Tengwall, Sandra Joan
Tjon, Twylah Ann ... Rugby, N. Dak.
Madison, Ina J o . . . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Tracy, Kay Frances . . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Malmsten, Theodore R. .... Minneapolis
Tveite. Allan Peter ......... Minneapolis
Matson, Elizabeth Joyce . . . . . . Virginia
Tweiten, Roger Allen . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
Mattison, Phillip LeRoy . . . Lamberton
Molldrem, Ariel Robert . . . . Minneapolis
Veien, Richard D. ........... Ellendale
Mortenson, Gerald W. .... Minneapolis
Vomhof, Daniel W.
Tucson, Ariz.
Nelson. Kendall Peter . . Minot. N. Dale.
Nelson, Ronald C. ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s Wallin, Mary Ann C. ...... Minneapolis
Newsum, Edwin L. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nordin, Rose Marie . . . . . Lake Lillian
Zahl, Carol J e a n
Minneapolis
........
.......
......
.
........
.....
...........
graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
Almlie, Vernon Edward . . . Minneapolis
Alstead, Jerry A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Amundsen, Duane George . . Minneapolis
Anderson. A. Lois Grossman . . St. Paul
~ n d e r s o n ; Carol J e a n . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson, Helen Elizabeth ...... Clzmax
Anderson, Luther Alfred . . . . . . Hoffman
Anderson, R. Charles . . . . . . Minneapolis
Apold, Carol Ann D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
Arndt, Charles Fred . . . . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Bagley, Carol J e a n
Bailey, David Arnold
........Zimmerman
...........
St. Paul
Bakken, Faith Elizabeth . . . . . . St. Paul
Batalden, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Batalden, Paul B. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beckman, Ronald R. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Beglinger, Barbara J o y . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Berglund, Kenneth Lee . . . . . Minneapolis
Bevis, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Bjurlin, Morris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Farwell
Bloomfield, Nancy Helen . . . . . . . . . lsanti
Botten, Einar Nelvin . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brecht, Dwayne Elwood . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Earlene L. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Bryan, Constance Jean Wicklund
Minneapolis
Carlson, Kenneth Joseph . . . . . . Willn~nr
Carlson, Richard Melvin ....... Willmcir
Carlson, Wendell E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Colcnlo
Carlstedt. Linda Marie ..... Minnenpolis
Christensen, Mary Thorynne Minnecil~olis
Christiansen. Wayne G. . . . . Minneapolis
Clauson. Reta R. . . . . . . . . . Yorkville, Ill.
Cowan. William Owen . . . . . Miitneapolis
DeBar, Bernard Edwin ......... St. Pa111
Deen, Erinon Louis .........Mi?uaeopolis
Detjen, Ronald Dean .............. Wells
Donald, James Marr
Minnecipolis
Droegemueller. Beryl D. ... Mi?anenpolis
Dygert, Robert V. .......... Min?aeapolis
.......
Farmer, Lannell J o h n ... Madiso?~,Wis.
Franzen, Richard Keith . . . . Minneapolis
Marks, Myra . . . . . . . . . . . . Lestev Pl'nirie
Meena. Joshua Sisia . Moslti. Tnngrn~?lilia
Meffert. Robert Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Ga?llord
Meister. Jerelvn Hovland . . . . . . St. Paul
Mjo~iess, ~ l l e ;Orlaine
~
.... Minneapolis
Monson. Paul S. ............... Savage
Mortrud. David Lloyd . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Andre Jon . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Pan1
Nelson, Carol Ann Erickson . Mi~zi~eripolis
Nelson. Dallas S. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson. Lola Mae ............. Roseall
Nelson. Richard Cris . . . . . M i n n c a ~ ~ o l i . ~
Noe. Ronald LeRoy ....... ~ i n n e a i ~ o l i f i
Nygaard. Jon I. . . . . . . . . . . Minneal~olis
Olson, Gordon Hanley . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, LaVonne Marie C I L I I L ~ L 'Wis.
~~~~L~L~,
Olson. Robert James . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Osterberg, Russell D. . . . . . . . . Watkins
Pankuch. Leonard Edward .. Minnea]~olis
Paulson, Gary Ward ........ Minnenpolis
Garvin
Peterson. Glenn D.
Peterson, Jeffrey Gordon
Minneapolis
Peterson. Marilyn R. ....... Kerkhovela
Petrik, Diane Marie ........ Minnenpolis
Petroskey. Yvonne Marie . . . . . Virginia
Min?aeawolls
Petterson. Jerome Glendoa
Proctor. David D. .......... Minneapolis
.............
...
Gabrielsen, Stephen ............. Fcrvtilt?
Gans, Carl W. ............. Mi!u~{!ctpciliu
Gilomen, C. nonnld ........ filinrrru~rt>lls
Gjerde. Phlllr, 0,............. Sul~rll~nrrl
GjcstJcld. Donald Milton SF. Pit117Prrl'l:
Rasmussen. Paul E. C~lnaberl<t?td.Wis.
Grululer. David C. Blaitcl~nrlll)illt!. Il'is,
Raymond. Lloyd Edward . . . . . . . . Jasper
Gultlcn, Dean B. ............ MI~~!IC?I~IDI.I.Y'
Reynolds. Susan Loclre . . . . . . St. Paril
c
Gustafson, Joyce Marion . . U ~ r m i f P-nlFs
Rinde. Richard Andrew Wlaite Bear Lake
Rnlmck, Jnmcs D. . . . . . . . . . . . fi~i1irmatswtIs
Hagen, Joyce Marilyn ...... Minnenpolis
Rcrchlrt:, Lclir~td M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. P<ltrf
Hagenson, Ronald Thomas
110th. Rlch:lrtl I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hlrfl~ton
St. Louis P a r k
ntvl, Jert1111c M ~ v l f i. . . . . . . . nfknric.rrfwfis
Halvorst~n. Sara J a n e . . . . . . Rucl~cstc~. Rt~!rl?. D11roJd C. . , . . . . . . . . . - , . . . T'fr~l'!~
Hanson, G c o r ~ eOrdean . . . . . . Srn~~lyd! Rtiurl, Hullr A I ~ ~ I P. . . . . . . . . M+n~lc~(~lri)ll!i
Hanson. Harlan E. . . . . . . . . . Mlftltcoin~lls Rgstri, dctlun F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl~nskfl
~ a n s o . 1 ; Mary M. ...... P a ~ k e r sPI.-ciirie
Heggen, Gaylen K. .. Estherville. IozUct
Sandbo. Hans Knutson . . . . . Minneapolis
Helmstetter, David W. ......... Newport
.
Minneapolis
Sandgren. Carol Ferris
Henrickson, Brenda Joyce . Htitclainson
Sandgren, David Peter ..... Mii~nenpolis
Hermstad, Richard P. . . . Ar~rovn, Colo.
Sather, Ruth L. ............... Franklin
Heryla. Peter T. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minnec~polis Satter. Allen A. ............ Min?~errpolis
Hess, J u d i t h A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N o ~ t l ~ l i e l d Schober, Albert G. . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Holm, Paul B. .............. St. Pnzll
Schroeder. Arvid C. . . . . . . . . Mznnaapolis
Holt, Bradley Paul
W i l l m n ~ Sch\valm. Clair Jerome .... Minneapolis
Howe, Lauralee Kathleen ... St. Pnzll
Sidncy. Philip Oliver . . Graflo~a.N. Dak.
Hughes, David Lester ...... Mi?~?leupolis Soice, Virginia Mabel ...... Mi?znenpolis
Humphrey. Linda Elaine
Minneclpolis
Soli, Robert Francis . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Spjut, Paul Leander ........... Roseau
Jeckell. Carol Nancy . . . . . . Lanabe~ton Staff, Clarice . . . . . . . . . . New York, N.Y.
Jensen, Harold C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vining
Starkey, Ronald Harry .... Minneapolis
Jerve. Rochelle Francene . . . . . . Watson
Steenson, David K. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Minneclpolis
Jiran, William Rudolph
Stinson, Patricia Louise Colunabia Heights
Johnson, Carolyn E. ........ Alexandl'ia
Stromberg. Paul William . . Minneapolis
Johnson. Grace Hilma . . . . . . Sandstone
Szepanski. Donald Michael . Minneclpolis
Johnson, Linda Margaret ... Beloit. Wis.
Johnson, Trudy Ilean . . Shavon, N. Dak.
Tangen, Karen M.
.Mi?aneclpolis
Jones, Carolyn Margrethe ... Minneapolis
Taylor, LaVonne Helen
Minneapolis
Joubert, Nancy M. . . . . . . . . . Mi?~neapolis Teppen, Frederick A.
Minneapolis
.
.
.
............
...
....
Kallestad, William Bruce . . . Minneapolis
Keller, Lee Elmer . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Koss, Kenneth Francis . . . . . . Minnec~polis
Lading. David William . . . . . Robbi?asclclle
Lapham, James Sigurd . . . Flushing. N.Y.
Larson, J e a n R. . . . . . . A?nherst Jct., Wis.
Larson, Wallis N. . . . Cunaberland, Wis.
Lassila. Bonnie Elaine , . . Minneapolis
Lee, LeRoy Edward . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Legaarden, Elaine Louise . . Montevideo
Leverentz, Alice J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Lielkoks, Anna J. . . . . . . . . . . Minneclpolis
Lillestol, Judith C. . . . . . . . . Mi?uaenpolis
Lindberg, Diane L. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Linden, Charles L. . . Gvantsbzirg, Wis.
Lindquist, Sheryl J o y . Pnrkers Prnivie
Lower, Mary Margaret . . . . Minneclpolis
.
......
.....
......
Ross ...... Minneapolis
Thompson. Alan
Thompson, Steven John .... Minneapolis
Torstenson, Ordean L. ........ Dawson
Triden, Karen Gayle ........... WfLyZata
Tufford, Robert David, J r . .. Minneapolis
.
Vaala. John Leland Stuart . Minneclpolis
Velde, Ellen Ida . . . . . . . . . . Granite Falls
Wagner, Christopher Ross
La Mirnda, Calif.
Wanglie, Ruth Martine Katherine
Minneapolis
Wanner, John E. . . . . . . . . Almena. Wis.
Weigman, Roland Charles, J r .
Minnenpolis
Wilkins, Doris May
Rochester
Wilsey, Duane N. .............. St. P a u l
Wockenfuss, Lois Irene .... Minneapolis
.........
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1962
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Almquist, Paul Hempel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spicer
.
Shizuoka-Ken, Japan
Ichiyama, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moen, Thomas Harold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Northfield
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Peterson, Eugene S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jackson
.
.
Svanoe, Rennard Gale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1963
With the Degree of Bachelor of Theology
Haller, James Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Husfloen, Richard Lowell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fargo, N. Dak.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cloquet
Juntunen, Wayne Roger
Ose, Roger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Parker, Keith Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Pederson, Wallace Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,... . . . . . . . . Willmar
With the Degree of Graduate in Theology
Christianson, Harlan Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hatland, Kenneth Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Philip Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Stevens, Robert Clark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Summary of Graduates
Seminary
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
-
1870-1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
710
College
Graduates
Graduates
Graduates
Total
-
1870-1961
..........................
1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
............................
281 1
130
171
31 12
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3822
enrollment summary
Augsburg College. 1962-1 963
Class
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
102 50
115 83
162 134
207 204
44
29
0
44
0
47
0
27
0
76
630 703
.
.
.
.
--
Total Academic Year
Class
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . ., . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
102
124
167
224
54
0
0
0
0
-
60
86
137
210
40
45
49
27
76
-
671
730
.
.
.
.
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.. . . . . .
Total
162
210
304
434
94
45
49
27
76
1401
Augsburg Theological Seminary. 1962-1 963
SEM. I SEM. I I TOTAL
Men
Men
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Firstyear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..............................
10
13
4
5
32
9
12
3
4
28
10
13
4
5
32
Total Student Enrollment. 1962-1 963
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . . 1401
1
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1433
.
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Augsburg College. 1963-1 964
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
73
101
134
183
38
42
46
40
92
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
749
.
.
.
.
- -
Total Academic Year
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (M.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S.H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Men
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
683
.
.
.
.
Women
Total
166
74
260
106
281
138
424
186
98
42
43
43
46
46
40
40
92
92
.
767
92
154
143
238
56
0
0
0
0
-
Total Student Enrollment. 1963-1 9 6 4
Men Students .
Women Students .
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
Total . .
. . . . .
..........
Deducting those counted more than once
.
.
683
767
1450
Academic Administration . . . 47
Accounts. Payment of . . . . 18
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
. . . . . 117
Administration
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Advanced Placement . . . . . . 28
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . 28
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . 2. 8. 98
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . . . 8. 9
Alumni Association. The . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Art. Department of . . . . 71. 103
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Attendance. Chapel .
.
. 31
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . 49
Audio-Visual Center
. . . . . 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Biology. Department of
89. 109
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . 116
Bookstore . . . . . .
. 10
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration . 83. 107
Business Education . . . . . 85. 108
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
.
. . . 31
Campus Life
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . .
31
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 91. 110
Church Workers . . . . . . . . . 100
Classification of Students . . . 48
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Coaching Endorsement . . . 96
36
Co-curricular Program . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . 118
Comprehensive Examinations . 50
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . 98
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
55
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . .
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . . 107
Business Education
. . . . 108
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Church Workers . . . . . 100
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Economics
. . . . . . 107
Elementray Education . . . 106
Engineering . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . .
. 101
French
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
General Liberal Arts . . . 99
German . . . . . . . . . . 103
Greek-Latin . . . . . . . . . . 101
Health and Physical Ed
112
High School Teaching
106
History . . . . . . . . . 104
Home Economics . . . . 108
Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Medical Technology . . . 112
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Music
. . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Parish and Church Workers 100
Philosophy
. . . . . . . 101
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Pre-Seminary . . . . . 100
Psychology . . . . . . . . 105
Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Social Science Combined . . 104
Sociology
. . . . . . . . 104
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . 102
.
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . 2, 140
Development
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 113
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Distinction. Degree with . . . 53
56
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . 37. 65
I
index
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . 84. 107
Education. Department of . . 79
Education. Elementary . . . 79. 105
Education. Secondary . . . 81. 106
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Eligibility Requirements . . . . . 40
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 25. 45
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English. Department of . . 62. 101
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Entrance Requirements . . . . . 27
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . .
49
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Home Economics . . . . . . . 86. 108
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . 50. 53
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . 41. 53. 98
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . 98
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Humanities. Division of the . . 61
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . 39
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . 98
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. 17
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 18
Financial Information . . . . . . 15
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68. 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 13
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62. 101
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . 114
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 99
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 3
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates-(1 870-1963).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guaranteed Tuition Plan .
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52. 99
Mathematics . . . . . . . . 95. 111
Medical Technology . . . . . 98. 112
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . 113
Membership in Educational
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Ministry. Preparation for the . 100
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Music. Department of . . . 69. 103
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Musical Organizations . . . 38. 71
.
Health and Physical Ed . 96.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History and
Political Science . . . . . . 73.
112
43
106
7
104
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 55
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses 114
index
Objectives and Aims . . . . . .
9
Organizations. Student . . . . . 36
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Parish Work. Curriculum . . . . 100
Part-time Students . . . . . . . 16. 48
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 18
Personnel Services. Student . . 41
Philosophy. Department of 59. 101
Physical Education . . . . . .
39
Physics. Department of . . . 93. 110
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . . 10
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . 100
Prizes and Scholarships . . . . . 20
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Psychology. Department of 78. 105
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . 32. 34
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . . 116
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Registration. Change of . . . . . 47
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Religious Program . . . . . . . . 33
Residence Requirement . . . . . 53
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Scandinavian Language and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 20
Secretarial Courses . . . . . 85. 115
Seminary. Summary of
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Social Sciences, Division of the 73
Social Sciences . . . . . . . 76, 104
Sociology, Department of 76, 104
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 103
Special Programs of Study . . 98
Speech, Department of . . 65, 102
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 34
Student Government . . . . . . 35
Student Personnel Services . . 41
Suspension of Students . . . . 48
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Teacher's Certificate . 79. 81. 106
Teaching Curriculums . . . . . . 106
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43. 50
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 16
University Courses . . . . . . . . . 48
Upper Division Requirements . 53
notes
Augsburg College is now in the
"centennial phase" of its development
program, pointing toward the 100th
anniversary of the college in 1969. The
centennial phase program, covering the
years 1964-1969, is the second phase of
a 20-year development program begun in
1959 in which objectives are timed to
five-year phases.
The college has the following centennial
goals for the current five-year period:
Facilities - TO construct an art building,
a 600-bed high-rise dormitory and a college
center; to remodel Science Hall, Old Main,
and Memorial Hall; to complete Si Melby
Hall and to acquire additional athletic
field space.
Enrollment - To increase enrollment to
1600 students.
Faculty - To increase by ten the number
of full-time faculty members.
Tuition - To maintain tuition a t levels
judged to keep the cost of education a t
Augsburg within the range of its
constituency.
Library - To increase the holdings of
George Sverdrup library by 50%.
-
Budget
To increase the educational
budget to $2,000,000.
Student aid - To increase expenditures
for scholarships and grants to $209,000.
Endowment - To establish a fund of
$50,000 per year for endowed scholarships.
DEVELOPMEN1
PROGRAM
Show less
AuGSBURG
COLLEGE
GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG
2009-2010
Official publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's
graduate programs. Although information was current at th... Show more
AuGSBURG
COLLEGE
GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG
2009-2010
Official publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's
graduate programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is
subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know
the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions
about anything in this catalog, consult the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office, the
graduate program directors, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page iv for
correspondence or telephone inquiries.
Published December 2008
www.augsburg.edu
:1
/
A Greeting from the President
I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College's exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are
part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an
excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats
that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College's several graduate-level programs-the
Master of Arts in Education (MAE), Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN),
Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA), and Master of
Social Work (MSW, and MSW/MA or MDiv, together with Luther Seminary)-are distinguished by the
opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. The programs do so in an
environment that encourages students to transform theory into action and classroom experience into personal
and professional achievement.
Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by
providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse
campus community.
For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features
expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental
sustainability.
At Augsburg College, we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you, the individual student,
find your calling at work and in the world. The Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality
educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents
and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society,
the hallmark of an Augsburg degree.
Sincerely,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President, Augsburg College
Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office
Welcome to our graduate programs. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in
their communities and places of work. We believe that the liberal and professional arts and sciences form the
best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow.
Our locations in the vital metropolitan areas of Minneapolis/St. Paul and Rochester offer exciting and
challenging field experiences for courses that include real-life learning through academic internships,
experiential education, and cultural enrichment. The Twin Cities and Rochester become extended campuses
for Augsburg students. Also, the diversity in our campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared
for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today's global environment.
When you join Augsburg you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in
state-of-the-art classrooms, with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. You join a body of
experienced people who quickly form your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We
encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city connections through public events,
including our convocations and Advent Vespers.
All our programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one
another and to our neighbors. We expect our graduates to have their eyes on the world as they develop their
identity as global citizens, with a sense of responsibility to participate in socially- and economicallysustainable development. We hope that at some time during your degree, you'll explore the opportunities to
participate in an international learning experience-for example, travel seminars to our global campuses in
Central America, Mexico, and Namibia, and opportunities to meet visiting students and faculty members
from our partner institutions in Norway, Germany, Finland, and Slovenia. Inspired by the faith of our
Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg's doors, we welcome a
diversity of cultures and faiths .
Although each graduate program has its own "neighborhood" and unique features, we encourage
interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. We encourage
both "horizontal" initiatives-i.e., cross-program collaboration-as well as "vertical" initiatives-engaging
our undergraduate students to consider graduate work. This means that sometimes you may be encouraging
classmates who are just beginning to imagine a graduate degree.
We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to
meet you.
Sincerely,
~C.~
Barbara A. Farley
Vice President of Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
ii
Rosemary]. Link
Associate Vice President of Academic
Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies
Table of Contents
Directory of Offices and Programs . . . ... . ... . , .iv
Introducing Augsburg College ........ ... .. . . .
History ........................... .. ... .. l
Minneapolis and Rochester Locations .. ... ... . .2
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships . . . . .3
Facts and Figures .... . ................ . ... .4
Academic Programs and Policies
Academic Calendars ........... . . _. ..... . .. . .5
Academic Policies . ... ....... . .. .. . . . . ..... .5
Evaluation of Transfer Credit ..... . , ... .... . . .6
Student Rights ................. . . . . ... . .. . .6
Graduate Admissions
Admission to Augsburg College .... ... . .... . .. 9
Readmission to the College ....... . ........ . . .9
Admission of International Students .... . ..... .9
Financing Your Education . . .. . . . .. ... ...... .
Costs of Study .......... . . .... ..... ... . .. . 11
Payment Options . . .. . .. . .. ... .... ... .. .. . 11
Sources of Financial Aid .. , . . ... , .... . . . ... . 11
Applying for Financial Aid ... . . . ...... .... .. 11
Refund Schedule ... ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 12
Graduate Programs
Master of Arts in Education ................. 14
Master of Arts in Leadership ...... ...... ..... 26
Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies
] oint degree in Accounting and Leadership
Master of Arts in Nursing .................. .36
Master of Business Administration ........... .44
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies .52
Master of Social Work .. .... . ......... .. .... 60
Dual Degree with Luther Seminary
College Information
Maps (Minneapolis and Rochester campuses) . , .74
Augsburg Board of Regents ............ . . ... .75
iii
Directory of Offices and Programs
Academic Affairs: 612-330-1024
Adult and Graduate Admissions Office:
612-330-1101 or gradinfo@augsburg.edu
Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
Vicki Olson, Director: 612-330-1131
Karen Howell, Coordinator: 612-330-1354
maeinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/mae
Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)
Norma Noonan, Director: 612-330-1198
Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150
malinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augburg.edu/mal
Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)
Cheryl Leuning, Dept. Chair and Director:
612-330-1214
Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150
Sharon Wade, Program Assistant: 612-330-1209
manursing@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
Bool<store: 612-359-6491
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion:
612-330-1707 or www.augsburg.edu/cchp
Campus Ministry:
612-330-1732 or campmin@augsburg.edu
Enrollment Center:
612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, or
enroll@augsburg.edu
Questions about registration, financial aid, transcripts,
payments, accounts
Lindell Library: 612-330-1604 or
www.augsburg.edu/library
Public Safety: 612-330-1717 or
security@augsburg.edu
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Steven Zitnick, Director: 612-330-1304
Katherine Fagen, Coordinator: 612-330-1774
mbainfo@augsburg.edu
wwww.augsburg.edu/mba
Registrar's Office: 612-330-1036 or
registrar@augsburg.edu
Rochester Campus Program Office:
507-288-2886 or rochinfo@augsburg.edu
Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies (PA)
Dawn Ludwig, Director: 612-330-1399
Carrie Benton, Coordinator: 612-330-1518
paprog@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/pa
Master of Social Worl< (MSW)
Lois Bosch, Director: 612-330-1633
Holley Locher, Coordinator: 612-330-1763
mswinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu.msw
Master of Social Work, and Master of Arts
in Theology or Master of Divinity
Luther Seminary: 651-641-3521
iv
Welcome/Information Desk: 612-330-1000
Introducing Augsburg College
At Augsburg College, we believe that
graduate education should prepare
gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of
work. Augsburg graduates will be able
to demonstrate not only the mastery of
a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems,
act ethically and communicate effectively in a global world. The heart of an
Augsburg education is the Augsburg
mission, informed by the liberal and
professional arts and sciences, to serve
our neighbors in the heart of the city
with faith-based, ethical values. We
welcome students from a diversity of
backgrounds and experiences. Also,
our programs look to the world
through international courses and cultural exchanges.
MISSION STATEMENT
The mission of Augsburg College is to
nurture future leaders in service to the
world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based
in the liberal arts and shaped by the
faith and values of the Christian
Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community.
HISTORY
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg
opened in September 1869 , in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians
were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876). Professor
Weenaas recruited two teachers from
Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg:
to educate Norwegian Lutherans to
minister to immigrants and to provide
such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
and city life. This early interest in professional life as well education is a celebrated theme in our history and has led
to the fusion of the liberal and professional arts as a hallmark of the Augsburg College graduate.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to
church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the
College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received
the most attention.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907), required
students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student
involvement in the community gave
early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was
a group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. The college division, however, was
still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changed
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911 , George Sverdrup
Jr, became president. He worked to
develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students
than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in
1922 under the leadership of Gerda
Mortensen, dean of women. She spent
the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education
for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg
elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962). His involvement in
ecumenical and civic circles made
Augsburg a more visible part of church
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general
education requirements and elective
majors. With curriculum change came a
concerted effort to become accredited.
Full accreditation was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society
first and the interests of the Lutheran
Free Church second. The seminary
moved to Luther Theological Seminary
(now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in
1963 when the Lutheran Free Church
merged with the American Lutheran
Church. Subsequently, the American
Lutheran Church merged with two
other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form
the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. Students at Augsburg College
benefit from the Lutheran tradition of
service to your neighbor and faith in
the city.
A College in the City
Paul C. Pribbenow became the 10th
president of Augsburg College in July
2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages-in
the midst of a great city-to be faithful
citizens, in service to the world.
AUGSBURG TODAY
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
• Education should have a solid liberal
arts core at the graduate level; this
focus centers on the ability to think
critically and broadly about the
world and the work we do in it;
1
• An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community
and centers of faith;
• The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an
unequaled learning environment.
Augsburg is a college of the liberal and
professional arts and sciences, with its
main campus set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now
over 20,000 Augsburg alumni. In a
world that has changed much since
those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and
work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers
master's degree programs in education,
leadership, nursing, business, physician assistant studies, and social work,
plus a dual degree MSW/MA or
MSW/MDiv with Luther Seminary
Augsburg is enhanced by its global
centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform
research, take courses, or consult with
faculty in those locations to gain new
perspectives on their discipline.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
graduate programs is participation in a
community of adult learners. This
community is enriched by the presence
of men and women with a variety of
work and life experiences. To facilitate
this kind of community interaction,
Augsburg encourages students to make
use of all College facilities such as Lindell Library, the Kennedy Center, and
the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music
and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Graduate Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence
and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or
other terminal degree, and all consider
teaching and service to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a
variety of research activities, but these
support and are secondary to their
2
teaching. Faculty are actively involved
in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best
practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office at 612-330-1101, or the
Rochester program office at
507-288-2886.
Augsburg's small classes encourage its
tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as
academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Augsburg's Rochester campus is located
in the facilities of Bethel Lutheran
Church (ELCA) just a few blocks south
of the heart of a city of approximately
100,000 residents. Situated in the heart
of the Midwest, the community has a
rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Students at the
Rochester campus are students of
Augsburg College. As such, our purpose is to "educate for service," by
preparing and equipping women and
men to make a difference in the world.
MINNEAPOLIS AND ROCHESTER
LOCATIONS
Augsburg's Minneapolis campus surrounds Murphy Square, the first of 170
parks in Minneapolis, the "City of
Lakes." The University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and one of the city's
largest medical complexes-the University of Minnesota Medical Center,
Fairview-are adjacent to Augsburg,
with the Mississippi River and the
Seven Corners theatre district just a
few blocks away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and
recreational opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of
the campus.
Convenient bus routes run by the campus and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away
from two Hiawatha Line light rail
stations.
Augsburg established its branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, in 1998.
Classes in Rochester meet on an
evening schedule with occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to
working adults. There are three
trimesters in each academic year, and
students can enter degree programs in
the fall, winter, or spring. Several complete degree programs are available
through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and
courses taken in the day or Weekend
College program on the Minneapolis
campus. Students who enroll in
Rochester courses are required to use
technology in the learning and communication process through the online
course management system. Further
information may be obtained at
ON THE MINNEAPOLIS CAMPUS
Admissions Offices
The Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office (for Weekend College,
Rochester, and Graduate Studies) is
located at 624 21st Avenue South. The
Physician Assistant Studies Program
admissions office is located in Anderson Hall.
Augsburg for Adults Office
Augsburg for Adults focuses on adultcentered educational programs and
assists adult learners in all programs. It
evaluates how the program fulfills their
needs and identifies the educational
services to help them succeed. The
Augsburg for Adults office is located in
Oren Gateway Center 110.
Augsburg Abroad
The Augsburg Abroad office, located in
Murphy Place, provides advising and
administrative services for students
interested in an international experience. Resources for study, work, internship, and volunteer opportunities
abroad are available.
Bookstore
The Augsburg College Bookstore, operated by Barnes and Noble, is located in
the Oren Gateway Center. Online purchasing, phone purchasing, and delivery services are available through the
bookstore.
Counseling and Health Promotion
The Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion (CCHP) offers programs
and services that enhance student
learning by promoting personal development and well-being. The center is
located at 628 21st Avenue South.
Christensen Center
Christensen Center is the hub of college life. The new first-floor student
lounge area offers games, TV, and a
place to gather. Also in Christensen
Center are Cooper's Coffee Shop, the
Commons dining areas , Christensen
Center Art Gallery, and offices for student government and student publications . The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions for Day College is located
on the first floor.
Murphy Place
Murphy Place is home to three of the
four components of the Office of International Programs-Augsburg Abroad,
Center for Global Education, and International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color - American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center,
Pan-Asian Student Services, and Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication
The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the
theatre and communication studies
offices, as well as the film program.
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS).
James G. Lindell Family Library
This library and information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. The
library is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 21st
Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh Street.
Old Main
Home for the Languages and CrossCultural Studies, and Art Departments,
Old Main was extensively remodeled in
1980, combining energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center
Dedicated in 2007, Oren Gateway Center is positioned on Riverside Avenue
to serve as the "gateway" to campus. It
houses Alumni Relations, Parent and
Family Relations, Institutional
Advancement, Augsburg for Adults, the
Master of Business Administration program, the Master of Arts in Leadership
program, and the Step UP program. The
center also includes student residence
apartments, the Gage Family Art
Gallery, Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo
Cafe, classrooms , and thejohnson
Conference Center.
Science Hall
Kennedy Center
This three-story addition to Melby
Hall features a wrestling training facility, classroom space, locker-room and
fitness facilities, as well as hospitality
and meeting rooms, classrooms, and
office space.
Melby Hall
This complex provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness
Center, and serves as the College's general auditorium.
Augsburg is accredited by:
• The Higher Learning Commission of
the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools
Music Hall
Music Hall contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices
for the music faculty.
Food Services
A variety of food options are available
both in the Christensen Center and in
Oren Gateway Center.
ACCREDITATION, APPROVALS,
AND MEMBERSHIPS
• National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission
on Education for the Physician
Assistant (ARC-PA)
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE)
• Council on Social Work Education
( CSWE) (bachelor's and master's
degrees)
Augsburg's programs are approved by:
• American Chemical Society
• Minnesota Board of Teaching
• National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
• National Association of Schools of
Music
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of:
• American Association of Colleges
and Universities (AACU)
• American Association of Colleges of
Teacher Education (AACTE)
Classrooms, science laboratories, a
medium-sized auditorium, faculty
offices, and Finance and Administration offices are found in Science Hall.
• American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Sverdrup Hall
• Campus Compact
The Enrollment Center, classrooms,
and faculty offices are located in Sverdrup Hall.
• Council of Independent Colleges
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
Originally built as a dormitory, Memorial Hall contains the president's office,
Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices.
• Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA)
(CIC)
• Lutheran Education Council in
North America (LECNA)
• National American Music Therapy
Association, Inc.
• National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
3
• National Society for Experiential
Education (NSEE)
• Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC),
• Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
• Minnesota Private College Council
(MPCC)
• Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance
(TCAEA)
See individual graduate program sections for additional accreditation and
affiliation citations.
Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota
Office of Higher Education pursuant to
sections 136A.61to136A.71. Credits
earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions.
• Calendar year-Weekend/evening
trimesters and weekday semesters,
varying by the graduate program
• Majors-More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs with two
five-year degrees (BA in accounting
with MAL, and BS/MSW in social
work). Six master's degree programs.
• Off-campus programs-The Office
of International Programs offers programs through Augsburg's Center for
Global Education and International
Partners programs for short- and
longer-term study abroad, for both
undergraduate and graduate students.
• Athletic affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA), Division Ill.
CLERY ACT INFORMATION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND
FIGURES
• Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis.
The College moved to Minneapolis
in 1872.
• Religious affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA). Although a strong plurality
of students are Lutheran, 15 percent
are Roman Catholic, and 1 7 percent
represent other denominations and
religions.
• Enrollment (fall 2008)-3,948 students from 40 countries. Graduate
student enrollment is 842.
• Alumni-Appox. 25,000 alumni
from 1870 through August 2008,
including over 1,200 graduate program alumni.
• Student/Faculty ratio-14 to 1
• Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations to classrooms in 2007.
• Accessibility-Augsburg is one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator
system provides inside access to 12
major buildings.
• Degrees granted-BA, BS, BM, MA,
MBA, MS, MSW
• Library-Over 180,000 items, direct
access to over 2.5 million through
CUC, the Twin Cities private college
library consortium.
4
The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on
reported crimes on and near Augsburg
property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus
security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/
security/report.html. For a printed
copy, contact Augsburg's Department of
Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the
basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies,
admissions policies, scholarship and
loan programs, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its
employees and students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the
Office of Human Resources, CB 79,
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside
Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454, or
612-330-1058.
Academic Programs and Policies
ACADEMIC CALENDARS
Most of our graduate programs meet
on a trimester calendar. Physician
Assistant Studies classes meet on a
semester day schedule.
The academic calendars for individual
programs can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University
Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
Academic Honesty
A college is a community of learners
whose relationship relies on trust.
Honesty is necessary to preserve the
integrity and credibility of scholarship
by the Augsburg College community.
Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not
tolerated. As a College requirement,
student course projects, papers, and
examinations may include a statement
by the student pledging to abide by the
College's academic honesty policies
and to uphold the highest standards of
academic integrity. (See Augsburg's
Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/)
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in
each program will be based on number
grades using a 4.0 point scale, where
4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of
field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order
to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program
Progression Standards Policy.
Withdrawn Status
W-Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline
without notation on the record
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be
awarded when the instructor gran ts
permission after determining that a
student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who
receive an incomplete grade should be
capable of passing the course if they
satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an
incomplete grade, a student must file
an Application for incomplete Grade
form with the Office of the Registrar
that states the reasons for the request,
outlines the work required to complete
the course, and includes the course
instructor's signature. The instructor
may stipulate the terms and conditions
that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same
course (or a portion of the same
course) in a following term with an
incomplete grade. The student must
complete the outstanding work in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and the filing of
a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's
program. If the work is not completed
by the specified date of the following
academic term, the grade for the course
becomes 0.0.
Academic Probation
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0
cumulative grade point average. If a
student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on academic
probation for the following term. A 3.0
cumulative grade point average must
be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistan must
consult the PA Program Progression
Standards Policy.
Attendance Policy
Class attendance is expected and
should be considered a responsibility,
not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course instructor. Students
must notify the professor in advance
of any expected absence. In the case
of emergency, when prior notification
is not possible, students must notify
the professor of an absence as soon
as possible.
Continuation Policy for Thesis or
Final Project
Students enrolled in a thesis or final
project are subject to a continuation fee
schedule after the term in which tuition
was paid for the project. These continuation fees maintain a student's library,
AugNet, and parking privileges while
work on the final project is ongoing.
During this time of research and writing, students pay either a $10 campus
access fee or a $200 continuation fee
each term until the project is completed,
or until the time limit for project completion is reached. The schedule for
when each fee is applied varies among
programs.
Course credit and contact hours
A full credit course (1.0) is equal to
four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Each full course on the
trimester schedule meets for approximately 28 contact hours (MSW
trimesters meet for 32 hours, and the
PA weekday semester schedule is
approximately 45 hours) with the
expectation of substantial independent
and group study offered through the
web-based electronic course management system.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the graduate degree, all
graduate students must achieve the following:
• Successful completion of all required
courses
• A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician
Assistant students must consult the
PA Program Progression Standards
Policy.
• Successful completion of all degree
requirements within the stipulated
period of matriculation or a signed
continuation agreement with Augsburg College.
Dismissal for Academic Performance
A student whose GPA falls below the
required GPA for his/her graduate program (3 .0 in most programs) in two or
more terms may be subject to probation
or dismissal. A plan for the student to
continue in the program may be worked
out with the program director.
5
Dismissal for Non-Professional
Behavior
Students may be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined
by their profession, their program, or
the College.
Dropping Courses or Withdrawing
Students who enroll in courses but
later decide not to attend must formally
drop their courses through the registrar's office prior to the start of classes
to avoid being charged for those
courses. Students who do not properly
drop courses will be responsible for the
tuition, regardless of non-attendance.
Courses may be dropped or withdrawn
online through AugNet Records and
Registration or in person at the Enrollment Center during hours of operation.
If you need assistance with this, contact your program faculty at least two
days in advance of the start of classes.
Independent Study
Students may request to complete an
independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an
independent study project, and project
proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit.
Independent study may not be used as
a replacement for a standard course
offered in the curriculum, with the
exception of the general elective (if
approved). A special independent study
registration form is required and is
available at the Enrollment Center.
Terms of Non-attendance
Students who interrupt their program
enrollment for longer than one semester or three trimesters must readmit to
the College and program to resume
their degree program. For an absence
of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior
to leaving. Due to a variety of program
schedules and cohorts for some
degrees, it is required that students
meet with their adviser and obtain the
advice of their director.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
Students may petition the program
director for transfer credit to apply to
program requirements. The transfer of
credit will be evaluated on an individual
basis. Students will be asked to provide
6
appropriate documentation regarding
previous coursework, including but not
limited to an official transcript, course
description, and syllabus. In order to be
considered for transfer, a course must
be from a regionally-accredited college
or university and graded 3.0/B or better.
Courses must have been taken at the
graduate level and course content must
be comparable to program requirements
at Augsburg.
The maximum number of course credits that can be transferred to these program is as follows:
Master of Arts in Education (2.0)
Master of Arts in Leadership (2.0)
the college community in regard to
their personal and professional concerns. However, times do occur in
which students think they have been
mistreated. This procedure is provided
in order to ensure that students are
aware of the way in which their problems with faculty members can be
resolved informally and to provide a
more formal conciliation process when
needed. Each student must be given
adequate opportunity to bring problems to the attention of the faculty with
the assurance that each will be given
fair treatment. The faculty member
must be fully informed of the allegations and given an opportunity to
respond to them in a fair and reasonable manner.
Master of Arts in Nursing (3.0)
Master of Business Administration ( 6.0)
Master of Science, Physician Assistant
Studies (Contact program coordinator)
Master of Social Work (8.0)
Augsburg course credits are equivalent
to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Therefore, transfer credits that
are reported to Augsburg as semester or
quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course credits by dividing by four
or six respectively
Courses and credits that are accepted
in transfer are recorded on the student's
transcript. Grades and gradepoints
from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not
included in the student's cumulative
grade point average.
STUDENT RIGHTS
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in the
matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in
the Augsburg Student Guide, at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Students have a right to experience education without discrimination.
Grievance Procedures Involving
Augsburg College Faculty Members
and Students
Part I-Introduction/Preface
Augsburg College is committed to a
policy of treating fairly all members of
Definition of Grievance
A grievance is defined as dissatisfaction
occurring when a student believes that
any conduct or condition affecting
her/him is unjust or inequitable, or creates unnecessary hardship. Such grievances include, but are not limited to a
violation, misinterpretation, or
inequitable application of an academic
rule, regulation, or policy of the College or prejudicial, capricious, or manifestly unjust academic evaluation.
College policies and procedures that do
not come within the scope of the
Grievance Procedures are the sexual
harassment policy, the sexual violence
policy, the Committee on Financial
Petitions, Discipline Process, and Academic Standing.
Time Limits
Time limits will include only business
days (M-F) for the program in which
the student was enrolled. (Weekends,
and vacation days are not included;
summer may not be included depending on the student's program.)
Part II-Informal Process
It is always the student's responsibility
to know these procedures and timelines and to follow them.
A. Any time a student feels that she/he
has been mistreated by a faculty member, the student should contact the faculty member to discuss the problem
and attempt to resolve it.
B. If no mutually satisfactory solution
can be reached with the faculty member or if, in unusual circumstances, the
student prefers not to confer with the
faculty member, the student should
discuss the problem with the department chairperson of the faculty
member and attempt resolution of
the problem.
C. If the problem cannot be resolved in
discussions with the faculty member or
department chairperson, or if the faculty member and the department
chairperson are the same individual,
the student may contact the vice president of academic affairs and dean of
the College.
D. The student must begin the Informal
Grievance process within 15 days of the
conduct giving rise to the grievance, by
submitting an Informal Grievance
Form to the vice president of academic
affairs and dean of the College.
• The time limit to begin the Informal
Grievance process for a grade appeal
will be 30 days from the last published finals date for the relevant
term. It is the responsibility of the
student to maintain a correct and current address on file with the registrar.
request for such extension before the
end of the time limit. If the vice president of academic affairs and dean of
the College thinks the extension is
warranted, the Dean will notify all
concerned persons in writing.
E. If the grievance has been resolved,
either by agreement or by expiration of
the time limits, a copy of the informal
grievance and statements of the resolution will be kept by the vice president
of academic affairs and dean of the
College for one year. Neither a copy of
nor any reference to the grievance will
be placed in the personnel file of the
respondent.
If these informal discussions do not
resolve the problem to the satisfaction
of the student, a more formal conciliation procedure is available in Part Ill of
this document. Note: A student must
file a written grievance, per below,
within five days after completion of the
informal process
Part III- Formal Process Preface
If a student has a grievance with a faculty member that has not been
resolved through the Informal Grievance Process described in Part II of this
document, the student may then seek
resolution through formal procedures.
• The vice president of academic
affairs and dean of the College and
the student must ensure the informal
process is completed in 20 days . (See
Part I for definition of time limits.)
• In unusual circumstances, the time
limit may be extended by the vice
president of academic affairs and
dean of the College . A grievant or
respondent must submit a written
In accordance with FERPA, you are
notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education
records
You have the right to review and
inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review
your records.
Right to request amendment of
education records
You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record
that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of
your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence
that the record should be changed if
Augsburg decides not to alter your
education records as you requested.
For a complete copy of the procedures,
contact the dean's office, Academic
Affairs.
Right to give permission for disclosure
of personally identifiable information
You have the right to be asked and to
give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education
records, except to the extent that
FERPA and the regulations regarding
FERPA authorize disclosure without
your permission.
FER PA
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended,
provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory
information" can be released without
the written permission of the student.
Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be
released to anyone outside of the official
personnel (faculty and administration)
at Augsburg. For example, this means
that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or
nominate students for awards unless
explicit written permission is given by
the student to release non-"directory
information." It is not sufficient to ask
for letters of recommendation. (See
One exception which permits disclosure
without consent is disclosure to school
officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person
employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or
research, or support staff position
(including law enforcement unit personnel and health stafD; person or company with whom the College has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor,
or collection agent); a person serving on
the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a
disciplinary or grievance committee, or
assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest
if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her
professional responsibility
• If the student could not reasonably
be expected to be aware of the conduct when it occurred, the student
will have 15 days to file the grievance from the date on which the student could reasonably be expected to
be aware of the conduct or condition
that is the basis for the grievance . It
is the responsibility of the student to
establish the reasonableness of such
non-awareness. The vice president
of academic affairs and dean of the
College will determine if this paragraph applies to a grievant.
Physician Assistant Studies for details of
its program policy)
7
Right to withhold disclosure of
"directory information"
FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of
personally identifiable information that
may be released for any purpose at the
discretion of Augsburg College without
notification of the request or disclosure
to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences
of any decision by you to withhold
directory information. Should you
decide to inform Augsburg College not
to release Directory Information, any
future request for such information
from persons or organizations outside
of Augsburg College will be refused.
"Directory information" includes the
following:
• The student's name;
• The student's address;
• The student's telephone number;
• The student's e-mail address;
• The student's date and place of birth;
• The student's major and minor field
of study;
• The student's academic class level;
• The student's enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
• The student's participation in officially recognized activities and
sports;
• The student's degrees and awards
received;
• The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
• The student's dates of attendance;
• The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
• The student's photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent
permission to release it. Augsburg
assumes no liability for honoring your
instructions that such information be
withheld. The Office of the Registrar
8
must be notified in writing of your
intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not
received by the registrar prior to Sept.
15 (or within 10 school days of the
start of a subsequent term for a new
student), it will be assumed that all
Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed
each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA Office
You have the right to file a complaint
with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave.
S.W, Washington, D.C., 20202-4605,
concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate
what information may be reported in
the letter.
GRADUATE ADMISSIONS
Admission to Augsburg College
All graduate programs require
students to have a bachelor's degree
from a regionally-accredited four-year
institution.
All graduate students must submit
completed application forms that can
be downloaded from each individual
program's web page, as listed below.
Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which
may include coursework, professional
experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional
requirements.
MA, Education-p. 24
www.augsburg.edu/mae
MA, Leadership-p. 33
www.augsburg.edu/mal
MA, Nursing,-p. 42
www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
MBA-p. 49
www.augsburg.edu/mba
MS , PA Studies-p. 57
www.augsburg.edu/pa
MSW-p. 69
www.augsburg.edu/msw
READMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
tion in the United States that has been
designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of
study to such students, and has been
enrolled in SEVIS (Student and
Exchange Visitor Information System).
A student acquires F-1 status using
form 1-20, issued by a DBS-approved
school through SEVIS. Status is
acquired in one of two ways: 1) if the
student is abroad, by entering the
United States with the I-20 and an F-1
visa obtained at a U.S . consulate
(although citizens of some countries
are exempt from the visa requirement);
or 2) if the student is already in the
United States and not currently in F-1
status, by sending the 1-20 to USCIS
(United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application
for change of nonimmigrant status.
A student who is maintaining valid F-1
status may transfer from another DHSapproved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in
the F-1 regulations. Simply transferring
academically from another school to
Augsburg does not transfer a student's
F-1 status unless the student and a Designated School Official (DSO) from
Augsburg follow these procedures.
The last day to receive approval for
readmission to the College and register
for classes is one business day prior to
the start of the term. Pending approval
by the graduate program, students who
left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have
their readmission application and file
reviewed by the program director.
(Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process).
In addition to fulfilling all general
admission requirements for a particular
graduate program, prospective F-1
students must also comply with the
following:
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL
STUDENTS
To fulfill this requirement Augsburg
graduate programs require international applicants to submit an official
score report from the Test of English as
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a
minimum score of 100 (iBT), 250
(CBT) or 600 (PBT).
Augsburg College graduate programs
encourage qualified applicants from
other countries to apply.
An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who
is pursuing a "full course of study" to
achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institu-
U.S. institution with a minimum of two
years of successful academic work
completed in the U.S. (seven or more
courses) .
B. Foreign Credential Evaluation
Augsburg requires foreign credential
evaluation for any transcript(s) from
an institution outside of the United
States. This evaluation should include
the following:
• Analysis of credentials-to determine if your degree is equivalent to
an accredited U.S. bachelor's degree.
Course-by-course evaluation-to
show your complete course listing
with credit values and grades
received for each course.
• Calculation of grade point averageto demonstrate your cumulative
grade point average using the standard U.S. grading system, i.e., A=4.0,
B=3.0, C=2.0, D=l.0, F=O.O.
• Translation to English (if applicable)
The evaluation report must be sent
directly to Augsburg's Adult and Graduate Admissions Office.
Augsburg accepts foreign credential
evaluations only from the following
organization:
World Education Services, Inc.
www.wes.org
A. Proof of English Competency
C. Proof of Financial Support
In order to receive an F-1 visa, the U.S.
Department of State (DOS) regulations
require international applicants to be
sufficiently proficient in English to pursue a full course of study.
International applicants must provide
reliable documentation that they have
financial resources adequate to meet
expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition
and fees, books and supplies, room and
board, health insurance, personal
expenses , and living expenses for
dependents (if applicable).
The TOEFL is waived for applicants
who have a four-year degree from a
Funds may come from any dependable
source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal
funds, or funds from the student's family. Documentation of scholarships and
fellowships may be in the form of an
9
Applicants for graduate study must
submit the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). To complete and
submit the FAFSA electronically, go to
www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
For further information, contact the
Enrollment Center, 612-330-1046,
1-800-458-1721, enroll@augsburg.edu,
or www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
If a student is selected for verification,
additional documents will be needed.
Students in this situation will be contacted by the Enrollment Center.
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Refund Schedule
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of
a portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule (except
for the minimum charge of $100 to
cover administrative costs). Financial
aid may also be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College
or drop one or more courses and
receive financial assistance.
[NOTE: Tuition refunds and financial
aid adjustments are not necessarily
made on a one-to-one basis. For example, you could receive a 60% tuition
refund but have 80% of your financial
aid returned. Be sure you understand
the financial consequences of making
adjustments to your registration.]
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center
in order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw
(stop attending) but do not complete
the drop/add form are responsible for
all charges. Financial aid may be
adjusted based on the student's last
recorded date of attendance. Refund
calculations are based on the date that
the drop/add form is processed.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines,
deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting
credit balance is determined . Allow
two weeks for a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of
any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g.
deposits made under the employer
reimbursement payment plan.
12
CONTAICTTMiE
ENROLLMENT C:ENTE'R
For info·rm:atlon on
eost~
pa~tne11\ts1 flnamli'al
aid, tuition
disc·ounts, and rr-e~f.uad:s :
13
Master of Arts in Education
Master of Arts in Education
We are pleased with your interest in the Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program. Augsburg has a long
history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. We
know that Augsburg College is an excellent choice for you to pursue your teaching dreams and goals-and
here's why.
OUR PHILOSOPHY. The Education Department program theme-Teacher as developing professional: from
classroom decision-maker to educational leader-suggests the expectations we have that our students will leave
our programs prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the institution. Our department
mission statement goes beyond leadership to also lay out our expectations for fostering "student learning and
well-being by being knowledgeable in content, being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice, building
relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively."
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through course content, field experiences,
and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students leave our programs prepared to be knowledgeable,
collaborative, capable beginning teachers who imbue their practice with ethics, tolerance, and compassion.
OUR FACULTY. Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct
instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in
K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and
field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of
what we do and what you hope to do . We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
OUR ACCESSIBILITY. We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes
work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer
flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings and weekends
to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals.
As a student in Augsburg's Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself
among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly
qualified teacher-the teacher you can become.
Vicki Olson, PhD
Director, Master of Arts in Education
PROGRAMS
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The Education Department offers initial licenses as well as
endorsements for already-licensed teachers that also lead to
a master's degree. The range of licenses available is
described below.
The K-6 elementary with a middle school specialty license
allows you to teach in grades K-6 and in your specialty area
of math, science, social studies, or language arts in middle
school. As an alternative to the middle school specialty,
MAE elementary licensure students can pursue a prekindergarten specialty. Licensure requirements are offered at
both the undergraduate and graduate level. That means
classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course
responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level.
Elementary education specialty areas in math, communication arts, and social studies are available through weekend
and weekday evening courses. The science specialty area is
available through a combination of weekday, weekday
evening, and weekend courses.
Secondary education licensure is available through weekend
and weekday evening courses in social studies, communication arts/literature, and K-12 visual arts. Licenses in other
majors, including biology, chemistry, health education,
mathematics, music education, physical education, and
physics can be completed through a combination of weekend, weekday evening, and weekday courses.
All of the following courses must be taken for licensure, and
four to six of them may be taken at the graduate (500) level
and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)*
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the
MAE degree through the following four licensure options:
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
Pre-K specialty area endorsement
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0)
K-12 special education: emotional and behavioral disabilities
K-12 special education: learning disabilities
K-12 reading endorsement
Education Department Mission
To complete the license, you will also need to complete the
following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself
to developing future educational leaders who foster student
learning and well-being by becoming knowledgeable in content, competent in pedagogy, and ethical in practice, and by
building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively.
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math (1.0) *
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our
graduate licensure and degree completion programs. The
Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are
leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their
institutions and communities.
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science (l.O)*
The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing
graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as
extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are
required to include at least two graduate-level courses from
our Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program. This provides students the chance to study aspects of leadership as
part of their degree program. Third, the final project-be it an
action research or a leadership application project-gives students the opportunity to define an issue of concern and, supported by research, take on a leadership role in addressing it.
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25)
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Children's Lit/Language Arts (1.0)
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)*
EED 481,483 Student Teaching (2.0)
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in the classroom and educationrelated settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field
experiences. These experiences occur in K-8 classrooms
during the weekday.
Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements
The number of supporting content area courses required for
licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the
bachelor's degree and/or other coursework Requirements are
determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific
college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth
science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific
requirements are on file in the Education Department.
Minnesota licensure standards in a specialty area for middle
school: subject area specialties are offered in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. The
pre-K specialty is also available. Specific requirements are
on file in the Education Department.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if i.t meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or
better was achieved. The Education Department and the
content area departments determine the courses that are
accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are
older than seven years are judged on a case-by-case basis.
Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is
not automatically accepted into the MAE degree.
EOC 490/580 School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional
development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EEO 312 K~6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Elementary Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about school
health education and services.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us
personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is
the Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that
comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio
and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations.
EOC 310/533 Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admissions to department)
EEO 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's
Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 331 Middle School Methods: Communication
Arts/Literature - Writing (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school
level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 34 2 K-6 Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom
experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory
completion of licensure and/or degree program and program
portfolio.
Preprimary Specialty for Elementary Licensure
ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education
Students gain an understanding of philosophical, theoretical,
historical, pedagogical, societal, and institutional foundations of preprimary education. Attention is given to the
efforts of modern programs to adapt instruction to developmental levels and experience backgrounds of young children
and to work in partnership with parents and social service
agencies. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this
course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250,or their equivalents)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
K-12 and 5-12 licensures in several content areas are offered
weekends and weekday evenings through a combination of
graduate and undergraduate coursework. Additional content
areas are available through the weekday program. K-12
licenses allow you to teach your content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 512 allow you to teach at the middle and high school levels.
Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is
available to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and
meet MAE admissions criteria.
Licensure Requirements
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure; four to six also may be taken at the graduate level
and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)*
EDC 206/566 Diversity I Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0)
ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary
Aged Children
Students gain an understanding of how to recognize and
construct, developmentally appropriate pedagogy and practice. Attention is given to the synthesis between course
readings and experience and students experience working
with current teachers in site based field experience. Field
experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250, or their equivalents; ECE 345/545)
ECE 347154 7 Immersion and Teaching Competence
Students gain an understanding of how to deliver developmentally appropriate instruction and assess learning appropriately for preprimary children. Students gain experience
taking the perspective of families and communicating with
them. A reflective practitioner's skills are developed through
self-evaluation of curriculum planning. Field experience
(20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: admission to department; PSY 105, 250 or their equivalents;
ECE 345, 346)
ECE 488 Student Teaching in a Pre-Kindergarten
Classroom
PSY 250 Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105 or
equivalent)
SOC 231 Family Systems
OR
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning
(Graduate students using the Preprimary endorsement must
take SPE 540.)
ESE 300/500 Reading and Writing in Content Area (1.0)
To complete the license, students also will need to complete
the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments (1.0)*
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods (1.0 -2.0)*
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0)
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings is required prior to student teaching. Students
spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
Undergraduate Content Area Requirements
The equivalent of a major in a content area is required for K12 and 5-12 licensure. Students who have majored in a field
in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Additional content area coursework tied to licensure standards is
generally required, even with a completed academic major.
The following majors are offered almost entirely on weekends
and weekday evenings: communication arts/literature, history
or economics or psychology or sociology (all for social studies), art. Students seeking 5-12 licensure in social studies
must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social
studies in addition to a social science major.
The following majors are offered primarily or entirely through
the weekday program: biology, chemistry; physics, health,
physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seek-
ing licensure in any of these areas will likely need to take
additional content courses in the weekday schedule. Students
can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology
and have the option of adding the 5-8 general science to the
9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5-8 general science
license without the 9-12 license.
Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards
and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older
than seven years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Education
Department policy requires that a minimum of two content
area courses be taken at Augsburg. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education
Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE
degree program.
Secondary Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and
communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota
Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural
content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language,
and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio
and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations.
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EDC 480/580 School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in
modern society, relationships with parents and community,
collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing
through the content areas. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Communication
Arts/Literature licensure do not take this course).
ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule,
state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating
environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not take
this course).
ESE 310 K-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle
and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and
curriculum development. Middle school portion required for
elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5
course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to department)
ESE 330 K-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and
high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for
elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5
course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340 K-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development. Middle school portion
required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science
(.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
ESE 350 K-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for elementary
concentration in communication arts/literature and for
communication arts/literature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department.)
ESE 351 K-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
Licensure Requirements
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Core
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure, and up to six also may be taken at the graduate
level and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (LO)*
ESE 352 K-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle
school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
SPE 315 Special Education Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
ESE 360 K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370 K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require two
courses. K-12 licenses require two to three courses. Student
teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure
program and program portfolio.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
The MAE program with licensure in special education is
based on an innovative internship model that allows coursework and experience to occur simultaneously. In addition to
student teaching, students must complete two 40-hour field
placements where they will gain experience working with
students from age groups different from their internship site.
There are two licensure options in the K-12 Special Education program: emotional/behavioral disabilities (EBD), and
learning disabilities (LD). Both programs qualify you to
teach in special education programs and positions; many
students get licensure in both.
SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (LO)**
SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies (1.0)**
SPE 420/520 Planning, Design, and Delivery (1.0) **
SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices (1.0)**
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (l.O) **
Learning Disabilities Core
Students wishing to earn learning disabilities licensure in
addition to emotional/behavioral licensure will take the
above courses in the emotional/behavioral core and two
additional specialty courses:
SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
(1.0)**
SPE 434/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with
Learning Disabilities (1.0)**
A student wishing to earn only a learning disabilities license
would take all of the above courses with the exception of
SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices.
To complete either license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
EDC 220 Education Technology (.5)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EED 330 Children's Lit./Language Arts
and
Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort-This graduate hcensure program in Special
Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is being offered in collaboration
with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly
face-to-face; partly online) cohort program. The licensure
courses can be applied towards the MAE degree . See the
Education Department and www.augsburg!edu/
mae/academics/ais_focus.html for more information.
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math*
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science* (see course descriptions
under Elementary Education).
*Ten to 20 hours of field experience required as part of this
course. Students currently working in schools can often use
their school employment for their field experience.
**These courses are taken during the internship year. A significant amount of contact with students labeled EBD or LD
is required. The ideal situation for the internship year is to
be working in a K-12 setting with these students. Students
not currently employed in schools must be available for
extensive volunteer field placements during the internship
year. (Minimum 10 hours/week).
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
Eligibility: To be eligible to apply to the special education
program at the graduate level, students must have a degree
and be currently employed in a K-12 setting as a paraprofessional or licensed teacher, and/or have experience working
with students who are labeled with emotional, behavioral,
or learning disabilities, as well as considerable time available for volunteer field placements.
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's
Literature
See course description on page 17.
This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under
this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and regular educators to facilitate inclusion of special
education students into the regular education classroom.
Special Education Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us
personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is
Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand
the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
See course description on page 17.
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
See course description on page 17.
SPE 315 Critical Issues: Special Education Seminar
(.5 course)
This course is designed to support students seeking special
education licensure throughout their internship year. Issues
related to special education and their specific settings are
the focus of the course. The department portfolio is completed as a part of this course.
SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/
Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional
and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It
addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the
EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives
and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the prereferral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence
student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the epartment)
SPE 420/520 Planning, Desigu, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and
implement individual program plans and to create effective
learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular
attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student
need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel.
(Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning
Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning
disabilities, which includes the medical and sociological
aspects specific to learning disabilities. It will also teach students how to access information relevant to the field. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department).
SPE 4 30/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with
students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of
reflective, proactive, and non-aversive approaches drawn
from current best practices and including positive behavioral
supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas*
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing
through the content areas. Should be taken at the graduate
level for the reading endorsement. Field experience required
for K-12 reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 4 34/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with
Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students how to identify, adapt, and
implement developmentally appropriate instruction and
strategies that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The specific focus will be on the
areas of reading, writing, and listening comprehension; and
math, reasoning, and problem solving skills. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department).
EDC 505 Literature in the Classroom (.5 course)
The study and use of literature in the K-12 classroom.
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with
special needs, specifically those families of students labeled
EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and
applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and
admission to department).
EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership
The study of effective leadership and professional development strategies for individual schools and school districts,
reading standards, state and federal reading legislation, and
fiscal and budgetary operations. The focused implementation
of knowledge and skills gained in reading licensure coursework. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with
EDC 508)
EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation
The study of student reading development, the knowledge
and use of gathering and analyzing data of students' reading,
and designing and applying appropriate reading curriculum
based on this information. Field experience required.
(Taken concurrently with EDC 510)
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching (1.0-2.0)
READING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
Augsburg College offers a K-12 Reading Endorsement program. This endorsement has been established to provide
teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to
expand their knowledge and practices in the area of reading
instruction.
Candidates for this license will complete 4.5 credits of
coursework that have been designed to meet the requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree.
These courses include:
EED 520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
ESE 500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas (1.0)*
*The courses EED 320/520 and ESE 300/500 are offered to
both undergraduate and graduate students: EED 320/520 is
part of the elementary and special education initial licensure
programs; ESE 300/500 is part of the secondary initial licensure program. The rigor of the courses is increased at the
graduate level.
Reading license candidates who have already received their
initial teaching license and who are graduates of Augsburg
College within the past seven years will not be required to
retake the entire version of EED 320/520 or ESE 300/500.
However, they will be expected to complete the requirements for the graduate portion of the course they have
already taken within the context of a half-credit independent study. If the graduate course was taken as a part of initial
licensure (EED 520 or ESE 500) students do not need to
repeat the course; however, if ESE 500 was taken without a
field experience, 20 hours in a high school or middle school
reading setting must be completed.
EDC 505 K-12 Literature in the Classroom (.5)
EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation (1.0)*
EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership (1.0)*
Reading license candidates who already have received their
initial K-8 teaching licensure and who are graduates of Augsburg College, but not within the past seven years, will be
required to take EED 520 or ESE 500 at the graduate level.
*Field experience required
Reading Endorsement Course Descriptions
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading*
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Should be taken at the graduate level
for the reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to the department)
Reading license candidates who have already received their
initial teaching licensure and who are not graduates of Augsburg College will be expected to take EED 520 and ESE 500.
STUDENT TEACHING
Education students are required to complete student teaching in their content area. In the MAE program, student
teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree.
Students can apply for licensure at this point.
Student teaching for elementary and secondary initial
licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope.
During that time, students work full time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for two to three credits of student teaching
and meet at Augsburg College for a student teaching seminar several times during the term. Most student teaching
placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan
area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students do half of the
student teaching experience in the metro area and the
remaining portion in another country. Opportunities to
teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful opportunity to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the
Education Department.
Student teaching for special education is completed as part
of the internship year if students are working in a licensure
appropriate setting. If not, student teaching is carried out
after completing the special education coursework.
A supervised practicum for the reading endorsement is
completed as part of EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership. No further student teaching is required
for this endorsement.
GRADUATE DEGREE COMPLETION
Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure
program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education core, with between four to six Augsburg graduatelevel licensure courses fulfilling master's requirements.
To earn a master's degree beyond the core of education
classes, students will need to successfully complete a minimum of three additional graduate-level courses:
• a research methods course, typically ML 514
• an elective course chosen from leadership-focused courses
in the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program
The goal for the graduate degree completion component is
to foster the development of teachers as leaders within the
institution and community as in line with our program
theme and department mission statement.
Graduate Degree Completion Course Descriptions
Research Methods Course
All students seeking the Master of Arts in Education degree
must complete a graduate-level research requirement.
ML 514 Research Methods
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and
ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice.
Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed.
MAE Final Project Options
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Education final project: a leadership application project
(LAP) or action research. This project serves as the capstone
of the master's program.
EDC 585 Leadership Application Project
The leadership application project (LAP) is a research-based
study that links issues of leadership and education with the
degree candidate's personal interests. The character of the
project will vary with the nature of the investigation and the
materials involved, but will always be application oriented.
The central component of the LAP is the demonstration of
leadership ability through a concrete project appropriate to
the candidate's workplace or place of service.
EDC 586 Action Research in Education (.5 course)
This course will introduce students to action research, a
form of research that simultaneously contributes to the
practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of
social science. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and
collaboration. Action research is used in real situations, and
is aimed at solving real problems. The goal of action
research is to gain better knowledge of one's practice while
improving the situation in which the practice is conducted.
This is the first of a two-trimester course.
• a research- or leadership-based final project
Students bringing fewer than six graduate-level licensure
courses into the degree program must complete additional
leadership or education graduate courses to reach the total
of nine required courses. A minimum of four graduate-level
licensure courses are required for the MAE degree.
The research methods course will help prepare students to
evaluate and document research for use in their final project
or paper. This course examines both qualitative and quantitative research methods. The leadership elective courses
allow students to examine issues of leadership at a personal
or ins ti tu tional level.
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Education final project, which serves as the capstone of
the master's program: a leadership application project (LAP)
or action research course sequence and project.
EDC 587 Action Research (.5 course)
The second term of this course involves intensive data
analysis, writing, and sharing of the degree candidate's
research. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. The trimester will culminate with a symposium in
which student work will be presented in a public forum.
MAL Elective Courses
At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts
in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but
others may also be used.
ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary
Journey
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership
Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of
your previous academic work will be completed as part of
the admissions process.
ML 550 Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Advising and Registration: You are able to participate in
ML 565 Women and Leadership
academic advising and the registration process after you
have been accepted.
ML 599 Special Topics (as appropriate)
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Students admitted into the MAE program must have
completed:
• a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year
institution, and can obtain licensure at the graduate level
• cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required
for full admission for the graduate licensure option and
degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point
average of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the
graduate licensure program. They can apply to the MAE
full licensure and degree program after achieving 3.0 or
better in two (2.0) Augsburg courses.
Minimum Grade Policy and Academic Probation
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA in a
given term in graduate course work are notified that they
are on academic probation and have one term to raise their
GPA to the required level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive below a 2.0
in any course required for licensure-undergraduate or
graduate-are notified that they are on academic probation
and must repeat that course as soon as possible and raise it
to the appropriate level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive a 2.0 in a
graduate course may use that course for licensure purposes,
but it will not be counted towards degree completion.
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
• Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mae
• $35 non-refundable application fee
• Personal summary outlining your tentative educational
objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg
• Official academic transcripts from all previously attended
post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, and vocational/technical schools) sent directly to the
admissions office.
Applying to the Education Department: Once accepted to
the College, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Students initially admitted at the
graduate level may register for courses at the graduate level.
Prior to taking EDC 310/533 and above, students must be
admitted to the Education Department. This admissions
process is outlined in the EDC 200/522: Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available
through the Education Department.
MAE IN ROCHESTER
In step with Augsburg College's excellent reputation in the
field of education, the licensure portion of the Master of
Arts in Education program is now offered in Rochester*.
Licenses are available in elementary education and special
education: EBD and LD. Classes primarily meet weekday
evenings at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester.
*Some licensure and content classes will be held in Minneapolis for students taking the Elementary Education
licensure.
Elementary education: The K-8 elementary with a middle
school specialty license allows you to teach in grades K-8
and in your specialty area of math, science, social studies, or
language arts in middle school. Augsburg College offers this
license to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and
meet admissions requirements.
Special education: Emotional Behavioral Disorder/Learning Disability: This program is designed for those currently
working with or planning to work with EBD and LD students. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in
special education with a specialty in emotional/behavioral
disabilities and/or learning disabilities. All courses for these
licenses are available in Rochester.
MAE degree completion courses are currently held in
Minneapolis.
ACCREDITATIONS AND APPROVALS
Augsburg is accredited by:
Admission as an international student
• The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools
International applicants must submit the required application
materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements
outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9.
• National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
Augsburg is approved by: Minnesota Board of Teaching
Acceptance: You will be notified of the Admission Committee's decision usually within one to two weeks after your
application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
committee.
For additional accreditations, approvals, and membership,
seep. 3
MAE FACULTY
Elizabeth M. Ankeny , Associate Professor of Education.
BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD,
Colorado State University.
Jeannie Uhlenkamp , Instructor of Education, BA, University of Minnesota; MSE, University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Diane C. Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd,
North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College.
Jacquylynn Brickman , Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MEd, St. Mary's University.
Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/
Charter School Liaison, Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji
State University; MEd , University of Sydney, Australia.
Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Jeanine Gregoire , Associate Professor of Education. BS,
MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Gresczyk, Instructor of Education. BA, University of
Minnesota; MA, College of St. Thomas.
Gretchen Irvine, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, College of St. Teresa; MS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Deborah Katz, Instructor of Education. AB, Stanford University; EdM, Harvard Graduate School of Education; EdD,
National-Louis University.
Anne Kaufman , Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Beth Kelley , Instructor of Education. BS, University
of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MEd , Bethel College.
Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest
Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University.
Lynn Lindow, Associate Professor of Education. BS,
Mankato State University; MS, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Susan O'Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS,
University of Minnesota; MS, PhD , Syracuse University.
Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the
MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Donna Patterson , Assistant Professor of Education. BA,
MEd, University of Minnesota.
Christina Peper, Instructor of Education. BA, University of
Minnesota; MEd, Southeastern Louisiana University.
Ronald Petrich , Assistant Professor of Education. BA,
Augsburg College; MS, University of Minnesota.
Alyssa Snyder, Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of St. Thomas.
Dana L. Wagner, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, St.
Olaf College; MEd, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara West , Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University
Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of-Arts in 'Leadership
Welcome to the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), a program that has been a vital part of Augsburg College
since being founded in 1987.
The MAL program offers students an excellent opportunity to explore leadership within the context of the
liberal arts. The program design broadens the skills and mindset you need to improve your leadership
capabilities in your current and future positions, as well as in your life.
The MAL program is taught by senior Augsburg faculty from a variety of disciplines. The faculty are committed
to an interdisciplinary approach to leadership studies. Our students represent a wide array of occupations
including business, health care, and the nonprofit sector. This diverse learning community provides a rich
environment for you to explore leadership beyond your own realm of expertise.
Our program will help you develop skills you need to be an effective leader in an ever-changing world. I am
frequently told by students that the program has changed their lives, has sharpened their understanding of
themselves and others, and has opened doors that would otherwise have remained closed. To learn more about
the program, go to www.augsburg.edu/mal.
I would be happy to help you determine how Augsburg's Master of Arts in Leadership program may benefit
you. Contact me via e-mail at noonan@augsburg.edu or by telephone at 612-330-1198. I look forward to seeing
you on campus soon!
Norma C. Noonan, PhD
Director, Master of Arts in Leadership
Mission Statement
The primary purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community,
and society Most organizations seek leaders who possess the
following qualities: an ethically and morally responsible
vision, an understanding of how change occurs and how it
can be managed, sensitivity to the complex problems of
organizations, and an ability to find solutions consistent with
their mission, cultural competence and sensitivity to the
needs of a diverse population, and the ability to inspire and
motivate people to work toward a common goal.
Introduction
The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts
approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical
approaches to situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that
today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide
them with a more comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the program offers
courses primarily on alternate Saturdays.
The Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) is the core program
of Augsburg's Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). The
MAL program, launched in 1987, responds to the leadership
development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit
organizations. While different in structure and purpose,
most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities:
a vision that is ethically and morally responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns; an understanding of how
change occurs and affects the immediate environment; a
sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face and
an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; the ability to motivate and inspire individuals
and groups to work toward a common goal; and the ability
to effectively represent the organization both internally and
externally. The MAL program provides a means by which
individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities
fundamental to effective leadership.
Leadership studies is a growing field in American higher
education, and the MAL program has significantly developed and modified its curriculum in response to new trends
in the field. The program has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies yet attempts also to offer its students practical
approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society.
incorporate some online work into their agenda. MAL students may take up to seven courses during the calendar
year. It is possible to complete the degree within two years if
a student takes two courses each trimester.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the MAL program is participation in
a community of learners gathered on the Augsburg campus.
This community is enriched by the students, who have a
variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate community
interaction, students are encouraged to make use of the
Augsburg library, computer labs, and Christensen Center.
The Center for Leadership Studies also offers special colloquia and seminars each year to supplement and complement
the coursework of the master's program.
A sample class schedule in the MAL program
Period I
Period II
Saturday
Saturday
8 a.m. to noon
1 to 5 p.m.
Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I
or Period II, an average of two meetings a month. An occasional course is taught on an immersion model which features fewer but longer sessions. A few courses are held on
Sunday afternoons, from 1 to 5 p.m.
Augsburg College has a summer session. The MAL program
usually offers at least two classes during the summer. The
courses are five weeks in duration, meeting normally two
nights a week, except for special immersion courses.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
Leadership Development Model-Augsburg College
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that
inspires cooperation among people who must compete for
limited resources, promotes productivity within and beyond
the organization, and works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals
aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key
attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the
ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the leadership development
model, that serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg's model of leadership development is
designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual.
CURRICULUM DESIGN
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working
adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that
the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined,
and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study
Most courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. During the academic year,
classes meet on alternate Saturdays for four hours. A few
courses are taught by the immersion model, which has
fewer sessions but longer meeting times. Most courses
Each MAL course normally includes two or more liberal arts
disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes,
and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult
learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, discussion, written and oral presentations, and group activity.
These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and
understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content
areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with
it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
Leadership
Orientation
Toward Action
Sense of Vision
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental awareness
• Tolerance of religious and
philosophical differences
• Appreciation of situational
complexity
Creative
• Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
Communicative
•
•
•
•
•
•
Risk Assumptive
• Curiosity
• Achievement motivation
• Self-esteem
Final project options
There are three ways to complete the MAL degree. In the
Thesis/Leadership Application Project (Thesis/LAP) Option
(Plan A), students complete a thesis or a major leadership
application project and 11 credits. In the Non-Thesis
Option (Plan B), students must complete 11 credits, two
papers, but no thesis. For the third option, the Comprehensive Exam Seminar (Plan C), students complete 11 credits,
including the comprehensive exam seminar.
Plan A: Thesis/LAP Option
Students who select the Thesis/LAP Option are required to
develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of
leadership or of a leadership-related topic. This researchbased study gives the student the opportunity to "tie
together" what has been learned from the study of leadership and course-related activities.
The principal distinction between the thesis and the leadership application project lies in their underlying orientation.
A thesis has a more theoretical orientation, while a leadership application project is based on a practical issue. Both
require similar rigor and preparation. For either alternative,
the student must register for ML 592 and 593.
For more information regarding the Thesis/LAP Option,
refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis Project Guidelines
booklet. Students who do not complete their thesis or leadership application project within two years are required to
pay a continuation fee each trimester.*
Effective listener
Effective speaker
rnective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team member
Interpersonal sensitivity
Culturally Aware
• Appreciation for
cultural differences
• World-view perspective
• Tolerance of Individual
differences
Decisive
•
•
•
•
•
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think critically
Understanding of research
Ability to manage connict
Plan 8: Non-Thesis Option
One alternative to the thesis is the successful completion of
two major papers. The first of these papers will be written in
conjunction with ML 580. The second paper will be written
while enrolled in ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project.
The independent research projects approved each year will
be presented in an annual colloquium.
For more information regarding the Non-Thesis Option,
refer to the Thesis/LAP Project and Non-Thesis Project
Guidelines booklet. Students who do not complete their
independent project within a year of registering for ML 597
are required to pay a continuation fee each trimester.*
*Both Plans A and Bare governed by Augsburg College's
policy on continuation. A student taking Plan A has a maximum of seven trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred) to complete a thesis or LAP. After
that the student may continue with permission but will pay
a fee each trimester. A student taking Plan B has a maximum of four trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred to complete the Plan B final
project. After that the student may continue with permission but will pay a fee each trimester. The fee is a continuation fee and is separate from any parking permits or other
incidental fees.
Plan C: Comprehensive Exam Seminar
The third completion option involves one paper written in
conjunction with ML 580 (as in Plan B) and a Comprehen-
ML 574 Strategic Leadership
The course develops students' ability to think strategically
and lead organizations through planning and implementation; application of models and concepts to examples and
cases from real-life practice. Case studies, exercises, and readings cover practices in for-profit and nonprofit organizations.
ML 577 Universal Responsibility and Leadership:
A Nicaraguan Experience
The exploration of universal responsibility, conceptually and
experientially. Course consists of a seminar in Minneapolis
and approximately two weeks in Nicaragua. The Nicaraguan
portion includes a home stay, meetings with leaders in various venues, and visits to multiple sites and organizations.
Topics such as Nicaraguan history, politics, indigenous cultures, poverty, health care, literacy; the arts, business, foreign
investment, and relations with the U.S. government and
nonprofit organizations are explored.
ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of
Leadership
Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by
instructors who participate in the seminar. Emphasis on
critical thinking, discussion, written analysis. Prereq.: oneyear coursework in MAL program and ML 510)
ML 589 Comprehensive Exam Seminar (PIN}
This course is a completion option for the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students prepare for the examination seriesoral, written, and take-home-through discussion, readings,
and critical analysis in the seminar. It must be the final
course taken in the program. No other course may be taken
at the same time.
ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation I (PIN)
Independent final research project supervised by an academic adviser.
*A student may count only ML 597 or ML 598 for credit
toward the MAL degree, except with permission of the MAL
program director.
Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies
Graduate students who already possess a master's degree in
any area (including leadership) may wish to pursue the certificate program. A certificate is awarded after completion of
five Augsburg MAL courses in leadership (which were not
previously applied to any other degree). The student may
choose any five MAL courses or may wish to focus on a specific area such as ethics and leadership, global leadership,
organizational leadership, communications, or leadership
development. This option is attractive for people who want
to continue their professional studies but not necessarily
undertake a full degree program. The normal application
process is used for students who wish to pursue the postmaster's certificate.
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in
Leadership
A BA in accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be
earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master's
degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in
accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled
the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on
a weekend schedule. Please refer to the MAL program catalog for a complete list of course offerings and the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan.
It is recommended that students meet with an accounting
adviser to create an effective plan for successful completion
of the five-year program.
General requirements for the accounting/MAL program
ML 593 Thesis/LAP Consultation II (PIN)
Completion of the thesis/LAP under the guidance of an academic adviser.
ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project*
Major written project in an area of the student's choice; to
be completed in consultation with an adviser and a reader.
The research is presented in a colloquium in partial fulfillment of requirements for the non-thesis option.
Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree
must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of
their junior year. The application process includes submission of:
• completed application form
• three letters of recommendation (two from professors and
one from an employer)
• personal statement
• example of their writing in an academic paper
ML 598 Independent Study*
Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least
three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must
complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it
signed by the supervising professor. Proposals must be
approved by the MAL program director prior to registration
for the course.
ML 599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration.
• GPA of at least 3.30
• interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program
Students must also have faculty endorsement from the
accounting program. Students must complete at least one
year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program coordinator: Stu Stoller
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission as an International Student
Applicants to the program must have:
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
• Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year
college or university
• Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average
(GPA) of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0) and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an
accredited college or university:
• Three years of experience (or equivalent) with one or
more organizations in a position of leadership or position
demonstrating leadership potential.
Applicants holding a master's or other advanced degrees
from accredited colleges or universities are admissible.
Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission
requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as
decided on a case-by-case basis.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on
an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the
beginning of the fall, winter, and spring terms. Selection of
candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the
following items for each applicant:
• Previous college record
• Letters of recommendation
• Experience and organizational background
• Written statement
• Interview, if requested
Application Checklist
The following items must be submitted to the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Evaluation
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are
noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being
graded on PIN basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two
courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the
degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below
2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted in the grade point average. In order
to graduate a student must have a GPA of 3.0 or above. All
required courses and the final projects must be successfully
completed. A student registered for final projects (ML 589,
ML 592, ML 593, or ML 597) will be permitted to participate in Commencement but will not receive a diploma until
all courses and projects are successfully completed.
MAL Program Enrollment Policy
Students may take either one or two courses per trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the coursework in the program within two years.
All students are required to complete all components of the
program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will
be considered on the basis of petition to the MAL Advisory
Committee. Students who leave the program for more than
one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing
from the MAL program. A leave of absence may be granted
for one calendar year. Students who return to the program
after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application
for Readmission form and submit to the Office of the Registrar. Time spent on an official MAL-approved leave of
absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for
degree completion.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
• Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mal
• $35 nonrefundable application fee
• A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and
life goals to leadership aspirations
• Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate
supervisor, assessing leadership potential
• Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work
style and leadership potential
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MAL FACULTY
Andrew Aoki , Professor of Political Science. BA, University
of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
John Benson , Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg
• Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions
attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred.
College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD,
Columbia University.
• Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended,
listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any
Thomas Berl<as, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE,
PhD, University of Minnesota. Graduate Faculty in Organizational Management, Concordia University, St. Paul.
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with
graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
Larry Crockett, Professor of Computer Science. BA, MA,
Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota; Priest, Episcopal Diocese of Minnesota.
Cass Dalglish , Associate Professor of English. BA, College
of St. Catherine; MFA, Vermont College; PhD, The Union
Institute.
Curtis Paulsen , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St.
Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The
Fielding Institute.
Diane Pike , Professor of Sociology and Director of the Center for Teaching and Learning. BA, Connecticut College;
PhD, Yale University.
John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. John's
Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
John Furia, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin.
Kathryn Swanson , Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
BA, Rhode Island College; MPA, University of Rhode Island.
Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, UniverDaniel S. Hanson , Assistant Professor of Communication
sity of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, and Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication
Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Velma Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University;
EdD, West Virginia University:
Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate
Studies. BA, University of Southampton; Postgraduate
diploma and CQSW, University of London; PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Steven Manderscheid , Instructor of Leadership Studies.
BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota;
EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University.
Thomas Morgan , Professor of Business Administration and
Executive Director, Center for Faith and Learning. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan , Professor of Political Science, and
Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL
Program. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana
University.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp , Associate Professor of Business
Administration. BA, MS, PhD, Academy of Economics,
Krakow, Poland.
Catherine Paulsen , Instructor. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Lone Mountain College.
STAFF
Patty Park, Program Coordinator
Master of Arts in Nursing
Master of Arts in Nursing
We are excited about the educational opportunities, engaging practicum experiences and wealth of transcultural
nursing knowledge offered in the Master of Arts in Nursing program at Augsburg College. We are also proud of
our students who come from a wide range of diverse cultural, educational, and experiential backgrounds. Some
master's degree candidates enter directly from college, others are making mid-life career changes, and some are
returning to college after raising a family. The career options in nursing are more variable and more rewarding
than ever before.
As our population ages and becomes increasingly diverse, nurses are challenged to respond with creativity and
competence. The master's program prepares nurses for leadership across care systems, population groups,
cultures, and settings, with particular emphasis on addressing global and local health inequities. Graduates of
our master's program are practicing in acute care, community and public health, education, nursing
administration, and emerging care settings that are responsive to the needs of culturally diverse and underserved
populations. Many of our graduates are creating innovative practice models that demonstrate interdisciplinary
leadership and economically feasible solutions to health inequities within communities.
Students can choose between two tracks of study in the master's curriculum: Transcultural Nursing in
Community or Transformational Nursing Leadership and Management. Classes are offered at the Augsburg
campus in Minneapolis and at Bethel Lutheran Church in downtown Rochester, Minnesota. Video conferencing
is used for most classes and allows for "real time" connections between students in the two sites. Program
faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students in expanding their nursing practice and
advancing their career options while exploring together how we transform our unique gifts and interests into
personal and professional service in the world.
Sincerely,
Cheryl Leuning, PhD
Chair, Department of Nursing
Director, Master of Arts in Nursing
Master of Arts in Nursing Mission
Within the framework of a Christian liberal arts education,
the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural practice across care settings, with particular emphasis
on addressing health inequities.
TRANSCULTURAL NURSING IN COMMUNITY
The Transcultural Nursing in Community track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program was designed to prepare
nurses for advanced population-focused practice in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in
nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided
practice, and transcultural care. The program of study
focuses on reaching populations that are underserved by
traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social
mainstream. As such, the program provides rich alternative
teaching and learning opportunities for graduate students
locally and internationally. Upon graduation from the program, nurses completing this track are eligible to apply for
certification in Advanced Transcultural Nursing through the
International Transcultural Nursing Society. Also, graduates
completing this track will be eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification
in Advanced Community Health Nursing.
A total of 10 courses plus a thesis or graduate project are
required. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core,
which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five
courses from the Transcultural Nursing in Community
Track, and two electives make up the coursework for the
program.
Advanced Nursing Core (three courses)
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 520
Research Methods in Nursing
NUR 523
Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
Transcultural Nursing in Community track (five courses)
NUR 500
Transcultural Health Care
NUR 503
Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life
Cycle, and
NUR 515
Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care
Systems
OR
The Politics of Health Care
NUR 541
Plus, two of the following courses: *
NUR 510
Advanced Community Health Nursing I
NUR 511
Advanced Community Health Nursing II
NUR 530
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
NUR 532
Transcultural Healing Practices
ELECTIVES-two graduate elective courses, which may
include the following:
ECO 520
Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
Visions of Leadership
ML510
ML511
ML530
ML531
ML560
NUR 530
NUR532
NUR562
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Ethics in Communication
The Dynamics of Change
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
Transcultural Healing Practices
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other
possible electives.
*Students seeking certification in Advanced Community
Health Nursing from the American Nurses Credentialing
Center (ANCC) must complete 500 hours of clinical
practicum work and select NUR 510 and NUR 511; students
seeking certification from the International Transcultural
Nursing Society may select NUR 530 and NUR 532. Clinical
practicum hours are integrated into several courses in the
curriculum.
Thesis or Graduate Project-students are required to
complete either a thesis or a graduate project, which is
equivalent to one course.
NUR 525
Graduate Field Project
NUR 535
Integrative Master's Thesis
TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND
MANAGEMENT
The Transformational Leadership and Management track
unites the liberal arts with nursing science and practice.
This track is designed to develop nurse leaders who are analytical, articulate, and constructively critical and who will be
able to cope with high-level healthcare delivery issues. Curricular emphasis is on interdisciplinary collaboration across
care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica
and classroom dialogue provides opportunities for students
to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with
diverse care providers, populations, and communities to
address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Specialty electives build on students' competencies and goals.
Courses are offered by the Department of Nursing faculty as
well as faculty teaching in the Master of Arts in Leadership
and Master of Business Administration programs.
Students take a total of 10 courses, plus a thesis or graduate
project. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core,
which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five
courses in the Transformational Leadership and Management Track, and two elective courses make up the course
work for the program.
Advanced Nursing Core (three courses)
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nurs
ing Practice
Research Methods in Nursing
NUR 520
NUR 523
Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (five courses)*
NUR 500
Transcultural Health Care
NUR 521
Transformational Nursing Leadership
BUS 520
Management of the Healthcare Organization
Two of the following courses:
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 527
Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 535
Organizational Theory and Leadership
ML 565
Women and Leadership
Electives-two graduate elective courses, which may
include:
ECO 520
Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
ML510
Visions of Leadership
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML511
Ethics in Communication
ML530
ML531
The Dynamics of Change
ML560
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
NUR530
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
NUR532
Transcultural Healing Practices
NUR562
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other
possible electives.
*Upon graduation from the program and completion of the
Transformational Leadership and Management track, students are eligible to apply for certification in Advanced
Nursing Administration from the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC).
Thesis or Graduate Project
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Nursing final project, which serves as the capstone of the
master's program: a graduate field project, or an integrative
master's thesis.
The graduate field project, NUR 525, is based on a selfselected issue relevant to transcultural nursing in community or transformational nursing leadership. The student
will focus primarily on the application and integration of
knowledge. Working with an adviser, the student will
design and/or implement and evaluate a model of advanced
practice nursing applied to health inequities in a selected
community, or a nursing leadership issue.
The integrative thesis option, NUR 535, expands upon
and/or extends theoretical foundations or concepts identified in transcultural nursing, community health nursing,
and/or nursing leadership literature. The thesis project
demonstrates the student's ability to do independent
research involving the exposition of primary and secondary
literature appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of empirical data, and the articulation of implications for
advanced practice nursing.
Students register for their final project, with their adviser's
permission, near the end of the program. Students must
complete all coursework and defend the project within two
years after registration. After two years, students must pay a
continuation fee of $200 per term in order to retain student
status in the graduate program, including library privileges,
AugNet access, and parking privileges.
Please refer to the "Graduate Field Project or Integrative
Thesis Procedures and Policies" booklet available in the
Nursing Department for additional information.
Practica
Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students who complete the
Transcultural Nursing in Community track will have
enough practice hours to be eligible to apply to take the certification exam in Advanced Community Health Nursing
through the American Nurses Credentialing Center. Nursing
practice with diverse populations will also provide students
with the experiences needed to apply to take the certification exam in Transcultural Nursing. In the practica all students practice primarily in nontraditional settings with
persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health
care. Emphasis is on cultural diversity and health inequities
across health care settings. Students in the Transformational
Leadership and Management track have practice experience
in several courses with preceptors in leadership positions in
a variety of care settings.
A unique opportunity offered for practica at Augsburg is
provided by the Augsburg Central Nursing Center. The
Nursing Center provides services for persons struggling
with poverty and homelessness in the city of Minneapolis.
People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide-ranging cultural contexts, provide
many opportunities for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice.
Study Abroad and Off-campus Opportunities
The Nursing Department works closely with cultural
guides, nurse mentors, and Augsburg's Center for Global
Education in developing study abroad opportunities. The
following study abroad and away opportunities are four
examples of existing practicum experiences.
Students may travel to Namibia in southwest Africa to
spend two weeks exploring health and healthcare challenges
within a rapidly developing country. Practical experience
with nurses in a variety of care settings, meaningful dialogue with key resource persons, and critical reflection foster personal and professional growth in this practicum.
Week-long immersion courses and practica are taught on
the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation in western South Dakota.
These courses and experiences offer students the opportunity to live on the reservation and participate with public
health nurses providing health services. They also interact
with tribal leaders and experience cultural events relevant to
the Lakota people of Pine Ridge.
Ten-day courses and practica are available in Mexico and
Guatemala as well. Students explore the relationships of
indigenous and Western health care, the connection
between social justice and health, and interact with local
indigenous healers.
Students may apply all these study abroad options to
requirements in the Master of Arts in Nursing program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NUR 500 Transcultural Health Care
This course explores meanings and expressions of health,
illness, caring, and healing transculturally. Focus is on
understanding and developing professional competence in
caring for individuals, families, groups, and communities
with diverse cultural backgrounds. Culture is examined as a
pervasive, determining "blueprint" for thought and action
throughout the human health experience. Patterns of
human interaction that foster health and quality of life are
analyzed, and health destroying patterns of interaction, e.g.,
stereotyping, discrimination, and marginalization, are examined and submitted to moral and ethical reflection. (36
hours of practice experience)
NUR 501 Transcultural Care Systems
In this course, organizations are viewed as cultural systems
that are complex and adaptive, where continuous change
and unpredictability rule the development and course of
evolution. The importance of relationships, the role of selforganization, the processes of emergence and co-evolution
are explored via readings and discussions. Attendance at a
local, national, and/or international nursing leadership conference is mandatory. Dialogue and networking with a variety of nursing leaders to understand the context of
transcultural healthcare organizations are expected.
NUR 503 Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life
Cycle
The major curriculum concepts of individuals, health, nursing, and society are developed further in this course as the
function of individuals living in families and in communities
is explored. Content about systems, communication, small
group, and nursing theories is applied to family constellation.
The influence of the multigenerational family is examined in
terms of culture, belief system, roles, healthcare patterns, values, and goals. Specific concepts related to values and culture
are expanded and applied to the more complex social structures of traditional and nontraditional families as they interact in and with society. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing
Practice
This course focuses on nursing science and nursing theory
as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice.
Philosophical underpinnings of different theoretical and
research traditions in nursing are compared and related to
the provision of culturally competent care in diverse communities. Nursing science is emphasized as a process of theory advancement and as an accumulating body of nursing
knowledge. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 510 Advanced Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on persons, families and groups living
in relationship. Emphasis is on applying the core functions
of community/public health - assessment, policy development and assurance. Principles of epidemiology, population
demographics, and culture care are integrated into community-focused healthcare delivery models. Power structures
within dominant social systems are analyzed and critiqued
with regard to resource access and distribution among
underserved populations. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 511 Advanced Community Health Nursing II
Emphasis is on the application of public/community health
theory and research in providing health care to populations
and communities. Essential public health services are
assessed for adequacy in meeting community health needs
and addressing transcultural health goals. The impact of
diversity, privilege, resource limits, and globalization add
depth and reality to local and global community health concerns, patterns of health, suffering, and healthcare provisioning. Prerequisite: NUR 510. (72 hours of practice
experience)
NUR 515 Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care
Systems
In planning and implementing nursing activities, healthcare
organizations are considered subcultures of society, which
entail particular issues of access and utilization for marginalized people. Strategies for negotiating structures of privilege
and professional control will be explored. Working with
marginalized populations, students will identify and support
the agency or persons who are seeking help from these systems. Nursing action will focus on mediating subcultures of
clients with the subculture of healthcare systems. Major
emphasis will be placed on mutuality with clients in planning actions and evaluating outcomes. (72 hours of practice
experience)
NUR 520 Research Methods in Nursing
Through a combination of literature review, field experience, and class discussion, research methods relevant to the
exploration of culture and health will be examined. Class
topics will include formulating study questions to explore
collective foundations of meaning and explanation in health
and illness, practice in data collection procedures of field
research, and issues of interpretation and analysis in qualitative research. Prerequisite: a college-level statistics course.
(36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 521 Transformational Nursing Leadership
This course emphasizes transformational nursing leadership
and management in partnership with diverse groups. Transcultural competence is lifted up as significant to the evolving leadership and planning skills needed in emerging care
systems. Opportunities for students to engage in designing
relevant models of care delivery are woven into clinical
practica. (72 hours of practice experience)
NUR 523 Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
The conceptualization, investigation, and application of
nursing knowledge will be critiqued with particular focus
on its contribution to developing practice in transcultural
community health care. Through reflection and dialogue,
which includes professional experience of practice contexts,
as well as theoretical and research literature, students will
formulate a transcultural nursing model of care. (36 hours
of practice experience)
NUR 525 Graduate Field Project
This course focuses on the application and integration of
knowledge to a student-selected issue or topic of concern
relevant to transcultural nursing, community health nursing, and/or transformational nursing leadership. Working
with a nursing faculty adviser, students design and/or implement and evaluate a theory-based model of advanced practice nursing. Relevant coursework is integrated into the
project and the final written report. Plans for disseminating
the report for public and professional use are encouraged.
Students will defend the project to their graduate committee
(major faculty adviser and two readers) and invited guests
at the time of completion.
NUR 530 The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
In this course, the student will explore ritual and ceremony
from a transcultural perspective. Attention will be focused
on rituals and ceremonies in specific cultures and religions,
and in the modern American medical system that sustains
its own rituals. In some cultures, formal or informal religious practices may be integral to the ritual of ceremony
and healing. In modern American culture, the perceived
division between the mind, body, and spirit has led to ritual
and ceremony being considered adjunctive to the scientific
approach to healing. Students will have an opportunity to
interact with persons who integrate ritual and ceremony
into their lives and healthcare practices. Students will also
discuss the meaning of ritual and ceremony to their own
lives and professional practice.
NUR 532 Transcultural Healing Practices
This course will introduce students to complementary healing practices including the historical and cultural contexts
in which they developed. Students will discuss the philosophical underpinnings of therapeutic systems and paradigms of healing in selected complementary therapies:
music therapy, traditional Chinese medicine, mind-body
healing, spiritual and faith practices, energy healing practices , movement therapies, homeopathy, manual therapies,
and nutrition and nutritional supplements.
NUR 535 Integrative Master's Thesis
The integrative thesis expands upon or extends the theoretical foundations in the literature of Transcultural Nursing in
Community or Transformational Leadership and Management. It demonstrates the student's ability to do independent research that integrates past and current literature
appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of
empirical data, and the articulation of implications for
advanced nursing practice or leadership in nursing organizations. Students will defend the project to their selected
graduate committee (comprised of the student's faculty
adviser and two readers) and invited guests. Plans for disseminating the report for public and professional use are
encouraged.
NUR 541 The Politics of Health Care
This course will explore how health and illness are related
to inequities in society and dynamics of power in systems of
health care. The following issues will be examined in the
course: How widening gaps in the distribution of wealth
diminish the health of all members of society; how social
inequities become medicalized as health disparities, how an
emphasis on profit in health care affects the distribution of
healing resources in the population, and what strategies the
poor and powerless employ to gain access to healthcare
resources. This course will include an optional study abroad
experience in Guatemala. (72 hours of practice experience)
NUR 562 Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
This broad-based interdisciplinary course explores the influence of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS pandemic in
sub-Saharan Africa. The natural history, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological, and political responses to the disease are
examined. Women's collective and individual efforts to preserve the health of their families and communities are highlighted as hopeful and positive responses to the HIV/AIDS
crisis in sub-Saharan Africa.
NUR 599 Topics
Study of selected topics that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration.
BUS 520 Management of the Healthcare Organization
This course provides an overview of the key organizational
and behavioral concepts which underlie effective management practices in healthcare organizations. It addresses both
the theory and practice of effective management. The course
will emphasize the importance of addressing the expectations, needs, and performances of people in organizations,
and recognizes the role of the internal, external, and global
cultures that impact organizational structure, behavior, and
change.
ECO 520 Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
At the end of the class, students will be better able to apply
economic concepts to the health systems of both the United
States and other parts of the world. The focus will be on the
public policy aspects of the healthcare system, e.g. , issues of
access and cost.
ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary
journey
Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a
historical and philosophical framework for the program.
This course views the nature and purpose of leadership
from a variety of disciplines and perspectives.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative worldview.
ML 52 7 Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
The wide-ranging spirituality movement in the workplace is
a notable feature of contemporary life. This course explores
the dimensions of this trend and its implications for leadership through a variety of sources and perspectives.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
Applicants into the Master of Arts in Nursing program
must have:
• Bachelor's degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited
four-year college or university, or must have an Associate
of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing
bachelor's degree.
• Cumulative GPA of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0) in all previous college coursework
• Experience as a registered nurse
• Professional liability insurance
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication
through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives
within human communication. This course places particular
attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social and
organizational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social
change and varying responses to diverse human needs.
Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by
leaders in public and private domains and across cultures.
The course explores these various perspectives, including
areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social
and organizational change. Sociological, human development, and economic theories are applied to contemporary
public and private sector issues for social change.
• Current nursing license
• All required immunizations
A college-level statistics course is required for progression in
the program, but is not necessary for admission.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on
an individual basis by the Graduate Admissions Committee.
Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students
being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September),
winter Uanuary), and spring (April) terms.
Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:
• Previous college record and GPA
• Letters of recommendation
• Professional experience
ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership
In-depth exploration of organizational theory plus related
concepts, issues, and concerns. The course is designed to
enable the student to acquire knowledge and develop skills in
order to function as a responsible, ethical participant within
various types of organizational structures and cultures.
ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective
This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in
culturally diverse contexts within the U.S. Goals include
improved communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity, appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic
groupings, and awareness of key issues facing those groups.
ML 565 Women and Leadership
A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and
leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. It offers an
interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches to
leadership, women and careers, and women in society past
and present. The course is intended to enhance the analytical and leadership skills of the participants.
• Written statement describing professional and
educational goals
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office:
• Completed application formwww.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
• $35 nonrefundable application fee
• A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant's professional and educational goals
• Three letters of recommendation-in English-addressing the applicant's character and ability for graduate study.
(Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues.)
• Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, professional liability insurance, and required immunizations
• Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate
institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any
degree(s) conferred
An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff
members may be requested.
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above . Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by
the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
DEPARTMENT OF NURSING FACULTY
Magdeline Aagard , Associate Professor of Nursing. BA,
Augustana College; MBA, PhD, University of St. Thomas.
Marty Alemc\n, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College.
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing.
BSN, Minnesota State University; MA, Augsburg College.
Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC).
BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
I
Linda Holt, Instructor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the
Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC) . BSN, University
of Minnesota; MSN, University of Washington-Seattle.
Cheryl Leuning , Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of the MAN program. BA,
Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miiier, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN,
Rochester State junior College; BSN , Augsburg College; MA,
Augsburg College.
Susan Nash , Associate Professor of Nursing. BSN, MSN,
EdD, University of Minnesota.
Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire; RN, College of St. Teresa; MA, St.
Mary's College Graduate Center; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado.
Pauline Utesch , Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN,
Winona State University; MA, Augsburg College.
Master of Business Administration
Master of Business Administration
We are certain that you will make an excellent decision by choosing Augsburg to develop your skills,
knowledge, and capabilities. We believe our program will give you an opportunity to challenge yourself by
engaging in classes, projects, and studies that will help form and refine your ability to think critically, analyze
problems, and align your decisions with ethical values and beliefs-while gaining valuable, relevant, and
contemporary business acumen and skills.
Today's business world offers great opportunities to not only realize traditional business goals of increasing
shareholder or owner value but also offers individuals a unique opportunity to serve their communities,
stakeholders, and associates by exercising good decision-making in the areas of corporate social responsibility,
sustainability, and diversity. Our increasingly global and virtual economies call for new knowledge, new
perspectives, and new competencies. Graduates of our MBA program are qualified to take their place as
leaders in their organizations, their communities, and the global economy.
Our unique summative course, the Management Consulting Project, gives students the challenging
opportunity to work on real business issues with actual businesses and organizations in the Twin Cities and
Rochester. Guided and coached by expert faculty with significant business experience, students work in small
consulting teams and bring together the business disciplines they have studied in the program to perform an
accurate analysis and recommendation to the client organization.
Students in the Augsburg MBA program can choose among a growing number of alternatives that include
completion of a core curriculum general MBA, a healthcare management-focused MBA, or additional
concentrations in finance, marketing, human resources, international business, or project management. We
believe we have the structure and design to promote learning and retain rigor, integrity, and quality in an
accelerated degree program. The Augsburg MBA is organized into cohorts, taught by experienced and highly
qualified faculty, and aided by excellent facilities, multiple locations, and the latest in technology, From the
first day of orientation to the day you walk across the stage at Commencement, we promise to offer you an
exciting, challenging, reflective educational experience that will increase your confidence, reinforce your
concepts of vocation, and enable you to seek greater roles of responsibility and impact in your career.
Sincerely,
4-- ~~
Steven M. Zitnick
Director, MBA Program
The Master of Business Administration MissionTo prepare students for professional careers in business by
developing their decision-making skills and judgment, and
by transforming them into effective managers and leaders.
The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically
astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral
and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world.
Master of Business Administration Program Overview
Todays business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and then critically think through the
alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this fast-evolving business culture.
The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think
critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of
a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative,
ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA.
We have a commitment to continually improve the students'
experience and learning in the program. Our faculty is
uniquely qualified to bridge theory and real world application, giving the MBA student the opportunity to acquire skills
and knowledge in a variety of disciplines.
The Augsburg MBA can be completed in fewer than 24
months.
Cohorts
Augsburg's MBA program is organized around small groups,
or cohorts. Students in a cohort program model stay
together as a group through the sequence of classes for the
duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a
cohesive learning community where students not only learn
from one another, but mentor each other and peer coach.
You'll share diverse professional expertise and experience as
you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations,
and simulations, both inside and outside of class.
Working individually and in small groups enables you to
enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together
as a community you will build personal, social, and academic abilities.
Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life
experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the
opportunities for learning. The personal connections and
relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will
extend into an important and valuable network as you take
your career to new levels.
Locations and Schedules
Classes are offered at four locations: Augsburg's Minneapolis
campus, Thrivent Financial in downtown Minneapolis,
Augsbsurg's Rochester campus, and at St. Stephen Lutheran
Church in Bloomington. Cohorts begin three times per academic year: fall term (September), winter term Qanuary),
and spring term (April) . Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one-to-two weeks in advance of the
beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1390.
MBA Advisory Board
The MBA Advisory Board is composed of both active and
retired senior business leaders from global, regional, and
entrepreneurial organizations. The board meets several
times yearly to review the program's progress, offer advice,
and provide insight into contemporary business issues that
influence curriculum development or modification. Additionally, the board is invited to participate in student and
alumni events throughout the year.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MBA 592 Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation
This course will provide learners with well-rounded, comprehensive leadership skills that will enhance personal and
organizational effectiveness. Leadership skills and abilities
have long been viewed as important contributors to success
in personal and professional spheres. Topics include leadership strategy, critical and distinctive functions and skills of
management and leadership, relationship building, servant
leadership, leadership communication, and self-awareness
and discovery of leadership styles, traits, and abilities.
MBA 520 Accounting for Business Managers
Concepts of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) for preparing financial statements. Students will
learn to analyze income statements, balance sheets, and
annual reports, and to budget using projected sales, fixed
and variable expenses, breakeven calculation, and capital
budgeting.
MBA 545 Organizational Development
Theory and application of organizational development (OD)
of human resources within organizations. Topics include
strategies and tactics for developing human resources to
support organizational cultural changes (such as total quality management), team building, collaboration with other
teams, training, the impact of diversity, and evaluation of
OD strategies.
MBA 570 Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
Extracting actionable information from data, interpreting
data in tables and graphs, interpreting statistical significance, evaluating survey data, using data mining with large
databases, and using simulation and modeling in business
decisions.
MBA 575 Strategic Technology
Making strategic technology decisions most favorable to
organization and culture, interaction with customers and
suppliers, and future growth of the organization. Students
will come to understand the impact of the Internet and electronic commerce on the traditional business model, the
effect on employees, and the ethical and societal results of
given technology choices.
MBA 510 Managerial Economics
Application of economic tools in solving managerial problems . Topics include markets and organizations, demand
and cost functions, demand and supply analysis, game theory and the economics of strategy, pricing incentives, evaluation, regulation, incentive conflicts and contracts, and
ethics and the organizational architecture. Students develop
critical thinking skills and a framework of analyzing business decisions. In summary, the objective of the course is to
help business students become architects of business strategy rather than simply middle managers plodding along the
beaten path of others.
MBA 550 Marketing Management
Applying marketing theory and practice to real-li.fe marketing situations. Topics include market segmentation, targeting, positioning, distribution of goods and services, the
relationship between price and demand, brand management, and marketing plans and strategy. Students gain
hands-on experience with marketing in cross-functional
organization strategies.
MBA 580 Management Consulting Project
Working in teams with a local organization, students
develop expertise in an area related to their vocation, using
communication, leadership and collaboration skills, and
academic knowledge to research, analyze, and make recommendations. The management consulting project culminates
in a presentation to the client and the faculty adviser.
MBA 530 Managerial Finance
Understanding the foundations of financial management
including markets, institutions, interest rates, risk and
return, and the time value of money. Included are security
valuation, corporate valuation, strategic investment and
financing decisions, working capital management, mergers
and acquisitions, derivatives, bankruptcy; and multinational
implications.
MBA 540 Business and Professional Ethics
This course provides students with an understanding of the
ethical problems faced by people in organizations and businesses today. A framework for recognizing ethical problems
helps the student determine how decisions will affect people
positively or negatively This course conveys a model of
analysis of ethical problems to allow students the ability to
make better judgments about what is right and fair. The
course also allows students to gain confidence in their
understanding and their proposed solutions for ethical
issues, thus being able to forcefully and reasonably defend
their point of view.
MBA 560 Communication Issues in Management
An ethnographic approach to communication in the workplace including how physical settings, communication channels, institutional goals, institutional culture, and the roles of
participants shape communication. Students will use case
studies and their own workplace experiences to examine
effectiveness, ideologies and biases, network theory, persuasive appeals, and communication of institutional values.
MBA 565 Managing in a Global Environment
Explores the reasons, conditions, processes, and challenges
of internationalization from an enterprise perspective. The
foci of the course will be international trade theory and institutional governance of international trade/monetary policy,
and the differences in political-economic/socio-cultural systems and their implications for international business.
MBA 595 Strategic Management
Organizations that survive over time generally meet customer needs more effectively than the customer's alternatives. These organizations adapt to a constantly changing
environment, usually coordinating change in a variety of
different functional areas. Strategy matches the organization's capabilities to its market position, facilitates resource
allocation, and provides guidance for decision-making. This
course is integrative of all subject matter in the MBA program, and adopts the perspective of senior management.
THE AUGSBURG MBA WITH A HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
This program includes the following courses from the MBA
core program, followed by the Healthcare Management
Concentration.
MBA 592
MBA 520
MBA 510
MBA 570
MBA 530
MBA 560
MBA 545
MBA 575
MBA 550
MBA 595
Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation
Accounting for Business Managers
Managerial Economics
Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
Managerial Finance
Communication Issues in Management
Organizational Development in Healthcare
Management
Strategic Technology in Healthcare Management
Marketing in Healthcare Management
Strategic Management for Healthcare
Management
MBH 597 Integrated Health Delivery Systems (Required)
This course is focused on the health-related industries that
comprise the healthcare system in the United States. Critical
success factors for the medical care, hospital care, long-term
care, mental health care, medical equipment, pharmaceutical, health insurance, and managed care industries are
examined. The course also considers the influences of
demographics, consumer expectations, and government
policies on healthcare system performance.
MBH 542 Legal and Ethical Considerations in Health
Care (Required)
This course covers the laws affecting administration of hospitals and other healthcare organizations: administrative law,
corporate and business law, labor law, civil liability, and taxrelated issues. The course also considers the ethical issues
underlying financing, organization, and delivery of healthcare services as well as addresses the numerous ethical issues
raised by advances in technology, changing societal values,
decreased resources, and increasing professional liability.
MBH 53 7 Healthcare Financing (Required)
This course focuses on a variety of public and private third
party mechanisms for financing healthcare services. A
review is made of the various trends and constraints associated with each mechanism. Particular attention is paid to
the role of private health insurance and government reimbursement mechanisms for health services. Prerequisite:
MBA 530 Managerial Finance
MBH 546 Human Resource Issues in Health Care
(Elective or required, depending on location)
This course provides complete coverage of relevant human
resource issues in healthcare management, as well as a solid
foundation in both HR and healthcare administrative practices. It offers a comprehensive, focused approach to the
demands of the current human resources role. This practical, hands-on course introduces human resources to those
who are preparing to work in any area of health care or
health services. Written for practitioners and students in all
disciplines related to health, this course covers important
topics such as recruitment, training, termination, legal
issues, labor unions, design and analysis safety, employee
relations, healthcare compensation practices, and the challenges facing healthcare management today.
MBH 593 Healthcare Operations Management (Elective)
This course analyzes the operations of healthcare organizations to improve quality and productivity. Quality improvement models including Six Sigma are reviewed for
usefulness and effectiveness within healthcare delivery or
manufacturing environments related to health care. Management information systems (MIS) are evaluated as aids to the
quality process. A course project is a key element in applying strategic concepts and processes.
MBH 562 Global Healthcare Issues (Required)
Governments bear significant responsibilities for assuring
the health of their people. As our understanding of the
social determinants of health has improved, exercising this
responsibility calls for national policies that include planning for the personal healthcare system, addressing broader
issues of population health services and links to policies
that affect education, economic development, the environment, among other areas. All nations, especially developing
countries and those in transition, face challenges to their
national health strategies from the effects of globalization
and global decision-making on issues that affect health.
MBH 572 Information Technology in Health Care
(Elective)
The course focuses on managing information as a strategic
resource within healthcare organizations; designing information systems to capture, combine, and transform information
to measure processes and outcomes of care, support collaborative clinical decision-making, support management decisions, empower patients, and improve healthcare operations.
CONCENTRATIONS
Master of Business Administration students may choose a
concentration in one of several disciplines following com-
pletion of the core curriculum. A concentration allows students to become competitive in a specific career field or, in
some cases, assists the student in achieving a professional
certification or accreditation.
Graduate Certificates
The following concentrations are also available as graduate
certificate programs. Students who seek advanced skills and
knowledge in a specific business discipline, but either
already possess an MBA or are not interested in pursuing a
degree at this time, may enroll in any concentration as a certificate student. These courses are transcribed and "for
credit." In most cases, (depending on employer policies)
they will be accepted for tuition reimbursement. Contact
the MBA Office at 612-330-1778 or the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office at 612-330-1390 for more information.
Finance Concentration
Students prepare for careers in international banking,
finance, and investments by learning finance and investment theory and applications , and the operations of financial markets.
• Financial theory and applications
• Investment theory and portfolio management
• Financial markets
• Options and derivatives
• International finance
• Financial statement analysis
Marketing Concentration
Students receive solid exposure to major topic areas beyond
the core, learn to evaluate research data for marketing decisions, and gain integrative, practical experience in marketing.
• Marketing research
• Marketing communications
• Sales management
• Consumer behavior
• Technology and e-commerce
• International marketing
Human Resource Management Concentration
Students can prepare for careers in the field of human
resource management. Major topics cover a wide range of
HR functions including training and selection, compensation and benefits, and global issues in human resources. Students completing the certificate will be preparing for
certification as a human resource professional (PHR).
• Training, selection, and performance
• Industrial/Labor relations
• Compensation and benefits management
• Organizational effectiveness
• Global human resources
• Strategic human resources
Healthcare Management Concentration
The Master of Business Administration with a concentration
in healthcare management (MBA/HCM) is designed to provide students with leadership as well as the management
knowledge and skills needed to be successful in today's
healthcare organizations. The MBA/HCM emphasizes the
identification, analysis, and solution of complex management problems with a foundation of healthcare concepts and
decision models that will support the variety of management
roles that can be seen in today's healthcare environment.
• Legal and ethical considerations in healthcare
management
• Official GMAT score report (school code 6014)-not
required for certificate applicants
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission oflnternational Students on
page 9.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
• Integrated health delivery systems
• Healthcare financing
• Cross-cultural issues in health care
• Global healthcare issues
• Healthcare operations management (elective)
Transfer students may receive up to six (6.0) transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Students
must complete no fewer than seven (7.0) courses at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg
College.
GMAT Waiver Policy
International Business Concentration
Students develop a specialized toolkit to deal with the global
economy with its massive increases in international trade,
foreign direct investment, multinational companies, and
international financial transactions.
• Business English
• International marketing
• International managerial finance
• International business negotiations
• International logistics
As a general policy, the Augsburg MBA program requires the
GMAT of all applicants, due to both the analytical and critical evaluation components of our accelerated program. The
GMAT is used both to evaluate the candidate's opportunity
for success as well as indicate areas where remedial work
may be necessary. However, the Admissions Committee will
consider, on a case-by-case basis, GMAT waiver requests for
the MBA program. Waivers are not automatic for any candidate, and a brief written request must be submitted outlining the reasons why the Admissions Committee should
grant a GMAT waiver. Current occupation or undergraduate
disciplines are not specific grounds for a GMAT waiver.
• Legal aspects of international business
ELIGIBILITY
Project Management Concentration-coming in 2009
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants to the MBA program must have:
• bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited four-year
institution
• minimum of two years of relevant work experience
• personal interview with the MBA program director
Admission checl<list
The following materials must be submitted to the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
• completed application-Apply online at
www.augsburg.edu/mba/admissions/application.html
• $35 application fee
• Two personal statements
• Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly
to the Augsburg Adult and Graduate Admissions Office
• Current resume of work history
• Two confidential letters of recommendation
GMAT waivers may be offered to:
Those candidates who have been enrolled in a graduate
degree program in a technical or quantitatively rigorous
discipline (such as actuarial science, engineering, mathematics, physics, economics, or chemistry) from an accredited institution and who were in good academic standing
with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the
equivalent of a B average under the system used by that
institution). Students should have completed at least four
academic courses within this curriculum to qualify. It is
important to note that employment history and current
assignment will be reviewed in addition to the degree
requirement.
• Those who hold the following graduate degrees from an
accredited college or university with an overall grade
point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B
average under the system used by that institution.)
• Medical or dental degree (MD,DDS)
• Law degree QD)-depending on undergraduate major
• Master's or doctoral degree in an academic discipline
that included a significant quantitative, engineering,
mathematics, or statistics component or involved
research requiring significant quantitative skills.
• Any other quantitatively based graduate degree from
an accredited college or university that the Admissions
Committee believes has highly prepared the candidate
for rigorous graduate-level work
• Master's, PhD, EdD, or advanced degrees in disciplines
other than those identified, including those granted by
academic institutions outside the U.S. will be evaluated
by the Admissions Committee. (See grade requirement
above)
• Those who have completed a graduate program at
Augsburg College in the MAL, MAN, MSW, MAE, or PA
programs.
• Current and active CPA designation. If the CPA designation has been inactive and not current for a period greater
than five years, the waiver will not be granted.
GMAT WAIVER CHECKLIST
Please submit the following documentation to the associate
director of the MBA program:
• One-page written request outlining reasons why the
Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver
• Copies of transcripts for all work completed at any college
or university, whether or not a degree was granted (unless
previously submitted to the graduate admissions office)
• Current resume (unless previously submitted to the graduate admissions office)
• Any other information that you wish to submit to support
your request
Typically, GMAT waiver decisions are made within one week
of receipt of materials. For questions about this checklist or
the waiver policy, please contact either the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office or the MBA program office.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
MBA Program Enrollment Policy
Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort
and complete their MBA program as scheduled. All students
are required to complete all components of the program
within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five
years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA
director. Students who leave the program for more than one
trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the
MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave
of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an
official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward
the five-year deadline for degree completion.
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
For information regarding the last date on which students
may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their
records, please contact the MBA office.
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program
will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale as defined
below:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
Meets acceptable standards
2.5
2.0
Meets minimum standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must
be repeated)
1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must
be repeated)
W
Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a
course after the deadline, "Without notation on the
record." Students can only withdraw from the same
class two times. If a student withdraws from the
same course a third time, he or she must meet with
the director of the MBA program to discuss continued participation in the MBA program.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the
instructor grants permission after determining that
a student emergency may delay completion of
coursework. Students who receive an incomplete
grade should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding course
requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade
form with the Office of the Registrar that states the
reasons for the request, outlines the work required
to complete the course, and includes the course
instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate
the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same
course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student
must complete the outstanding work in enough
time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of
the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified
date of the following academic term, the grade for
the course becomes 0.0.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the
following:
• Successful completion of all admission conditions
• Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above)
• No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below,
and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
• Successful completion and submission of the management
consulting project
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission,
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MBA FACULTY
William Arden , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York University; MS, Northeastern University;
MBA, Boston University.
David Bartlett, Instructor, Economics and Business Administration. BA, University of California-San Diego; MA, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, University of California-San Diego.
Lori Peterson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BSB, Carlson School, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Larry Sallee , Instructor, Business Administration. BS, University of Wisconsin-Superior; MBA, University of WisconsinLaCrosse; DBA, U.S. International University; Certified Public
Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant.
Nora Braun , Associate Professor of Business Administration.
BSBA, University of Missouri-Columbia; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. john's
Thomas Burns, Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Iona
David Schwain , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BBA, University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard University.
College; MBA, University of St. Thomas.
C. Lee Clarke , Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BA, Capital University; MDiv, Trinity Lutheran Seminary;
MBA, University of St. Thomas.
University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, University
of Texas.
Joanne Smith , Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Smith
College; MA, University of Minnesota.
David Conrad , Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
Peter Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BS, Northwestern University; MBA, EdD, Pepperdine University:
BA, Winona State University; MA, EdD, St. Mary's University
of Minnesota.
John Stein, Instructor, of Economics. BS, University of
Detroit; MA, University of Illinois.
Stella Hofrenning , Assistant Professor of Economics. BS,
University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois.
Stuart Stoller, Professor of Business Administration. BS, MS,
Long Island University; Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Mark Isaacson , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Steven Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administra-
Ashok Kapoor , Associate Professor of Business Administra-
tion and Director of the MBA program. BA, Shimer College;
MS, University of Utah.
tion. BA, MA, University of Delhi; MA, MBA, University of
Minnesota; PhD, Temple University.
Laura Lazar, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BA, MLS, Valparaiso University; MBA, PhD, Indiana University:
Edward Lotterman , Assistant Professor of Economics. BA,
MS, University of Minnesota.
Steven Lukas, Instructor, Business Administration. BS, MA,
University of Nebraska; EdD, University of St. Thomas.
Roseanne Malevich , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, MBA, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Marc Mcintosh , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA,
Argosy University:
Michael Mcllhon, Instructor, Business Administration. BBA,
MA, University of Iowa.
John Molloy, Assistant Professor ofBusiness Administration.
BBA, MS, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business
Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Master of Science in Physician .Assistant ·studies
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Thank you for your interest in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program. I hope you will find the
information included in this catalog helpful as you make the decision to pursue your graduate degree in
physician assistant studies.
Our mission in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program is to educate students in a manner consistent
with the College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and
backgrounds, and oriented toward service to underserved populations. Students are educated to be well versed
in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The
program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity;
and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Your education here will be guided by a group of faculty who are committed to the physician assistant
profession and to seeing you achieve success as a graduate of the program. With a PA degree from Augsburg
College, you will stand out as a person who cares about changing the world one person at a time, and who is
willing to risk becoming different by building on your strengths.
Since its founding in 1995, our program graduates have achieved many successes, some of which include:
• The Classes of 2001, 2004, and 2007 scored among the highest mean averages in the nation on the
National Board Exam.
• 95% of Augsburg College PA graduates have successfully passed the National Board Exam on their first try.
• ALL graduates seeking employment in the PA field have been employed within six months of graduation.
We believe that this success is due in part to the quality of the education and preparation that the student
receives in the Augsburg PA Program. In addition, it speaks to the kind of students we attract; hard working,
committed individuals dedicated to their goal of becoming a physician assistant.
Choosing the PA Program at Augsburg College will require you to move beyond current comforts and
assumptions. You will likely encounter people of different backgrounds, and learn from their experiences to
transform yourself into a competent and caring healthcare provider. Here you will begin your lifelong
commitment to the care and well being of people.
Dawn B. Ludwig, PhD, PA-C
Director, Physician Assistant Studies Program
student has been in for the required rotations, or may be
elsewhere in the state.
The clinical education is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other healthcare
providers. Each student is evaluated by the physician preceptor for the designated rotation. Nine times during the
clinical phase students will return to Augsburg for testing as
well as didactic and clinical skill workshops.
CLINICAL PHASE DESCRIPTIONS
PA 600 Family Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice
of family medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 601 Internal Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice
of internal medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 602 General Surgery Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of general surgery. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation
of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current
medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 603 Pediatric Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of pediatrics. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 604 Women's Health Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of women's health. Inclusion of proper data callee-
tion through history and physical examination, formulation
of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current
medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 605 Emergency Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of emergency medicine. Inclusion of proper data
collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation,
and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA
student
PA 606 Psychiatry Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of psychiatric diseases and conditions unique to the clinical
practice of psychiatric medicine. Inclusion of proper data
collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation,
and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA
student
PA 607 Elective Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of
medicine. Students are allowed to choose, in consultation
with the clinical coordinator, the area of medicine in which
they would like to study as their elective. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 620 or 621 or 622 Preceptorship
A required 12-week rotation at the completion of the clinical phase. This course provides the student a final opportunity to develop the skills unique to the clinical practice of
medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate
problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of
treatment plans incorporating evidence-based medicine as
determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Can be completed in 620 Family Medicine, 621 General Medicine Specialty, or 622 Surgical Specialty.
Prerequisite: PA 600-607
PA 690 Capstone
This course provides each student the opportunity to present results of their individual research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience in preparation for
graduation and clinical practice. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the program's and profession's
principles. Prerequisite: PA 600-607
• Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement
with, underserved communities.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be
found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required.
Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly
competitive process. Augsburg College's graduate program
in physician assistant studies receives approximately 250
applications for each entering class of 28 students.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a
two-step application process-applying through CASPA and
to Augsburg's PA Studies Program.
Qualified applicants will have:
• Bachelor's degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
• Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0
• Completed the prerequisite courses listed below
PA Studies Application Process
The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized
Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which
is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the
entering class must be processed through CASPA, following
all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online
at www.caspaonline.org.
Prerequisite Courses
To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies
program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses
listed below. These courses must have been completed
within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission.
If you have already completed your undergraduate degree,
prerequisites must be completed by the end of fall semester
(no later than December 30) of the year you are applying. If
you are completing your first undergraduate degree, you
may complete prerequisite course work in the spring semester of the year you are applying; however, that coursework
must be completed prior to the start date of the program.
All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade
of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does
not guarantee admission into the program.
You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 (as calculated by CASPA),
if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate
degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have
completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within
the timeline specified for your situation.
Augsburg's PA Program Supplemental Application can be
downloaded from www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is important for
the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the $25 supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be
required to print and sign the supplemental application and
mail it to the program by the application deadline. Since all
incoming students begin the course of study in late May, the
application is thus made approximately a year before
matriculation.
• one full course of general psychology
• one full course of developmental psychology (birth to
death lifespan)
• one full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ)
• one full course of microbiology*
• one full course of biochemistry*
• one full course of general statistics
• one course of medical terminology
*Labs are recommended but not required.
Refer to our "Guide to Prerequisites" on our website to help
you with your prerequisite course selections.
The following are strongly recommended but not required:
• Minimum science GPA of 3.0
• Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics,
immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry
• Clinical healthcare experience. Direct patient contact is
the best type of experience to obtain in order to
strengthen an application. Healthcare experience may be
full time or part time, paid or volunteer.
Selection Process
All complete files ( CASPA and Supplemental Applications
that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions
committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a
blind review, so applicant demographic data is unknown
(e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of
the committee.
The selection committee looks for a balanced application by
reviewing many criteria including cumulative GPA, science
GPA, overall academic record, service to underserved
(meaning disadvantaged, minority; or under-represented
populations), direct patient contact experience, knowledge
of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission,
and recommendation letters.
Once the committee has completed the file review, a group
of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The telephone interviews are generally conducted in mid- to lateJanuary. In addition, those selected for a telephone
interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in
the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to
view the facilities. After telephone interviews are conducted,
the class of 28 students, as well as a list of alternates will be
selected. All applicants are notified of their status by midFebruary.
PA PROGRAM POLICIES
Technical Standards
•
The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant
Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of all
qualified students and prohibits unlawful discrimination
against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin,
religion, sex, age, marital status, sexual orientation, status
without regard to public assistance or disability.
•
Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department is committed to provide reasonable accommodations and will not
discriminate against individuals who are qualified, but
will expect all applicants and students to meet certain
minimal technical standards, with or without reasonable
accommodations.
Physician assistants must have the knowledge and skills to
function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to
integrate all information received by whatever sense(s)
employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they
must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data.
Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by
this department must have, with or without reasonable
accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including
visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/
social. Candidates for admission and progression must be
able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably
independent manner.
• Visual: Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to
make proper clinical decisions, candidates must be able
to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able
to acquire information from written documents, films,
slides, or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret X-ray and other graphic images, and digital or analog
representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKGs
with or without the use of assistive devices . Thus, functional use of vision is necessary.
• Oral-Auditory: Candidates must be able to communicate
effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must
also be able to communicate effectively and efficiently
with other members of the healthcare team. In emergency
situations, candidates must be able to understand and
convey information essential for the safe and effective
care of patients in a clear, unambiguous, and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate
information to and receive information from patients in a
caring and confidential manner.
• Motor: Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and
other diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to
execute motor movements reasonably required to provide
general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopul-
•
•
monary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination of both
gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium, and
integrated use of the senses of touch and vision.
Cognitive: In order to effectively solve clinical problems,
candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason,
analyze, integrate, and synthesize in a timely fashion. In
addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures.
Social: Candidates must possess the emotional health
required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt
completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able
to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function
effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to
changing environments, display flexibility, and learn to
function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients.
Tests and Evaluations: In order to evaluate the competence and quality of candidates, the Augsburg Physician
Assistant Program employs periodic examinations as an
essential component of the physician assistant curriculum. Successful completion of these examinations is
required of all candidates as a condition for continued
progress through the curriculum. Reasonable accommodation will be made in the form or manner of administration of these evaluations where necessary and possible.
Clinical Assessments: Demonstration of clinical competence is also of fundamental importance to the career and
curriculum progression of the candidates. Therefore, the
process of faculty evaluation of the clinical performance
of candidates is an integral and essential part of the curriculum. Although reasonable accommodation will be
made, participation in clinical experiences and the evaluation of that participation is required.
Experiential Learning Policy
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award
academic credit to an individual for experiential learning.
Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg's PA Program
must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during
admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute
for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship.
Employment while in the Program
Program faculty discourage outside employment while in
the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that
employment may be an issue that some students will face.
Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will
not be altered due to a student's work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with
the physician assistant students' learning progress or
responsibilities while in the program.
Withdrawal and Readmission Policies
Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program
may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to
the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter,
the student should ou tline the circumstances and reasons
for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an
exit interview with the program director prior to leaving the
program. See page 5 for information on withdrawal.
Readmission
Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating
the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and
previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the
PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. Students
who submit letters will be reviewed by the program faculty.
Any student requesting readmission will be considered a
new applicant to the program and will be required to complete the program application process as a new applicant,
and may be required to repeat coursework.
Reapplication does not guarantee readmission to the Physician Assistant Program. After careful review of the student's
previous academic record and the request for readmission, a
decision will be made. Students may be required to repeat
selected coursework or meet new requirements of the Physician Assistant Program that became effective after the student's withdrawal. A decision will also be rendered as to
what program coursework will be considered for credit as
completed.
COSTS OF THE PA PROGRAM
For tuition information go to www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Payment Options
For complete and current payment options go to the Enrollment Center website at www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
FACULTY
Beth Alexander , Associate Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BS, PharmD, University of Minnesota.
Eric Barth , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, PA Certificate,
Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of
Nebraska.
Heather Bidinger, Assistant Professor and Clinical Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St.
Thomas; MMS, PA Certification, St. Louis University.
Donna De Gracia, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BA, Ohio State University; MPAS, University of
Nebraska; PA Certification, Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Dawn Ludwig , Assistant Professor and Director, Physician
Assistant Studies. BA, MS, University of Colorado; PhD ,
Capella University; PA Certification, University of Colorado.
Patricia Marincic , Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Purdue University;
MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Utah State University.
Steven Nerheim , Instructor and Medical Director, Physician Assistant Studies. MD , University of Minnesota; MDiv,
Luther Seminary.
Brenda Talarico , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MPAS, University of
Nebraska; PA Certification, Augsburg College.
Master of Social Work
Master of Social Worl<
You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect
of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families,
groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of
social work.
Augsburg's MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and
communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of
our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about
themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a
mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our
students but at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals.
Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. If you are
interested in learning more about our program, I invite you to come to campus for an information session. In
that session, we will show you our tightly integrated curriculum, explain our cohort model, and introduce you
to some of our faculty and staff. We also invite you to meet individually with our faculty and staff, who are
available for appointments.
We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in
learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is
challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us.
Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW
Director, Master of Social Work
SWK 620 Research 2: Practice Evaluation
Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I,
this course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range
of research methods used in social work practice evaluation.
There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the
responsibility of social workers to "expand the knowledge
base" of social work The course emphasizes research as a
tool at all levels of social work and will be concerned with
strengthening the linkages between research, theory, and
practice evaluation. Students completing the thesis will have
additional assignments fitting the thesis.
SWK 625 Family Practice I
The family practice methods sequence builds upon the theoretical framework of systems theory, the problem-solving
model, and the strengths perspective from the foundation
year. This first course in the sequence introduces students
to the family level of need conceptual framework (Kilpatrick & Holland, 1999) as the foundation for choice of
models for assessment and intervention with diverse families in a variety of practice settings. Family level of need is
conceptualized as a hierarchy of needs ranging from basic
survival to issues of intimacy or self-actualization of family
members. Levels I (assessment and intervention models and
strategies directed at basic survival needs) and II (structure
and organization of families) will be taught. Presentation of
the models will be integrated with current research, family
policy; values, ethics, and global perspectives.
SWK 626 Family Practice 2
This second course in the family practice methods sequence
proceeds to Levels Ill and IV of the family level of need
framework (see above). These levels focus on boundaries,
conflict, and intimacy. Students will gain a working knowledge of strategies derived from these models. Presentation of
the models will be integrated with current research, family
policy, values, ethics, and global perspectives. Prerequisite:
SWK 625
SWK 627 Family Practice 3
This third course in the family practice methods sequence
offers students a selection of one course from two or more
special topics, such as Advanced Family Therapy or Mental
Health Practice. This will be an opportunity to tailor the
skills learned in Family Practice 1 and 2 to an area of specialization within practice with families. Prerequisite: SWK 626
SWK 630 Family Social Policy
This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse
families, including policies that relate to housing, income
maintenance, health, long-term care, education, and discrimination. This course has a dual purpose: to teach substantive
knowledge of child and family policy and to teach policy
practice skills. The diversity in families as well as ethnic ,
racial, cultural, and social class differences will be immersed
in all content areas. National and international political,
social, and economic systems will be a reference point.
SWK 634 Creative Problem Solving in Supervision
(.5 credit)
This course examines knowledge and skill building in the
administrative, educational, and supportive functions of
social work supervision. The interactional model, creative
problem solving, and strengths perspective are the frameworks for understanding and influencing the dynamics of
supervision in a variety of settings.
SWK 639 Topics in Family Practice: Ethics (.5 credit)
Social workers and other human service professionals are
often faced with ethical dilemmas and choices requiring ethical decision-making in all fields of practice. The purpose of
this course is to help students acquire the knowledge base
for ethical practice and to develop skills in identifying and
resolving ethical dilemmas. Also, the course will provide
students with tools required to make ethical decisions when
confronted with conflicting choices occurring within the
context of a profession with a specific values base and a
code of ethics addressing ethical principles and standards
related to clients, colleagues, employers, the profession of
social work, and society.
Program Development, Policy, and Administration
Concentration Courses
SWK 651 AND 652 Field Seminar 3 and 4: PDPA
(.5 credit each)
The goal of these two courses is to strengthen the connections between theory and practice with both taking on new
dimension and meaning for students. All students in field
placements must participate in the appropriate concurrent
Field Seminar. As part of this integrative function, the seminar also serves as a means for making connections among
course components and the expansion of classroom content-particularly as relating to dynamics of groups, communities, and organizations; human behavior; policy
analysis; and research.
SWK 65 7 AND 658 Diversity and Inequality I and 2:
PDPA (.5 credit each)
These courses explore diversity and social inequality related
to race, ethnicity, social class, gender, sexual orientation,
age, and disability with application to the social service setting. Students focus on the structural and institutional
processes through which social inequality is created and
perpetuated. Institutional remedies for inequality are studied, such as affirmative action and equal opportunity policy;
culturally competent supervision, administration, program
development, and advocacy.
SWK 660 Research 2: Program Evaluation
Building on the basic research skills developed in Research 1,
this course offers a program-oriented exploration of the range
of research methods used in social work There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of
research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social
service delivery; and identification with the responsibility of
social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social
work The course emphasizes research as a tool at all levels of
social work and will be concerned with strengthening the
linkages between research, theory, and program evaluation.
SWK 667 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1
This course examines organizational theory and strucLure,
processes of development, research, and evaluation, and
social work values and ethics in the workplace. The need to
work effectively within an organizational context means
that social work practitioners must acquire a level of expertise in organization theory, dynamics, structure, and behavior, and also an understanding of how organizations provide
practice opportunities and constraints. This course provides
opportunities for students to build the necessary skills to
become effective service providers or change agents in the
context of their work in social service organizations.
SWK 668 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2
This course builds on the theoretical knowledge base of
SWK 667 and is intended to provide students with opportunities to apply those critical skills used in supervision and
management. These skills are intended as a base for the
beginning administrator. This course expects the student to
develop specific skills in budgeting and personnel/human
resource functions (e.g., recruitment, selection, hiring,
training, and evaluation). Prerequisite: SWK 667
SWK 669 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3
This course explores strategies and methods for working
effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policy-making bodies, regulatory agencies, and advocacy
groups. Prerequisite: SWK 668
SWK 675 Planning and Policy Practice 1
This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. Students will
gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of services at various levels of system
design, taking into account organizational, financial, and
technological dimensions within an analytical framework of
defined need and demand for service.
SWK 676 Planning and Policy Practice 2
This course examines theories, concepts, and analytical
frameworks for analyzing policy. lt addresses the role of economics, demographics, politics, values, and other relevant
factors on policy design and implementation. The course
emphasizes the analysis of selected existing or proposed
policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g., Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care, and tax
policy including tax expenditures. Prerequisite: SWK 675
Both Concentrations
SWK 699 General Elective
Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective credit for graduation. The following are examples of elective offerings that are rotated each year:
• Parent and Professional Planning
• Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging
• Child Welfare: History, Policy, and Practice
• Social Work with Involuntary Clients
• Spirituality in Social Work and Human Services
We also offer electives abroad:
Exploring Human Services in International Settings (Examples include England, Mexico , Norway, Portugal, Slovenia,
and Taiwan.)
SWK 698 Independent Study
Students may propose to complete an independent study
project. Such directed study projects provide the opportunity for a student to explore a particular area of social work
that is of interest to him or her. A faculty sponsor must be
secured and a proposal submitted to the Social Work
Department. On rare occasions, an independent study may
be used to satisfy the general elective requirement. Prior
approval is required. Courses that are part of the required
curriculum may not be taken as independent study.
FIELD WORK AND FIELD PLACEMENT
Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through
the field experience, we expect that sLUdents will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative
efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW
program are essential to successful learning. The foundation
of the practice includes:
• ethical, competent professional practice
• problem solving within a systems framework and
strengths perspective
• use of advanced practice theories in Family Practice or Program Development, Policy, and Administration settings
• evaluation of the effecLiveness of program or practice
activities
• an understanding of, and respecL for, diverse peoples and
cultures
• responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice
• a commitment to oppose oppression of all forms
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and supervision of professionallytrained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors,
students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field
practica. Each practicum is spread over at least two
trimesters (fall and winter) and is concurrent with enrollment in field work integrative seminars as well as other
MSW coursework.
The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided
into two components:
Foundation Practicum
The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts
emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours
and is completed by students admitted at the foundation
level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum.
Concentration Practicum
The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced
practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen
concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is
completed by all students, including those admitted with
advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours
per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum.
Process for Field Practicum Selection
Field practica begin in the fall. Selection begins the previous
spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW
programs. Students attend the student field orientation
before beginning their search. The opportunity is also provided to attend a Field Fair held jointly by Augsburg College and the University of Minnesota School of Social Work.
At this Field Fair, students are able to meet a large number
of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the
student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively
by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the
Twin Cities.
In some instances, students can petition to complete a field
practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their
place of employment. Students work with the MSW field
coordinator for such proposals.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
victims of torture
faith-based social services
neighborhood services
legislation advocacy
housing services
employment services
community organizing
research centers
DUAL DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK AND THEOLOGY
Augsburg College's Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in theology
(MSW/MA) or Master of Divinity (MSW/MDiv). The dual
degree has been approved by both institutions and by the
Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in
combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of Arts in
Theology, we recommend you begin with the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual
degree. For application information visit the Luther Seminary website at www.luthersem.edu/catalog/05_07/
dual_msw.asp.
Purpose
The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social
needs of families, individuals, and communities in both
rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social and economic justice and to teamwork in the
pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is
ecumenical in its admission policies as well as its academic
outlook.
Objectives
Field Practicum Settings
Three primary objectives have been established:
The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of
each student in a stimulating and challenging field
practicum. Our current list of approved field sites includes
agencies in the following areas of practice:
• To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who
can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
family and children
child welfare
mental health
crisis intervention
senior resources
family social policy
health and human services
corrections and probation
public and independent schools
youth services
hospitals
developmental disabilities
American Indian family services
chronic and persistent mental illness
chemical dependency
court services
immigrant, migrant, refugee services
• To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing transition in their lives, including the change of government
support for those in poverty.
• To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings.
Enrollment
Dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses
first. Upon completion of this first year of courses, students
then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year
(full-time). In the dual degree, Luther Seminary offers nine
courses which can be completed in one year if pursued fulltime. The remaining Luther Seminary course requirements
are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum.
At Augsburg, dual degree students complete the entire
MSW curriculum with the exception of the general elective.
Course Format and Field Practicum
Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule
and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend
schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the
dual degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work
teams. The Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg
College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both programs simultaneously.
Summary of Dual Degree Requirements
Luther Seminary full courses: 9
Augsburg College full credits: 12-advanced standing,
17-foundation (elective is met at Luther)
MSW field practicum course credit hours: see guidelines
under field practicum
MSW Summative Evaluation Project
Admission to the Dual Degree
It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of
application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must
apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to
one institution does not guarantee admission to the other.
To request the catalog and application materials, you must
contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a separate process.
ADMISSION TO THE MSW PROGRAM
The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest
possible diversity within its student populatiop.. Therefore,
the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities
are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures.
Listed below are general descriptions for the application
process. Refer to the MSW application documents for details
regarding specific application requirements.
Admission Requirements
• Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited college or
university
• Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher
• Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities,
biology, and statistics
Application Checklist
The following materials must be submitted to Augsburg's
Adult and Graduate Admissions Office:
• Completed and signed application form-www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1520.
The application completion deadline is January 15 each
year for entry in the following academic year. All applica-
tions and materials noted below are due by 5 p.m. on the
application completion deadline.
• $35 application fee
• One official transcript from each previously attended
postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities, and vocational/technical institutions.
• Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social
sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics
course. These courses must be completed prior to
enrolhnent.
• Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for
advanced standing applicants)
• Three completed and signed recommendation checklist
forms , with letters attached
• Typed, double-spaced personal statement responding to
the questions noted on the application form
• Results of the TOEFL language tests (for non-native
English speakers)
• Official international credit evaluation course-by-course
review (for degrees completed outside of the United
States)
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to eight (8.0) transfer
credits. (See evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Eligible
courses must be from a CSWE-accredited program and must
receive a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete
no fewer than 10 (10.0) courses at Augsburg in order to
receive their MSW degree from Augsburg College.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application category open to those
with a bachelor's degree in social work accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) . Advanced
standing applicants may seek waivers for up to eight of the
following MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social
Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice
Methods 1 and 2, and Integrative Fieldwork Seminars 1 and
2, which include 420 field practicum hours. Advanced
standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for
each with a grade of B (3 .0) or higher in order to receive a
waiver.
Admissions Q&A
What do I do if my cumulative GPA is below 3.0?
Our faculty are willing to review the application files of
applicants with a cumulative GPA below 3.0; however, the
comparative standard remains 3.0 or higher. A small percentage of applicants not meeting the GPA prerequisite may
be admitted, if otherwise qualified. If your GPA is below 3.0,
you must include a brief "Explanation of GPA" with your
application documents. You should address the following
questions:
• Were there limitations that affected your GPA? If so, what
is your plan to address these limitations?
• Were there extenuating circumstances contributing to the
GPA? If so , have those circumstances been resolved?
Is human service experience required?
Although it is not a requirement, strong preference is given
to those applicants with paid or volunteer experience in
human services, particularly experience that demonstrates
responsibility and leadership. Applicants are advised that
MSW field placement options may be limited for those who
lack prior human service experience.
What if my prerequisite coursework is not done?
We require nine prerequisite courses for admission to our
MSW program. These include four social science courses,
three humanities courses, one biology course, and one statistics course. We are willing to review an application if at
least seven of the nine prerequisites are finished at the time
of application. This means a maximum of two prerequisites
can be pending or unfinished at the time of application and
the file will still be reviewed. In the event an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditioned on completion of
any outstanding prerequisite courses before enrollment in
MSW courses.
What if my bachelor's degree is not yet finished when I
apply?
We are willing to review the application file of an applicant
who is lacking one semester or two trimesters of coursework (including practicum) at the time of application. This
means that when you apply to our program in January; if
you have just finished your final fall semester but still have
a final spring term to complete, you must ensure that your
fall grades have been posted to the official transcript before
having it sent to our office for your application. In the event
an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditional on
the completion of the bachelor's degree before enrollment in
MSW courses.
Is academic credit granted for life or work experience?
Although experience will make for a strong application file,
we are unable to waive any degree requirements for work or
life experience. This is the policy in all CSWE-accredited
programs.
May I seek course waivers for the MSW courses listed on
the BSSW Equivalency Checklist if I have taken these
equivalent courses at the undergraduate level, but did
not major in social work?
Unfortunately; no. We offer course waivers for certain MSW
courses only when the entire BSSW major (CSWE-accred-
ited) has been completed by an applicant and we can therefore assume the applicant has been adequately prepared as a
generalist social worker. For the particular MSW courses
open for waiver to these advanced standing applicants, we
expect a grade of B or higher in the BSSW equivalent course.
But it also is expected that the remaining BSSW courses
from the social work major were completed satisfactorily
and the applicant graduated with an accredited bachelor's
degree. If an equivalent course has been taken from another
MSW program, please ask us about our transfer of credit
procedure.
Who makes the admission decision on my
application file?
Each application file is reviewed by three full-time social
work faculty who each make a recommendation on the file.
These recommendations are taken to the Social Work
Admissions Committee which then renders a final admission decision.
How long should my personal statement be?
On average, MSW applicants submit a personal statement
between three and five pages (double spaced). Approximately one page per question is considered adequate. Fewer
than three pages is probably too brief, but more than eight is
probably too much.
May I visit to speak with someone for advice on putting
together the strongest possible MSW application?
Absolutely! You may contact our graduate admissions counselor at 612-330-1520 or e-mail to mswinfo@augsburg.edu
to schedule an advising appointment.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Achievement
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade
point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following
term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored
in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the
cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the
student may be dismissed from the program. Students are
retained in the program who can:
• maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher);
• complete course requirements of the program and field
placement in a timely manner;
• complete the program within four years;
• abide by the department's Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics.
• No more than two courses with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5 will
count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.0
must be repeated. No more than two courses can be
repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second
time are counted in the grade point average. If a student
receives a grade of N in a field course the MSW director
will initiate a Level III review, as outlined in section 3.2 of
the Standards for Social Work Education.
Evaluation of Student Field Performance
The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in
the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking
the field placement.
www.aauw.org
www.gradview.com
www.finaid.org
www.petersons.com
www.students.gov
www.srnexpress.com
Four-Year Limit
All students are required to finish the degree within four
years of matriculation. See page 5 for policy on Continutation of coursework or final thesis.
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their program enrollment must
request a leave of absence through the MSW program in
order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be
made in writing. A leave of absence typically requires a full
year away from the program in order to return to classes in
sequence.
Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships
Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship
Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from
ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to
www.cswe.org).
Gosnell Scholarship Funds
Ten awards ($1 ,000-$4 ,000) offered to social work students
interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native
and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary
nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see
www.naswfoundation.org) .
Prerequisite Courses
All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration
courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration
courses until successfully completing all foundation
courses. In addition there are individual courses that are
prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook, which is distributed to newly-admitted students and can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/socialwork/msw/policies.html.
Graduate Scholarship Search Tips
Searching for grants and scholarships for graduate study can
be an arduous task. As you may know, graduate students do
not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities
open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly
encourage you to spend some time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally,
nationally; and globally.
The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is
to look online. There are many "free" scholarship search
engines on the Web. We suggest you start with these before
moving on to the fee-based ser vices. As with most free services, there is a draw-back-your e-mail address may be
shared with other organizations that may send you solicitations. You should always use caution when providing your
personal information via the Internet. Make sure the webpage you are using to enter a "profile" about yourself is protected by a security system. This is usually indicated by
your browser with a closed padlock icon in the lower right
corner. You should also check the fine print and know if
anything besides your e-mail address will be sold to other
organizations. Having said that, the following websites may
provide a good starting point for your search :
www.naswfoundation.org
www.gradloans.com
www.cswe.org
www.gradschools.com
www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org
www.fastweb.com
Vern Lyons Scholarship
One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in
health/mental health practice and a commitment to the
African American community. Applications due in August
(see www.naswfoundation.org).
American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work
Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who
demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social
work practice. Applications due in March (see
www.abecsw.org).
MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship
One $500 award offered to students from African-American,
American Indian, Asian, GLBT, Hispanic and Immigrant
Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc .org).
Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship
One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in
the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due
injune (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Resources in Academic Libraries
Most academic libraries have several directories to peruse if
you prefer using hard print. Examples in Augsburg's library
reference section:
Grants Register
Directory of Financial Aids for Women
Scholarships and Other Financial Aid for Minnesota Students
Financial Aid for Native Americans 1999-2000
(part of a series consisting of additional volumes for African
Americans, Hispanic Americans and Asian Americans .)
Augsburg Scholarships
Augsburg's Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. These are available to second-year students
only. They range in amount from $300 to $3,000.
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work
Students
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship
Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
AmeriCorps Tuition Discount
Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or
have been AmeriCorps volunteers-25% off the tuition cost
of one course per trimester. This would apply to all
trimesters of your MSW program.
Military Discount (see page 11.)
Other Resources
There is a general guide on Augsburg's webpage that gives
advice to "seniors" about finding funding for graduate
school-go to www.augsburg.edu/gradstudy.
ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools.
The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education ( CSWE).
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MSW FORUM
All MSW students are invited to participate in the studentrun organization, MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is
to facilitate communication between social work students
and the social work department, as well as to provide the
opportunity for student participation in department governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social
Work department meetings via representatives.
The forum historically has been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided he or she can make
a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the
efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator
also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests.
• receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College
• plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions
• organize social action projects
FACULTY
Anthony Bibus, III, Professor of Social Work, Department
Chair. BA., College of St. Thomas; MA, University of Virginia; PhD , University of Minnesota.
Laura Boisen, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW
Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University
of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW
Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS ,
Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota.
Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi
University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences.
Christina Erickson , Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS,
University of Minnesota; MSW, University of MinnesotaDuluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago.
Annette Gerten, Assistant Professor of Social Work BA,
College of St. Catherine; MSW, University of Michigan;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA ,
Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western
Reserve Universit.
Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate
Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate
Studies. BA, Southampton University; CQSW, London University; PhD , University of Minnesota.
Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St.
Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The
Field Institute.
Past forum members established these guidelines:
Nancy Rodenborg , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA,
Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA,
School oflnternational Training; PhD, University of Arizona.
• provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas
and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department
Glenda Dewberry Rooney , Professor of Social Work. BS,
University of North Texas; MSW, University of Illinois; PhD ,
University of Minnesota .
• encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty,
and department and College administrators
• make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements
Michael Schock, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA,
University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota;
PhD, University of Washington.
Maryann Syers, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Arizona State University; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Ngoh-Tiong Tan, Professor of Social Work. BA, University
of Singapore; MSW, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, University of Minnesota.
STAFF
Emily Cronk, Administrative Assistant
Doran Edwards, BSSW Assistant Director
Holley Locher, MSW Program Coordinator
Stacy Myhre, Field Assistant
Augsburg College Map
Forest Lake
1. Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion
2. Weekend and Graduate Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field
and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center and
Day Admissions
6. MBA Program
7. Foss, Lo beck, Miles, Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
8. Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Marketing and Communications
12. Lindell Library
13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
14. Mortensen Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Park
17. Music Hall
18. New Residence Hall
19. Old Main
20. Anderson Hall
21. Quad
22. Science Hall
23. Public Safety
Communications Center
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Si Melby Hall
26. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
27. Urness Hall
28. Kennedy Center
29. Oren Gateway Center
74
Rochester
~
0
lJ
-I
:i:
6th Street S.
I\)
"'
:f
~Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East
===?-
Augsburg College Board of Regents 2008-2009
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson '65
Jackie Cherryhomes '76
Mark A. Eustis
Anthony Genia, MD '85
Alexander J. Gonzalez '90
Michael R.Good '71
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi Harpstead
Richard C. Hartnack
Rolf Jacobson
Rev. Craig E. Johnson, ex officio
Ruth E.Johnson, MD '74
Eric J. Jolly
Dean Kennedy
Dean C. Kopperud
Andre J. Lewis '73
Gloria Lewis
Jennifer H. Martin
Marie 0. McNeff
Paul S. Mueller, MD '84
Rev. Duane C. Pederson, ex officio
Stephen Sheppard
Marshall S. Stanton, MD
Philip Styrlund '79
Emily Anne Tuttle
Joan Volz '68
Rev. Norman W. Wahl '76
Bonnie Wallace
75
------ - -- - -- - - --- - -- -
--..-
..
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ........ Show more
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ...................52
About This Catalog
Interim Courses
Contents
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630
per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<steil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
.
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent study/research or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim
should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $25.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2000
November 15 to December 3
January 3
. . . . . . . . . Interim
.
registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First
. day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Calligraphy I & II
ART 106-J
ART 306-J
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be
based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101,
102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
'I'his ct~i~rsc
is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius
c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf
in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s
includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct
ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy,
Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3
Mnxltr~~nrr
Fnrollmant: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindeli 16
Personal Finance
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Chemistry for Changing Timer
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high-technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral
or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able
to understand the science involved. Anything less is an
impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop
scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an
abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides,
fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food
shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency,
licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about
sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can
begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and
others that are used every day come from different polymeric
materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we
will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry.
Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic
polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common
natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of
rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some
of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One,
American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the
historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from
the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent
themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A
second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will
help with the previously mentioned themes and give more
depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's
book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer
molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group
worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and
an individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Sverdrup 202
Computer Science
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J/373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of
CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 205
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 112-J
Instructor: Satya t? Gupta
The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental
principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple
applications will be used. Students will take tests every week
and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and
problems solved.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-3
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of
instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 4
Economics
I
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Because language plays an important role in our socialization,
the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we
identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic
standing and our cultural background. In this course we will
explore the ways in which both personal and group identities
are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a
number of American varieties of English and will attempt to
describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and
student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a
final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Theatre In and Around London
ENG 269-J
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London
and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron
Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005.
Topics: Introduction to Asian American
Literature
ENG 282-L
ENG 482-L
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations
of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one
Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading
journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional
novel and write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
English
I
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-0
ENG 482-0
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century
Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror.
Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic"
(stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain)
or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including
Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a
stunningly successful series of works in which the action was
set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes.
These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly
hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class
and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark
sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these
thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture
that produced them. We will read original reviews and
responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of
newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the
novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic
and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we
will also work to determine why these novels have continued
to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades
will be based on class attendance and participation, two short
papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level
students will read one additional novel, write a research-based
paper on it, and share the results of their research with the
class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity
ENG 2824
Instructor: Doug Green
What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has
thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our
sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in
English examines films from the early years of cinema to the
present in order to explore depictions of and cultural
assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and
expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special
attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language
cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and
foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure,
we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the
audience as well as in film production.
There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each
class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by
small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one
or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be
at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed
journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet
from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two
weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the
third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the
last week.
Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all
journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation,
and participation. Students missing more than two
classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the
course. All grades
are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required
for course credit).
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
English
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P
ENG 482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary
American poetry by poets whose works have come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Quantitative Journalism: Computer
Assisted Reporting and Research
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data
in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such
inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research for their particular
information development interests as well as those preparing
to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m.
Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204
Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic
Christianity Along the Border
HON 401-J
Instructor: Margaret Madsen
An introduction to denominations with a special focus on
Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
-
Enalish
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken
simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Patty Murphy
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1
learning strategies and student assessment. Development and
delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create,
deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion
of a "technology project", resource file, and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melbv 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
+
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
Health & Physical Education
I
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled)
20th-Century South Asia
HIS 162-J
HIS 462-J
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk
about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests
(including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history
class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular
assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Topics in History: The Great Men of
20th-Century Europe and Their Myths
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This course examines several important 20th-century leaders
and their impact on the course of European political and
diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and
the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain
and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich
Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus
on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders
and these conferences.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Topics in History: Early Minnesota
History, 1849- 1900
HIS 195-1
Instructor: William Green
This course will examine the political, economic, and social
history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in
Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through
the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then
American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
Remembering the 20th Century
HIS 440-J
Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries
As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians,
gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion
about the waning 20th century. What has this century
wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives
and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the
rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great
increases in standards of living while famine and child labor
persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space
and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and
new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together
attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that
while the course will examine major events and developments
of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it
be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible
interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where
our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather
than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will
explore the century through a variety of personal narratives,
both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory.
Course materials will include several monographs and novels,
films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete
three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with
their oldest living relative.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and
lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and
self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Technically Speaking
INS 21 1-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow
scientist.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Interdisciplinary
I
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time; I
Room: Old Main 27
Topics: Minnesota Indians
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and
Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present
situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences
will be studied and compared to see how each group has
done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be
examined as well as significant events important to each
group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with
things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation.
Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare,
treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will
be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of
major issues through written exams and research
projects/presentations. Upper division students will be
expected to do more comprehensive research.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 21
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young
During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the
first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding
of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers,
videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on
January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a
bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock,
Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and
Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums
that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview
participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage
one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course
objectives include learning about the history and sociology of
race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s
and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences
so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the
Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for
cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower
division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with
scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser
at 330- 1664)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26.
Interdisciplinary
I
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will
focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special
emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to
Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments;
and give individual and group presentations. Students will
also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the
smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first
applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was
in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given
the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math
we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions:
linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3
or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class
will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation
will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Math Elective for MIS major; economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Christopher Schwartz
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Mathematics
1
Modeling and Differential Equations
MAT 247-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range
of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see
connections between mathematics and "real world" problems
and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and
Differential equations is a must for anyone considering
majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is
also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in
Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation,
quizzes, projects, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Foss MAC
Beginning German I
GER I l l - J
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
This course is for students with no previous background in
German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I1 I-J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
S anish and Latin-American Culture
T rough Film
I:
SPA 248-J
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented
with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic,
literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of
these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is
based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments;
and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
Modern Languages
I
+
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-J
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For
more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 295-S
Instructor: Robert Karlen
+
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For
more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266.
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology
as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group
performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic
human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja
Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and
develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China,
Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and
research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of
all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability
is required. Interested students will be auditioned in
December so that appropriate material can be assigned to
them. Course may be repeated with permission from the
instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
t
MUS 2 9 5 4
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert
Stacke, (612) 330-1271.
Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Music
I
The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso-
pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs
and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students
will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the
assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar
format.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main I1
Science, Technology, and Values
PHY 117-J
Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach
This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise
from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming;
depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical
concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and
genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically
engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban
implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first
explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures
used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions
among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a
major project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Physics in Science
and Fantasy Fiction
PH Y 220-J
Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf
This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in
science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual
level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays
an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics
in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The
math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a
better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved.
Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be
presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will
cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the
long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in
everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and
reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for
those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics.
Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and
peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long
paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2
Graduation Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I1
Room: Science 108
Physics
-.
I
Introduction to Space Science
PH Y 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student
ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and
other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation
in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6
page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed
time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of
material covered on the first day of class, no one will be
admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of
class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Global Peace and Justice: Focus on
Northern Ireland
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use
the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize
Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern
Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including
power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism,
liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and
fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and
we will view some films related to the topic, including The
Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation
and role-playing of international negotiations to give students
a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics:
Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian
"Women on the Eve o the
Millennium"
9
POL 195-J
POL 359-J
Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova
An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The
course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of
women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's
issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course
will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media,
Political Science
I
etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's
struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence
against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on
women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer
(10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be
taken from books and articles.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PS Y 335-J
Instructor: lVancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and
serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m.
Room: Murphy Place 100
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main
themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will
include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student
participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Religion
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States, and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor: Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
S WK 2 5 7 4
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
S WK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet
with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss
practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and
possibly with families and children as well. There will also be
opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in
the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of
securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their
ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore
controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as
concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze
the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts
and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws;
they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal
approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global
perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of
assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or
project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Social Work
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
SOC 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be the basis
for evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in
its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With
this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological,
and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a
combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and
videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers
from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write
about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation
will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab
fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 206
Sacialaav
Topics: Discrimination, Harassment,
and Communication
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robert Groven
If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you
harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after
work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis
allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they
aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers?
Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly,
but most people don't know what they really mean. What
kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual
orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory
communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses
the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific
examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The
course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and
one test.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production
teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary
piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time
for editing.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T/HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
(0.0 credit)
THR 004-UHPE 004-2
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THR 235-J/MUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-1.
Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures
An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for
Students in Social Work and Education
January 6 - 27, 2000
EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or
Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health
and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students
may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter
Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social
Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field
study and practicum experience will introduce students to the
content and context of professional practice in Norway as well
as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All
classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S.
and Norwegian students.
Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
3-
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
*Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina
'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln
in Germany
"I,'oitvogi~i,q
C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula
Interim Abroad
*Egypt in Transition
*In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta
*The Many Faces of Japan
*Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes
*Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain
*The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of
the European Union
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
"Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
*Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at Augsburg College
Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Roseann Lloyd
This course gives advanced writing students new ways of
expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their
range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms:
lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose
poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal,
collecting language around town. In addition, each student
writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make
poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry
that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire:
Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray
Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of
process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This
is an upper division class for writers who are committed to
their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for
enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work.
Room: Anderson 100
ACTC
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 2000
Academic Seminars
Campaign 2000
January 3-14, 2000
POL 398-A
This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the
United States government that will focus not only on the new
millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the
Presidency
The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for
the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole
two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14).
Credit is available from the political science department for
this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on
participation in program activities including site visits, small
group seminars, and journals.
For further information about the program, contact Prof.
Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312,
or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office.
Other Courses
I
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................2
......................4
Visiting Students ................ 5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ................... 7
Lifetime Sports ...................45
Interim Abroad ..................4 7
Introducti... Show more
AUGSBURG
......................2
......................4
Visiting Students ................ 5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ................... 7
Lifetime Sports ...................45
Interim Abroad ..................4 7
Introduction
Options
Other Courses
................... 5 1
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1258 per
course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may
take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for
winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Introduction
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 47. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 8. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Introduction
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,726 for the Interim course plus a
$25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar
for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
office at their own school. There is an application processing
fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199, 299, 399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2001
November 13 to December 1 . . . . . . . . . . Interim registration
January 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time II-1:15 p.m
January 4 .
. . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 12 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 15. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 26.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim ends
January 30
......................Spring semester begins
February 2
................Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No
class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Accounting (ACC)
See listing under Business Administration.
Drawing
ART 107-J
Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara
Christopherson
The legendary light and geography of Provence has shaped art
history for centuries. In the last hundred years alone, it has
inspired countless works of art. Using French language and
personal art, students will immerse themselves in place, documenting their own inspiration with text and images of
Provence through journal, discussion, sketching and assemblage. The language, culture and art of Provence will come
alive for students, resulting in a very personal memoir
grounded in site-specific content. Students will spend the
majority of their time in Provence, winding up the program
with four days in Paris. For more information, contact Prof.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg, (612) 330-1090 or Prof. Tara
Christopherson, (612) 330-1232.
Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in
the UMAIE booklet as Topics: The Artist's Book, Provence to
Paris.
Liberal Arts Perspective: ART 107 -Aesthetics
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee for
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
This course is an introduction to techniques commonly used
in biochemistry. Techniques include (but not limited to): protein extraction, dialysis, spectrophotometry, SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis, ion exchange chromatography,
Western blots, measurement of enzyme activity, and thin layer
chromatography.
Note: BIO 368 cannot be used to satisfy an upper division
elective in the biology major.
Prerequisites: 2.0 in BIO 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Internal Audit and Management
Consulting
ACC 424-J
Instructor: Staff
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using techniques discussed in a ~ - ~ o i t , ~ t i~nig~, ~ i ~nli~rl,lgcmcrlf,
ncc,
marketing, and MIS, we c x ; ~ n l i ~ l ae i~iisincss'iolcr-na1 cuii~rolsystems and operating c l l i z i c l ~ c y .13y s~cypingaway from the traditional textbook approach we incorporate creativity and discussion. Major topics include: business valuation techniques,
"just-in-time" philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques,
disaster recovery planning, and report writing. Students will
be evaluated by classroom quizzes, a project, and final examination.
Prerequisites: ACC 221&222, BUS 242,252,331, ECO 113, MIS 175&379
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking, Writing 1 & 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 11
Biology
d,
The Music Business: Marketin
Promotion, Publishing, Recor Ing
BUS 105-Jl305-J
MUS 105-Jl305-J
Instructor: Ned K a n t a r
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered
include contracts, business structures and basic business
essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the
role of agents and managers. Other topics included are music
and theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and
recording. Objectives include giving students a basic working
knowledge and an understanding of the necessary survival
skills to succeed in the music industry, the ability to access
and lwowss i ~ i i i ~ r n l a t i oncctlccl
r~
I;II. solvi~lerylriciil t n i ~ s i c
(11' 111e liur~(lr.t'tlaol'
I,usir~uss ~ ~ ~ ~ o l ) :unil
l ~ ~nn
n siIw,li-rnc.ss
,
cirrcci. c ~ l , q ) o l + ~ u ~ ~c iv~i li le~ si l l~lic111~1sicind~uirl-y.'l'hc L,I)LII'SC is
OI>C'I\ I { ) l)o!l~i t l l j l ~ ';IIICI
~ . IOWC'I- tlivision sl i ~ d c ~ l l Illlllcr
s.
cliviilrc r , e c l u i r c d Io ri~riilllclc.:~
litla1 r . ~ s c ; ~ prw.
~~~Ii
s i r ~ nslucler~~s
ject. Examples include devising a specific marketing plan for
a venue, concert series or performing ensemble; researching a
specific career opportunity; or another approved project. For
interested students, an optional four-day trip to the
American Performing Arts Presenters (APAP) Annual
Conference in New York City, the largest booking conference
for concert presenters in the world, is scheduled for January
6-9, 2001. Students are responsible for the cost of transportation, room and board. Students will be evaluated on written
and oral presentations, including quizzes, research assignments and classroom projects-individual and/or symposium format.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: II
Room: MUS 4
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed
involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and
readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of the students. Evaluation will be
based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or
minoring in international business or any field of business
administration, as well as anyone interested in Japan. Students
who cannot attend every class should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
International Marketing
BUS 466-J
Instructor: Wolfgang Winter
Issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
context. [Required for the new major in Marketing.]
Prerequisite: BUS 252
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 29
Personal Financial Management
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment, and retirement planning. BUS 295: Quizzes and exams. BUS 495: All of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
C3bjcctivus arc tcl
lcnrti conccpls unilc.~.lyi~lg
crr,;~tiitnof Web
1ugcs and b i u i ~ ~ cco~minunicatic~n
ss
v i ' ~(he I n~crnrl.Usc o l
r ~ l ~ t i i ) l ~latilb:1scs
i.~l
[or u c l v a ~ i ~ cqucrics,
d
fi~rms,altd rcpnr ts.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business
related problems. Students will complete three major projects
and a few minor assignments. The course requires significant
effort on projects and constant access to a computer.
Cooper;~lionw i ~ hl'cllow sluiltn(s in 1e;irning to aoply col-1cepts is cncou ~,i~p,cd.
A good gr~ispof blS Access is rcquiruil or
the williilgntss lo cxcrcisc cxccplic)nal effort in lt.;lri\ing tllc
tool.
Prerequisites: MIS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instructor, or Math Placement
Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: II
Room: Lindell 16
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person living in modern, high-technology society such as the United
States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral or
societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able to
understand the science involved. Anything less is an impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically
grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the
energy crisis, and the debates about sources of energy, the
green house effect, and nuclear waste storage, pollution,
genetic engineering and much more. Many of these problems
are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry, via
lecture and in-class discussion, we can begin to understand
ourselves, our society, our world, and even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based on a percentage of the
score of total points on the daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Chemistry
I
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communication
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Noel Petit
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 202
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J
CSC 373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC 373 is a continuation of CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273, none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Forecasting Economic &
Business Activity
ECO 495-J
Instructor: Steve Huchendorf
This course is designed to prepare students for analyzing primary and secondary economic and business data in making
business decisions. Skills will be developed in various forecasting techniques as well as skills in using the statistical software package MINITAB. Course outcomes include building
knowledge of qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques; identification of data patterns, scatter diagrams,
Economics
I
correlation analysis, moving averages, exponential smoothing
techniques, regression models, classical decomposition,
regression of time series, box-jenkins time series analysis, and
various qualitative forecasting techniques. Skills in the selection of the appropriate forecasting technique will be developed with a comparison of the characteristics of each technique. In addition to the forecasting techniques that are
learned in the course, students will also apply the concepts
with the statistical software package MINITAB. Course evaluation will include homework, computer assignments, exams
and a forecasting project. The forecasting project will apply
the course concepts to a student selected data series.
Prerequisite: ECO 112 or 113 or consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I I
Room: Sverdrup 201
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-J
Instructor: Susan OIConnor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor, or
consent of instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 206
The Cuban Story: Quantitative
Journalism in Cuba
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish
Students will research and write stories with a statistical issue
at the core, doing their work where few U.S. citizens have
been able to travel or study-Cuba. They will study how to
evaluate and analyze information both numerically and verbally and how to communicate quantitative data. They will
study the Cuban economy and both the gains and challenges
politics have brought to Cuba. During the 10-day seminar,
students will interview economists, meet government officials,
travel to the country to consider food and farming, study
health care and education, and meet students and journalists.
Finally, students will write lucid investigative stories which
demonstrate that they have gained an ability to gather, handles, and present quantitative information in a precise and
readable style - in oral and written formats. The class will
have several meetings at Augsburg before the Cuba travel and
several following the group's return to the U.S. [This is a joint
day Interimlwinter WEC course with enrollment limits.]
Prerequisite: ENG 225, ENG 227 or consent of the instructor, Math Placement
Group 3
Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Time: arranged
Topics: Which West? The American
West in Film and Literature
ENG 282-A
ENG 382-A
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In this class you will read literature and view films in order to
learn about ways in which ideas about the American West
have helped to shape American identity and cohstructions of
the West. Although over 100 years have passed since Frederick
Jackson Turner announced the closing of the American frontier at the 1893 meeting of the American Historical Society,
the West has not lost its associations with the frontier and its
attendant mythology. You will learn that even as formulaic
fiction and film popularized this vision of the West, serious
writers and, more recently, filmmakers have been exploring
other possible versions of the West. Through focusing on
these explorations of the West as place, you will gain an
understanding of the role of myths, such as the romantic gunfighter's conquest of both Native peoples and land, in
American views of the West. You will also explore ideas such
as Manifest Destiny, individual freedom, and appropriate land
use. Because the West has always been filled with a plurality of
voices, you will look'at ways writers and filmmakers who have
visited, imagined, or lived in the West have both affirmed and
countered these myths and ideas in their work.
Course grades will be based on readinghiewing journals, a
three to four page paper, a final exam, and class participation.
Additionally, if you are enrolled in 382, you will read several
critical articles on reserve at Lindell Library, as well as an
additional novel. You will then write an additional short
paper on the novel using the critical ideas you have studied.
You will also give a brief presentation on your additional
reading.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-D
ENG 482-D
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in nineteenth-century Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery and terror. From Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end, the nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain
have continued to interest and horrify readers throughout
the 20th century. Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural
set in Italy or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories
about the lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood
and Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful
series of works in which the action was set in the everyday
world of the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one
reviewer remarked) seemed like people the reader might
meet at dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at
including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and
race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides
of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read
several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively
investigating the culture that produced them. We will read
original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn
about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in
which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate
the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we will also work to determine why
these novels have continued to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class attendance and participation, two short papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read one
additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and
share the results of their research with the class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 20
Topics: The Heroic Journey
ENG 282-M
ENG 382-M
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"The hero," says Joseph Campbell, "Is the man or woman who
has been able to battle past his personal and local historical
limitations to the generally valid, normally human forms."
This struggle, the heroic journey, is a quest for wholeness, for
harmony with oneself, one's society, and even the universe.
The journey may be physical, moral, psychological, or spiritual, but it always concludes with the regeneration of the hero
and/or the redemption of the hero's society.
This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey as well as specific examples of such journeys, emphasizing the work of Joseph Campbell, but also citing studies of
the hero by Lord Ragland, Carol Pearson, and Richard
Slotkin, among others. We will note that major heroic genres
in western tradition-the epic and romance-almost always
assume that the hero is usually a warrior and aristocrat. Thus
we will analyze typical elements of the heroic warrior myth as
depicted in ancient and medieval epics and romance, but will
also pay particular attention to works that challenge or
enlarge the tradition. We will consider the implications of the
enduring popularity of warrior-hero renditions of the heroic
journey.
Evaluation is based primarily on papers. Class attendance is
mandatory. Do not take this course if you know that you will
need to miss more than two classes.
Prerequisite: ENG 111 recommended but not required.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
English
Beginning French I
FRE I l l - J
Instructors: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg and Tara
Christopherson
This course is the same as ART 107-J Drawing. See p. 7 for
course description.
Note: This course is being taught in France and is listed in the
UMAIE booklet as Topics : The Artist's Book, Provence to
Paris.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
C.S. Lewis and the Christian
Imagination
HON 401 -J
Instructor: Larry Crockett
For information, contact Prof. Larry Crockett,
(612) 330-1 160
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3.
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
Dance (men only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I- 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Honors
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-W .
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Xme: I - 1/3,1/5,1/8,1/9,1/11,1/16,1/17
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1 - 1/4,1/5,1/8,1/10,1/12,1/18,1/19,1/22,1/23,1/24,1/25
Room: Melby 119
School Health Curriculum(O.5 course
credit)
HPE 320-J
Instructor: Staff
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health
based upon growth and development for grades 5-12.
Examination of "Standards" and pedagogy for health education, curriculum and assessment included.
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I - Mondays, Wednesdays, and Alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supervision of
School Health
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 41 0-J
Instructor: Staff
Historical background, legal basis, school health services in
relation to community and school health programs and
resources.
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
-
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Health & Physical Education
1
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education
department, (612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper divislon
Maximum Enrollment 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots
are filled)
The Use and Misuse of "Lessons" of
History in 20th Century European
Diplomacy
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This interim seminar examines several important 20th-century leaders and their impact on the course of European political and diplomatic history. Topics will include Lenin,
Woodrow Wilson and the Versailles Treaty, Neville
Chamberlain and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the
Munich Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's decision to sign a
non-aggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell in 1989. Through discussion of common readings and several small research assignments, the
course will focus on the popular myths that have developed
about these leaders and these conferences, and some of the
"lessons" that scholars and policymakers have drawn from
them.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and /or hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul
public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars
and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer
and self-evaluation as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Joseph Young
Learn by visiting the historic sites and visiting with those who
brought about the most important changes in the 20th - century U.S. It could change your life, too. During the 1950s and
60s a series of major events and fundamental social change
occurred in the United States. For the first two weeks, we will
seek to develop a basic understanding of race relations in the
U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers, videos, learning from
each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on January 15. Then, this
intentionally diverse class will board a bus for an intense,
study-travel journey to Little Rock, Memphis, Selma,
Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta and Nashville-the places
where history was made and the museums that chronicle
those times. We will meet with and interview participants in
these critical events, as well as actively engage one another in
dialogue and collaborative learning. The course objectives
Interdisciplinary
include learning about the history and sociology of race and
ethnic relations in the U.S.; gaining insights from persons and
places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s and 1960s;
documenting our personal and group experiences so that our
insights and understanding can be shared with the Augsburg
community and others; and increasing our skills for cross
cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower division: Students obtaining upper division credit will complete a
research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost: $600, plus the cost of your ineals and personal expenses
for 11 days. Covers all transportation and lodging for 11
nights.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 15, and ending on Friday, January 26.
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format
will focus on work as viewed by this generation and the
requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to Twin City businesses and community organizations and
discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be
expected to research employment trends and career options,
complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and self assessments and give individual and group presentations. Students
will also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Lindell 16
Dakota History and Culture
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course examines Dakota culture and history from 1650
to the present. Emphasis will be on cultural changes and
development affecting the Dakota tribes in Minnesota.
Students will be required to conduct in-depth research and to
write a major paper of their findings. There will be an inclass final examination and questions will be given weekly to
facilitate discussions.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: II
Room: Music 23
Room: Murphy 111
*
To ics: The Czaeh Republic: Social and
Cu bra! Impact of the Emerging Free
7
Market Economy
INS 495-K
Instructor: ~ t StoHer
u
This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culturr and
society will allow you the opportunity to develop an appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in Central
Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their own life
experiences have shaped their perspectives in the world, and
how this differs from people in other countries. During week
one, there will be excursions and field trips, that will explore
the environs of Olomouc and study the history, culture, art,
and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week two will focus
on the Czech Republic's recent membership in NATO.
Students will study the roots of the divisions of modern
Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it
approaches membership in the EU. The final week will concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the ex-communist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and
how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the
changes in social norms and values which underlie these new
economic initiatives. For more information and costs for the
trip contact Stu Stoller at (612) 330-1772
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business Administration
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor:Andrew Aoki
In this course, students will develop their ideas about social
justice, and apply them to urban issues. This is a course for
those who like discussing ideas, and who wish to become better thinkers. Students will develop their arguments in papers
and class discussions. Reading is light, and most of the material is covered only in class, so attendance is essential. Students
who anticipate having to miss one or more classes should not
take this course. The most successful students will be those
who are willing and able to engage in a rigorous and critical
examination of their own views. Participation is required,
including evaluating and commenting on the ideas of classmates.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Environmental and River Politics
POL 241-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North
America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where
they are, and it continues to define the city, as human settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river ecosystem.
Of late in cities across America there has been "a return to the
river," and in this class we will be doing the same. The River
stands as a remarkable symbol for the community, of continuity and change, of cycles and transformation, of the power
and beauty of the natural world, and there is much to be
learned from studying it.
Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the
changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity
and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed
in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and
popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and
cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas
of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction
between wilderness and civilization and the political function
of the line dividing those two realms.
We will explore the river through the eyes and experiences of
those who have worked and lived their lives along it, and
through site visits to locations along the river, speakers in
class, and on the Internet. Students will have an opportunity
to explore their own interests in the river through individual
projects, ranging from boat building, to lobbying at the State
Capital, to the various Mississippi floods, to river ecology and
"green consumerism." There will be opportunities to work
with local river-related groups on those projects. Throughout
the course students will be encouraged to dream, and to work
on taking that vision and making it a reality, in building support for a project, in networking, in having patience, in following through, in working hard, and at the end, having
something concrete to show for their efforts. These projects
can be a prototype for the future pursuit of a vocation to contribute to their world in whatever way one is called to do so.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: I
Room: Old Main 25
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PSY 335-J
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
REL 235-J
Instructor: Richard Hardel
This course will provide students with the history and development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. It will provide students with basic skills and understanding for designing an effective youth and family ministry in a congregation.
Students will study the latest research on children, youth, and
families from Search Institute and learn the new paradigm of
home and congregation in partnership for teaching and nurturing faith. They will learn the latest conceptual model of a
holistic approach to youth and family ministry.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
mme: II
Room: Music 24
Psychology
I
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come form Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
'lime: I
Room: Music 23
Topics: Psalms, Songs, and Religious
Poetry
REL 308-J
Instructor: Rolf Jacobson
A study of poetry from the Christian tradition, focusing on
biblical psalms and poems, religious poetry, and Christian
hymns and songs. An introduction to interpretation of poetry and poetry set to song. Students will be evaluated based
on one major paper, leading three discussions of primary
texts, and on class participation and preparation.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Religion at the Movies
REL 309-J
Instructor: Lori Hale
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics,
human nature, holiness, faith and belief, salvation and
redemption, and forgiveness and mercy will be explored
through the medium of popular film. Movies including the
"The Matrix'', "The Shawshank Redemption", "Babette's Feast'',
and "Wings of Desire" will be coupled with directed theological or historical readings. Essays, class participation, and a
final paper will serve as the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 22
The Vision of God in Nicholas of Cusa
and Martin Luther
REL 455-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik and Mark Fuehrer
This course examines the thought of two major thinkers from
the late medieval and reformation periods. We will read and
discuss primary texts from Cusa and Luther, focusing on the
theme of the "vision of God" Last three days of the course will
be held at a lodge in northern Minnesota. Three extended
essays will be the basis of evaluation. Team-taught by
Professors Mark Fuehrer (philosophy) and Mark Tranvik
(religion). A fee of $225.00 is required to cover lodging costs.
This will need to be paid by December 1,2000.
Transportation is student responsibility.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Religion
I
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-1
SWK 257-J
Instructors: Vern Bloom and TBA
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours
in a service agency or institution that they select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by
agency staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of
practice in social work and to help students explore a possible major in social work or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic, and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
SWK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus and Ragnhild Collin-Hansen
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes,
meet with key policy makers, observe court procedures and
discuss practice and legal issues with child welfare social
workers and possibly with families and children as well. There
will also be opportunities to compare child welfare laws and
practice in the US with those in Europe, especially Norway.
The principles of permanency planning, family-centered
practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in
child welfare of securing safety and nurturing children while
preserving their ties to their family will be examined. We will
also explore controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as concurrent planning, "dual-track" service
strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color
by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students
will analyze the dynamic interplay of societal values, power,
politics, facts and myths as they manifest themselves in child
welfare laws; they will begin to form their own positions
regarding an ideal approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global perspective. Evaluation of learning will be
in the form of assessments by instructors and students of the
major paper or project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social Work Majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 8
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
SWK 307-J & K
Instructor: Curt Paulsen and Joe Clubb
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Human Community and the Modern
Metropolis
SOC 211-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be basis for
evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
Social Work
rrs
-
Foundations in Women's Studies
WST 201-J
Instructor: Julie des Jardins
This course offers an introduction to the interdisciplinary
field of women's studies. Students will explore the scope of
women's studies; develop greater understanding of diverse
women's status, contributions, and concerns nationally and
globally; and consider how women's studies and other academic disciplines influence our perspectives on women and
men, and on policies and actions affecting people's lives.
Throughout the course, we will make connections between
gender, racelethnicity, economic class, sexuality and other
differences in our analysis of women's experiences. Finally,
we will explore ways to put our knowledge into action.
This course requires active participation, daily reading and
several short writing assignments. In addition, we will take
field trips to visit some women's organizations in the Twin
Cities.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Old Main 13
Women's Studies
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball
HPE 002-B
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball. Grading:
PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room Melby Gym northlsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-G
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Dance
HPE 002-T/THR 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 002-T
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Interim Abroad
Social Work in Nicaragua-Challenges
in Social Justice
+
January 7-26, 2001
SWK 295 (Contact your social work adviser about credit
options.)
Instructor: Randy Herman, Univ. of St.Thomas;
Augsburg Contact: Tony Bibus
Will introduce students to social issues faced by Nicaraguan
families and communities in both urban and rural settings.
Experiential in design, this course will provide opportunities
to meet Nicaraguan people in their homes, communities and
places of work. Spanish language proficiency is not required,
as interpretation will be provided as needed. The course will
include excursions to both rural and urban settings, opportunities for field experience and hands-on service, and classes in
Spanish conversation.
Cost: $2595, This includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Managua, all meals, lodging, ground transportation, program expenses and course tuition. Register for
course at Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also, make
application at the Center for Global Education in Murphy
Place. Application deadline: October 20, 2000. Maximum
Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad
Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612)
330-1 159.
+
Topics: Social Work & Education in
Norway
January 3-26, 2001
EDC 495-PISWK 295-P (Social work majors should
contact their adviser about credit options.)
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony
Bibus or Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and
health and welfare services to children, youth and families.
Students may take one of two separate but parallel tracks:
"Winter Recreation Programs with Children and Youth'', or
"Social Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures,
field study, and practicum experience will introduce students
to the content and context of professional practice in Norway
as well as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools.
All classes will be taught in English and will contain both
U.S. and Norwegian students.
Prerequisites: Students signing up for the education track must have some
experience in cross-country skiing.
Cost: $2350. This includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway; all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition. Register for course at
Augsburg College, Office of Registrar. Also make application
at the Center for Global Education in Murphy Place.
Application deadline: October 20,2000. Maximum
Enrollment: 20. For more information contact: Study Abroad
Office, Center for Global Education, Murphy Place, (612)
330-1 159.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Africa and the Middle East
The Middle East: A Spiritual Geography
Tradition and Modernity in Africa: The Experience of Ghana
Asia
Development and Community in Bangladesh
Australia and the South Pacific
Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society
Europe
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern
Ireland Context
British Henlth Girt': Mecli~r,qSl~cr.irllNeeds
,
and Music
Christian I,Viwslrip: 14r11t ~ j A r t Atz.l~itecture,
~ I N
I orw~~y
Sot:i(rl ht~rk1111tiEiiuci,~tiot~
'lilt, (:zcc/l Kcprrtliic: Sorii~ln r d C.i:lrlrirral I~lipnrl(I)' the
Kt1 I L : Y i11,q
~ lqrw M ~rk~+t
J EL+O/KJI
71y
7'11~
E~ig!isIlScl~ooinlrtl Ft:llr~lily:
A <A'o:nl~rl~nrri~ivc
.St!aly
Trikirr,qrr Qrrrrrr~ilr~rI.i:rrp irrlo Elrrgjr
' I ' h Ar!is~!sllook, ~ ' ~ O V C I I L to
- L ,Pdris: f i c g i r ~ t ~ D
i ~ I~ gY ~ W
i411ii
~I~~
7k;~irlrtirigI;ri,rr.l~ch
Helkrrrzi~~g
Br~~/nrt(l:
!I ( ~ i A~li.it,ir/
u
I ; r i ~ chcrs
~ Shaped the
I,ito?~lurc.arlll Art oJ'R4nilcrrrI;r~~lnr~rt
The I.r;tri/saipt,sc!il;rritl.r: C:IJ/III~J~IIJS,
A h 6 t . ~ and
, Parishes
The L m / ( ; ( ~ t ~ r r t ~ ~ !Ai uj it~~ t: ~ r , i ~it1~ (Pf~ris
~~rs
"Most German of the Arts": Music and German National
Identity
Psychoanalysis and Feminism: French, British, and American
Perspectives
Scandinavian Economy, Culture, and Society
Latin America and the Caribbean
The Cuba Story: Quantitative Journalism in Cuba
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Social Work in Nicaragua
Interim Abroad
Other lnterim Abroad Courses
HECUA
Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC
Peace and Conflict Studies in Northern Ireland
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at St. Thomas
The Language of Desire: Theory and Practice of
the Love Poem For Advanced Creative Writers
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Leslie Adrienne Miller
What makes a poem hot? What gives language that extra
charge and sparkle? Why are bad poems about sex really bad?
What is the role of the erotic in a poem? In a love poem?
How do poems seduce us, engage our sense of physical desire
via our imagination? How can we be sure we've written a sexy
poem rather than a mere sex poem? How have poets
answered these and other questions across a variety of times
and cultural contexts? This course will explore these and
other related questions with the assumption that poetic language can and often should be sensual, erotic, sparky, a flirtation with the reader, and the understanding that the sexiest of
poems are seldom actually about the sex act itself. In this
course we will take a look at erotic elements in poems and
explore how poets handle physical desires of all kinds to
engage and seduce their readers. Students will explore a variety of ways to work with erotic language and subjects. We will
examine what makes particular images and metaphors sensual and how poets transform potentially dull and lor unsexy
subjects into vibrant and appealing answers to human desire.
The class will include in-class discussions of text, writers to
the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing
faculty. To be considered for enrollment in this course, con-
Interim Abroad
tact Cass Dalglish, (612) 330-1009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)
330-1423, before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 1-4 p.m.
Room: 108 Christ Child Hall. University of St. Thomas
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The washington Center 2001
Academic Seminars
The Presidential Inauguration
January 7-20, 2001
Pol 398-A
The Washington Center's "Campaign 2000" academic seminars
will conclude with a two-week seminar focusing on the inauguration of the next president. It examines the presidential
transition of power and explores how the new administration
succeeds in moving from campaign rhetoric to hallmarks in
public policy. Participants also join in the celebration, pomp,
and ritual of a presidential inauguration. One half credit is
available from the political science department for this twoweek program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group
seminars, and journals. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A; call her at
(612) 330- 1197; or e-mail <hedblom@augsburg.edu>. There
are four scholarships available to cover registration and tuition
costs based on priority in registration through the political science department.
Other
Show less
......................2
Options ......................4
Visiting Students ................5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................36
Interim Abroad .................. 38
Other Courses ... Show more
......................2
Options ......................4
Visiting Students ................5
About This Catalog................. 5
Calendar ........................6
Interim Courses ...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................36
Interim Abroad .................. 38
Other Courses ...................39
Introduction
Introduction to Interim
The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not
possible during the regular term. The College is changing its
calendar next year to a 4-4 calendar so January Interim 2002
will be the last opportunity to take an Interim course.
Freshmen are required to take an Interim course their first
year. All other current students are expected to complete the
two interims required for graduation.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period,
instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for
their courses. Students can register for only one course credit
during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
students must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel
requirements, have additional fees associated with them.
These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and
students should check with the instructor to verify the final
costs.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The
lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time
students (fall term). If less than full time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration and will be charged WEC tuition $1321 per
course credit and a $25 technology fee. If they do so, they may
petition to take an additional 1.0 course credit in Weekend
College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status,
status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic andlor school administered programs, except
in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or
state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can
be directed to Betty Wade, afirmative action coordinator, Ofice
of Human Resources, CB 79,Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside
Ave., Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone,
(612) 330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Options
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 38. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 7. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent studylresearch or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular
registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but
may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's
general education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4- 1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,844 for the Interim course plus a
$25 technology fee. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Office of the Registrar
for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
office at their own school. There is an application processing
fee of $25. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be
made to the Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2002
November 13 to December 1
January 3
. . . . . . . . . . Interim registration
..........................First day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last
. day to register or add a class
January 7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Last day to drop a class
without notation on record
January 16 ..................... Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 16
.........Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 25.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 29.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 to 11:45 a.m. (Note:on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-no
class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at 612-330-1 150.
h f e Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: John McCaffrey
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figures will be depicted with a variety of
drawing media. Students will study form, structure, skeletal
and surface anatomy, proportion, rendering techniques, and
composition. There will be a $45 fee to be paid on the first
day of class
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tme: I
Room: Old Main 17
/Topics: Watercolor Painting: Art of the
French Table
ART 300-J
Instructor: Tara Christopherson
A
!r'
Aim
What Arles cafe seated Van Gogh on the yellow chair he
immortalized? What Provencal traditions produced the
inspiration for Cezanne's still life, Fruit Bowl, Glass and
Apples? How did the region's pottery and glass artisans
influence the dramatically modern Leger and Picasso? The
wallpaper in Matisse's tableau, Harmony in Red-did it hang
in his studio on the outskirts of Nice? And FragonardProvencal romantice, what perfumes from his native Grasse
inspired his flower-filled paintings? In this course, students
learn transparent watercolor techniques and experience the
art of the French table by painting on location-subject
matter, conversation, locations, and traditions that inspired
masters.
For more information, contact Prof. Tara Christopherson,
612-330-1232.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
dLm
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical
communities. This class will spend about two weeks in
Florida at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on
Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilities, oceangoing research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field
trips to coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle
grass flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be
led by professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms
and communities will be studied on site and in the
laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after
arrival at the station in order to provide opportunities to
gather data over a period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp
State Park, Key West, and the Everglades will be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal
journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, and (4) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 140: Any one of the following courses or
their equivalents-BIO 101, 102,103,113, 114, or consent of
instructor.
BIO 340:(l)field and laboratory records, (2)personal journal,
(3)quizzes at Marine Institute, (4)written report of the
research project, and (5)final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: BIO 351 or BIO 481 or consent of
the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2,500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing, and meals while at the
institute). Contact the instructor for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: II
Room: Science 225
Rhe Biology of Aging
BIO 185-J
Instructor: Bob Herforth
With the aging of the Baby Boom generation, interest in, and
research on, the biological basis of the aging process has
taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more
leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes
which occur in the body with age and diseases associated
with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and
cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been
proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented,
including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging.
Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to
slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
/personal Finance
BUS 240-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement
planning. Evaluation: Quizzes and exams.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 43
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
BUS 368-J
Instructor: Steven LaFave
This course provides an examination of current Japanese
business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia
approach will be employed involving film, television
documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current
periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will
be used with substantial participation expected on the part of
the students. Evaluation will be based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and
mid-term and final examinations. This class should be of
interest to anyone majoring or minoring in international
business or any field of business administration, as well as
anyone interested in Japan. Students who cannot attend every
class should not enroll in this course.
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze Age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their
properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations
are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of
coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment,
building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes,
medical supplies, cosmetics, and others that are used everyday
come from different polymeric materials made from polymer
molecules. In this course we will explore and discuss the
world of polymer chemistry. Polyethylene is one of the most
commonly used synthetic polymers in "plastic" wrap and
trash bags. A common natural polymer, polyisoprene, is
collected from the sap of rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and
latex gloves are just some of the many uses. The class will
focus on two books. One, American Plastic: A Cultural
History, by Jeffrey Meikle, for the historical perspective of our
world of polymers. Themes from the book, the different
types of polymers used, and recent themes such as the
recycling of plastics will be discussed. A second book, Giant
Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will help with the
previously mentioned themes and give more depth to the
broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's book. There
will be six lab periods in which some polymer molecules will
be made and several of their interesting properties will be
explored. Students will be graded on 25 group worksheets,
six quizzes, six reflection papers, six lab periods, and an
individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: II
Room: Science 315
States of Maiter (.50 Credit)
CHM 114-J
Instructor: Joan Kunz
CHM 114 provides an overview of the main states of matter,
examining the laws governing the behavior of gases, liquids,
solids, colloids, and solutions. The course connects chemical
theory and models of matter with real world behavior and
application. CHM 114 is a required transitional course for
students needing one year of general chemistry who enter at
the CHM 105 level and intend to take CHM 116 in the
spring. CHM 106 will not be offered in the spring of 2002; all
students needing two semesters of general chemistry must
take either CHM 1151116 or CHM 10511141116.
Prerequisite: CHM 105
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical
circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer
science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with
frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading
will be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is
not a course in computer applications or how to use
computers, although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Tune: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Grading will be based on examinations and
programming assignments.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Sverdrup 202
School and Society
EDC 480-J
Instructor: Joe Erickson
-l'l~iscrmrse will rxanainc. the rr~lcof schools and ducatinn in
two cultures: the United States and Nicaragua. Participants
will have an opportunity to see how these two contrasting
cultures and social systems view the role of schools within
their societies. Every system of learning has both
opportunities and defects. Those in leadership roles within
each system make choices about how to educate. The goal of
the course is to enhance participants' understanding of the
role of teaching and learning within a society, both in the
formal elementary and secondary educational systems and in
non-formal educational structures such as adult literacy
campaigns. For more information, contact Prof. Joe Erickson,
612-330-1647.
Prerequisite: Sophomore-standing education majors & completed PPST &
admitted to the education department
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing (If taken in conjunction with EDC 200.)
Time: WEClDay
1
Topics: Live Theatre Here and Abroad:
The Best of Two Worllds
ENG 282-2
Instructor: Ron Palosaari & Darcey Engen
W f/F , ~
I
London, an exciting city to visit, has the best live theatre in
the world. MinneapolisISt. Paul is one of the best places for
drama in America. We will spend 10 days enjoying London
theatre, nightlife, and cultural opportunities. Then we will
return and study Twin Cities theatre, which has its own
strengths. Students will also be assigned several museums
and art gallery visits, hear guest speakers that will include
directors, actors, and stage managers. Our course will be
especially good for those students who want to travel abroad
but are looking for a shorter or less expensive trip. Any
interested student, however will find this course a rich
educational experience. For more information, contact Prof.
Ron Palosaari, 612-330-1005, or Prof. Darcey Engen,
612-330-1549.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-D
ENG 482-D
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19-century Britain
of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror. From
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its end, the
nightmares imagined by novelists of Great Britain have
continued to interest and horrify readers throughout the 20th
century. Early in the century these tales were generally either
"Gothic" (stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy
or Spain) or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the
lower classes). By the 1860's however, popular novelists
including Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, Eliza Wood, and
Wilkie Collins were producing a stunningly successful series
of works in which the action was set in the everyday world of
the Victorian middle classes, and the villains (as one reviewer
remarked) seemed like people the reader might meet at
dinner. Often challenging and sometimes subversive, these
novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues that the
politer genre of domestic fiction could hardly hint at
including gender roles and sexual transgression, class and
race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark sides
of urban life, industrial poverty, and empire. We will read
several of the best of these thrillers, at the same time actively
investigating the culture that produced them. We will read
original reviews and responses, including parodies, and learn
about the context of newspaper and magazine journalism in
which several of the novels appeared. While we investigate
the power of the Gothic and Sensation genres for their
original audiences, however, we will also work to determine
why these novels have continued to appeal to successive
generations of readers. Course grades will be based on class
attendance and participation, two short papers, a group
presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level students will read
one additional novel, write a research-based paper on it, and
share the results of their research with the class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Foss 20
Topics in History: Minnesota History
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Bill Green
This course will cover the early racial, ethnic, political, and
economic history of Minnesota, focusing on the Ojibway and
Dakota, the explorations of the French and British, the U.S.
territorial era, and statehood. We also will look at how
European immigration impacted Minnesota, and how the
rise of various political movements influenced the
governance of the state.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Dance (men only) (0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I- 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232-W
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I - 1~,118,119,1110,1111,1114,1115,1116
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Instructional Materials & Methods in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Eileen Uzarek
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education(5-12). Emphasis upon
teachingllearning strategies and student assessment.
Development and delivery of lessonslactivities is included.
Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on
their ability to create, deliver, and assess health education
lessons in a "real"c1assroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based
upon the completion of a "technology project:' resource file,
and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Melby 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
1'1
e>m
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual
on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and wind
surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes
will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,500, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
I
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be
turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before final
acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education
department, 612-330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills;
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper
division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots
are filled)
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be
discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects
(Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal
with the similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Paideia Seminars
INS 255-J
Instructor: Anne Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul
public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars,
and lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal
entries including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection,
peer and self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Topics: I've Been Working on the
Railroad
INS 268-J
Instructor: Noel Petit
An overview of the history, technology, economics, and future
of railroading in the United States. Includes visits to rail and
transportation facilities here in the Twin Cities as well as a
rail trip to Chicago on Amtrak to experience intercity and
commuter rail systems. Designed to give the student an
understanding of the significance of this hidden part of the
U.S. economy. The student will learn how significant
Minnesota has been in the development of rail systems where
we are going in this growing industry. We will have a special
emphasis on the development of the towns of the Midwest.
Students will complete four papers (one each week) and
present their paper to the class (with multimedia images and
videos) each week. Students will critique each presentation.
Trip Fee: $300. Note: This fee will be placed on your student
account when you register for this course.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing English 111
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 201
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson & Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, and its
role and value to the individual and to society. Seminar
format will focus on work as viewed by this generation and
the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A
special emphasis will be on self-discovery learning activities,
visits to Twin Cities businesses and community organizations,
and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be
expected to research employment trends and career options,
complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises and selfassessments, and give individual and group presentations.
Students will also explore various organizations of the Twin
Cities and understand their role and impact in a major
metropolitan area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: II
Room: Lindell 16
Native American Storytelling
INS 332-J
Instructor: Sophia Jacobsen
The objective of this course is to study Native American
storytelling from a cultural perspective. An appreciation of
oral traditions will be emphasized and studied within the
broader context of world mythologies. Students will learn
how the art of storytelling is integral to story content.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics or Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 23
Topics: The Czech Republic: Social and
Cultural Impact of the Emerging Free
Market Economy
INS 495-C
Instruclor: Stu Stoller
This intensive experience in contemporary Czech culture and
society will allow you the opportunity to develop an
appreciation for the many diverse cultures that intersect in
Central Europe. Students will reflect critically on how their
own life experiences have shaped their perspectives in the
world, and how this differs from people in other countries.
During week one, there will be excursions and field trips that
will explore the environs of Olomouc and study the history,
culture, art, and architecture of the Czech Republic. Week
two will focus on the Czech Republic's recent membership of
NATO. Students will study the roots of the divisions of
modern Europe, the concerns of the Czech government as it
approaches membership in the EU. The final week will
concentrate on developing a capitalist enterprise in the excommunist world, looking at how models are succeeding, and
how different sectors of Czech society are responding to the
changes in social norms and values, which underlie these new
economic initiatives. For more information contact Stu
Stoller at 612- 330-1772
Applied Algebra
MAT 105-J
Instructor: Su Doree
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other
models with an emphasis of applications to the social and
natural sciences, business, and everyday life.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 1
I '
Math of lnterest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Nick Coult
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities,
perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation
will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Math of lnterest
MAT 173-K
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities,
perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation
will be based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 108
I
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
w
M U 5 179-J
Instructors: Roberta Kagin & Gabe Gabrielsen
d m\,/I
' I ' h i ~cnlirse provides an opl~nrtiir~ity
t1-r visit sonw of tlw
F
Great Eurclpeau c~~ltural
ccfilers that ~~rovidcd
the impctits f i l l I
development of cultural life in the New World. For more
information you may call Prof. Roberta Kagin, 612-330-1273.
Liberal Art Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: Ned Kantar
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, written
assignments, exam, and a group project. For non-music
majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Music 3
.
Skills of Music Theatre
MUS 235-J
THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from the basic
human impulse to dance, sing, and express oneself. Come join
theatre professor Darcey Engen and music professor Sonja
Thompson as we explore this interdisciplinary art form, and
assist you in developing your own performance skills. In
addition to memorizing, analyzing, and performing your own
scene from an opera, operetta, or a musical, you will also be
introduced to music-theater from China, Japan, India, and
other cultures. The course includes writing and research, class
discussion and exercises, improvisation, and small and large
group instruction. Performers of all levels are welcome,
though some singing and acting ability is required. Interested
students will be auditioned in December and appropriate
material will be assigned. Course may be repeated with
permission from the instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I l l - J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication
and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice
focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures
and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation
will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and
a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
The Philosophy of Socrates
PHI 231-J
Instructor: David Apolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background
of Socrates and what our sources allow us to say about his
person and teachings. We shall clarify and critically examine
Socrates' key teachings: that virtue is a form of knowledge
and that all virtues are somehow one; that evil is ignorance;
whether or not virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for
wrong doer to be happy; and that being a citizen requires
obedience to the state's laws, even if that means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written
assignments and weekly quizzes.
Prerequisite: None
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Existentialism
PHI 370-J
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
We begin with the philosophical background of
Existentialism in Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Husserl, and
Heidegger. We then consider what it is to be beings-in-theworld by focusing on central themes such as freedom,
absurdity, guilt, despair, paradox, risk, and the presence and
absence of God in the philosophical and literary works of
individuals like Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Beckett, and deBouvoir.
Prerequisite: One prior course in Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: Phy 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Environmental and River Politics
POL 241-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
We live and work on the shores of the largest river in North
America. It is the reason the Twin Cities are located where
they are, and it continues to define the city, as human
settlement here in turn has profoundly shaped the river
ecosystem. Of late in cities across America there has been "a
return to the river," and in this class we will be doing the
same. The river stands as a remarkable symbol for the
community, of continuity and change, of cycles and
transformation, of the power and beauty of the natural
world, and there is much to be learned from studying it.
Using the Mississippi as the focus, this course looks at the
changes in thinking about the relationship between humanity
and the natural world, as the relationship has been expressed
in literature, law, science, religion, political philosophy, and
popular culture. Particular attention will be paid to legal and
cultural conceptions of the natural world, including the ideas
of property and ownership. We will explore the distinction
between wilderness and civilization and the political function
of the line dividing those two realms.
We will cxplott. the ~bivorlhrt>ughthc cycs and cxpcrienccs c b f
those whv have wr-rkerl ancl lived their lives along il, anrl
through sitc visits to Incatio~lsalong thc river, speakers in
class, nnd on the Internet. S!~tdentswill t~avi.iln opportui~ity
to explow thcir own inttresrs in tl~criver through i n d i v i d u a l
projects, ranging rrom boat building, lo Inhlying at the Stutc
Ct~pital,In rhe vnrinlrs Mississippi Honds, tn river wolcl~yand
"green consumerism." There will bc o p p o r t u n i l i e s to work
will1 Incrll river-relatctl groups 011 thasc projccts,'~h~.ou~liont
thc coursc s ~ t ~ d e nwill
t s he encousngctl to drcnm, and to worlc
o t ~talcing that vision and ~ i ~ a k i nit gn i.e:~li~y,
in building
wip port lor n projccr, in netwnrlritls, in hilvinp, palicnce, in
fclllnw ing rhrouph, in working hartl, R I I ~ at
! tlir enrl, 11;lving
sornr~l~i~ig
concrete to show for thtir effilrrs. T11esc pmjcc~s
can h~ B j~rtjtntypcfor the f ~ ~ t ~pt ur ~
r s r ~nf
i l a vnratiori lo
cnntribute lo thc*jrworld in whntcvor wny one is celled to tic1
SO.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Understanding Asian America: The
Politics of Identity
POL 282-J
Instructor: Andrew Aoki
This course focuses on Asian Pacific Americans (APAs) and
thcir chilnging p o s i l i o n in Amcrican socie~y,Innking a t
history ns ~ c l as
l contcinpnr:lry ile\~cloymcnls. L l x n ~ i ~ i n c s
Elnw hltAs hnvc hccn idcn~ificdhy olliers, ar~rlhow Asian
An~cricar~s
itlcntify thcrusrlvcs. Will Al+'ir fi~llnwa "'racial"
pailern Isii~~ibr
to Al'laicnnAmcricarts), or will they follow nn
"eihnic" pattern (similar lo I'uropean Arnoricans)? Tc, what
cxtcrit rrrill those not nf E u r o p c a n dcqccnt be sccn as part CII
the mainstream rather than the margins? These questions are
relevant not just for APA affairs, but also for the larger social
changes that are sweeping America at the beginning of the
Science and Religion
J .9.
-- 7
-
REL 374-J
Instructors: Larry Crockett & Mark Engebretson
For somc in our sncicty, scie~lccir t l ~ driving
c
enainc ofa
l)cttcr, inore scclrre l i f t i ~ n dthe hasis h r a philosopl-ty of life.
I:or n~hers, scici~ura nrl irs assaciatecl ~cchnologieq,n long wit11
its inviratinn tn hecomc n glnbal wnrltlview, constilcitc a gl-nvc
tlircal. Smne Cl~rislinnspart irulnsly iccl thrcntencrl by
science. Tlris coarse will adclrcss ~ h c s rlnatters in two ways.
Firs!, it will I~cginwiih a historica! nvcrview nS tlie relatioi~s
bstwecn scicncc and tllc Chrisiinn f6~itll,
empl~wsizills~lircc
periods: he clrigins o f the Clrrisiian faith, thu clevcl~ipmentof
"morlern" sciencc ant! ~~~cclianistic
~diilrrsal~liy,
and thr recvilluat ion [tf scicncc anil natulnchirr Ihc 201h rcnt~rry.Scconci,
it will stlldy systematically the wnrlctvictm of scicncc and
religion to see how they compare.
Class tilnc will hc tlivirlud ,lmnng a variety of artivitics
including lectures, wliolc class tlisctrssicms, snlall Rruilp
IU rorials, arrrl an oxtended simtr Intion cxercisu in dcvclnpirrg a
space cillol~y,itlrawitig from thr ide;is rlcvclopcll in ihr coiirse.
(hurse cv:tluatic~nwill I>c hnsurl un two sl~ortexams,
participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis
paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: II
Room: Science 205
Topics: Heaven, Hell and the End of
the World: Interpreting Biblical
Apoca!yptic Liferature
REL 490-J
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck I 1
This course is a study of the apocalyptic literature of the Bible
with emphasis on the book of Daniel in the Old Testament
and the book of Revelation in the New Testament, as well as
apocalyptic themes elsewhere in the New Testament, such as
the letters of the Apostle Paul. The apocalyptic literature of
the intertestamental period will also be examined. This course
will also address the legacy of apocalyptic literature in the
history of Christian thought and experience including an
examination of contemporary apocalypticism. This will
include the role of biblical apocalyptic imagery in art,
literature, film, and popular culture. Coursework will include
group presentations, two exegetical papers on biblical texts,
and a final project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time II
Room: Old Main 25
Cultures of Violence
SOC 290-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics
underlying these and other forms of violence? What do they
have in common? How do they differ? This course takes
violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis
and concludes with an examination of non-violent
alternatives. With this in mind, we will compare different
theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological,
social psychological, and socio-cultural perspectives. The
course will involve a combination of lecture and discussion
based on readings and videos, debate of current issues in the
field, and guest speakers from and field trips to local
organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students
will be expected to research, write about, and present on the
sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In
addition, there will be short reaction papers based on the
readings, and classroom participation will be an important
part of grading. This course has a lab fee of $25 payable the
first day of class to the instructor.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 13
Topics: The Sociology of Social
Movements
SOC 295-J
Instructor: Lars Christiansen
Scores of social movements have shaped and challenged the
social, political, and economic institutions of the United
States. Many of these protest movements seek to change the
established social order; some seek its defense and
preservation. This course offers the sociological study of
social movements in the United States within the last two
centuries. We will explore important question such as: Why
do people engage in protests at certain times, while at other
times reamin silent? Why are people willing to risk their lives
to create social change? How do social movements form, and
what causes their decline? Is the use of violence an effective
means of establishing social change? We will address these
and other crucial questions through a systematic study of
several social movements including labor, civil rights,
feminist, environmentalist, and anti-global capital
movements.
Prerequisite: Soc 121 or permission of professor.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II
Room: Old Main 29
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in
production teams, gaining experience in field production and
editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute
documentary piece. Evaluation will be based upon student
journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires
additional lab time for editing.
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-A
SWK 257-B
Instructors: Glenda Rooney & Francine Chakolis
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 60 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to introduce the fields of practice
in social work and to help students explore a possible major
in social work or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as a
profession. Students will also examine and critique the
manner in which social, economic, and political structures
impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their
personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as
poverty and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to
students at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
SWK 307-A
SWK 307-B
Instructor: Curt Paulsen & Joe Clubb
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate
learning from their practicum and academic coursework
focusing on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T
HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms. Each class
includes a rigorous physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates,
and modern dance.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Prerequisite: None
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
THR 004-J
HPE 004-J
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phases of movement incorporating
floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Prerequisite: THRIHPE 002 or instructor's permission.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1:OO-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Skills of Music Theatre
THR 235-JIMUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson & Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-J.
Resources for Youth and Family
Ministry
Y FM 201-J
Instructor: Nancy Going
The Twin Cities are home to many youth and family
organizations and parachurch ministries. This course in an
unbelievable opportunity to visit many of them, and to get to
know many of the creative people who have conceived and
given shape to significant resources for the church. In
addition, students will have hands-on opportunities to review
and use the printed, music, media, and Web resources that are
shaping ministry in the church today. Finally, students will
learn a process for planning, and develop their presentation
skills by providing leadership for a two-day retreat. Retreat
costs: $30. We will pool transportation for site visits and the
retreat.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: II -January 3, 4, 7 - 11, 17, 18, 22, & end with retreat on January 23-24
from 9:00 a.m. on January 23 to 8:00 p.m. on January 24.
Room: Sverdrup 1
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their
congregations and communities. They will learn and practice
communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the
role of a listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of
caring and serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 9 a.m. - 11:30 a.m. on January 3,8, l0,22, & 24; and 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. on
January 14, 15, 16 & 17
Room: Sivertsen
Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim, and students may register for these classes as well as
for a regular course. These activities do not carry course
credit but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for
graduation.
Lifetime Sport: Badminton/Pickleball
HPE 002-B
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton and pickleball.
Grading: PIN only.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Melby Gym-northlsouth courts
Lifetime Sport: Ultimate Frisbee
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Practice and playing of ultimate frisbee. Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Lifetime Sport: Golf
HPE 002-G
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Practice in the various shots used in the game of golf.
Grading: PIN only
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Air Structure
Introduction to Dance
HPE 002-T/THR 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 002-T.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
HPE 004-JTTHR 004-J
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
See course information listed under THR 004-J.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 1:00-2:00 M, T, W, Th, F
Room: Satern Auditorium
Interim Abroad
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following
- courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454,612-330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Africa e5 the Middle East
African Stories: Philosophical Ideas in Literature
Crossroads Africa: Arts and Culture in Morocco
The Natural History of Tanzania
Australia and the South Pacific
Sustainable New Zealand: Ecology, Economy and Society
Australia: The Economy and its Social Context
Europe
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies: The Northern
Ireland Context
The Czech Republic: Social and Cultural Impact of the Emerging
Free Market Economy
Tltr 13rrcqlish Srlrard nnrl l:rrt~riiy:A Cot?~parrrtiveStudy
in Nirt', Id~*tlr),
and Paris
Frct~rhI,nri,vra,qc rrrtd Culrr~n~
?t~~errnl?rli~rrr
.'ipnrrisi~C n ~ r g i r g rrrlrri Ctrl/rri-cin Southern Spain
Live Theatre In and Around London
The Lost Generation: Americans in Paris
Spain: The Influence of a National Culture on Organizational
Practices
Theatre in England
Watercolor Painting: Art of the French Table
The European Union in the 21st Century
Latin America and the Caribbean
School and Society .
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC
Peace and Conflict Resolution in Northern Ireland
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop at
Hamline: Transforming Genres
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: David Mura
David Mura will teach the ACTC 2002 advanced creative
writing course at Hamline University. His topic will be
"transforming genres." Mura, a poet, creative nonfiction
writer, critic, playwright, and performance artist, will
encourage students to write in one genre to explore shifting
their work to another genre. The total class size will be
limited to 2-3 recommended students from each college.
Prerequisites: Eng 226, or other introductory creative writing course, and
recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To apply for this course,
contact Professors Cass Dalglish and Doug Green.
Maximum Enrollment: Three student writers from each of the ACTC colleges.
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
Inside Washington 2002:
Academic seminars
Politics and the Media
Politics, Power, and the Presidency
January 6-1 8, 2001
Pol 398-A(l.O Credit)
January 2002 marks the end of President Bush's first year in office
and the beginning of the race for the congressional midterm
elections that may mean a party switch in the House or Senate.
Much is also at stake at the state level as numerous gubernatorial
races may determine who will run for president in 2004. Many
retirements and new seats as a result of reapportionment and
redistricting means that the political deck is being reshuffled.
Who will be advantaged? What are the likely outcomes? What
main forces will be at play? How will President Bush's policy
agenda affect the political landscape and what role does the
media play in the political and policy games of Washington, D.C.?
Inside Washington 2002 is an exceptional opportunity for
students to step into the fire of politics and gain a unique insight
into these and many other issues. Through site visits, tours,
briefings, and lectures, politicians, media personalities, policy
makers, and scholars will take students on a behind-the-scenes
journey through the halls of power. Don't miss this special
opportunity to go inside Washington!
The first week, "Politics and the Media:' will examine how the
relationship between politicians and the media shapes political
news.
The second week, "Politics, Power, and the Presidency:' will
explore the first year of the Bush Administration, and the
influences that affect the public policy agenda of any new
presidential administration.
For further information about the program see Professor
Hedblom in Memorial Hall 117A, call her at 330-1197, or email:
hedblom@augsburg.edu.There are four scholarships available to
cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in
registration through the political science department.
Show less
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a ... Show more
SUMMER
SCHOOL
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o
t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g
Monday, June 24.
( F i r s t - and second-year German courses
b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a t e r . )
PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o
a p p l y w e l l i n advance, i f p o s s i b l e , e s p e c i a l l y i f t h e y w i s h
t o r e g i s t e r f o r "demand" courses (see page 7 ) .
ADDRESS SPECIFIC INQUIRIES t o Dr. M. C . Stenshoel, D i r e c t o r
o f Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUCSBURG is a four-year liberal arts college in an
urban setting.
With a 12-block campus in the heart of
Minneapolis, it is oriented both physically a nd philosophically toward the pulse and excitement, the problems
and opportunities, of contemporary metropolis.
INTO THIS URBAN environment Augsburg College brings a
century of concern for scholarship, a reputation for
great teaching, and a student body committed t o the
values of education in a Christian community.
FULLY ACCREDITED by the North Central Association and
other agencies, Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
The college
Arts degree in 29 major fields of study.
is associated with The American Lutheran Church.
IN
MINNEAPOLIS
THE METROPOLITAN area of Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
Augsburg students the stimulation and challenge that is
urban America today. The City provides a laboratory for
social and political inquiry. It is focal point for
the cultural explosion in art, drama, and music.
It
provides innumerable opportunities in sports and recreation. In short, the City adds a unique and significant
dimension to the Augsburg educational experience.
THE WORLD-FAMED TYRONE GUTHRIE Theater, the pennantchasing Minnesota Twins, the Summer Symphony, the
Minneapolis Institute and the Walker Art Center these are but the beginning of opportunities for the
student attending Augsburg Summer School.
CLASSES:
STUDENTS INTENDING t o t a k e c o u r s e s o n b o t h campuses
should plan t h e i r schedules t o allow about 20 minutes'
commuting t i m e b e t w e e n campuses. W h i l e s t u d e n t s a r e
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , t h e Summer
S c h o o l w i l l a s s i s t i n t h e making o f commuting a r r a n g e m e n t s when n e c e s s a r y .
MORNING
MOST COURSES a r e s c h e d u l e d f o r t h e m o r n i n g h o u r s
Monday t h r o u g h F r i d a y ,
Four-credit c o u r s e s meet f o r
p e r i o d s o f 65 m i n u t e s , f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e s f o r 8 0 minu t e s . S e m i n a r s and I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y c o u r s e s w i l l m e e t
a t t i m e s m u t u a l l y a g r e e d upon by s t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c tors.
EVENING
TO ACCOMMODATE s t u d e n t s whose summer employment p r e c l u d e s morning c l a s s e s , and t o i n c r e a s e f l e x i b i l i t y o f
scheduling, s e v e r a l courses w i l l be taught during the
evening hours.
M e e t i n g t w i c e a week (Monday and Wedn e s d a y , o r T u e s d a y and T h u r s d a y ) , e v e n i n g c l a s s e s w i l l
r u n from s e v e n t o t e n o ' c l o c k , w i t h a 1 5 - m i n u t e b r e a k .
For s p e c i f i c l i s t i n g s , c o n s u l t t h e schedule.
Eligibility
PERSONS I N good s t a n d i n g a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d
c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f s u c h
i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer
School.
"Good s t a n d i n g " i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s
b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n
d r o p p e d by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n .
I N ST. PAUL
ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n
a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w i s h i n g t o c o m p l e t e a d e g r e e program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d
apply f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions.
TO INCREASE c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s ,
Augsburg C o l l e g e i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e ,
S t u d e n t s may
S t . P a u l , i n i t s Summer S c h o o l program.
r e g i s t e r f o r c o u r s e s t a u g h t o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus, a s
w e l l a s f o r t h o s e o f f e r e d a t Augsburg, u s i n g 3 s i n g l e
form.
For s t u d e n t s t a k i n g advantage of t h i s opportun i t y , t u i t i o n and f e e s a r e p a y a b l e t o Augsburg, and a l l
g r a d e s and c r e d i t s w i l l b e e n t e r e d d i r e c t l y upon t h e i r
Augsburg t r a n s c r i p t s .
4
COURSES TAUGHT o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus a r e d e s i g n a t e d
i n t h e accompanying s c h e d u l e by t h e u s e o f i t a l i c s .
W h i l e most o f t h e C o n c o r d i a o f f e r i n g s c a r r y a v a l u e o f
t h r e e c r e d i t s , some ( i d e n t i f i e d b y a c r e d i t v a l u e o f
1@3-411) may b e t a k e n f o r e i t h e r t h r e e o r f o u r c r e d i t s ;
s t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g t o take such courses f o r f o u r c r e d i t s
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e a s s o c i a t e d work i n i n d e pendent study under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r of
the course.
STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term
o f 1968 a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a r e
p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e F a l l t e r m .
STUDENTS OF OTHER i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e
t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n
a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l ( e . g . , R e g i s t r a r o r Dean) o f h i s
c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o
e a r n c r e d i t s i n t h e summer s e s s i o n .
C r e d i t s earned a t
Augsburg w i l l b e t r a n s f e r r e d o n l y i f t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t
h a s been f u l f i l l e d .
5
OTHER PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d
c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n
e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l circumstances.
I
I
I
I
I
Tuition
FULL SUMMER TUITION for not more than 1 0 credits
is $220.
For a single four-credit course, tuition is
$115; for a five-credit course, $140.
For fewer than
four credits, the charge is $30 per credit.
In some cases, such as private lessons i n applied
music, special additional fees are charged. A Registration Fee o f $5 is added for registrations completed
later than June 15.
A TUITION DEPOSIT of $25 is required at t h e time of
registration f o r students taking six or more credits.
For five credits or less the required deposit is $15.
Checks should be made out to "Augsburg College".
The tuition deposit i s refundable only if the courses
selected, including alternate choices, should be withdrawn because of inadequate demand.
Housing
DORMITORY HOUSING for unmarried students is available
at a charge of $40 for the six-week session. Cottage
housing, with cooking privileges, is available for the
same period for $50.
Occupancy is from June 2 3 to
August3. Those rlesiring housing for an additional
period will be charged at the rate of $1.00 per day for
dormitory housing,or $1.35 per day for cottage housing.
STUDENTS WILL PROVIDE their own pillows, blankets, and
bed linens.
Course
Information
COURSE VALUES at Augsburg College are measured in Term
Credits.
The number of credits assigned normally corresponds to the number of 50-minute periods the course
meets each week during a ten-week term o f the regular
academic year.
Term Credits are directly interchangeable with Quarter Credits.
AUGSBURG COURSES numbered 50 and above are considered
upper-division offerings and are intended primarily for
juniors and seniors. (Concordia offerings numbered 300
and above may be considered upper division.)
INDEPENDENT STUDY courses are available in a number of
departments and carry upper division credit, thus
permitting qualified students to earn such credit when
regular upper-division classes are not available. Work
in Independent Study is to be done under the direction
of a specific faculty member who will serve as guide
and evaluator.
Before registering for Independent Study a student
should obtain the approvalof the responsible department
and faculty member; approval forms are available from
the Summer School Office.
COURSES MARKED with a n asterisk (*) are offered subject to adequate demand. When registering f o r such a
course, a student should, if possible, list other
courses as alternate choices. Courses without the
asterisk are definitely scheduled a n d are, therefore,
particularly appropriate as alternates.
A ROOM DEPOSIT OF $10 should accompany the applications
of students intending to live in college housing.
FAMILY ACCOMMODATIONS may be available. Persons interested should communicate directly with Mr. Richard
Berg, Business Manager, Augsburg College.
Board
6
CAMPUS FACILITIES for meals include a coffee shopsand
automated services.
A regular board plan will n o t be
in operation during the summer session.
Resident students wishing to prepare their own meals should arrange
for cottage housing.
ART
ART 1 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS.
4 Cr.
Historical and topical studies.
Participation in the cultural life of the
community, leading toward appreciation and
criticism. 7-10 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays. M r . Thompson.
&
ART: STUDIO COURSES.* 4 C r . Select not
Art 7,
more than one of the following:
Drawing; 18, P a i n t i n g I ; 21, S c u l p t u r e I;
78, S c u l p t u r e 11; 50, Ceramics I; 51,
Ceramics 11.
7:30-10:05 a.m. M r . H o l e n .
BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY 1 .* EINCIP_LES OF BIOLOGY. 5 C r .
b a s i c c o l l e g e course i n biology, not
i n t e n d e d f o r majors i n b i o l o g y . $ 5 - l a b o r 8:45-10:05 a.m. M r . U r d a h l .
atory fee.
COMPUTER
SCI ENCE
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.*
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 C r . T h e o r y m o d e r n
A p a r t i c u l a r computer
d i g i t a l computers.
language i s i n t r o d u c e d .
Includes a survey
o f computer a p p l i c a t i o n s , p r o b l e m s .
7-10
p.m., Tuesdays, T h u r s d a y s . M r . S t e r n .
ECONOMICS
ECONOMICS 22.* PPINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o l l e g e c o u r s e i n
economics.
7-10 p.m., Mondays, Wednesd a y s . Mr. S a b e l l a .
EDUCATION
G ER MAN
II
GREEK,
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING.
EDUCATION C-416.
3 Ch.
An e d u c a t i o n a l psychology c o u r s e :
motivation; r a t e s of learning, f o r g e t t i n g ;
communicati.ng a t t i t u d e s , s k i l l s , unders t a n d i n g ; r e a s o n i n g and problem s o l v i n g .
ST. PAUL: 10:55-11:50 a.m. M r . Heideman.
EDUCATION 8 9 . THE TEACHING OF FOREIGN
LANGUAGE TO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PUPILS.
5ParC r e d i t Workshop, June 2 4 - J u l v 26.
t i c i p a n t s w i l l t e a c h German oE French t o
area children.
For more i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e
V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r : M r . Edener.
p. 12.
ENGLISH
ENGLISH 91.
SEMINAR on a m a j o r American
T h i s summer's
o r B r i t i s h w r i t e r . 3 Cr.
seminar w i l l consider M e l v i l l e . Evenings,
as a r r a n g e d . Mr. N i c h o l l .
A
L AT I N
HISTOR
ENGLISH 1 1 . COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE.
4 C r . An i n t r o d u c t o r y Freshman c o u r s e .
Two s e c t i o n s : 7:30-8:35 o r 8:45-9:55 a.m.
Mr. B e r g s t r o m , Mr. N i c h o l l ,
I
I
ENGLISH 99.
C r . See p.
INDEPENDENT
-
STUDY.
Variable
7. Mr. B e r q s t r o m , &. N i c h o l l .
GERMAN B-131-132.
BEGINNING GERMAN I , 11.
9
:
m i s compliii f i r s f - y e a r
c o l l e g e German c o u r s e i s n i n e weeks i n
l e n g t h , from J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 1 6 . ,*
ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 and 10:55-11:25 a.m.
Mr. Engel h a r d t .
a.
GERMAN 3 - 4 . SECOND YEAR COLLEGE GERMAN.
Note: T h i s complete s e c o n d - y e a r
8 Cr. c o u r s e meets 8 weeks, J u n e 17 t o August 9 .
8:45-10:05
10:45-11:55.
Mrs. B a l t i n a .
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e C r See p 7. M r . C o l a t c i .
HISTORY A-331.
U. S. H I S T O R Y .
3-4 Ch.
The p e r i o d from t h e American R e v o l u t i o n
t h r o u g h p o s t - C i v i l War R e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s
s t u d i e d . I f taken f o r f o u r c r e d i t s , an
a d d i t i o n a l p r o j e c t i s r e q u i r e d . ST. PAUL:
9:30-10:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
19th C_EflURY EUROPE. 3-4
HISTORY A-353.
P o l i t i c a l , .$decs$ogical, economic, and
7:30s o c i a l developments. - ST.. PAUL:
8:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g .
Ch.
ENGLISH 45.* MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5
Works o f s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from ColoCr.
n i a l times t o t h e p r e s e n t ; t h e i r contribut i o n s t o t h e development o f American l i t erature.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m .
ENGLISH 8-364.
MASTERS OE E N G L I S H L Z T ERATURE. 3 C h . Major a u t h o r s , i n c l u d i n g ,
among o t h e r s , Chaucer, S h a k e s p e a r e , S w i f t .
M i l t o n , C a r l y l e , Shaw, ~ e a t s ; and ~ l i o t ;
ST. PAUL:
8:30-9:25 a.m.
Mr. Lange.
.m.
HISTORY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
C r . See p . 7 . Mr. C h r i s l o c k .
9
MUSI
Variable
*-
MUSIC 1.* THEORY I. 4 C r . P r i n c i p l e s of
n o t a t i o n , major and minor s c a l e s ;
interv a l s , t r i a d s , ' rhythms -- t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n
i n w r i t t e n e x e r c i s e s . Aural s k i l l s , s i g h t
reading, dictation, part-singing.
A fundamental c o u r s e f o r music s t u d e n t s .
Prer e q u i s i t e : Passing a theory entrance t e s t .
10:45-12:05.
Mr. Johnson.
RELIGION
I
RELIGION A-202.
HZ$TOR,Y AND LITERATURE OF
T - ~ - N & W . T E ~ T ~ A ~EU-~ ~ ~ J
+ the
kQy T e s t a m e n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e l i f e and
t e a c h i n g s o f J e s u s , t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t and
growth o f t h e c h u r c h .
ST. PAUL:
11:5512:45. Mr. Sohn.
APPLIED MUSIC. P r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n may b e
a v a i l a b l e i n v o i c e ; s t r i n g , keyboard, and
wind i n s t r u m e n t s . 1 C r . f o r 10 l e s s o n s .
Note: An a d d i t i o n a l c h a r g e o f $40 i s made
f o r e a c h 10-lesson s e r i e s .
For informat i o n c o n t a c t t h e Department o f Music.
RELIGION A-404.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Ch. A n a T y s i s - o f p o r t i o n s o f
t h e Book o f Concord i n h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c tive.
ST. PAUL: 11:55 a.m.-12:45
p.m.
Mr. R u d n i c k .
PHILOSOPHY 21.
PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY.
Introduction t o t h e nature, n i ~ r ~ s .
4 Cr.
c e n t r a l problems, and t e r m i n o l o g y o f p h i losophy.
7:30-8:35
a.m.
Mr. S a n d i n .
RELIGION 8 2 . CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC
THEOLOGY. 4 C r . Trends o f Roman C a t h o l i c
t h e o l o g y and r e l a t i o n o f t h e o l o g i c a l and
b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e c h u r c h . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays,
Thursdays. Mr. C o l a c c i .
.
\
PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY 9 9 . INDEPENDENT STUDY.
b l e C r . See p . 7. M r . S a n d i n .
VariaI
PHYSICS
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
4 Cr.
The s o l a r
PHYSICS 1. ASTRONOMY.
system, s t a r s , g a l a x i e s .
The u s e o f
o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s ; v i e w i n g w i t h a 12"
7-10 p.m.,
Tuesr e f l e c t i n g telescope.
days, T h u r s d a y s . Mr. Hanwick.
SOCIOLOGY
I
SOCIOLOGY 57.
SUMMER WORK I N CORRECTIONS
Note: T h i s i s
AND.-SOCIAL SERVICE. 5 Cr. a s p e c i a l summer program n o t i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h o t h e r Summer School o f f e r i n g s . F o r
information w r i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Auqsburg C o l l e g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY
InterdisciI N MODERN METROPOLIS. 5 C r .
p l i n a r y s t u d y , p o l i t i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l ,
b f t h e changing- i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s
o f community and government i n t h e contemporary u r b a n s e t t i n g . C l a s s e s meet o f f
campus.
8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. T o r s t e n s o n .
I
'
POLITICAL SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY.
V a r i a b l e Cr.
See p . 7 .
Mr. Stenshoel.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY 5.* W R A L PSYCHOLOGY. 5 C r .
The b a s i c p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g b e h a v i o r .
~ x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods,
and a r e a s o f s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n p s y c h o l o g y .
10:45-12:05.
M r s . Andereqq,
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
b l e Cr.
See
INDEPENDELIT STUDY. V a r i a M r s . Anderegg.
p. 7.
SOCIOLOGY A-221.
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY.
3-4 Ch.
An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e emphasizi n g human group l i f e and man's s o c i a l
environment.
ST.PAUL:
8:30-9:25
a.m.
Mr. Dannehl.
SOCIOLOGY 61 .*
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
STATISTIC_S. 5 C r . M e t l i o X s - i T c o l l e c t i n g ,
comparing, and i n t e r p r e t i n g d a t a i n t h e
s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Graphs, t a b l e s , measures
of c e n t r a l t e n d e n c y ; t h e t e s t i n g o f hypot h e s e s . 10:45-12:05.
Mr. F!ordl i e .
SOCIOLOGY 92.
POWER AND COMMUNITY I N
MODERN METROPOLIS;
5 Cr. (See P o l i t i c a l
S c i e n c e 92 . ) 8:45-10:05.
Mr. ~ o r s t e ' s o n .
11
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4
Cr.
B a s i c problems o f k f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and
c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . 8:45-10:05. M i s s C o l e .
'G
*..
Associated
Programs
THIS FIVE-WEEK WORKSHOP ( E d u c a t i o n 89) i s o f f e r e d through
t h e c o o p e r a t i o n of f i v e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s : Augsburg, Haml i n e , M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas.
Dates a r e
June 24 t h r o u g h J u l y 26.
Guided by D r . W i l f r i e d Edener, a
s p e c i a l i s t from Germany now s e r v i n g a s F o r e i g n Language
C o n s u l t a n t t o t h e f i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l work
w i t h f i f t h - and s i x t h - g r a d e r s , i n t r o d u c i n g them t o e i t h e r
German o r French over a four-week p e r i o d .
CARRYING a f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e v a l u e , t h e Workshop i s open
t o t e a c h e r s now i n s e r v i c e , a s w e l l a s t o u n d e r g r a d u a t e s
competent i n e i t h e r language.
T u i t i o n i s $100. Because
t h e number of p a r t i c i p a n t s i s l i m i t e d , p e r s o n s p l a n n i n g t o
a t t e n d should submit a p p l i c a t i o n s t o Augsburg Summer School
a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s p e c i f y i n g t h e p r e f e r r e d language.
SUMMER SCHOOL APPLICATION
PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY OR TYPEWRITE. M a i l completed form,
t o g e t h e r w i t h r e q u i r e d d e p o s i t s ( s e e page 6 ) , t o Summer
S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
L a s t , F i r s t , Middle
BORN:
19
.,
ADDRESS :
PRESENT
C ig
-
-
-
.
--
-
_
--
EDUCATIONAL STATUS:
STIPENDS c o v e r i n g b o a r d , room and c o l l e g e t u i t i o n a r e
a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e a c c e p t e d .
Majors i n A r t ,
E d u c a t i o n , Music, N u r s i n g , P o l i t i c a l ( o r S o c i a l ) S c i e n c e
a r e e s p e c i a l l y encouraged t o a p p l y ; p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n
upper-classmen.
R e q u e s t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms should be
d i r e c t e d t o : Youth D i v i s i o n , The American L u t h e r a n Church,
422 South F i f t h S t r e e t , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55414. I n c l u d e
your name, a d d r e s s , and z i p code.
2.
-
-
-.
\
Female
.State
.
-
MARRIED?
-
- -
- ..
--
.
---
Zip
-
.-
S t a t e -_
-
..
- -.
Zip
-
-
--
-
- -
H i g h e s t l e v e l o f e d u c a t i o n completed a s o f J u n e , 1968:
- High School g r a d u a t e
- Freshman y e a r of c o l l e g e
- Sophomore y e a r o f c o l l e g e
- Junior
- Senior
- Other:
year of c o l l e g e
y e a r of c o l l e g e
Are you now working toward a c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e ?
- Yes
- No
THIS PROGRAM combines i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y and a p a i d work
experience i n s o c i a l s e r v i c e f o r undergraduate s t u d e n t s .
A p p l i c a n t s need n o t be s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e .
Since
t h e number of o p e n i n g s i s l i m i t e d , e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e
suggested.
For i n f o r m a t i o n w r i t e Chairman, Department of
S o c i o l o g y , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404.
Male
Street
TWENTY STUDENTS from a l l p a r t s of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s w i l l
p a r t i c i p a t e i n a u n i q u e e d u c a t i o n a l e x p e r i e n c e a s members
of a " l i v e - i n " g r o u p , spending e i g h t wesks ( J u n e 17 t h r o u g h
August 9) i n t h e North S i d e c r i s i s a r e a of M i n n e a p o l i s .
Earning academic c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e , p a r t i c i p a n t s
w i l l pursue i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , a s w e l l a s t h e f i v e - c r e d i t
c o u r s e , S o c i o l o g y ( o r P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 92: See page 10.
1.
-
Street
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
CiRjr
12
SEX:
( I f "yes",
p l e a s e complete i t e m s a , b , and c , below.)
a.
At what c o l l e g e ?
b.
What d e g r e e do you e x p e c t t o e a r n ?
c,.
W i l l you want c r e d i t s e a r n e d a t Augsburg C o l l e g e
No
t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h i s c o l l e g e ? - Yes
( I f "no", p l e a s e u s e t h e s p a c e below t o
b r i e f l y your e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n s and g o a l s . )
-
indicate
.
ES.
From t h e l i s t e d c o u r s e s on pages 7-11, p l e a s e e n t e r
t h o s e which c o n s t i t u t e f i r s t
c h o i c e f o r y o u r Summer
School program. T o t a l c r e d i t s may n o t exceed t e n .
I
T o t a l Number o f C r e d i t s :
ALTERNATES.
HOUSING.
P l e a s e l i s t below o t h e r c o u r s e s you a r e w i l l i n g
t o s u b s t i t u t e , s h o u l d l a c k o f demand r e q u i r e c a n c e l l a t i o n o f a c o u r s e l i s t e d above.
Do you wish t o r e s e r v e c o l l e g e h o u s i n g ?
Yes
( I f "yes",
specify:
(See
- Dormitory
page
6.)
- Cottage)
- No
DEPOSIT.
I e n c l o s e a check o r money
o r d e r , payable
C o l l e g e , i n t h e amount o f $
a s follows:
-
,
to
to
Augsburg
be c r e d i t e d
Tuition Deposit, $
Housing D e p o s i t , $
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1968
Augsburg Summer School b u l l e t i n , which I have r e a d and u n d e r s t a n d .
e
-.
Date
s.igna-eurt
Show less
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C... Show more
JULY
AUGUST
COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below,
which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul.
Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above
a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r .
STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e
Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from
department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done.
t h e Sumner School O f f i c e .
COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students
may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n .
STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-.
Credit
may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P.
7
10
55, 6 7 , 83, 84,
. , -, 1 9 7 7 --,
85. 99. Variable
credits.
First and/or
------ second terms.
Thompson.
--"Lob"
.
SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e
F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n
t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks).
Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y
interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s .
AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n
i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t
Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many
as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t .
Paul campus.
TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a
person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when
t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l
t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.*
--
-
*persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s
a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00.
some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s .
Students
s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l
a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d
Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n
taking private music lessons
office for rates.
A-,
EDUCATION 65.
METHODS AND MATERIALS:
SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives,
principles, and techniques in elementary
social studies; unit development.
(Prereq.: 55, 56.)
Second Term.
TTh. 7-10
~
EDUCATION C-221.
BIOLOGY 6.
HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
5 Cr. Structure and function of the human
body. For non-majors.
First and Second
Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg.
CHEMISTRY 5.
PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY.
6 Cr.
Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic
chemistry.
For non-malors.
Lab fee:
$5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus
two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg.
EDUCATION C-357.
First Term.
St. Paul.
TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr.
10:lO-11-00 a.m.
Rickels.
EDUCATION C-420.
HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-451.
TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC.
2 Cr.
Second Term.
10:lO-11:OO a.m.
Warnke.
St. Paul.
EDUCATION C-480.
3 Cr. First Term.
St. Paul.
COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.
INTRODUCTION
TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern
digital computers. A particular computer
language is introduced. Includes a survey
of computer applications, problems. Second
Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden.
ECONOMICS 22.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I.
4 Cr. An introductory college course
in
economics.
7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella.
ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS.
5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price
and output determination, factor price determination. First Term.
MW 7-10 p.m.
Sabella.
INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA;
11:lO a.m.-
TION.
3 Cr.
First Term.
12:15 p.m. St. Paul.
CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE.
9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer.
EDUCATION C-490.
TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden.
St. Paul.
ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr.
Works of selected writers
from Colonial
times to the present; their contrsutions
to the development of American literature.
First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis.
ENGLISH 52.
THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH:
ITS
4 Cr.
Thematic
HISMRY AND LITERATURE.
examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life:
for each 10-lesson series.
For information contact the Department of Music.
PHILOSOPHY 2 1 .
PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY.
4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims,
central problems, and terminology of philosophy.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a. rn.
Reichenbach.
CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation.
Its uniquenees and relevance to
certain other contemporary views of the
nature and destiny of man.
First Term.
10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson.
PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions,
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing
implies that the student has been admitted to a college and
has not subsequently been dropped by that institution.
R E l I B I O M R-210.
ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to
complete a degree program at the college should apply for
admission through the Office of Admissions.
RELIGION 84.
9:05-10:20 a.m.
R E L t ~ l o nR-211.
r ~ urr
z
PHILOSOPHY 6 1 .
PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.
5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language.
First Term.
8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach.
rfrsrmcwuAKD
THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r .
Wlfall.
HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ
~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ .
9:05-10:20
a.m.
.
Wffall.
RELIGION R-330.
Cr.
First Term.
Sohn. St. Paul.
PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr.
First Term. Time Arranged.
michenbach.
L I T ~ A N R GOF
S e n d 'l'rml.
St. Paul.
W
sc~onrl T-.
STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of
1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons
admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year.
St. Paul.
CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4
11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m.
IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must
provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from
an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his
college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn
credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg
will be transferred only if this requirement has been met.
RELIGION R-430.
LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL
WRITINGS.
3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55
a.m. Stach. St. Paul.
RELIGION R-460.
PHYSICS 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY.
4 Cr.
The solar system, stars, galaxies.
The use of optical instruments; viewing
with a 12" reflecting telescope.
7-10
p.m., TPh. Hanwick.
TERS. 1 Cr.
TTh. Stach.
SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m.
St. Paul.
OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
SOCIOLOGY 1 1 .
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW
11
NATIONAL.
5 Cr.
Emphasis on the
Presidency, Congress, ard the
Supreme
Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and
ideological factors.
Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr.
The political
NIST GOVERNMENTS.
~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other
communist states analyzed in ideological,
party, and institutional terms.
First
Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan.
P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY.
Variable credit. First Term.
Time arranged. Noonan.
MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY.
4 Cr.
A sociological perspective of the
cultural and structural dynamics of the
western world.
First Term.
8:45-10:05
a.m. Torstenson.
SOCIOLfiGY 57.
5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s
z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a
a special summer program not integrated
with other Summer School offerings. For
information w i t e
Dr. Joel Torstenson,
Augsburg College.
btlll
SOCIOLOGY 6 1 .
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL
5 Cr. Methods of collecting,
and intermeting data in the
social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures
of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie.
STATISTICS.
cnmnarino.
. r----.=.
I
di
. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.
First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks.
PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1
3
Cr.
St. Paul.
PSYCHOLOGY 99.
RESEARCH PROBLPIS.
SPEECH
11.
BEGINNING SPEECH.
4 Cr.
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critical listening. 8:45-10:05.
Olson.
SPEECH 99.
INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable
Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson.
I
I
LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer
sessions.
I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e
J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g .
made w i t h M r
.
WORKSHOP
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
-
June 16 20,1969
g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt
-
The discussion will center on "Music in Europe
i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral
Music." Many taped examples, as well as the
actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr.
Nystedt will be used.
-
10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
I
DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a
1935 graduate of Augsburg College,
received his master's degree from
the University of Minnesota i n
1943. He returned to Augsburg in
1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman
of the Department of Music since
1950.In 1965 he was honored with
a Doctor of Humane Letters degree
from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music
degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published
choral works to his credit, Dr.
Sateren has also written several
books and numerous articles on
choral music and its performance.
Wide interest i n the field of
music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music
Educators Association, the Hymn
Society of America, and his work
as a member of the Inter-Lutheran
Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's
direction, has premiered several
contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral
music. In December the choir sang
the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the
General Assembly of the United
Nations in New York City with the
Minnesota Orchestra.
Choral Topics I
"Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other
Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part
Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration.
-
1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland
This study of larger-than-anthem choral works
will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater,"
Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas
Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice
in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others.
I
Recreation Period
KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of
the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is
conductor of the Norwegian Soloist
Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo.
He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the
United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d
organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n
Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske
Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups
including the Augsburg Choir. Mr.
Nystedt recently received the
St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of
Norway for his contributions to the
musical life of his country. In the
year of its birth, Nystedt's setting
of "De Profundis" won the coveted
Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories
considered, and it was subsequently
performed a t t h e International
Society for Contemporary Music.
Given its U. S. premiere by the
Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary
character of the piece opened new
paths in choral composition and
performance in this country. His
later "Praise to God" continued the
exploration of new sounds. This
work was given its world premiere
by the Augsburg Choir.
DR. DALE WARLAND has been
at Macalester College since 1967.
A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr.
Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf
College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and
the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional
career has included positions at
Humboldt State College (Calif.),
and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works
for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past
season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n
Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion"
premiere in New York City and in
a local performance of "Missa
Solemnis" by Beethoven.
Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full
and varied program of recreation opportunities
to complement the facilities a t Augsburg
College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes,
golfing at the municipal courses and other
activities are easily accessible to participants.
-
6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren
Choral Topics I1
"Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter
Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music"
are some of the topics to be considered.
-
7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt
"The Interpretation ?nd Performance of
Music by Knut Nystedt.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
ABOUT THE WORKSHOP
Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop
new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director
must seek the understanding and techniques of
bringing this expression to his audience.
Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have
long been associated with the presentation of "new"
choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God."
Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of
choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral
composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as
composer in residence at Augsburg College to take
part in this workshop.
Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at
Macalester College, has been associated with the
preparation and performance of a number of larger
contemporary works including the New York City
premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with
the Minnesota Orchestra.
Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial
Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The
importance of this new music, the music of the
future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren
Choral Workshop in its first year.
TUITION
Without Credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo*
This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the
opportunity of purchasing the music used in the
workshop.
Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~
Partial registration is available for those unable to
attend the complete workshop but wishing to take
part as their schedules permit.
Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00
One or two undergraduate credits may be earned
through Augsburg College upon examination and
payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled
by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00
fee listed above.
*A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y
May 30.
ROOM AND BOARD
Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00
Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ .
. . . . $45.00
Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise
dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the
College Center Commons. Accommodations for
wives or husbands are available.
AUGSBURG
STUDENT NO.
-Mr.
NAME: - Miss
Mrs.
COLLEGENOW
ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg:
PRESENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE :
PERMANENT ADDRESS:
ZIP:
PHONE:
CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r :
I p l a n t o attend:
*
- F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18)
Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) *
T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16
FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and
ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of
15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s
taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] .
FIRST CHOICES
Dept.
No.
Title
Term [ s l
Credits
1
ALTERNATES
I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $
. A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r
p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s
i s $15.00.
Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n
i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e
I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969
Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o .
Date :
.
Signature:
.
-
-
. .. .
R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e ,
M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404.
Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 .
"
c
~
~
-
-
~
~
'
X
~
L
~
,
,
,
~
,
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
"
C
C
C
- .
b MtZd w*
REGISTRATION
FORM
E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be
r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . )
Please check a s applicable:
- I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room.
- My w i f e o r husband w i l l
-I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e
accompany me,
housing.
- I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t .
Name:
,
- . . -. -
. . . ...
Address : - .
. .
Date:
,
. ..-.
...
,
-.
-
-
R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o :
Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404.
. .
.
-
ZIP:
Manauer, Choral
-
C
C
C
C
1
Show less
L
.
- -
-
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs
from May 30 to June 23. Term I1
runs from June 26 to August 3.
A detailed listing of... Show more
L
.
- -
-
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 16 academic
disciplines as well as internships and
independent studies. Term I runs
from May 30 to June 23. Term I1
runs from June 26 to August 3.
A detailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
term one
summer session info
I1
w
I
May 30 to June 23
term two
%
June 26 to August 3
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
II
I
(312)263-0456.Web site <wwtu.ncacihe.org>
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily
for freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
about
augsbu
* North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Jnstitutionr of Higher Education,
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take one course credit
during Term I and up to two course
credits during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value
of one course credit. O n e Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
'
Independent study: Independent studies inay be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully
planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning at (612)
330-1 148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement:: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
T h e College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
information
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Summer Coordinator
Augsburg College
Campus Box $144
22 11 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1787
www.augsburg.edu/summer
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of s ~ ~ institutions,
ch
and students admitted for the next fall term are
eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
(612) 330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, (612) 330-1743.
calendar
~yschedule
ning April 10, yo1
-.~mmer Session courses at the
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00
p.m. A $100 tuition deposit must be
paid at that time for each course scheduled. This deposit will be applied to
your summer school tuition and is not
refundable unless the course is canceled. If a course that you have scheduled is canceled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. We recornmend that you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many courses fill
early, and courses with low enrollments
will he canceled one week before the
first day of the term. Tuition must be
paid in full at the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center (see deadlines below), or you will be dropped
from your course(s).
Summer registration may be confirmeci
beginning May 10. Students taking
courses during Term I must complete
their registration by May 31. Term I1
registration must be completed by
June 27. This procedure applies to all
summer classes, including internships
and independent studies. T h e
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center is located in the Science Hall,
Room 152 and is open from 9:00 a.m.
lay. It
to 5:00 p.m. Monday thi(
w ~ l he
l open un ' ' 1.m. on lvlay 10
and May 31 anc
une 26 and 27.
en on Saturdays
T h e center i
between 10:OO a.m. and 1:30 p.m.
when W e ~ t - n JCollege is in session.
paid in full in order for
Tuition ~n
I to be complete.
r reg
.-1.
Irg s~uuentswho have unpaid
; from previous terms must pay
. .
these balances before they may confirm
their sumn
'loo1 registrations.)
A late fee oi
5 will be assessed for
students who register after the second
day of the term. N o Term I registrations will he accepted after June 2nd,
and Term I1 registrations will not be
accepted after June 30th.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an add/ilrop form at the
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center. There is a charge of $75 for
changing a course after 3:30 p.m. on
the second scheduled day of each term.
This procedure applies to internships
and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Refunds and adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policyn section of this
brochure.
Scheduling begins
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
April 10
May 19
May 30
May 31
Last day to:
*Change grading option
June 9
*Drop class without notation
June 2
*Register with late fee of $75
June 2
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
-1oliday
.ast day to withdraw from class
lasses end
3rades due in registrar's office
June 16
June 23
July 5
April 10
June 26
June 26
June 27
July 14
June 30
June 30
July 3 & 4
July 31
August 3
August 11
Atrfishnrg(:ollege, os affthl~cdi n i l s mission, does not discrilninare on the hnsis of race, color, crecd, pligion,
nutior~alor ethl~icorixin, oge, gerldir, ~ e x l r aoil'rntatii~n,
l
lllotirnl stattts, srrrtirs with iewinl [ i t [~~cblic
nssistonce, or
dls<~hilityin its edircntiun policies, rvbnissionr j~olicies,zcholnrship and loan [mlpolns, athletic at~d/o~.sihoolodlninistered I ~ r ~ ~ g r o rercel~t
n s , i n those illhta~lcerqoherc religion is n hona fidr ~ ~ c c ~ ~ p n t y~mlificc~tion.
ionnl
Arrgsh~tr~
r d ~ ~ r o v i d imosonnhle
l~ji
ncc~~~nmodntiol~z
to its elnl~loyeesorld its stlrclentr.
Cullege iis o ~ l n ~ n i l t to
A n y ~11~estiollr
concerning Alrgsbl~rg'scolnl~liancewith federal or state regularions ilnj~lelnentil~g
eqlcol access o r ~ d
bl~portr~nity
can be directed to Lorn Sterl, nfi?natiz,e n c ~ i o ncoordilla~or,(3ffce of H l r l n n l ~Resi>urces,CB 79,
Augshlcrg Collefir, 22 i I Ritcrzide Avr!, Mimleal~olis,MN 55454. She can be reached by telel~hone,
( 6 1 2 ) 330-1023; n i by e-lnail, <.steilQo~rgshrrg.e~l~r>.
map of augsburg
uition charge for 2000 Summer
3ess10n courses:
$950 for full-crecrlL ~ourses
$475 for half-credit courses
$240 for quarter-credit courses.
Audits are charged at the tuition
tuit
refu
I policy
T h e $100.00 per course deposit is no
refundable. A refund of all or part of
the remaining fee is calculated from the
date of the student's official course cancellation at the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center.
'
Schedule of refunds:
Prior to the first scheduled class
meeting-100% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting-75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
financial aid
Eligibility for Summer
Session attendees
Financial ai
~ilableto students
:pted for enrollment in
enrolled or
Augsburg d
r weekend programs.
Students who maintain half-time
status (as defined by the program in
which they are enrolled) are eligible
to apply for financial aid.
pPO~rdnl
Students enrollea tn summer Terms I
and I1 combined or only Term I1 may be
eligible to apply for the Federal Stafford
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
WEC program
No aid is given for summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with the WEC spring
trimester.
Students enrolled in summer Term I1
may be eligible for the Federal Stafford
Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting-50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated
version of the schedule of refunds.
College Map lniorrnallon
1. Admissions Weekdav. Prooram
2 A r S.r~clbreE l l rdnce (Novemoer Irbro.gn Marcn)
3. Anllerson-he son Aln e. r Fnelu ana SeasonalA r
Slruclure
4. Chrislensen Cenler (Inlarmal~anDesk)
5 East Hall
6. Facully Guest House
7. FOES,Lobeck. Mlles Center lor Worship, Drama
and Comunicalian (Tjornhom-NelsonThealre.
Hoverslen Chapel)
& Georoe Sverdruo Hall
9. Husby-StrammenTennls Courls
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Cenler
1 2 Lindell Library
13. Mainlenance and Grounds Shop
14 MortensenTower
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17, Music Hall
10.New Residence Hall
-
B~~.b~lv=-~~
old
20 Oscar Anderson Hall
21. P.0 c Rca. ons & Carnrn .n ~.xlans
22.0.ad
23,Sclenee Hall
~
24. Security Dispalch Center
25,Shipping and Recslvlng
26.Si Mslby Hall
27, Sverdrup-onedal Memorial Hall
26.Umess Hall
Parklng Lots
A. AdmissiansiFacultylStaHParking
8. FacullylSlaHiC~mmulerlResidenl Parking
C. FacullyiStaHParking
D. FacullyiSlaHiCommutsrParking
E. Commuler Parking
F. Residsnl Parking
G. Visllor Parking
H. Faiwiew-University Parking Ramp(pay parklng available)
campus location
35W from the North-
Loan, Federal Pell Grant, or the
Minnesota State Grant.
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on
To apply
Avenue South.
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 2000.
Contact the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center at (612) 330-1046 for
application materials and additional
assistance. Early application is advised.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. P a u l signs (move to right
lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
I Ione
-
30t0,
applicatiol
rinnal crrr
ART 100/300 (with HIS 1951331)
Topics: Designed Environment
~ndllis course addresses the designed environment,
e intentionally designed places in which we
,e. We will investigate architecture, landscape
~hitecture,and urban design, both in class and
site visits to prominent local examples of
design excellence.
City or Aesthetics
9 -1 1:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Science 123
ACC 221-S
Stoller
Principles of Accounr~~
basic concepts
Introduction to business
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
9-1 1 2 0 an
C1assroon
Ve23
'tneories and techniques for educa
-!
T; W,R, F
Foss Mac
ENG 245
Introduction tc
rature
Swanson
A n initiation inro rne formal study of fiction,
poetry, and drama, drawing on works from several
periods, different cultures and races, and male and
female writers. This course aims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature. Persp.: Aesthetics
3-6 pm
M, T; W, R
Old Main 10
.LL,
9-11:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 18
ACC 3 2 2 3
Accounting Theory & Practice I
A n analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements, and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: A C C 222)
6-9 pm
M, T; W, R
M, T; W, R
Sverdrup 202
BUS 3 3 1
Kapoor
Financial Manaeement
Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long
and short-term funds, capital costs/budgeting,
leverage, and dividend policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113,
ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3).
6-9 pm
M, T. W, R
Foss 43
p
.-
i:'~
HIS 1951331
ART 1001300)
To~ics:Design
lvironment
Kimball
r the designed environment,
This course adc
the intentionally uesigned places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent local examples of
design excellence. City or Aesthetics
Science 123
9- 11:20 am
M, T W, R, F
Old Main 29
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
manager.
6-9 pm
r
F
7n.s
Erickson
Educational Technolow
-,
You will be exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research.
Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate
I N S 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe
A n overview of the American lndian studies curriculum-history and>literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues,
cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language.
(Reauired
for American Indian Studies minor)
.
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness 1
.
6- 9 pm
M,T;W, R, F
F
I N S 199-Sl399-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
are evaluated for academic credit. The internship
nlacement must be aooroved bv the facultv suner-
.
Arranged.
1-
6-8:20 pm
Limit 8 students
M, T; W, R. F
Music 20
- .-- ..-..
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish I
1:arrcll
A.tn3 r~~ . I C \ L . ~ I I ~ f0..1 I><I>IC $k~ll>.
ttti.Icr~t,il~.l~ng,
<pc'~kt~ie,
.
- ~e:~.I.nc,1n.I nrtring of e l ~ , ~ ~ ~ i , n t : ~ r y
Spanish. lntroduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an
integral part of this course. Persp.: lntercultural
Awareness 2
M , T; W, R, F
Old Main 29
Old Main 18
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking.
This Institute is also open to current teachers.
19-23 seminars
8:30 am - 4:30 p.m.
Foss 21
POL 241
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
The course explores the relationship between
urban development, government policy, and the
river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment,
and current policy debates about the river.
Students will undertake service-learning projects
relating to the Mississippi River and explore the
river by boat. Grad Skill: Critical Thinking,
Persp.: Social World (pending). Lab fee: $50
1-320 pm
Old Main 25
REL 357-S
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study of the lives and theology of well-known
Christian thinkers. lncluded are heures like
. \ ~ O ~ . . > ~Ei>n~i~~cfier,
IIIC,
:III.I D.trcxlly Ihy
I'erq)..
911:20Cam
h r ~ v . . ~F.11th
n
I or 1
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 18
T W, R, F
Old Marn 10
SWK 260
Humans Developing
Link
This course provides an understanding of human
growth through life and of the sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors that influence
the growth of individuals and families. Growth
related to diverse populations and groups or special stresses is also a focus.
Persp.: Human ldentity
6-9 prn
M, T; W, R, F
Science 205
_3C 1213
Introduction to Human Society
Pippert
What is society and how does it make us who we
are? Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions, and our
interactions with each other.
Persp.: Social World
9-1 1:20 am
INS 120:
June 19-30, 2000
Paideia Seminars
Students will participate in a series of seminar discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
M , T; W, R
M,
MUS 155
Class Piano (.25 cr)
Dawe
This course is designed for music majors/minors
whose primary applied area is an instrument other
than piano, and who have had little or no piano
training prior to college. The course will teach
the skills needed to meet the Augsburg Music
Department piano proficiency requirement.
(Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission of instructor)
1-3:20 pm
6-9 pm
.
individual faculty in the specific majors.
Contact the academic department directly to
make arrangements.)
--
I
PSY 3 6 2 3
Hanson
Abnormal Psychology
A n introduction to psychological disorders.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
M, T; W, R, F
Sverdrup 206
SPA I l l - S
Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening,
and overcoming speech fright. Graduation Skill:
Speaking. (Note: Students may take either SPC
111 or SPC 112 for credit, but not both).
9-1 1:20 am
M, T; W, R, F
Old Main 29
-
BUS 340-S
Human Resourc- .
Personnel function
B
Cemer..
iiness, acquisition, and
and society. (Prereq.:
A
@
EED 3 5 0 3
K-6 Mathematics Methods
Stevens
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to teacher education program)
3-5 p.m.
Bollmar
course, studentselthis first level
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demoktrations, and
critiques complete the learning ex -ce
Persp.: Aesthetics
6-9 pm
T; R
-in
M. W
6-9 pm
..I,
W
Music 24
17
c l d
ART 1 3 2 3
Photography
Raschke
The camera will be used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and ,,,hire photographic processes. Students need access to a
35mm, single-[ens reflex camera. Estimated cost of
film, etc.: $200-225. Persp.: Aesthetics
6-9 pm
Limit: 14 students
anagement
Cerrito
and principles related to the manage- - ~of
t operating functions taught from a managerial viewPo!
examples from various
- (Prereq': BUS 242 Or 'Onindustries and
sent of instruct
old ~~i~
ACC 2 2 2 3
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. lntroduction to
business activities, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
9-10:45 am
Music 24
M . T W, R
Principles of Computing for Business
Braun
Course teaches PC skills using Windows 98 and
business related problem solving using the
Microsoft Office Suite(Word, Excel, Access,
PowerPoint). Computing concepts and lnternet
are also
The hands-0n
approach is supplemented with computer-based
training and software for use in and out of class.
(Prereq.: MPG 3 or a "Pass" in MAT 103)
6-9:00 pm
TR
Foss 42
MIS 3 7 9 4
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Kaminsky
The course is an introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures,
probability, sampling distributions, estimation,
and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.:
MIS 175 or 370 and MPG 3 or a grade of 2.0 in
MAT 105)
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 43
T; R
Sverdrup 17
EED 360-S
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Science (0.5 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and elementaty level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
teacher education program)
6:30-8:30 pm
T; R
Old Main 4
EDS 3 9 0 3
Communication Skills in the
English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed
to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group discussions, as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum. (Prereq: PPST and
admission to teacher education program)
6-9:30 pm
T; R
Sverdrup 20
ENG 3 6 1 3
Studies in Modern Fiction
Clayton
The course focuses on contemporary 20th century
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 1. Graduation Skill:
Writing
6-9 pm
TR
Old Main 10
H P E 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
( S O cr)
Klauber
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about
school health education and services.
6-9:40 pm
M
Murphy 111
HIS 103
Anderson
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present.
Persp.:Western Heritage
6-9 pm
T; 8
Old Main 13
EDS 391-8
Teaching Mass Media ( 5 0 credit)
LaDuca
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Explore the
nature of media as "consciousness industries,"
examine the whys of teaching media, how to go
about it effectively,\,,hat assumptions lnedia ed"cation was based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the curriculum.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to teacher education program)
I N S 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies Rowe
A n overview of the American Indian studies curriculum-history and literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music, and language.
(Required for American lndian Studies minor)
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 pm
3-6 pm
M
Sverdrup 20 1
T, R
Sverdrup 202
- -
l w 199-fy399-5
lternship
.w:rk-based l e a z n z p e r i e n c e in which stu, x t s design a le'amiA2agreement plan that links
the opportuniti:s Gd%sponsibilities found in the
placement withbbiific learning objectives that
are evaluated f$,academic credit. The internship placement kist'be approved by the faculty
supervisor prior tFeiistration. (Note: Internships
may also be arranged,$ch individual faculty in
the specific maiors. ~onta'c;the acad~micdepartment d
Arrang
O D
1
Farrell
Beginning Spanish 11;
Aims to develop thcfohr basic skills: understanding, speaking, readi$ynd writing of elementary
Spanish. 1ntroducyi~:o the culture of the
Spanish-speaki
jrld. Labir'atory work is an
integral part of
:ourse. PersdIri
ltural
Awarener
1-24.5 pri
M,TW,R
d Main 29
-
INS 225-S
Introduction to Islam
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to no$~uslims.
The course will cover the ideologi&if:undations
of Islam, its basic concepts and teiiet:, Islamic law
(Sharilah), Islamic economic andyolitical systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
7; R
1-245pm
Music 23
MAT 173-S
Math of Interest
Kaminsk~
Learn how to determine the monthly payments
on a house or car. Find out how much you need to
be
away
have a million when you
retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life
insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a
final examination. (Prereq.: MPG 3 ) Graduation
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6-9 pm
TR
Science 108
MUS 2 9 5 4
Topics: Introduction to Recording Studio
Theory
Tech;liq~es (0.50 credit)
Mudge
Course includes
to basic audio theery, microphones, understanding musical instruments, signal flow, studio operating procedures,
recording console parts and functions, tape
machines, and recording techniques. Contact the
music department at (612) 330-1265 for further
details.
6-9 pm
W
Music 27
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice
in Diverse Communities
Leuning
This course focuses on nursing science and
ing theory as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice (Prereq.: undergraduate
bioethics or one graduate level course)
Immersion Model begins May 24th,
Christensen Center, Marshall Room
POL 421-S
The New American Politics: Race, Ethnicity,
and Politics in a
New Century
Aoki
This course examines the consequences of the
waves of immigration of the past three decades.
We look at the ways in which immigrants are
influencing American politics and society, and the
ways in which immigrants are being transformed.
We examine both current issues and the history of
the ~oliticsof race and ethnicity. Prereq.: Jr or Sr
status or at least one course in political science.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Persp.: Social World 1 and 2
6-9 pm
M, W
Music 23
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young
Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during the adolescent and young
adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
Old Main 25
6-9 pm
M. w
e
@
REL 472.S
Quanbeck 11
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate
historical background, Paul's relationship with the
early church, major themes in his writings, and
reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an
important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking.
6-7:45 p.m
M-R
Old Main 16
SWK 560
Mental Health Practice
Boisen
This course examines psychopathology, mental disorders and intervention methods. Emphasis is
laced on understanding mental health disorders
from a systems and ecological perspective as
well as understanding biopsychosocial influences
on incidence, course and treatment. Prereq.:
Advanced standind2nd yr. MSWI Post MSW
6-9 pm
M, W
Sverdrup 206
SOC 35623
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: Soc 121)
KR
Old Main 18
1-4:30 pm
spc 329-s
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems. Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9 pm
M, W
Foss 21
-I
other summer srual summer term abroad
upcoming programs:
Cultural Conflict and Social Change in 1
May 15-26, 2000
Department of Religion and
L
Augsburg Youth and Family Institute
May 24-June 9,2000 in Bergen, Norway
REL 316 Church and Culture in Context
center for
global education
Anderson
This course provides a study of Norwegian culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in Norway. Participants will meet for a one-day
course orientation May 22 at Augsburg College. (Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or
33 1) Christian Faith 3.
For information contact David Anderson at (612) 330-1569.
Human Rights and Indigenous Issues in Guatemala
May 16-25, 2000
Haiti and Cuba: Dic+;n
May 28 - June 12, 200'
kr
Elections 2000: S aping Mexico's Future
June 26 to July 3, 200C
Guatemala Odvssev
Solidarity
July 9-17, 200-
hallenges and Opportunities
for Spiritua
--
Wellspring of Hope
July 17-25, 2000
The Maya of Guatemala: Spirituality, Culture and RL,.,
Ovvression
August 1-9, 2000
..
Food & Justice: Examining Hunger and Debt in Nicaragua
September 2-9, 2000
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at (612)330-1159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less
URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to Aug... Show more
URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to August 9.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to two course
credits during Term I and during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is
the equivalent of four semester credits
and six quarter credits.
II
I
'1
term one
I
May 29 to June 29
term two
July 9 to August 9
1
I
a :
I
I
I
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
I
I
I
1
I'
I
* North Central Associntion of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education
(31 2) 263-0456. Web site <~utuw.ncacihe.mg>
2
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers heginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily
for freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning at
(612) 330-1 148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursernent to pay for Summer Session courses. However a nonrefundable deposit
of $100 is required to register for each
summer course.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
T h e College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
inf0rmafion
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #56
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1628
www.augsburg.edu/su~nmer
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augshurg
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the
Weekend CollegeAdmissions Office,
(612) 330-1743.
3
re
-
calendar
7
.
lning AK
ner Seqi
Enrollment
4 p.m. A $101
paid at that t~
led. This dcl:
your summe
refundable unless
celed. If a c o ~ ~ r ts e ,
led I
eled, you may elect
rl
Je :I refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another c o ~ ~ r sWe
e . recom~nertdthat you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many C O L I ~ S fill
~S
early, and courses with 1 0 ~ 1 enrollments
will he canceled one week hefore the
first day of the term. Tuition must bc
paid in full at the Enrollment Center
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
111 SaturL ayh
n . when Weekend
L ( t h r o ~ ~ July
gh 1).
d in fill1 in order for
he complete.
whc, !--.re unpaid
IrcvL,
lust pay
ces before they may comsummer school registra-
..
Summer registration may he completed
heginning May 9. Students taking
courses ~ L I I - i Term
u g I must complete
their registration by May 30. Tel-111I1
registration must be completed by July
10. This proceilurc applies to all sumlner registrations, including internships
and independent studies. T h e
Enrollment Center is locatect in thc
Svcrdrup HiiII and is open from 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m. Monday t h r o ~ ~ gFriday.
h
It
will he open ~ ~ n t6i p.m.
l
o n May 29
and May 30 and on July 9 ancl 10. T h e
summer 2001
term I
term I1
Scheduling begins
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
April 9
May 17
May 29
April 9
June 28
July 9
I
I
..late fee
a
5 will be assessed for
students w
egister after the second
day of the term. No Tcrrn 1 rcgistratious will lie accepted after J ~ l n clst,
and Term 11 registrations will not be
accepted after July 13th.
To change ytlur registration you will
need to fill out a n add/Llrop fo1.m at the
Enn~llmentCenter. There is a charge
of $75 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. o n the second schedulc~lday of
each term. This procedure applies to
internsl~ipsand independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refilnds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition R e f ~ ~ nPolicy1'
d
section of this
brochure.
Last day to:
Change grading option
June 8
*Drop class without notation
June 1
*Register with late fee of $75
June 1
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
July 20
July 13
July 11
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in registrar's office
July 27
August 9
August 17
June 15
June 29
July 9
I
1
'
lI
schedule of refunds
100°i6 of the refundable portion of the fee...
Cancellation at the Enrollment Center prior to May 29 (Term I) &
July 9 (Term 11)
75% of the refundable portion of the fee ...
Prior to May 3 1 Term I) & July 11 (Tenn 11)
50% of the refundable portion of the fee...
Prior to June 4 (Term I) &July 16 (Term 11)
Ill
:-fll
1
rn
_I
-
-
-
-
map of augsburg
A
7
4
1
!!ITrns I,
C
fees
The tuition ch
In cours
100 for
$650 for h
Audits arl
listed abo
I
1
lmmer
it courses
dit courses
at the tuition rates
Day program
Students enrolled in su
I
and I1 combined or in either Term I or
Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell
Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant.
I:,
g
P
policy
I"
mb%
e s ~ is
t not
refmu of all or part
fee is calculated fro!
date of the student's official rn..--cancellation at the Enrollr
See page 5.
Nc
liven for summer Term I as it
ru
..~rrentlywith the WEC spring
mmester.
0;.
,..
R
WEC stude t enrolled in summer
Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pel1 Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
financial aid
To apply
Eligibility for Summer
Session attendees
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 2001.
Contact the Enrollment Center at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance.
Financial aid is available to students
enrolled in day or weekend programs.
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined by the program in which
they are enrolled) are eligible to apply
for financial aid.
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2, Admissions Annex and Weekend
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
12. Development,
PR/Communications, and
Alumni/Parenl Relations
13. Lindell Library
(November through March)
4. Andenon-Nelson Athlelic
Field and Seasonal Air Slructure
5. Christensen Center
6 East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss, Lobeck. Miles. Cenler for
Wonhip. Drama & Communication
9 Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Stmmmen Tennis Courts
11. Ice Arena
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15. Mortensen Hall
16.Murphy Place
17. Murphy Square
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
ZI.,Andenon Hall
22. Quad
2 2 Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
campus location
I
w&d**+,
h h b k l~
&
1
A.Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking
B+CommuterResident Parking
C. FacultyIStaRParking
D. FacultylSlaff/Commuter Parking
E.Commuter Parking
F, Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. airv view-university Parking Ramp
stww ~
~m,
1
3 5 from
~ the ~ ~ ~ t h T a k e W a s h i n g t o n A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left o n
W a s h i n g t o n ( t u r n s right o n t o C e d a r A v e n u e ) ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , right a t 21st
Avenue South.
1-94 East f r o m MinneapolisT a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t , t u r n left a t 2 5 t h A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st
Avenue South.
m # k d S r r U r b h b h W ~ ~ W MpWI &&
M
@w,&, creed, relrpon,
&,d
PARKING INFORMATION
Early application is advised.
J'
&@&,
25. Shipping and Receiving
26.,Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. urness Hall
~
~RPU~IIC
h k h ~ . ~ & h @ ~ pa nt d ~l r~ n
1-94 W e s t f r o m St. PaulT a k e Riverside e x i t , t u r n right a t Riverside
A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
~ ~ ? ; ~
occupatrod qunl~ficntron Augsburg
rstered programs, except m t?iose Instances where relrpon u a born
Colkge IS comm~ttedto prowdng reasonable accommodntrm to rts employees and ru s h u
fide
I
35W h o m t h e SouthFollow t h e 1-94 S t . P a u l signs ( m o v e t o r i g h t
.
-
l a n e after e a c h of t w o mergers). T a k e 2 5 t h
A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
7
6
-
-.
-
ter6 one
-
The camera is us
EED 33.
Middle S
(0.5 crec
I Methods: Writing
Olson
I1 focus on writing strzb--:-s and
..,,-uuL., Yyp.~priateto middle leve
ents.
Emphasis will include the writing PI
, types of
writing and integra ed writing :---- culum. This course i required f o ~
"g
elementary licensure with a communication
artsjliterature specialty.
(Prereq.: Admissiop
Iuntion dept or permission of instructor)
6:00-9:30 p.m
/i
Sverdrup 17
ASL 2 1 1-S
Topics: Intermediate American
Sign Language
Mikkelson
This course continues to build the skills of signing
and the ability to listen, to use body language and
to use facial expressions. (Prereq.: ASL 102)
T El Th
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p , m
i
OldMain
L
1
Accounting
ce I
Kader
An analysis or nnancla
punting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaming to financial state~nents,income concepts, valuation concep~
FASB statements, and othcr relevant issue:
applied to assets.
(P~ereq.:A C C 222)
8:30 a.m.-I2:OO p.m. M B W
Science 108
'1
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p m
M 8W
BUS 3 3 1-S
Financial Management
KapOor
Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long
and short-term funds, capital costsjbudgeting,
leve~age,and dividend policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, A C C 222, M1S 379, and
MPG 3).
Sverdrup 206
6:00-9:30 p.m
M,WB F
~
d
~~
~
~~(0.5~
~i
credit)
~~ h ~ ~
You will he exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research.
Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate
applications of theories and techniques for educa.
tional settings.
9:OO-11:30 a m.
M B W Suerdrup 204
C
liate Expository Writing
Swanson
s course builds on the practices and methods
(ENG 111). Its workshop
of Effective W
format stresses
d organization, the process
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
6:00-8:30 p,m
M , T, W, Th
of revision, sell
~ = eevaluation,
r
and the relationship between reading and writing,
(Prereq.: ENG 11I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MBW
Kingsley
Main 25
Old Main 10
m-~-
-
'SY 3
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during adolescent and young adult
years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 9.m M b W
Old Main 25
S r c 111-s
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech fright (Students may take
either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit hut not
both).
Grad Skill: Speaking
8:30-12:00 p m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
-m '
I
REL 35723
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study of Christian history through the lives and
theology of notable figures. Thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Luther, C . S. Lewis,
Martin Luther King,]r., and Dorothy Day.
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221, or 331)
Pcrspective: Christian Faith 2 or CF 3.
El
Old Main l8
6'00-9:30 ') m'
HIS 1 0 3 3
Modern World 1789-Present
Anderson
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present.
Persp.: Western Heritage
6:00,9:30 m,
T B ~h
Old Main 13
-
EDC 220-S
SPA 111-5
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Persp : intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-11:00 a m. M, T, W, Th
Old Main 26
students able to spend 3-4 days on the river with a
group of canoeist coming down the river from
Lake ltasca to Minneapolis.
Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social
World.
Limit: 20 students
M €4 W
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
,,
!-
i
I N S 199-S/399-S
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
~ are
~i evaluated
l
l ~credit. ~The
~ ~ for academic
k
~ internship
~~
placement must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. P/ii grading.
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
a~angements.
~
,2 4 1 3
Environmental and River Politics
Underhill-Cady
The course explores the relationship between
urban develop~nent,government policy, and the
river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment,
and current policy debates about the river.
Students will undertake service-learning projects
relating to chc Mississippi River and explore the
river by boat. One longer river trip is planned for
SPC 351-S
Argumentation
Lapakko
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront sti~dentsin
[heir everyday lives.
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking
.%erd~up202
6:OO-9:30 p m
M BW
-
term two
july 9 to august
ART 1001300-S (with HIS 1951331)
Topics: Designed Environment
Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics
I:00-4:30 p.m.
MBW
Science 123
ART 107-S
Drawing
Bollman
This is a first level drawing course. Students work
with a variety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important concepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.:
Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T B Th
Old Main 17
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p,m.
T B Th
Old Main 17
BUS 4 4 0 3
Strategic Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T B Th
Sverdrup 202
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they
affect product, promotion, marketing channel,
and pricing decisions.
6:00-9:30 p , m
T B Th
Sverdrup 206
EED 4 9 5 3
Topics: Elementary Earth Science Subject
Matter Standards
Stangl
This workshop course for elementary education
majors includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry
based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensure.
5:OO-9:00 p.m.
ACC 2 2 2 3
Kader
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of A C C 221. lntroduction to
business activitics, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
8:30 a,m.-12:OO p.m. M B W
Sverdrup 202
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
s
TBK
Science 19
ESE 351-S
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening
(0.5 credit)
Lapakko
The course covers teaching of public speaking,
interpersonal communication, small group communication and listening, as well as directing cocurricular speech and debate activities.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the education
department)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T
Science 108
(0.5 credit)
The course presents
the critical analysis (
INS 1 0 5 3
contempora
Indians will
(Prereq.: PPST
tion p o g r a m r
6:OO-9:30 p.m-
M
The course focuses on contemporary 20th
~ry
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (hereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.:
l~ltcrculturalAwareness 1. Grad. Skill: Writing
T B Th
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Old Main 10
(0.5 credit)
Minnesota
where appropriate.
pd~rness1
TBTh
OldMain16
NS 1 1-S
Paideia Seminars
16-20, 2001
Students will participate in a
ies of seminar discussions following the Paidera .~,oinarformat as
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selectio~isthat help students to think
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully.
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking Limit: 20
Portfolio is due on July 27. Contact Anne Jensen
for registration (612) 330-1188.
8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. M-F
Old Main 16 & 11
This Institute is also open to current teachers.
ply
ENG 3 6 1 4
Studies in Modern Fiction
H P E 115-S
chemical ~~~~~d~~~~
.-.arts.
~~~~k
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about
school health education and services.
6:00-9:30 p.in.
M
~
~ 1I 1 ~
HIS 1951331-S (with ART 1001300)
Topics: Designed Environment
Kimball
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence.
Persp.: City or Aesthetics
1 :00-4:30 p.m.
M b* W
Science 123
INS 199,S/3YY-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
are evaluated for academic credit. The internship
placement
p
h
~ must be approved by the faculty
supervisor prior to registration.
~iranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
arrangements.
I N S 225-8
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, it's basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
Persp.: intercultural Awareness 1.
6:00 p.m.-9:30 p+m. M B W
Old Main 16
9
POL 421-5 (ML
ve:
Developing a Mi
- ~ Aoki
Race and Ethnic
This course focu:
the ability to function and
rse and ever changing conlead in culturally
texts within the u.3.f ' proved cultural awareand interpersonal senness, communication !
sitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among thc goals of
Extensive discussion and several short
t*
wnmmts with emphasis on applying
\
o leadership situations.
.
L
,.,-"
Dupont
Math of Inten
he monthly payments
Learn how to c
how much you need to
on a house or car. Fi
have a million \,,hen you
be stocking awav no
vu~iiies,
perpetuities,and life
retire. Learn hs
=-a
F-r-luation will be
insurance work,
'----oo
In, quizzes, and a
based on
.
Lv...
i
3) G
.,
kill: (
v....
MBW
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention given to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: SOC 121)
1-4:30 pm
T, Th
Kingsley
PSY 361-S
Personality/Cuh
~ntext
Hanson
Curtent scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality.
ing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
l'cnp : l ~ i t ~ r c ~ A\vilrcncs
~ l ~ ~ ~ r .3 ~ l
8.33-11 00 a m M, 'I., W, Th
Old MLIUI26
includes the study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-9:30 p.m
M El W
Old Main 25
6
REL 4 7 2 3
SPA 112-T
Beginning Spanish I1
6:00-8:30 p.m.
M , T,W , Th
Kingsley
Old Main 26
POL 1 7 0 3
Underhill-Cady
Law in the United States
A n introduction to basic legal concepts in the
United States, with a special focus on environmental issues. We will explore the tensions
between justice, order, rights, and freedoms in the
context of debates over water pollution, wet-lands
preservation, endangered species, urban brownfields, and global warming. Students will work on
individual projects studying current environmental cases and controversies in the Twin Cities.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
Science 205
Quanbeck I1
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate
historical background, Paul's relationship with the
early church, major themes in his writings, and
reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an
important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Grad Skill:
Critical Thinking.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION,
Soerdrup I
SPC 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Beginning Spanish I1
Old Main 18
Old Main 18
Lapakko
This coursc cxplores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m,
MB W
Suerdmp 20
term two
july 9 to august 9
SWK 5 6 0 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental
Health Practice
Syers
This course examines assessment and diagnosis of
mental health Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a systems
and ecological perspective as well as understanding bio/psycho/social influences on incidence and
course. (Prereq.: Advanced standinglsecond year
MSW/ Post MSW)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M@ W
Sverdrup 206
--
ML 560-S (POL 4 2 1 3 )
Developing a Multicultural Perspective:
Race and Ethnicity
Aoki
This course focuses on the ability to function
and lead in culturally diverse and ever changing
contexts within the U.S.A Improved cultural
awareness, communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are
among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with
emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations
M@W
Sverdrup 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
Human Rights and Indigenous Issues ir
May 15-24, 2001
\
Poverty and Perseverance: Life in N'
June 9-17, 2001
latemala
:agu
4'
The Plight of Indigenous People in Countries in Transitio
Guatemala and Chiapas, Me+-June 2-15, 2001
Mexico: Educatior
A Professional nJune 14-21, 2001
.
Cuba: Our Isl;..,
July 16-24, 2001
iiobal Citizenship
Neighbor
m
Namibi
tional Educ
July 13 - L U , 2001
Mexico 2001: Daunting Cha"
July 17-25, 2001
Accompanying Our Brothers
July 27 to August 7, 2001
ges, Wellsprings of Ho
\;
Sisters in El Salvador
South Africa: Racial Justice and Gender Equity
July 28 to August 12, 2001
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at ( 6 12) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied sulnlner curriculunl
that includes courses in more than 13 academic
disciplines as well as internships and illdependent studies.
Summer Session I runs from
May 28, 2002, to June 28, 2002.
S u ~ l l ~ nSession
er
I... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied sulnlner curriculunl
that includes courses in more than 13 academic
disciplines as well as internships and illdependent studies.
Summer Session I runs from
May 28, 2002, to June 28, 2002.
S u ~ l l ~ nSession
er
I1 runs from
July 8, 2002, to August 8, 2002.
A detailed listing of courses begins
on page 8.
Course loads i n Summer Session:
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, WEC students
taking two or more classes in the spring
trimester are not eligible to take classes
in Summer Session I. Note: WEC
registration for Summer Session I will
not be available via the Web. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of one course credit. O n e
Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits and
six quarter credits.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilli~lgAugsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Augsburg College
Campus Box 136
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Summer Se
w
May 28 to June 28
Summer Session I
July 8 to August 8
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evallgelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and
recreational activities.
* North Cer~t~ul
Associatio~lof Collc~esand Scl~ools,G~ilanissi~~it
011 l~~stitutior~s
of Hi,ql~erEdiict~ti~l~,
312-263-0456 Weh site <wcuw.l~cocihearc>
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended vrimarilv for
freshmen and sophonlores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual facultv members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
at 612-330-1 148 for more information.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.augsburg,edu/sum~ner
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612- 330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Students accepted for Su~nmerSession
are not automatically granted
admission as regular students of
Augsburg College. Those wishing to
begin a degree program at Augsburg
should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions, 612-3301001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office, 612-330-1 743.
to register for
Web registration will remain open
until May 3 (Session I) and June 14
(Session 11). Web registration hours
will be 6 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily, with the
exception of April 8, which will be
.
C
person at the Enrollnlent Center
hetween 9 a.111.-4 p.m. M-F ~xtencied
hours to 6 p.m. on the first a&&econd
day of classes for each se:
Thursdays 12-4 p.m.).
Students registering for
Summer Session I must complete
their registration by May 28.
Students registering for
Summer Session I1 must complete
their registration by July 8.
Augsburg students will be hilled
through Student Accounts. NonAugsburg students nus st pay 50 percent
of tuition at the time of registration. All
s t ~ ~ d c nmust
t s be paid in f~11lby May 10
.
be dropped fr
course (s)
Augsburg stu, 3 who have unvaid
balances from
pay these ball
lmmer Session.
n Registration: Many courses
11 early and eourses with low
Students who decide to cancel their
registration prior to the first day of the
sessi~nnus st c ~ m p l e t ea dropladd for111
at the Ellroll~nentCenter (this must be
done in person). There is a charge of
$100. For refund information please see
schedule of refunds on next page.
A late fce of $75 will be assessed for
students who register after the first Jay
of the term. No S e s s i o ~I ~registrations
will be accepted after May 3 1. No
Sessioll I1 registratioils will be accepted
after July 12.
Registration begins
Web registration closes
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
April 8
May 3
May 10
April 8
June 14
June 21
May 28
July 8
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
May 28
*Register (added late fee of $75)
May 31
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
Change grading option
June 7
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 8
July 12
July 19
June 14
June 28
July 26
August 8
July 8
August 16
schedule of refunds
100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
May 28 (Session I) and July 8 (Session 11)
75% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
May 3 1 (Session I) and July 12 (Session 11)
50% of the refundable portion of tuition:
-
If cancellatio~lat the Enrollment Center is no later than
I
map of aug~hurg
-
A
casts
T h e tuitioil clla!
.-.--
-
-
-
$625 for 1-
t courses
R
Audits al
listed ah01
c it courses
t the tuition rates
course load is
the two scssic
1.5 credits over
1
financi-
1
Eligibility for I
Session attend
Fi11$7Kal aid is available to students
er~rollsdin day or weekcnd progra#
from most federal and state ijpancial aid
programs. Institutional sc
lips and
grants are available only
regular academic year. St
maintain half- time status
the program in which they are enrolled)
are eligible to apply for financial aid.
WEC v:
No a
i
. r S ~ n cm ~nI as
..-..rrently with the WEC
m e s ter.
W E C stuc
enrolled in Summer
Session I1 ma
eligible for financial
J
aid it' their course load is at least 1.0
credit.
To apply
You must notify the E n r o l l m e ~ Center
~t
if you wish to apply for financial aid for
Suminer Session. To do so, visit
< www.augsh~~rg.edu/enroIl>.
The financial aid dcadline for
Summer Session is April 15, 2002.
COLLEGE M A P I N F O R M A T I O N
Adnli,\inns \Vcakd;ty Pn,g~%n~
13- Li~iclclll,ib~%~ry
2. Ad~~li,\iorirAnnc* and Wcckcnd
14.,Ma11ilc11a11cc
;111clCjmond.; Shop
Ad~~lisi~o~ls
l s . l M ~ ~ r l ~ Rtlll
~l~c~l
3. A i r Slruclorc Elllr;l~lcc
(No\,cmbcr I l i n , ~ ~ gM;lrcll)
ll
4* Eddt-Ncl\on Alhlclic
Picld imd Sc;~ul~idl
AirSIr~~~lurc
C l ~ ~ i u l c ~ l sC*.lltiv
cn
6, EA$I Hall
F,!cully Cioecl Ho11,c
8. Prrss, Lohcck. Milt,, Ccnlcrtr,C
Wonllil), Dril~liil& C < I I I I I I I ~ I I I ~ U ~ I ~ I , , I I
% Svcrylrup H;III
10. H u s b y - S ~ ~ ~ I I ~Tc111iib
I ~ I I COIII 15
Hi111
I I. Ice Alcnn
17. Dc\clopmcnl. PR/Cor~inlul~~c;~lio~n,
;aid Alumnifi';!rcnl I l e l n l ~ o ~ r
!.
>.
7.
A.VliiIoeP.~rkillg
B;Rc\~clc~ll P.I&III~
C. C o ~ n n l ~ ~P,ld~n;
ler
D. F;~cuIly/St;~IY/Com~nt~tc~/Rc<irlcnI
Parking
[S,Rc&~~le~lt
Pdkillg
F,, Rec~cle~~r
Pil~kilig
Ci. Adtni~rio~~c/F,su~lI)~/SInfl
P.r~li~lg
t i - , F ; ~ u l l ~ / S ~ Pn&i~ig
;~If
1. Vih'itoPP.!~hing
S, P,~cuIlylSrotf P i ~ l k i ~ l g
K.F;~cull):/Sl;~frPi~rhi~l:.
L.:Y~\ilo~.P,~kt~lg
M. F,tcully/Sl;~h/C,>~l~n~ololl
PIII%III~
N.,~;suI~y/St;~tI;iConln~~~lcrP,~k~~~g
0. Fi~ifiicw-LlnivchilyI';uking Rnnlp
Visit the Enrollment Center Web site to
downloa~lapplication materials.
1-94 East fro111 Minneapolis%kc 2 5 t h A\,~IIIIC exit, l u n l 1ck.a~2.5111 Avenllc, turn
Icft ;lr RrvcMclc AVCIILI~,[ u r n l c f l at 2 1 i t A\,cnr~c
Sil\~th.,
1-94 West fro111 St. Pault c ~ i l c l cA v c u ~ l c ,
31kc R ~ v e r s i ~csil,
l c t11in l i ~ h ,t ~ RI\
SOLILII.
l l l r n I c f ~; ~ 2r lct ALVIILIC
35W from thc SoutliFollrne thc 1-94 St. P.1111 SI~IL~T
(III\*S
t o ~'idht Innc :tftcr.
~ n c r ~ c n )'liikc
.
25th AVL.IIUC ex11 2nd r u l n
cncli id~\r.il
lefi a r ~ i w r : ~ i c lAc w n ~ l c l, u t n l c l l a r 2 l a r A v c n 1 1 c
S,lll~l.
,
T h e ca111era w
creativity and
photographic
1
-~
35m1u,single-lens rt
film, etc.: $200-$22
Pel spectivelsk
6-9:30 p.n~.
~
r visual
and white
llts need access to a
:all~era.Estimated cost of
L,,OL<
o l d M~~~~
4
ACC 22
Principles of Accountinl
Intyduction to business :
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle, and preparation of finanr:-' -.aternents.
T B Th
Mttsic 24
8 3 0 ~.III.-II~OII
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
Cerrito
Development of the theory of I ....c...,- ~ u e n t ,
organiznticin, staffing, planning, and control. T h e
nature of authority, accountability, ~es~onsihility,
and analysis of the pnifessional manager.
6-9:30 p.171,
TBTh
Mlisic 24
B U S 331-S
Financial Management
Kapoor
Topicurrlated t(1 theory acquisition, fund
allocation and nlanagcmcnt, sources and uses of
Ic~ng.and short-term fi~nds,capital
costs/budgctiny, levcragc, and dividend policy.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, ECO 112 or 113, and MPG 3)
6-9:30 p.111.
M,W F
Olrl Moil1 29
EDC 2 2 0 3
Educational Technology (0.5 Credit)
Erickson
You will be expoaed to basic thcorics of
communicatio11, selection, evaluati<in and
research. Become skilled in some of thc digital
tc~<ilsused in today's schools. Learn how to clioose
apprc~priateapplicatin~isof thcorics and techn~ques
for educational settings.
9-1 1:30 ir.111.
M, W F
S v e r d ~ ~204
rl~
Introaucar
A n initiation i u t
formal study of fictjon,
poetry, and drama, urawing on works from several
periods, difierent cultures and races, and male and
fe~nalewriters. This course aims in
to
develop students' critical and analytical skills as
the prerequisite for all upper level courses In
literature. PerspectiveiSkill: Aesthetics
4-7:30 0 ni.
Old Moil1 26
G S T 200,S
Quantitative Reasonmg
Schield
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in
:
lents involving predictions and explanations.
i include reading and evaluating tahles,
:raphs, and statistical models. E~nphasison
nterpretation, evaluation, and communication.
PerspectiveISkill: Quantitative Reasoning
(Prereq.: MPC 3)
6-9:30 p.111
T €4 Th
Old Muin 18
ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
A n introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. S t ~ ~ d c nobserve
ts
the
denlonstration of signs, practice their own signing,
and learn the facial expressions and body language
needed to communicate clearly with deaf and
hard-of-hearing people.
PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural Awareness 2
SPA 111-5
Beginning Spanish I
Reinhardt
Aims to de\,elop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. I n t r o d u c t i o ~to~ the culture of the
Spanish-speaking \vorld.
Perspective/Skill: I n t e r c ~ ~ l t i ~Awareness
ral
2
8:30-1 I a.m.
T 1R TI1
Old Moin 26
1- '..: -. .
I N S 105-S
Intro, to American Indian Studies
Weston
This coLlrse is intended to introduce students to
Anlcrican Indian S t ~ ~ d i eConcepts
s.
and topics to
be covered include, among others, history,
language, culture, literature, policy, iinages,
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
Indians will be eluphasized wherc appropriate.
PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 p . n ~
TBTh
Old M r ~ i t25
~
I N S 199-S1399-S
Internship
Olson
A work or service experiencc in which the
s t ~ ~ d e nfaculty
t,
aponsor, and aite supervisor design
a learning agreement plan that links classroo~ll
theor): the liberal arts perspcctivcs, and graduation
skills with the opportunities inherent in the
internship. T h e student 111i1stc o ~ i ~ p l eat elearni~ig
~portfciliobased o n the internship. Student should
consult with the faculty sponsor reganling
requirements and get permission to registel: PIN
grading only.
3,
.....
PSY 352-S
Adolescent and Young
Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during adolescent and young adult
years.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-9:30 P.m.
M BW
Old Mail1 2 5
REL 3 7 0 3
America11 Indian Spirituality
& Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philsophy
of North Alnericau Ind~ansare studied. Tribal
similarities and differences are explored as are
tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs
in an afterlife.
PerspectivelSkill: Christian Faith 3 , \Writing
(Prereq.: ENG 1 11, Jr. Standing and REL 11 1 ,
221, or 331)
6-9:30 11.11
M€4W
Old Main 18
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental
Upper Mississippi River watershed. Issues covered
include controversies about river pollution, the
lock and dam system, rcgiunal water supply, floc~d
control, economic clevelop~uentin the rive1
corridor, farming practicca, and enerby production.
In regard to each of these, the class will examine
thc challenge c~fbolancung econoniic dcvclopmcnt,
social har~non):and environmental sustainahility
Thcrc will be weekly excursions to explore the
river in the Twin Cities and meet with local policymakers and stakeholders. Students will repclrt to
the class o n a research project o n a topic of their
cho(ising.
PerspectiveISkill: Critical Thinking, Social \Vorld 1
6-9:30 11,tn
M&
? \v
0111 Moir~2 7
S P C 351-S
Argumentation
Lapakko
Develops critical thinking bkills by study of the
theory and practice of argument, evidence,
fallacies, and refi~tation.Includes how to build and
analyze public argulnents that c o n f r ~ n stt~dents
t
in
their everyday lives.
PerspectivelSkill: Critical Thinking
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112 or consent of instructor)
6-930 ~ , I I I ,
T 8 TI1
Old Main 2 9
session I 1 july 8 to august 8
ART 1 0 7 3
Drawing
This is a first level drawing course. Studelits work
with a varlety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important colicepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, dernonstrations, and
critiques coniplete the learning expel ience.
PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics
6-9:30 p,nl,
TBTh
Old Maill 17
ACC 2 2 2 3
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of A C C 221. I~ltroductionto
business activities and accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundan~e~ltals
of nlanagerial
accounting, p l a ~ l ~ l i and
~ l g controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
8 3I I
T GI Th
Music 22
A R T 118-S
Painting I
Bollmao
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
PerspectiveISkill: Acsthetics
6-9:30 p.111.
T B TI1
Old M ~ I 17
I
BUS 2 4 0 3
Personal Finance
Kapoor
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement,
and estate planning.
Old Main 10
6-9:30 I J , I ~
M&W
ART 2 2 5 3
Staff
Graphic Design I
A n intrc~d~lctioll
to the principles and t e c h n i q ~ ~ c s
of graphic design using page layout software.
Emphasis o n designing with text and ilnagc
PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics, Speaki~lg
6-9:30 p.111
T B TI1
Fuss 22B
A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 24913493)
Designed Environment
Anderson
This course addresses die designed environment,
the i~ltentio~ially
designed places in which wr live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and u r h a ~ design,
l
b o t l ~in cl;~ssand
in site visits and walking tours to proluinent
cxa~nples~f desiyn excellence.
PerspectiveISkill: Aesthetics or City; Writing
(upper division only)
(Prereq.: For upper divisiu~~-an art, history, or
urban sti~diescourse, and ENG 11 1)
1 4 : 3 0 [LIII,
M B W
Scie~~ce
123
ART 3 3 0 3
Graphic Design I1
Staff
A n advanced study of the graphic design of
typography and visual imagery fnr print production
using the computer. Includes idcntihcatic~liof
design problen~sand presentation to client.
PcrspectivclSkill: Aesthetics
(Prereq.: ART 225)
6-9:30 p.ln.
TBTh
Filss 22B
BUS 3 4 0 3
H u m a n Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel filnction in business, accl~~isitic)n,
and
utilizatio~iof human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intcgrotion of the worker
with the goals uf the firm and society.
(Prcreq.: BUS 242)
6-9:30 p . ~ n ,
M B W
BUS 4 4 0 3
Strategic Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the
management (if operating fi~~ictions
caught from a
~lla~lagerial
viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6-9:30 p.ln
TBTh
Mtrsic 24
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Principles of hasic policy and stratcw issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic
; ~ u dtechnological factors as they affcct pro~luct,
prona~tion,and distribution decisions
6-9:30 11.111
M B W
S v e n b ~ ~202
p
This course examines t h o k
unique to ~llarketingin a<in
Emphasis is placed o n a d a z
mix according to the i r b - - ellvLroLinlent.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
Clayton
120th centurv
ErnC
r
C H M 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
This course int~oducesb a s ~ cche~uistrycon-.
the context of numerous science-based i s s ~
our everyday lives with the goal of student I
:
a basic understanding of thc science behin%ssucs
present and in the future.
PerspectiveISkill: Natural World 2
(l'laereq.: MPG 2)
8:30 ~ . I ~ . - I I O I I I I
T B TI1
Science 3 15
E D C 495-S
Topics: DiversityNinnesota
American Indians
Gresczyk
This course cxaluines human divcrsity and Ii~lluan
relations. It fulfills the Education Department
huluan relations and Minnesota An~cricanlnclian
req~~il,ernents
and is a n option within the liceusure
progr:ilil.
6-9:30 p.m.
M B W
St'ertlrtlp 1
This coursc is designed for clclucntary educntic~n
~uajorsand includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that modcl the tcacl~ing
and learning process ~f sc~entificinquiry. Meets
hasic earth science st~hjectmatter standards for
initial licensurc.
6-9:30 j1.111.
T El Th
sCiL'IICL'
10
SlS
-
ction.
Awarcncss I ,
Isen1 of instructor)
TI1
Old Mail1 23
TB
HPE 1 1 5 3
Chemical Dependency (0.5 credit)
Broek
A n analysis of chemical ahuse and what can be
clone for the abuser. Inclu~lesinfc~rmationabout
school health education and services.
6-9:30 11.111.
M
Old M r i i ~23
~
This course addresses the designed envil-o~uucnt,the
intention;~llydesigncd pl:lccs in which we livc. \Ve
will in\,estigate architecture, landscape architecture,
and urhan deaib~~,
bhr~tliin class and in site visits tn
pro~ninentexao~plesof design excelle~~ce.
PerspcctiveiSkill: Aesthetics or City; \Vriting- (upper
..
division only)
(Prereq.: for upper divisin~l-an art, histor): or urban
ati~diescoursc, ancl ENG 111)
1 4 : 3 0 11.1il.
M B W
Scie~~ce
123
I N S 199139923
Inter~iship
Olson
A work or service experience in which the s t ~ ~ d e n t ,
faculty sponabr, and site supcrvia)~design a learning
agreemen1 plan that links c l a ~ , r ~ i o~l~cory,
n~
the liberal
arts perspectives and gracluation skills with the
0ppc1rti11iitiesi~lllcrc~it
ihi the internship. Thc stu~lcnt
hnsed on the
must complete a lea~ning~x~rtfnlio
internship. St~lclcntshoulcl cc~nsultwith the faculty
sponsor rqi~rdingrequirements ancl gel per~~dsslnn
to
rceiater. PIN eraclinu onlv.
INS 3 4 2 3
agical foundations of
e course cc
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islaniic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life.
PerspectiveiSkill: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 0 nl.
Mt~sic22
INS 2 5 5 3
Kaufman
Paideia Seminars
ninar
Students will .uarticiwte
.
discussions following the Paideia seminar form
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, understand timeless ideas ':----carefully, and question thoughtfully
PerspectiveISkill: Critical Thinking
]lily 22-26
INS 260-S
Contemporary American Indians
Weston
This course examines the situation of American
lndians in the United States since the Indian
Reorganization Act of 1934. Emphasis is on
current issues such as tribal sovereignty, treaty
rights, reservation economics ,and Indian
education. PerspectiveISkill: Intercultural
Awareness I
6-9:30 p.111.
TBTh
Old Muin 13
INS 29523
Doine Business in the
Czech Republic
StollerIStaff
This course will concentrate on developing a
capitalist enterprise in the ex-comrn~~nist
world,
looking at how models are succeeding, and how
different sectors of Czech society are responding to
the changes in social norms and values which
underlie these new econonlic initiatives.
6-9:30 p m
M B \V
Old Mirirl 18
ditics of the
This course explores I
conununities and ecosystems of the Upper
Mississippi River watershed, including
controversies about river pollution, the lock and
danl system, regional water supply, flood control,
and farrnir,, There wil
reekly
kers and
e~rn~rsions .. ..... I local polic,
, trying to achieve sustainability in
holde
'or additional schedule information
---
w.,,u,sburg.edulppagesl-cady/
,
,
'E: Additional $500 fec
(Prereq.: POL
equivalent, and passing
water safety tt
Old Main 25
'?li
MAT 1 7 3 3
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
Learn how to deter~uinethe monthly payments on
a house or car. Find out how much you need to be
socking away now to have a million when you
retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life
insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroon~participation, quizzes, and a
final examination.
PerspectiveISkill: Quantitative Reasoning
6-9:30 p.m.
MBW
Scierice 108
ASL 102-S
Beginning Sign Language I1
Mikkelson
An intrciduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. S t ~ ~ d e nobserve
ts
the
demonstration of signs, practice their own signing,
and learn thc facial expressions and body language
needed to communicate clearly with deaf and
hard-of-hearing people.
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 3
6 4 3 0 p.111,
T W( TI1
Old Mui~i26
POL 421-S/ML 560-S
Developing a Multicultural Perspective:
Race and Ethnicity
Aoki
This course fc~cuseson the ability to function and
lead in culturally diverse and ever-changing
contexts within the U.S. Improved culti~ral
awareness, com~nunicationskills, and
interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the
complexity of the racial and ethnic groupi~lgsare
among the goals of the course. Extensive
discussion and several short written assignments
with emphasis on applying course material to
leadership situations.
(Prereq.: Graduate, or Jr. or Sr. Standing, or
consent of instructor
6-9:30 P.m.
MBW
Lir~dell16
SWK 395
Topics: Social Policy, Society and Restorative
Justice
Link
This course describes contenlporary systems of
human service with a focus on poverty, community
relationships and restorative justice. There will be
a combination of class and urban field visits.
PerspectivelSkill: City (pending approval)
6-9:30 P.m.
M B TI1
Note: Rochester Campus
PSY 361-S
Personality/Cultural Context
Hanson
Current scientificallv-based amroaches to
description, dynamics, aud development of
uersonalitv. Includes studv of eender, social
position, and cross-cultural behavior.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6-9:30 p.m.
MBW
Old Muin 25
6-9:30 p.m.
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental Health
Practice
BoisenlSyers
This course exan~inesassessment and diagnosis of
mental health in individuals. Emphasis is placed
on understanding mental health disorders from a
MBW
..
REL 221-S
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck 11
This course covers the origin, literary character,
and transnlisaio~lof the biblical documents.
Explores the task of biblical interpretation.
Discusses the history of Israel and the enlergence
of the clu~rch.There will be two exams and two
interpretive papers.
Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith 3
8:30 a.m.-no011
T €4 TI1
0111 Maill 29
SOC 3 5 6 3
Crime and Community
Blooni
Analysis of correctio~lalproerams
and community
. ..
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
(Prereq.: SOC 121)
1 4 : 3 0 I~nt
4
.
4
.
.
T B Th
,, ,, ,
.
Old Moin 18
.
L
SPC 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and their
inlplications for conu~~~unication,
including
differences in values, norms, social interaction,
and code systems.
PerspectiveISkill: Intercult~~ral
Awareness 1
6-9:30 p.ni.
M B W
Old Main 29
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
Language, Culture, and Social Change in Mexico
May 18-June 23, 2002
The Church, Civil Society, and Social Change in El Salvador
May 20-30, 2002
Human Rights and Social Change in Guatemala
May 20-30,2002
All Our Futures: Education for Global Citizenship
June 11-18, 2002
Social Services and Social Change: A Culture in Transition
June 26-July 3, 2002
Nicaragua: Past, Present, and Future
July 17-26, 2002
Mexico in Transition
August 1-9, 2002
For information and other possible educational
Global Education at 612-330-1 159 or e-mail
-
Show less
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
-
summer session I
May 27 to June 27
summer session I
July 7 to Augu... Show more
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
-
summer session I
May 27 to June 27
summer session I
July 7 to August 7
summer session info
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, W E C students
taking two or more classes in the spring
trimester are not eligible to take classes
in Summer Session I. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of
one course credit. O n e Augsburg course
credit is the equivalent of four semester
credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation Skills
requirements are so noted along with
the description of the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a fouryear, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational
activities.
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
' N o ]th C s ~ t ~Association
ul
of Colleges and Schools, Cor~anissionoil h~stittitionsof Highel Ed~icutini~,
312-263-0456. Web site <wtmu.i~cociheerg>
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
at 612-330-1148 for more information.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
-
calendar
I1 students may begin to register for
>ummer ~ e s s i h ncourses o n April 7.
Web registrarion will remain open
until May 2 (Session I) and June 13
(Session 11). Web registration hours
will be 9 a
p.m. daily. Augsburg
students are encou;aged to use Web
registration. Non-Augsburg stud--+.
must reglster In person at tfieF
Enrollment Center between 8:31
a.m.-4:30 p.m. M-F (extended hours to
6 p.m. o n the first and secona.day of
#classes for each session; open .Thursdays
12-4 p.m.). The Enrollment Center is
located in Sverdrup Hall. We
recommend that you schedule your
courses as early as possible.
;*
3-
If a discrepancy is found between this
catalog and course information found
through AugNet, AugNet should be
considered the most current, and thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 27.
Students registering for Summer
Session 11 must complete their
registration by July 7.
Augsburg students will be billed through
Student Accounts. Non-Augsburg
students must pay 50 percent of tuition
at the time of registration. All students
must be paid in full by May 9 for
Summer Session I and June 20 for
Summer Session 11. Tuition must be
paid in full (see calendar), or you will
be dropped from your course(s).
Augsburg students who have unpaid
balances from previous terms must
pay these balances before they may
register for Summer Session.
Change in Registration: Many courses
fill early and courses with low
enrollments will be canceled one week
before the first day of the session.
Students who cancel their registration
prior to the first day of the session must
complete a drop/add form at the
Enrollment Center (this must be done
in person). There is a charge of $100.
For refund information please see
schedule of refunds o n next page.
A late fee of $75 will be assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. No Session I registrations
will be accepted after May 30. No
Session I1 registrations will be accepted
after July 10.
m
rn
ummer ruu3
sessZon I session I 1
map of augsburg
:UUJ aummer
Session courses is:
$1320 for full-credit courses
$660 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed abov
financial aid
F
No aid is given iur a u l u l l l r l Session I as
it runs concurre
with the WEC
spring trimester
dl!
led in Summer
WEC stude
Session I1 may be eligible for financial
aid if their course load is at least 1.0
-a
Eligibility for SummLL
Session attendees
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined by the program in which they
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in either Session I or
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
..b
Lig!?
---A:-
TO
*
avvlv
-- .
L
The only forms of financial aid available
for Summer Session attendees are the
Federal Pell Grant (for students who
meet eligibility requirements) and
student loans. The financial aid priority
deadline for Summer Session is April
15, 2003. Visit the Enrollment Center
Web site to download an application
form at <www.augsburg~edu/enro~~>.
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2. Admissions Annex and Weekend
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4, Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck, Miles, Center for
Wonhip. Drama &Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Slmmmen Tennis Couris
I I. Ice Arena
12. Development, PR/Communications.
and Alumnimarent Relations
13. Lindell Library
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15. Moriensen Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Park
18. Music Hall
19.New Residence Hall
20. Old Msin
21. Anderson Hall
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Ofledal Memorial Hall
28. Umess Hall
campus location
PARKING INFORMATION
A-Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C. Commuter Parking
D. FacullylStafflCommuter/Resident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Admissions/Faculty/StaffParking
H. FacultyIStaff Parking
I. Visitor Parking
J . FacultyISlaff Parking
K. FacultyIStaff Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
N. Faculty/Staff/Commuler Parking
0. Fairview-University Parking Ramp
3 5 W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisAugsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not dtniminote o n the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national o r ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public msistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan programs, athletic andlor school
administered pmgrams, except in those instances where religion is a bonafide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal o r state regulations implementing equal access a n d
opportunity can be directed to Betty Wade, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, C B 79,
Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave , Minneapolis, M N 55454. She can be reached by telephone,
612-330-1023; or by e-mail, <wadeb@augsburg.edu>.
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
session I
Please refer t o
may 27 to june 27
http:llaugnet.augsbu~~g.edu
for
the m o s t c u r r e n t classroom i n f o n n a t i o i ~ .
Kapoor
ECO 1 1 3 - S
Principles o f Microeconomics
location
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory o f
perspcctivdskill:
and
the household, f i r m , market structures, a n d income
6-9:30
BUS 3 3 1 3
Financial Management
ART 132-S
Topicr related to theory acclulsiti
Photography
Raschke
.,<.., ~ visual
r
T h e camera u... ,
,,
,
,
,
,black a n d white
creativity and expression
and nianagcment, SOL
lncl 11:
short-term funds, can
,sts/huogetin:.,
Ieueragc,
distribution. Application o f elementary economic
Z O 112 o r 113, a n d MPC; 3)
independently o f E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 and
(Prereq.: A C C 221,
35 m n i , single-lens reflex camera. Estimated cost o f
6-9:30 11.m
MWF
O l d M a i n 26
113 may b e taken in either order.
(Prereq.: M P G 2 )
f i l m , etc.: $200
Perspcctive/SI
6-9:30 p i n
Old Maill 4
BUS 3794
Quantitativ
Isaacson
A n i n t r o d u c t ~ o nt o quantitative
reasoning
PerspcctivJSkill:
Social W o r l d 1, 2
8:30 a . m -noon
?; TI1
Suerdnrp 201
to assist
students i n reading and interpreting clnta Topics
Life Drawing
include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
-
T h i s course w ~ l ~l n t r o d u c et l ~ estuclent t o the
distributions, estimation, and I~ypotliesistesting
EDC 2 2 0 3 (.5 c r e d i t course)
w i t h emphasis o n a~>l>licdp r o b l c ~ n sin business and
E d u c a t i o n a l Technology
eC,IllOIlIICS.
Y o u w i l l be cxposed to basic theories o f
ART 247-S
methods anti tcchniqucs o f drawing the humar
form through tlie use o f live moilels Emphasis w i l l
bc placed o n dc\,clopnicnt o f perceptual drawing
( P r ~ r c i ~ .M: I S
skills to accurately render tlie h u m a n form i n a
6-9:30 p.m.
spatial e ~ l v i r o n m c n tTopics covered w i l l include:
MKT 2 5 2 3
gesture, prnportio11, foreshortening, skeletal and
~nusculatureanatomy, s l i a ~ l i n gand rendering, and
composition. N O T E : There w i l l be a $50 fee
model.
M, W
Erickson
Become skilled in some o f tlie digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn h o w t o choose appropriate
Meziou
Principles o f basic policy and strategy issues i n
M,W
O l d M a i r ~18
H i s t o r y o f U.S. F o r e i g n R e l a t i o n s
8:30 a m -noon
M, W
Suerd?up 2 0 4
Kader
emphasizing changing definitions o f war a n d peace,
tensions between internationalism a n d
isolationism, the emergence o f the U.S as a n
ENG 2 2 5 - S
Swanson
I n t r o i l u c t i o n to business activities, basic concepts
and f u ~ i d a m e n t a l so f accounting, the accounting
cycle, a n d preparation o f financial statements
8:30 u.111 -11uor1
M, W
O l d M o i r ~2 9
BUS 2423
Principles o f Management
Cerrito
D e w l o p n i e n t u f the theory o f management,
organization, staffing, planning, a n d control. T h e
stresses style a n d organization, the process o f
Gilsdorf
A n i n t r o J u c t i o n t n macroeconumics: national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
~ n t c r n a t i i n i a tmde.
l
Application o f clcmcntary
ecc~nomict l i e o ~ yto current economic prohlerns.
May be taken indcpendcntly o f E C O 113 o r 110.
Staff
A survey o f U.S. foreign relations f r o m the
American Re\,olution through the C o l d War,
Effective W r i t i n g ( E N G 111). Its workshop format
Principles o f Accounting I
I
H I S 33223
T h i s course builds o n the practices a n d methoils o f
..
112.
Principles o f Macroeconomics
evaluate their learning w i t h tlie Director o f tlie
Center for Service, W o r k , a n d Learning.
Satisfactory conipletion fulfills the Augsburg
Experience (AE).
educational settings.
a n d technological factors as they affect proiluct,
O l d M a i n 17
A C C 221-S
Old M a i n 23
G S T 009-S
Cooperative Education
Olson
Cooperative Education is a w o r k experience related
to a student's m a j o r / ~ n i n o r o r career interests, b u t
n o t done f o r academic credit. T h e goal is f o r
applications o f theories a n d tcchniqi~esfor
Intermediate Expository W r i t i n g
. .
?: T I \
communication, selection, e\nluation, a n d researcl~.
Suerdl.~ip 2 0 6
Principles o f M a r k e t i n g
6-9:30 p,nl.
western
it^^^
stuLlcnt\ t o n1lp.y t l i c ~ ~ rr,)) pr.I.rlLc III 1111i~~)pr<)vc.l
\vc,rk seulng. Sru.lunt> ser tmrn.ng peen ~tn.1
1
price, p r o m o t i o n a n d distribution decisions.
Perspective: Aesthctics
6-9:30 p m.
)0 o r 370 a n d M P G 3 )
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitiue, economic
payable o n tlie first day o f class for the cost o f the
to American thought by w o m e n and people o f
color.
theory t o market policy. M a y b e taken
and dividend policy
photographic processes. Students need access t o a
Stein
revision, self a n d peer evaluation, a n d the
M,W
O l d M a i n 13
0
Studies
Rrspective/Skill: W r i t i n g
T
6-9:30 p.m
I N S 105-S
Introduction to American Indian
relationship henveen reading a n d writing.
(Prcreq.: E N G 111)
4-7:30 p.m.
economic a n d military power.
TI1
Old Main 26
Weston
T h i s course is intended t o intrucluce students to
American I n d i a n Studies. Concepts and topics t o
E C O 112 a n d I 1 3 may he taken i n c ~ t l i eo~r ~ l e r
ENG 2 5 1 - S
(Prcrcq.: M P G 2)
Readings in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e
Perspecti\-e/Skill: Western Heritapc
An introduction t o selected texts o f literary and
contemporary issues, a n d tlie arts Minnesota
historical importance that yield a n ~ ~ n d e r s t a n c l i n g
Indians w i l l bc emphasized where appropriate.
1 4 3 0 p.111.
M, W
Soerdrlil~202
be covered include, alnong others, history,
Clayton
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
nature o f a u t l ~ o r i ~ accountability,
y,
responsibility,
o f o u r Western heritage a n d contemporary
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness I
a n d analysis o f thc professiunal manager
American worldviews Themes could include the
6-9:30
6-9:30 p . m
T; Th
Music 2 4
emergence o f a national identity, the shaping o f a
collective American memory, a n d the contributions
pm
M, W
Old M a i n 23
b
session
I may 27 to june 27
r
W S 1991399-S
Internship
hallenge of balancing economic development,
~ ~ I C I . Lharmony,
I
and envi~onmentalsustainability.
faculty sponsor, and site supervisor design a
learn~ngagleenient plan that links classroon~
theory, the liberal arts perspectives and graduation
skills with the opportunities inhcrent in the
internship. The student must complete a lear~iing
portfolio based on the internship. Student should
consult with the faculty sponsor regarding
requirements and get permission to register. P/N
grading
4ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to denf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL Students obscrve the demonstration
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and hociy langi~ageneeded to
co~uniunicateclearly with denf and har<i.of.hcaring
people.
Perspective/Skill: Inrerculturnl Awareness
6 4 : 3 0 p.11~.
?; W Th
Old Maill 2 9
SPA I l l - S
Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlic culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspccti\.dSkill: Intercultural Awareness
8:30 a in.-! 1 a.m.
T; K( TI1
Old Mnit~2 6
There will be weekly excursions to explore the river
in the Twin Cities and meet with local policy
~nakersand stakeholders. Students will report to
the class on a research project on a topic of their
choosiny.
Perspectiw/Skill:
linking, Social World 1 or 2
6-9:30 p.m.
Old Main 2 7
n
!
i
SWK 699(D)-S
Comparing Family Practice, Child
Welfare & Social Services i n the U S N K Link
This is a n international travel experience. T h e
course provides both an overview of social policy,
family, and child welfare services in England and
an opporti~nityto observe the approach to social
work practice with families and children. Students
pal ticipate in an orientation to the European
Union and British social services at Augshurg then
PSY 362.!
Abnormal Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treat~nent.
"SY 105)
(Prereq.: PT" '^'
6-9:30 p.m
,
ww ,
Old Main
25
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North Anierican Indians arc studied. Tribal
similarities and differences are explored, as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious o\rersight of life
cycles, sacrcd ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an
afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG I l l , junior standing, and REL 111,
221, or 331)
Pcrspectivc/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 1 or
Christian Faith 3, Writing
6-9:30 p,nl.
T TI1
M~rsic22
travel to Bristol University, England, for tlie
program. Participants work with American and
British students, faculty, and community
practitioners. The course inclu~lcslccturcs and
visits to a variety of agencies and student have
British tutors for in-depth analysis of policy and
practice in (their choice): healthcare, child welfare,
and family service Orientation in June, travel to
UKJuly 2-17, August debriefing. Undergraduate
students !nay apply to their department chair to
take this course as a n independent study. For Inore
information contact Rosemary Link at 612.3301147.
S P C 329-S
Intercultural Communication
implications for conimunication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
6-9:30 p.m.
POL 2 4 1 8
Environmental and River Politics Underhill-Cady
This coursc explores thc politics and policies
relating to the communities and ecosystem5 of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed Issues co\rerecl
include controversies about river pollution, tlie lock
and clam system, rcgional water supply, flood
control, cconomic development in the river
corri~lor,farming practices, and energy production.
In r e ~ a r dto each of these, the class will examine
REL 4 9 0 3
Topics: Vocation and the Christian Faith Tranvik
What are lily gifts! What are the needs of the
comniunity! What am I called to do? In this course
we will reflect on these questions using the Bible,
the Cl~ristiantradition, literature, film, and popular
culture as our guides.
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or 331)
Pcrspecti\,e/Skill: Christian Faith I, 2, or 3
Lapakko
This coursc explores cultural differences and their
7: Tit
Old Main
13
S P C 4803
Public Relations/PromotionaI
Com~nunication
Hanson
Public relations in the modern world of
communication, marketing, government, and
business. An overview of public relations as a career
and a survey of basic promot~onalcommunication
in profit and non-profit organizations.
6-9:30 p m.
M,
W
Old Mair~16
session I 1 july 7 to august 7
Please refer to http:llaugnet.augsburg.edufor the most current classmom information.
'
A R T 33023
Graphic Design ,
Allen
This course is a n advanced study of the graphic
Bollman
Irawing course. Students work
This is a first
with a variety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important concepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
design of typography and visual imagery for print
~ r o d u c t i o nusing the comuuter. Studies include
identification of
blems and presentation
B U S 4 9 5 N A L 599-S
Topics: Leadership through
Influence: Coaching and Consulting Lashbrook
The purpose of this course is to explore how to
lead through influence rather than authority. We
to client.
will examine consulting and coaching models to
determine appropriate processes and practices. You
(Prereq.: A K
will have opportunities to apply these models
critiques complete I
lrning experience.
through both consulting and coaching assignments.
Perspective/Skill A
.ire
(Prereq.: senior or graduate student status)
6-9:30 p.m
6-9:30 p.m.
A R T 11823
Painting
.S
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
Principles of Accounting 11
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
M,
W
Suerdrup 206
MIS 1 7 5 3
Principles of Computing for Business Isaacson
An introductory course to develop understanding
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
(Prereq,: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill: Natural World 2
8:30 a.m.-noon
D
I
7; Th
Science 3 15
@
E D C 2061566-S
DiversityNinnesota American Indians Gresczyk
This course examines human diversity and Iiunian
relations. It fulfills the Education Department
human relations and Minnesota American Indian
requirements and is a n option within the licensure
program.
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word,
critiques complete the learning experience.
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics
behavioral considerations.
Excel, Access, Power Point, e-mail and the Internet).
Emphasis o n solving business related problems
E D C 4801580-S
School and Society
using software.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Emphasis on points of view about the role of
school in modern society, relationships with
T; Th
6-9:30 p.m.
A R T 225-S
Graphic Design
Old Main 17
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 a.m.-noon
I
Allen
1; Th
Old Main 29
6-9:30 p,m
This course is a n introduction to the principles and
B U S 24023
Personal Finance
techniques of graphic design using page layout
Introduction to personal financial planning and
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
with text and image.
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics, Speaking
estate planning.
6-9:30 p m
M ,W
Foss 22B
Kapoor
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
6-9:30 p.m
M,
W
Old Main 2 6
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed laces in which we live.
We will investigate arcliitecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design; class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design excellence.
(Prereq.: for upper division-an art, history, or
urban studies course, and E N C 111)
Perspective/Skill: Aesthetics or City; Writing (upper
division only)
1 4 3 0 p.m.
M, W
Science 123
Foss 22A
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
and technological factors as they affect product,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
T; Th
Old Main 2 7
B U S 34023
H u m a n Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 2 4
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
T; TI1
Meziou
This thought-provoking course examines those
issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placcd o n
adaptation of a marketing nix according to the
B U S 4403
Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
6-9:30 p m
M K T 466-S
International Marketing
Music 2 4
international markcting environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M, W
Suerdrup 1
Erickson
parents and community, collaborative models,
leadership, and professional development. Serves as
final theoretical preparation for student teaching
Fieldwork experience.
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
6-9:30 p in
A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
Anderson
T; Th
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
6-9:30 p.m.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Perspective/Skill: Social World 1 and 2 , Writing
8:30 a in -nooil
CHM 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chcmistry concepts in
the context of numerous science-hnsed issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
Svrrdrup 17
EED 2 0 0 3
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary cclucation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensu re.
5:30-9 p.m.
Old Main 2 7
M, W
M, W
Old Main 4
B
E N G 2821482-S
1 9 t h Century British Novel:
Investigating the Victorian Thriller
Liddle
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery
and terror i n ~ ~ t h . c e n t l l B
ry
~fron, ~
~
~~~~k~~~~~~~
in
century to ~~~~~l~ a t its
~
~
~
ften challenging and sometimes subversive,
vels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
investigate the culture that produced them, and
work to determine why they have continued to
appeal to successive generations of readers.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill: Wester
+r
1+:3(
HIS 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3
1
A R T 2491349.;
Designed Environment
.cimball
This course addresses the designed environment, the
INS 2 6 0 3
Contemporary American Indians
Weston
This course examines the situation of American
intentionally designed places in which we live. We
Indians in the United States since the Indian
will investigate architecture, landscape architecture,
and urban design, both in class and in site visits to
prominent examples of design excellence.
Reorganization Act of 1934. Emphasis is o n current
Underhill-Cady
A n introduction to the workings of the course
issues such as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
system in the United States, focused on the concepts
reservation economics and Indian education.
of power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
studies course, and ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
leducation.
war on terrorism, criminal and civil law, torts,
Perspective/Skill: HIS 349-City or nesrurtics;
6-9:30
(Prereq.: for upper division-an ar
.itage
^
:rdrup 206
POL 1 7 0 4
Law i n the United States
ory, or urban
p m.
M,
W
Old Main 13
Writing (Upper division only)
civil rights and civil liberties in the context of the
racism and discrimination, and environmental law.
Guest speakers will include local lawyers, judges,
civil rights activists, and police
Perspective/Skill: Social World 2 or 3
M A L 5 9 9 B U S 495-S
Topics: Leadership through Influence:
Coaching and Consulting
Lashbrook
G S T 00923
Cooperative Education
Olson
Cooperative Education is a work experience related
6-9:30
p m.
?; Th
Old Main 23
The purpose of this course is to explore how to lead
not done for academic credit. The goal is for
Internship
Olson
A work or service experience in which the student,
students to apply theory to practice in a n approved
faculty sponsor, and site supervisor design a learning
examine consulting and coaching models to
work setting. Students set learning goals and
agreement plan that links classroom theory, the
determine appropriate processes and practices. You
evaluate their learning with the Director of the
liberal arts perspectives and grnduation skills with
will have opportunities to apply these models
through both consulting and coaching assignments.
This course surveys the most important
(Prereq.: senior or graduate student status)
religiousness and spirituality. Topics include the
relationship between science and religion; the nature
to a student's majodniinor or career interests, but
Center for Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
completion fi~lfillsthe Augsburg Experience (AE).
the opportunities inherent in the internship. The
student must complete a learning portfolio based o n
the internship. Student should consult with the
through influence rather than authority. We will
6-9:30
M, W
p.m.
Sverdrup 206
INS 225-S
for the abuser. Includes information about school
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
health education and services.
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
p.m,
M only
Music 22
Shariff
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to
industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of
ASL 1023
Beginning Sign Language 11
over the life course; conversion; religion and coping
with stressful life events; religiousness, physical
Mikkelson
motivations and attitudes; forgiveness; meaning-in-
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
life; and gratitude.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
and lsla~nicpatterns of life.
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness I
facial expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-of-hearing
1 4 3 00m
p m.
M,W
I N S 255-S
Paideia Seminars
Music 23
64:30
p.m
T W( TI1
Old Main 2 9
Kaufman
SPA 11223
Beginning Spanish 11
the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence.
Perspective/Skill: Western Heritage, Critical
emphasize selections that help students to think
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
and question thoughtfully.
Spanish, Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspective/Skill: Critical Thinking
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
6-9:30
p.m.
7; T h
Old Main 18
8:30
a.m.+ p.m.
July 21-25
Old Main 18
7; TII
Old Main 25
people.
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
Thinking
health, and well-being; religion as culture; religious
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
6-9:30
HIS 2 2 2 3
2 0 t h Century United States
psychological theory and research related to personal
religiousness and spirituality; religious development
permission to register. P/N grading only.
6-9:30
Tix
and nurture of religiousness; the neuropsychology of
faculty sponsor regarding requirements and get
H P E 1153
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
Broek
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done
PSY 2953
Topics: Psychological Research o n
Religion and Spirituality
8:30-11:OO a.m.
?; W Th
REL 1 1 1 3
Introduction to Theology
Staff
An introduction to the academic discipline of
Old Main 2 6
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
(Not accepted for credit for students who have taken
REL 331).
Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6-9:30
p.m.
?; Th
Old Main 10
'
center for
global education
REL 3 2 0 4
Buddhism a n o L n
(See full descriptior
nlry m 1 nailand
Holt
:r offerings through Center
for Global Educatic
:he end of this section)
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assessment a n d U~agnosisi n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenByers
T h ~ course
s
examines assessment and d~apnnslsof
rl nn
mental health in individuals. Emphasis is
--
understanding mental health disorders fr,
systems and ecological perspective as well as
understanding bio/psycho/social influences o n
incidence and course.
6-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SPC I l l - S
Introduction to Public Speaking
~ r d n r pLUL
Groven
This course teaches both the theory and practice of
creating public speeches. It focuses o n preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech anxiety.
1 4 3 0 p.m
7; TI1
SPC 3 5 1 3
Argumentation
Swcrdrup 202
Groven
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
summer II:international courses
upcoming program:
REL 320: Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
During this course the focus will be primarily o n the encounter of these two
world religions, Buddhism and Christianity. A special opportunity o n this
course will be participation in the international conference, "Religion and
Globalization." Representatives of many world religions will consider the
implications of globalization for religion and vice versa. We will have lectures,
class discussions, readings, and conversations with Thai people, visits to
amazing Buddhist temples, and some other experiences just for fun. As a
result of this course, students will encounter a culture and religious situation
very different from the Upper Midwest, and have a n opportunity to think
C
critically about the meaning of being Chris$n, Buddhist, or any other
*
8
tradition in a religiously and culturally plur'al worl
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221 or 331)
Perspective/Skill: Christian Faith
theory and practice of argument, evidcnce, fallacies,
and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
arguments in everyday life.
Perspective/Skill: Critical Thinking
6-9:30 p.m,
7; TI1
For information and other possible
for Global Education at
-
summer session
application form
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<~~~.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~
then click o n
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
summer sessi-
Course loads i n Summer Session:
Students may take up t... Show more
augsburg in the summer
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in 18 academic disciplines
as well as internships and independent studies.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
summer sessi-
Course loads i n Summer Session:
Students may take up to two credits in
each session. However, W E C students
taking two or more course credits in the
spring trimester are not eligible to take
classes in Summer Session I. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of one course credit. O n e
Augsburg course credit is the equivalent
of four semester credits and six quarter
credits.
I
June 1 to July 2
summer session II
July 12 to August 12
\
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Comn~issionof the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools.* The small college environment, ahout 3,000
students during the academic year, is enriched hy the many opportunities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a
host of cultural and recreational activities.
*The I-11gherLe~in~illg
Coilunissioi~of tl~eh ' o ~th Ceiltrol Associ~~tiol~
of Colleges (111dSchools, C D I ~ I I ~ ~O~I LS S ~ O ~ I
l~~>titutioi~s
of Higher Edncotiorl, 3 12-263-0456. Web site <u'ww.~~urcihe.org>
summer session info
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curriculum,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are Lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefully planned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated
by a faculty member. Consult the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
at 612-330-1148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursement
to PaY for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.augsb~~rg.edu/summer
A~~gsburg
College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
~ i ~ ~MN ~ 55454
~ ~ ~ l
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dislnissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1101.
i
~
,
to
. ..
calendar
L -
m dents may hegin to register for
,,~~,,,ncrSession courses on April
5.
Web registration will remain open
until April 29
ssion I) and June 11
I-'
(Session
registration huurs
'-
will he 8 : 3 .c.LLt.
~
L1,
1159 k7.m daily.
Augsburg students are encouragecl to use
Web r
ratio
Ion-A~~rahurg
uder
1st regis1
hnrollment Center between 8:30a.n
4:30 p.m. M - W (8:30 a.m.-7 p.1Thursdays). T h e Enrollmeiit
Located in Sverdrup Hall. V
recommencl that you sche
courses as early as possil
'
at
time
(
lnust he lmic
tion. All students
Full hv, Mav, 7 for
I and J u n e 18 for
S ~ ~ m mSeers b r u ~11.
~ Tuition must be
paid in full (see calendar), or you will
hopped from your course(s); a
cellation fee of $100 per course
will apply. Augsburg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer
Session.
Summer Scs
Change in Registration: M a ~ i ycourses
If a discrepancy is found between this
catalog and course i~lformationfound
through AugNet, AugNet should he
c o ~ ~ s i d e r ethe
d most current, a u ~ thus,
l
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by June 1.
April 5
Web registration closes
April 29
June 11
Balance of tuition due
May 7
June 1
June 18
July 12
Classes begin
April 5
.ast day to:
I
Register (without late fee)
June 1
July 12
I
Register (added late fee of $75)
June 4
July 15
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
'Drop class without notation
June 4
July 15
1
Change grading option
June 18
July 29
1
Withdraw from class
June 18
July 29
July 2
July 12
August 12
August 20
fill early and courses with low
enroll~neiitswill be ca~iceledone week
hefore the first day of the session.
Students who cancel their registration
prior to the first day of the session must
lasses end
3rades due in Registrar's Office
complete a clrop/adci form at the
chedule of refunds
Enrollmeilt Center (this milst he done
.00% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
in person). There is a charge of $100 for
each course cancelled.
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 12.
Registration begins
For refund information please see
schedule of refunds o n next page.
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 4 (Session I) and July 15 (Session 11)
'5% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 8 (Session I) and July 20 (Session 11)
A late fee of $75 will he assesseci for
students who register after the first day of
tlie term. N o Session I registmtious will
he accepted after June 4. N o Session 11
registrations will be accepte~lafter July 15.
iO% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than
June 11 (Session I) and July 23 (Session 11)
map of augsburg
- .
L-
costs
y
The tuition char
- - . --.nmer
m i o n courses
4 0 0 for
nurses
$700 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at the tuition rates
listed above.
h
W E C stude
nrolled in Summer
Session I1 may be eligible for financial
aid if their course load is at least 1.0
credit.
To apply
The only fo
financial a-id
a
Eligib~htyfor Summer
fl
Session attendees
4
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined
the program
,.L-are enrolled) are eligiblc *- '
financial aid.
Day program
7
Students enrolled in either Session I or
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC program
- of financial aid available
for Summel
sion attendees are the
Federal Pel1 Grant, the Minnesota State
Grant (for students who meet eligibility
requirements), and student loans. Visit
the Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll~. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2004.
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependants of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition,
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
#
&
II
e l k *
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Health
Promolion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Slructure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center
6. Easl Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck, Miles, Center For
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I.Ice Arena
12, institutional Advancement
13. Lindell Library
94 west
11
14, Maintenance and G~oundsShop
15. Mortensen Hall
16. Murphy Place
17. Murphy Park
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Diapatch Center
25, Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27, Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urnebs Hi111
campus location
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C, Commuter Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter/Resident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. FacultylStaff Parking
H. F;lcultylStaff Parking
I.Visitor/Admissions Visitor Parking
J. FacultyISlaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L V i s i t o r Parking
M. FacultylStafflCommuter Parking
N . FacullylStafflCommuter Parking
0. Fairview-Universily Parking Ramp
35W f r o m the NorthTake Wnshington Avenue exit 2nd turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
;it
Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenuc South.
1.94 East f r o m MinneapolisTakc 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avelulc, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTakr Ri\evsirle exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
Atcgsburg College, as afirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
nutional or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientatiml, marital stattrs, stutus with regard to public arsistance, or
disability in irs ed~icationpolicies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan program, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in tl~oseinstances where .religion is a bonu fide occupatiollal qualification. Atcgsburg
College is committed to providing ~earonublcaccommodations to its employees and its students.
turn left at 2lst Avenuc South.
35W f r o m the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f two mergers). Take 25rh Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Avelu~c,turn lcft at 21st Avenue
South.
most current classroom information.
A R T 102-S
ACC 221.S
1-
Tom
A
i
of desig
the visual arts
lng foundation for
e-dimensional projects
basic design elements
'
I... ,,.... ...,
de~nonstrati~i~
and principles.
Perspect
in Fine
1
Principles of Microeconomics
Principles of A c c o u n t ~ n gI
Introduction to business activities, bar
Introduction t o Public Speaking
Groven
Develop critical thinking skills by study of the
Kader
col~cepts
4
The camera will be used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression i~singblack and white
photographic processes. Students nc
35 mm, sinfile-lens ~eflexcamera '
cess to a
ed cost of
film, ctc.: $200-225.
Perspccti,,c/Skill/LAF: Acstllcticr
6-9:30 p.111.
7:
:in Fine Arts
Old M[1i114
ART 2 4 7 3
theory to market policy. May be taken
and reilltation. Course content will include how to
independently of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and
8:30 a in -~IOOII
build and analyze public arguments that confront
113 may be taken in either order.
students in their everyday lives
Perspecti\,e/Skill/IAF: Speaking; I A F in Fine Arts
(Prereq : MPG2)
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Social World I or 2; I A F in
Old Main 10
1 4 3 0 p.m.
Principles
Argumentation
Groven
The course focuses o n speech preparation,
1 4 : 3 0 \J.I+
I
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
E D C 220-S
ability, and the o\,ercoming of speech fright.
Educational Technology (.5 credit)
Old Main 16
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or 112, or Jr. or Sr. standing)
BUS 4 6 5 3
International Management
This tl~ougl~t,p~ovoking
course examines those
issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placed o n
adaptation of a mnlkcting mix according to the
international market in^ environment.
M,
W
6-9:30 p IIL
I
spatial envimnment. Topics cotmered will inclucle:
This course includcs Financial Stntcmcnt Analysis,
Risk and Reti~rn,Security Valuation. Capital
Old Mr~in17
M, W F
I
Okl Mail1 2 9
Meziou
01 consent
M,
W
Suerdn~p204
(Mac classroom)
EED 495-S
Gregoire
international t ~ a d e Application
.
of elenientary
eco~iomictheory to currelit economic problems.
Assessment is based on written msign~nents,a
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Pe~specti\~e/Skill/LAF:Western Heritage; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
M, W
1 4 : 3 0 11 In.
of instructor)
Soerd~trb202
-
explore properties of and changes in matter; position,
motion and force; light, heat, electricity a n ~ magnetism;
l
and kincls of and \vays to mnsfer energy. Taking the
~'liysicalconcepts learned, students will de\elop
E C O 112 and 113 luny be taken in either order.
An int~oductionto print, broadcast and web-based
advertising and pron~otionas important elements
in moclern marketing and communications. This
course combines classroom and web-based learnilig
tools.
6-9:30 p , m
M,
i ~ i c o ~ nanalysis,
e
monetary and fiscal policy,
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
Advertising
a'tlL'-llooll
Topics: Elementary Education
Physical Science
Gilsdorf
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
MKT 357-S
(Prereil.: MKT 252
teacl~indlearningsituations. Computer training
will he included in this course.
ECO 1 1 2 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Acsthctics
M, W
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
Snldents will participate in llan~lx>n
experiments t<>
Capital
(Prcrcq.: ACC 221, ECO 112 or 113, onrl MPG 3)
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, prc~duction,and
S P C 354-S
Kapoor
B'"igeting, Capita1Structule
Management.
Erickson
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
A study of the dynamics of liu~iianinteraction
'
Financial Management
6-9:30 p m.
SverdrL4p
through verbal and non-\erbal messages; emphasis
on factors that huild relationships and help to
overcome comniunication barriers.
Sverdntl~1
6-9:30 p . 1 ~
M, W
Old Maill 13
FIN 3 3 1 3
'
Perspccti\~e/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking
Paleczny-Zapp
he placed o n development of perceptual clrawing
skills to accurately render the l u ~ m a nform in a
6-9:30 p.ln
Old Main 10
I
6-9:30 1,111
payable on tlie first day of class for the cost of
models.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
?; Th
1 4 : 3 0 p.1~1,
1
metliods and teclu~iquesof clrawing the liu~iian
composition. NOTE: There will be a $50 fcc
Old Main 16
SPC 3 5 1 4
form through the use of live moclels. Emplusis will
gestllle, proportion, foresl~ortcning,skeletal and
musculature anatomy, shading and rendering, and
T; Th
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of autlio~ity,accountability, responsibility,
and analysis of the professional manager.
This coursc will introduce thc stl~dentto tlic
McCaffrey
distribution. Application of elementary econo~nic
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
(Prcreq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Writing
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
the Iiousehold, firm, market structures, and income
and fi~ndamcntalsof accounting, the accounting
cycle, alld
BUS 2 4 2 3
Old Mrlill 4
E C O 113-S
SPC 1 1 1 3
AF: Aesthetics; Speaking; LAF
1 4 3 0 p.111.
A R T 1:
ffm
Olrl Mail1 13
denionstntions and lessons for K-5 classrooms.
tech1101ogy pr~ject,lessons/de~i~~nstratims,
classroom
participation and an exam.
(Prcrcil.: Students niust be Elementary Ecli~cation
Majors-this course does N O T meet the Science
Lzh graduation recll~irement)
6-9:30 ~ . m
7; Th
Science 19
A:
I 1
888
On
dl
june I to july 2
7
GS; LUU-a
I N S 255-S
Quantitative Reaso
NG 282/482-S
Statistical Literacy
Critical thinking abc
:entury B r ~ t l s nf'
gating the victc
Paideia Seminars
Schield
ttistics as evidence in
el:
~ h , , i l l ~ ~ ~ ~ d d l argi~~nents
~
in\rolving predictions and explanations.
Topics will include reading and evaluating tables,
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery
graphs, and statistical models as well as
and terror in 19thcentury Britain, from
generalizations, traditional confidence intervals,
Frankensteill early i n the centllry to Dracula a t its
and lhypothesis tests. Empha-'c on interpretation,
end. Often challenging and sometimes sub\,ersive,
evaluation and cornmunicat
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
3,
(Prereq':
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly lhinted at.
Perspecti\
II/LAF: Quan
Reaso
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
6-9
M,
W
Old Mail1 10
investigate the culture that produced them, and
I
h
-
work to determine why they have continued to
...J
(Prereq.: ENC 111)
Perspective/Skill: Western Heritagr
122-"
Shariff
S. History
Twentieth C e n t
A survey focusing o n the nation's adjustment to
Humanities
1 4 3 0 p.m.
industrialization and urbanization, the emergence
of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong
federal goverlhrnent, tlie implications of increasing
racial ant1 ethnic di\fersity, and the inipact of
E N G 361.S
Clayton
The course focuscs o n contemporary 20th century
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on non-
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Westcrn Heritage; Critical
Thinking; LAF in Humanities
Western (Asian and African) fiction.
6-9:30 p.m,
M, W
Old Main 18
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Perspective/Skill: Intercultural Awareness 1; Writinfi
6-9:30 p.m.
?; Th
Old Main 16
lil
.
G S T 009-S
Cooperative Education
Olson
I N S 105-S
Introduction t o American
Indian Studies
Weston
Designed to introduce students to the content areas
of the American Indian Studies curriculum, this
Cooperative Education is a work experience related
to a student's nhajor/minor or career interests, but
course includes a n o\,erview of American Indian
history, federal Indian policy, land issues,
not dolie for academic credit. The goal is for
st~ldelltsto apply theory to pmctice in an approvecl
reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural
i~~fluences,
and Anierican Indian literature, art,
work setting. Students set learning goals and
music, and language.
e\faluate their learning with the director of the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30 m
M, W
Suerdn~p2 0
Satisfactory completion fi~lfill,thc Augsburg
Experience (AE)
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, understa~idti~nelessideas, listen carefully,
and question thouglhtfully.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking
June 2 1-25
sUerdnrp 17
:- 1 - - i
-.
MAL 5 9 9 3
Topics: Comprehensive
Examination Seminar
Pike
The purpose of this semiliar is to prepare students
for a co"prehensi\.e
as the capstone
for completion of the Master of Arts in Leadership.
As one of four completion options in the MAL
program, students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
I N S 295-S
understanding of kadership expressed through
Topics: Doing Business i n the
Czech Republic
successfi~lcompletion of the examinations. There is
Stoller
Focus of this course will be o n doing business with
a four-hour written seated examination, a take-
and in the Czech Republic. Developing capitalist
enterprise in this ex-communist world offers
scheduled meetings are adapted as required
significant challenges. This course will examine the
(Prereq.: Conselit of instructor or MAL program
director is recluired.)
7-
appeal to successi\~egenerations of readers.
Studies i n Modern Fiction
Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia se~uinarformat as
obstacles as well as the models that are ssucceeding
as the Czech Republic makes the transition to a
free market econonhy. History and culture will be
home exam, and a n oral exam. Cale~ldarand
(contact professor or MAL office for specific dates.)
6-9:30 p.m
M,W
Old Main 11
discussed fully as a basis for the countrv's economic
model. Tlie course will be team.taug11t with a
visiting Czech professor.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Old Main 25
MAT 1 7 3 3
M a t h of Interest
Kaminsky
Learn how to determine tlie monthly payments on
I N S 325-S
a housc, boat, or car Find out how much you need
Building Working Relationships
This coursc explores working relationships in a
to he socking away now to have a ~iiillionwhen you
retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life
changing world. Sclf-assessment tools and applied
insurance work, and more. Evaluation will he based
papers help participants gain a better
understanding of the role the individual plays
within the context of \vorkplace relationships.
on classroom participation, quizzes, and a filial
examination.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
Enipliasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, and
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Quantitative Reasoning;
organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing, and at least one of the
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260, BUS 242,
BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
LAF in Natural Science and Mathematics (lion-lab)
6-9:30p,m,
M, W
Sciet~ce108
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Human Identity; Speaking
?; Th
Suerdnrl~2 0
6-9:30 p.711,
1 -
REL435-S
Vocation and the Christian Faith
iL 101,s
POL 1 6 0 3
ginning Sign Langual
3di1cti<
Mikkelson
: and tlie signs and
deaf c
~
demonstration
by~llitxof ASL. ~ ~ u u e nOt Us S C ~ ,the
of signs, practice their o n signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to
co~nniunicaterlrarlv with deaf and hard-of-hearing
people.
Perspecti\re/Skill/mb:
Lnrerrultural Awareness 2;
Modern Lnnguage Core !
64:301
dailr 23
PSY 2 6 1 3
World Politics
Personality
This course is an int
history and majc
~ o nto the clyna~nics,
dynamics, and de\,elopment of personaliry.
relations. It expl
economic develc
efforts to comba
F g l o b a l citizenship and
sace and ineouality around
14:30 p m
cast
-
'
the 'lobe'
environme
Ises
and conflic
studie
estions explored
1
3
r wat~
111
the class
we define peace! What are the
achieving a luore just and equitable
Deglnnlng Spanish I
Kinr
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
oppression!
speaking, reading, and writing of elt
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Spanish. Introduction to the c1llrllr+
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercu
.-
8:30-11 a.ln.
VC: TI1
auses of conflict and
M,
W
bvareness 2;
Old Muin 2 6
SPA I l l - T
Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, rmding, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
perspectivdSki[l/LAF:Interculturn[Awarelless 2;
Old Maill 26
Old Main 18
PSY 2 6 2 3
~~~k
Abnormal Psychology
treatment.
Underhill.Cady
This course critically examines the political
dyna~uicsrelating to the communities and
ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
Issues explorctl inclucle water pollution, tlie lock
and dam system, in\,asive species and biodiversity,
water
economics development, urban sprawl, far111 policy,
and energy production. The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic de\,elopment,
social justice, and environmental stewarclsliip in the
7; Th
Old Main 13
1 - 1
OM Main 18
Rooney
the growth of individuals and faniilics. Growth
~ 11
~
~related to~diverse populations
b
~ and groups
~ or special
k
The origin, literary character, and transmission of
StrcSScS
the biblical documents; tlie task of biblical
interpretation, and the history of Israel and tlie
(Prereq.: So., Jr., or Sr. standing or consent of
instructor)
emergence of the church. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
6-9:30 p.m.
Rrspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 1 or 3
1 4 : 3 0 p,m.
7; TIL
Lirtdell 16
a
f'lcuS'
PerSpecti"e/Skill/LAF: Hun'an ldentiw
7; TI1
Suerdnrp 202
6
W S T 2811481-S
REL 3 7 0 3
Topics I n Women's Studies:
Native American Women and Film
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritllal customs, and philosophy
relationships with nature, religious oversigl~tof life
cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in a n
afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l 1 , J r . standing, and REL 100, REL
111, REL 221, or REL 331)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
[ntercultural Awareness 1; Writing
6-9:30
7; TI1
Marubbio
This course explores Native American \rZomenin
similarities and differences are explored as arc tribal
7; TI1
S W K 260-S
H u m a n s Developing
biological a ~ i dpsychological factors that influence
along the river, some exploration of tlie river by
boat, and opportunily to Ineet with stakeholders
6-9:30 p ~n
Sverdnip 1
,..
.
growth through life and of the socio-cultural,
of North American Imlians are studied. Tribal
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2; Critical
Thinking; LAF in Social and Behaviural Science
..
Tliis course provides an understanding of h u ~ n a n
region. There will bc weekly excursions to sites
working o n \vrious river-related issues.
,
.. .
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
?; TI1
2-530 p.m.
.
An introduction to psychological disorders and
Biblical Studies
POL 2 4 1 4
Environmental and
REL 331)
Perspective/SkilVlAF: Christian Faith 1, 2, 3; senior
keynote
REL 221-S
River Politics
Modern Language Core Skill 1
6 4 3 0 11 m
7; Th
Li~~dcll
16
7; TI1
Biblc and key f i ~ ~ r from
e s the Christian tradition to
help students answer these important questions.
(Prereq.: REL 100, REL 111, REL 221, REL 300, or
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
8:30 a.m -noon
Social and Bcliaviora[ Scicnccs
6-9:30 p.111,
Modern Langi~ageCore Skill I
to description,
of international
J D U F ~ of peace, sustainable
include: H
y
Tix
current
scientific.based approaci,es
Tranvik
What does it mean to haven vocation! Is there a
purpose for your life! Tliis course will use film, the
Old Main 13
American fillu history as
representatiolls
in
Holly\vood cinema, as political and social forces in
indigenous fill,, mo,,en,ents, and as role lllodels
involved i n
and proliLlcingdoculnentary
films.
Perspectivc/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
6-9:30p.m.
'L
TI1
Liltdell 16
.-
- - -
-
- -
I
-
- -
-
- -
-
4
4'
--
session I 1 july
-
-
----
-
I
I
I
I2 ,to-august I2
I
L
I
Please refer to ht@://a~gnet.augsburg.edufor the most current classroom information.
-
A R T 107-S
Drawing
C
A R T 250-S
r
A R T 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, denionstmtions, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics; LAF in Fine Arts
I
0 in
7; Th
Old Main
17
ART 2 2 5 3
I
Graphic Design I
Allen
This course is an introduction to the principles and
techniques of graphic design i~singpage layout
software. Eniphasis will be
with text and image.
II
laced o n designing
Rrspective/Skill/L4F: Aesthetics; Speaking; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p.m.
Foss 226
This course addresses the designed e~~vironrnent,
che intentionally designed places in which nre live
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and ~ ~ r b design;
an
class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design excellence.
I
h
M, W
A R T 2491349-S (with H I S 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 )
Designed Environment
Anderson
I
Strategic Management
An introduction to
Concepts and principles related to the management
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG I11 and an
art, history, or urban studies course
Pe~s~ective/Skill/LAF:Aesthetics or City; Writing
(ART 349 only)
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
and sectors.
Perspective/Skill/l
6-9:30 0 . m
4ibk
Graphi
'
._
6-9:30 p.m,
"!lc
lgn
I'
Allen
(Prereq.: ART
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Kapoor
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
8:30 a.m.-noon
?; Th
Scie~~ce
3 15
I
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement and
I
estate planning.
6-9:30 p,m.
Foss 220
Kader
Principles of Accounting 11
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
ft~ndamentalsof managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
T; Th
Suer(lncp I
DiversityIMinnesota American Indians
Isaacson
At1 introductory course to develop understanding
This course examines human diversity and human
of basic c o m p ~ ~ t i nconcepts
g
and specific skills in
human relations and Minnesota American Indian
using ~nicroconipi~ter
software (Windows, Word,
requirenients and is an option within the licensure
program.
6-9:30 01..
using sofnvare.
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
E D C 4801580-S
Suer(1rrrp 206
I
Sverdnrp 202
suerdnLp205
Meziou
.. .
,111
'I
W
I
I
School a n d Society
Erickson
Eniphasis o n points of view about the role of
I
school in modern society, relationsliips with
I
parents and community, collaborative models,
I
leadership and professional development. Serves as
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic
final theoretical preparation for student teaching.
(Prereq.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
Department)
price, promotion and distribution decisions.
6-9:30 p.m.
T TI1
Sverdncp 1
I
I
Sverdnrp 1
M,
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
and technological factors as they affect product,
I
I
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2; Writing
8:30 a.in.-~lool~
M, W
Sverdncp 1
I
I
I
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
I
H u m a n Resource Management
J.Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; rffccti\t integration of the workcr
with the goals of the fir111 and society.
(Prercq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
7; Th
I
Gresczyk
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, e-mail, and internet).
Emphasis o n solving business.related problems
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
This course exarnines those issues and activities
i~niq~
to~~iiarketing
e
in an international setting.
BUS 3 4 0 3
M, W
MIS 175-S
MKT 2 5 2 3
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
T; Th
I
Sverdnrp 206
Principles of Computing for Business
6-9:30 p.n~,
organization, staffing, planning and control. We
will examine the nature of authority, accountability,
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
M, W
E D C 2061566-S
ACC 222-S
6-9:30 p.m.
sverdncp 202
Personal Finance
LLJ,
6-9:30pnrn,
8:30 a.m.-11oon
7; Th
FIN 2 4 0 3
This co r e I an advanced study of thr. gritphic
' d ~ t y p o g r a p h yand visual imagery for print
p d u c t i o n using the computer. Studies include
identification c?f,design problems and presentation
to client.
CHM 1003
Chemistry for Changing Times
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
ART 330
123
1 4 : 3 0 p.nl.
M, W
This coum fulfills the Enbnging Minneapolis m l u i ~ ~ n ~ e n t . 6-930
14
:I 1.
I
J. Cerrito
Ceramics I
~ ~ l l m a n emphasis on hand1
This is a first
drawing course. Students \vork
anal and non-traditional
with a variety
,lore iinportant concepts of
drawing med
drawing Slid
lemoustrations, and
critiques complete tne learning experience.
Perspec,
'-kill/LAF: AesthfC:-- '-AF in Fine Arts
6-9:30
B U S 440.S
1:
Emphasis is placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing
I
environment.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p , m
M,
W
Old Main 13
II
l5
I
i
ED
:-
488-S (.5 credit)
..
r
dent Behavior
Crea
i n the Eleme
n
Bartlett
h
This course wil exam~nethe impact of student
behavior on stu en earning and then move on to
**
explore met11
establish posi
,chniques to be used to
-t behavior in the elementary
GST 0 0 9 3
INS 2 2 5 3
Olson
work experience related
Cooperative Educa"
Cooperative Educati
or career interests, but
not done for scad
'Il address: physical space,
01 communication with
ase studies. roleparents and ridging ga . .
classroom. TI
tual
(Prereq.: Student must be an Education niaj~
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
*factory
completion fulfills the Augsburg
Experience (AE)
A
1
.
urse must
Graduate students wanting to take th'
ucation office.
M,TVG:Th ~ v e r d n t 1p
H P E 115.5
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done
for the abuser. Includes information about school
EED 2 0 0 3
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
health education and services.
6-9:30 P,II,
M mtly
Sverdnrp 2 0
American Indians in the Cinema
(Prereq.: O n e previous course in political dcience or
ad'"ission to the MAL program.)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness I
ASL 102.S
Beginning Sign Language 11
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
HIS 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with A R T 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
trilogy and The Hobbit, but also his shorter stories,
essays, poems, translations, letters, and other work.
(Prereq.: ENG 111)
Perspective/Skill/IAF: I A F in Humanities
1 4 : 3 0 p.m,
7; TI1
Kimball
This coursc addresses the designed environment, the
intentionally designed places in which we live. We
will investigate architecture, landscape architecture,
and urban design; class sessions consist almost
exclusively of walking tours and site visits to
prominent examples of design excellence.
This course will focus on J.R.R. Tolkien as an
author, scholar, and teacher. We read not only his
Suerdr~ip206
Liitdell 16
M, W
6-9F.30 P.m.
Old Main 16
Mikkelson
An i~itroductionto deaf culture and the signs and
licensure.
Harkness
Weston
Indians created by Hollywood and television.
Focusing o n fil~nsfrom the 1910s to the present, the
course provides an unclerstanding of how American
Indians were portrayed in fil~nhistorically, how this
image has evolved over the past century, and how it is
reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
INS 3 4 2 3
E N G 282-S
Topics: Tolkien's Works,
Life, and Times
sensitiviv and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of
the course. Extensive discussion, several short
River politics ~ i ~ seminar
l d
in
b,to.week intellsive field
OM Main 4
awareness, communication skills and interpersonal
10
written assignments; emphasis on applying course
~naterialto leadership situations.
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
M, W
This course focuses on the ability to function and
lead in culturally diverse and ever-changing contexts
I N S 264-S
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
5:30-9 p.m.
OM Main
M, W
M A L 5 6 0 (with P O L 4 2 1 4 )
Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race
and Ethnicity in the United States
Aoki
within the United States. Impro\red intercultural
This course surveys various images of American
D
1
see Terry Cook in the Continuing
(This class will nrn front July 12-2
This course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliariah), Islamic economic and ~oliticalsystems,
6-9:30 p , m
classrooni teacher.)
1-3:30 p.m.
Kader
and Islamic patterns of life,
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Interculti~ralAwareness 1
the importance of horn -s
playing, o e ing and st
clasa oom visits will be used.
Introduction to Islam
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban studies course)
Pers~ective/Skill/MF: Ciry or Aestlietics; Writing
349
' 4 : 3 0 P,m,
M, W
Sciolce 123
This course fulfilb the Engaging Minnwpl'is requirement
underhill.cady
studellts
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
of sig~is,practice their own signing, a n ~ learn
l
the
f ~ i aexpressions
l
and body langllage needed to
clearly with deaf and hard-of.hearing
~ com~nunicate
~ i
people.
elements of the politics, ecology, history, and
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3;
policies relating to tlie river. S t u d e ~ ~will
t s meet with
Modern La~lgi~age
Core Skill 2
people involved wit11 issues such as farm policy,
travel by boat down tile ~
i
~
~riveri exploring
~ ~ i
conservation, reducing water pollution, the lock and
dam system, flood control, and endangered species.
Students engage in individualized research projects
gathering data over the course of the trip and
presenting results in a public forum at the end of
the trip. Students must be comfortable with
camping, exercise, and outdoor travel. A final
paper is due a t
end of tl,e
tern,.
Note: In addition to regular summer tuition, there is
a $400 fee to cover tlie expenses of the trip down
the river, which includes campilia equipment, food,
and boat rental.
Class begins on 7/12, with the field portion ntnning
front Wed., 7114-Fri., 7/30.
Suerdrup 202
6-8:30p,in.
TWTh
Suerdntp 2 0
SPA 112.S
Beginning Spanish I1
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Sp.lnisll, Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
[ntercultural Awareness 3;
Modern Language Core Skill 2
830-1 1:00 a.m.
7; VI! Th
Old Main 18
-
summer session
application form
@
Kingsley
Christian Vocat
speaking wor
Perspective/S
Modern L a n ~
-e
Brandt H a l e
This introductory course will explore some of the
ntercultural
2
A~~~~~~~~3 ;
old ~ ~ 26
i , ,
6 4 3 0 p.m.
biblical and theological resources that the Christian
- .
tradition, s e e n h r o u g h the lens ~ f ~ v o c a t ~brings
on,
to the seerci ~ r ~ r n e a n i n Not
g . nc=.for
credit
!
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~ then click on
"Download Registrar Forms."
for students,wh5 have taken REL 300.
8:30 a.m.-noon.
M, W
Old Main 16
P O L 421 (with M A L 560-S)
Developing a Multicultural Perspective: Race
a n d Ethnicity i n the United StateAoki
[
SWK699.S
This course focuses o n the ability t<
:tion and
Assessment a n d Vla6
lend in culturally diverse and ever-c%ing
the united states. ~
~
contexts
~
awareness, comnlunication &ills c d interpersonal
sensitivie and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among the goals of
the course. Extensive discussion, several short
, in
Mental
Boisen
and $diagnosis ~of
~ This course
~ examines
~ assessment
~
mental health in individuals. Emphasis is placed on
understanding mental health disorders from a
Systems and ecological perspective as well as
written assignments; emphasis o n applying course
understanding bio/psycho/social
incidence and course.
material to leadership situations.
6-9:30 0,m.
(Prereq.: O n e previous course in Political Science or
admission to the MAL program.)
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Old Mait1 16
M, W
influences o n
Science 123
~
~
~
~
~
l
~
~
~
~
l
Show less
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~... Show more
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~ = s i 11n
July 11 to August 11
summer online
(WE
Course loads in Summer Session:
I
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, the total credit
load for W E C students between spring
W E C and Suinmer Session I cannot
exceed 2.0 credits. W E C students
desiring to overlap more than 2.0 credits
between the two terms must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Total credit load between
Summer Session I1 and Summer Online
cannot exceed 2.0 credits. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant lnetropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Courses f~~lfilling
Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curricul~un,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
* The Higher L c a n l i r ~Cotnmissiotl
~
of the Nortll Cct~lralAssociatior~of Colle~esand Schools, Cormnissiorl on
Irlstitlrtiotls of Higher Ed~rcntior~,
3 12-263-0456. Web site <twtuw.t~cnciheu r g s
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefi~llyplanned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by
a faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, 612330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement from
their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for S ~ ~ r n ~ n e r
Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.a~~gsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dismissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular s t ~ ~ d e nof
t s A ~ ~ g s b u College.
rg
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
All stitdents may hegin to rrl,..--.
-
Apnl~4k
Web registration will remain open
until May 5 (Session I) and June 10
(Session 11). Web registration Ihuurs
8:3C
1.-11:59 p.m. daily.
:studcnrs will he hilleci through
Summer Session courses
Augsburg stude
re cncouragecl to use
Web registr
,)n-Augshurg
students must reglsrer in person at the
E~lrollrnentCenter liefiveen 8:30
a.m.-4:30 p.m
Thursdays). T h e
:30 a.m,-7
Center is
CIII
located in Sverdrup Hall. W e
r e c o m ~ n e ~ lthat
d you schedule
I
50 percent
c
ition
If a discrepancy is found bet\
on founci
through AugNet, AugNet s h o ~ ~ he
ld
considered the most current xnci, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 31. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
online
April 4
April 4
April 5
May 5
June 10
June 10
Summer Session 1 a n d June 17 tor
Balance of tuition due
May 6
June 17
June 3
hition must be
paid in full (
endar), or you will
your course(s); a
be dropped f
cancellation
of $100 per course
will apply. Augsourg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer Session.
Classes begin
May 31
July 11
June 27
May 31
July 11
June 27
July 14
July 1
Change in Registration: Many courses
*Drop class without notation
reg
stud'
summer
sess
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
Register (added late fee of $75) June 3
(signature of instructor needed; no
registrations will be accepted afier this date)
June 3
July 14
July 1
fill early and courses with low
Change grading option
June 17
July 28
August 5
enn)llments will he cancelleel o n e week
Withdraw from class
June 17
July 28
August 5
I
before the first day of the session.
Students who decide to cancel their
Classes end
registration prior to the first day of the
Grades due in Registrar's Office July 11
July 1
August 11
September 2
August 19
September 9
session must complete a drop/adci form
at the Enrollnlent Center (this nlust be
done in person). There is a charge of
$100 for each course cancelled.
For refund information please sce
A late fee of
next page.
$75 will he assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. N o Session I registrations
will he accepted after June 3. N o
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 27.
II
Registration begins
Of
Schedule of Refunds o n the
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 11. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
summer 2005
Web registration closes
at the tillle
~OLII-
courses as early as possible.
catalog and coursc infor
ents
1
Session 11 registrations will he accepted
after July 14. N o Sulnnler Online
registrations will he accepted after July 1.
schedule of refunds
100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is n o later than June 3
(Session I), July 14 (Session II), and July 1 (Summer Online)
75% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 7
(Session I), July 19 (Session II), and July 11 (Summer Online)
50% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 10
(Session I), July 22 (Session II), and July 22 (Summer Online
I
map of augsburg
-
The tuition charge f '005 aummer
Session courses is:
$1,470 for full-c2dit coun
' 15 for halfcredit courses
A
..Rlits are charged at the tuition rates
,,.
,,..,~d, and Rochester students
olled in Summer Session I1 or
Summe
nay be eligible for
financial aid if tl
least 1.0 credit.
listed above.
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for S u ~ m e Session
r
attendees
The only forms I Financial aid available
;Ion attendees are the
for Sum --nt, the Minnesota State
era1
:or students who meet eligibility
nents) and student loans. Visit
,.he Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>. T h e
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2005.
O
.,.,.
financial aid.
Day program
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC, United, and Rochester
programs
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60 percent discount on Summer Session
tuition.
For WEC students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring trimester.
+lnlerslate84 West II
11
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Heal01
Promotion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Wonhip, Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I Ice Arena
12. Public Relations and
Communicalion
Inlaaal~$
W bet
13. Lindell Libraly
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Mulphy Place
17. Murphy P a ~ k
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
campus location
+
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuterResident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G FacultylStaff Parking
H Faculty/StaffParking
I. VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
I. FacultyIStaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M Faculty/Staff/Comniuter Parking
N. FacultylSlafflCommuter Parking
0 . Fairview-Vnivenity Parking Ramp
3 5 W from t h e NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
Augsburg College, a s affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientntim~,marital s t a t u , status with regard lo public assistance, o r
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan program, athletic andlor school
administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occtipational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to prowidii~greasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
35W f r o m t h e South-
1
Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two niergen) Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Aveni~e,turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
session I may 31 to july
I
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular
f
FIN 2 4 0 3
the approacl~usell by
Pcrsonal Finance
exams, quizzes, 1
Introiiuction to perso~ialfinancial planning and
budgeting, credit nianagement, income taxes,
i ~ i s i ~ r a ~ ireal
c e , estate, invrstments, retirement, and
estate planning.
ler and analyze data and propose
and test hypotheses. Evaluation will be baser1 o n
A R T 102.S
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
IPS,and othc
assig~umenrs.I n c ~ ~ ~ u e s re as \\,ell 3s laboratory
activities. This course
s twice weekly from May
the visual arts. T w e and three~dimens~onaI
projects
demonstratinl
the basic design elements
31 to August 11 (frc
and principles
I
the start of Session 1 to the
Rrspective/Skill/L
,esthetics Perspective;
encl of Session 11)
(Prereq.: MPG i
Speaking Skill;
ine Arts
Perspecti\,e/Skil
:
Critical Thinkir
II; LAF in Natural Science 2nd
Old Mnirr
4
(hereq.: MPC 2)
scientists t
Kapoor
M, \V
6-9:30 11.1n.
7
leliiat
urn Main 18
Kapoor
This course i ~ ~ c l u d financial
es
statement analysis,
risk and retllrn, security valuation, capital
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
llianngement.
(Prerecl.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
Tlie camera will be useil as a tool for visual
creativity and expressio~iusing black and white
6-9:30 p , n ~ .
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35 m m , single-lens reflex camera. I
Principles of A
ecl cost of
film, etc.: $200-225
Pcrsl-rect~\,c/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30
11 111
T; TI1
Old Main
4
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fi~ndarnentalsof accounting, the accounti~ig
cycle, ancl prep.1ration of financial statements.
3
I
-
~
o
o
M, W
Oltl MLlin 10
BUS 2 4 2 4
A R T 247-S
Life Drawing
McCaffrey
Principles of Management
Palecmy-Zapp
metlioils and techniqnes of drawing the human for111
through the use of live ~nodels.Emphasis will he
Development of the tl~eoryof Inaliagemcnt,
organization, staffing, planning, and control Tlie
~iatureof authority, acco~~ntahility,
~esponsibility,
and analysis of tlie pmfessional manager
placed o n ~le\elopmentof pelceptual cimwing skills
1 - 4 3 0 p,in,
This course will introduce t l ~ estudent to the
to accumtely rc~iderthe hi~manfnrni in a spatial
environ~nent.Topics covcrcd will include: gesture,
prnpurtion, foresl~ortening,skeletal .ind ~u~~sculature
anatomy, sha~lingand renclering, and composition
NOTE: There will be a $50 fee payable un thc first
clay of class for the cost of models.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Aesthetics Perspective
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mr1i11 17
B I O 102-S
T h e Biological World
Hoogendoorn
This is an introcluction tu bioluu for ~non.bioIogy
7; TI1
Old Main 16
MKT 3 5 4 3
I
M, W
Old Main 16
B U S 465-S
International Management
Paleczny-Zapp
This thought-pr~>\okingcourse cxaniines those
issues ancl activities unique to marketing in an
lnterlintional setting Col~rsefocuses on how
l u ~ m a n~esourccsare a<lministereil in other
countries and how cultural factors influence
heliavior in the n.orkplace and negotiations. It will
also ;rnnlyze interpersonal skills n w ~ l e dt < manage
~
across national bonlcrs and negotiate internatiunal
deals. We will analyze several real-life case s t ~ ~ d i etos
lear~ithe strategies, structures, and practices of
modem co~porationsin the world tvday.
majors. Basic concepts of bioloby pel raining to
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Writi~ig
both plants .lnd ani~nalsare co\.ered, as well as the
6-9:30 p ln
MI W
Old Milin 16
8:30 a.m.-noon
7; Th
Scie~~ce
123
COM Ill-S
Financial Management
Photog+,,
A C C 221-S
Perspective; LAF in Natural Science and
Matheniatics (non-lab)
Old Main 13
F I N 331-S
Natural World 1 or 2;
Perspecti\ze/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
ability, and the o\~ercorningof speech frigl~t.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities; Engaging Minneapolis
7; TI1
1 4 : 3 0 11.1n.
Old Mnin 13
COM 3 5 1 3
J.Cerrito
Sales Management
Fornullation, implementation, evaluation, and
control of sales force programs designed to carry
out marketing objectives. Management of sales
force recrnitmelu, dcpartmenral structure, training,
no ti vat ion, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation.
(Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructc,~.)
T; TI1
6-9:30 [~.,n.
Suerd11a11202
Argumentation
Dewlops critical
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
and refi~tation.Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront btude~irsin their
ej~eryilnylives.
(Prereq.: SPC I l l or 112, o r J r , or Sr. standing)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking Skill
6-9:30 p.ln
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
Meziou
Groven
think in^ skills by stucly of the
7; TI1
Old Main 13
C O M 354-S
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
This course examines those issues and activities
unique~tomarketing in an international setting.
Emphasis IS placed on adaptation of a marketing
~ u i xaccording to the international marketing
environment.
on factors that build relationships ancl help to
o\,ercome communication barriel-s.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p,ln.
6-9:30 ~ t n .
M, W
A studv of the dvnarnics of human interaction
thnlugli verbal and non.verbal nlessages; emphasis
M, W
Suer[lr~ip206
Suerdlul~I
I-hl-YI
I
E C O 112.S
C H M 100-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Chemistry for Changing
. - Times
This course introduces basic clIemistry
the context
Gvbere
.
concepts in
nuluerous sciel,ce.l,asecl issues
i n our
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroecononiics: national
i~lco~ile
analysis, ~nonetaryand fiscal policy,
i ~ i t c r m i o ~ i trade
al
Al,plication of elementary
everyday livcs with the goal of students having a
econ0111ictheory to current economic problems.
baaic niler erst an ding of thc science hehind iszues
present and in the fi~ture.
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
ECO 112 a111 113 nay be take11 in either order.
4
sess~onI
\.
may 31 to july I
(Prereq.: M P G 2)
PerspcrL:-- 'Skill/LAF:
Rrspec
LAF in Soc
laviornl Sciences
Old
pm
ENG 225-S
ECO 1133
Principles of M~rroecc..omics
A n introduc
~
~
l
o niicroecono~nics:the theory of
the Ihousehold, firm, market structures, a n d income
distribution. Application of ele~uentaryeconomic
This coulse buiIdS o
plact~cesand methods of
Effective
d ~ ~Writing
f
(El
11) Its w o ksliop
~
format
stresses style a n d organizarion, the process of
relationsl~ipbetween readine a1
'
I
EDC 2 2 0 3
Educational Technology (.5 crcdit)
Erickson
Psychological a111 pl~ilosopliicaldiniensions of
comniunication through the use of instructional
t e c l ~ n o l o S~ e. l e c t i o ~preparation,
~,
pr<,duction, and
e\raluation of eftecti\.e audio-visual niaterials for
tcacliindlearning situations. C o m p u t e r training
will be included in this course.
(This class runs from J u n e &July I)
M, W
Suer'ltllp 205
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Satisfactory completion fillfills tlie AugsburE
Experience (AE).
Western Heritage
Perspective
M, W
6-9:30 p . m
O l d Main 18
Y
Schield
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in
,
I
( P r e ~ e q .o: n e course in history, o r permission of
insrructor)
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Reasoning/
Statistical Literacy
....,., ...,
[
work setting. Students set learning goals and
evaluate t l ~ e i rlearning with the director of the
GST2003
ring.
4-7
01
over the last nvo centi~rieswill be ~ i v e nspecial
attention.
uevision, self and peer evaluation, a n d the
Per"ectiw
Petspect~ve;LAF in Social and Behavioral Scic..--.,
1 4 3 0 11 tn
)Id M(lirl l o
7; Th
9-1 1:30 n.111.
Wr*
ia;nson
(Prereq.:
theory t o ~iiarketpolicy. May he taken
independently of E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 a n d
113 nay be taken in either
(Prereq.: MPG2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: ,,,.,.
~
7.
I n t e r m e d i a t e 61
not d o n e for academic credit. T h e Koal is fur
students ro apply theory to practice in an approved
Topics: Sports a n d Literature
Irvine
INS 105.S
arguments in\.olving predictions ancl explanations.
Introduction to American
I n d i a n Studies
Topics will include reading and eaalunting tables,
This course is i~ltelideclto introduce students to
graphs, and statistical models as \yell as
generalizations, traclitional confidence inter\,als,
American Indian studies Concepts a n d topics to
be covered include, among ochers, history,
Weston
This course is designed to i~nrestigacea n d a n a l y x
ancl Ihypotliesis tests. Emplusis on interpretation,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
themes, issues, topics, and contro\,ersies related
evaluation, and communication.
(Prereq.: M P G 3)
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
Indians will be emphasized where appropriate.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / u ~ :~
~A~~~~~~~~1~
perspective
directly and i~idirectlyto and through sports a n d
s p o ~ t sl i t e ~ a t ~ ~Itr examines
e
the intersection of
sport a n d society and considers what sport means
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Q ~ ~ a n t i t a t i \Reasoning
,e
Skill
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mail1 10
and how it functions as symbol, myth, a n d
6-9:30 fi m.
metapluor. T o achieve these ends, s t ~ ~ d e nwill
ts
....
..
7; Th
S u e r d n r ~1
analyze texts a n d timely issues pertinent to sport
and soclety in a variety of ways, including through
HPE 1 1 5 - S
Paideia S e m i n a r s
lite~aly analysis, j o u r ~ ~ a l i n gand
, spr~rts-related,
C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y (.5 credit)
Students will participate in a series of seminar
Minneapolis-based experiences.
Perspecti\.c/Skill/LAF:
Huma~iities
Writing Skill; LAF in
8:30 a.tn -tnnu~
M, W
INS 2 5 5 4
Uzarek
A n analysis of chemical abuse a n d what can be
d o n e for the abuser. Includes informaticln about
school health educatio~iand services.
Old Main 13
6-9:30 p m.
~
M only
Scicnce 123
Kaufman
discussions following the P21ideia seminar format as
clevelopeil by Mortinier Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, ~ ~ n c l e r s t a ntimeless
~l
ideas, listen carefi~lly,
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
E E D 495-S
ENG 3 6 1 3
Topics: Elementary E d u c a t i o n
Physical S c i e n c e
Studies i n M o d e r n Fiction
Clayton
T h e course fc~cuseso n contenporary 20th centul y
prose I V ~ ks.
I
It includes N a t ~ v eAmerican a n d
European writers, with an emplhasis o n nonWestern (Asian a n d African) fiction
Gregoire
S t t ~ ~ l ewill
~ i sparticipate in hands-on experiments to
explore plopel ties of and changes in maKer; position,
motion and force; light, lieat, clectricitl: a n ~ l
magnetism; ant1 kinds of ant1 ways to transfer e n e r ~ y
Taking the [~liysicalconcepa learne~l,stuiiena will
develop dernonsttatk,ns and lessons ior K-5 classr<x,~ns.
Assessment is based o n wwitten assignments, a
technology pmject, les~>ns/dem~~nstr~~tions,
clasroo~n
pnrticipatk)n, and nn enalii.
(Prereq.: Snldents ~iiustbe Elementary Education
M a j o ~ ~ t l icourse
is
does NOT Ineet the Sciencc Lah
p d u a t i o n require~nent)
6-9:30 p III
7; Th
scierlce
(Prereq.: E N G 245 o r consent of instructor)
Perspecti\.e/Skill: Intercultural A\vareness 1
Perspecti\.e; Writing
6-9:30 P.111.
7; T h
0111 Moil1 10
GST 0 0 9 3
Cooperative E d u c a t i o n
Olson
Cooperative E~lucationis a work experience related
to a student's major/minnr o r carccr inrel-ests, but
education, sc~cialscience, and language arts majors.
I
This course will be held M-F, 8:30 a.m.-4 p.m.
.
+,
HIS 3 4 5 3
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF:
M o d e r n Britain a n d I r e l a n d
deVries
. f u ~ 20-24
~e
Critical Thinking Skill
Old Main 25 B breoko~atroonls
Hoping t o tra\,el to Britain a n d Ireland some day?
lnteresced in the l i t e r a t ~ ~ rtheatre,
e,
polit~cs,and
INS 3 2 5 - S
culture of this region? 1f yo11 can't fit a trip t o
Britain a n d Ireland into your schedule, take this
Building W o r k i n g Relationships
Hanson
This course explores working relationships in a
course i n s t e a j ,
u s i n g a n interdisciplinary approacl,
clialhgin~world. Self-assessment tools a n d applied
(sources will include literature, filni, nus sic, theatre,
a n d art), wve will explore Britain's de\,elopment
pVers
participalhts gailh a better
~ ~ n d e r s t n n d i nofg the role the individual plays
since the 18th century into o n e of tlie world's
within t h c context of workplace relationships.
leading cultural, economic, and colonial powvers
Britain's tempestuous rrliitionship with lrelancl
Emphasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, a n d
organizational relationships.
(P~e~ecl.:]r.
o r Sr. standing, a n d at least o n e of tlie
I may 31 to july I
session
1
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260,
BUS 252, PSY lo?
Perspecti\~e/Skill/l
Spanish. Introduction to the culturc of the
F
nCv In'\
In Identity Perspective;
Spanish-speaking w o ~
Id.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultu~alAwareness 2
MAT 103-S
Perspecti\re; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p,t11.
7; \ T I
introcluction t o .
Theories of Lead
Link
experienced leaders for
b
t
<
.,.
contemporary rl~eoriesand applications
leadership. Guest speakers participate in sharing
their experience in both private ancl public
workplaces and the class ~~tilizes
a case study
P O L 160-S
~ ~ n d h ~ c r etoward
~lit
World Politics
rac uation Skill colnponent except
P (pass) in this course advances you
rp
h students. This
course is a capstone offerlng a selection
that
to Math ~ r c e m e n Group
t
2. Grading will be based
o n quizzes and exams.
rereq.: MPG
6-9:30 b.1
approach to Icarning. Course connects with the
MAL Leadership De\,elopment Model through its
direct empl~asison leadership, change, ethics,
communication, and creativity. Emphasis is placed
on critical thinking, discussion, presentzrtion, and
Abnormal Psychology
Old Mrrirl 25
ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
8:30 u . i ~ ~ . - ~ ~ o o n
Tliis course is an introductio~~
to the dynamics,
history, and ~uajortheorles of international
relations. It explores issues uf peace, sustainable
economic cle\~clopment,global citizenship, and
efforts to combat inlustice and inequalily around
thc globe. This class uses internat~onal
~
over water as
environmental issues ~ I I Lco~lflicts
case studies. Qucst~onsexplored in tlie class
i ~ ~ c l u dWhat
e:
are the obstacles to achieving a luore
just and equitable world! When is the use of force
justified? What are the implications uf
globalization, through which we are beco~liillgmore
and more connected!
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social ancl Behavioral Scicnces
Plan B. Reqi~iredparticipation at all face-to-face
fiici.il expressions and body language ~ ~ e e dto
e~l
6-9:30 p.111,
meetings and regular posrings online
com~lii~~iicate
clearly with deaf and hard-f-hearing
(Prereq.: Minimum of 6 MAL courses)
people.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\\nreness 2
Class meets: Thurs., 6/2, 6-10 p.ln.; Fri., 6/17, 2-8
p.m.; Sat., 6/18, 8 a.m.-noon, 2-5p.rn.;Tliurs.,
6/23, 6-10 p.m. There will also be nvo virtual
classrooms plus regi~larposting online
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p 111
7; X
!! TI1
Scie~lce2 I2
S P A 1 11-S
Old Main 10
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Ai~listo develop four basic skills: understanding,
MAL 5 8 9 3
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Topics: Comprehensive
Spanish. Introduct~onto the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Examination Seminar
Pike
This course is a completion optio~ifor the Master
of Arts in Leadership Students prepare fur the
exam series-oral, written, and take-lioni-througll
discussion, reailings, and critical analysis in the
senunar.
(Prereq.: Must be final course taken in MAL
CLI~~~CII~IIIII)
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Soelice 108
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspcctiw; Moder~iLanguage 1
7; VC: TI1
8:30-1 1 ( I n~
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
Old Maill 18
Kingsley
Aims to develop fuur basic sk~lls:understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of ele~uentary
?; Th
Old Main 16
Underhill-Cady
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
analysis. Successfi~lcompletio~iof this course
fillfills one of the major paper recluirements for
Jack
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treiit~~~mt.
(Prerecl.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
. pplications to everyday
is not approved for a
This will include a
PSY 2 6 2 3
M,
W
Sver(lr11~
20
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
a n d Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North American Indians are studied. Tribal
similarities a n 1 differences are exl~lorecl,as lire
tribal relationsl~ipswith nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred r ~ t u a ceremonies,
l
and beliefs
in a n afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l l , ] r , sta~tding,and one of the
following: REL 111, REL 221, REL 331, REL 100,
or REL 300
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
Interculti~ralAivareness 1 Perspective; Writing Skill
6-9:30
7; Th
Lil~dell16
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
This course critically examines the political
dynaniics relaring ro the co~nniunitiesand
ecosyste~usof tlie Upper Mississippi Watershed.
Issues explorer1 includc water pollution, the lock
a ~ t ddam system, imasive species and biotli\,eraily,
regiolial water supply, flood control, waterfront
economics de\,elopment, urban sprawl, farm policy,
and energy pn~duction.The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic development,
social jusrice, and environmental stcwarilship in the
region. There will be areekly excursions to sites
along the river, solme exploration of the river by
boat, and opportunity to lnieet with stakehoWers
working on various river-related issnes.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in Social
and Rchavioral Scielice
6-9:30 p.ln
T; TI1
Scie~~ce
205
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assess~nentand Diagnosis i n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenISyers
This is a n elective course that explores
psycliopathology and the role of social workers in
assessluent and diagnosis of ~iicntalhealth in a
\,ariety of service settings The didgnostic manual is
used as a n organizing frame\\.ork for revlewilig
major mental disorders. This course is a
prereq~~isite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective:
Mental Health Practice Course offered in the
Spring Trimester of t l ~ eMSW P r o g r ~ ~ i i .
6-9:30 p.rn.
7; TI1
Old Main I 1
1
:
session I 1
-
july II to august II
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular class.
r
A R T 1C
Drawing
6-9:30
:iII/LAF:
L
p
4
.. .
Ceramics I
Bollman
This is a first-l
~gco~lrse.Students work
with a \,aricty
ial and non-traditional
drawing mecl~:
explore important concepts of
drawing. Slrde
res, demonstrations, ancl
: experience.
critiques co~npletethe lea
Persprrri
in Fi
-1
A R T 2io\
ire
Tom
An introduction tcl':
ang of pottery with a11
emphasis on handhuilding dnd glazing.
Perspectrve/Skill/l AF. Aectlietics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 ~ . I I I
''Mfl"'
h
P,,rspective; LAF
study of the graphic
design of typography and visual imagery for print
1 M'zi
Painting I
In this first level paintin!: course, SI
learn
important concepts of painting Mo:
~ s tume
s
is
spent painting. Slide lectures, ?-.---.~a~r.ttions,and
critiques co~ilpletethe learning experience.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
1) 111.
7; Th
Old
l7
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design I
Staff
hi^ course is an intmduction to
principles and
techniques uf graph~cdesign using page layol~t
sofnvare. Emphasis will be placed o n designing
with text and image.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Rtspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p in
M, W
Fuss 2213
A R T 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with H I S 24913493)
Designed Environment
Anderson
This course acld~esscstlie designed envin)n~uent,
the intentionally designed places in which 1r.e live.
We will investigate architectl~rc,landscape
architect~~re,
urban d c s i g ~and
~ , urban history; class
scssions consist almost exclusi\rely of \valking tuurs
and site visits to plomlnent exa~nplesof clesijin
excellence.
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban s t d i e s course)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aestl~eticsor City
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 only)
1 4 3 0 \],in
Cerrito
Concepts anJ principles related to the management
of operatilip functions taught from a liianagerial
viewpoint with examples from varir~usindustries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
M,
W
M ,W
o l d M~~~~18
6-9:30 p.ln.
M,
W
Foss 22B
Perspective/Skill/LAF: N a t ~ ~ rWorld
al
2 Perspective;
I
LAF in N a t ~ ~ r Science
al
ancl Mathe~natics(11on-lab)
8:30 ~~.i~~.-noo~i 7; TI1
Science 3 15
11
MIS 1 7 5 3
COM 3 2 9 3
Principles of Conlputing for Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
E~nphasison solving business-related problems
(Prcreq.: ART 2;
present and In the fi~tul-e.
(prereq,: M ~ 2)
G
Soeldrlrp 202
using microco~nputersoftware (Windows, Woril,
Excel, Access, PowerPoinr, e-mail, a ~ ~ Internet).
cl
A R T 118-S
6-9:30
'F
basic un~lcrstandingof the science behind issues
J.
Strategic Management
6-9:30 [I.~II.
Staff
m~"lwl~lced
M, W
'
i
BUS 4 4 0 3
using software, especially Excel, Students with a
strong complltel. backgrtiund should take MIS 360
or 370 instead of MIS 175.
Interculhral Communication
~l
Lapakko
I
This course explores cultural d~fferencesand tlreir
I
I
I
rmplications for communication, including
difterences in values, nor~ns,social interaction, and
code 5)-atems.
Perspect~\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultl~ralA\\,areness I
~l
Perspective
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Lindcll 16
I
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
I+:30
A C C 222.S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introcluction to cost
accol~ntingfor ~unnufacturing.Basic concepts and
fi~nclamcntalsof managerial accounting, planning
m"dontr01ling pr~~ccsses,
decisio~i-~liakin~,
and
behavioral c ~ ~ n s i c l c r ~ r t i ~ ~ ~ ~ s .
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 U . ~ ~ . - I W I I I I
7; TI1
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Old Moil1 10
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, ancl control. We
will examine tlie nature of authority, accountability,
and respons~bility;analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Stjcllr~rp206
BUS 340-S
J. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of Ihuman resources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the jvorker
with the goals of tlie firm and society.
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
6-9:30 P.nlb
7; TI1
IJ.~I.
7; TI1
S ~ ~ e l i h 201
u~i~
E D C 2061566-S
M K T 252-S
DiversiyNinnesota American Indians
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Pr~nciplesc~fhasic policy and stratem issues in
~narketing,Legal, ethical, competitive, ec<>nornic,
alld technological f,ictors as they affect proiluct,
price, pro~iiotion,and ilistrihution decisions,
6-9:30 [ J . I ~ .
7; TI1
0111 Mclill 16
Gresczyk
This course exalltines l1~11iia11
diversity and l u ~ ~ u a n
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
lu~rnanrelntio~~s
and Minnesota A~ncricanIn~lian
requirement5 and 1s an uption within the licensure
program.
6-9:30
M, W
St~cl-dnr/~
I
MKT 3 5 7 3
E D C 4801580-S
Advertising
School and Society
An introducti<~nto print, hroaclcast, nnd Wehbasecl ad\'e~.tisingand promotion as impcxtant
Emphasis on pcrints of view about the ~ u l eof
school in modern society, relationships with
elements in moJern marketing anll
parents and community collabnratix moilels,
Erickson
conumunicati~,ns.This course combines clnssroc)ni
Imderal~ip,and pmfeasional dc\,elopment. Serves as
and Iia~~ds-on
Icarning toc~ls.
final thco~,eticalpreparation for stu<Ient teaching,
(Prerecl.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
6-9:30 [J,III,
M,
W
Old Mail1 16
Depxrt~itent)
rn
CHM 1 0 0 3
Chemistry for Changing Times
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World Perspecti\,e;
Writrng Sk~ll
Gyberg
1:30-5 11.111,
M,
W
S o e r d i ~ 1~ l ~
Tllis collrse intri>iluces baric chemistry concepts in
I
tlic context of lnumerous sc~encc-haseilissues i l l our
everyday lives with tlie ~ o a of
l s t ~ ~ i l e nhaving
ts
a
I
I
St'enlnrp 206
15
1
session
k
I july II to august 1I
SPE 4341534-T
-...
.
I
Eva~uatlon
Staff
Tlie s t ~ ~ [if
d ystumiing,ci
.
knowledge and s
of sti~dents're
history and context of
i s includes an inilepth
: disabilities, as well as
;,>I,>";?biological,
ather~n
reading curric~
I;
Clinical exper
course is required
and
Jandlng l e p g d i s a b ~ ~ ~ t t e :
ovide a critique of current philosophical
Ins in the field. Students will also acquire
d g e related to accessing information relevant
field of learning disabilities.
fi
Itrly 5-8
8 a.m.-3 p.tn
J~rly11-15
8 a.~n.-l~oon
Sue,-."p
(.)K-.-nntptrs site)
-
Swerdnrl, 202
-#
Reading Clinical/Leadership Sel
pearl
~ 1 study
, ~ of effective lrndersl1i
I professional
clevelopmel,t
strategies fc,r ~ l , ~ i v l c l l l ascl,ools
~
nl,cl
districts, reading standads, state and federal reading
legislation, and fiscal,buduerary operations.
clinical portion will ~ncludeopportunities tu apply
skills and knowledge of reading ~levelop~nent
and
instruction in a clinical setting with K-12 students.
(Coreq.: EDC 508; Prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520,
ESE 500, or consent uf instructor)
Jlrly 18-A~rg. 2
8 U.III.-IIUOII
AIL&1-5
8I
-
(off-cnml~trssite)
I
Learning Disabilities
Staff
This course will focus on the history and context of
This includes a n in-depth
leaning disabilities (LD).
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as \\ell as
various theoreticnl m~~clels
(sociological, biological,
psychological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disahilities. The course will
also provicle a critique of c t ~ r ~ e philosopluical
nt
p,sitions in tl,e
stLldentswill also acqllire
knowledye related to accessing infc~r~nation
relevant
to the field of learning disabilities.
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and imple~uentdevelopmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning nf students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on
areas of reading, writing
and listenin: co~npreluension,math, reasoning, and
problelu-solviligskills. TIlele \"ill be a strong focus
on the modifications i~n,olvedin tl~eseareas and the
planning process invoh,ed.
6-9:30
p.m.
M, W
6-9:30 0,nI.
T; TI1
Strerdlup 202
EED 200-S
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
~l~~~ course is designeclfor elelnentaryeducation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter statuclanls for initial
licensure.
Science 19
INS 2 2 5 3
~
~ to ~~l~~
Staff
planning process invol\,ed.
T; TI1
Kader ~
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\r,areness 1
6-9:30 p.;~t.
M, W
Old Maill 13
INS 3 4 2 3
River Politics Field Seminar
Underhill-Cady
Students in this course will learn first-halid about
G S T 009-S
the ecolo3, enviro~umentalissues, and political
Cooperative Education
Olson
dynamics of the Mississippi River. Class will meet
Cooperati\,e E~lucationis n work experience related
uff-campus at locations a n ~ u n dthe Twin Cities,
to n student's major/minor or career interests, b ~ ~ t
along thc riwr and \\,atershed, exploring some of the
nut clone for academic crejit. The goal is for
remaining pockets of local wilderness ancl a \.ariety
studelits to apply theory to practice in an apvrob-ed
.fellvironl,,ental
sites. students will
work setting. Stuclcnts set len~~uing
goals and
with local activists and politicians \\,orking on riverevaluate their learning w ~ t hthe director of the
related policy, and engage in an indivi~iunlfield
Center fur Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
research project. The course i~ucludesan optiolial
coml>leti~)n
fillfills tlie Augshurg Experience (AE).
fwr-day camping trip Uuly 22-25), tra\,eling by
rowboat down tlie Mississippi River from tlie Twin
am
Cities to Lake Pepi~u.
T; TI1
Swerdnrl~1
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 24913493)
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inst~.uctionthat support tlie learning of students
identified as having learning disahilities. The course
will specifically focus o n the areas of reading, writing
a n d listening comprel,ensiol,,
reasoning,a n d
pn~ble~n-solving
skills. Tlieue will be a strong focus
o n the modifications involved in thcse areas nnd the
1 4 : 3 0 Dm.
~
Pe'~l-lecti\'e
6-9:30 11.l~
With Learlling
~
The course co\ers tlie ideological foundntions of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sl~xiaah),Islamic econoulic and political systems,
lSlarnic patterns of life'
Suerdnip 2 0
Soerdrlr~202
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to Students
M, W
Staff
-lpl#f
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and OrisEL..
E D C 510-S
5:30-9 ~,III.
8 : ~ "o.m.-llooll
---
Teaching Content Areas to Students
W i t h Learning Disabilities
Soerdr~rpI7
Designed Environment
KimballIAnderson
This coursc addresses the designed envim~uiient,tlie
intentionally ilesignecl places in which we live. We
will i~uvesti:ate architecture, In~udscapearchitectl~re,
urban design, and urban Ilistory; class sessions
consist almost exclusi\.ely of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of clesign excellence.
(Prcreil.: nune for 249; for 349: EN(; 111 and an
art, history, or ~ ~ ~ v bs ta~n~ d i course)
es
Perspecti\,c/Skill/LAF: City or Aesthetics
Perspective; Writing (HIS 349 only)
1 4 : 3 0 II.IIL.
M, W
Old Maill 18
I N S 495-S
Topics: History of American
Indian Education
Weston
The primary aim of this particular course is to help
s t ~ ~ d e nfurther
ts
their knowleiige a111~~nderstanding
of the Americ~nI~udianEducation Policies from
colonla1 America to Zlstcentury America. A cr~tical
examination of indigenous political, social, and
educatio~ualdevelopments from the 19th tlirou~h21st
celitl~rirswill provide infbrmation needed to
~~nclerstancl
thc currcnt social, political, and especially
the eciucational ;ttmosphere of the indigenous
experience today.
6-9:30 p.111,
7; TI1
Sverdn~p20
d
4
-.-
-
11 july
F
I
LRTSIN LEADERSHIP!
4 L 5 6 0 (w
Developing a
Eural
~erspectiue
~
~
Emphasizes increasing your ability to lead in
culturally diverse contexts. Examines the rapidly
changing den1
ling demographics.
ess, conuitunication
~~~#rpersonal
!
iviry#ation
mplexity of the racial an
n l c " ping
are amolig the goals of the course
Old Mar
a
II to august II
m
exponential ~nodels;
especially of linear and exponential models.
Grading will be based o n ql~izzesand exams.
MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
k (Prereq.:
i
least one year of HC -'"-h--)
6-9:30 l'*ntn
ASL ]
--&
Sign Language
I1
a
ashb brook
Literature Review
The purpose of this course is to c elop the abilily
to construct a sound argument relatecl to leadership
and to write an effective literature review. Students
will learn how to classih and read research critically,
how to analyze tlie arguments made in tlie literature,
how to organlze and express their own ideas, how to
map and analyze ideas and how to write a review.
Since thc ultimate goal is to he ahle to create a
compelling literature review, all activities build
toward that goal. S t ~ ~ d e nwill
t s devclop the ability to
create an argument, synthesize literature, and create
literat~~t-e
reviews in their fields of interest.
M,
W
tmining, ancl goal-setting.
Lil~dell16
Law i n the United States
Underhill-Cady
An introduction to the \\.orkings o i the court system
7; W! Th
in the Unitecl States, exa~niningthe concepts of
Scirr~ce2 12
civil rigllts and civil liberties in tlie context of the
war on terrol-ism, criminal nncl civil law, torts,
I1
Kingsley
racism and discrimination, 2nd environmental law.
Aims to de\,elop four hasic skills: understanding.
Pers~ective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Rrspecti\,e; LAF in Social and Uehavioral Science
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlie cultnre of the Spanish-
6-9:30 11.tn.
speaking world.
7; W TI1
King,lcy
pea king, re.~ding,and writing of ele~ucntary
Spanish, introcluction to the culture of the Spanislt~A
~\
~~3 ~ ,
perSllcctive; ~~d~~~~ L~~~~~~~~ 2
7; \q TI1
resources that tlie Christian
tradition, seen through tlie lens of vocation, brings
to tlte search for meaning. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 300.
This course fi~lfillsthe AugCore Requirement.
8:30 r~.n~.-noort.
T, Th
Suerdn~p206
REL 200-S
l ~ t ~~
~~
~~
11
Bussert
O\rerall course theme is "what \\.e believe matters."
Explore Itow belief shapes biblical interpretat~on,
cultural views and actions, and how beliefs can he
challenges facing inuuijirants and ~tative-born
Prereq.: REL 100
Americans, due to thosc changilig demographics.
Im~rovedintercultural nwarcliess, co~nnu~nication
6-9:30 b.111,
for tlte complexity of tlte racial and ethnic groupings
~~are[among
~
~ thc gcrnls of the course.
6-9:30
Old Maill 26
biblical and theolo:ical
culturally cliverse contexts. Examines thc rapidly
changing demographics in the US., and looks at
skills and interpersonal sensitiviry, a d appreciation
speaking wol-Id.
t
Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning
Hale
This intn>Juctorycourse will explore aome of the
Search for Meaning
Aoki
E~uphasizesincreasing your ability to lead in
Ailus to develop four basic skills: understanding,
~,IIL.
Scier~ie108
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Old Mairt 16
Ueginni~lgSp.~r~isli
I1
perSpective/skill/~~~: ~
M, W
POL 421MAL 5 6 0 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30
Old Main 25
T, Th
Christian Vocation and the
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
~.III.
6-9:30 p,i11.
REL 100-S
P O L 170-S
SPA 112-S
8:30-1 1
team development, leadersllip, psychological skills
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
T,WTh
[age needed to comm~~nicate
SPA 112.1'
M A T 105-S
signati~res,and chords. Also included are stanclartl
musicnl terms, signs, and symbols.
power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
Okl Mail1 10
Applied Algebra
~~i~~~
In this course \\*rwill explore a nunther of
applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business, ancl everyday life. It's okay if you
don't re~ilembermuch nlgehra; we'll review as we go!
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
l~~idcrstand
tlte concepts of variable, proportionality,
and linenrim: make connections benvee~iverbal.
numeric, geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
dcpenclcncies; use a scientific calculator; estimate
and evaluate tlie reasonahleness ofanswers; use 2nd
solve equations, especially of linear, cluadratic, and
concepts applied to sports ancl enhancement of
athletic performance. Topics include motivation,
signing, and learn the facial
Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish
Conroy
Foulidations of sports psychology. Psychological
meter, intervals, major and ~nlinorscales, key
6-9:30 p.m.
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
6-8:30 p,in
Sports Psychology
The course will include pitch and ~~liythm
notation,
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF:LAF in Fine Arts
Mikkelson
~ v v ~ l ~ t to
i o deaf
n culture and the siglis and
syntax of ASL. Sturlrnts observe the demonstration of
signs, practice the1
PSY 2 6 3 3
Staff
An introductory study of basic ele~nentsof music.
clearly with deaf a,LLo
in.ciu?>f-hearing people.
Creating a Compelling
6-9:30 11.in.
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music
Scie~lcc108
I
expressions and bc
M A L 599-2
- -
~,III.
M,
W
Old M d n 13
cleepcned by encounters with other faith traditions.
7; TH
Old Moin 10
REL 2 2 1 3
Quanbeck, 11
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary chnmcter, and trans~liissionof
tlte hihlical clvcu~nents;the task of blblical
interpretation, and tlte Itistory of Israel and the
eniergence of tlie church. Not accepted fvr credit Fvr
students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith I or 3
Perspective
1 4 : 3 0 p.i11.
M, W
Old Mail1 16
summer
online june 27 to september 2
na, Slovenia, while studying
rsity students. Learn
pns in social work and
Summer Online courses are available to W C , United, and Rochester students only
(Day students are not eligible). These courses are delivered over the Internet to
allow students maximum flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access
to a personal computer with a browser and Internet connection. While students are
required to log in to the course several times a week to participate in discussions and
hand in work, they will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require
occasional classroom meetings and these will be held during weekday evenings or
weekends to accommodate work schedules.
els for
local ag
s. For additional ~ n w ~ m a t i oren
registration, travel schedule, tuition and fces
contact the Center for Global Edurarinn at
612-330-1159.
I
E C O 113-L
ART 240-L
A r t History Survey
Soderman-Olson
Principles of Microeconomics
Stein
A survey of art of the Western uzorl~lfrom
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
the household, firm, niarket structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
Western Heritage Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts,
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Critical Thinking
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
C H M 100-L
Chun~istryfor C l i a n ~ i n g'Time,
R J i e Gyherg
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is
upon developing basic chemistry concepts using
ENG I1l-L
exa~uplesprimarily from inorganic chemistry Does
Effective Writing
not count to\vard a chemistry major or minor nor
En~pl'asis is o n exposition, including learning
..
McCormick
anolv, as .
urereouisite
for other chemistrv courses.
,
resenrch techniq~~es
and writing critical reviews.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Attention is given to increasing s t ~ ~ d e n t s '
effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and dew lop in^:
Perspecti\~dSkill/LAF:Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
topics; thinking critically; ancl revising for clarity and
style. A writing lab is provided for those nee~ling
additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
summer
L
online june 27 to oeptember 2
summer session
application form
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 121-L
Introduction t o P
This course introd
philosophical q u r s
Ward
students to typical
s
have certain kn
American Governme
~dPolitics
Hedblom
Surveys major p;
erican national
(how we know, if we can
government-incl~,,,...
:ress, the presidency, and
if there are universal lnoral
the courts-as well as canipatgns.and elections,
A
f
.
principles, whether G o d exists, the nature of the
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to
~ers~ectiv:)~kill/IA~:
Social World 1 or 2; I A F in
critical thinking and wh
world philosophically.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Hunian Identity;
Humanities
PHI 120-L
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs,
0.'-
)s students
consider the bases they use to make moral
judgnients. T h e course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating ~iioralactions and then
applies them to contemporary issues. Christian
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 niay not receive credit for
PHI 125.
Perspecti\~e/Skill/IAF: Christian Faith 3; I A F in
Humanities, Critical Thinking
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~thenclick on
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (sessions I & 11).
However, course loads for terms that
overlap may be increased based on a
student's cumulative GPA (Cum GPA).
Specifically, the combined credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochester/United students
between Spring WEC, Summer Session I
and Summer Online, normally limited to
2.0 credits, may be increased to 3.0 credits
if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Additionally, the combined load between
Summer Sessions I and I1 and Summer
Online is normally limited to 2.0 credits at
any one time, but may be increased to 3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Students desiring to exceed these limits
must petition the Student Standing
Committee prior to registration. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1.0 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits.
internship opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer.
Academic internships are carefully
planned workbased learning experiences,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member. Consult the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning 612330.1148 for
more information.
summer session I
May 30 to June 30
summer set inn
July 10 to August 10
summer online
June 19 to August 27
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Augsburg general education: Courses
fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels: The first digit of the threedigit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
"1" or "2" are lower division courses and
are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with a "3" or "4" are upper division and
are primarily for juniors and seniors.
* The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, 312-263-0456. Website <www.ncacihe orgz
Independent study: Independent studies
may be arranged in consultation with
individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students who
qualify for reimbursement from their
employers may use their reimbursement to
pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
612-330.1488.
Additional information may be obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330.1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330.1025 (AcademicAdvising)
Eligibility: Persons in good standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions,
and students admitted for the next fall
term, are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing implies
that the student has been admitted and
not subsequently dismissed by that
institution. Students accepted for Summer
Session are not automatically granted
admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 612-330-1743.
- 4
to register
All students m:ly hegin tc
Summer Session c o ~
kpn. pStudent
Web registration will remain open u n t ~ l
\nay 4 (Session I) and June 9 (Session
. Well rexistration hours will he 8 3 0
11:59
st~~cient:
registra
must
~ L S L ~ L L
Center h e t ~
daily. Augshurg
.ourageci to use Weh
1.
i ~ ~ g s h ust~lilents
rg
r ~ l . s o nat the Enr~)llme~it
8:30 a.m. - 4:10 p.m.
M-W (8:30 ,,.,,,. - 7:C
The Enrollment
m. Tl~~~rsciays).
Sverdrup Hall. We recol
1
nd that y
calendar
Augshurg stuclcnts will he billed through
,. Non-Augshu~.~
Accc
stllclel,ts
of
till,e of registr,r
,,niLl
fllll I ,lVldy
~
-
summer 2006
I
'-'.MIa1
(11 St1
,for s
~
April 12
Registration begins
ust he
~
,
~
~
~
~
Web registration closes
Session I and June 16 for Summer
Session 11. Tuition must be paid in full
(see Calendar), or you may be dropped
from your course(s); a cancellation fee
of $100 per course will apply.
Augsburg students who have unpaid
nces from previous terms must pay
e
balances before they may register
for Summer Session.
~
~ May 4
through AugNet, AugNel
consi~lerecithe most current and, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 30. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
June 16
May 26
Classes begin
May 30
July 10
June
-
*Register(addedlatefeeof$75)
19
'11
May 30
July 10
June 19
June2
July 13
June 23
I.
(signature of instmtm needed; no regmations wiU be accepted after chis date)
June 2
July 13
June 23
'Change grading option
June 16
July 27
July 28
Withdraw from class
June 16
July 27
July 28
enrollments will he cancelled one week
Classes end
June 30
August 10
August 27
Stllclents who decide to cancel their
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 10
August 18
September 1
registration prior tu the first day of the
session must complete a ilrop/acld form
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based o n the percentage
at tlie Enn)llmcnt Center (this must he
done in person). There is a ch:rrge of
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
$100 for each course cnnccllcci.
Percentage of clasq time remaining after official drop or withdrawal and amount of refund:
see
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
Schedule of Refunds on the next pagc.
89% to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
A late fee of $75 will he assessed for
students who register :liter the first day of
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
the term. No Session I registrations will
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 23. Note: register
for online courses under Summer
Session I if registering via AugNet.
June 9
May 5
hefore the tirst tiny c)f the session.
For rcf~~ncl
information
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 10. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
April 12
June 9
Balance of tuition due
Register (without late fee)
fill early :rncl courses with low
u l d he
April 12
Last day to:
Change in registration: Many cc,urses
catalog and course informa
online
-
Drop class without notation
If a ciiscrepancy is founcl hct
II
Please allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
he accepted after June 2. Nu Session I1
registrations will he acceptc~iafter July
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
u e r registrations
13. No S u ~ ~ i ~Online
will he acceptcJ after June 23.
,
---
-
-
-
Y
map of augsburg
The tuition rat
Session courses
'
q
$1,545 for full-rn
,. . 3 for halt
s
3C stude enrolled in Summer
-i o n
r ummer Online may be
eligible
,nancial " : A :C +L.' -..""load is z
~ s 1.0
t crl
L
l d i t s are
listed abov~
To apply
financial aid
The only forms ( tinancial aid available
for Summer C-cc ,,,n attendees are the
Federal Pell
nt, the Minnesota State
lnt (i
nts who meet eligibility
Eligibility for Summer Session
SttJ-~lts who main
.time status
,d by the program in whic
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in eitl
:ssion I or
11, or both sessions combined, may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
s) and student loans. Visit
bnrollment Center website to
aownload an appkation form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2006.
Augsburg employee tuition benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition.
WEC program
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
~ l n l s r s l a t 94
e West
-I'
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
I Cenler for Counseling and Health
Promotion
2 Weekend and Graduatc Admissions
3 Air Slruclure Entrance
(November through March)
4 Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Chrislensen Center and
Day Admissions
6 Commerc~alSpace
7 General office space
8 . Fass. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9 Sverdmp Hall
10 Husby-Slrommen Tennis Courts
I I . Ice Arena
12 Public Reletions and
Communication
lnlerslate 94 East
13 Lindell Librury
14 Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Murphy Place
17 Murphy Park
18 Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20 Old Main
21. Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Publ~cSafety
Communications Center
25 Shipping and Receiving
26 Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdlup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
29. Faculty Guest House
30 StepUP House
31 General office space with address
PARKING INFORMATION
A Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D FacullylSlaffICommulerl
Resident Parking
E Resident Parking
F Resident Park~ng
G FacultylStaff Parking
H FacullylSlaWPark~ng
I VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
J FacultylStaff Parking
K Commuter Parking
L FaculLylStaffICommulerl
Visitor Parking
M Fairview-University Parking Ramp
Take Washington Avenue exlt and turn left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right nt 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exlt, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside A\,e~u~e,
turn left at 21st Avenue
South
1-94 West from St. PaulAugshurg College, as afimted in its mission, does not discrimiltate 011 the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual onnttat~on,marital status, statla with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissimts policies, scholars hi^ and loan proFams, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those iintances where religion is a bona fde occupational qualificafion A,rgsburg
College is coinmitled to providing .reasunable accommodatimu to its employees and its studstts.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Rivers~deAvenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f nvo mergers)
Takc 25th Avenuc exit and rum
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left nt 2lst Avenue South
session I
on room assignment for a partic7
-
30 june 30.2006
I--- -I---
BUS 242.S
i t h HIS 24913493)
Designed Enirifonment
AIS 2 6 4 3
AndersonKirnball
This course addresies the designed-~nyipnment,
Development of the theory of management,
the intentionall\
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, responsibility,
,laces iiiwliich we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
-
"
3
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
-.
American public's'perception of American Indians.
Class will inc~ud:'~ecmre, discussion, film clips,
and site visits to promin;nt examples of design
%
.
and full.length m
excellence and historical significance.
FIN 331-S
Perspective/SI
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or HON
Financial Management
AF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspect'
6-9:30 p.
Rm.: Science 123
-
.
.
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 17
ART 2 2 3 3
Printmaking I
Bollman
An introduction to traditional and experimental
media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief,
and mono/unique methods are explored.
.
Ae&hktxpahqLAFinFineAm
M, W
6-9:30 p.m.
Rm : Old Main 4
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Th
Rm.: Science 123
BIO 1 2 1 3
w
Rm : Old Main 29
MKT 466-S
International Marketing
Pederson
This course examines those issues and activities unique
to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is
placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
life, genetics and genetic disease, selected organ
systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on
Prereq.: MKT 252
earth. A student may not receive credit for both
6-9:30 p.m,
from May 30 to August 1 (from the start of Session
1 to the end of Session 11)
Rm : Old Main 16
Prereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: LAF in Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
T, Th
E C O 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theorv of
the household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken
Prereq.: MPG2
CHM 1 0 0 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
Social World I or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T,Th
Rm:OldMain16
1-4:30 p m
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
Rm : Science 205
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
EDC 2 2 0 3
Prereq.: MPG 2
Educational Technology
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
ACC 22123
the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on
Principles of Accounting I
development of perceptual drawing skills to accurately
render the human form in a spatial environment.
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts,
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
Mathematics (non-lab)
Topics covered will include: gesture, proportion,
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
8:30 r -*?on
foreshortening, skeletal and musculature anatomy,
shading and rendering, and composition.
8:30 a m.-noon
T: Th
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Rm.: Old Main 16
1-4:30 p m
M, W
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and
113 may be taken in either order.
Cheniistry for Changing Times
McCaffrey
A&&G Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 17
M, Th
B10 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor in biology. This course meets twice weekly
and techniques of drawing the human form through
,
Meziou
discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of
This course will introduce the student to the neth hods
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
6-9:30 p m
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
economic theory to current economic problems.
ART 2 4 7 3
:-
E C O 11223
Principles of Macroeconomics
Kapoor
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
An introduction to basic biological principles with
a human perspective and application. Includes
.
Rm.: Old Main 18
management.
H u m a n Biology and Lab
.
M, W
~erspecke"3(/ritinESkill (ART 349 only), LAF in
~ 6 Arts
e (ART 74Q ~ m l ) )
critiques complete the learning experience.
6.9:30 p.m,
-Id Main 23
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
6-9:30 p m
&Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
Rr
risk and return, security valuation, capital
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
.
r --
This course includes financial statement analysis,
In this first-levelpainting course, students learn
.
6-9:30 p.m.
Bollman
Most class time is
6-9:30
111 and an art, hjstory, or urban'smdies course
ART 118-S
important concepts of painting.
overcome communication barriers.
~ers~ectiv$Skil~L
Aesthetics
A~:
or City
T;
Painting I
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
and analysis of the professional manager.
architecture, urban dyigh, and urban history; class
,
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
cinema and o t h e r ~ u c himages have had on the
l?C e m t o
Principles of Management
Kader
(.5 credit)
Erickson
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
Th
Rm
,
Wnce 315
Rm.: Old Main 10
and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training
will be included in this course.
9-11:30 a.m.
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
M, W
Rm.: Sverdrup 205
I
A
- june 30.2006
session I
rI
E E D 495-S
learnu
Topics: Elementar
Physical Science
or ideas of off-campus
and/or communiti&?!
C
Gregoire
will p
exp~
. ropertles
Is-on experiments to
or ano cnanges in matter;
l e n q goals, mission, needs,
'
,
.
energy. Taking the physical concepts learned,
students will develop demonstrations and lessons for
Center for
K-5 classrooms. Assessment is based on written
requiremen
assignments, a technology project, science fair
nm
projecc; lessons/demonstrations and I-'
.
7; Th
lermir
"
science19
,
E N G 2821482-S
Topics: British Novel: ~ n v e s t i s t i n gthe
=iddle
Victorian Thriller
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery,
and terror in 19th.century Britain, from
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only), LAF in
Humanities (HIS 249 only)
variety of small pmjects. Projects will involve creativity,
teamwork, research, writing, and some computer skills.
1-4:30 p m
Rm: LindeU 16 fim 9-3 p.m on 5/26,30,31; 6/1,2, and 3
T, Th
Rm : Science 123
I N S 399-S
Internship
4
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
INS 2 2 5 3
Introduction to Islam
Schield
3ritical t h ~ n k ~ nabout
e
statistics as evidence. Focus
irn associativl
'..--':3n, observational studies,
experiments,
ounding, bias, and chance.
Review common
ques involving statistical
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use
I N S 255.S
Paideia Seminars
arguments. Emphasis o n interpretation,
and communication'
7; Th
design a learning agreement plan that links course
education, and graduation skills with the learning
opportunities inherent in the internship. The
and Islamic patterns of life.
wldll/LAF:
student, faculty sponsor, and work site supervisor
theories and concepts across disciplines, general
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
6.9:30 p m
standardization to take into account the influence
of confounders. Analysis of statisticall~based
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
opportunism. St , nditional reasoning using
English to describe and compare rates and
hm
Rm.: Old Main 15
student must complete a n academic learning
portfolio based o n the internship. Students must
consult with the faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
~
~
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
regarding
~
f requirements
m
and~ get permission
~
to
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion
will fulfill the Augsburg Experience
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
requirement.
emphasize selections that help studenu to think
Prereq.: MPG
6-930 P.m.
Topics
modeling and workflow. After learning about each
topic, students will work in international teams on a
ister.
yvi* '
tudents must be Elemeniav Education majt
cwo from Germany.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics or City
111 and an art, history, or urban studies course
tanve ~ e a S o n i n g /
science lab graduation requirem
include managing international projects, accounting
and finance for non-financial managers, and process
~ r kand
,
Learning regarding
GST
participation. This course does ElnT
0-Y:>Up.m.
S~roir
from Augsburg and
excellence and historical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or H O N
c ~ o nc
reflection assignn
on a1
course knowledge, unaencanding ot cne
organization,' workplace, and an awareness of
societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Students must con-Jrwith Lois Olson in the
position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity,
and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer
and site visits to prominent examples of design
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
Rm.: Lindell '1
M, W
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
education, social science, and language arts majors.
ML 589-S
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
This course may also be taken for p d u a t e credit.
Topics: Comprehensive Examination
investigate the culture that produced them, and
For registration, contact Anne Kaufman (612-3301188 or kaufman@augsburg.edu). This course will
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare students
for a set of comprehensive examinations as the
be held from June 20-24.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Critical Thinking Skill
8:30 a.m. 4p m.
M-F
Rm.: Old Main 25
completion capstone of the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
INS 2 9 5 4
Topics: International
Projects
successful completion of the examinations. The
examination has three parts: a take-home written
work to determine why they have continued to
Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Humanities
T, Th
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser, Includes information about
school health education and services.
Prereq.: ENG 111
1-4:2n * n
H P E 115-S
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
appeal to successive generations of readers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
.
Rm.: Old Main 10
8:30 a.m..noon
T only
Rm.: Murphy I11
understanding of leadership expressed through
Schwalbe, Stoller
This course is a joint venture, organized and taught by
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 2491349-S)
GST 0 0 9 3
Co-op
Olson
The GST 009 Ceop Work Experience is a O-credit
option for the Augsburg Experience, This option
utilizes students' employment related to their
major, and through reflection links on-campus
Designed Environment
Kimball/Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, urban design, and urban history; class
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
Pike
faculty from both Augsburg College and the
Bemfsakademie in Karlsmhe, Germany. The course
will be taught in English, with half of the participants
from each institution. All majors are welcome. Half
of the course will take place in Karkruhe, Germany,
and half in Minneapolis. The course consists of
workshops in different topics taught by two faculty
section (based primarily but not exclusively on the
customized readings), a group oral examination,
and a four-hour seated examination. P/N grading
only. This course meets two week nights and
Saturday morning. Final course schedule will be
available mid-April after negotiation with members
of the class.
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed; may
be in last course in spring trimester 2006
1-
session I way 30
miE
-h
1-S
Mikkelson
the signs and
syntax of ASL.
j
,
30,2006
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Social World 1 or 2
P O L 160.:
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Social
and Behavioral Sciences
World Politics
6-9:30 p.m.
This course is an
history, and maj,
relations. It expl
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 27
uction to the dynamics,
S W K 280-S
Diversity and Inequality
for Professional Practice
Boisen
This introductory course explores diversity and
social inequality as a prerequisite to professional
e*
of international
of peace, sustainable
practice in social work, nursing, and education.
The course provides a basis upon which culturally
ling
Christian Vocation a n d
the Search for Meaning
I1
Quanbeck,
I1
Beginning Sign Language I
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students o b s e r signing,
demonstration of signs. practic
.'--
4
which we are be,
nore and more connected?
Continued learning occurs through facilitated
theological questions and positions, and o n
dialogue among class participants. Students learn
with and from each other about differences and
areas of biblical interpretation and the historical,
cultural and global contexts of Christianity and other
similarities in experience that accompany
world religions. Evaluation by quizzes and responses
diversity learning in other curriculu~nareas, such as
to readings and four theological position papers.
S O C 265: Race, Class, and Gender, and ENG 111:
Prereq.: REL 100
Effective Writing.
What impact d o international developments have
on our lives in the Twin Cities?
8:30 a.m.-noon
of-hearing people.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / ~ ~ntercllltural
~~:
A~~~~~~~~
2
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; I A F in Social and Behavioral Sciences
REL 2 0 5 3
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-9:30 p.m.
and learn the facial expression
needed to communicate clearl~
6.8:30 p.m.
M, T, W
p
y language
eaf and hard-
M, W
Rm: Science 108
Rm.: Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
Steinmetz
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
8:30-11 a.m.
T, W Th Rm.: Old Main 26
SPA Ill-T
Steinmet'
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
P O L 241-S
Environmental a n d
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 16
Exploring Topics i n Religion:
Self, Sin, a n d Sex: T h e H u m a n
Person i n Christian a n d
Contemporary Thought
Lowe
In our contemporary situation we face difficult
Underhill-Cady
Initial learning occurs through self-exploration.
This course focuses on articulating students' own
recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the
ASLWI-T
competent professional helping skills can rest.
categorical group identity. It is meant to build o n
Prereq.: S O C 265 or permission of the instructor
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 23
6-9:30 p m
S O C 265-S
Race, Class, and Gender
Fischer
We live in a stratified society. What that means is
that individuals from diverse backgrounds in terms
This course examines the political dynamics
questions concerning the human person. Some of
these questions are: W h o or what is the self!
of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, and
relating to our local, urban, and campus
What is sin? How are we to understand sexuality
environment and relationship to the communities
and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
and gender? The biblical witness and the Christian
class receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and
prestige in society. This course seeks to explain
River Politics
and larger, global environment. Topics explored
include campus sustainability, the environmental
implications of our daily choices, local water, air
and soil pollution, the lock and dam system o n the
Upper Mississippi, invasive species and biodiversity,
climate change, waterfront economic development,
how we come to think in terms of racial and
tradition has said a great deal about the self, sin,
and sex, but at times these familiar sources seem
gender and sexual categories in the first place.
inconsistent with our modern views. We will
Then we address the social consequences of these
various dimensions of inequality in various social
encounter the work of contemporary secular
thinkers who challenge many of the
anthropological claims of the theological tradition
and suggest new ways of envisioning the self, sin,
urban sprawl, and energy production. The class
and sexuality.
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
will look at the challenge of balancing economic
Prereq.: ENG 111 or H O N 111, AND REL 100, or
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
development, social justice, and environmental
REL 111 or REL 221 or REL 300
Spanish-speaking world.
stewardship in the region. There will be weekly
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern L~nguage1
Th Rm.: Old Main 26
6-8:30 p,m.
excursions to sites along the river, in.class debates,
and opportunity to meet with stakeholders working
on various river-related issues.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Humanities
Christian Faith 2; I A F in
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 23
institutions including education and the workplace.
We discuss both the collective and individual
processes involved in creating social inequality.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Science 205
-hT.w*tf
on room assignment fc?
M K T 35743
BUS 3 4 0 3
r a tool for visual
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
Meziou
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and W e b
sing black and white
utilization of human resources; desirable working
based advertising and promotion as important
relationships; effective integration of the worker
elements in modern marketing and
Raschke
The came., ,,
AID ~ $ 5 - S
Introduction t d
Indian Studies
~n
,
creativity and expres:
American In
he covered inclu
hers, history,
ctive; I A F
1. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
with the goals of the firm and sociely.
communications. This course combines classroom
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
and hands.on learning tools.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm : Sverdrup 206
6930 P m
7; Th
Rm : Old Main 13
in Fine ~ r t s g
contem
d the
T; Th
Minnesota
R m : Old Main 4
BUS 4 4 0 3
J. Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
Perspective
Graphic Desig
Ild Main 10
A R T 100-S
Staff
Tom
Class is formulated to engage the creative,
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
techniques of g...,...~ design using page layout
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
and sectors.
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
with text and image.
6.9:30 p m
This course is a
roduction to the principles and
M, W
6.9:30 p m
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
M'
Rm : Old Main lo
Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
R m : Fuss 2ZB
Principles of Computing tor Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word.
the creation of stained glass projects. The unique
interplay between concept, design, and light within
stained glass has the ability to inspire our hearts
and minds in the environments in which we live,
A C C 222-S
play, and pmy. Student lab fee of $110 will be
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
Emphasis on solving business-related problems
using software, especially Excel. Students with a
applied to glass, hand tools, and other
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
strong computer background should take MIS 260
miscellaneous consumable supplies. Mininium of
eight hours per week outside of class time required.
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
or 270 instead of MIS 175.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
behavioral considerations.
6.9:30 h m .
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 1
Principles of Accounting
T, Th
Kader
Prereq.: MPG 3
1-4:30 p rn
Rm : Old Main 18
ART 1 0 2 3
'
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
BUS
2423
Principles of Management
l? Cerrito
Rm': Soerdrup 201
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
Development of the theory of management,
and technological factors as they affect product,
projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
organization, staffing, planning, and control. We
will examine the nature of authoriw, accountability,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
Perspecrive/Skill/LAF:
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
1-4:30 p.m.
M, W
manager
Rm.: Old Main 4
6.9:30 p m
M, W
T; Th
Rm : Science 315
Rm : Old Main 29
COM 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
implications for communication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
the visual arts. Two. and three-dimensional
Aesthetics Perspective;
a m.noon
This course explores cultural differences and their
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Design
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (non-lab)
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, and Internet).
I1
Prereq.: ACC 221
8:30 a m -nuon
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
Prereq.: MPG 2
MIS 1 7 5 3
imaginative, and technical process associated with
LAF in Fine Arts
Gyberg
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Fundamentals of Stained Glass
C H M 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
6.9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Old Main 13
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
Intercult~~ral
Awareness 1
M, W
Rm : Old Main 16
-
uly 10 august 10,2006
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and Origins
of Learning Disabilities
E D C 206156
Diversitywi
h e r i c a n Indians
This course e
uman diversity and human
relations. It fi
human
e Education Department
.
legislation, and f
nnesota Arnerican Indian
iption within the licensure
require1
program.
fi
6.930 p
3
Staff
a-s
"
?ldMninII
m-
:etary operations. The
psychologlcal, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
I setting with K-I
a n d tllrough reflection links on.campus learning to
~~nderstanding
learning disabilities. The course will
the
goals, mission, needs, or ideas of
off-campus people, organizations, and/or
"
also provide a critique of current pl~ilosophical
15, EED 520, ESE 500, or consent
positions in the field. Sti~dentswill also acquire
communities. The required co-op reflection
knowledge related to accessing infor~nationrelevant
assignnlents
to the field of learning disabilities.
knowledge, understanding of the organization/
workplace, and an awareness of societal issues that
may affect the workplace. S t ~ ~ d e nmust
t s consult
(off-campussite)
'e of school
in modern society, relationships wit
community, collaborative models, I(
ents and
h i p and
EED 200-S
professional development. Sel
1 theoretical
Elementary Education Earth Science
8:30 a.m.-noon
dents.
10
a.m:noon
M, W
A,,~, 1.
n.oon
Rm.: Sverdrup 202
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
Social World Perspective;
Rm.: Old Main 18
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 26
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to
Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt and
earth science subject matter standards for initial
having learning disabilities. The course will
specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing and
listening comprehension, ~ n a t h reasoning,
,
and
licensure.
M, W
Rm.: Old Maln 4
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
of Learning Disabilities
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data
This course will focus o n the history and context of
of students' reading, and designing appropriate
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
reading curriculum based o n this information.
Clinical experience hours will be included. The
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
course is required for students obtaining their K-12
Reading Teacher Licensure Endorsement.
Coreq.: E D C 510
prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520, ESE 500 or
of instructor
R ~ ~:
July 5-11
8 a.m,.3 p,m
Staff
psycliological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information relevant
~
~
(off<amp~usitc)
2 to 0the field
2 of learning disabilities.
8:30 a.m..n0on
7: Th
Rm.: Old Main 13
~
~
focus on application of
implement de\.elopmentally appropriate instruction
and Learning regarding reqilirements and get
permission to register,
STORY
that support the learning of students identified as
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
SPE 4241524-S
Etiology a n d Origins
~
i
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service, Work,
Staff
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong focus
EDC 5 0 8 3
K-12 Reading Assessment
a n d Evaluation
8 a.m-noon
6.9:30 p.m.
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry-based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
5:30-9 p.m.
July 11-18
option
instruction
d
Emphasis on points of view about t'
Perspective/Skill/lAF:
Writing Skill
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
d
~
~Olson ~
w o r k ~~~~~i~~~~is a ~ . ~ ~ ~ d
for the ~~~~b~~~~
~ hi^ option
~
~
students' employment
to their major
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
School a n d Society
cation
cooperative ~
~h~ GST 009
Zli~deopportunities to apply
r
f reading development and
muctor
Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Department
GST 0 0 9 3
clinical portion \.
skills and k n o d
a
preparation for student teaching.
Staff
Tliis course will focus on the history and context of
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
1-4:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.: S~'erdrup
206
SPE 4341534-T
Teaching Content Areas to Students W i t h
Learning Disabilities
Staff
Tliis course will teach stu~lentsto identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning of students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing
and listeninn comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rin.: Old Main 26
H I S 332.S
U.S. ~~~~i~~ ~
~
l
~ Scott ~
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the
A~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~l~~~~~
through
Cold War,
emphasizing cllanginp
definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism,
and the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and
n1ditary power.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 13
i
~
world. Many limi
Olson
A work or set\
lsed experience in which the
C r e a t e and interpret graphs, especially of linear
and exponential models.
method were discoverec
reflections of those lim
Prereq.: MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
catastrophes. Thi
least one year of HS algebra
M, W
6-9:30 p m
limitations so t h a ~
q ~ ~ e s t i o ntos ask o
its claims as
M A T 138-S
Mathematics for
Elementary Teachers 11
Rm.: Science 108
clearly with deaf and hard*[-hearing people.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Intercultural Awareness 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6.8:30 p m
M, T,
Rm.: Old M a ~ n2 5
SPA 1 1 2 3
Boursaw
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry,
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
measurement, data analysis, and probability with a n
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
emphasis on the processes of problem-solving,
Span~sli.Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-
IcgAtutLtg requirements and get permissior
e United States, Global
@f%i%s,
a n d Universal Responsibility:
A Nicaragua P------'ive
DeGracia
reasoning, connections, communication, and
speaking world.
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory
This course loc
representation. These courses are designed for
I
F
er for Service, Work, and Learnin~
CI
responsibility and
: concept of universal
:onnectedness through the
perspective of Nicaragu,, a country that has a long
history of U.S. relations. Nicaragua is the second
poorest country in the hemisphere and, like all of
Latin America, struggles with issues and decisions
prospective KK-6 elementary school teachers.
Assessment includes exams, projects, gateway exams,
and reflections o n readings about K-6 niathematics
education.
Prereq : MAT 137 or MPG
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
Creating a Compelling
weeks in Nicara~ua. Registration for this course is
tl~roughCGE.
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Skill;
6-9:30 p rn
M, W
Rm.: Science 205
Literature Review
Lashbrook
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Quantitative Reasoning
ASL 102-S
Mikkelson
literature, how to organize and express your own
ideas, how to write a review and how to correctly use
applications of algebra to the social and natural
of signs, practice their own sianing, and learn the
APA style. This course employs a variety of active
learning ~nethods.Since the ultimate goal is to be
sciences, business, and everyday life. It's okay if you
able to create a compelling literature review, all
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
.Understand the concepts of variable,
fac~alexpressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and 1hard.of.hearing
people.
activities build toward that goal.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Rin.: Sverdrup 206
M L 599-B
Topics: Leadership a n d Limitations
to Natural and Social Science
Increasingly scientific achievement is seen to be a
more critical component than mil~tarypower for a
country on the world scene. Science and technology
enable economic success in a n intensely competitive
Intercultural Awareness 3
syntax of ASL. Students observe the den~onstration
6-8:30 p m.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Estimate and evaluate the reasonableness of
answers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Make connections between verbal, numeric,
geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
*Use a scientific calculator.
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
proportionality, and linearity.
dependencies.
Crockett
SPA 112.T
Beginning Spanish 11
Prereq.: SPA 111
Beginning Sign Language I1
M A T 10523
Applied Algebra
Haines
In this course we will explore a number of
don't remember much algebra; we'll review as we go!
Rtn: Old Main 26
Spanish Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
to construct a sound argument and research
questions or hypotheses using scholarly literature.
research critically; how to analyze the arguments and
validity of supporting evidence from selected
T; W; Th
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Rm.: Anderson 101
You will learn how to select, classih, and read
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11:OO a m
related to globalization. This course includes two
The purpose of this course is to develop the ability
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
4
M L 513-T
a~
Prereq.: SPA 111
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Rm : Old Main 26
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music Theory
Holroyd
Class will provide students with a basic introduction
to music notation and reading instruction in
T, W Th
Rm : Sc~ence212
Beginning Sign Language 11
Trainer
6-8:30 p m
T W; Th
ASL 102-T
rhythm, note reading, scales, key signatures,
intervals, triads, listening analysis, and introduction
to the piano keyboard. This class will prepare
students intending to pursue a music rnajor/minor
.Use and solve equations, especially of linear,
An introduction to deafculture and the signs and
with the necessary skills to enroll in muslc Theory 1,
and will prov~denon-music majors with music
quadratic, and exponential models.
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of
signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial
fundamentals.
expressions and body language needed to coniniunlcate
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
6-9:30 p m
LAF in Fine Arts
r, rh
Rm : Music 5
4
. \,.
mu!
session I
10.2ms
Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing; introductory
courses in women's studies, biology, or consent
..,.. 362-S
M
Walking t h e T
Culture, p endi n Sub-Sahara
Introduction to ?
'I
The United State
Hailongakuning
Fish
I
described as a mosaic
because of its tmc
p. ;rear
diversity is not ba
mply o
diversity. American
~ n dracial
heritage. akl&ese
are imp=
gmponmts,
but also 4 ender sexual orientation, political
ace within the economic system.
affiliat
alltong the inhabitants of the United
has produced a nlultitude of perceptions of
ty
nvolved in curbing the crisis in Nan
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rate.
-
and interactior
between women and lnen illuminates-underlying
purpose of chi:
cultural beliefs, values, and traditior
foundation in the
promote and hinder the spreac,
'
'I
u
..
American Society." The
is to provide a solid
ne of sociology while
exploring the central coyponents of "American
Society" in light of this diversity.
African populations. The course
Namibia in collaboration with facTty I d staff from
.'"
Augsburg's Center for Global Educatkon
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
and the University of Namibia. Dates: July 6-23
(includes travel time to and from Namibia). For
6.9:30 p.m.
#
Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 18
more ~ n i o r n i e r ~ t.,)tir.lcr
~n
.jli:~r<,r~
WnJe ai 612.330.
1214, ~ . I , I ~ ~ O . I Icdtl.
I~~I~II~
W S T 362-S
S W K 699.S
Assessment and Diagnosis
i n Mental Health Practice
Boisen/Syers
This is an elective course which explores
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender, and HIVIAIDS
i n Sub-Saharan Africa
Hailongahuning
This broad-based course explores the influence of
culture and gender o n the HIV/AlDS pandemic in
psychopathology and the role of social workers in
Sub-Saharan Africa. The epidemiology of AlDS in
assessment and diagnosis of mental health in a
Africa is examined through readings, structured
variety of service settings. The course examines
dialog, and service-learning experiences with persons
actively involved in curbing the crisis in Namibia.
psychopathology and mental disorders from a
systems, ecological, and strengths perspective.
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rates
Emphasis is placed o n understanding
between women and men illuminates underlying
biopsychosocial influences on the incidence and
course of the most comnlonly presented mental
cultural beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
disorders and the differential effect of these factors
African populations. The course is taught in
o n diverse populations at risk. This is a prerequisite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective: Mental
Augsburg's Center for Global Education
Health Practice, and is strongly encouraged as
preparation for the state licensing exam.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 16
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff from
and the University of Namibia. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor in
Wonlen's Studies in Augsburg's Core Curriculum.)
of instructor(s). Dates: July 6-23, (includes
travel to and from Namibia). For more
information contact Sharon Wade:
612.330-1214; wades@augsburg.edu
summer
online june i a r o augu!
27
summer session
application form
.-
er Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow st&
ity to or) , ize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and l G . . 1~in work, they will
not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional classroom
leekel
meetings rrnd these will be held during weekday eveni--accommodate work schedules.
I
1 .
ART 240-L
Art History Survey
Egezrger
hthtcs
Lotti
A survey of art of the Western world from
By studying oui
prehistoric to modern times. Includ
consider the base
judgments. T h e course explores major philosophical
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies theln to contemporary issues. Christian
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or Western
Heritage Perspective; Critical 1
beliefs, ethics helps students
o make moral
tg
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
receive credit for pH1 120 may not receive credit for
I
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
K~~~~~
125.
Perspective/Skill/lAF: Christian Faith Perspective;
Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Humanities, Critical
Thinking
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
POL 121-L
American Government and Politics
estate planning.
b
ECO 113-L
Principles of Microeconomics
stein
introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
household, firln, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Ptereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Hedblom
Surveys major parts of American national
govern~iient-including Congress, the presidency,
and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections,
b
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
Per~~ective/Skill/LAF:Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>then click on "Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session I
May 29 to June 29
w
summer session S
I
July 9 to August 9
\
summer online
June 25 to August 31
about augsburg
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment (about 3,700 students during the academic year) is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
* Tile Higller Letlmii~gCotnrl~rsslonof tlie N~~rth
Cer~rrulAssociutioi~of Colleges nr~dScla~ols,C(miir~issioii
on
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (3.0 credits if the
Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the
total credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochestel? L Inited students
behveen Spring WEC and Summer
Session I cannot exceed 2.0 credits (3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better).
Additionally, total credit load between
Summer Sessions I and 11 and Summer
Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits at any
one time (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA
is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to
exceed these limits must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit.
One Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits.
Employer reimbursement:
Students who qualify for reimbursement
from their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for Summer Session
courses.
Housing:
Students who need housing may contact
the Residence Life Office at 612-330-1488.
information:
Additional informationmay be ob-
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
www.augsburg.edu/sum mer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic At.l\,ising)
Augsburg general education:
ab
Course levels:
Eligibility:
The first digit of the threedigit course
number indicates the course level. Course
numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are
lower division courses and are intended
primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
course numbers beginning with a "3" or
"4" are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dismissed by that instihltion.
Independent study:
Students accepted for Summer Sess@n are
not automatically granted admission as
regular sn~dentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program
at Augsburg should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions, 612-330-1001,
or the Weekend College Admissions
Office 612-330-1743.
Independent studies may be arranged in
consultation with individual faculty
members.
liurirutiolu of Higher Educurion, 30 Nor111LuSulle Street, Sre 2400, Chicogo, Illii~ois,60602-2504, 3 12.2630456. Websire <www.~~cucihe.or~>
internships are carefully planned workbased learning experiences, supervised and
evaluated by a faculty member. Consult
the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning at 612-330-1148 for more
information.
Internships:
In addition to those listed, internship
opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer. Academic
'L
to register
All s t ~ ~ J c nmay
t s hexin to register for
S u ~ ~ i mSession
er
courses on April 16.
Web registration wiU remain open until
May 3 (Session
n d Jime 8 (Session
II). Wch re:
~ r will
s be 8:30
a.m.-1 1:59p.n~.dally. ~ u g s h n r gst~ndents
arc encouraged to use Well rcfiistration.
Non-Augshurg stuclents must rcxister in
person a t the Enrollment Ccntcr I>ctwccn
8:30 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. M-W (H:3O ;a.m.-7
is located in Svercl~-~~p
Hall. Wc
recommcncl th:lt ~ O L I SCIICC~IIIC yo111
courses
:IS
c:lrly as possible.
I t ;a discrep:~ncyis foinnd I>ctween this
catalog :lnd course inhrmation fi)uncl
through AuxNet, AugNet shol~lclhe
co~isidereclthe no st curl.cnt ;uicl, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Sumtner
Session I must conlplete their
registration by May 29. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
the first day of class.
.Icnts will he hillcci r l ~ r o ~ ~ f i l ~
lilnts. Non-Augsh~~rfi
:I[ die time of rcgi'str,lcion.u students
must be paid in full by May 4 for
Sunlnler Session I and June 15 for
S u n ~ ~ nScssion
cr
11. Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous tern
lust r--.* h u e balances
before tb
Sess'
the first day of class.
Web registration closes
May 3
June 8
June 8
Balance of tuition due
May 29
July 9
June 25
Classes begin
May 29
July 9
June 25
May 29
July 9
June 25
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
June 1
July 12
June 29
(signature of instructor needed; no registratiuns will be accepted after this date!
*Drop class without notation
June 1
July 12
June 29
'Change grading option
June 15
July 26
August 3
Withdraw from class
June 15
July 26
August 3
Classes end
June 29
August 9
August 31
nt the Enl-ollmcnt Ccnrer (this must he
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 9
August 17
September 10
clone in I>crso~l).
Thel-c is ,I ch;irgc of
$100 for each course cancelled.
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based on the percentage
FOIrcf~nnclinform:~tio~~
plc;lse see
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
lo\\! enrollments will lie cnncellctl one
\vcck I>ch~-e
the first ciay of the session.
Students \\lho clcciclc to c.~ncelrhcir
rcgistr:ltion prior to the tirst cl;iy of rhc
session nunst complete a clrol>/nclcl tor~n
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
Schedule of Refunds o n the next [page.
Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or withdrawl and amount of refund:
s t ~ ~ ~ l cwho
n r s I-existel-:liter the finst day of
the term. No Session 1 registrations will
he :acccl>tecl:liter June I . N o Scssion I1
rcgistr:~tionswill he :~ccc~)tecl
:~frcrJuly 12.
No Summer Online rcfiistr;ltions will he
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 25.
online
*Register (added late fee of $75)
ngc in Registration:
A lntc tcc of $75 will he nssessecl tor
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 9. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
calendar
I summer 2007
;icccl~tcclnttcr June 29
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
8 9 % to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Pl'ease allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
map of augsburg
costs
T u i t i o n rates f o r
I[ ~ L I I ~ Sc
LC
COlIrSeS:
5
3
%
Su_mmer
for
-_
o n c ~ ~ r r e n tw
l yi t h t h e
trimester.
WEC s t u c l e n t s
I1 or
Session
Summer O n l i n e may be(e1EibFfor
hnl
financial aid
l e tuition r a t e s
, are
if t h e i r
"l e a s t 1.0 c r e
c o u r s e l o a c l IS a t
listed abov
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for Summer S e s s i o n a t t e n d e e s
T h e on
of fi
for
sion a t t e n d e e s a r e t h e
d
by the program
state
and
federal f i n a n c i a l aid.
ments), a n d s t u d e n t loans. V i s i t
for-
t h e E n r o l l ~ n e nC
t e n t e r website t o
form:
download a n application
t
www.augsb~~rg.edu/enroll.
The financial
aid priority deadline for Summer S e s s i o n
Day program
S t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in e i t h e r S c s s i o n
11, or
ant (for s t u c l e n r s who m e e t e l i g i b i l i t y
in w l i i c
a r e e n r o l l e d ) a r e e l i g i b l e to a p p l y
lid a v a i l a b l e
F e d e r a l P e l l ~ ~ , t nt ht e, M i n n e s o t a S t a t e
Stuclents w h o m a i n t a i n h a l f - t i m e status
5 def
Summer
Ior
is
May 15, 2007.
b o t h Sessions c o m b i n e d , [ n a y b e
e l i g i b l e t o apply f o r f i n a n c i a l
c o u r s e l o a d is a t least
aid if t h e i r
1.5 c r e d i t s
over the
Augsburg
College
who
rnaxiniuni
For WEC
are eligible
tuition
for
benefit
the
will
receive a
60 p e r c e n t c l i s c o u n t on S u m m e r
WEC program
students enrolled
in s p r i n g
for
Sumnier
t r i m e s t e r , no a i d i s g i v e n
Employee Tuition B e n e f i t
Faculty, staff, a n d d e p e n d e n t s o f t h e
tllltlOl1.
Session
COLLE(;E MAP INI:OKMATION
I Crnrr~t t l r Ctltllrbrl~nc. t ~ r c ltlcitltl,
I'rt~~n~~rtc~n
! Wcchcnil nn~l(;r.~,luntc A~lnllw<,nr
1 AII Srrucrr~rcEnrr.~ncc
(Nolc~nl~cr
t l ~ r t ~ ohI,ml,)
gl~
.I E~lu~.Nrlxtn
Arhlcrs
Flcl~l,ln~lScarcmnl Air Structurc
5 (:hr~rrcn'c.nCenrcr 2nd
I>ny A ~ l ~ n ~ s w n \
6 MBA Pn>gl.~ln
7 h > > h , Lchccl, M~lcs,Ccntcr ior
I ) ~ , ~ n l., ~
l n~l
W~>I\III~~.
Communlc.~t~crn
8 S\CIJ~,II>
tl:~ll
9 Hual,).Stru~n~r,l.nTcnlrl* Cc,,,rt*
117 I c r Arrnn
I I I',II~I,<l<~l,lt,,?,,\.b,><l
I3 M,llnrcn.~nrc,rnJ C;~<>t~nclr
Slrllll
14 MLITICI.CI H.bll
15 Murlrl>yl'lncc
16 M ~ ( r p l Iq
7.,r!.
17 M u w H.rll
I8 Nc\r licr~ilcnrcH.111
1') 01<1
M.,nn
20 Anilcrv,n IH.tII
21 Qu.,cl
2 2 Sclcncr H.111
2 3 P ~ I I ~ S?ICI>
II~ c : ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~
Ccnrcr
24 S l r ~ l q >,m
~ncl
~ ~Krcc~v~ng
g
2 5 SI Mc,lhg H;dI
26 S \ c ~ - ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~Mc~t,<>r~.nl
~ C > t r r ~Ii.1II
l.~l
27 Lirnc\\ H.111
28 Kcnncilg (:cnlcr
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ I I c ~ I ~ ~
Conrrnt~n~c.ut~wn
I2 Ltndcll Llhr.\r\
campus location
35W from thc NorthTnkc W.t\l,~n~ton
Avcnr~eexit :,nJ ttlrn lcir <,n
W ; ~ \ l t i n ~ t i(turtrs
ln
1 1 ~ 1Cmto
i r Crcl,~rA\vnr~c),turn lcit
;at R~ver\~clc
Avc~rr~c,
r ~ ~ nr
l i r2lbt Awnuc South.
1-94 Enst from Minocapolist
Avcn~~c,
rum
Tlhc 25th A\vnl~ccur, turn Icit . ~ 25th
left :at Rl\r~siclcAvcnuc, rurn Iclr . ~ Zt l h t A\*cnuc
S~~r~rli
,.1-94 Wcst fro111 St. PaulTrtc Rrvcr.rrcleculr, rur I> r~yhr:It R~\.cr\~ilc
Avcnuc,
turn Iclr . ~2Ist
t Atenuc Sot~rh.
35W from thc South-
I
l~c~llow
tlw 1.94 St. P:tt~lb ~ ~ r i(~tiove
,
rct r ~ c l Italic
~ r ;ii~cr
c.~rho f nix, mcrficr*), L h c 25th Awnr~ecult ia~i<I
turn
Ich , ~Rt ~ \ c ~ , rAvenl~c,
~ ~ l c rurn leir ;bt 2lsr Avcnl~cSouth
session I
'A
may 29 - june 29.2007
Rooms listeo LUL ~ a c h
course below are auu~ectto change aulct: rne printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particd~r
BUS
AR'
1
Swccncy
This c o ~ l l s ew ~ l
AIS 105-S
h
Lifc Drawing
~ c t i o nt o A m e r i c
d i a n Studies
tl1c bt '
'
IIES
I? C c r r i t o
Dm,elopment o t tlie theory o f Iiianngement.
$
n:rn h r m
Weston
2423
Principles o f Management
Iiis course is intended t o introrlucc sturlents to
A m c i~c . ~ n1nrli;in Studies. Concepts ancl topics to
urg:~nimtlon,staffing, planning, and a ~ n m u l T
. lie
COM 11 1-S
P u b l i c Speaking
nature ot authority, nccountah~lity,n ~ i crcaln,nsibil~ry,
l
T h e courrc tocuscs o n speech prcparation,
nn;ilysls o f the rule o f the pmtcssionnl m;lnager.
organization, n u ~ l i c n c canalysis, style, I~stcning,nntl
6-9:30 11m
be co\,erecl include, among others, Iiistory,
M,
w
RVI : L I N 16
Inclians w i l l be emphaslzerl ndiere npproplinte
l n t e r c ~ ~ l r ~Au,(~rcn~.rs
m~l
1
annto~ny,slinrlIng%cntlcrinl:
cu1i11>o~itio11,
P C ~ I ~ C ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I I V
f&
I A ~ I I I ~ ~FIW
~ OA m
1.4:-
Perspe~.~~t,e.
I A F in Humanities
6-9:30 1
M, W
.:
OM 17
J. C e r r i t o
H u m a n Resource M a n a g e m e n t
k n o n n c l f i ~ n c t i o ni n business, acquirition nntl
ut~lizationof human resources; cles~nblew l r k ~ n y
relationships; effective integration o t tlic wurker with
I
>
,-S
T h i s course nclc
the a w l s
(with H I S 24913493)
igned Environment
Andcrson
s t h c rlcs~gncilen\zir~>nment,
ART 100-S
the i n t c n t i o n n l ,
Topics: P l c i n Air S k e t c h i n g
W e w i l l ~n\.estigatca1
T h i s introcluctnry, f~)unclntional
: ~ r c h i t e c t u urban
~ ~ , cleslgn, :~nclurh;in Ihisn>ry; cl:lss
ienccl places i n \\,li~cli a'c I ~ v e .
-a
I Ithe
~
M. W
Financial Managcmcnt
Kapoor
risk nntl return, recurity \faluation, capital
i n sulnmer. By making site visits 2nd working on
Prcrccl.: n o n e for 249; tor 349: E N L II I (,r ENL
mnliagement.
l o c a t ~ o nstudents
,
w i l l engage w i t h the subject
112 o r H O N 111 ;rnrl :In :art, liist<~ry,or u r h : ~ n
matter they are sketch~ng<Inn ~iiulti-sensory
s t t ~ ~ l i ec so ~ ~ r s e
T l i e course i n c l u ~ l e st i n a n c ~ nstatement
l
;~n:ilysis,
P~n~cr~ctlrv/Sk~ll/LAF.
Acstherlo m (CIQ I'~np~.ct~tc;
Wr~tlng
Skill (ART 349 u~rly).L A F 111 F11ieArts (ART 249 only)
tbr them. Stu~lentsarc rcspnnsihle b,r Ipurchasc o f
n , = . SCI
M, W
ACC 2213
Kadcr
P~n~ctilc/SkilVLAF.AatL,llo I'Lnpl.c~~w;L A F 131FLIW
Arb
6.9:30 0.m
T. T h
Rm.: O M 4
E C O 112 a n J 113 may he rnken i n either orrler.
1-4:30 0 ~n
M, W
Rm : O M 13
Gybcrg
T h i s course introcluces hnsic chemistry cuncepts 111
ECO 1 1 3 3
tlie context of numerous science,b;~seJ Issues I n o u r
Principles o f Microeconomics
everyclay I~vcs,with the ge11;1
A n introduction to micr<~econ(>mics:
tlie theory o f
o f s t u ~ l c n t shaving ;I
Gilsdorf
Introrluctiun to h u r ~ n c r s:~cti\,itiea, b:isic concept.*,
basic unclersrnn~linl:o f tlie science b e h i n d irsucs
tlie lhouschol~l,f i r m , m:~rketstructures, anel income
nncl t u n ~ l n m e n m l so f accounting, the nccounting
present and i n tlie tuture.
~ l i s t r i h u t i o n .A l q ~ l i c a t i o nof clcmcntnry economic
cycle, :lncl preparation o t t~n:rnci;~l
st;ltcments.
Prc~erl.: M P G 2
8.30 (r m - n o u ~ ~
M, W
I t ~ :n SVE 202
c ~ ~ c a t i vancl
~ t y cxprcssion uaing black ancl white
film, etc: $200-225. (capacity liniits enr<,ll~ncntt o 14)
M n y he taken ~ n c l c p c n ~ l e n tof
l y E C O 113 o r 110.
L A F ill Soc~r~l
mid Bchraz~orulSc~ences
Chemistry f o r Changing T i m c s
locations. (capnc~t)'l11111ts
c n r o l l ~ n c n to
t 15)
35mm,s~nale.lens rctlcx cnmcr:l. Est~m;iteilcost o f
RI~I: SCI 2 0 5
Per>pec~ioe/Skill/LAF: Wcsrern Hcr~rogePcrspec~iue;
CHM 100-S
plhotogrnl~liicprocesses. Sturlcnts need ncccsr to a
Gilsdorf
A n l n t r o ~ l u c t i o nt o macroeconomics: national
international trade Application o f elementary
123
has~csketcli~ngk i t from WetP;iint A r t Supplier ($40)
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 1
Principles o f Macrocconomics
Prererl.: M P G 2
a ~ i c for
l tr;1nsl>nrtnrion to clesignntrd off-carnl3us
Boechcr
Rm : SVE I
i n c ~ m i ennnlysis, llionctary anrl fisc;rl policy,
Piercq : E C O 112 or 113, A C C 221, nncl MI'G 3
6-9:30 p m
pcrson;ll scale. I n this w.~ythey w i l l n t t e ~ n p t o
Photography
M, W
e c o n o ~ n i ctheory to current economic problems
unclcrstancl where they arc, a n d why it has mcnnina
T h e camera w i l l he usecl ns n tool tLr \,~sunl
III
FIN 3 3 1 3
excellence ancl l h i s t ~ ) r ~ SI~I~I~~C:II~CC.
c~I
ART 1 3 2 3
6.9:30 p
Hm : SVE 206
places, habits, nncl architecture o f the T w ~ nCities
Iltn : O M 17
tlirourli vrrb;il ;and nun-verhal mess;lges; emphasis
Instructor
6.930 I,m
Lapakko
A stucly of the d y n a m ~ c sof h u m a n i n t c ~ a c t i < > n
overcome communication b:irricrs
Prereq.: B U S 200 o r B U S 242 o r consent o f
uhsel-\,ation ; ~ n r ~l l ~ r eon-site
ct
s k e z i n u the ~wo~,le,
. .
M. W
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal C o m m u n i c a t i o n
o n factors that huilcl relntionsli~psn n i l hell> t o
f i r n ~ancl society.
and slre \'is~tat u prominent examples ofclesign
8:30 a.ni -11our1
R m : M U R I11
ccrure, I;~nclrcapc
perceptual plein :lir sketching u ~ i l l ~ i i rn l ei r o ~ ~ ~ h scsslons cc~nsist: ~ l m o s tcxclus~oclyo t w c l l k i n g tours
PL'~S~CCLI~,~./S~III/LAF:
L A F 111 Fine Artr
T. Th
BUS 3403
contelnporary issues, a n d the arts Minnesota
Pcrspcctirc/Skill/LAF:
(>vcrcomingspeech fright
6.9:30 p m
language, culture, literature, policy, Images,
Lapakko
ACC 2 2 2 - 5
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g I1
Kadcr
anrl it~nrlamcnt:ils 11t; ~ c c o i ~ n t i n gtlie
, nccol~nring
cycle, nnrl prcp;ir,itlon o f financial stnte~nents.
8:30 (1.m
loan
T. TI1
I'erspcct~t~c/Sk~ll/LAF: Natlrrul WorLl 2 Pcrspe~.[l~e,
L A F in N'lrlrrnl Scienccs rind Mnthemr~tics
8.30 o 111-1ioun
I n t r o ~ l u c t i o nto business a c r ~ r i t ~ c bs n
, r ~ cconcepts
RIII.:
SVE I
tliec~ryt o m:irket policy May be taken
T. TI1
RI~I. SCI 123
~ n ~ l c p c n ~ l c no tfl E
y C O 110 o r I I 2 E C O 112 .inJ
I I 3 may be taken I n cithcr order.
,
;
.
I
Prerecl.: M P C 2
Perspect~t~e/Sk~ll/LAI::
Socir~lWorlrl I or 2 Pcrs0cc~i1,e;
L A F in Soc~oland Belurt~~or~rl
Science,
1.4:30 p ~n
T. Tll
Rm : O M 13
HIS 3323
History o f U n i t c d
States Foreign Relations
EED 2 0 3 3
Physical Scicncc
d
Elcmcntary Tcacl
a
This ccrursc tocc~ss 11
Lorcnz-Mcycr
A survey oFUn~tcclSratcs torc~gnrcl:1ric>nsi r o m rhc
8
r
A n i c r i c a ~ li l c \ ~ o l i ~ tthrough
i ~ ~ n the Colrl War,
Grcgoirc
crnl~h:~rlzing
cli:ing~ngJci~nitic,na ot \tJ;lr 31111 PC:ICC.
IMSEP ~physicnlscience
tcnaluns hcnvccn intcrn:rtio~ialian~
:inJ
H P E 001-S
Foundations o f Fitness (0.0 crcdit)
Navarrc
This courrc ia ~ c q u i r c Jc~f:ill Augshurg t u r l c n t s
Prerccl : One EF
It
sccka to Ilnl>ro\'c the sti~clcnt'skno\r.lcclgc ancl
SVE 206
i x t l ; ~ t i o n i r m the
, cmcrgcncc u i rlie U n i t c ~Sratc*
l
ns
.In cconrllnlc ; r ~ i ~~il~ i l i t ; power
~ry
6 9:30 1) rn
M. W/
RI~I : SVE 206
i~nJcratancl~<
~>
i gthe
t componcnrh o f ~ihysical: ~ n r l
IO\,
they c o n t ~ i h u t cto pcrx~n:ilI ~ i c l o lhc:1ltl1
n~
;ancl
to nor only
\vcll hcing T l l ~ scourac is clcs~gnc~l
lpr<>v~Je
k ~ i ~ ~ ~l ~~ ;ilsc>
~ ~l e
tot ~c lli >~ cct ~
~ ~~ ~~;in:~l\,zc
i c l
s c l r r c I;rh rcqwrenients iLr gracluation
4
Prercil.: Muat he Elcmcnr,iry Ecluc;~tic~n
m ; ~ j o.~.
liccnaurc r c c k ~ n g
T
6.9:30 11m.
TI1
IGS009-S
T
Co-op
.
Olson
k Experience 1s ;i0-creclit
The C;ST 00'
11.
SCI 19
t
i tor I
??$
Espuiuicc
Thih (llxi011
\\,dys nn inclivicl~~nl
c;in n.*scas, monltur, motl\,atc
INS 3 9 9 3
I n t e r n sh i p
:~nclcl~aciplineI i ~ ~ n / l i e r a et<,
l t ~n:iinr:iina l i t e t y l c o i
A \vork o~ ser\,~cc-hnscrlcxpcrlcncc I n \r,liicli rlic
iitness 2 n d \rcllnt.s
~ r u c l c n tt, ~ c u l ysl,r,naor,
6-7:45 11111
M, W
MEL 206
RIII.
&sign
3
Olson
ancl \\,c)rk site supervisor
Ie:~rning:igreenicnt p1a11 tlliit 11nka cclllrsr
tlicuries nncl conccl>ts aclors rl~scil>l~ncs,
general
ati1izc.r .rtuclcnrs' c ~ n p l ~ r y m c rclntccl
nt
r<>t h c ~ rnl;ijur
HPE 1 1 5 3
;inrl through ~ c t l e c t ~ r Ihnka
> n on-co~iipur,learning ro
rhc constituency gc131s. ~ i i i s s i ~ ~~ inc,c cor
l icleaa c d
Health and Clienucal
D q m d c n c y Education (.5 crcdit)
Psyclic,lug~cnla n ~ ~pliilo\opliicnl
l
clinicnsion?,u i
<!ti-caml'us ~pco~dc,
org.~nizations,nnrl/o~'
hc
A n :in:ilyhis o i c h e m ~ c ; i nhu.*c
l
:incl w l i : ~ can
t
porttolio hnaccl o n the intcrn.*liip Sruclcnts must
c o m ~ n u n i c ; ~ t i othruugh
~i
the use n t inarruction.il
c o m m ~ ~ n i t ~Telsi c. rcqu~rcclC<H>I' r e t l e c t ~ c ~ n
clone for the nbuscr. Inclu~lcs~nfi)rrnnr~crn
:ahout
consult \r,itli the k u l t y spona<>ra n ~ Lois
l
Olacbn i n
SCIIUOI
l i e i ~ l t l eclumtion
i
ancl resources
the Ccntcr tor Service, W u r k , nncl L c ; ~ r l i ~ n g
E D C 220-S
Educational Tcchnology (.5 c r c q t ~
Erickson
technolo~~
Selection,
.
p ~ c l ~ n r n t i o~~pi ,~ < ~ c l u c ;and
t~on,
assignnicnts k,cus
cvaluatio~io t etfecri\v a u c l i ~ ~ - \ ~ im:~tcri:ils
~ual
for
knowlctlcc, u n ~ l c r s t ; r n ~ l io~ i gthe
tenc1iindle;irning sitt~:ltions. Computer training \\,ill
t>rgan~zat~on/\\.o~-k~>Iiicc
nncl :In nwarencs* o f
he inclu~lccli n t h ~ scour.rc.
o c ~ c t niasucs
l
that may ; ~ i i tlic
~ ~\vorkpl:icc.
t
9 a.m .nmn
M , \V
F htne 1829
Km : SVE 205
<In nl)l'licntion
o i c~>u~sc
6-9:30 1, 111.
c'lucat~<,n, ankl g~ncli~:~tic>n
skill5 \r,ith the 1c:irning
M unly
register.
rcqh~~rc~ncnt
H I S 249134923 ( w i t h ART 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 )
Dcsigned Environment
Th15 course huilcls on rlie Iprnctlce ; ~ n d~nctlioclr~ > t
Quantitativc R c a s o n i ~ i g
Schicld
C ~ ~ t i ctal ili n k ~ n g; a h , ~ ~st.~ristics
t
n\ cviclencc. F<>cu\
Eilccrlvc W ~ i t i ~ i g
Irs. \\,i~rkslic~l>
t c ~ ~ n i strcsscb
at
htylc
1111 :issocii~tio~i,
cai~s:itio~i.
ohser\~:iri~~niil
btuilica,
nncl o r q n i z : ~ t i o n ,the proccr> ( revi.\~(>n,
~ i hcli i ~ n r l
cxllcrimcnt\, riak, c<)nfc>uncling,hiaa, ;rnJ ch;incc.
IICCI.
c \ , n l u i ~ t i ~ ni ~, n cthe
l r c l : ~ t ~ ~ > nI)cnvccn
~liil~
rcncl~ng;inJ wr~ting.Kcrli~ircclfor sccc~~icla~
y
Anderson
T h ~ scuurse :~~lclrerses
the ~lesigneclenvironment,
GST 2003
Swanson
Rcv~e\\,cwnlnun tcclin~cluca~ n \ c l l \ i n gstntiaticol
~ ~ l ~ l w ~ r r u ~Stucly
i i s n iconcliti~,n:~l
.
r c . ~ x > n i nig~ s i n g
I~censurenncl Element:i~yEclucation concentration
English to clcscrihc and compc>scrates .ind
i n C o m ~ n u n ~ c : ~ r i , > ~ i / L : ~ ~Arts
ig~~;igc
pcrccnt;igc\ prc\c11tcrl i n t ; ~ h l c;inJ graplih. Use
tlic intcntionnlly clca~gnc<l~pl;lco111which we live
We w ~ l In\,catlaatc
l
nrchitcctl~rc,I:inclscal~c
;rrcliitccturc, urh:In clcsign nncl urh,~nhistory; cln.\s
rcssic~nsconsist :ilmoat cxclu\i\.cly o f \\,;ilking t0111s
nncl site visits to Ipronllncnt cx;i~nl?lcso f clesian
cxccllence ;and lhist<,r~cals ~ g ~ i ~ i i c : ~ n c e
Prcrcq : none tor 249; h,r H I S 349: E N L 1I I (>r
E N L 112 c1r H O N I l l
Prcrc~l.:E N L I II L>r 112. (>r HON 1 1 I
cmnclar~l~zntio~i
to tnkc inn, accoilnt the ~ntluence
Pcrs\~ccti~~e/Sk~ll/LAF:
\V~IIS
I ~k ~~l l
r,ict,ntol~n~lcr.;Analysis ~ , i ~ t ~ t i ~ t i c ~ l l y - h ~ ~ ~ ~ l
\ V r l r ~ nSkill
~ (HIS 349 only); L A F 111 HIL~I~(I~IIICS
(HIS
argtlmcnt\. E ~ i i l ~ h : ~osni ai n t c r p r c t ; ~ t ~ o cvnlu;it~nn,
n,
249 mly)
.~nclc c ~ m m u n i c . ~ t i o ~ i ,
1.4:30 p tn
M, \V
RIII : 5(:1 212
ML 5 8 9 3
Topics: Comprchensivc E x a m i n a t i o n
The
t<,r
IIUI
;ix
Pikc
11usc <)i
t l ~ i as c ~ i i i n n1s~ to Iprcparc stu~lcnts
t c l i c<,~nprclie~isi\~e
exi~min:itions3s tlic
coml>lction ca~.\t<lnc
o i tlic Master o f Art.* i n
1-e;iclcrshili. Stuclenta WIII cxl>erlelicc n ~ intense,
i
coll;rI~~~rat~
nncl
v c ,clircctccl ~ntegrntiono f their
unclcrst:~n~ling
o i lenclcrshil, c x p ~ c s ~tch~r ol t d l i
.*ucceaaiul completion o i the cx;in~~n;lticlnsThe
I'ersl~ecu~~e/Sk~ll/LAF.
Aerrhet~oor
4:308 1, nt
rrgnrcling rccluircmcnts :~nclget ~pcrmissi(>n
ti)
register. P/N gr.~ilinl: (>nly S.~tisf:ictory coml>lcr~<>n
Stuclcnts mu.*t consult w i t h Lois Olson i n the
r e q u ~ r e ~ i i e nnt rn ~get
l l~erlnisai<,n
I n t c n l l c d i a t c Expository W r i t i n g
R n l : KEN 307
s t u ~ l c n r~ i i u rcon1plctc
t
:In ;ic;iclc~ii~c
1c;irninl:
\vill i u l i i l l the Augshura Exper~cnccgracluntinn
Ccntcr tor Scr\,~cc.W o r k , ancl L c : i ~ n i ~ rcwircling
ig
ENL ~ L U - J
oppurtuniticb inherent i n the Intclnahip. The
Umvk
(:II~I'ersl~ccut,e;
c x a ~ n ~ n n r i o[ins
n tlircc parts: a mkc-lic~mc\\,rltrcn
scctlon (hasccl prini;~rily Ihur not exclusi\.ely on tlic
cust<rmi:cd rcnclinga), a #rc,ul> ordl e x : i ~ i i i n ; i t i ~ ~ i ,
T Th
RIII : SCI I 2 3
~ n ciil i ~ l ~ r - \cntccl
l i ~ ~ c~s :~~ r~ n i ~ i : ~ tP/N
i ( ~ ngr;lrl~ng
session
L 111-S
--,inning
Spanish 1
only Tliis course me
S:lturclay morning. Scneuu~ew u ~
oe
A i m s to clevelo
A p r i l aitcr negotint~onw i t h membc
'
: A
r
I,, I.IS~
'
-- .-:.nester
COI
m
MAT 1 0 5 4
Haincs
Concepts o f lineal
id, Iogaritli~nic,oncl
other ni<)~lcIsw i t h a s
iis on :~pplications t o
the social,a.%.nntw
;eryJa
C
srudent
KI
SPA 111
Stcinmctz
business, anrl
;racle o f 2.0
-
NIIG 3. S t t ~ d c ~ preparing
~ts
tor
M P G 3 o r higher may not register b r crecl~t.Sturlents'
6-9:30 p.~n
M, W
algebra
II:
thcoricz ~,i
internatiun:rl relat~clnsT h e course \\.ill
Relipiour heliets, apiritu:rl c u s t o ~ ~ iancl
s , philosophy ot
SCI 108
6-8.30 p11
Underhill
cxpl<,rc issues c>fpeace, suhtninablc ccononllc
N o r t h American I n ~ l i a n sare studied. Tribal
clc\'elopmcnt, g l t ~ b a cit~zcnshil>,
l
nncl efforts t o
silnil:iritirs ;~nclcliiierences ;are explore~las are trih:il
cumbnt ~ n l u s t i c ca n ~ il n e q u ; r l ~arouncl
~
the glohc.
rcl:itionships w i t h nature, rcliglous o\~ersigIito i life
T l i i s class alms t o hcain p r c u , i ~ l i natuclents
~
\ \ , ~ t l itlic
c~,clcs,s;rcrccl r ~ t u acerrnlc,nies,
l
a n ~beliefs
l
i n an
Lnourlerlgc ncceasnry i o ~tilking intormccl :lction i n
;ittcrlite
Irspc,nse t u the c11~11c11~es
II~
the currelit glohnl
Prcrccl.: E N L III o r 112 o r H O N 11 1, j u n i o r
xrcna. Questions cxpl<~rrclinclurlc: Wh;rt should
stancling, :rnJ R E L I 0 0 c>r 3 0 0
i n 1r;rrl Ilc? W l i i ~ are
t ohsracles t o
Att'c~rene,r I Persl~ccttt,~;
Writing Skill
1rnp;lct LIOintcrn:itionnl ~ l c v c l o p m c n t slhavc nn o u r
6.9.30 p rn
MUS 1603
Fundamentals o f M u s i c Theory
1
Mikkelson
S W K 4951699 PA 5 9 5 3
Topics: I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
Perspectives o n A g i n g
Holroyd
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental a n d
T h i s course is for i n c o m i n g Firstyear stil~lentso r
R i v c r Politics
stucle~itsw l i o are c o n s i ~ l e r i n g;I music major w h o
T h i s course cx,i~ninesthe ~ p o l ~ t ~~cl ;y~nli r ~ n i c s
syntax o f ASL. S t u ~ l e n t sobaer\,r the lemons strati on
woulcl like n b;lsic music thcc~ryfuunclatiun prior to
r c l ~ l t i n gt o o u r I ~ ~ c au~
l ,ban, a w l c:rmpus
Underhill
o f signs, practlce their own signing, ;lnC learn the
beginning their nus sic major. Tliis course is also i ~ ~ r
en\,llonlncnr nncl rel;rr~~>n.\hil,
t k ~the c<~rn~rhunitics
h c i n l expressions nncl hotly language neeclcrl t o
stuclcnts w h o have h a d p r i m expcrlencc in music
ancl ecosystems o f tlie U p p e r M i s s ~ * s i p pW;rtersIiecl
~
communicate clearly w i t h tle;iianil Iharcl-of-hearing
who
WOIIICIlike t o b u ~ l c ul p u n their bas~cn ~ u r i c
people.
theory skills S t ~ l d e n t sw i l l attend one uutsiclc
Pcrspcct~re/Sk~ll/LAF: I n ~ e r c u l ~Au,orcness
~~n~l 2
concert as a grollp.
6.8:30 p m
T, W, TI1
R m : O M 10
I'ersl,ccuvc/SkilI/LAF:
6-9:30
pm
ancl larger, glc~halcnvironlncnt Topics cxpl,,rccl
implicotiona o f o u r claily choices; I<rc;~l\v;lter, i ~ i r ,
a n d soil pollution; the lock a n d clam system on thc
L A F in Fine Arts
7; Th
Km: M U S 5
U p ~ xM
r i s s ~ s s ~ p p~n\.asi\.e
i;
slwcics :~nclhi<l~li\.ersity;
c l i m ; ~ t cclinngc. u~arertrontccc)nomic clc\.elopmcnt;
A S L 101-T
B c g i n n i n g S i g n Languagc I
M U S 241-S
urban aprawl; :lnJ encrhy procluctlun. T h e class \\,ill
A n i n t r < , ~ l u c t i ~ )to
n cle;if culture n n ~the
l signs nnrl
Jazz H i s t o r y
look ; ~ the
t
ch:rllcngc (>fh;rl;~nclng e c o n o ~ n i c
syntax o f ASL. Stuclents observe the Jemonstration
T h i s courae is a stucly o f the musical elements,
Traincr
Milcnkovic
o f signs, practice their o w n signing, and learn the
anrl the lhistor~cal
c t ~ l t u r i lperspectIvcs,
l
facial expressions a n d horly langu:ige neeclerl t o
cle\,elopment u f jazz. M a n y sryles o f jazz arc
communicate clearly w i t h <leaf ancl liarcl-of-hearing
exnminecl i n c l u ~ l i n gearly N e w Orleans D~xielancl,
swing, cool, j a z z / r ~ c k / f ( ~ s i o ~ragti~nc,
i,
bop, a n ~ l
cunten1lJor:lry jazz.
I'erspectit~e/Sk~lI/LAF: Intercult~rrulAuarcnes, 1
<I~n-nnon
T TI1
Alexander/Erickson
atuclents ancl upper Ic\fcl un<lcrgrnclunte stuclcnts i n
Ihcalth a n d stlc~alservices cliscildincs t o explore
Issues rclntecl to aging ;lnd care o f the clrlcrly.
Stuclcnts gain rc;rl \rorlrl cxpcrience by working
coll;~h~,rati\~ely
i n an intercliscil>linary context
Stuclents \\,ill be askecl to :rpply
~I~~~w
and
IcLI~c
skills clirectly w i t h c l ~ l c r su t i l ~ z ~ nan
g experlentin1
Icarning mc,tlcl St~lclcntsw i l l h u i l l l n beginning
expert le\,el k n < ~ a r l e ~ lbase
g e r e ~ r ~ l i issues
ng
that
:affect u l ~ l e rn ~ l u l t si n ctmtemporary health nncl
rocial wcl61rc cuntcxts.
Prcrcrl : Social W u r k , Physiciirn Assistant Stutlies,
or Nursing s t i ~ ~ l e n t z
T 71.
p... . O M IP
~ I e \ ~ l u p ~ ~site> c~~i ;tj ~, l~ s t i c :11icI
e , e11\,iro1111ie11r,rI
s t e u ~ n r ~ l n h111
i l ~the region. There \\,ill he excurslnns
t o site5 ;along tlie river, ~n-cl;lssclch:ites, ancl
oplxwtunity to meet w i t h st:rkehol~lers\\r>rking on
r~ver.rclatc~Iibst~es
SOC I l l - S
Perrpect~t~~'/Sk~lI/UF:
Soc~c~l
World Pcrsl~cculr,C n ~ i n r l
Community and the
M o d e r n Metropolis
T h i n k u ~Sklll, ~rrl<l
L A F I" Soci'11 and Bchut,rorrrl Sclcnce
T h ~ cuursc
s
ex;~minesthe clitierent w;~ysth;rt
Fischcr
sc~ciologist\:~nclurban planners ha\,c \,lewccl citics,
Pcrspec~it,e;L A F 111 Fine Art)
8:30
Rni : SCI 212
T h i s course prcn,iclcs a n opportuniry t&r grarluntr
A n introduction t o c l m t c u l t u r e a n J the signs 2 n d
Perspcct~t'e;mud en^ Lnngrruge I
7; Th
ORK
MODERN LANGUAGES
ASL 1013
B e g i n n i n g S i g n Language
I'erspec~ive/Sk~ll/LAF: Chri>tiuu Ftri~h3 or In~cr~.~tlt;rrr~l
achie\.~ngn nx,re just ancl eqt~itahle\vorlcl! W h a t
Rnb: O M 29
,
Jacobson
lives i n the Turin Cities!
:e 1
wurk will be e\~alu:itell L
y quizzes and exams.
s%
e
A m e r i c a n I n d i a n Spirituality
a n d Philosophical T h o u g h t
US
I
114 sha~ulrlconsult the clepartment. Studen
Prereq.: M P G 2 11nrl a y c ~ ~i
~ rh i g h
I n t m ~ l u c t i o nt o the ilyn;r~n~ca,
history, ancl m ; ~ j o r
W o r l d Politics
'nA7.
Applicd A l g
REL 3 7 0 - S
POL 1603
;es must he completed; may
R m : M US 5
session ll july 9 - august 9,2007
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particular class.
t11e1r ~perb
ART 118-S
be anJ i n f v r n i uur
. w e w i l l explore Iici\v
the city can
II~IIII:III
' n : ~ t ~ ~ rhahitat"
;rl
,,i
I>uili
Creativc Drama:
Acting and I m p r o
herween <lift
~prc)tits,nnil
Painting
THR 1 1 6 3
flucncc, \\.it11 a i ~ > c u<>n
s hn\v
c i t ~ c rcan hecorn
1
Fundarncntals o f Staincd Glass
Q
Bollniat~
i l n p r t : l n t conccpts (dpainting. Most cl;lss time is
apcnt painting. Sliclc Iccturcs, ilem(,nstrat~ons,nncl
imagin;lri\.c, and tcchn~c;ilploccsa associnreJ w ~ t h
~ ~ n l m > v i r . l t i onc~ i ,
t i c ~ t i
Tom
CI:irs is t<irmul:itcrl to engake the cre;rtl\,c.
A study (,i
rhc.itric;i
I
I n thls first Ievel p;linrilig course, st~lclcntslenrli
ART 100-S
cr~tiilucscompletc the Ic:lrning experience.
the crc;lrion o t st;~inecl glms prujccrs. T l ~ cunique
P~nixct~~t./Sk~l(/lAF:
Aetlrtio Pmkcli~.lin.;
l A F in FIW Arls
intcr~,lay between conccl,t, clesign, :rnJ liKlit within
6.9:30 I, ln
M, W
11n1 : OM 17
sr.linccl glass Iiirs the ability to inspire our liearta
.I cxl~cricnccsthl~lcntswill gain :In
I ' e r ~ l ~ c c ~ ~ t e / S k ~ l I / lC
WIFI:~Pcnpecr~re,L A F 111 Sol.lcll
(r~~
Rd
e h ~ ~ t ' i oSilencer
n~l
6-9:30 1, m
T, Th
Photography
appliecl to glnrs, li:!ncl torils, anrl orher
The c;lnier;r \+,III be used as I: t<>olfor \,isu:rl
1l11sccll:lneouacnnsulnnhle sul>plics. M ~ n l m t l r nu i
crcati\ziry a n ~cxpresslon
l
using black nncl \vIiite
eight l i ~ ~ u per
r a week outslile
photographic proccrses. Stuclcnrs ~ i c c r;Icceaa
l
tu
3
35mm, s ~ n ~ l c - l e nreflex
s
c:lmer:r. Estimated cust
~i
M, W
6-9:30 11.111.
Rnl.
OM I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H u m a n SOCICL~
iilm, ctc.: $200-225.
c<~ntrolthat shalw the clirccrion
Jl~ristiansen
our Il\,cs! H ~ n .Ire
v
the rules ;rncl cxl,ect,ltions o i 3 c ~ l l t ~ or
~ rSeO C I C ~ ~
~lc\~clopecl,
ancl \\,lmr c<,nil~clsus t(> confilm or break
tlie~n! W h a t Iinlcls sociel)' ttigethcr nnrl s,Ii;rt causes
liist<>ricala~iclsucinl
Finr ATO
ART 102-S
Dcsign
Arc thcrc soci:rl inilucnccs hcyoncl our i ~ n ~ n c c l ~ ; i t c
Peril~~'clitc/Sk~Il/'LAF:l1~Ij111)En~fil n:l
M l ~ b r. q ~ ~ ~ r e , n r ~ n r ,
Ae,theuc I'i7.rl~~~l~re,
L A F m FIII~ Art,
1.4.30 p.111.
7; TI1
Ilnl:
Fou Tlicctv~
A sturly oiilcsi.n
Tom
Hln.: O M 4
the visual nrts- Two- ;~nclthree-climension31 projects
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design 1
and principles. Supply fec o i $65.
This course is n n i n r m ~ i t ~ c t ~too the
n principles nncl
Penpccur,JSkill/LAF:
~pcrson;lli ~ l e n t i y ! Wli;lt is U.S. culture like toclay.
14:30 p 111
Aothcrlcr Per.\pecr~re;
Sl,eaklnK
Bowdcn
tccliniclues oigrnphic clesign usina page I;lyout
sr)ttware. E m p l i ; ~ r ~wsi l l be placecl 111- clesirning
M. W
l1m. O M 4
with text and image.
Pc.rspcc~it,e/Sk~II,'LAF: Ae,lhct~rr Pers~c.c~zre;
Spcok~n~
alicl \\*lint arc ~ t sliiatoric;~lr<,ot.r! Tlicsc arc the k ~ n ~ l a
Skill; L A F 111 FIIIC Art,
oiquestions that u.c w ~ l;~cl~lrcss.
l
Put siniply, t l i ~ s
ART 107-S
ct,llrsc Intcrmg.ltcs the nicaning ( > i l i ~ ~ ncxpcrience
~;~n
Drawing
u ~ i r l i i n; ~ n r through
l
aoci:~lgroups and s<,cicty.
Stu~lentsuse tr;lrlition;il meclia t u clevelop technical
Rn.: O M 16
T, Th
clem~instr,~ting
the use ot the h;rsic cleaign elements
Sk~ll;L A F 111 Fme ATIS
M. W
6-9:30 11.1n.
:I> the uniiying f<lunLlnti<,n for
circ~~~nsr:~n
impact
c r s our scnsc oiseli:lncl even our
1-4.30 ~,III
McCartncy
Per~pect~r'e/Sk~ll/LAF:
Aerthelic, I'~.n\,ectirc; L A F 111
soc 121.S
soci:ll c o n t l ~ c t ?How
cl;las time wquirecl.
P e r s p e c u r e / S k ~ l l ~ FL: A F 111 Flne Arls
: SCI 205
ART 1 3 2 4
i111i1 1i111icIs
ill the c ~ ~ \ , i r ~ ~ i ~i li li \V
eIC~
I i t s \rre live,
~pl;~y,
nncl ) m y . S t u ~ l c nI;ib
t k c o i $ l l O will hc
Bolln~an
skills nncl exl,l(>rc clcscr~pt~ve
;and experimental
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Knl.: I'os, ZZH
ART 3 3 0 3
iclcns ior perceptual a~iclc<,nccptual clrawilig.
Graphic Design I1
Emp1i;isis is place~l,117 fc>un~l;~tio~ial
rlrnw~ng
A n ;~<lv;~ncecl
stucly o t Inyour, typography. :~n<l\,isuol
Bowden
COIiCCl>tS.
Illlalery tilr print p r o ~ l u c t i r ~using
n
the co~iiputcr.
Per~l,ec~t~e/SkiIl/LAF: A e \ r l t c ~ eI'erspect~~~e;
~
L A F 111
IncluJes iclentiiication ()i
design ~ i r o h l e ~ n;rnJ
s
Fine Arls
6-9.30 p,nl
~ p r e s e n t a t i to
~ ~tlic
i clic~it.
T, TI
I1m : O M 17
Prcrcq.: A R T 225
6-9:30 1, n~
M, W
C'.
BUS 4 4 0 3
CHFMISTRY
r10ral Imaging
J.
pain:hrurll,
I'rcreq.: Any A
8:30
pencil, pen, .~ncl
prczsion.
COII~III~II~~C:I~
, MIS. or C S C course
11 111 -IIO.,.*
K111: Fur, 22U
Gybcrg
Chemistry f o r Changing T i n i c s
:rnJ \cctorb.
the context o f ntlmcrous acicncc-h;~rccl ~a.rtlc.*
I n <,ur
rel:itions. I t tuliills the Ecluc.~rionL l c l ~ , ~ r t ~ ~ l c n t
Prcrcq.: BUS
c\vrycl:ry I~vcs\r'ith the gn;~l~ >atuclcntt.
f
II:I\.~II~ :I
human rcl;lrion\ :inil M l n n c o r a A111cric:ln 1nili:ln
Insrluctol
h,lsic ~ ~ ~ i ~ l e r a t i( ~~~tllc
ti ~ sl ~c inel~: i ~helii~icl
e
i~sue\
r e q ~ ~ i r c m e nancl
t s i.*:II opticrn \\,ith~nthe liccnaurc
Iprcscnr 2nd i n the filturc.
progr,l m
Prereq.: M P C 2
6 9:30 1, m
Painti1
-Solving f o r Busincss
Isaacson
c ~ n p l i a r i z ~ n~nrli\,lJu;ll
g
cxprcsslon.
This cuursc ap
~rl\,;rncccl.*ofn\f;~rcc;rll;~hilitic.*
Prerrq : A R T 1 18
like m;lcr<,s. SI
ancl Scenario Manager i n
I'~~rspecu~~e/Sklll/LAF~
Ac\rlletir Perspectin
Fdne Arls
Microsoit Exec
6-9:30 11 III
h~~siiiess
t h r o ~ ~rlrc
~ l uze
i
o i rcnl~srichus~ncarc;lscs
OM 17
Prcrcq
L
L A F m N~IIIITCII SCICISCS
8:30
(ILIII.~IOOII
E D C 4901580-S
(111~1MLII~ICIII(IIICI
T, TI1
K111: SC1 212
BUS 2 4 2 3
:
Scrcenwriting
M PC? 3
. SVE 205
Lazaridi
This is n Ihyhricl coursc w ~ t h~n-clnss.*c\alont, : ~ the
t
P.
Cerrito
I~~J*.CI~LV/S~III,~AF.
S*i<ll W(n11 Ih\\*.cl~<v,
W ~ l l l lSkill
l~
Principles o f M a r k e t i n g
8:30
Mcziou
marketing
Legal, ethical, c<,mpetiri\~e,ecc,n<,llllc.
.rncl tcchnol~~gic;rl
t;~ctora as they :~ttectpmcluct,
rc~le,~i
the
price, Iprolnotlun. ;rnJ clistrihut~unclcc~aion.\.
6-9:30 1)
III
M , \Y/
I<>n: O M 13
11111: O M 16
Advertising
1. C e r r i t o
Personnel i u n c t i o ~ In
i business, acquisition 2nd
A n intrc>cluctic,n
stu~lentstrum &tory outline to tlie
creation
Mcziou
scrccnldny cl~;lft.I n aclLlition to \vriting thcir own
,I.*
import:~nt
K- 12 Reading Assessment
The .\tuily c,t stuclcnt rencli11gclevclopmcnt, the
knou.lc~lgenncl usc ofgntllerinl:
cliscus*ic~no i nesthetic.*, cr;lit, ;and ft>rm.
of stu~lenrs'~ e : ~ c l ~ n
:lnJ
g , clesigning : ~ ~ ~ p r o p r i : ~ t e
July 7, 8, 28, 11nc129 10 < I , ~-6
I pm
llm : O M 18
intercultural C o n l m u n i c a t i o n
with the gn;rlz o f the i ~ r mnnrl soclcty.
:lnJ h:incls<,n I r : ~ r n i n gtc>ols.
Prcrcq
6-9.30
6-9:30 1,
111
T. Tb
Rrn : SVE I
Lpakko
~ m p l i c a t ~ u nfor
s communlcatl<ln, ~ n c l u c l ~ n g
Kt11: O M I 3
cuursc is rcqu~rccltbr stuclcnts oht:linlnu thcir K-I2
C<~rcq.:E D C 510
This course explores c u l t l ~ r : ~
~liiierenccs
l
;lnJ their
TI1
Cllnicnl rxpcllcncc 11~1urh\v11I he ~ n c l u ~ l c iTl h c
Rc.lcling Tc.~chcr ILiccnzurc E n ~ l o r s c n ~ c n t .
COM 3293
clcmcnra I n moclc~n m ; ~ r k c t ~ n:lnd
g
T
; ~ n r .l ~ n n l y i ~ nclot.r
g
re,~cl~ng
curriculum hnrecl o n this inforrn:rtion.
com~nunicat~rlnsThis ccnlr>c conlhines classroom
p III
Jacobson
~ i \ , ~ n~letailecl
g
critical analysis :~nclc11u:iging I n
relat~onshil>s;cifecti\,e integr;rtiun o i thc worker
BUS 242 rrr consent o f instructor
EDC 508-S
analyze work jr.1 Ittcn hy each mcmhcr o f thc cl;r\s.
~ ~ r i l i z a t i oof
n l i u m : ~ nresources; clesirahlc working
:
RI~I . SVE 2
scriptr, stu<lcnts will re\,ic\v feature f ~ l l n s.lnJ
print, brt,;l~lcazr,;anJ Wcb-
hnsecl a~l\.ert~aing
.~nclprorn(,tion
M, W
<I.III- t ~ c , w ,
of 3
Prcrcrl.: E N L 220 or 221
MKT 3 5 7 3
BUS 3 4 0 3
[)cl1:11tlnent
coursc i n writing l i ~ film,
r
this courac will t:lkc
( > ~ g a n i ~ ; l r ~srafilng,
on,
plnnning, ;incl control. T h e
professional Iilnnnjier
I'rerecl.: PPST :lnJ nclm~hsionto the Eclucnri~>n
online acti\,~t~esi n henrjeen. Air intrucluctory
Prunc~plcso f h;~aic~pollcynncl >tr;ltehy iasucs i n
nature ot authority, accountnhilily, nncl
;I.;
f ~ n a lthet,rctic:~l ~p~el>:rr;~rion
k , ~htudcnt tc:rchina
MKT 2 5 2 3
De\,elupment o i the tlieory o f manncement,
H u m a n Resourcc Management
Erickson
o n ~ p ~ not\,ic\v
ts
.~h<,utthe rc,lc n i
E~nl>li;is~&
Ic:lclc~ahil, .lncl prc>fcba~<~n.~l
clcvclr~p~iicnt,
Scr\,c\
COMENL3283
h e c i n n ~ n g:rnrl c<,nclu.*~c~n
<>f
r h ~ acourse, ancl
M, W
School a n d Society
&chor\li n m o r l c r ~ocicry,
i
rclat~,,llrIiil~s\ v ~ t h
other simul:~tionanil
KIII
6-9:30 11 rn
1<111: SVE I
~ p : ~ r u i t s a nct>mmunity,
il
cc>ll.~b~>r;~ri\c
~noclcla,
:
I ~ the
M , \V
l'cr~\~cc~~~~c/Sk~ll/LAF.
NOIIL~C~I
W,,TICI 2 l'en\~ec~~rc;
AJVZ ucly i n ncryl~co r o i l p ; ~ i n t~necli:~
responsihiliry; ;~nalysisC
Grcsczyk
This cour>c cs;rmines 1i11nr:lncli\,errir) :lnJ 1111rn:ln
:
Principles o f Managelnentz
DivcrsityA4inncsota American lndians
This courac i n t r < ~ ~ l u chnslc
c s clicm~stryconcepts i n
SVE 206
ART
EDC 2061566-S
CHM 1 0 0 - B
st \fis~1;11
i111,1ges u5i11g
Explor;rt~unot rhe creal
the colnpute
~crrito
cliffcrences I n \,nlues, norlns, soci:ll illter:~ction,:lncl
coJc systelns.
l14ly 5-10
8 ,I111.-3p 111
1111s11-17
8 <I
I:IOOI
KIIL : SVE 1
Hnnunhce
Elemcnu~r~
Schr,ul
PL'~S~CCL~I~C/S~II~/LAF:
I ~ ~ t c r c ~ ~Auclrcnerr
l~unll I
Penllucli~e
6.9.30 11.m.
P~erctl.: ELIC 505, EEI) 520, ESE 500 or conacnt
01 ilist~ ~ c t o r
M, W
lt111: L I N 16
,y,
sess Iot1
SPE 4241524-S
Jacobson
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Etiology a n d O r i g i n
o f Learning D i s a b i l i
Tcaching C o n t c n t Arcas to
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
Staff
T h ~ scourse w i l l rcncli stuclenrs to iclcnt~ty,:1~1:1pt;rncl
I l i a i ~ i c l ~ ~;II~
~ l i~~.cleptl>
es
ENL 2 2 6 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Creative W r i t i n g
Reiniringcr
implement clcvcl<~l>~ncnt;rIlg
apl)rt,prlate inatruct~cjn
i g ~ l ~ s a h ~ l ~ t as
i c .\veil
; , nr
th;rt suplwrt tlic 1e;rrnlng oistuclents ~rlcntiheclSI;
h a v ~ n gIcnrning r l i s ; ~ h i l ~ t ~ cT\h. e cuursc \vlII
spccificnlly toeus 011the arms o f rencl~ng,w r i t ~ n gn ~ i c l
$00, or
lulv 18-31
8
(4 rn
ALIPLI~~
14
8
(1
.lu,un
Prcreq.: ENI. I l l or 112 or t l O N I 1 I
~>rc~hlem-sol\,i~ig
sk~lls. Tlierc \vlII he n str(>ng il>cur
Perspcct,~r%\'k~ll/LAF:Ae,uhcr~csPcn\>eclwc;Wn~irrgSk~ll
on the mr>clif~c;~t~<,na
~nvol\.ccli n tlicsc areas :rncl the
1-4:30 p.m.
R~I.:'
~n-3p.111
~
Rm.: SVE 2
~
8:30
~
'1.111
-11oon
~
~
,
~ I<III:
SVE
b
206 ~
Elementary Education E a r t h Sc/
Stangl
1
This a ~ u r s cis clca~gncclfor clcmcnr,~rycclucnti~>n
~ n i i ~ jia~i~l
~ r s inclu~lesart11 science " I i i ~ n ~ l s - ~ n "
~nrluiry-h~aerl
:~cti\'iticsthnt m r ~ d e the
l
te;lcIi~nganrl
learning process o i s c ~ e l i t i i i cInrlulry. Meets bnsic
eiirtIi SCICIICC
s ~ ~ b j rmatter
ct
.*tnnrlar~lsk,r ~ n ~ t i n l
I~cc~ist~re.
6-9:30 11.n1.
M, W
Rln.: SCI 19
Etiology and O r i g i n s
o f Learning Disabilitics
Kclley
This course will focus un the li~srory;and context ~i
I c n r n ~ n gcl~sahilirics(LD). This incluclcs :In ~n<lcl>tli
look :it the origin o t Ienrnlng dis;ihilities. S
I: \\,ell
V:I
SI;
ious thcorerical moclcls (sc,ci<,loylcnl, hioloaie:il,
psych~~logic;rl,
cognitive, nil beliaviornl) :ippliecl to
u n ~ l e r s t : ~ n c l ~Ic;~rning
ng
rl~s;~bilities.T l i e course \\,ill
also provicle a critique o f current p h ~ l ~ , s ~ ~ p l i ~ c : i l
pc'sirlons I n the h c l ~ l . St~ltlentswill also ncquirc
ESE 4 9 5 3
~
H
~
kno\\,leclge rclateil t ~ Erccesslng
,
~ n i < ~ r m n t i rele\,:rnt
nn
~~~~~~~~h~
~ ~ i ,
~
~p e t~
c~
r s o n ~:c p p to tlie i i e l ~~
l I m)
r ni
i n g clisab~ltties.
Tliis cuursc is clcs~ancrlS
I: an ~ntrn<lucriolito the
6.9'30 Illn
T. TI1
principal concepts, aplironches, ancl pcrsl,cctivcs ~ > i
SPE 4241524-R
the sturly nige~ljir:lpliyt h r o i ~ g l irhc exn~l~in;rtlon
of
Etiology and O r i g i n s
world gc(,grnl>liic pzlttcrns ; ~ n r lprocesses. M:~jor
o f Learning Disabilities
JcnscnISmith
topics i ~ ~ c l u~~pl o
c p ~ ~ l a Jt i~~s) tl ri i h u t ~ ( cc~ltural
l~i,
Tliis course will f<>cuso n the history ;~nclcontext 11i
cIi~~r,~cteristics
ancl ce~ltc~r:rl
I:~~i~Isc;i~
po
~ le~st ,i c a l
Ienrn~ngrllsah~l~tiea
( L I I ) . This inclucler :In i n l l e p t l i
~ n t c g ~ a t i oand
n clisintegrntion, ecc~no~nic
InnJ use,
look at the w i g i n o t learning disabilities, ;is well as
settlements nncl urhnni2;rrlon. This cuursc w i l l meet
various tlieureticnl 1110~1e1s
(sociol~g~cnl,
hiologicnl.
the M N St:~n~larcls
o f Eifecti\,c Practlce ~n
~psycliologic:~l,
c(>gniti\,c, nncl helin\,ior;~l) npplicJ to
Gcogrnphy for micl~llcrcliool nn'l high scli<,crl social
~ ~ n c l c r s t a n r l ~learning
ng
~l~s;rhil~ties.
The course will
\ t u ~ l i c sI~censt~re.
also provicle a critique ot currcnt p h i l o s ~ ~ p l i i c ~ ~ l
6-9:30 11,m
T. TI1
Rln. L I N 16
pobitions i n the i i e l ~ l . St~lclcntsw ~ l ;~lso
l
;~ccluirc
ENL 2 2 7 3
Jorgcnscn
cn~pli:lais(>nw r i t ~ n gt<>rhro:lrlcaar nncl onlhnc mecl~;r.
Staff
S t ~ t r l c ~ i use
t s nn ~ n t e n s i \ v~pr;rcticemc~clelto learn
Tliia course \\*ill tcncli stuilcnrs to iclcntih, adapt,
tlic h:isicb o f ~~e\\,sgntlieri~ig.
~ r i t i n g 2nd
,
prorluct~on
. i ~ i c Iiml~lcrncnr~ l c \ ~ c l o l ~ m e n t na1>1m?~ri:1tc
lly
ic>r telcviaion, r n ~ l i o nnil
,
tlic Internet.
instructi(>n that support the learning ( > i s t ~ ~ c l e n t \
Prcrerl.: E N L I1I or 112, o r HON I I 1
iclcliti ficcl ;I> I i ; r v ~ ~licg; r r ~ i ~ ~ li g
i s ; i l ~ i l i tT~hce~course
~
Pcr.,l,ccuti./Skill/LAF:
CII? I'crrpecure; W~IIIIIR S k ~ l l
w ~ l sl>cciticnlly
l
tc,cus <In the nrens o i rcncling, writing
Rln.: SVE 205
: i n J libtening comprcliena~on.m;lth, re;rsnninK, 311'1
Ipr(,hlcn~-sol\,~na
sk~lls. There will he n strong iclcus
<In tlic mc~cliiic:itionsin\rolveJ i n these :lrens ;inJ the
6.9:30 p.m
ENLICOM 3283
Screcnwriting
Lazaridi
This is n hyhricl courae w i t h in-cl:~sssesrlulis nr the
process invol\,ecl.
M, W
Rtu :
SVE 2
h c g i n n ~ n; ~ nconclus~on
~l
o f this course, nncl online
acti\.~tiesi n hct\rzeen. An intr~>clucrory
course i n
writing for film, this coursc will take .;tu~lcnts i r u n
SPE 4341534-R
I<tn : O M 16
1<1n: SVE 206
An introcluctr,ry nc\r,s\\,rit~ngcoursc w i t h :In
Tcaching C o n t e n t Arcas t o
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilities
SPE 4241524-T
I
M, W
Journalism
~
SPE 4341534-T
--- - - - -
:lncl creat1t.c pr<>ac.
Ilstcning coniprelicnsio~i,1n.lt11, rcasoliing. :and
Tcaching C o n t e n t Areas t o
Students W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
stol.y o e ~ t l ~ ntoe the creation o f n scrcenl>lay <lr;rit. I n
Olson
a d r l i t ~ o nto w r ~ t i n xtheir mrrn scripts, stu~lcntswill
Thls course will teach st~~clents
to i ~ l e n t i 6 :ic1:1pt
,
:~ncl
i r n l ~ l u ~ i u~lcvclopment;rlly
it
npproprintc instructi(>n
tli:it support the learning elf atuilents ~ c l e n t ~ l i e3s
<l
having learn~ng~lis;rh~l~ries.
T l i e coursc rvill
c ~ a t t nncl
,
hr~n.
sl>cc~t~cnlly
tocus on the arcns o i rc.ltling, writing : ~ n t l
Prercq.: E N L 220 or 221
listening comprclicnsion, m;rtIi, reasoning, nncl
]MI? 7.
~pn,blc~n-sol\~~lig
akills. There w ~ l Ihc
l n strong h c u s
c>n the mocliticatiolis involvccl i n tlicsc :rrc:ls and the
planning Iproceas i n w l v c ~ l .
5:30-9 p.ln
M , TI1
I<ochc~~cr
CLII~I
8.28, alul 29 10 ( 1 m 6 D m
1<111,: O M I 8
ML 580-S
Ulson
c(>mmun~cntecle:rrly with <leaf nncl hard-oi-liear~ng
~wol>le
C o l l o q u i u m o f Contemporary
T h c o r i c s i n Leadership
Link
T l i ~ sdccclcrntcJ cmlrac 1s an ~mmersionclass that
oilers
;iaclccti~>n
o
i Ie:~clerahipthe<>riesi n class plus
cx;~ml>lcs<>i.rl,l?lic.rt~onthrough rite viaits Sturlents
chc,osc n Icaclcr tor ~n-clcpthst~lcly;lncl ~p~eacntation
prclecl : ASL 101
Pcr,\>cc~i~,c/Skill/LAF:In~crcultlm~l
Auorcness 3
Prrspectir,~;Modern Lulgllt~ge2
T, W, TI1
Knl : SCI 212
B e g i n n i n g Sign Language 11
Trainer
6 8:30 1) m
This course has :In <>n-linecolnponcnr Successil~l
> n , nceila, or 1 ~ 1 o~f ~ s
the ct)nrtitl~cncy
aol>lc, erg,
OF~.C.IIPI
Spulibor an<[ 1 - 0 1 O l r o n i n the Centel- for
e.
;~aaign~ncnts
klcilb On . ~ l ) l ? l i ~ , ~ 01
t i oc(111rse
~i
Cwk, ,lncl Learning rcgnrcl~nl:rcqulrementa
P-
tlic orc;~nir;~tlc,j,,
kno\\,lc~l:.c. ~ ~ n J c r s t a n c lhi
in~
\rr~rkpl.rcc,nncl ;an .~\v.~rcncs\
o i a ~ ) c ~ c t lasues
nl
that
r
I&S
c o ~ n l ~ l c t ~oof nthe course t l ~ l t ~ lwnc
l s c > i the pnl,cr
n crnsliip. Students must cc>nsult n r l t ~ i
c o l i i l i i u n ~ & ~ ~ r c rcqulrc~,m t e c t i o n
m;ly .ltfcct the u.r>rkpl;rcc, Stuclenrs
,tl~IIent
'W
hns.ani~/<,r
-
-
I
-
I ~ ~ r ~ ~. -i i s aregister.
~
P/N graclinc only.
Sntist;lerc~ry co117
" h ~ l i l l the
l Augshure
,IIILI
#LC
Exl>cricncegr;icl
~irel~le~lt.
~ p e r l n ~ s s ito
o l ~rc;i\tcr.
ML 520-S
Sclf-Identity, Values, a n d
Personal G r o w t h
L i f c t i m c Activity:
Fitness W a l k i n g (0.0 credit)
clapp
Prcrcq : 6 M A L c<,urscr
Jul) 9. 11, 17, 6-10 p tn ,July 14, 8
synt;m of ASL Stuclenn obsenv the clcmonstrntion o f
(I 111 -n,xn),
RI,I,
11,1> 18, 6-9 p 111
<,;(
nll,v 11111,CC
T ~ I cc,urrc
*
l o r ~ k s,it rlic cc>nccpt o f uni\,c~-s;ll
Lashbrook
r
ii N I I I
t
Knufman
S t k l ~ l c n \t v ~ l ~
l a r t ~ c ~ l >i inl t;Ichcrlc\ o f a c ~ i i ~ ~ i n r
i s
n ~ > l ? l y a~ ~hisi gto^ ic;ll Ipcr\l)ectl\8e
al'enking, reading, ;and writing o f elemental y
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~
~ It n~icl
,~ K L\r,h;rr
~
~t can rencli you ; ~ h n ~YOIII.
lt
1 I
soc~oec<,nomic
forming Intcll,crst~n:~lr c l ; ~ t i ( ~ n s l ~with
il>s
explc~reyour \,lsl(>nsh r the future ;IIC~ I10\\, to 111:lke
~~c~s<,ns,'c)r~an~:atio
in1111
~ i a a n o t h e ~culture; nncl
~IICIIIr c . ~ l i ~ M
) ' .i j c j r n a a ~ g ~ i ~ ~\YIII
~ e be
~ i t.IsIlk btory,
I o o k ~ n g:lt
l ~ i crnol', .~nclonline journaliny. Cclursc in\,<,l\,c\ ;I
(>f\,ocatic~n,
helicirysrcln, ancl uni\,crsal
three-hour nricnr;rt~<~n,
nr,c~-~l;~y
retreat, online
Ic;lrninl:, .~nclfi~ll-cl:lgclos~ngsca.rli,n, Scp;lr,lte n,om
"'"hO'll\l
Moo , JILI?9. 69:30 p.111, ~111<l\;I[.. AII~~UI11, 9 <l.m4 ~ ~ r n
CIIII~IIB*IZC
s c l e c t i ~that
~ i ~ 11~111\~II(ICI~IS
to th111k
(ICLYHLI?
WA>IIJII
""
~/II(IIIIIIIU
TILS)
RI~I: CLII~II~Rln, CC
critlc:rlly, u ~ r c l c ~ ~ rt~lnclcas
n n ~ l icle;ls, libten c a r c i ~ ~ l l y ,
.~litl~p~otession;iI
gc>als~n terms
I~CYSOII~~
T
111
TI1
.
A
OD
A
A S L 102-S
ML 5 3 0 3
cclucation, .;oci;~laclcncc, ;lnd I:lng~l:~gc
;art5 m:ljors.
Ethics ill C o m n l u n i c a t i o n
T h ~ ccollrrc may XIS,>
he r:rkcn &)r gr.~clu:ltc crcrl~t.
Tlir<rugIi the in\,cstig;~t~on
o f a variety ~,fetliic~~l
syntax c l i ASI..
For rcgl*tr;rtlon c<>nt;lctA n n c K:ruinl:ln (612-330-
~pcr\lwcti\ca.this cc,llrse i c ~ c u s con the use ;lnJ
o t 51:ns. ~practicctlicll oir.11.;ign~ng.and Ic;rrn the
B c g i n n i l i g Sign Language I1
I I 8 8 or ~ ; I ~ I ~ I ~ : I ~ @ ~ ~ ' ; I ~ I ~ S I ~ I I ~ ~ . ~ Lnhr~se
I I I ) ~c>ic<>1nrnun1c:lrio11
i n 1)11I1ties,ail\,crtib~~ig,
.4 11.n1.
(I !II
11111: OM 29
~ ~ i t c ~ ~ ~ ercl;~ti~,n.*liil,s,
~ s < i n a l nncl s,,ci:~l an'l
o r g , ~ n ~ z , r t ~ rctt~ngs.
r~~i;~l
6-9:30
11.111.
T, TI1
RIII,.
OM 10
Steinnletz
~
Sl>nnlsIi. I n t ~ o ~ l u c t l oton the c u l t u ~ eo f tlie Spanisli-
Pers~ccti~,l./Sk~ll/LAF:Inr~.rcultun~l
Au,ure~~e>s
3
I'enbec~i~,e;
Modern Languns 2
8:30-11
'
In
7; W, TI1
Rm : O M 26
SPA 1 1 2 7
r e \ l x ~ n s ~ l > ~; l~i t ynclohal
~l
cnnncctcclncs.
6 9.30 1,
ancl qucstir~nt h ~ r u g l i t i i ~ l lTliia
y
cr,tlrac ia iclcal k,r
Lapakko
i
s p m k i n ~mirlcl
i l c \ c l c > l ~ ~a ~
n i ign t c r ~ l i a c i p l i ~ i : r r y / ~ ~ i t c r ~ ~ ~ r c ~ i c s s ~ i ~ ~ i ; i l
Prcrcq.: SPA 111
;~l,~r<lncli
to ~p~cthleln
\ol\.ing :uncl \,aluc n\rralcness;
c:illhng .rnd living o n ;~uthcnticlitc. YOI \\,ill alsu
cliscus\~onli~llc,\\wng the P a ~ c l c selnin.lr
~:~
torm:it 3s
3
Tlu, ~.o~tr,rr t ~ lhr
l held /rrm J~rly30-A1lg11\[
I1n1: O M 25
Ai111s to clevelop four hasic skills: i ~ n d e r s r n n ~ l i n c ,
arc ~..lllc~lto Jw ;lnrl h ~ \ \Y,W c;ln
~levclolieclhy M w t ~ ~ n Acller.
er
Sc~n~nn
tol,~cs
r
8:30
M , T, W
uccks i n N~cnr;i:u:~ C o u ~ s c<>hjccti\.csincluclc:
YLILI
exl>h?reyoilr ow11 I~tc-the i;ict<,ra th:~th:lvc
Paidcia S e n ~ i n a r s
I'erspectir~c; Modern Lon~t~ogc
2
6.8:30 1) m
tliat clccpcns your u n c l c r a t a ~ i c l i ~
I iI~\\,lie
~
you ;arc,
\\hat
I I
rllscil>line I n Nic.ir;lgu;~.rnrl thc U n l t e ~Sr.rtcs;
l
INS 2553
ASI. 101
SPA 1 1 2 . ~
~
~
span& 11~
iI
\oil1 he ahlc t ~i~nclcr.mncl
>
ancl ~ l c m o n s t ~ - . h;~aic
~tc
11111,: MUL 206
:
Perspect~c~e/Skill/LAF: Intercultun~lAwnrcncss 3
history [,iU S relntio~is This cotllse includes two
ancl prt~t;.ss~(>n;~lly.
To iillilll tIi:lt Ipurposc you will
T, TIl
Prcrcq
The ~ p u r l x ~ or ci this courrc ib to txcilir;irc r c i l c c t l o l ~
~ i r o l > l c ~ nco~iiparing
s;
the stt~clenr'spnrticula~
6-7.45 11.n1.
exprcsions nncl Lrnly language necrlctl to communicate
r c ~ ~ x ~ n s;ind
~ hc ~
l o lh ~; ~tc(>~incctcrlncss
l~
rlir(luali the
a u t l ~ c ~ ~ t i ccontrihute
~lly
:lncl grow hotli l>crson.llly
;and rules ,,i the :ncri\wty.
sl:ns, plnctlcc their o\r8nsigning, n n ~Ile a ~ nthe hcinl
clc:~rlywith cleoi:lnrl Iharrk>f-hearing people.
it^^,^^^ ~~~i~~~
cour.rc,\
~~~~~~~~l
[(,Iml,ro\,e
prL,iicicncy
in a sclcctcil
pl,yaic:llnctl,,ir): Stuclcl,ts
s k ~ l l rsrr.ltc:T
,
A S L 102-T
A n introcluctlon to ~ l e a t c u l n ~ nncl
r e tlie signs and
Topics: T h c U n i t c d Statcs, G l o b a l
Connections, a n d U n i v e r s a l Responsibility:
A Nicaraguan Perspcctivc
Bidinger
ncl get
HPE 1 0 2 3
B
ML 599-S
\ritIi I.i,is OI,~II 111 rIic Center, ; ti,r
:>;&s
2nd lLc;~rn~ng
regarcling rcqwrcmc
~ c ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ctor
~iM
i c An Lt .Plan
\
Mikkelsoll
A n Introrlucti,,n
tc, <lea(
cultllrc;lncl
nnil
Scr~clenthohserve the ~ l c ~ n o n b r r n t i o n
h c i a l cxl>rciai~>ns
;inJ lhocly Inngu;~:.e necclecl to
B e g i n n i n g Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to ~ l c \ ' c l t ~four
p bns~cskills: unrlcrstnniling,
apcnking, rencling, and writing ()i
elementary
Sp;rnlsIi I n t r ~ ~ ~ l u cto
t ~ the
c ~ nc u l t i ~ r co f the Spanishspeaking a n ~ l c l .
Prcrcq.: SPA II I
-> ,
w
Pcnpec~i~~c/Skill/LAF.Il~[crculrr~rr~l
A~wrrcncss3
I'cr~llcc~n'e;
Morlerrl L l n ~ l u ~ g2e
68:30 1, tn
T W,TI1
l1m : O M 26
~
i
sesslor
I'cnl~ecrit~e/Sk~ll/LAI:: Soc1<11
World I'cr\l~ccur,c,
.nus
F
NUR 5 6 2 1 W S T 362-Sr
1600s
Holroyd
,111~1 Sel~or~~onzl
SCICICC
L A F 111 Sucl<~l
.
I-4:30 11 >II
7;Th
l<n~.OM16
W a l k i n g t l i e Truth: r
Culture, Gcndcr. a n ~ ; H I \ / / A I U b
i n Sub-Sahara1
HailongaLeuning
W a l k i n g thc Truth: Culture,
Gcnder, and H I V I A I D S
in Sub-Saliann A f r i c a
Hailonga/L.cu~iing
ica
l i e
1,
Suh-S;ili;~r
tlmc
HI*
T l ~ cnatural
t l u c ~ i c co i
+~ncle~iitc
in
%,ioloky,
REL 2 0 0 3
T l i ~ sh n ~ a ~ l - h : l scourse
c~l
cxpl<,rc\ the ~ n f l u e n c c
C h r i s t i a n V o c a t i o ~ and
i
the
Search f o r M e a n i n g 11
o i c u l t u r e and g c n ~ l eo~n tlie t l l V / A I I I S
Q u a ~ i b c c kI1
Thib course i(>cuscson .irticulntlng stu~lents'
cn\,n tlieolc>gicnl ~ ~ u c x ~alicl
~ i pcts~tions
~ i s
;)nil
once?
~ ' e r s ~ ~ c u i ~ e , ~ . ~ kL~Al lF/ ~
111~F~ne
F . Arrr
T. Th
6-9:30 11.n~
M U S 220-S
Worlds o f M u s i c
ilenkovic
A sur\,ey o i lion-Western ~ i i u s ~ c . i l
Europe, A t r ~ c ; ~
:inJ
, Asin \\,ill he covereil (luring this
c,>11r1Ic.
Perspec~~vc/Sk~ll/LAF:Aorhcucs or lnrcri.~tlutn~l
L A F 111 FII~CArt5
Auoreiles5 I Pcr~pcst~t,~.;
T Th
MUS4963
Topics: JazzIContcmporary
Music Thcory
\.olvccl i n curbing the crlbis.
un~lerlyingcultur.ll belieis, \,.llues, ancl trn~litions
flint hot11 p r o ~ l i ~ i.rnd
t c Ih~nclcrthe prcacl
~ n u s i ccultc~rcro i N o r r l 1 nnil ~ c , u t ~ r A n i c r i c n .
8:30 ':.t,b.-nuon
i n tlic ;i~e.isc ~ h~hllc:ll
t
intcrprctat~onnncl rlic
11111.: M U S
HIV
u , i t h ~ nAiric:ln l ~ o p ~ ~ l , ~ t iTul i~ci scc>Llrse
.
is 1 : 1 ~ 1 ~I n
llt
Milc~ikovic
Ii~stc,r~cnl.
cultur:il. : ~ n dglc>h,il contest5 o t
tlieoluglcal, n n J ~polit~cnl
response* to the
clise;lre :ire c s : l m i ~ i c dt l i r c ~ ~ ~rc;~rl~ngs.
gli
atructurcil tli;ilog, and >crr.~cc-lc:irl~~ng
C1iristi:lnir). ;~nclother uorlcl ~ e l i g i < ~ ~ i s .
eupcrlence \\,it11 ~pcrsolisacti\fcly invol\zecl i n
E\;llu;lt~on hy qu~zzcso n , and rcalx>nt.csto
curbing the crisib. Critical reflection on tlic
r c n c l ~ n ~;ind
s , kwr tlicol~rgicnl position Iyapers,
u ~ i c q t ~~; n~ilc c t i o nrates hewccn \rromcn ;~ncl
P ~ c ~ c i lR
. :E L 100
8:30
'I 11) .noon
liicli In Airled illll~lii~i:ltcs
11lidcrIy111g
~11Itllr.1I
T Ti
KIII : SVE 2
h r l i c h . r:iluc\, .ind traJitiona th:rt I>c~tli
N;~mihl;ii n coll.lhorntic~n\\'it11 iqiculr).ancl 5t:ltt trc>m
promorc ;inrl liinclcr the sprc.i~lot H I V \r4tliin
Aushurg's Ccntcr tor C;lr>h;rl E c l r ~ r . ~ t ~nonn~the
l
Atrican 1po1>t11ati<)1it..
T l i c ccnIrsc
Univcra~tyot Namih~n.I n this crlntmt. \r,<>~ncn'a
\r,itli klculr). 2nd srait
N:lliiibin ill c~>ll:~hc)~nt~<,n
15 tiluglit
111
Iic.iltli o i t l i c ~ rk i ~ i i ~ l i ;inJ
r a comrnunlrlc, are
SWK 6993
Asscssmcnt a n d Diagnosis
in M e n t a l H c a l t h Practice
SI:
Ihopetul ;and po*iti\.e re\pr>n\es tc, the
lhiglil~glite~l
Tliis
H I V / A I D S crisis i n Sub-Snli:~r;inAiric;i. (Fuliills the
~ p s y c h ~ r l ~ a t l i ancl
o l r , ~tlic r<>lc~ ) i s o c i n \\.urkcrs
l
prcselvc rlic health o i t l i c ~ ri.~milies.lnil
i
licoltli
I n assessment ;and cliqnosis (lment;ll
c o ~ i i ~ n t ~ n ~are
t i eliiglil~glitecl
a
ns I h o l ~ c i t and
~l
ctlllcctivc ancl i n ~ l l v i ~ l u ciiorts
;ll
to Ipmscr\,c tlie
l1m.: M U S 3
p;~nilem~
i nc SubS:lhnr;in Airica. T h e natural
liist<,ry, hioloky. :~nclc l > ~ c l c ~ n i o l tof
> ~AyI D S I n
A i r ~ c n S.I: \vcll ;is roc~<>cultur,ll,ct1iic:ll.
<,n rccogn~:ing : i n J e\.:llu;~ting~cligiousclaims
m
~NNII).
WST 362NUR 5623
gl<>hnlcxl>cricncc r c r l t ~ i r e ~ i i e~nLtI I
.i~ i i : i j o01~
min(>r
ib
i r o m Augrhurg's Ccntcr tor Glohal Ecluc.ltinn
BoisenISyers
n~iclthe Cln~vcrs~ry
<,tNa~lilh~ii.
111r l i ~ sco~itext,
women'* collecti\~cnlicl i n ~ l i v i ~ l u c: i il i o ~
ts to
an clcct~\,ccuursc wlrich cxl,lorcs
~wuti\zercspc>nacst u t l ~ eHIV/AILIS criais i n
This course \\,III ~ n c l u d cthe stllrly oih.~,~cj;izz
i n Women's Stuclle\ i n Augshurg'h (:<ire
In
lhnr~iiony.We \\.ill cliscuss n clioril-acnlc theory,
Curriculum). For cleraila contnct Sh,lron W;iclc i n
cx:llnl lies ~ ~ s y c l i ~ ~ p . i t l :II~LI
i ~ i l o~nent:rl
~y
Suh-S;~Ii:~r.ln
A i r ~ c : ~(Fuli~llt.
.
the gl~1'1l
covcrinl: major acalc hnl-mony/cli~~rcl
rcnlcs, tonic
the N u ~ s ~ nDcl>;ilVtmcnt:
g
612-330-1214 o r
clisorclert. trim n systc~iis,ccolo~ic:ll.;~ncl
cspcrlencc rcclulrcmcnt tor n 111njorclr ~ l i i n o r
\r~3de'i@3i111l:sh~rg.e~lu.
s t ~ c n g t l i \~peral>ccti\,c. Empli.lsi~it. 1p1:lcecl on
I n Women's S t ~ ~ c l ~
i l lc AugshurKSs
s
Cole
D<lter:l ~ r l y5-22. 2007
unclcratan~lingh i ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ c l i 1 1i 1~ 1i 0
t l~~1ca ~I 011
ice~
C u r r i c u l u ~ n ) For
.
clct:lils contact Shnrc>n W:i<lc
wl1<,le-tonc x n l c li:r~mc)ny. \saric)l~se h ~ ~ r ~ I - ~ ciliri ~ l e s
tlie lirimnry clc>min:lnt 7th cliorcl, h;xbic ~nocl:ll
cycle
hubs :rncl,
i t tiliie p r r ~ i i i t s ,tonic .wstc~iis.
\ v ~ t l Iv(>l>cr
i
use (11c l i ~ ~ raymhc~l
cl
nor,ltlon a11d
;ivariety
~ ~ i s c r \ ' l csettin:..
c
T h e cclursc
the mc>st
rhc inciclcncc ;and cc>ursc ,>i
I n the Nursing L)cl>;~rt~iicnt:
612-130-1214 o r
c ~ ) r n ~ i i < ~~prc\cntccl
nly
~ i i c n t ; cl~sorclerr
~l
;inJ the
\\,dclca@nugt.hurgcclu.
clilicrcntial cttcct 111 thcsc 1;lctors on kI~\,crx
D(:tcs. 1111y5-22. 2007
s~te
1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1,l ~: ribk
ti t 1 ~Thih
1 1 i is
~ :I ~ p r c r c q ~ ~ i lor
r~,
Fee,: SI.220 m ~I~~IIIUII 10 11(111011( ~ i i d( ~ i r k ~Fee)
SWK 627 F;lmily Pr.lcticc Elccrlvc: Mental
l,l~lt,~Ic!I O ~ I ~ , ,,110>r
, ~ , 1l,Cl:l.,,
.I>
tlcaltli Pr.lcticc, :~ncl15 strongly cncul~r;~gcrl
rnlnrllvrrdrlun t1'1t1ut1
thc solmrq
al>plic.itiii~i< > tclio~~l.scnlc
thc,,ry ancl g u ~ r l ct<,~ics.
POL 1 2 1 3
lprcl>;rr;1tio11tor tlic ht.11~l i c c ~ i ~ ies:r~ii.
~ig
Ear t r a l n l n ~cxcrci\cs u.111be c<n,crccl.
I n t r o d u c t i o n to
6-9:30 11 111
Prcrcil.: MClS 101 cir cqui\vlent
American Govcrnrnc~it
Aoki
E x ; ~ ~ i i i n c~\n ; ~ j o
~parrs
r
o f A ~ i i e r ~ c an.~tional
n
L A 1 111 FIIIC Art5
A ~ ~ ~ I T c III ~Perrl~ec~~r~e;
,~
8:30 n.111 -nonu
M. \V
I<,,:
MUS 3
g0\~~111iie11r
11iclu~1111::
Cwrgrca\, tlic ~prcs~clcncy,
;rnJ
the courts, ns well S
I: cnmp:iigns alicl elections,
T, TI1
I,(II
. OM
18
<l,,<l
,,IO$l
--
-
,-
-
-
-
- - =-
-
-- ---
---
- - -
--
--
--
- -
dl
-\,
summer
o.nIi.ne.!j"~~5towgust31,m7
Summer Online courses ai-e:deliwered ow& the Inter
low students maximum
flexibility to organize'their work. Students will need
>ersonalcomputer
with a browser and'Intcmet connection. While students are
ired to log in to the
Id in work, they will
se several t i m . h week to participate in discussions and
teed to d?-this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional clasnoom
meetings and t@~:will be held during weekday evenings or weekends to
accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and
Registration to m i s t e r for Summer Online will find these courses listed under
Summer Session I
I
1
.
-_
I
POL 121-L
A m e r i c a n G o v c r n n l c n t and Politics
Hcdblorn
Suri'eys ~n.ijorp:lrts c r i Anieric:ln n:ltio~l;ll
; i ~ \ ~ r r n m e n t - i ~ i c I ~(:<,~lgrcss,
~ ~ l i ~ i g the p r c r i ~ l c n c ~ .
.~nclthe cotlrts-;rs well :la c a l l l l ~ ~ i g nancl
s clccti~~n,
fcclcr:ilism, interest grcrups, :inJ p < > l ~ t i cparrlcr
.~l
I'cr~pe~~ttre/Sk~Il/LAF:
Soc~t~l
World I or 2 I'CI~\IC~IIV~;
1-
FN
I 240-r.
L A F in Socl~ll(111d ljehi1t10rt11
SCC
IC
I CI
ECO II~-L
F
I
Pcrso'nal Financc
Principles o f Microcconornics
Intr<)Juction to ~pcrs<)naltin;~nci;llplanning ;1
I>uclgeting, crcclit manngellicnt, inccblue t;~scs,
tlic II~IIFCIIIIILI,
real cstntc, i ~ l \ ~ c s t ~ l i e n~etirement,
ts,
awl
~I~SLII.IIICC,
cst.ltc lplann~n;.
MKT 4 6 6 - L
International M a r k e t i n g
r
r:
rlrrn,
':cr structi~rcs,;rnrl ~nc(>mc
>felementaly econonlic
c l i s t r i h u t i ~ ~Anp p l ~ c a
theory to m:lrlet pol
Stcin
rnccon~)mica:the tlieoly o f
A n intro~luctic>~
,
lay he taken inclcpc~l~lently
C I ~ E C O I I @ ( > r112. E C O 112 ;rnrl 113 may he r.~ken
i t i citlicr o n l e ~ .
Mcziou
P~crcq.:M P G 2
Thih co~lrsecx:lmines t h ~ ~ s~ssuca
c
;and ;icti\,~tic.\
I'er~bect~i,c/Skill/LAF: Sucinl Wurlil I or 2 I'crs~ccr~~,c;
uniqtle to marketing I n nn internntion:ll setting.
mid I j e l u ~ ~ , ~ oSc~enies
r'~l
L A F 111 Soc~r~l
Emphasis
ib
lilnceil o n :~clnl>tntio~l
o i 3 marketin::
lniix OCCO~~IIIIC
to the ~ ~ i t c ~ n n t ~~onnnnr kl c t ~ n g
e~i\~~ro~i~lic~it.
P H I 110-L
Prcrctl.: M K T 252
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Philosophy
Ward
Thih c o u ~ s ci ~ l t r c ~ ~ l u stc~clcnts
ces
tt, typ~cnl
pliilosc~pliic;ilquestion.* (like how we kn11\\,, if u8eran
CHM 102-L
Ilnve certnln kn<~u,lcrlgc,i f there arc 11111\,cranl
~iit~r;~l
C h c m i s t v for Changing Timcs w i t h Lab
Fcdic
This is a Iccturc anil Inhorntory course tll:1t tle\.cl~~l)s
h;lsic c~lclli,trg
prinsll)lca
\\.itll tllc :15,,lml,ti,,n
tilac
~pri~lciples
\r,licrlier G o d exlsts, the nntilrc t,f the
~cdl
nncl t c ~
m i n d ctc ), to p l i i l ~ ~ s o l ~ hvocahulnry,
critical thinking rind w l i ; ~ ti t means t<>\,iew tlic
I)~~~~SOI~~IIC~~~Y.
ill the 1711y~i~;~l !vo~ILI
sturlents h3vc llttlc Or 110 I1;1ek~ro111lcI
scicnccs This liyhriil coilrse mccts for thrcc S:itunlny
I'erspcct~t~e/Sk~ll/LAF: HI(III(I~ Idetlt~lyP~TSIICCLI(,~;L A F
Inh seasion.\: 7:30 n m -3:30 p.m o n June 30. July
it1
14, nncl August
4.
Cc>u~sc
~>cri<i~m;incc
ia c\.aluntcil
\<'it1111111t
I~~SCIISSI~II
C X C I C I S ~ Salirl
cl~lizics,a11
<>ngoingj c ~ u ~ n lprojcct
al
cserctsc, 2nd the l a h o r ~ t o r y
SebLIOllS
Prcrcq
:
MPC; 3
I'ers~zc~i~z/Sk~lI/LAF:
Nidturizl World I or 2 Pen\,ecut'c,
L A F 111 Naruatl Sctencc\ 011d M~~I~ICIII~LLIO
I<m: SCI 322
I
24
H~~rntllulles
--
- P
. -
notes
d u m m r r Sess
~pplicntionsare a\~:lilnl~le
online at:
w,nr~~sh~~r~.edu/enrolI/rc~istmr
then clicl
'fDd
Registrar Forms"
Show less
,
>
Afford; lble
Free park in
Central IOC'
Convenient
I
I
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUGSBURG I N THE SUMMER
SUMMER SESSION INFORMATION
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in
13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Co... Show more
,
>
Afford; lble
Free park in
Central IOC'
Convenient
I
I
I
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AUGSBURG I N THE SUMMER
SUMMER SESSION INFORMATION
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in
13 academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in each
summer session (3.0 credits if the Cum.
GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the total
credit load for Day/W!3URochester/United
students between Spring WEC and
Summer Session I cannot exceed 2.0
credits (3.0 credits if the Cum. GPA is 3.00
or better). Additionally, total credit load
between Summer Sessions I and I1 and
Summer Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits
at any one time (3.0 credits if the Cum.
GPA is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to
exceed these limits must petition the
Student S~andingCommittee prior to
registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit.
One Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits.
A detailed listing of courses begins on page 8.
Summer Session I
May 27 to June 27
Summer Session I1
lllly 8 to August 8
Summer Online
June 23 to August 29
ABOUT AUGSBURG
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of Minneapolis,
and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many
opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
studenls to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
.be
",L,,",
the H l g b r kesmlnlgemb&on
MEMBER
Hilgher Leanllng
l h C 4 North Cenbrdl
AssochatIan
Augsblirg College, as affirmed ill its mission, does not discrin~inateon the basis ojrace, colol; clred,
I-eligion,national or ethnic 01-igi11,age, gendel: sexual orientation, marital status, status with I-egard to
public assistai~ce,or disability in its eclucatiol~policies, adlt~issiol~s
policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic altdloi- school admil~istel.edprograms, except in those il~stanceswhelr I-eligioi~
is a
boi~ajideoccupatiol~al
qualiJicatio11. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasoi~able
accom~nodationsto its employees and its studel~ts.
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels:
The first digit of the three-digit course
number indicates the course level. Course
numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are
lower division courses and are intended
primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
course numbers beginning with a "3" or
"4" are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study:
Independent studies may be arranged in
consultation with individual faculty
members.
Internships:
In addition LO those listed, internship
opportunities may be arranged individually
during the summer. Academic internships
are carefully planned, work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning,
612-330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement:
Students who qualify for reimbursement
from their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for Summer Session
courses.
Housing:
Students who need housing may contact
the Residence Life Office, 612-330-1488.
I NF0 R MAT I0 N
Additional in€ormatioumay be
obtained at: www.augsburg.edu/summer
AugSburg
Campus Box 143
221 ~iversideAvenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
1^
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
lzOr questions relaled to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
Eligibility:
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
sludenls admilled for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dismissed by that
institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session are
not automalically granted admission as
regular students of Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program
at Augsburg should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Augsburg for
Adults Admissions Office, 612-330-1743.
i
TO REGISTER
f
1
1I
I
I
'L
All students may begin to register for
Summer Session courses on April 17. Web
registration will remain open until
May 2 (Session I) and June 6 (Session
11). Web registration hours will be 8:30
a.m.-ll:59 p.m. daily Augsbul-gstudents
are encouraged to use web registration.
Non-Augsburg students most register in
person at the Enrollment Center between
8:30 a.m.4:30 p.m. M/W/F (8:30 a.m.-6
p m. TlTh). The Enrollment Center is
located in Sverdrup Hall. We recommend
that you schedule your courses as early as
possible.
C H A N G E I N
R E G I S T R A T I O N
Many courses fill early and courses with
low enrollments will be cancelled one
week before the hrsl day of the session.
Studen~swho decide to cancel their
registration prior to the first day of the
session must complete a drop/add form at
the Enrollment Center (this must be done
in person). There is a charge of $100 for
each course cancelled.
If a discrepancy is found between his
catalog and course information found
through AugNet, AugNet should be
considered the most current and, thus,
A late fee of $100 will be assessed for
students who register after the first day of
the term. No Session I registrations will be
accepted after June 1. No Session I1
registrations will be accepted af~erJuly 12.
No Summer Online registrations will be
accepted after June 29.
i
L !
'
cOrrect~
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 23. Signature of the
instructor is necded to add a class af~er
the first day of class.
L
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 7. Signature of the
instructor is needcd to add a class after
the firs1 day of class.
For refund information, see the Schedule
of Refunds on the next page.
SUMMER 2008
session I
session II
summer online
Registralion bcgins
April 7
April 7
April 7
Web registration closes
May 2
June 6
June 6
Balance of tuition due
May 27
July 8
July 8
Classes begin
May 27
July 8
June 23
Last day to:
Register (Without late fee)
May 23
July 7
June 20
May 30
July 11
June 27
Drop class without notation
May 30
July 11
June 27
Change grading option
June 13
July 25
August 1
Withdraw from class
June 13
July 25
August 1
Classes end
June 27
August 8
August 29
Grades due in registrar's office
July 7
August 15
September 8
Register
(Added latefec of $100.
Signature of i~zstructorneeded;
no i-egistrations will be
accepted after this dale)
Schedule of Refunds:
The rollowing refund schedule is based on the percentage of class time remaining on the
dale of the students official withdrawal from class. This applies to all students who drop
one or more courses during each Lerm.
I
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 20.
Augsburg students will be billed through
Student Accounts. Non-Augsburg students
must pay 50% of tuition at the time of
registration. All students must be paid
in full by May 2 7 for Summer Session I
and July 8 for Summer Session I1 and
Summer Online. Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these
balances before they may register for
Summer Session.
Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or wilhdrawal
and amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining: full refund (minus 5100 administralive fee)
89% to 50% remaining: refuncl equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or lcss remaining: no refund
This refund schcdule is eifeclive whether or not a studenl has attended classes. Please
allow two weeks [or tuition and possible financial aid adjuslments LO be finalized. If a
crcdil balance remains on the sludenl's account, a credil refund check will be issued at
~ h a Lime.
l
I
COSTS
Tuilion rates for 2008 Summer Session
courses:
$1570 for full-credit courses
MAP OF AUGSBURG
WEC sludenls enrolled in Summer Session
11 or Suinmer Online may be eligible for
financial aid if their course load is at least
1.0 credit.
$785 for half-credit courses
Audits are charged at [he Luilion rates
lisled above.
F I N A N C I A L A I D
Eligibility for Summer Session
attendees
Studenls who maintain half-time status (as
defined by the prograin in which they are
enrolled) arc cligible to apply for financial
aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in either Session I or 11,
or both Sessions combined may be eligible
LO apply for financial aid if their course
load is at least 1.5 credits over the two
sessions.
To apply
The only forms of financial aid available
for Summer Session attendees arc the
Federal Pell Grant, the Minnesota State
Grant (for students who meet eligibility
requirements) and student loans. Visit the
enroll men^ Center website to download an
application form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The financial
aid priority deadline for Suminer Session is
May 15,2008.
?
7th Street S.
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty and slaff of the College and heir
dependents who are eligible for the
maximum Luition benefit will receive a 60
percenl discount on Suinmer Session
tuition.
program
For W C students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Suinmcr
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring triinestei-.
-Interstate
WLL
Buller Place
rn
94 West
II
I
C O L L E G E M A P INFORMATION
1. Ccntcr for Counseling nod Iledlth
Promotion
2. Aughbnrg for Adults Admissions
3. Air Strncturc Entrancc
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Atllletic
Field and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christcnsen Center and
Day Admissions
6. Barnes &Noble at Augsburg Collcgc
7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles, Centcr for
Worship, Drama and Co~nrnunicntion
8. Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommcn Tcnnis Courts
10. Icc Arcna
11. Marketing and Communication
12. Lindcll 1,ibrary
13. Maintcnancc a i d Grounds Shop
14. Mortcnscn Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. Luther I-Iall
For detailed driving directions visit:
www.augsburg.edu/about/directions. htinl
lnlerstate 94 East i
-
nrry\
~l>iyblllly
19. Old Main
20. Anderson Hall
21. Q ~ a d
22. Scicncc Hall
23. Public Safcty Com~nunicationsCcntcr
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Mclby I-1x11
26. Svcrdrup-Oftcdal Mcmorial Hall
27. Ur~icssHall
28. Kcnncdy Ccntcr
29. Orcn Gatcway Centcr
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Rcsidcnt Parking
C . Commatcr Parlung
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/liesident l'nrking
E. Rcsidcnt Parking
F. Rcsidcnt Parking
G . FacultylStaff Parking
J. Fnculty/Steff Parking
K. Co~lunuterParking
L. l?aculty/S taff/Com~nuterP'lrking
M. U of M , l~nirvicwParking Ramp
I
MAY 27-JUNE 27,2008
Please refer to Inside Augsburg Records and Registration for the latest information
on the room assignments for classes.
pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on
visual communication and expression.
Prereq.: Any ART, MIS or CSC course
I N D I A N
Web Design I
AIS 105-S
Introduction to
American Indian Studies
ART 215-S
Weston
This course is intended to introduce studenls LO
American Indian Studies. Concepts and topics
to be covered include, among others, history,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
, ' Indians will be emphasized where appropriate,
Bowden
This course explores the theory and practice of
multimedia and digital design. Emphasis will be
placed on the development of effectively
designed, valid, and accessible websites.
PerspectivehkilVlAF: LAF in Fine Arts
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
A R T
This course addresses the designed
environment, the intentionally designed places
in which we live. We will investigate
architecture, landscape architecture, urban
design and urban history; class sessions consist
almost exclusively of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of design
excellence and historical significance.
ART 102-S
Design
Holmgren
A study of design is the unifying foundation for
he visual arls. Two- and three-dimensional
projecls demonstrate theory and application of
basic design elements and principles.
Perspec~ivdSkilVLAF:Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
Anderson
Prereq.: none for 249; ENL 111 for ART 349
PerspectivdSkilVLAF:Aesthe~icsor Cily
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 and HIS 349
only); LAF in Fine Arts (ART 249; HUM for
HIS 249)
1 4 : 3 0 p.m. M, W
ART 315-S
ART 132-S
Photography
Boecher
The camera will be used as a 1001 for visual
creativity and expression using black-and-white
photographic processes. Students need access LO
a 35 mm, single-lens reflex camera. Estimated
cost of film, etc.: $200-225.
Perspec tivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arls
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
ACC 2 2 1 4
Principles of Accounting 1
Stoller
Introduction to business activities. basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cvcle, and ureuaration of financial
statements.
-
2
L
Web Design 11
Bowden
BUS 200-S
Exploring Business as a Vocation
Furia
This course is intended to introduce students to
the possibility of pursuing a career in business
as a vocational calling. In this course students
will be exposed to key areas of business
operations including management, marketing,
management information systems/technology,
-.
finance, accounting, and international business.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Principles of Management
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, and control
The nature of authority, accountability, and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
BUS 340-S
Prereq.: ART 215 or consent of instructor
Human Resource Management
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
Personnel function in business, acquisition
and utilization of human resources; desirable
working relationships; effective integration of
the worker with the goals of the firm and
soclety.
Digital Imaging
Bowden
Exploration of the creation of visual images
using the compuler as a paint brush, pencil,
CHM 1001102-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
Gyberg
This course in~roducesbasic chemistry concepts
in the context of numerous science-based issues
in our lives, with the goal of students acquiring a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future. NOTE: CHM 100 is
lecture only and CHM 102 includes a two-hour
laboratory following lecture each class day
Prereq.: MPG 2
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Natural World 1
Perspective (CHM 102); Natural World 2
Perspective (CHM 100); LAF in Natural Science
and Mathematics (LAB for CHM 102)
8:30 a m.-noon (lecture); 12:30-2:30 p.m. (lab)
T, Th
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
S T U D I E S
BUS 242-S
Exploration of the latest technologies used in
the theories and practice of animalion,
interactive programming, and advanced digital
design.
ART 340-S
C H E M I S T R Y
A
1 4 3 0 p.m. M, W
Designed Environment
Kapoor
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
ART 2491349-S (with HIS 2491349-S)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective, LAF in Humanities
Financial Management
The course includes financial statement analysis,
risk and return, securily valuation, capital
management.
8:30 a.m.-noon M, W
A M E R I C A N
S T U D I E S
FIN 331-S
COM I l l - S
Public Speaking
Lapakko
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
and overcoming speech fright.
PerspectiveLSkilVLAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
J. Cerrito
Prereq.: BUS 200 or BUS 242 or consent of
instructor
COM 354-S
Interpersonal
Communication
Lapakko
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
~hroughverbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and
help to overcome communication barriers.
I
COM 495-S
Topics: Environmental
Communication
Chamberlain
A special topics course thal introduces the field
of environmental communication. Students will
explore different environmental messages and
the various ways to analyze these messages.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
for teachinglleaming situations. Computer
training will be included in this course.
G E N E R A L
9-11:30 a.m. M, W
Co-op Work Experience
EED 203-S
Physical Science for
Elementary Teachers
Gregoire
This course focuses on MSEP physical science
outcomes for K-5 licensure: properties
of and
.
changes in matter; posilion, motion and force;
light, heat, electricity and magnetism; and kinds
of and ways to transfer energy Students conduct
hands-on physical science explorations, review
student misconceptions, create demonstrations,
a K-5 lesson plan, and a science fair project. This
course does not meet Augsburg's undergraduate
science lab requirements for graduation.
-
E C O N O M I C S
ECO 112-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introdnction to macroeconomics: national
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
economic theory to current economic problems.
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Prereq.: Must be Elem. Ed. major or licensureseeking
Prereq.: MPG 2
E N G L I S H
ENL 223-S
1 4 : 3 0 p.m. M, W
Writing for Business
and the Professions
ECO 113-S
Gilsdorf
An introdnction lo microeconomics: he ~heory
of the household, firm, market structures, and
income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be laken
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in eilher order.
Prereq.: MPG 2
This practical course is designed to improve
writing skills for those entering business and
professional careers.
Prereq : ENL 111 or 112, or HON 111
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Writing Skill
E D U C A T I O N
EDC 220-S
Erickson
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials
Outdoor Education (.5 credit)
Olson
The GST 009 Co-op Work Experience is a noncredit option for the Augsburg Experience. This
option utilizes students' employment related to
their major, and through reflection links oncampus learning to the constituency goals,
mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people,
organizations, andlor communities. The
required Co-op reflection assignments focus on
application of course knowledge, understanding
of the organization/workplace, and an awareness
of societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Studenls musl consult with Lois Olson in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
regarding requirements and get permission to
register.
Enke
A course designed to provide knowledge and
develop skills in a variety of ouldoor
education activities. Students will be aflorded
the opportunity to study the natural
environment in which these activities occur.
The course will include a required three-day
campinglhiking trip. This course is required
for the physical education major.
Prereq : Permission of instruclor required
Course meets on the following dates: May 5,6,
7 , 8 , 9 , 12, 13, 14, 15,16, 17, 19, and 20
H I S T O R Y
HIS 24913494 (with ART 2491349-S)
Designed Environment
GST 200-S
Schield
Crilical lhinking about statistics as evidence.
Focus on association, causation, observational
studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias,
and chance. Review common techniques
involving statistical opportunism. Study
conditional reasoning using English to describe
and compose rates and percentages presented in
tables and graphs. Use standardization to take
into account the influence of confounders.
Analysis of statistically-based arguments.
Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and
communication.
Anderson
This course addresses the designed
environment, the intentionally designed places
in which we live. We will investigate
architecture, landscape architecture, urban
design and urban history; class sessions
consist almost exclusively of walking tours
and sile visils to prominent examples of design
excellence and hislorical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for HIS 349: ENL 111
Perspective/Skill/LAF:Aestheiics or Cily
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only); LAF
in Humanities (HIS 249 only)
1-430 p.m. M, W
Prereq.: MPG 3
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Quantitative Reasoning
Skill
ENL 260-S
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Science
Educational Technology
(.5 credit)
Reimringer
HPE 335-S
GST 009-S
Quantitative Reasoning
Perspeclive/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
Principles of Microeconomics
S T U D I E S
The Author in Depth:
Hemingway
I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y
S T U D I E S
INS 255-S
Reimringer
A chance to invesligate closely an author of
significant influence in various cultural
contexls. This course will examine Hemingway's
earliest (and besl) work: In Our Time, The Sun
Also Rises, and A Fai-ewellto Anns, as well as
Hemingway's early experiences in Michigan,
W,and Paris, from which he produced these
works.
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: LAF in Hnmanilies
H E A L T H l P H Y S l C A L
E D U C A T I O N
HPE 115-S
Health and Chemical Dependency
Education (.5 credit)
Uzarek
An analysis of chemical use, misuse, and abuse;
recognition of a problem, and treatment options.
6-9:30 p.m M only
Paideia Seminars
Kaufman
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar
format as developed by Mortimer Adler.
Seminar topics emphasize selections that help
students to think critically, understand timeless
ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully
This course is ideal for education, social science,
and language arts majors This course may also
be taken for graduate credit. For registration
M O D E R N
contact Anne Kaufman (612-330-1188 or
kaufman@augsburg.edu)
Beginning American
Sign Language I
INS 399-S
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
student, faculty sponsor, and work site
supervisor design a learning agreement plan that
links course theories and concepts across
disciplines, general education, and graduation
skills with the learning opportunities inherent in
the internship. The student must complete an
academic learning portfolio based on lhe
internship Students must consult with the
facul~ysponsor and Lois Olson in the Center lor
Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and get permission to register. P/N
grading only. Satisfactory completion will fulfill
the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
M A L ( M A S T E R O F
I N L E A D E R S H I P )
Topics: Comprehensive
Examination Course
A R T S
Trainer
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed.
Permission of program director needed.
M U S I C
An inlroduction to deaf culture and the signs
and syntax of ASL. Students observe he
demonstration of signs, practice their own
signing, and learn the facial expressions and
body language needed to communicate clearly
with deaf and hard-of-hearing people.
MUS 160-S
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
Perspective/SkilVLAF: LAF in Fine Arts
6-8:30 p.m. M, T, W
Holroyd
This course covers basics of music theory. No
prior experience in music necessary. Sludents
will attend one outside concert as a group.
8:30 a.m. - 12 noon T, Th
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
MUS 241-S
ASL 101-T
Beginning American
Sign Language I
Fundamentals of Music Theory
This course explores the relationship between
religion and science through issues that emerge
in public discussion in the news and popular
media. Examples of topics include evolution and
intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem
cell research, and the social role of science and
science as vocation, along with historical and
philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion. Evaluation will be by
four response papers, four "What I Believe
Matters" papers, and a final exam.
REL 3 7 0 4
History of Jazz
McDonagh
An introduclion to deaf cullure and (he signs
and syntax of ASL. Students observe the
demonslralion of signs, practice their own
signing, and learn the facial expressions and
body language needed to communicate clearly
with deaf and hard-of-hearing people.
Milenkovic
This course is a sludy of the musical elements,
cultural perspectives, and the historical
developments of jazz. Many jazz styles are
examined in detail ranging from New Orleans
jazz to contemporary and avant-garde jazz.
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON I l l , junior
standing, and REL 100 or 300
8:30 a.m.-noon T, Th
6-8:30 p.m. T, W, Th
P S Y C H O L O G Y
T H E A T R E
PSY 252-S
THR 116-S
SPA I l l - S
Beginning Spanish 1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: unders~anding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
PerspectivdSkillILAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
Beginning Spanish I
Adolescent and Young
Adult Development
Jack
Psychology 252 is an advanced psychology
course that provides the student an opportunity
to learn about the changes that occur in the
individual as they make the transition from
childhood to adulthood. This course also
provides an understanding of the psychosocial
development and the psychosocial problems of
development during adolescence and young
adulthood.
Prereq.: PSY 105
SPA I l l - T
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture
of the Spanish-speaking world.
Perspectiv&lzilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and
philosophy of North American Indians are
studied. Tribal similarities and differences are
explored as are tribal relationships with nature,
religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language
Pike
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare
students for a set of comprehensive
examinations as the completion capstone of the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Students will
experience an inlense, collaborative, and
direcled integration of their understanding of
leadership expressed through successful
complelion of lhe examinalions. The
examination has three parts: a lake-home
written section (based primarily b u not
~
exclusively on the customized readings), a
group oral examination, and a four-hour seated
examination. P/N grading only. This course
meets two week nights and Saturday morning.
Schedule will be available in mid-April after
negotiation with members of the class.
Perspeclive; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p.m T, W, Th
ASL 101-S
This course will be held from June 23-27
Internship
L A N G U A G E S
Creative Drama: Acting
and Improvisation
Engen
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime,
mask, improvisation, acting with and emphasis
on active participation and reflective wriling.
This course is primarily designed for nonmajors and does not fulfill credit towards the
theatre arts major. Students will evaluate
professional and Augsburg College
performances through written assignments.
Students will create several original performance
pieces (individual and collaborative) based on
personal, cultural, and political ideas and events.
Fee: total of $25-$45 to view live performances
Perspective/Skill/LAF:Fulfills Engaging Mpls.
requirement, Aesthetic Perspective; LAF in
Fine Arts
R E L I G I O N
REL 200-S
Christian Vocation and
the Search for Meaning 11
A R T S
Quanbeck I1
JULY 8-AUGUST 8,2008
Please refer to Inside Augsburg Records and Registration for the latest information
on the room assignments for classes.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N
S T U D I E S
Public Speaking
A M E R I C A N
S T U D I E S
I N D I A N
AIS 2 6 4 4
American Indians in the Cinema
Weston
course syllabus. This course is designed to
challenge art majors, but is also "friendly" to
students in all academic programs.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arts
This course looks at the effect Hollywood
cinema and other such images have had on the
American public's perception of American
Indians. Class time is lecture, discussion, film
clips, and full-length movies.
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N I M I S
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
ACC 222-S
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
ART 107-S
Drawing
Bollman
In this course students will learn about
drawing as it is understood and practiced in
the fine arts. Students will come to an
understanding of what makes a good drawing,
by practicing drawing, by critiquing drawings,
and by identifying the role of drawing in our
world, both past and present. Each student
will be assessed on their final portfolio of
work. Assessment criteria are identified on the
course syllabus. This course is designed to
challenge art majors, but is also "friendly" to
students in all academic programs.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics Perspective;
LAF in Fine Arts
Painting I
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to
cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making, and behavioral
considerations.
Bollman
In this course students will learn about
painting as it is understood and practiced in
the fine arts. Students will come to an
understanding of what makes a good painting,
by practicing painting, by critiquing paintings,
and by identifying the role of painting in our
world, both past and present. Each student
will be assessed on their final portfolio of
work. Assessment criteria are identified on the
This course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style,
listening, and overcoming speaking anxiety
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
BUS 440-S
Strategic Management
COM 247-S
Documentary
J. Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to long-range
planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint
with examples from various industries and
sectors.
PerspectivelSkilVLAF: LAF in Humanities
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
COM 280-S
Isaacson
This course applies advanced software
capabilities like macros, Solver, and Scenario
Manager in Microsoft Excel, as well as other
simulation and decision support tools for
problem-solving in business through the use
of realistic business cases.
Lazaridi
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
E D U C A T I O N
EDC 2061566-S
Diversityhlinnesota
American Indians
STAFF
This course examines human diversity and
human relations. Fulfills the Education
Department human relations and Minnesota
American Indian requirements and is an
option within the licensure program.
An introductory survey course designed to
acquaint students with the world of ideas that
serves as the foundation for the field of
communication studies.
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
PerspectivehkilVLAF: LAF in Humanities
School and Society
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Emphasis on points of view about the role of
school in modern society, relationships with
parents and community, collaborative models,
leadership, and professional development.
Serves as final theoretical preparation for
student teaching.
Intercultural Communication
Prereq.: MPG 3
Chamberlain
COM 329-S
Prereq.: BUS 200 or BUS 242
Problem-Solving for Business
Ellenwood
A video production course that integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Introduction to
Communication Studies
Prereq.: ACC 221
MIS 260-S
ART 118-S
Chamberlain
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Principles of Accounting I1
A R T
Screenwriting
COM I l l - S
Lapakko
This course explores cultural differences and
their implications for communication,
including differences in values, norms, social
interaction, and code systems.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
1 Perspective; fulfills the Engaging
Minneapolis requirement
EDC 4901580-S
Erickson
Prereq.: PPST and admission to he Education
Department
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; Writing Skill
ESE 495-S
EDC 508-S
K-12 Reading Assessment
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing
dala of students' reading, and designing
appropriate reading curriculum based on this
information. Clinical experience hours will be
included. The course is required for students
obtaining their K-12 Reading Teacher
Licensure Endorsement.
Topics: Human Geography
STAFF
Co-req.: EDC 510
This course is designed as an introduction to the
principal concepts, approaches, and perspectives
of the study of geography through the
examination of world geographic patterns and
processes. Major topics include population
distribution; cultural characteristics and cultural
landscapes; political integration and
disintegration; economic land use; settlements
and urbanization. This course meets the MN
Standards of Effective Practice in Geography for
middle school and high school social studies
licensure.
July 8, 9, and 10: 8 a.m.-3 p.m.
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
Prereq.: EDC 505 and EED 520 and ESE 500,
or consent of instructor
July 11, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18: 8 a.m.-noon.
Alternative site (school-based)
EDC 510-S
Reading Clinical and
Leadership Seminar
STAFF
The s ~ u d yof effective leadership and
professional development strategies for
individual schools and districts, reading
standards, slate and federal reading legislation,
and fiscaVbudgetary operations. The clinical
portion will include opportunities to apply
skills and knowledge of reading development
and instruction in a clinical setting with K-12
students.
Prereq.: EDC 505 and EED 520 and ESE 500,
or consent of instructor
This course teaches students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that supports the learning of
students identified as having learning
disabilities. The course will specifically focus
on the areas of reading, wriling, and listening
comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong
focus on the modifications involved in these
areas and the planning process involved.
Location: Rochester campus
Teaching Content Areas to Students
with Learning Disabilities
STAFF
This course teaches students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inslruction that supports the learning of
students identified as having learning
disabilities. The course will specifically focus
on the areas of reading, writing, and listening
comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong
focus on the modifications involved in these
areas and the planning process involved.
ENL 227-S
SPE 4241524-S
EED 200-S
This course focuses on the history and context
of learning disabilities (LD). This includes an indepth look at the origin of learning disabilities,
as well as various theoretical models
(sociological, biological, psychological,
cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course
also provides a critique of currenl philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge relaled to accessing information
relevant to the field of learning disabilities.
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary
education majors and includes earth science
"hands-on" inquiry-based activities that model
the teaching and learning process of scientific
inquiry Meets basic earth science subject
matter standards for initial licensure.
Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
Journalism
STAFF
Prereq.: ENL 226
Screenwriting
E N G L I S H
July 21-25, 28-30: 8 a.m.-noon. Alternative
site (school-based), August 18: 8 a.m.- 3 p.m.
Students will draft a collection of short stories
and critique others' work in the writing
workshop environment. Throughout the term
students will also read classic and contemporary
short fiction, analyzing and examining the work
of established writers as they learn to identify
successful short fiction while creating their own.
5:30-9 p.m. M, Th
6-9:30 p.m. M, W
Co-req.: EDC 508
Elementary Education
Earth Science
Fiction I
SPE 4341534-S
This course focuses on the history and context
of leaming disabilities (LD). This includes an indepth look at the origin of learning disabilities,
as well as various theoretical models
(sociological, biological, psychological,
cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course
also provides a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information
relevant to the field of leaming disabilities.
Jacobson
ENL 3 2 0 4
Location: Rochester campus
SPE 4241524-R
Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
SPE 4341534-R
Teaching Content Areas to Students
with Learning Disabilities
STAFF
Jorgensen
An introductory newswriting course with an
emphasis on writing for broadcasl and online
media. Students use an intensive praclice
model to learn the basics of newsgathering,
writing, and production for television, radio,
and the Internet.
Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112, or HON 111
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: City Perspective;
Writing Skill
Lazaridi
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
G E N E R A L
S T U D I E S
GST 009-S
Co-op Work Experience
Olson
The GST 009 Co-op Work Experience is a noncredit option for the Augsburg Experience. This
option utilizes students' employment related LO
their major, and through reflection links oncampus learning to the constituency goals,
mission, needs, or ideas of off-campus people,
organizations, andlor communities. The
required Co-op reflection assignments focus on
application of course knowledge,
understanding of the organization~workplace.
and an awareness of societal issues that may
affect the workplace. Students must consult
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning regarding requirements
and get permission to register.
H I S T O R Y
Lorenz-Meyer
A survey of United States history from 1900 to
the present, drawing on social, cultural, and
environmental history as well as political and
economic history. The course moves topically
as well as chronologically through the modern
era. Themes include industrialization and
urbanization; the significance of gender, race,
and ethnicity in American cul~ure;the growth
of a strong federal governmenl; the emergence
of the United States as a world power; the
creation of a consumer society; the rise of
identity politics; and the passing of American
hegemony.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in
Humanities
I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y
S T U D I E S
INS 3 9 9 4
Internship
M A L ( M A S T E R O F
I N L E A D E R S H I P )
Ethics in Communication
A R T S
Lapakko
Through the investigation of a variety of
ethical perspectives, this course focuses on the
use and abuse of communication in politics,
advertising, interpersonal relationships, and
social and organizational settings.
HIS 122-S
20th-Century U.S.
that links course theories and concepts across
disciplines, general education, and graduation
skills with the learning opportunities inherent
in the internship. The student must complete
an academic learning portfolio based on the
internship. Students must consult with the
faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and get permission to register.
P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion will
fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which
the student, faculty sponsor, and work site
supervisor design a learning agreemen1 plan
diagnosis, assessment, and planning necessary
for launching and then leading successful
innovation efforts.
expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-ofhearing people.
6-10 p.m. T; and 6-10 p.m. Th, 7/17 and 8/7
only
Prereq.: ASL 101
M A T H E M A T I C S
MAT 105-S
Applied Algebra
Haines
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic,
and other models with an emphasis on
applicalions to the social and natural sciences,
business, and everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or
higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the
department. Students in MPG 3 or higher may
not register for credit. Students' work will be
evaluated by quizzes and exams,
Prereq.: MPG 2 and a year of high school
algebra.
SPA 112-S
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the
culture of the Spanish-speaking world.
Prereq. : SPA 111
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11 a.m. T, W, Th
SPA 112-T
6-9:30 p.m. T, Th
M O D E R N
L A N G U A G E S
ASL 102-S
Colloquium of Contemporary
Theories in Leadership
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
Link
This accelerated course is an immersion class
that offers a selection of leadership theories in
class plus examples of application through site
visits. Students choose a leader for in-depth
study and presentation. This course is being
offered as a combination of work with Moodle
online and in the classroom.
July 7 and 9, 6-10 p.m.; July 12, 8 a.m.-noon;
July 14 and 15.6-10 p.m.; July 18, 6-9 p.m.;
plus two site visits to leaders in their
organizations at times to be announced.
Beginning American
Sign Language 11
Trainer
A continuation of ASL 101. An introduction to
deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL.
Students observe the demonstration of signs,
practice their own signing, and learn the facial
expressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and hard-ofhearing people.
Prereq : ASL 101
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing
of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the
culture of the Spanish-speaking world.
Prereq.: SPA 111
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
3 Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30 p.m. T, W, Th
M U S I C
MUS 220-S
Worlds of Music
Milenkovic
A survey of non-western music, this course
explores diverse musical styles and
instruments from many cultures.
Topics: Leading Innovation
Berkas
This course explores what is involved in
providing quality leadership that helps create
and lead innovations within either corporate
or nonprofit organizations. It will provide a
brief overview of the history of innovation and
then will focus on what it takes to provide the
ASL 102-T
Beginning American
Sign Language 11
McDonagh
A continuation of ASL 101. An introduction to
deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL.
Students observe the demonstration of signs,
practice their own signing, and learn the facial
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Aesthetics or
Intercultural Awareness 1 Perspective; LAF in
Fine Arts
MUS 2 4 1 4
History of Jazz
Milenkovic
This course is a study of the musical elements,
cultural perspectives, and the historical
developments of jazz. Many jazz styles are
examined in detail ranging from New Orleans
jazz to contemporary and Avant-Garde jazz
PerspectiveISkilVLAF: Intercultural Awareness
1 Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts
details contact Sharon Wade in the Nursing
Department: 612-330-1214 or
wades@augsburg.edu.
Fees: $2,450 (includes summer school tuition
and educational expenses in Namibia)
Travel: $860 (lodging, most meals, and
transport within the country)
Airfare: $2,200-$2,400 (estimate)
P O L I T I C A L
NUR 562fWST 3 6 2 4
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender and HIVIAIDS
in Sub-Saharan Africa Hailonganeuning
This broad-based course explores the
influence of culture and gender on the
HIV/AIDS pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa.
The natural history, biology, and epidemiology
of AlDS in Africa, as well as sociocultural,
ethical, theological, and political responses to
the disease are examined through readings,
structured dialog, and service-learning
experiences with persons actively involved in
curbing the crisis. Critical reflection on the
unequal infection rates between women and
men in Africa illuminates underlying cultural
beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
African populations. The course is taught in
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff
from Augsburg's Center for Global Education
and the University of Namibia. In this context,
women's collective and individual efforts to
preserve the health of their families and
communities are highlighted as hopeful and
positive responses to the HIV/AlDS crisis in
Sub-Saharan Africa. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor
in Women's Studies in Augsburg's Core
Curriculum).
Students must attend all classes and servicelearning experiences between July 12-26 in
Namibia. (NOTE: travel time to and from
Namibia means that students must reserve July
10-27 for the course). Final projects and
papers are due no later than August 15 to
receive a grade and credit for the course. For
World Politics
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Science
S C I E N C E
POL 160-S
N U R S I N G
challenge of balancing economic development,
social justice, and environmental stewardship
in the region. There will be excursions to sites
along the river, in-class debates, and
opportunity to meet with stakeholders
working on river-related issues.
S O C I A L
Underhill
Introduction to the dynamics, history and major
theories of international relations. The course
will explore issues of peace, sustainable
economic development, global citizenship, and
efforts to combat injustice and inequality around
the globe. This class aims to begin providing
students with the knowledge necessary for
taking informed action in response to the
challenges of the current global arena. Questions
explored include: What should U.S. policy in
Iraq be? What are obstacles to achieving a more
just and equitable world? What impact do
international developments have on our lives in
the Twin Cities?
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
W O R K
SWK 699-S
Exploring Family and Child
Welfare Senices in Slovenia
Bosch
Based on the University of Ljubljana,
Slovenia's approach to social policy and social
well-being for families and children, and an
opportunity to observe and meet with
Slovenian social workers in their practice
settings. Students participating in this course
spend time in orientation with the social work
faculty at Augsburg and then join the Slovenia
faculty to concentrate on child welfare services
at social work centers or other practice
settings in areas such as domestic violence,
refugee, mental health, and poverty.
Participants work with a group of Slovenian
students, faculty, and community
practitioners.Cost: $3,600-$4,000 (tentative)
includes tuition, accommodations, airfare,
most meals, and ground transportation
Needed: U.S. Passport
POL 241-S
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill
This course examines the political dynamics
relating to our local, urban, and campus
environment and relationship to the
communities and ecosystems of the Upper
Mississippi Watershed and larger, global
environment. Topics explored include campus
sustainability; he environmental implications
of our daily choices; local water, air, and soil
pollution; the lock and dam system on the
Upper Mississippi; invasive species and
biodiversity; climate change, waterfront
economic development; urban sprawl; and
energy production. The class will look at the
For more information contact: Andrea
Woj tanowicz (woj tanow@augsburg.edu), Dr.
Lois Bosch (bosch@augsburg.edu),or Holley
Locher (locherh@augsburg.edu)
W O M E N ' S
S T U D I E S
WST 362/NUR 562-S
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender and HIVIAIDS
in Sub-Saharan Africa HailongaILeuning
This broad-based course explores the influence
of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS
pandemic in Sub-Saharan Africa. The natural
hislory, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in
Africa, as well as sociocultural, ethical,
theological, and political responses to the
disease are examined through readings,
structured dialog, and service-learning
experiences with persons actively involved in
curbing the crisis Critical reflection on the
unequal infection rates between women and
men in Africa illuminates underlying cultural
beliefs, values, and traditions that both promote
and hinder the spread of HIV within African
populations. The course is taught in Namibia in
collaboration with faculty and staff from
Augsburg's Center for Global Education and the
University of Namibia. In this context, women's
collective and individual efforts to preserve the
health of their families and communities are
highlighted as hopeful and positive responses to
the HIV/AIDS crisis in Sub-Saharan Africa.
(Fulfills the global experience requirement for a
major or minor in Women's Studies in
Augsburg's Core Curriculum).
Students must attend all classes and servicelearning experiences between July 12-26 in
Namibia. (NOTE: travel time to and from
Namibia means that students must reserve July
10-27 for the course). Final projects and
papers are due no later than August 15 to
receive a grade and credit for the course. For
details contact Sharon Wade in the Nursing
Department: 612-330-1214 or
wades@augsburg.edu.
Fees: $2,450 (includes summer school tuition
and educational expenses in Namibia)
Travel: $860 (lodging, most meals and
transport within the country)
Airfare: $2,200-$2,400 (estimate)
I
JUNE 23-AUGUST 29,2008
P O L I T I C A L
Summer Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow students maximum
flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and hand in work, they
will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional
classroom meetings, and these will be held during weekday evenings or weekends
to accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and
Registration to register for Summer Online will find these courses listed under
Summer Session 11.
B U S I N E S S
A D M I N I S T R A T I O N
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
Kapoor
Introduction to personal financial planning
and budgeting, credit management, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investments,
retirement, and estate planning.
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
economic, and technological factors affecting
marketing decisions are explored.
MKT 466-L
International Marketing
Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221 or 226 or 228
( M A L ) M A S T E R O F
A R T S I N L E A D E R S H I P
MKT 252-L
Principles of Marketing
concepts about screenwriting to story outline
to the writing of a screenplay's first act. In
addition to writing their own scripts, students
will review feature films and analyze work
written by each member of the class, giving
detailed critical analysis and engaging in
discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form.
Meziou
This course examines those issues and
activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is placed on
adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
Prereq.: MKT 252
ENUFLM 328-L
Screenwriting
This is a hybrid course with intensive sessions
on campus June 28 and 29, and again on July
19 and 20. Students will also work online. An
introductory course in writing for film, this
course will take students from general
Leadership and
Universal Responsibility
Lashbrook
The purpose of this course is to explore the
concept of universal responsibility, both
intellectually and experientially, and study
cultural differences in professional practices.
During a two-week visit to Nicaragua,
students will have the opportunity to meet
with leaders to learn more about local
conditions. They will also have the
opportunity to stay with a Nicaraguan family.
Performance will be assessed in terms of
participation, a photo presentation of the
student's culture, a reflective essay on
universal responsibility, and a presentation of
cultural differences in the student's profession.
May 21, 6-9 p.m.; June 28, 9-5 p.m.;July 9,
6-9 p.m.; and August 9, 1-5 p.m. (see
syllabus). Travel to Nicaragua July 13- 26.
Program fees estimated at $3,600 including
airfare, tuition, accommodations and meals,
ground transportation, health insurance, and
CGE reading materials.
S C I E N C E
POL 121-L
American Government
Aoki
Surveys major parts of American national
government-including
Congress, the
presidency, and the courts-as well as
campaigns and elections, federalism, interest
groups, and political parties.
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Social World
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Science
R E L I G I O N
REL 390-L
Theology of
Death and Dying
Benson
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint
of Christian theology and ethics, taking into
account also what other religions and the
biological, psychological, and social sciences
have had to say on the subject. Special
emphasis on medical ethics brought on by
modern medical technology
Prereq.: One of the following: HON 100, REL
100, REL 111, REL 221, REL 300, or REL 331
PerspectivdSkilVLAF: Christian Faith 2 or 3;
LAF in Humanities
SUMMER SESSION APPLICATION FORM
S u m m e r Session applications are available online a t
www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar.
Click on Download Registrar Forms.
Show less
155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. T... Show more
155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
--
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
-
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 28 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
-
SETTING
The thirteen-acre Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the
Augsburg College campus.
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall a t the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone
in advance is recommended.
Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 338-0501.
3
C p u ' / d-
-u-.
---A&
+-P
A
L
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967
9'
t
I
AUGUST 1966
A T W T F S
SEPTEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
FEBRUARY 1967
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1967
S M T W T F S
DECEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
APRIL 1967
S M T W T F S
. . . (Wed.-Mon.)
Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.)
Aug. 31-Sept. 5
.....Freshman
MAY 1967
S
M
T
W
T
F
.... .Registration
...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin
Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming
pi
1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin
eov. 28
..................... Christmas recess begins
Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume
Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
Dec. 21, 9 p.m.
g Term 1966-1967
2.
,jP*'
a& 7
March
6
-
F a y 22-27
........
. . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.)
/d
, - #dl6, 7
..........(Mon.) ..........Registration
March 22, 9' p.m. .
'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.)
May 28
. . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.)
S
Welcome Week
Seut. 6
?r Term 196G1967
%-?4&.
NOVEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
I
1
ANUARY 1967
( T W T F S
-.
OCTOBER 1966
S M T W T F S
Easter recess begins
. . . . . . Final examinations
........... Baccalaureate Service
. . . . . . . . . . .Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17181920212223
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22232425262728
29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30
JANUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
MARCH 1968
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
APRIL 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
Fall Term 1967-1968
S
2
9
16
23
30
DECEMBER
S M T W 1
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
1719192021
24 25 26 27 2E
31
MAY 19t
S M T W T
1 2
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
. . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome '
Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration
Aug. 30-Sept. 4
Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin
Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
Nov. 13-18
Winter Term 1967-1968
Nov. 27
Nov. 28
. . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
. . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes
begin
.
Dec. 20, 9 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas
.
Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.)
Feb. 19-24
Spring Tenn 1967-1968
examinations
recess beg
..........Classes resume
. . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations
............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration
............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins
April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume
May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement
Mar. 4
Mar. 5
C
5
HISTORICAL SKETCH
--
Augsburg was begun as a
seminary in 1869, at Marshall,
Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with
a private institution known as
Marshall Academy, the Seminary
was at first housed in the academy building. Students who
needed further preparation in
academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In
the autumn of 1872 Augsburg
Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a
build,ing had been erected for
its use. In the same year the
. school was incorporated under
the laws of Minnesota. Its aim
was t o train ministers for the
Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The College was established
.when it became evident that in
order to get students who were
adequately prepared for theological study a college department
was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided
for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a
classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other
professions. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874
and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course
covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued
in 1933. In the years 1916-1919
the college course was thorough-
ly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the
earlier classical course was
greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the
humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study
and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to
meet the developing needs of
the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945.
At the present time 28 majors
are offered.
Coeducation was introduced
in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the
merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the
latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic
year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary
merged with Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, one of the
seminaries of the merged church.
Augsburg is making plans to
celebrate its Centennial in 1969.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive
Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents,
heads the Centennial Steering
Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people
around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been
formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus
of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance
of the Centennial will take place
in the fall of 1969.
Seven presidents have served
GENERAL
INFORMA7
7
Augsburg during the course of
its history:
August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . .
Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . .
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . .
H . N. Hendrickson (Acting)
Bernhard Christensen . . . .
Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . .
1876-1907
1907-1911
1911-1937
1937-1938
1938-1962
1962-1963
1963present
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a co,mmon search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college stuAIMS
AND
O
B
J
E
C
T
I
V
~
dents
of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can
Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from
tian liberal arts college of The
a program of Christian higher
American Lutheran Church. The
education.
faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting
gents of the College affirm the
that is conducive to the spiritual,
following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students.
jectives and character of this
To stimulate its students' ininstitution.
tellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
ULTIMATE AIMS
skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work.
of human life and society.
To acquaint its students with
To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both
in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment
tian Church.
of their own lives and, thro'ugh
them, for the enrichment of their
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
homes and communities.
The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience
G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its
greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life
human life and society; but this and learning.
potential is realized only insofar
To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their
and hearts of individuals.
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and
constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them
al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto.
learning t o the truth of the
To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes
lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each
society.
student to look upon his life
Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an
of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God
has the overwhelming advantage; and man.
To confront our students
with the problems and benefits
of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore;
a medium-sized
auditorium;
and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science
Hall, was completed in the sum-
mer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in
the summer of 1965 and contains
a number of offices.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled t o serve the
needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speeoh activities.
The Art Building was acquired
in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art
program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory
facilities for drawing, painting,
and sculpture in the rooms on
the ground and first floor. The
second floor of the building
houses the Development Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters
9
for about 130 men. On the
ground floor of this building is
the college cafeteria and dining
hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected
in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as
well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The
dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled
as a wing of the larger dormitory.
The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art
department after completion of
the college center.
Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta,
Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa,
Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi
Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women
students. A large number of
dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in
use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
=
=
-
-
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
--
-
--
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
5000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either o~f the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All boo~ks are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
about 500 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of
subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-0.f-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
-The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
11
INANCIAL
IRMATION
A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates
is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe
in and support the work of the schoo'l.
TUITION
I
1'ci
3'
,Q,
The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1
the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t
parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the
college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the
student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment.
With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work
in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years
to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may
lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes.
A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and
transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly
budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items.
BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67
WOMEN
MEN
Room (September through May)
Board (September through May)
Key and breakage deposit (refundable)
TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD
:': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For
those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria:
it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men.
SPECIAL FEES
$ l.0C
Locker (per term)
Application fee
l0.0a
Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr
~
Graduation fee
15.00
Improvement of reading course
25.00
Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one
scheduled
5.00
Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition
5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free)
1.OO
Student teaching
20.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
enrolled
5.00
Com~rehensiveexamination.. per
- credit, for students not
10.00
currently enrolled
,fl ,'
7
A
,
MUSIC FEES PER TERM
A
'
3
1
Music majors: See under Department of Music
Private leslsons d $ e r term)
Organ rental (one hour per day)
Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day)
.-4/d~o
0
12.00
5.00
METHODS OF PAYMENT
Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in
advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants,
and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is
paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring
term.
A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges
for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2.
The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and
10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due
May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of
$1.00 for late payments.
A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after
all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there
is a balance due from a previous term.
REFUNDS
If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees,
tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first
week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the
fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident
or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is
one-half ,of the rate indicated above.
Students required to enter military service will receive a full re-
13
fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by
the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends
loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance.
A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required.
--"
.,.-
I..
, -.-
15
'
SCHOLARSHIPS
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus
average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected
students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to
the Student Personnel Committee.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scho'larship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are
awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
17
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
19
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
sek up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field af chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu-
dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of ohemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects d graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
*awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
21
GRANTSIN-AID
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are
in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants,
the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to
demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a
statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the
student and his family.
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian
higher education which it offers.
ADMISSIO:
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school,
and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding
i
the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for
sent to a student as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(
cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges
to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken.
(3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The
test should be taken early in the senior year. See your
counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or
write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT.
-J
r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is
thin tw
ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits
are received.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
I
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n
application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
23
It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined
as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student
Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received
befolre the student will be permitted to register.
i
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and
u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts
courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of
transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r -
\
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life
and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek
to be enrolled a t Augsburg.
25
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical
affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The
college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This
life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but
also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat
God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence
that life in this world is not to be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships
and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one
of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational
program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major
intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal
arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program.
The social program includes a number of organized all-school events
combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests
of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on
campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities
area.
In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college
is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or
consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event.
Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm
it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to
dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un-
desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy
of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through
counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of
a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAM
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this
council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas
for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the
Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and
informal group meetings and discussions.
This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all
voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to
serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^
participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association
cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on
campus.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the
formal Junior-Senior Banquet.
The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies
are small groups which provide a natural contact between
upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence
students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed
by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the
Student Council.
27
Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng
are available in the Studio Building.
Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic
events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups.
MUSIC
AND THE
FINE ARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material.
The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts
and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie
Theater.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this
broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major
areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings
are subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a
whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in
the United States. Through this organization the students receive
programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to
the voice of all American students before the national government
and &her organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen
by upper-class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman
Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to
promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in
personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women
Students, a natieonal organization.
The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well
as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
ef
.L
The .A
' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student
editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services.
The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs.
CO-CURRICULA
PROGRAM
29
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New
clubs are formed a s the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents'
creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in
this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children
in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other
human-relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the
past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship,
and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in
the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the
major objective.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have
studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and
history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation
off the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture
to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional
education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with
the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
far public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary
efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative
writing each year.
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in
this organization is gained by participation in individual and group
recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from
all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each
year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to
Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental
Ensembles and a Repertoire Band.
MUSICAL
ORGANIZATIOl
31
The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs
and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area,
and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition
or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus.
The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra
alone as well as with soloists and choral groups.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
,
I!'
33
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the
Director of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average
accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's
Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is
eligible.
%~7/
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg
/PC.~
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as
a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of
the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain
in the possession of the college.
35
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the
Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus
or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the
campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences
offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over
vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty,
health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are
dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the
major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and
techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel
deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which
demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of
the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain,
or the College Physician.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director
37
of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for
these counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
g at hame are
rfifl
I
the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences
and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for
women with a cooperative house plan.
Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules
beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each
residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering
service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all
women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students.
Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the
entire school vear,
i room
h S~UOflice
h
n cannot play the fee by that time must be
*.*-J m.
sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May
15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not
paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed
from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
r
All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and
breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end
,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator.
The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f
the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student
Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n
on Student Organizations.
39
-
FpU,pwing are the requirements for
Arts degree
A-urg
College:
,L,,,,,A,.A
..Aththe Bachelc-
ADMINIST
,
I,
e r a 1 Educat
Requirement?
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
oore and distribution requirements as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits
-
7&<A
/Mf
3
/
LFL-~,
-5
N L ~ - (
<-&--
dLLd
4- -'<
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in
the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
Cc-
A
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the
quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that
course
B, two terms of the ,beginnj
ems of the inter
~ e d i a t elevel course.
n the natural sciences, two
chemistry, mathe
mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei
, or 13 in the first cc
a
41
I .
-
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course.
For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1.
Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement.
30
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom-
ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature may be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literalture course by permission
of the instructor.
The following majors are offered:
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
+Physical Education
Health and
Physics
hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History
Psychology
Mathematics
Religion
Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies
Music
Social Sciences
Natural Science
Sociology
Philosophy
Spanish
Speech
C
B
Students are required to make application for the major t o the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
/A!/
Av*4.,.Ad
1
,
1J
I.
A',-
sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
+
GRADE VALUES
. . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
....
Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
. . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
. Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
.A cotldilirl~l
- . . . . . . or
. . .an
. . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must
be
removed
within
the
-firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following
.term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five
weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes
a failure and the incol-r~~lete'
- .
becomes
.the grade submitted by the
t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf
$5 is-charged
.
f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
*,
43
I
ns established by the school.
credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has
college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
ot 'sufficient registration.
,A
credit hour is normal-
tion accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
ach change of registration aftel
fee of $2 i s charge
three days of class4
course may be added after *"'
-
ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c
Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last
ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra
is passing and WE if he is failing the course
1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on
of credit hours with a t least twice that
u ! , r c
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
,--ents are cl,,,.,.,.
rtntion
......each-
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified
as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
k
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation:
First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits olf F.
In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
Lv
will be dropped for low scholarship.
I
--
CLASS ATTENDANCE
B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt
#on courses, hndaxpce in upper
for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W
bu the
of'%
a
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar.
S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or
for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
45
S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,,
tpFher
be dropped from *ha course with a
af: F,
I
Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College
to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o
ft-r
ta in aavatace, mmmaflan
,h& and lawf
answers WI"
~ e g w t r a f pOffice.
UR:
By
-
arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma:
nust not exceed
1
1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a
College and counted towards graduation.
pe twmferred to Prugsburg
47
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES
Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses
numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores;
50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department d English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
[3 DIVISION
cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department o,f Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
PA;/
L
QC/~,
C ~ O ha.?
~ A
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Department of History
Geography
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ART
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples
of student art work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring,
1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1
49
2
*,&3', p.acA-+x?orids.
:diz~fl
#'
.
4 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double
Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall,
Spring, 1967-68.1
2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.]
55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.]
68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.]
78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21.
Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1
83 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67.
Spring, 1867-68.1
94 STUDIO Ill
4 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I
-
-
/ U
MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD,
MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
D E P A R m
OF
BIOLOGY
All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a
minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend
to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon
graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under
Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students.
Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and
16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math.
13, 14 or equivalent.
For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus
Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12,
51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52,
53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23.
#o
For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits,
including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A'
Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry
or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota
Teacher's Certificate.
Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology;
(Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in
biology.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward
a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken
in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5 crs.
6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of
the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.]
51
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their
characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine
and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.]
W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and
mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms.
Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must
be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
W 5 1 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila
and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit.
15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1
56 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela-
tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 64 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.]
66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS
6 crs.
Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1
H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1
H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12. Winter.]
H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.]
-791
H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals
with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
L*//l
/ ,,L,
'
.
and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.]
H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach
to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5
lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
H 91 SEMINAR
0 crs.
Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required
to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological
interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
,.jy
f44pdd,;,
,
&
&A
/-2 w
t
(
;
~ 9 - 4 dc//a I
,is))-t
MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS,
MISS LUND
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r
91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required.
'
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATI'
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSINESS
--97u
7
JA
*: A
Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two
courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e
allowed by permission.
H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
53
W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
CFall.1
41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~
and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.]
W 78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1
1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE
Basic mathematical techniques used in
5 crs.
financial analysis. [Spring,
lM7-68.1
W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1
1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
1 83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1
three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs
through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e
study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51,
52, 53, 58, 91, 92.
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools
of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national
income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy,
econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc.
dEwm++% Spring.]
1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISIOI
23. Fall.]
1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1
1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.]
1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1967-68.1
W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.]
1 92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-2 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
55
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the
business field.
I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND
4 crs.
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv.
Spring.]
I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
Introduction to transcription.
on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and.
Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high
school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I
11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
PPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.]
W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
CSpring.1
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM,
MR. LYLE
DEPARTMENT
OF
It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
i
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time.
Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math.
41, 42.
For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will
21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or
include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics
5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.'
54,3'5
c 4 4'
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 23 credits.
A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete
credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
%
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
&W
-*
Fm
6, 6 crs.
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
57
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less
than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds
with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.:
5 or 15. Spring.]
5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6- ,. b- crs.
-- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 or 6 crs.
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
6, 6 crs.
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall.
and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour
62, Winter.]
5
Y ~ J
23
~b.
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading
knowledge of German. Spring.]
&
72 QUANTUM MECHANICS
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems,
magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.]
81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.]
.
83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
SPECTROSCOPY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
DEPARTMENT
OF
LANGUAGES
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Classics, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
59
.
.
.
.
1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or
#. 11, Fall,
12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1
46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
0
&&, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I
,
..,'I
:
-[,:
'.'
I ?fL3*'
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the
classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.]
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg..
.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from
Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin
writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall,
.
.
Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VIRGIL
5 crs.
Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must
be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E&
mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc
:FC.rTgc sc c oi311
ry
IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx
b
c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5
c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall
a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~â¬3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during
the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t .
average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I -
a.
.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major:
credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W
W,w;
Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities
(Ed. 52, 53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
See under Department of Art.
4 crs.
.
61
63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
t
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66.
Spring.1
$lU
H 64
METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS
6 crs.
Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls:
~c
lisfcning, speaking,
writing, and ~~cacling.
hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi
in acquisition
oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and
r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
4 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~,
~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl
is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal,
ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI
seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin.
~
[rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3
4 oJ
P"(~
4 crs.
Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of
literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading
and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55,
56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54,
59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's
major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.]
W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
4 crs.
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
CPrereq. : 50. Spring.]
1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
W 84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL
3 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home
economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1
W 99 TOPICS
2 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
63
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure
to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials.
d
Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN,
MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI,
MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI,
MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N,
3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN
is to develop thc student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western
literature and its development, especially in England and America, and
to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
seminar, one modern literature course, and electives.
Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including
course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli
are
also required for certification.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus
course 55 in addition to those listed
[or the minor.
47 fl*
5- 3-
factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all
other English courses.
4 crs.
I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
5 crs.
12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
[Winter.]
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
65
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.]
I/
lJPpER DIVISION
COURSES
+/a,0% si'
CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
1 5 2
W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed
to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.]
W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1
W 74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies,
histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.]
1 86 MILTON ."'
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in-
.
tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.:
61.
Spring, 1967-68.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs.
American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English
majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited
enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor.
[SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON,
MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
DEpARmT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23,
31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72,
73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r
13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83,
31, 32, 43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10)
31, and Biol. 6.
67
Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
.
.
.
.
1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.]
3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc-
ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1
W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
.
.
.
.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
69
5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
,
,,,\U''
?>//
I
I
1'
I/
'
2 crs.
Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women.
I spring.l
6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION
4 crs.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education.
[Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST,
MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON
MR. GUSTAFSON,
The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of
histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy
teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap
precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts
cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
4, 4, 4 crs.
SETTING
Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po
the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the
West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to
1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1
2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
5 , 5 crs.
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
.
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES
The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
4 crs.
The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to
the present is emphasized. [Spring.]
W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
4 crs.
58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern
Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural
institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area.
[Spring. I
W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850
4 crs.
The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb
ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises
of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
\ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.]
4, 4 crs.
W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
4 crs.
W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.]
3 crs.
W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
71
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
1
MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD
The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge
and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics,
an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background
for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study.
See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study.
1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs.
A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc
[or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical
stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi
schml mntl~e~na
tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1
19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
5 crs.
'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern
algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl
rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13,
14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall,
Wlntnr. I
4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted
with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math
ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43,
. Spring,
Fa,Il.1
P P E R DIVISION
WURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical
meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed
a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view.
Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and
A drvclnpment of the real and
modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions.
complex numbcr syslib~~
I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI..
73, Spring.]
80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I
+
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
92 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-4 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. 1*'1k11,
Wi~lt~S
r .I I P ~ ~I I R .
,-/
f..
cd
, , . L , .
:7
P
, , , . . . ' t l
(,
.. .,,.. <' ,
((,,!,
-.,
6 , s
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS
,
AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN,
MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate
study.
Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
73
FRENCH
.
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading
French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns
of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall,
Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
I
gb
5 fOj'
A.NJ
1 4 ~
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills
with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and
ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion,
sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y
n
~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor
I
contin~in. s ( d y in
FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall,
Winter, 1%G7-GB.1
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
LPrereq.: 6 or
#. Fall, Spring,
1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France,
tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required
f o ~
the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv.
.
63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec-
ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1966-67.1
H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1967-68.1
H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1
i #3
[YL,
H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS
4-5- crs.
Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to
replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading
the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German.
Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural
and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter.
4, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory
recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. :
UPPER DIVISIO
COURSES
6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
5, 5 crs.
H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING
From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development
of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected
works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or
equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.]
75
W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in
thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.:
R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55.
Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
-3
(11s
I--5--c r s
.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for
enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits
4 2 c e z,
, D!/rz, c .
within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6. .
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
2, WInter, Plprlng.1
m.
4, 4 crs.
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through
extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral
rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for
class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k
expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1967-68-1
W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
UPPER DIvIsIor
OOURSES
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official
Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t
chairman. [Spring.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1
1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language.
-
[Spring, 1966-67.1
1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
0[it i;
J7P ,
b.
i
yt,.3~t-
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral
part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4.4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3,
?n:;//,:j,-"
--id ;*
I
Jf
r
Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.]
1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work.
77
C'
t',-
/
-"r,i,r]
ylrk
Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
CXXJRSES
.
.
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl
by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge.
Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.]
72 THE SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden
Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language.
[Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
.
.
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis
on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs
ng
Laboratory work
in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics.
required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.:
55. Fall. 1867-68.1
1-3
CN,
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
-I4crs.
Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term.
Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term.
IProroq.: 83, R4, or
DEPmmNT
OF
MUSIC
#.
FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN,
MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD,
MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
01- ~ v l ~
me
o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of
t h e college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one
of t h e college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study.
79
1 THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance tcst. FaIl,l
W 2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
W 3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
W 20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 2 1 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing
two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1
W 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis
is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts.
Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards
appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67.
Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods,
materials, and techniques. CSpring.1
4 crs.
W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
W 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
W 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall,
1966-67.1
E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
+
0
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners
must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
I-'
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
d
A
-'r
81
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE
Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS
See under Curriculums.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD,
MR. S ~ H M I E G E
fib,
.-&?-&
ai~ntz
Sondid
f
Ch
The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al
movements in the history
of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles
of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the
foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and
~Thica.
Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43.
Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 3 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
4 crs.
4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Prereq.: 43 or
#.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
Fall, 1966-67.1
W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
W 71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Prereq. : 43 or
#. Winter,
1966-67.1
W 73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
43 or
#. Fall,
1967-68.1
81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.]
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHYSICS
83
arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment,
and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt
prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies
le
nnd some for the tcaclling
pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat
will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
W l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments
arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.]
5, 5 , 5 crs.
W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS
L
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY
I cr.
For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing
with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive
substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
51, 52 MECHANICS
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
'23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 3 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
4 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math.
43. Fall.]
62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
4 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.]
75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
I cr.
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take
this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
85
DEPARTMENT
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN
OF
in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an
POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs
undcmtnnding
of
If~e
p
r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls,
,
anrl instilittions of governance;
S C I E ~ ~ ~
Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship;
anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts
l
lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie
graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science.
p~~ljlic:
ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations.
IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e
numbering. Courses numbered in the
50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International
Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's,
d
Political Theory.
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be
cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments
nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the
Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc.
.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
1nt~~oilusl~~r.y
c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions
of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic,
,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American
sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l
system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives,
including Communism. [Fall.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions
oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y,
the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme
Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM
5 crs.
The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm
anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic
policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging
llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~
~ i eticn.;Iiip
nlal
arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1
X P E R DIVISION
.
50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter, 1966-67.1
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and
institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of
democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered
on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation
of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through
diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1
6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
4 crs.
The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing
the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations.
[Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in
Am. Gov't or
#.
Fall, 1966-67.1
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1
,
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1
81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter,
1967-68.1
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.]
90 INDEPENDENT STUDY
3 crs.
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
95 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.]
87
U4k44-4-
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS.
,-
chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD
Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with
the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2)
to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence
heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Secondary Education.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1
4 crs.
Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence,
nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given
l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY
4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
'17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE,
MR. SONNACK.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course
21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
89
Minor: 26 credits.
I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1
.
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
JPPER DIVISION
FIIRSKS
,
W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
'
4 crs.
sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var-
fl
ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
fJ ' / L
W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.]
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
h
-
--
>.--
-
=
-
-
- - - --
a-L
-I
<----_ICL
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.]
W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i
7
f3~4-6
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7
4 crl.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
as related to history and science. ISpring.1
1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]'
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
W 86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
87 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
See under Curriculums.
91
DEPARTMENT
OF
S°C1OLQGY
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE
Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr
rmderslarltling
- of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo
preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining
e
in social
w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl
acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc
of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc
lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m
metropolis through research and participation in the community.
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle
of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life.
The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The European and American roots
of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and
rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one
additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.]
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
registration
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent
in 54. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIO
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
93
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter.
&6, Spning.1
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See Religion 59.
4 crs.
W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.]
W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.]
73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
5 crs.
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on
approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1
1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
\
*re*@4~
4
D
labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of
instructor. [Fall.]
7
$
<7
we
n
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
H I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
4 crs.
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1
H 21 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
2 8 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
H 51 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is
recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIOI
COURSES
52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
5 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches;
practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.]
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.]
95
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
1961-68.1
1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
CSpring.1
1-3 crs.
1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on
the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor,
Spring.]
I
.
SPECIAL
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
'a MEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed at one of the two hospitals.
0 SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
7
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in
Norway under which students entering their junior year in college
may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records
whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the
institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and
literature, history, religion, and philosophy,
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who
complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered.
Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the,
H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs
may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of
previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety.
97
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
CURRICU
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
F'RESf,lMAN
Retl~ion I1
E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12
'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n
Soriolopy 11
F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q
E:l<sclivep.
P h y s w a l ActivtMea
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 4 - 4
5
5
5-6
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. C r , Cr.
4
- 4
4
12 12 12
- -
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Economics or Pol. Sci.
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 .
-
6
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloev
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawing
Composition
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5
5
5
- - 4
4 - - 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
A r t History I. I1
P r i n t Making I , I1
Ceramics I
Health and First Aid
Educational Psvcholozv
-Group ~ c t i v i t ?
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Music 30
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems ot Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Sculpture I
Painting I. I1
General Psychology
SENIOR
Relieion
Student Teachine
seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach.
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculwture I1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
-
4
4
-
-
4
-
-
.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawine
compo&ion
Sociology
Physical Ed~lcation
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems of Philosophy
Sculpture I
Painting I , , I1
Western Civilization
Ancient History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
99
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ r t - ~ l s t o r I.
y 11
Print Making I, I1
Ceramics I
Western Civilization
U.S. History
Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e
Music 30
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
~- -4
4 4
4
- 4
4
4 - 5 5
-
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculpture I1
History Seminar
History 71
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also
be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Binlogy 11, 12
Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15
C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16
Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n
SUNIOR
Rcli~torr
F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage
Physics 21, 22, 23
Genetics
Microbiology or Bio. Elect.
Physiology or Bio. Elect.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Speech or Literature
Organic Chemistry 51,
Chemistry 53
Calculus
Math. Analysis 19
Comparative Anatomy
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 5 5 5 5
6
-
-
-
6
6
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Cellular Biology
Embryology or Bio. Elect.
Seminar
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with
a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in
the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
JUNIOR
Religion
s ~ e e c hor Literature
A& 1 or MU&
30
Foreign Language
Educational Psychology
Teaching Methods
Biology Elective
Ecology or Elective
Group Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
General Psychology
Chemistry 23
Chemistry 53
Math. 13 or Elective
Math. 14 or 19
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
P l a n t Morph. or Elective
Biology or Elective
Health and First Aid
School a n d Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested
course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 1 2
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Inter. Accounting
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I , I1
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
-
4
-
5
5
-
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
4
-
4
5
-
4
4
4
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Cost Accounting
Auditing
Electives
MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Financial Mgt.
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I. I1
Fund.
Finance
- - - ~ of
-- - - Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Investments
Math. of Finance
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theolog
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Elem. Typewriting
Bus. Ed. 10
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
,
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Princiules of Accounting
~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1
Secretarial Procedure
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teachin2
Seminar for stud. Teach.
School and Society
Business Law
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
17
Term
I I1 1x1
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
101
0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Mathematics 19
Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6
Calculus 41, 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Physical Chemistry
Adv. Organic Chemistry
Adv. Calculus 83
Foreign Language
Quantum Mechanics
Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Organic Chemistry
Quantitative Chemistry
General Physics
Calculus 43
Sociology
SENIOR
Religion
Adv. Inorganic Chemistry
Chemistrv 83
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Seminar
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
A
The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Calculus 41
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
-
4
5
-
- 6 6
6 -
6
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Political Science
Speech or Literature
Psychology
Organic Chemistry 51, 52
.General Physics
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 5 -
-
-
5
-
5
- 6 5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
6
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Prin. of Economics I
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
-
5-6 5-6
- 4
-
-
-
-
4
8
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Prin. of Accounting
Prin, of Economics I1
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Intro. to Soc. Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 4
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
n
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are
required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
education requirement, e&one course in
in physical science. For the erre,uLement
- in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted.
F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral
V
m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Biological Science
Health and First Aid
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Elective (minor)
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4 - 5 5
- 4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Physical Science
Political Science
Music 30
U.S. History
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
~ r o f TLab Experience
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech 11
Children's Lit.
School and Society
Education 64
Electives lminorl
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
103
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
la'
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e
Education 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
Physical Education 10
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or A r t 1
Natural Science or Math.
Economics or Pol. Sci.
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the
U, of M.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
s ~ c i o l o -11
g~
-~
Calculus 41. 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Modern Physics
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab.
Math. 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elect.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4
5
- 4
- 4
5 5
6 6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Western Civilization
1,iterattlresociology 12
General Physics
Math. 43, 58
Physical Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4
5 5 5
5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
ENGLISH MAJOR 0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relielnn
-.
.
---.
.
--
A r t 1 or Music 30
English 61 62 84
English 72'or '74
English Elective
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech 11
Prob of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec.
English 47, 31
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5 5 5
-
- -
-
SENIOR
Religion
English ?O
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relialon
Gemera1 PsyChoIogy
Erluc. P~ychnlogy
Group Acllvily
Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ.
En~rllsh B1, 02, 55
E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84
tlrrtlves
-
5
- -
4
0
4
0
-0
5
5
4
5
-
- -
-
5
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Health and First Aid
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 5
- - 4
-
4
3
5
-
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Inter. Foreign Language
Conversation and Com~osition
Speech or Literature
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Health and First Aid*
Electives
105
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology*
Group Activities*
Methods in Sec. Educ."
General Psychology*
Literature 72 or 74
Survey 63, 64
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 0 0 0
-
-
-
5
5 .
-
-
5
5
5
5
-
5
5
SENIOR
Relieion
~ t u d G n tTeaching'
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
School a n d Society'
Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Independent Study 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
10
5
-
1-2
5 -
-
4
1-2
5
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives
f o r these courses.
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civlllzation
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 5
4 4
5 5 5
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 8
8
- -
-
SOPHOMDRE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Greek 11. 12, :3
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - - - 4-5
. 4
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Health and First Aid
Team Sports
Swim. a n d Aquatics IW,
Physical Activities
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Phy. Ed. 57.
Kines and Phys. of Exercise
Phy. Ed. Programming
Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval.
Self-Testing Activities
Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Human Anat. and Physiology
Chemistry 5
Indiv. a n d Dual Sports
Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed.
Rec. Act. and Rhythms
Instr. First Aid*
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- . 4
4
0
-
-
6
5
-
-
0
2
-
-
4
4
4-5
0
5
4-5
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
-
4
1
-
-
6
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
s t u d e n t Teaching
Seminar i n S.tud. Teach.
School a n d Society
Prob. of Philosophy
Sch. Health and Safety Educ.*
Community ~ e c r e a t f o n *
Speech or Literature
Electives
10 -- -5 - - 44
- - S
4
4
- -3
- 4
-
* Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
107
0 HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Pol. Science or Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Historv
~coGhics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S, History
Proh. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Social Problems
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar in History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The f~llo~wing
course of study is designed fo'r students who have a
s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19
before registering for Calculus 41.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Calculus 41, 42, 43
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85
Modern Algebra 72, 73
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Pol. Sci, or Economics
S ~ e e c hor Literature
~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e
Prob, of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Prob. and Statistics
Independent Study
Electives*
Foundations of Mathematics recommended.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Math. Analysis 19
Calculus 41. 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Educational Psychology
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Advanced Calculus
Modern Algebra
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Group Activity
Prob. of Philosophy
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5
5
-
5
-
-
4
-
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-4
4
5
4
-
-
4
4
-
-
- 0
-
.
0
-
-
Biblical Studies
- - ---Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Calculus 43
Differential Equations
Modern Geometrv
Physics or heh his try
-
4
5
0
4
4
-
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
-
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
4-5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
. . 4
10
- 5 4
- - 4
SENIOR
Religion
School and Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Foundations of Math.
Prob, a n d Statistics
Independent Study
Health and First Aid
Electives
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
-
2-4
5 4 4-6
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students
for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the
Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each
of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required.
In the senior year students taking this program must register at
Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Inlroducllon lo Theology
Enblieh 11, 12
Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion
~jocio1oRy 1 1
T3inlngy 11, 12
C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15
r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16
Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
Microbiology
Cellular Biology or Elect.
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
- 5
- 4 - - 4
6
6
6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
Organic Chemistry 23
Comp. Anatomy or Physiol.
Chemistry 53
Mathematics 13. 14
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
. 5
5
5
- - 6
6
6
6 5
- 5
SENIOR
I
Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish
Hospital for 12 months
I1 I11
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
109
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e
as follows:
Biology 11, 12
General Chemistrv 15. 16
Ovganic chemistr;
51,'52
Quantitative Analysis 53
Frcshlnan English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 19 for 13, 14)
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science a n d Humanities
Credits
12
12
E l.
~.r..t. i.
v
-r
--
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry
Cnlculus 41, 42
61
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical
chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology
a s well as broad studies in the humanities.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilizat~on
Theory 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology
Group Activities
Teaching of Music
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1
Instr. Techniaue'
History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c )
Conducting
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
5
. 4
4
5 4
1 1
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Tcrm
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar in Stud. Teach,
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Health a n d First Aid
Prob. of Philosophy
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
4
5
- 5-6 5-6
4 4 4
1
1 1
Tern1
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Theory 1. 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
ist tory and Lit.
(music)
Instrumental Technique*
Conducting
Applied Music
Music Organization
Scandinavian Music
Electives
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob, of Philosophy
Orch. and Choral Arr.
Applied Music
MuSic Organization
Speech or Literature
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS
A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language,
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Natural Science
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Education 50. 59
Nat. Science 'or Math.
Group Activities
Health and First Aid
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
-
5
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Nat. Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. each
School and Society
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
- - 4
5-6 5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
5 - -
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
Western Civilization
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
Phssical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
5
-
6
4
-
-
5
6 10
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r i i Language
c
Nat. Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Science or Economics
Logic
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 91
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
111
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Introduction lo Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Political Science 20, 21, 22
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Political Science 70 or 80
Political Science 71 or 81
Political Science 95 or 84
History 1 or 21
History 2 or 22
History 3 or 56
Social Statistics
Social Research
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
- 4 5
5-6 5-6 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Social Problems
Political Science 50 or 51
Political Science 60 or 61
Economics 22. 23
SENIOR
Religion
Political Science 80 or 70
Political Science 81 or 71
Political Science 84 or 95
History 21 or 1
History 22 or 2
History 56 or 3
~iterature
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5 - 4 - - 4
- 5
4
- 4 4 - 4 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Electives
N ~ Escience
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreinn Lannuaae
-
~ --
-
~
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-----
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4 - History and Theory (psych.)
4 Research Problems
- 2-3 Seminar in Psychology
3
- 4 Psychology Electives
Electives
8 8 12
SENIOR
-
Psyc. Measurement
Experimental Psychology
Personality I
Personality I1
Psychology Electives
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Math. 14 or 19
Math. 41, 42
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Physics
Mathematics 43
Differential Equations
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 5
5
- 4 - - 4-5
- 4 -
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Electronics
Mechanics
Advanced Calculus
Art 1 or Music 30
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Thermal Physics
Phvsics Lab
speech or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
-
4
1
1
-
1
4
8
-
11 11
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Electives
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
6 6
4 4
-
-
-
- -
-
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8 4 4
4 4
- 4 4
5 - - 4 6
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4 4
5 5
- 4
-
- 4 - 4 - - 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
SENIOR
Religion
Seminar
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Beginning Norwegian
Western Civilization
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
General Psychology'
Educational Psychology*
Group Activity*
Methods in Sec. Educ:
Modern Scand. Novel
Prob. in Philosophy
Modern Scand. Drama
Scand. Music
Electives
*
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
.-Cr.
--
-
4
5
4
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6
Norwegian Conv. and Comp.
Modern Scandinavia
Scandinavian History
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Health and First Aid*
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
-
F
-
5
i
-
- 4-5
-
-
6
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4
Student Teaching*
10
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
5
School and Society*
- - 4
Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5
Independent Study
1-2
1-2
10
Electives
5
SENIOR
-
- - -
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
113
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g
Advanced Typewriting
Elementary Shorthand
Interm. Shorthand
Advanced Shorthand
Bus. Ed. 10
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
SECOND YEAR
Biblical Studies
General Psychology
Speech
Principles of Accounting
Secretarial Procedures
Calculating Machines
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SEMINARY
C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosowhv
Pol. Sci. or Econimics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
4
5
4
4
-
5 4-5
4
- -
8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
8
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreien Laneuane
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
Economics I1
History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
5
5
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
0
-
4
-
5
-
4
- -
4
0
-
0
5
- - 5
- 4
4
-
4
5
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teaching
School and Society
Soc. Prob.
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar
Electives
-
10
5
-
4
-
-
4
4
3
4
- - -
-
4
-
4
4
-
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Social Problems
Art I or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy of Science
Marriage and Family"
Social Statistics*
Social Research*
General Psychology
Speech
Electives
*
Required for the major.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
5
-
- - -- 5
5
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Intro. to Anthropology
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Social Psychology*
Sociology 82
Industrial Sociology
Modern Sociology Theory*
Electives
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
4
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
12
115
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
socilology 51 52 53*
Sociology 54: 55: 56*
Sociology 61:
Psychology 5'
soCiology~31
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
5 5 4
4
4 - - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical S ~
I.~ ~ P S
... I .
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75, 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4
5-6 5-6
-
4-5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Intro. to Dramatic Arts
Pol. Science or Economics
Interpretive Reading
Speech 51 or 55
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
5 5 4
4
-
--
- -
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Speech 12 or 52
Acting
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Soeech 16 or 67
~ h e e c hpathology
Stage Direction
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
117
CRSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
.... Vice-chairman
Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Diversified Church Services
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota
Medical Doctor
Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Education, University of North Carolina
Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Presdent Oscar A. Anderson
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
ADMINISTRATI
119
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services
Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities
OMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson,
Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack,
Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins,
Miss Joel
Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss
Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole,
Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson
International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson;
Nicholl (Advisory)
Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue
Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs.
Anderegg, Saugestad
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen,
Sulerud
"Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I.
Hanson
*Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss
Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau
"Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
*
Joint Student-Faculty Committees
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
THE FACULTY
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
*Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961.
William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota.
R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French
B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963;
M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
"Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961.
* Part-time
faculty
121
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948;
C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
*James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958.
*Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish
B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California,
1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments)
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion
B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary,
1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota.
*John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
"Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male
Chorus)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963.
'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave
1965-66)
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota.
Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah,
1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on
leave 1963-66)
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954.
William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and
Religion (on leave 1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A.,
1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
123
Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education
B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota, 1965.
*L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics
B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952.
"John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1962.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics
and Business Administration
B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957.
Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art
B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
*Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952.
Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion
B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
"Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music
"Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History and Political Science
B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959.
"James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
"Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
*Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
*Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave
1965-67)
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
*Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia,
1962.
Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
(on leave 1965-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
125
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964.
Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics
B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota
State University, 1964.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics
B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio.
Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German
B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on
leave 1965-66)
B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
"Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
"Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
"Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of
Iowa, 1939.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
127
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09
y Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
"Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minneso~ta,1961.
Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology
A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n
University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1956.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology
B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
"Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956.
"Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958.
"Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave
1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students
B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949.
"Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver,
1956.
*James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin
B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964.
'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958.
*Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University,
1964.
129
S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico.
Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964.
"Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota,
1952.
*Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods
B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University
of Illinois, 1950.
"Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago
Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957.
Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech
B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962.
* R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music.
Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964.
Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics
B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota.
"MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
"Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota.
"MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Middleburg College, 1956.
"HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962.
131
GRADUATES
1964
Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook
Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis
Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ......
Minneapolis
Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis.
Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis.
Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis
Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In.
Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis
~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~
~ ~ i iDavid
;
~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:.
.
Lobben.
Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso
Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . ..
S t........
Pnqrl
Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard
.
Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s
Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~
Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr
Ais
Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis
Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota
Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar
Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~
Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis
Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~
Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . .............
H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill.
..r.l
Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif.
Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP
I
. . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis
Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls
Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill.
Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll.
Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k
Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif.
Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich.
Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis
Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc.
Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak.
Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis
Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield
Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis
Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis
IVfx.
Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl.
Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y.
Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~
Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul
Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori
Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis
Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley
DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis
Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis
Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n
Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis
Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~.
Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne
....... Mi?t?aeapolis
Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall
Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia
Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville
Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis
Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l
~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n
Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s
Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis
Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich.
Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis
Gesche. Connic Rae
~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford
Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis
lis
Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~
r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper,
Charles Michael . . . . . .
iaeaiolis
. . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior
Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick
Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil
.
-::::
Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis
Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul
11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s
Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls
Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Ercvlwor
R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K
--a
- v
. . . . ..........
Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale
~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi
hl.
anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~
Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis
Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk.
Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo
11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold,
rs
Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood
IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Hollstadt, Ronald Norman
Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis
Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye
Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay
Braham
Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil
Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul
Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis.
Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota
St. P a u l
Schwantes. George W.
Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y.
Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak.
Jacobsen, David C.
Miianeapolis
Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb.
- Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In.
Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer
Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna
Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont
Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l
Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis
Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis
Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster
Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia
l
Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P
- au
~.
Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn
~11tld111h.
Mary Y\.onne
. Miilncopolis
Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis
Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan
,
J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada
swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge
Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field
Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc
Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash.
Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie
. . . . St. Paul
Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril
~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii
Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis
Marinette, Wis.
Tjaden, Ann Marie
~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem.
~
Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111.
~ l e v o s .w
- ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis
Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria
I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis
Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis
Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis
Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak.
Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick
Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector
I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis
I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis
..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis
Lynn
L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary
.
........
......
..........
...
.:.
W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis
W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a .
..
Roseville
A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k .
Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d
Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . .
Richfield
Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park
A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis
A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru
A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n ,
B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies
Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n
B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa.
B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd
Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s .
B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis
B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s
Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights
B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield
B r o d i n , Peter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel
B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e
B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In.
Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights
Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis
Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s .
Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr
C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In.
Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e
Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e .
D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n
W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings
Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g
Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles
Welconle
...
Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis
-- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard
Colz~nabia Heioltts
.Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O
K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . .
nlinnen~~ol~s
K e m h c s , Throdorc?
~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r
Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen
P ~ n e Czl!j
K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis
~ l a g ~ Neil
e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s
K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin
K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis
K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll
K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e
L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli
Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h .
Da?uson
1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo.
Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska
Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis
Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn
L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m
L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan
Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis
L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a
Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina
Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples
Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia
Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls
McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e
McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna
E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls
Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u..
~ i l e .W i s .
Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k .
Miller, S a l l y S u e .......,
Minneapolis
Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n
Col?i?nbiri Heights
Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter
E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e
Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y
E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s .
Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J.
Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11
Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y
E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins
N e w h a m , Richard D.
Minneapolis
Scandia
Nielsen, Marilyn Doris
~
i
~ steven
l
~ ~~d~~~
~
~ ......
,
M~~~~~
Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n
Minneapolis
N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr.
Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton
Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s .
Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis
Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n
Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul
Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails
Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h .
0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian
h
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis
Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s .
Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis
Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield
Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson
W6nnonnnlin
Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis
p"...
Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h
.. ~
i
~
~
~
~ j u d li t h i
~ .~. ~ ,
l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise
~
. . . . ,. . Ogilvie
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gjerde. Mark Luthard
Richfield
O y e n , Hildur Marie
Poulsbo. W a s h .
G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield
G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis
Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville
Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s .
G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark
G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h
P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y
Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111.
P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd
Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d
H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis
Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a .
H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis
Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis
Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis
Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale
Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n
Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis
R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis
H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n
Heere.
Gelene ... Buffalo Lake
-- .
-..
, Marearet
- - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n
~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n
R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs
Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s .
R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n
R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis
Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors
N e w Prague
R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis
H u b e r , Sandra L .
Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls
H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k
R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis
....
......
......
.....
.........."
.........
~
~
133
~
~
Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis
Savolainen, James William
Negaunee. Mich.
Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector
Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s
Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka
Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul
Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis
Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison
Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis
Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park
Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley
Minneapolis
Stone, Howard Walter
Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan
Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James
Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina
Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing
Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Taeger, David Alan Elroy
Trout Creek. Micl~.
Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson
Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield
Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd
Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak.
Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka
Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Uden, Larry Arthur
Urban, Darrell B.
......... Minneapolis
......... Robbinsdale
Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson
Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis
Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis
Volden, Kristina Mae
......
Viroqua, -Wis.
Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill.
Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia.
Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton
Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington
Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1
Minneapolis
West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield
Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre
Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis.
Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Zeller, Robert Mitchell
. . . . . . . . . St.
Paul
SUMMARY OF
GRADUATES
Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112
Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior ...................
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121
140
151
278
40
0
0
0
0
87
208
121 261
161 312
244
522
-43
84
41
41
49
49
41
41
88
88
TO875 160%
108
128
155
263
34
0
0
0
0
688
85
193
115 243
153
308
235
498
28
62
,39
39
42
42
25
25
82
82
- 804 1492
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ............................. . 123
Junior ............................... 144
Sophom,ore .......................... 157
Freshman ............................ 285
Special .............................. 49
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0
Fr.Nurse(M.H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) .....................
0
Total ............................... 758
Women
Total
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965
Men Students ......................................
758
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647
Deducting those clounted more than cmce .................
2
.
1645
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore ..............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr . Nurse (D H.) .........
Fr. Nurse (F. H.)
Fr . Nurse (M H.) .........
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) .........
Total ....................
.
..........
.
131
132
209
292
41
0
0
1
0
101
132
171
267
24
42
42
39
80
232
264
380
559
65
42
42
40
80
106
128
194
288
32
0
0
0
0
806
898 1704 748
89
195
126 254
169 363
259 547
26
58
42
42
36
36
35
35
78
78
860 1608
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ...............................132
Junior ...............................136
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Freshman ............................ 302
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0
Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1
0
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
.
Women
Total
101
134
178
273
33
43
42
39
80
923
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................
923
.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756
135
INDEX
Academic Administration
Accounts. Payment of
Accreditation
. . .
Administration . . . .
Admission . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement .
Advanced Standing . . . .
Affiliation
. . . . . .
Aims and Objectives
.
Archives, The .
Art. Department of . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . .
.
Biology. Department of . . 51. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12
Board of Regents .
.
. 118
Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9
Business Administration . 53. 101
. . . 55. 101
Business Education
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44
Chapel Service. The
. . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . 57. 102
Chemistry
Classical Languages . . . . 5 9
Classification of Students
. 44
30
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coaching Endorsement
68
Co-curricular Program . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . 120
Comprehensive Examinations . 46
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Corrective Therapy . . .
97
Costs
. . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . 48
Courses of Study
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99
Art
. . .
. . .
99
Biology . . . . . . . . 100
Business Administration . . 101
Business Education
. . . . 101
Chemistry . . . . . . . 102
Dentistry
. . 102
Economics . . . .
. 102
103
Elementary Education .
Engineering
.
.
104
English
,105
French . . . . . . . . . . 105
General Liberal Arts
.
99
105
German . . . .
Greek . . . . .
. . . 106
106
Health and Physical Ed.
High School Teaching . . . . 103
History . . . . . . .
.
.
108
Mathematics
1 0 8
109
Medical Technology . .
Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109
Ministry . . . . . . . 114
Music . . . . .
. . . . . 110
..
11 1
Natural Science
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111
. . . . . . . . . . 112
Physics
.
112
Political Science
Psychology
. . . . 112
....
. . . . 113
Religion
Scandinavian
. . . . 113
. . . 113
Secretarial Work
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114
. . 115
Social Science . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
43
Distinction. Degree with . .
. . 48
Divisional Organization
.
. 30. 96
Dramatics .
54. 102
Economics . . . . .
Education. Department of . . 61
Education. Elementary
. 61. 103
Education. Secondary . . 62. 103
42
Electives . . . . . .
. . 34
Eligibility Requirements
Employment
. . .
22
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course .
. . . . . 104
English. Department of . . 63. 105
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Entrance Requirements
23
. .
46
Examinations .
..
. .
12
Expenses
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 965).
Summary of . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
. - 9 6
Schools of . . . .
Objectives and Aims . . . . .
Organizations. Student . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106
Health Service . . . . . 37
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . 103
. . . .
7
Historical Sketch
History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108
Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96
37
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . . 48
. . .
.
.
43
Incompletes
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . 32
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
,
.
.
65
97
Laboratories. Natural Science 11
60
Latin . . . . .
Liberal Arts Curriculum
99
. . . . . . . . 10
Library
..
63
Library Science . . .
.
. . .
14
Loan Funds
Location
. . . . . . . . . 2, 3
Majors . . . .
. .
Mathematics . . . . .
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ministry, Preparation for the 114
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages,
Department of . . . . . . . . . 73
Music, Department of . . . 78, 110
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81
. . . . . . 42
. . . 72. 108
. . 96. 109
Courses 109
8
30
36
Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13
36
Personnel Services. Student .
Philosophy. Department of 82. 111
. 32. 67
Physical Education
Physics. Department of . . 83. 112
Placement Service for
.
. . . 39
Graduates
9
Plant. The Physical . . . .
Political Science . . . . 86. 112
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
. 114
Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of
. . 88. 112
Publications . .
. . . . . 29
,
Records
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26.
Refunds
.
....
Regents. Board of
..
Registration . . . .
Registration. Change of . . .
Religion. Department of . 89.
Religious Program
Repeating Courses .
.
Requirements. Graduation
Room Costs
37
32
13
118
4 3
44
113
27
43
41
12
Scandinavian Studies
76. 113
. . . . . . . . . 16
Scholarships
Secretarial Courses
56. 113
137
Social and Recreational
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Activities
Social Sciences. Division of the 49
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sociology. Department of 92. 115
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105
Special Programs of Study . . 96
Speech. Department of . . 94. 116
Student Activities.
Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services .
36
Suspension of Students . 26. 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . .
24
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
46
41
American Studies
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
An Interdepartmental Major Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some
depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area
courses now offered in various departments.,
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies
in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in
secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background
for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions
and the foreign service.
MAJOR:
56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .);
a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and
American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar
Be
of concentrated study.
m
e
The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad
foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and
preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines.
English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.)
Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three
departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated
study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent
Study would attempt to accomplish this.
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35
History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.)
History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.)
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.)
Prereq. Political Science 20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor.
Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of
the above elective courses in the program.
(over)
p?
139
American Studies .courses required:
I
95 Seminar
.#
,"
4 crs.
1 - 3 1
Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture.
Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the
integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in
depth. To be taken in the senior year.
.,... .
"I
*A
5 crs*, ,I-.
99 Independent Study
.,
Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are
chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several
papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year.
Sample Curriculum in American St1
Term
I1
Freshman year
a
I11
Sophomore year
.
: 5
e : u b , I ,I
Religion 11
- I Religion 21
.I:
!
n.
.
.
.
!
.
4
Englfsh 11-12
-.
Foreign Lang.
History 1,or 2 or 3 4 '
i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math.
Sociology 11
4
Phil. 21
Foreign Lang.
5
5
Eng. 35
History 21-22
5
5
Pol. Sci. 20-21
Phys. Act.
1
1/3 - 113
Total
13 113 15 113 14 113 Total
I
Term
I1
5
- . , , p +
,
'I
Junior year,
Economics : .22'.
Speech or Lit .,
(exc. Eng. '87)
Art I or Music 30 I'
Hist. 55
Psych. 81
SOC. 42
soc. 43
Religion 6 3 . .
Phil. 65
Electives
(non-maj
Total
.:
..
Senior year
,
'
*
*
*
*
*
4
4
4
4
or)
, A .
16
*~lectiv~s
in: the major
* Religion 59
* pol.-sci. 70
* Hist. 56
* Educ. 87
* Educ. 82
* Pol. sci; 22
:,
Amer. Studies 95
h e r . Studio8099
Electives . .
(ndn-major)
Total
'b
I11
4
5-6
4
4
5
NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68
A r t 40
Speech 40
-- IIntroduction
n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s
t o Cinema A r t s
Winter Term
Winter Term
Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on
t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an
art form
.
Math.
61 -
Linear Algebra
F a l l Term
A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e
concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix
a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences;
l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations;
u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian
f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~
3
1
1
7
-
Computer
F a l l , Winter
Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science
Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms,
flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and
simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s .
A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a
v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter.
F a l l , Winter 7
Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42.
Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students.
P h i i . zr
- Introductions
t o Ethics
Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors
P h i l . 51
- Symbolic Logic
Spring Term
d e s i r i n g a second course
i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of
movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems,
such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important
f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21
Winter Term
T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of
s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction,
p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s ,
t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter
.
P h i l . 65
- American
Philosophy
F a l l Term
American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present:
Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism,
idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l .
Pol. S c i . 42
-
Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s
Spring
Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation
of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon
t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60.
141
.
5
la"
- Developmental. Psychology:
Psych. 52
-
_
:: m
d
Psych. 51
Psych. 53
. .
Ch'i.ld
F a l l Term
DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children,
with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical
findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s ,
and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5
and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d
I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent
Winter Term
Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s
regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child
relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive
development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s .
L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7
-
- Developmental
Psychology: Adult
Spring Term
Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory
and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s
and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior
change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion
of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as
ab o v d
I
.
.
143
145
147
149
151
153
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg Coll... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89
'
I
-;
__.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<"
-<..�-(
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
--GVLLiCii
AUGSBURG
-.-
PROFILE
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway NO.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
MEMBERSHIPS
SETTING
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
to the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
ACCREDITATION
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
S
1
8
15
22
29
SEPTEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30
OtTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER 1968
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
30 31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and
beginning of classes
............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
............
(Fri.)
................. Final
examinations
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin
19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
(Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m.
(Mon.) .................... Classes resume
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m.
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break
...
...
SPRING TERM
March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m.
(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
...
-
'
;:,,
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
,
S
2
9
16
23
30
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
31
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
. . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 9
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.)
July 21
Aug. 8
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
. . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
S
2
9
16
23
30
A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute t o the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate s ruth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relation to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that ,will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocation, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and. students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194%
49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
-..,+-,:
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen.
dean of women a t Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
-
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
i n d pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
LIBRARY FACILITIES
-
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and College Center
fees as described below.
(per year)
$- 2,270.00
-
- -
TUITION
-
New freshmen entering September, 1968
(per year) $ 1,400.00
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year) $ 1,300.00
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour) $ -3880
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
$ _ 840.00
$ 795.00
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
College Center Fee
(per year)
Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all resident students. Refundable upon
graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
r
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Placement re-registration (for alumni)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
$
30.00
$
10.00
$
100.00
$
25.00
$
20.00
$
$
$
$
$
2.00
2.00
5.00
15.00
1.00
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
OTHER COSTS
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
$
SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
- In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may
be--necessa~
or desirable. Information on this mode of
payment will be forwarded with the statement of
charges in August. Students using this service will pay
a carrying charge.
%.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds
of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds
for board are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated
above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate
basis. Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund
on board and room charges.
100.00
27.00
300.00
to
400.00
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
1
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
--
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected
students preparing for Christian senrice.
I
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
I .
I
I
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
-
3
The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~
'p was established i
1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
I
3
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistrv.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
I
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
An employment
assists students
the school year,
and off-campus
II
service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
jobs are available.
I
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
CAMPUS
q-
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living.
:,!,
I.
!<i
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
.
''?
"'
,
!>
-
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
d,
..
'!D
.
:lf:
,*
-
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
--
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
-
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
ADMISSIONS 0
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t
all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is
isfactory and the key is returned.
and
fee
the
sat-
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English,
7. The last year of course work at Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree.
d
-
rn
I
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance,
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department d Biology
Department of Chemistry
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department of Physics
7
[7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
0 AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
2&2 1
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In additim k) t
& catrseS
h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s
witk A*
~oI(3er~
M s t in residence,
problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David
in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested
Westphal, &ek&a-@er
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
- 2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 crs.
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
1 51 CERAMICS I1
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
H 68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
H 78 SCULPTURE
II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1
H 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
H 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
H 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
H 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
4, 4 crs.
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1
63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
U P P E R DIVISION
COURSES
8 1 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current
literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1-5 crs.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSLNESS
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIS-ISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
78 INVESTMENTS
I
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
:L '
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
.
2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
196!+70.]
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use.
II
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
[Fa.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
I
-!!
?>
I : .
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6,6 crs.
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1
I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.]
I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.]
51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.]
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average a t this point.
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.]
56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC -
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56.
Spring.]
1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
I
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
0 cr.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
/
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
10 crs.
84 STUDENT TEACHING
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
4 crs.
H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1
H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
J
UPPER DMSION
COURSES
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
I
I
I
I
..,.
..
I
:3:.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
I
..
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
--. ,.
'II
,
#. Fall.]
*
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
.:,
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
.
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
I
I
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
"
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
.
-.
I
.,,,
9
>
!:: ,I.>-
<
I
W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 1969-70.1
.
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
1
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47.
'
w
.
.+,
Spring.]
86 MILTON
>,
4,
5 crs.
84 SHAKESPEARE
;
3
t
;*; r:
.
4 cr?.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
I
or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
-
88 CHAUCER
-
4 crs.
Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
1
.,,
3
I
--
90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3 , 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement
In the field nf ph~~sical
education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball.
4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.]
4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Aid card. Winter.]
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st
4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs,
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 crs.
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.)
W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.]
1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
,
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee
and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
-
-
~-
-
----
Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
.
.
.
Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
5, 5, 5 crs.
(Calculus1
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema.
tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. :
43. Winter.]
.
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.]
W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.]
W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums
I*
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall,
.
.
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. : 2 or
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
# .5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or
# .Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required
cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On
for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I
I
H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# . Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN 0
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 3, 4
INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPERD~VISION
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific
history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1
74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor-
wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1969-10.1
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department
chairman. [Spring.]
72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists.
Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language.
[Spring, 196849.1
84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
.
.
.
.
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5 crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language.
Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
.
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of
the college music organizations.
,q.+(5IL, t
,I
.
-
-Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
;
of the college music organizations.
"
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music
o~ganizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1964-101.
50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
4 crs.
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRTJD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
I
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
I
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 196849.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
m
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1
.
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
#. Fall, 1969-70.1
+
'3,
'!
'M.
1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
1 53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
5 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5
crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4,4
crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
DEPARTMENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
.4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an
undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance :
to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the
graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science,
public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at
least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public
Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5 crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
t:;
I
--.
I.'.
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.]
9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. H O W A R D
The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with
the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21
to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 i s required.
M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
.
[Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of
.
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.]
.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
4 crs.
59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.]
4 crs.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
-
H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2 - 3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course
Z l . Courses 1
1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
-RELIGION
I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
.
.
.
.
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See under Department of Sociology.
4 crs.
61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
.
72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
-New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
I
-,;
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1
1 2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
1 3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
1 52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196!%70.1
W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN IJ
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the
fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
OF
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM
Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
3. Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1, 2. or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I n nr
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
5
- - - 4
- 5 5
5-6 5
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
I 11 ~n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4 - - 4
4
Religion
Electives
I 11 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 -
-
4
4
5-6 5-6
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4-5
- 6
6
I
Term
II
m
4
-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
History 21. 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Eistory 55.
Psychology 81.
Sociology 42'. 43.
Philosophy 65'
Electives (non-major)
- 5
- -
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20, 21
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
-
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
4
4
-
-
5
4
4
5-6 5-6 4
5
- 5 5
- -
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70.
History 56'
Education 87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22.
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
Term
FRESHMAN
I
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
4
5
Art
2
2
8, 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
- 6
- 4 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 21- Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I 11
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
- 5 5
4
4
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
Historv 3
Speecg 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21. 22
Elective
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 -
-
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5 4
2 2 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 I11
Relieion 21
ore& Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
S'peech 11 o r Literature
Art 21
Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5
-
4
-
4
-
-
4
4
4
- - 5
4 - 0
0 0
- - 5
- 4 -
-
4
4
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 - - 4
-
5
4
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education
- - - - - .-.
.
. 87
..
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68. 99
Art 78
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
10 - 5
-
-
-
-
4
-
4-5
- 4
-
4
-
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 I11
Religion 11
Englsh 11, 12
History 3
Sociolow 11
chernGpy 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40. 41. 42
Biology 53 o r eiective
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Relieinn
-.--.-.
.
.
.
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 63. 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
5 5
5 5 5
5-6 - -
-
-
-
45
- 5
- 6 6
5 5
5-6 -
4
6
5
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosouhv 21 or 23
BiGG
7 3 OF elective
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91. 92. 93
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
1
~
5-6
-
1
-
5-6
1
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 2 4 5
- - 4
-
-
6
-
-
4
6
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53
Bioloev 61. 71. or 76
~ i o l o s53' or ' 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
-
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
-
- 6
- -
0
0
-
5
5-6
0
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
~ o r z g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistrv 23
H P.E."10
Mathematics 13 or 40.
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
5
-
-
- - 6
-
5
5
-
-
SEYIQR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Rc,iaiun
.Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30
Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72. 74. or 81
4 5-6 -
...
..
E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83
Educn:ion 87
Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22
-
-
-
10
4-5
-
-
5-6
- 4
- -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
- 'RcIipion
&
11
E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12
Yidow 1, 2. or 3
Brssincss Ad. 1, 2
_Sociology 23-1 i
L/-;;turt;
Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
C3 Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
???Business
Ad. 62. 63
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
- - - Cr.Cr.Cr.
.
5
,,ReTi~lon 21
- 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. .
- - 4
Easiness Ad..,13
4 4
Eco!~nmics22. 23-,
- 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21
5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature
- 4 d r t 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 5 - 5 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4 - - 5
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
~
- -
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
4
5
5
SENIOR
5
-
-
-
4
5
-
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Histors 1. 2. or 3
~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1,
. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 4
4 4 - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
I
:'
,.;
'3,
'M.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 18
Business Ad 13
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. 63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
- 4
- -
-
- - - -
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
-- - .Cr.
--.
4
4 - 0 0 0
- 5
4 4 1
- 5 - 4 4
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F'orGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21
.
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 8
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 - 5
H:~PE;--IO
-
-
Business Ad. 31
Electives
5
4
-
-
-
4
5
8
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Relieion
chemistry 61, 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I 11 111
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
-.
. Cr
-5
4 5
4
5
6 6
- 5 5
- - - -
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
6 6
5
4 - 5 5 4
4
0 0 0
- 4
-
-
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistrv 53
Physics ii, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
SEh-IOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 5
6 6 - - 5
5 5 5
5 - - 4 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr Cr.
Ro!iglgn
Chernfstr' 81, 83
C h e m x ! ~i 2
Furdgn Lwguage
Speech !1 or Lltcrature
Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biolocv 11. 12'
~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
m
I II
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Term
I n III
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Speech, Lit. or Hist.
Psychology 5
chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22. 23
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
I1 I11
c=.Cr.
5
-
- -
4
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
-4
4 4 -
- -
Term
I 11 nr
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22. 23
Electives
Term
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
I
Ion ll
lab 11,
I8
mstUl+l P , W S
B ~ , O I O ~s&xm
'
a F.E. m
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Elective (minor)
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- 4
5
5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Term
I 11 In
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Physical Science
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 77
Philosonhv 21
speech- lf
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Religion
Education 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Education 57, 63
Education 58
-Mathematics 56
Elective (minor)
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 15 4 - - - 4
3
4
- - 2
8 - 4
-
- -
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Art
Business ducati ion
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 - 5 5
4
- 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Sueech 11 or Literature
ducatio ion 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83, 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I TI 111
Cr, Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 -
-
5
-
-
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Term
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliaion 21
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Art 1
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relieion
P~YECS75
Physics 62. 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83. 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elective
Electives
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61, 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
I II
rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
- -
4
5
5
SOPHOMORE
Reliaion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 11
Philoso~hv 21
~ a t u r a Ccience
i
or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
English 90
Electives*
I II n I
Cr- Cr. Cr.
A
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Term
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62. 55
English 72 or 74. 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 - o r Music 30
English 21 or 40, 88 or 88
English 90, 91, or 92
~ i b r a r y Science 75
4
4
3
-
-
-
4
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Inter. Foreign Language
Speech 11 or Literature
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 10.
Electives or 56. 57
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- 4 0 0 0
- - 5
5
5 5 5 -
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10 - 5 -
SENIOR
-
Religion
Religion
Education 84'
Education 50'
Education 83'
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 87.
4
Education 59:
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
5 - Psychology 5
Literature 72 or 74
- - 5
Conversation 55
2 - 2
Indep. Study 99
Survey 63, 64..
5
Electives
5
5
Literature 72 or 74
- 5 5
Electives
* Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
- -
- - -
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I rI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natur?l Science or Math
Greek 11. 12. 13
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Latin 1. 2. 3
~ o c i o l o g y'11
H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - -
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
#
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
1
-
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,
M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57.
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 11, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
"
SENIOR
5
4
-
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education 87
Philosoohv 21
H. ~ 5 7i*
.H. P.E. 60*
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His-
tory.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
History 21, 22
Philosoohy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
ducati ion 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
5
5
4
4
5
- 4
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Historv 21. 22
~ h i l o s o ~ h y21'
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
5
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Education 8 4
Education 83
Education
Sociology 12
87
Soeech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
I
n
111
13
Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 5
Religion 21
4
5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
5 5 Econ. 22
- 4
Sociolom 11
5 5 5
~oreig-~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
1/3 1/3 1/3
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 ILI
Cr Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
-
-
-
SENIOR
--
4-5
4
- 4 4
- 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
Relieion
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Mathematics 72. 73
Philosophy 21
Speech- 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociolow 11
Pol. ~ d 20,
: 21. or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
Term
I I
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
5
-
-
- -
4-5
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
~
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83, 84
Educatiun 52. 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61, 72
Elective
4
-
- -
4
SENIOR
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 87
Education
84
- - - ---Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
~
0
0
-
4
-
4
4
-
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as
well as at the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 2
Sociolom 11
Siiii&"11, 12
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreien Laneuaee
POI.
Sci. 20; 21; or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistrv 53
Bidlogy -71
electives
Biology 76
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 - 5
-
- 4 - 4
6 6
- -
6
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
S ~ e e c h11 or Literature
ath he ma tics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5 5
4 - - 4 -
- -
-
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Ct
-
4
4
4
4
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
a s follows:
m:
Credits
12
12
12
5
9
Biology 11. 12
Chemistry 15. 16
Chemistry 51. 52
Chemistry 53
English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 40, 41
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science and Humanities
General electives
4
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53*, 54
Music 60, 61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
- 4-
4
5
5
5
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
- -
0
0
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Iviusic 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
4
5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
4
4
1
1
1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
!
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I TI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
5 5
- -
- .
4
1
- 4-
5
1
4
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, 5
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4
-
4
4
4-5 4-5
-
-
I
JUNIOR
Term
II 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature
~iectives
Religion
Art 1
Music 60. 61, 62
Music
53.. b8 54
Music 57,
- Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
FRESHMAN
Rellgion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
..
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
atural Science or Math.
.
d
Term
II 111
- 5
5 5 5
-- 4-
Cr. Cr. Cr.
P.E. 10
4
4
-
-
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
II rn
CP. Cr. Cr.
- -- 4 - 4
4 - 5
4
9
0
-
8
8
0
5
0
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
4
- 13 13
-
- -
- -
5
-
4-5
-
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natur.al Science or Math.
Education 84
&ducation 83
Education 87
I 11
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 13 13
10
5 - -
- -
-
-
4
-
I
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreien LanmaPe
ist tory 1, 2,-or-3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Electives
Term
I II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 4
--
-
- - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
4
Term
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art -1 or
Music 30
..~
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Ph~!osophy 23
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
5
6
- -
4 5 5
6 10
SENIOR
I
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
4
4-5
4
Term
I n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Wath. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Sconomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51. 52
ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics 62, 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
Term
FRESHMAN
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
phi lo so ah^ 21
Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
SOPHOMORE
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61. 62
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
- -
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
politic& kci. 22, 50
Camputer Science 45
History 21, 22
5
5
Term
JUNIOR
~ o r s g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81, 84
Economics 22. 23
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr.
4
- 5
4 4 4
4
-
5
-
4
4
-
5
Term
SENIOR
I I1 I11
Cr.
- -
4
4
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
~iferature
Elective
PSYCHOL,OGY
MAJOR
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr.
-.
. Cr.
- - . Cr.
--
- -
4
5
5
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Psvcholoev 59
~s$cholog$ 64
Psychology 61, 62
Psychology Electives
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I 11 I11
SENIOR
Religion
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
Cr. Cr. Cr.
81
99
91
Elective
0
RELIGION MAJOR
'
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 rII
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math.
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Term
11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4
4
4
4
4
5 - - 4 6
SENIOR
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
Term
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
O
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Scand. 1. 2
2, or 3
History I,
Natural Science or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Term
I 11
- -
4
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
Scand. 25
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
-
-
-
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Relieinn
-.
--..
-.
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
Education 52. 53. 54.
Education 59*
~cand.-l2
Philosophy 21
Scand. 74
Scand. 62
Electives
m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5 -
Term
II ITI
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84.
Education 83'
Education
87'
----
Term
I I
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
-
5
-
4
-
-
I
Term
II n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
-
5
-
Stand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
' Students
who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
~
I
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21, 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
11 I11
I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5 2
- 5 -
- -
4
4
-
-
-
5
4
SECOND YEAR
Religion 21
Psychology 5
Soeech 11
~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 5 -
SEMINARY
Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
Term
I
~ n g i k h11. 12
History 1. 2. 3
Foreign Lanmage*
S o c i o l o ~11
H. P.E. 1 . 2 3
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
4
4
5
-
4
5
-
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Term
I
Religion 21
Natursl Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
JUK?OR
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
4
-
-
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
-
8
8
-
-
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
4
4
4
4-5 4 12
-
-
16
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.,
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1. 2. 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
5
-
-
4
4
-
- -
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
I
- -
-
4
5
5
-
I
I1 I11
SENIOR
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
-
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
JUNIOR
I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
5
4
4 5 5 -
- - 4 0 0 0
- - 5
4 - - 4 4
5
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
5
4
-
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
- - 3-
-
4
4
4
'
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
4
5
5
5
4
4
4
-
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75.
Sociology 82, 83
Sociology 91*
Electives
Relieion
phil;sophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,* 62*
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11. 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P E . 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
5 5 - - 4
4
4 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42. 43
Elective
SENIOR
C-.
r . C-.
r C-r.
.
Religion
Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53'
Socioloev 54." 55.* 56"
s o c i o l o ~ +61"
Psychology 5.
Sociology 31
Electives
-
4
1
4
4
1
-
4
1
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relizion
Sociology 75. 82
Psvcholoev 61. 62
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
-
-
4
Required for the major
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 61
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Speech 60
Speech 51, 55
Education 50
Educztion 52. 53. 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
- ..--.
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5
5
4
4
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- -
- -- - -
---*-*
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
ForGgn Language
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosouhv 23
speech*i i o r 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
I1 I11
4
4
--
Term
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- -
5
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
S ~ e e c h16 or 67
speech 66
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Electives
--
c r , Cr. Cr.
L, 6
I
-
6
-
6
Term
I
I1 n I
Cr. Cr.. Cr.
4 - -
PERSONNEL
Officers of the Board
m
....................
. . . . . . . Chairman
THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg
OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson
............................Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0. G . Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
*Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
0 THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
*Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota.
*Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
*Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
'"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
'"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
"Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
"Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
'"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
'"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota,
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
'''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
:&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
*Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
:!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
* Part-time faculty
::*
:*,::
Ahlson, Margaret Ann
. Williston, N. Dak
Anderson, Allen Kenneth
. . . Paynesuille
Anderson, Barbara Ellen
. . . . . . . . Benson
Andersoq Carol Louise . . .
Minneapolis
Andersoq D a ~ dElbert
. . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie .
,
,
. St Paul
Anderson, John Luther
. . . . . . . . Climaz
Anderson, Karen Ann
.
. Bnd<cr. iu
Anderson, Mary Kay
.. . .
,
Rcd R'imc
Andreasen, John Gabriel
.
. t-'irrquc. TVis,
Arlf Nancy Jeanne . . . . . . . . . . . . Gknmc
Ausmus, Duane G . .
. Hinckley
. . . Zimmerman
Bagley, Harold James
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
.
. . Canby
Beiningen, Janet Marie
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Benson. Carolyn Mae
... Welch
Berg, Anita Christine . . .
Minneapolis
Berg, David Clarence . . .
Bernstrom, Robert Donald
Minneapolis
, !!;nrcwoli,
Bevis. Lennore A Bylund
Blake, Ronald Richard
.
S d n r z . TVorh
Blom, Catherine Elizabeth . .
rIrrrcIy12
Boies, Thomas G. P.
.
.I!inz~:cpoiir
Bolstad, Paul Raymond
. . . Minneapolis
.
. . . Minneapolis
Bolstad, Rosanne M.
Bonnes, Charles Edwin . . . . Minneapolis
Booth, Tine Andriessen Fort Francis, Ont., Can
Bowles, Connie Lee
.
. Minneapolis
Braaten, Julie Secgmiller
Decorah, la.
Brandvold, Richard William
Minneapolis
......
Minnetonka
Bruzek, Barbara
. .
. . . Butterfield
Buhler, Joan
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Carlson. Lee Dixon
. . . . . . . . . . Anoka
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay . . . Princeton, N.1
. . . . Edina
Christenson, Bruce G . .
Cole, Larry
. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . . . Estheruille, la.
Coltvet, Helen B.
...
Estheruille, la.
... , . Stockton, Calif.
Corson. Corbin G.
Coryell, Charles Emerson . . . . . Richfield
.
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie . .
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
.
Drews, Ellen Udine
Onalarka, Wis.
..
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Frankfurt am Main
West Germany
. . . Warn, Wis.
. .
Minneapolis
.
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth
Emerson, Douglas A.
..
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D . . . . .
Erickson, Janet Kathryn . .
Erickson, Judith J.
. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
.
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden . .
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
. . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Ferchen, Duane V.
. . . . Niagara FalLs, N.Y.
. . . . . . St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Firsf Le Mar Jack
. . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Winona
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . .
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
.
. . . . Minneapolis
Frick, Phyllis G
Gilbertson, J o h n Gayle
.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . Duluth
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . Austin
Greenfield, John Nelson . . . . . Sheridan, Wy.
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . . . Monticello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth
. . . Huichinmn
. . . h'or:hkM
Hallcock, Beverly Marie
. Rrd IT'ir;3
Hamberg, Sandra Diane Edskom
Hanse, Joel G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3lorri1
Hanseq Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann .
. . . . . . Thief River FalLs
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
.
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor .
Westbrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee . . . . . . .
Hedman, Dave . . . . . Seattle, Wmh.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendrickson, Alan Albert
Negaunee, Mich
. Minnetonka
Hendrickson, John R , Jr .
. . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J
. . Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, J e n y David . . . . . Kimble
. Piermont, S. Dak
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
.
Tigerton, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
. . . Minneapolis
Holmgren, Sharon Joy
Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . .
.
Radcliffe, In
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . Pennock
Huseby, Edward J
Jacobson, David R
Minneapolis
. . St. Paul
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H
.
Ghent, N.Y.
Bloomington
Johnson, David Lawrence
Lake Mills, I a
Johnson, Dennis Carl
Johnson, Donna Marie
,
. Minneapolis
Lehr, N. Dak
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Columbia Heights
Johnsoq Duane Elmer
..
.
Red Wing
Johnson, Gary Steven
Grantsburg, Wis
Johnson, Gay A.
.
,
Johnson, Irene M.
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Karen Janice
.
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Mardelle B.
. . Kirkland, 111.
Johnson, Robert Leslie . .
. . . . Willmm
Johnson, Sally Ann
. . . . McCallsburg, l a
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
. Annandale
Joing, Bonnie Jean
..
.
Minneapolis
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
Kalp* Kathleen L . . .
Klemp, Joy Carol
..
Klepp, John DeWayne
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine . .
Kosloske, Daryl Gordon
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Kruse, Verland E.
Kyllo, Loren Jon
. . Hecror
Parkers Prairie
... Ezcelsior
Bag*
Ercelsror
. Fmrmont
Broweruille
Wammingo
Bloomington
Burnsuille
Landa, Mark
Faribault
.
Minneapolis
Lange, Walter J
.
.
. Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , Jr
Larson, Allen James
. St. Paul
Larson, Carole Jane
Newman Groue, Neb
. . . . Hector
Larson, Mary Lynn
. Minnetonka
LaSalle, Judith Carol
Lee, Henry Albert
Camrose. Alberta, Can
.
Lacrosse, Wis.
Lee, Thomas Robert
.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W.
Minnetonka
. . . . . . . . Roseau
Lund, Karen 0.
. St Croiz Falls, Wis
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Maas, Jerry LeRoy .
Mattison, Donald Roger
!finwnpolir
Luck. 1ri7
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Roscc:r
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
.
..
Milaca
Mattson, Philip Dale
McCaughan, Charles A
.
. Blwmington
McGregor, Thomas Robert .
Minot, N. Dak.
. . Minneapolis
Meland, John Kristoffer
Minneapolis
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
Minneapolis
Miller, John Richard
. . . . Minneapolis
.
Minear, Spencer E.
Moland, Lucille Sharon
Malta, Ill.
Moore, James Raymom!
.
. St. Paul
Mork, Richard 3Iiltnn
.
. Benson
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B.
. . . . . St. Paul
. . Rockford, Ill
Myrvik, Karen Ann . . .
. . . . Hillsboro, N. Dak.
Nelson, Anne Moen
. . . . . . . Lakeville
Nelson, Blair Russell
.
. . . . . . . . RichfieId
Nelson, Jacqueline
Neseth, Carmen Lois . . . . . . . Kenyon
Norlin, Sandra Roth . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Norum, Grant Marvin . . . . . . . Clayton, Wis
. . Wooduille, Wis.
Norvold, Douglas Berg
..
Columbia Heights
Nygaard, Marie T
Oelschlager, Karen
. . . . . Wa~mingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama
Abbg Nigeria
Robbinsdale
Olson. Gracia Naomi . . . . . .
Olson, Joseph Andrew . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard . . . . . Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N. . . . . . . . . .Roseuille
. . .
Ostby, John Leonard
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Dennison
Ostemn, Karen L
. St. Cloud
Pslmgren. Patricia Claire
. . Cliiherall
Paulsoq Dennis Edward
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Pautz, Lynn Eagen
. Brooklyn Pmk
Pearsoq Wayne Kenneth
Persons, Warren Lee
Minneapolis
...
Peterson, Darrel A
.... Fmwell
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Janice L.
Peterson, Ronald David . . . . . . . . Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae . . .
. . Willmm
Pierson, Diana L. . . . .
,
Minneapolis
.
. Harlings
Pinke, Paul August
.
.
.
.
Podas, Gary Charles
Minneapolis
. .
Ezcelsior
Poeschel, Richard Albert
.
. Hutchinson
Popp, Kathleen Ann
. Minneapolis
Prokofieff, Philip E. ..
Wagner, Dean Eldon
Wagner, Nicholas E. .
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise
Warzyniak, Robert W
.
Weimer, Martha E
Westby, Steven Amold
Will, Connie D. Clarine
Williams, Richard Keith
Windingstad, Ronald M
Woida, Duane Arthur . .
Woolson, Cynthia Lee
Lake Mills, I a
Si. Paul
....
,
Minneapolis
Robbimdak
Wausau, Wis.
. . . . . . Austin
..
Dawson
Peshiigo, Wis
. . . Hosiings
Zimmermaq Paul Henry, J r
,
Zinn, Richard Carlton
. . Zumbrota
. . Si. Paul
..
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward
.
Adams. Marcia Louise
Albaugh, Marilyn Rae
Anderson. Barbara J.
Anderson, Bruce Edward
Anderson, Joyce Ardell
Anderson, Patricia P
Andreason, Shirley M
Arends, Ardell Martha
.
Asp, Julie Ann
Asper, Victoria Sharon
Axberg, Robert Atle
,
.
.
I
Pelican Rapids
Minneapolis
,
. . Aurora
. . Osakis
Eagle Bend
. . . . . . A ustin
. . . Smgeant
Minneapolis
. Wabosso
.
Peterson
Frederick. Wis.
Minneapolis
.
.
Sacred Hemi
Barnaal, Lois A
Barsness, Anita Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Watson
Batalden, Sandra Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Batalden, Stephen Kalmer
Beauclair, Mildred M
New Rockford, N. Dak
Quam, Marilyn A
Kenyon
. . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Benson, Robert R
. . . . . Minneoia
Berg, Carol Myrvik
Ree, James R. . . . . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Bethke, Joel Lee . .
. . Cannon Falls
Reiff, Paul G. . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Bold\
Marilyn
Jean
.
.
. . Huichinson
..
Princeton
Reiman. Dennis B
Bollman, Lynn A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
.
Si Paul
Rindal, Terence W.
.....
Radcliffe, Ia.
. . . .
61 . r n m n i ~ ~ ; Bomick, Steven D
Ring, Vernice
Robbins, Richard Raymond
..
I E r n ~ ~ a ~ c ~ I i - Brabch, Keith Richard . . . . . RenvilIe
Bremer, Constance V Elizabeth . .
St Paul
Ronning, Donald David . .
Fmgc. Y
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Burke, Ronald C
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad
,
Burmn? 1L.k
Rosenquist, Adeline E. ..
, I: 1 c o n J r i
St. Anthony Village
Chilgren, Donald L
Rossing, Melvin 0. . .
TrilJ.r:r. :\I~da<m?ur
Wolf Point, Mont
Christianson, Donna Dean
Rosvold, L. Beverly
. . . . Co!!onumd
.
.
.
. Richfield
Cina,
Stephen
Alan
. . . . Minneapolis
Rued, Mary Margaret
. . . Bloomington
Clawson, John T.
. . . . . . . . . Willmm
Rykken, Dennis Neal
.
. Minneapolis
Cooper, Grant William
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D.
Dahlquist, Kathleen
:ifinwnpoli.
. . .
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann
. , ,Amnril!n, T C Y ~
Danielson, Thad Carl
.....
Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Deden,
Ruth
Ann
.
Zumbroro
Sawai, Noboru . . . . . . . >Iinx~,3mlir
Doering, Sandra Lee
.
hbhirtrdalc
. . Newman Gro::~..:'r-cS.
Sawyer, Carol Ann
Dolan, Mary Margie
IInw!
Schamer, Bonita Boll . . . .
Tininrn?
Donald, William Paul
, ,
:ltinnr5~c/iz
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Zurnbroia
.
3lrrmruerilir
Dunham, Loren J.
. . . . Long Lake
Schumann, Carolyn A.
. . . . . . Beloit, Wis.
Scott, Michael David
Enlund, Marian I
Rich.&-!d
. . . . . . .
Hopkins
Senn, James A
.
,
Rci,r-rr
Enstad, John C
. Blancharduille, Wis
Severson, Roland 0
Erickson, Conroe LeRoy
Canr;grr Fcllr
.
Chicago, 111.
Sexton, Lela M
Erickson,
Douglas
R.
.
,
.Crq!fL..
IVEh
. . Richfield
Shaleen, Esther A.
Erickson. Elaine Marie
,
,JlfinJ-n~o1is
Shores, Stanley Bernard . . . . . Willmm
Erickson, Steven I.
ramhridgr
Sigurdson, Eunice E . . . . . New Hope
Evenson, Larry Kent
H=,I~L
. . . McGraih
Simonson, Ronald M a n i n
Eau Claire, Wis
Sorenson, Richard Edward
Feddick, Kathleen A
.
Duluth
Sprague, Patricia Jean . . . . . St Louis Park
.
..
Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C.
Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stavrou; Soterios G
.
Milaca
Ferguson.
Ronald
Morris
. . . . Minneapolis
Stende, John R
Filreis, Lucille Randall
Edim
.
. Minmapolis
Stenson, Charles 0.
Fischer,
Janet
Susan
Buffalo
Lake
.
Golden Valley
Stensrud, Alan T.
Forseth,
Stephen
W
Minneapolis
.
.
.
Lowry
Stivland, Rodney L
. . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James
. . . Silverion, Ore.
Strand, Carol Ruth
.
Columbia Heights
Streufert, Paul R.
Gaard,
Marilyn
Kay
Boyceuille,
Wis.
. . . . . . . . . . . Richfield
Strom, Dale L
Geisness, Camolita K . . . . . . . Alezandria
. . . . Rocksier
Struve, James Kenneth
Gerschwitz,
Paul
Roy
Streaky
Bay,
S
Australia
.
. Fridley
Sundberg, Lois E
. Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Thimsen, Marcia Ann . . . . Minnetonka
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Thompson, Judy M.
. . . . . . Badger
. . Siour City, In.
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Amel
Gisselquist, Rebecca Joan
. . . . . Dawson
...
Miles City, Moni
Gjerde, Ruth Ann
Torstenson, Beth Marie
. . . .Z i m m e r m
Goldenmaq Dennis Alan
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
I
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. . . . . . . . . . Racine, Wis
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . Clmkfield
Groth, Frediic Ivan . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Edina
Grover, John Robert . . . . . . Rochlle, Ill
. . Sand Creek, Wis.
Gundale, John David .
Gunderson, Barry L. . . . . . . . Brooklyn Center
Gundenon, Karen Mildred . . . Enumchw, Wmh.
H a m n , Bruce Lyle
. . . . . Minneapolis
.. .
. Willmm
Hansen, Lee Anne
. . . . Minneapolis
Haugen, David Allen . .
...
. . . Brainerd
Hedquist, Willard A
. South St. Paul
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen
. . . . Bumsuille
Helgesen, Rebecca Lynn
Helgeseq Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
.. .
. . . Robbinsdale
Helstrom, Gary K.
Hetland, Duane Gordon . .
. . Radcliffe, la.
Rushford
Highum, Gayle Elaine . . .
Hirdman, Paul Thomas . . . . . . . Story City, l a
Zumbrota
Hoeft, Ardis Freda .
.
Minneapolis
Hoffman, Sheldon R.
. . . . Mound
Hofteig, John Haldor .
Hokansoq Dale H. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Arthur
Oak Lawn, Ill.
.. . .
St Paul
Hoveland, Dawn Diane
. . . . . . Montgomery
Huber, Ronald R.
. . . . . Emf Chain
Hugoson, Eugene Leighton
.
Albert Lea
Huseby, Rebecca Ann
Jacobson, Carol Beske
. . . . . . . . .. Atwater
. . . Hawick
Jacobson, Karen Lee . .
. . St. Paul
Jensen, Cheryl Marie . .
. . Minneapolis
Johnson, Bonita Phyllis
, Rockford, 111.
Johnson, Dale I. . .
Johnsoq Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis
Johnson, Lance S
. .
,
. St. Paul
Johnson, Peter N. . . Tananmiue, Malagmy Rep.
.
Minnetonka
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore
. . .. Glencoe
Kivi, Eileen Emch . . .
. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Klune, John Gradie
.
.
St. Paul
Knutson, David Walter
. Wabasso
Lamprecht, Gloria Dianne . . . .
Lanes, Mary Lou . .. . . . ... . .. . . Monteuideo
.. . . .
Lamberion
Lang, Donald George
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont
. . . . . Virginia
Larson, Karen A.
. . . . . Climar
Larson, Linda Rae . .
. . Minneapolis
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann . .
.
Wells, Mich
Lee, Robert Lloyd . . . . .
,
.. ..
. Edina
Leschensky, James E
. . . . Coon Rapids
Lewis, Janice Joan . . .
..
Minneapolis
Lewis. John Carl
,
.
Coon Rapids
Lewis, Richard John
. . .. Wrmerly, la.
Liebers, Myrna Gail . .
..
Minneapolis
Lier, Peter C
Lillquist, George E , Jr
Spring Lake Park
, Lake Crsytal
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis
.
South St. Paul
Lindell, Jamcs Gerald, J r
. . . . . . . . Hayfield
Lohn, Gary Howard
. . . Dell Rapids, S Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell
Columbia Heights
Cmla>Madsen, Janet Marie .
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
.
~lfin?a~.opcli.r
Mattson, Carol Jayne
.
. . Lakeuille
. . . Madison, Wis
McKnight, Malilyn S.
. ..
. . . . . Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H.
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha . . . .
...
Minneapolis
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else
. ..
.
Eden, S Dak
Miller, Dennis D
. . Viroqua, Wis
Moe, Eleanor Solveig . . . .
. Minneapolis
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson
. .. . . . . Willmm
Mork. Carol J.
. Owaionna
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts
. .
Robbinsdale
Munson, Diane Shirley
. . . . . . . St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen
.
Bmron, Wis.
Nelson, Linda Louise
. . . . Spicer
Nelson, Paulette
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Nelson, Philip John
.
Spooner, Wis
Nelson, Susan Ann .
. . . . . Stanley, Wis
Nerdrum, Cam1 Joan
.
. Hopkins
Niles, Richard Allen
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser
dolden Valley
,
. Cokdo
Nyquist. Joel Victor
. . . . . . . Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
Olseq Myron Lee . .
. .
Oconio, Wis
..
.
. Roseuille
Omundson, L Jean
. . Spring Valley
Overholt, Suzanne . . . . .
Orbolt Anthony C . .
. . . Kansas City, Mo.
Pedersoq Thomas Calvin
.
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie
Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . ...
Jackson
Peterson, Daniel Lmn
Peterson, Donovan David . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Peterson, Gerald B. . . . . .
.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R . . .
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent . . . Minneapolis
Pittman, William V , Jr
. .. . . . Anoka
.
. . Minneapolis
Pudas, Grant Peter
Minneapolis
Rakow, Donn Edward . . .
Ramnarine, David James Cameron
Skeldon,
Guyana
.
, ,
Hoffman
Refsal, Harley J
Reiff, James E
..
.
St. Paul
. .
. Minneapolis
Reque, Frank Merwin
. .. .
.
Robbinsdale
Rice, Linda Jane
Roe. Janice Elaine
Fmno.> N. Dak.
Ruona. Marlys Denise
. . Minneapolis
. . . . T r y
Rupp, Patricia Emma
. . LaCrosse, Wzs.
Ruud, Charlotte Ann
-
. . . . . . . Milan
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
.
Minneapolis
Sahl, Thomas James . .
Salo, Susan .
.
,
.
..
Milaca
. Minneapolis
Sandbo, Mark R
Sather, Sylvia Carolyn
..
Minneapolis
Schlachtenhaufen, Salome Ann
Des Moines, la.
.
Bird Island
Scholla, Muriel Berg
. .
Forest Lake
Schroeder, Marian Ethel
Later Prairie
Schultz, Michael Louis
Schwartz, John Norman
. Lester Prairie
Selstad, John Leslie
. Minneapolis
Senner, Priscilla Ruth
. . . Narhug N. Hamp.
Setterholm, Richard Dale
.
Brooklyn Center
. Minneapolis
Sjerslee. Sallie Stephenson
. . . . Hector
Sjogren, David August . . . .
Minneapolis
Skottegaard, Robert Charles .
.
. . Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan . .
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay
Bmron, Wis
Seattle, Warh.
Smith, Paul D . . .
. Minneapolis
Snyder, Thomas Stanley .
. Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur
. .
.
Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1
.
Minneapolis
Stensvaag, Ruth Ingrid
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann .
. . Rockford, ill.
Strommen, Mary Ellen .
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie
Thief Riuer Falls
Sulzbach, Ann E . . .
Minneapolis
. . Minneapolis
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes
,
Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin
.
Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A Alden
..
. Minneapolis
Sylvester. David Ernest
Teige, M Philip
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Tibbits, Lorene Monson
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna
Titrud, Mark
.
True, David Jon
.
Uigaard, Stuart Brady
Wateruille, Maine
. Slater, la.
.
,
Glencoe
Lake Lillian
.
. Canby
.
. Willmar
. . . . Center City
Columbia Heights
Star Prairie, Wis
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
.
. .
.
Walen, Barbara E.
Wall, Geraldine Neff
Warner, Ronald Dean
Wesley, Lynn Carol
.
Westermo, Mary Ellen
White, Clyde Edward
...
Wilfrid, Luther Jon
Wilson, Carolyn Jean
Woida, Karen Leslie Horton
Wold, Philip Arlen
Wood, Virginia Joanne
.
Wyckoff, Madeleine Jeanne
.
St Paul
.
..
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Grandview, Wash.
.. .
. St. Paul
. Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
. . . Hayfield
St. Paul
Siom City, la.
New Brighton
Columbia Heights
. . . Richfield
Youngquist, Michael William
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng . . . . . Hong Kong
..
. Wood Lake
Yuzer, Barbara Ann . .
SUMMARY Graduates -- 1870-1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OF Graduates -- 1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRADUATES Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
3496
247
3743
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1966-67
First Term
Men Women Total
Class
98
Senior .....
Junior .... 158
Sophomore
218
Freshman . 242
Special . . . . 31
Yurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F H.)
Nurse (M H.)
Nurse ($. H.)
Total . . . . . 747
.
.
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
Second Term
Men Women Total
95
98
193
156
150
306
211
232
28
722
-199
254
25
34
410
486
53
34
$0
40
41
75
916
41
75
1638
Thii Term
Men Women Total
91
154
205
254
28
92
150
198
259
24
34
732
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................................
special ...................................
Nurse (D H.) .............................
Nurse (F. H.) .............................
.
.. . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
.
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
780
79
973
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1966-1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .973
Total .................................................. 1753
INDEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41,
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . 2,
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . 50,
Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . .
Art, Department of . . . . 51,
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57,
Business Education . . . . . 59,
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . 29
9
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education ... 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Ark . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Secretarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses 111
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . 43
Divisional Organization . . . . 48
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30. 100
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . .
14
Financial Information . . . . . . .
12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34,
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
41
7
68
115
43
133
146
41
115
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
Objectives and Aims . . . . . . 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlmetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Uedical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation fomr the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Department of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
8
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
Religion, Department of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80,
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Courses . . . . 59,
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences, Division of the
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology, Department of 97,
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,
Special Programs of Study . .
122
14
122
123
26
50
123
124
103
115
102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordination of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
47
41
1
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University d Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall at the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1
11 12 13 14 15 16
18 19 20 21 22 23
25 26 27 28 29 30
S
3
0
17
24
31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
OCTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18192021222324
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3 4 5 6 7 :
9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
........... (Mon.) ............
............
Final registration and
beginning of classes
(Thurs.) ........................ Holiday
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes
May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
FEBRUARY 1970
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
,
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
June 9
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
July 21
Aug. 8
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute to the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relati,on to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocatio,n, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students t o an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen,
dean of women at Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing comer is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for bidogy are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and General fee
as described below.
(per year)
TUITION
New freshmen entering September, 1969
(per year)
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year)
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour)
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic
year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
General Fee
(per year)
(Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic
productions, convocations, and the support of Student
Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time
students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation,
transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
(7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the
Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding
term has not been paid in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate
basis.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
ElMPLOYlVIENT
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
and off-campus jobs are available.
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Off ice of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at
all possible.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number of credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49
grade average
+
+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
-
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION IJ
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUlMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David
Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
2 crs.
Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 67 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 68 PRINT MAKING II
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
1 78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9.
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
1 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
1 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
1 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety
of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable
basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In
general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
5 crs.
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1
W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
W 72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
76 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
E 81 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current
literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1
62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1961)-70.1
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p
portunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and-inforial
discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
l-Fd.1
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
6, 6 crs.
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
6 crs.
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 , 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.]
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.]
83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL.
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.]
H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average at this point.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56.
Spring. I
64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
15 crs.
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
0
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
-of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
5 crs.
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
4 crs.
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1 ,
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
# .Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.]
.
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 196%70.]
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47.
Spring.]
86 MILTON
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
or #. Spring, 196849.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3, 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
5 crs.
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER 3 M S I O N
COURSES
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.)
56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
Minor: U credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
(Calculus1
5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e
metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.]
1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.]
1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGE
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
O FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
5, 5 crs.
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required
for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or #
.]
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# .Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPER DWISIOrj
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific
history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or
56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
+.
W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
196%70.]
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department
chairman. CSpring.1
1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson,
Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists.
Lectures
stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to
do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage.
[Spring, 1868-83.1
W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian.
Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the
historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory
.
work. Required for
all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he
n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII,
Winter, Spring.1
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
OOURSES
W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5
crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5. 5 crs.
A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by
lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage.
Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be-
come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of
the college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
of the college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces (b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
1 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1969-701.
1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
1 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRUD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS
4 crs.
Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
[Spring.]
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include :
the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
5 crs.
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 1968-69.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
# .Fall, 1969-70.1
H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS
OF
PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment,
and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department
prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching
profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that
will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
H l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s
are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
night viewing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.I
1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
1 6 1 ELECTRONICS
5
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
crs.
tube
and
Pre-
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
DEPARTh'IENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an
understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance;
to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the
graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science,
public administration, and international relations.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t
least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public
Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5
crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.]
W 9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARmNT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. HOWARD
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2)
to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
.
.
..
.
.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.I
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
4 crs.
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or
#.
Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
# . Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course
21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
.An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g .
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
4 crs.
7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT
4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54.
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e
thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5
crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational
structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1
2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
32 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196%70.]
68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
--
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN
Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ
among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third, term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULU'MS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
4
- - 5
5-6 -
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- - 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4 4
5-6 5-6 4
-
- -
6
-
-
- 4-5
6
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreien Laneuaee
~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Sistory 55.
Psychology 81s
Sociology 42'; 43'
Philosophy 65
Electives (non-major)
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20. 21
- -
4
-4 -
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
4
4
4
- -
4
4
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70*
Histon 56'
~ d u c a i i o n87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22'
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F o r & n Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosouhy 21
Art 21Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83. 84
Art 67
Art 50
History 3
Speech 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21, 22
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
-
4
-
4
-- 4 5
5
- 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
- Cr.
4 Cr.
-
--
4
8
-
4-5
4
4
3
-
- - 4
-
8
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art
---. 21
-Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 2 2
Art 68, 99
Art 78
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Englsh 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
----------
Foreign Language
Physics 21. 22. 23
Biology 61; 71; or 76
Biology 63, 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Biology 53 or elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
- 6 6
1 / 3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21 or 23
Biology 51, 71, or 76
Biology 73 or elective
Biology 72. 74, or 81
Biology 91, 92, 93
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Socioloev 11
I
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
-
-
- 5-
6
-
6
-
4
4
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Relieion 21
~ o r G g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistry 23
H. P.E. 10
Mathematics 13 or 40*
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Religion
Speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53'
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
I
I1 I11
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
6
5
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
4 4 5
4
5
5-6
6
5-6
0 0 0
-
-- -
SENIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Biology 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91, 93
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 - 5-6
- - 5-6
1 - 1
- 5 10
4
4-5 4
- -
- - -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Relieion 11
E n g E s h 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62, 63
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 - - 5
5 5 - 5 5
- 4 5
-
5
-
5
-
5
5
4
4
- -
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1, 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
4
4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. .63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
ForGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Business Ed. 21
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed.. 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cy. Cr.
4 - 6
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Business Ad. 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Chemistry 61. 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
6
-
5
-
5
-
4
6
- 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
â¬hemism 81. 83
C h ~ m l s m$2
Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
5
6
6
5
5
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 - 5
- 4 4 - 4 - -
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biology 11, 12 '
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Sueech. Lit. or Hist.
~;ychology 5
Chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22, 23
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
- - 4
-
-
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
F o r s g n Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
Term
I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
4
5-6 5-6
- 4
- - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4
4 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22, 23
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 5 - - 4
- - 4
- - 4
4
4 4 - 4
4 - Term
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Engljsh 11, 12
Foreign Language
Historv 1. 2. or 3
~ i o l o & o a lscience
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5
4
5 5
- 4
5 - 5
- 4
1/3
. 1/3
. 1/3
.
- 4 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0
- 4 - - 6
rn
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Phvsical Science
poi. ~ c i 20,
.
21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
r ducat ion 77
Philosophy 21
Speech 11
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4
5
4-6
- 5 4
5
- 4 5
- - ~
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - -
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign L a n g ~ a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Education 52, 53. 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 5 5
5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 4 - 4
5
4
0
0 0
-
-
5
-
8
8
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ n g l k h11. 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 75
Physics 62, 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or, Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
History 1, 2, or 3
Literature
Sociology 12
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43. 58
Art 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f
English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61. 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4-5
- 5 5
5 5 4
-
A
-
-
Term
I II 111
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---4
-
5
- -
4
5
-
5
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
Speech 11
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
English 90
Electives*
* Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62, 55
English 72 or 74, 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5
- 4
0 0 0
5
5 5 5
- 4 5
5 -
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English 90. 91, or 92
Library Science 75
-- -- -45
.
4
4
3
--
- -
4
-
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 21
Intfr. Foreign Language
Sueech 11 or Literature
~ h i l o s o p h y 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56, 57
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50'
Education 52.. 53.. 54'
Education 59*
Psychology 5.
Conversation 55
Survey 63, 64"
Literature
74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or
--
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education
Education
Education
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
5
-
2
5
-
-
-
5
2
5
5
5 5
Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92.
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2. or
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I fI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Naturll Science
Greek 11. 12,
Philosouhv 21
POI. sG. 30, 21,
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Math.
22 or
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57'
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 71, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOWOBE
- - 5
1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
H' P E: 335. P.E. 43
R. P.E. 5D'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
0 0 0
- - 5
- -
-
6
5
-
-
2
4
4
4-5
4-5
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 73.
H. P.E. 60.
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
-
5
-
4
4
5
4
4
-
n
-
10
-
-- -4 - -
-
4
-
-
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
- 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 5 5 4 8 4
4 - - - 4
- 4 4
- - 4
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
Historv 21, 22
P h i l o s o ~ h y 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
-
-
5
-
4
5
4
5
5-6 5-6
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
~ n g l i s h11, 12
Foreian Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociolonv 11
~ c o n o m i c s 22
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education
59
-~
-.-...
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20. 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosowhv 21
~ s y c h o i o g y5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
F,ueech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- 5
5-6 5-6 Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 83. 84, 85
mathematics 72, 73
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5
4
-
-
- -
-
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I LI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4
4
- 4 4
4 4 4
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Socioloev 11
~6riign"~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
- -
4-5
4
4 4
4 5-6 5-6
5 4 4
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Cr. C
4
5
5
5
- -
-
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
4
-
4
4
-
-
-
45
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
I
Relieion
Art l or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83. 84
Educatiun 52, 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61. 72
Elective
Term
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 5
- 4
5
4
4 0 0 0
4
- --
SENIOR
Term
I
Religion
Education 87
Education 84
Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- -4
-
10
4
-
~
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s
well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ngnsh
11, 12
History 2
Sociology 11
SioloEv 11. 12
~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
I
Term
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
4
- - - 4
- 6 6
6 - - 6 -
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
I
I1 In:
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
SENIOR
Cr.
r.
-.
. C
. Cr.
-.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistry 53
Biology 71 or electives
Biology 76
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6
6
4
4
4-5
4
-
4
-
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
4
6
-
-
MEDICINE
Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
as follows:
Credits
12
12
12
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15. 16
ChemIstrv 51. 52
&jal
science and Humanities
General electives
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
5
5
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53'. 54
Music 60, -61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
5
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
Term
I 11 In
Cr.
- .. Cr.
- - . Cr.
.
- .
- - 4
- -
4
0
-
0
0
-
4
5
4
3
0
1
3
0
1
- - 5
- 4 4
4 -
0
1
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4 -
-
4
5
-
4
1
-
-
- 5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, S
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
4
1
0
4
4
5
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
1
0
-
1
0
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
Music 60, 61, 62
Music 53*, 54
Music 57, 58
Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
*
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5
4
4
4
1
0
3
1
0
-
4
-
4
-
4
-
3
1
0
4
SENIOR
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - - 4-5
-
-
4
-
1
0
1
0
4
-
1
0
4 8 10
-
5
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
1IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
For&
Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics. 22
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52, 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
- 4
-4 -9 8
0 0
- 5
4
-
4
5
8
0
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
~
n
0.
Cr. Cr.
-
-
10
5
-
4
-
13 13
- -
-
-
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I II m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---5
4
5
5 5 4
-
SOPHOMORE
4 - - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Phdosophy 23
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I n m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
-5
4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
-
4-5
- 4-
4
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. (Sr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
m
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e
Math. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or'3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51, 52
Mathematics 83,
Art 1 or Music
Physics 62. 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
- - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or 3conomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
~ o r e i g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81. 84
Economics 22. 23
Psvcholow 5
~iferaturF
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
4
4
- 5-6 5-6
4 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 5 5
4
4 4 4
- 4 4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61, 62
Philosophy 23
Political Sci. 22, 50
Computer Science 45
History 21, 22
SENIOR
Religion
Political Sci. 51, 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
Tern
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4
5
4
-
- - - 4
4
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Psvcholoev
~&ychol
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
81
o99
~~
91
Elective
RELIGION MAJOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Math.
I
Term
n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
.-P O ~ . 2"i.
-
20,-21,-or
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
- 4 4
5
- 4 6
-
- -
SENIOR
Term
I II rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Eneldh 11. 12
scGa. 1. 5
EListov 1. 2. or 3
Natural Seience or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I nrn
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- -
Religion
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
duoa at ion 52, 53, 54.
Education 59.
Scand. 72
Philoso~hv 21
Scand. -74Scand. 62
Electives
SOPHOMORE
- 4 5
- - 4 0
0
- - 05
5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84'
Education 83'
Education 87;
Scand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
* Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ u i i i e s s~
- d 1.
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SECOND YEAR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
psychology 5
Speech 11
Busixess Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Historv 1. 2. 3
~ o r e i & ~anguage'
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 5 5 5
4 4 4
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
* Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4
0 0 0
- - 5
4 4
5 5 - 5
4
4 4 -
-
- -
SENIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 84
Education 83
Education 87
Sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate scho,ol.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Socioloev 11. 12
A& 1
~ u s i c30
H. P E . 1. 2, 3
or
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,' 62'
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
5
5 5 4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 5 - 5 5 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5-6 5-6 -
-
4
-
-
-
-
4-5
4
-
4
-
4
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75'
Sociology 82, 83
Socioloas 91.
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Lannuaae
ist tory 1,r .2
3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sociology 51.' 52.* 53.
Sociology 54,* 55,' 56"
Sociology 61;
Psychology 5
Sociology 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
5 5 4
4
-
- 4
- -4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Soeech 11 or Literature
~ b l Sci.
.
2 0 , 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42, 43
Elective
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75. 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
0
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Soeech 61
~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 60
Speech 51. 55
Education 50
Educction 52, 53, 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Langu.age
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
4
5
5
6
4-5
-
-
6
4
5
-
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Relieion
speech 16
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education
Education
Education
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
or 67
84
83
87
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr.
Dr.
Dr.
Mr.
Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman
Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary
Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
t:.
I
,l.t
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
0
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0.G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMI'ITEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
t:;
,C:
'%
D
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
"Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
"Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
"Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota.
"Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
"Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
"Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
:':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
*Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
"Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
:!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
t:;
,C:
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota.
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
:'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
'!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
"Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
'!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
Part-time faculty
Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak.
Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille
. . . . . . . Benron
Anderson, Barbara W e n
Minneapolis
Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . .
Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m
. . Badger, la.
Anderson, Karen Ann .
Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing
Andreasen, John Gabriel .
. Viroqua, Wis.
. . . . . . Glencoe
Arlt, Nancy Jeanne
.
.
. Hinckley
Ausmus, Duane G .
Bagley, Harold James
. . . . Zimmerman
.
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
Beiningen, Janet Marie
Cnnbr
Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix
Berg. Anita Christine . . .
IT>ldl
Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis
Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~
.\linncapnl~:
Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl
.
. Ilinr>opoik
B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord .
. Sfishrd. Tl'mh
nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr
Bricrll-n
E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P
l!inncape!fi
Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i
. . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i
.
:\1inr~-2poIi$
Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I
no~rn~?:.
C1t.1-IPS I?<ril>
afic,rap&
h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK.
h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*,
. 3Iimrrrrrolir
E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r
, Ddmrnh. la.
BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom .
IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara
. . . . . Minneionka
Buhler, Joan
Butterfield
...
Carlson, Lee Diron
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay .
Christenson, Bruce G. .
Cole, Larry
....
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . .
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . .
Coltvet, Helen B
.
.
Corson. Corbin G
Coryell, Charles Emerson
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
Drews, Ellen Udine
Minneapolis
Anoka
Princeton, N.J.
.... Edina
, Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Estheruille, l a
Esiherville, In.
Stockton, Calif.
.
Richfield
....
Onalaska, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . Minneapolis
i:rm;A-!urr am Main
1l'rj-r Germany
. . . Waucou, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
,
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth ,
Emerson, Douglas A.
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D. .......
Erickson, Janet Kathryn
Erickson, Judith J. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
Elmore
?q-m.sci!lr
ze;l$.*!d
St. Pau!
Rich,GrZJ
. K~rWwr
llinmcpolt,
. Ricllficld
. S?mch/i~:Id
. Sun5urg
...
.
.
,
,
. . . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y.
. . . .
St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie!
Frick, Phyllis G ,
....
Minneopohs
G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Duluih
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
.. . . Sheridan, Wy.
Greenfie14 John Nelson .
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield
Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom
Red Wing
Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. . . . . Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann
. . . . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . .
. . . . . . . . . Wesibrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee
Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich
Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka
. . . . . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J.
...
Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, Jerry David
.
.
Kimble
. Piermont, S. D d .
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
...... Tigerion, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Radcliffe, la.
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson
Minneapolis
. Permock
Huseby, Edward J
.
Jacobson, David R
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H .
Johnson, David Lawrence
Johnson, Dennis Carl ,
Johnson, Donna Marie
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Johnson, Duane Elmer
.
Johnson, Gary Steven
Johnson, Gay A.
.
.
Johnson, Irene M.
Johnson, Karen Janice
Johnson, Mardelle B
Johnson, Robert Leslie .
Johnson, Sally Ann
.
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
Joing, Bonnie Jean
Minneapolis
. . . . St. Paul
..
..
.
Gheni, N.Y
Bloomington
Lake Mills, la.
. Minneapolis
Lahr, N. Dak.
Columbia Heights
Red Wing
. Grantsburg, Wis
. . Minneapolis
,
. Minneapolis
... Kirkland, Ill.
.
Willmar
McCaIlsburg, Ia
. . . Annandale
.
Minneaoolis
. . Hector
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
.
.
Pmkers Prairie
Kalpiq Kathleen L
Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior
Klepp, John DeWayne
. . .
Bag*
.... Ezcelszor
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine .
Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon .
. Fairmonl
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Wanamingo
.
Kruse, Verland E.
. Bloomingion
KJ-110, Loren Jon
Burnsuille
. .
Faribauli
Landa, Mark
Lange, Walter 5.
Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , J r
, St. Paul
Larson, Allen James
. Newman Grove, Neb.
Larson, Carole Jane
Ht.c:nr
Larsou, Mary Lynn
LaSalle, Judith Carol
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o
Lce, Henry Albert
Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can
f.aCr.isr. R'i.
Lee. Thomas Robert
, <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W
.Ilirms;unkc
Lund, Karen 0
. . .
Rusm~i
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
St. Croiz Falls, Wis
.
Minneapolis
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
.
Maas, Jerry LeRoy
Mattison, Donald Roger
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
Mattson, Philip Dale . . . .
McCaughan, Charles A
McGregor, Thomas Robert
Meland, John Kristoffer
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
.
Miller, John Richard
Minear, Spencer E.
. .
Moland, Lucille Sharon . .
Moore. James Ral-mond
,
Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B
Myrvik, Karen Ann . .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Luck, Wis
Roseau
,
Milaca
. . Bloomingion
Minot, N. Dak
. Minneapolis
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Malia, Ill.
,
. Si. Paul
. Benson
cumberland, Wis
. . St. Paul
. Rockford, Ill.
Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d .
Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville
Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield
Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon
Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul
N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis.
N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis.
Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights
Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria
Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale
Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville
Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis
Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison
Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud
Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall
Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk
Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell
Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r
Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis
Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings
Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis
Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior
Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson
Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Quam, Marilyn A.
.................
Kenyon
Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk
Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul
Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton
Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul
Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak.
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis.
Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria
Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar
Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood
Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis
Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D. .................
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . .,
.......... Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis
Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb.
Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota
Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake
Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis.
Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim
Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s
Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill.
Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield
Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m
Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope
Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih
Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis.
Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park
Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis
Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley
Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry
Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore.
Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights
Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield
Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester
Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky
...
Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko
Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir
....... Badger
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1
Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la.
Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Fmington
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield
Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie
Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale
Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis.
Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin
Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis.
Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings
........
Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota
Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr
Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis
Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora
Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend
Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin
Anderson, Patricia P.
. . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant
Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis
Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso
Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson
Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis.
Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j
Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm
BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m
Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis
Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak.
Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr
............... d i i w o ~ a
n e ~ Carol
.
>J+k
Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh
Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn
............. H u f c k i m n
Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis
Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic.
Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk
&ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~
Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village
Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont.
Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield
Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington
Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis
Dahlquisf Kathleen
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas
Deden, Ruth Ann
............... Zumbrota
Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale
Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1
Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i
Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield
Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere
Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls
Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge
Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka
. . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh
Feddick, Kathleen A.
. . . . . . . Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C. ......
. . . . . . . Milaca
Feryson, Ronald Morris
Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina
Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake
Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis.
Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria
Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia
. . . - . . . .Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a
Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont.
Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis.
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id
Groth, Fredric Ivan
&hu
Grover, John Robert .............
Rock&,
Gundale, John David
$4
h k wk
Gunderson, Barry L.
&&ttm
Gunderson, Karen Mildred
,
Wash.
Hamen, Bruce Lyle
Hansen, Lee Anne
W i b
Haugen, David Allen
M q >
Hedquist, Willard A.
&W
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul
Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville
Helgesen, Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
Robbinsd.de
Helskom, Gary K. .....:..........
Hetland, Duane Gordon
Radcliffe,
Highum, Gayle Elaine
RILEhford
...................
:.......
Fa
..........
...
..............
..................
.............
................
............
.a.4.....
.-..........-..
...'.....'lory Zumbrota
Ia
.................
Hirdman,
Hoeft, Ardis Freda
Hoffman, Sheldon
Minneapolis
Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound
Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Mur, , ,
Oak Lawn, 111.
Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul
Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery
Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain
Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea
Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater
Jacobson, Karen Lee .................
Hawick
Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul
Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis
Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill.
Johnson, Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis.
Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul
Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep.
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka
Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme
Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis
Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul
Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso
Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo
Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont.
Larson, Karen A.
Virginia
,.
Climas
Larson. Linda Rae
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis
Lee, Robert Lloyd
Wells, Mich.
Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina
Lewis, Janice Joan
Coon Rapids
Lewis. John Carl ...............
Minneapolis
Lewis, Pichard John
Coon Rapids
Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la.
Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis
Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal
Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul
Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ...............
'
Hayfield
Dell Rapih, S, Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights
............
..,.
...
....
....................
........... .......
...............
...............
.............
.........
Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby
Minneapolis
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille
Madison, Wis.
McKnight, Marilyn S.
............ Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H. .... ,
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis
Eden, S. Dak.
Miller, Dennis D.
Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis.
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis
Willmar
Mork, Carol J. .....................
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna
Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale
.......
.........
............
...............
St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen ..................
Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis.
Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer
Mirznegpolis
Nelson, Philip John ...........:..
Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis.
Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis.
Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley
Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato
Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
.................
.................Ocomo, Wis.
.................. Roseuille
............... Spring Valley
Olsen, Myron Lee
Omundson, L. Jean
Overholt, Suzanne
Ozbolt, Anthony C.
.......... Kansas City, Mo.
Pederson, Thomas Calvin
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine
Robbinsdale
Peterson, Daniel Lean
Jackson
Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis
Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent
Minneapolis
Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka
Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis
.............
.........
................
............
...
............ Minneapolis
Rakow, Dorm Edward
Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron
....
Skeldoa
Guyana
Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n
Reiff. Jamcs E.
St. Paul
Frank
............ *M
Rice' Linda Jane .................
Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+
.......................
-
Ruona'
RUpp'
Emma
-
*-*'
............
..
' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~
Ann .......... trr(?maca*
M i h
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
Sahl, Thomas James .............
Salo. Susan
Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis
Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis
Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la.
Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island
Forest Lake
Schrocder. Marian Ethel
Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie
Lester Prairie
Schwartz, John Norman
Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis
Nmhua, N. Hump.
Senner. Priscilla Ruth
Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center
Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis
Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector
Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis.
Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash.
Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1 ...................
Minneapolis
Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann
Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111.
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls
... Minneapolis
Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... ,
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A. Alden
Minneapolis
Minnea~olis
Syl~.ester,David Ernest
RUUd'
..............
"X
...........................
...........
.........
......
.............
..........
...........
............
Teige, M. Philip
Wateruille, Maim
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In.
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Lake Lillian
Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar
Center City
Titmd, Mark ....................
True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights
........
Utgaard, Stuart Brady
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
..... Star Prm'rie.
.............. St.
Wis.
Paul
Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis
Wall, Geraldine Neff ............
Minneapolis
Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash.
Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul
Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis
White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis
Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis
Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield
Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul
Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la.
Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton
Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights
Youngquist, Michael William
Richfield
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong
Yuzer, Barbara Ann
Wood Lake
.......
..............
.
Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496
OF Graduates - 1966 .....................................
247
GRADUATES Total ................................................
3743
SUMMARY
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67
Class
Senior .....
Junior ....
Sophomore
Freshman .
Special ....
Nurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F. H.)
Nurse (M. H.)
Nurse (S. H.)
Total .....
First Term
Men Women Total
Second Term
Men Women Total
Thii Term
Men Women Total
98
158
218
242
31
95
156
211
232
28
91
154
205
254
28
747
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
98
150
199
254
25
34
40
41
75
916
193
306
410
486
53
34
40
41
75
1638
732
92
150
198
259
24
34
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
79
973
780
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
Total ..................................................1753
'DEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41.
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . . 50.
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . .
Art. Department of . . . . . 51.
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57.
Business Education . . . . . 59.
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
12
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education . . . 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
41
111
24
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
43
48
100
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Medical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation for the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Objectives and Aims ...... 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
8
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Social Sciences, Division of the 50
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115
Special Programs of Study . . 102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
9
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements
47
41
Show less
from the President
I hope you are looking a t this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you fee... Show more
from the President
I hope you are looking a t this catalog
because you've enrolled at Augsburg College.
If so, welcome to the College! All of us hope you
find, in the course of your study, a rising enthusiasm for the work, a deepening appreciation of
the profession and role to which you feel called,
and a confident sureness that you have rightly
chosen Augsburg as the community in which to
spend the next several years of your life.
If you're dipping into this volume to
figure out who and what Augsburg College is
and what education it offers, welcome to these
pages! May they convey the fundamental
character of our mission: to provide an education
especially serviceable in the contemporary world
because it has been designed in the midst of and
in
full contact with the critical social, economic,
Y
religious, and political phenomena of the modern
3
city. This education, however practical and pro6
fessional, will be serviceable over the long haul
only to the degree that it respects and pursues
certain of what Martin Luther called "the fine liberal arts," and it will be exciting to the degree it
is offered for the sake of improving both its students and the world itself.
O
.?
h
The study you are undertaking at Augsburgdr thinking of undertaking-will occur on a
small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare
and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
k you join the enterprise, or consider doing so, please know that those of us who await
you here find the College an exciting setting, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community
dedicated to higher learning and good living, in which you can set off in new directions and in
which new destinations are reachable.
Bon voyage!
William V. Frame
President
5 2000-2001 ACADEMIC
CALENDAR,
DAYPROCRAM
Fall Term 2000
Summer........................................Freshman registration
Sept. 3-5/Sun.-Tues. .................... New student orientation
Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Upper-class validation
Sept. 6Ned. ................................ Classes begin
Sept. 1UTues. ...........................
Last day to register
Sept. 1UTues. .............................. Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Mid-term break (one day only)
Oct. 27/Fri. ..................................
Nov. 3/Fri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 10/Fri. ..................................
Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Interim registration
Nov. 13-Dec. l/Mon.-Fri. ............Spring term registration
Nov. 23Rhurs. ............................ Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 27/Mon. .............................. Classes resume
Dec. 15Eri. .................................. Classes end
Dec. 18-21/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Interim Term 2001
.... ....... h t e r i m classes begin
Jan. 3 N e d .....................
Jan. 41Thurs. ................................ Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
notation on record
Jan. 1UFri. ................................. Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 15/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday)
Jan. 26/Fri. ................................... Classes end
Spring Term 2001
Jan. 30Rues.. ................................ Classes begin
Feb. 5/Mon................................. Last day to register
Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
Feb. 5/Mon...................................
on record
Mar. 19/Mon. ............................... Mid-term break
Mar. 26/Mon. ............................... Classes resume
Apr. 6Eri...................................... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 1UThurs............................... Last day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 13/Fri..................................... break
Apr. 171Tues. ................................ Classes resume
Apr. 23-May 4/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall
May 11Eri.................................... C l a s s end
May 14-17/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 2O/Sun. .................................BaccalaureatdComencement
TENTATIVE-CONSULT THE 2001-2002 ACTC CLASS SCHEDULE OR AUCSBURC
REGISTRAR'S OFFICE FOR CHANCES
Fall Term 2001
Summer.. ....................................Freshman registration
Sept. 2-4/Sun.-Tues. .....................New student orientation
Sept. 51Wed. .................................Upper-class validation
Sept. 51Wed. .................................Classes begin
Sept. 1l/Tues. ...............................Last day to register
Sept. llnues. ............................... Last day to add a class, drop a class without notation on
record
Oct. 26/Fri....................................M i d - e m break (one day only)
Nov. UFri. ....................................Last day to designate grading option
Nov. 9/Fri. ....................................Last day to withdraw from class
Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri. ......... ..Interim registration
Nov. 12-Nov. 30A4on.-Fri............Spring term registration
Nov. 2 n h u r s . .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 26A4on. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 14/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 17-2OA4on.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Interim Term 2002
Jan. N e d . ................................. ..Interim classes begin
Last day to register, add a class, or drop a class without
Jan. 3nhurs. ................................
notation on record
Jan. 11/Fri. ................................... Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from
a class
Jan. 21/Mon. ................................ Martin Luther King, Jr. Day (holiday)
Jan. 25/Fri. ...................................Classes end
Spring Term 2002
Jan. 291Tues................................. .Classes begin
Feb. 4/Mon. .................................. Last day to register
Feb. 4Mon ................................... Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation
on record
Mar. 25Non. ...............................M i d - t e r m / break begins
Apr. n u e s . ................................. .Classes resume
Apr. 8/Mon................................... Last day to designate grading option
Apr. 1UFri....................................s t day to withdraw from a class
Apr. 22-May 3/Mon.-Fri. .............Early registration for fall
May 10/Fri....................................Classes end
May 13-16/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
May 19/Sun. ................................. BaccalaureatdCommencement
Fall Term 2000
June 12 .......................................
Aug. 18 ........................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
Sept. 15 ........................................Registration ends
Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Sept. 18 ........................................
notation on record
Last day to change grade option
Oct. 16 ................
Last day to withdraw from class
Oct. 30 ....................................
Class weekends: Sept. 15-17, Sept. 29-Oct. 1, Oct. 13-15, Oct 27-29, Nov. 3-5, Nov. 17-19,
Dec. 1-3. Dec. 15-17
Winter Term 2001
Nov. 6 .......................................
Dec. 8 ..........................................
Jan. 5 ...........................................
Jan. 8 ........................................
Feb. 5 ........................................
Feb. 19 .....................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
.
.
Registration ends
..Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
notation on record
Last day to change grade option
Last day to withdraw from class
Class weekends: Jan. 5-7, Jan. 19-21, Feb. 2-4, Feb. 16-18, Mar. 2-4, Mar. 16-18,
Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr. 6-8
Spring Term 2001
Feb. 12 ........................................
Mar. 30 ........................................
Registration begins
Remote registration ends (must register in person after
this date)
.Restration ends
Apr. 20 .......................................
Last day to add class, last day to drop a class without
Apr. 23 .......................................
notation on record
May 21 ..................................... . a day to change grade option
June 4 .......................................... L a day to withdraw from class
Class weekends: Apr. 20-22, May 4-6, May 18-20, June 1-3, June 8-10, June 22-24,
June 29-July 1
T e n t a t i v ~ o n s u lthe
t 2001-2002 weekend college class schedule or Weekend
College program office for changes
Fall Term 2001
Class weekends: Sept. 7-9, Sept. 21-23, Oct. 5-7, Oct. 19-21, Nov. 2-4, Nov. 16-18,
Nov. 30-Dec. 2, Dec. 14-16
Winter Term 2002
Class weekends: Jan. 4-6, Jan. 18-20, Feb. 1-3, Feb. 15-17, Mar. 1-3, Mar. 15-17,
Mar. 22-24, Apr. 5-7
Spring Term 2002
Class weekends: Apr. 19-21, Apr. 26-28, May 10-12, May 17-19, May 31-June 2,
June 14-16, June 28-30
Area Code
612
Academic Advising..................................................................................................... .330.1025
Academic and Learning Services ................................................................................
330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number ...............................................................................( 8 0 0 ) 788-5678
AlumniParent Relations ....................................................................................3 3 0 - 1 178
Toll-free number .......................................................................................8 0 0 ) 260-6590
Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1243
Career Services ....................................................................................................
3 3 0 - 1162
College PastorICampus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732
Public Relations & Communication ....................................................................... 3 3 0 1 180
ConferencdEvents Coordinator ........................................................................... 3 3 0 - 1 107
Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................330-1613
Toll-free number ........................................................................................( 8 0 0 273-0617
Enrollment and Financial Service Center ...................................................................330-1046
Facilities Management ..............................................................................................
..330-1104
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ............................................................<...
330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ........................... 330-1000
Master of Arts in Leadership Program ........................................................................330-1786
Master of Arts in Nursing .........................................................................................330-1204
Master of Social Work Program ,................................................................................. 330-1307
Human Resources .......................................................................................................
330-1058
Interim Office ............................................................................................................. 330-1 150
Lost and Found ......................... .
.
.
.......................................................................
330-1000
President ......................................................................................................................
330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................
330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)........................................................................................3 0 1 0 9
Student Activities .....................................................................................................
330-1111
Student Government ...................................................................................................
330-11 10
Summer School ..........................................................................................................
.330-1787
Weekend College ........................................................................................................
Mailing Address:
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis. MN 55454
Web Site:
www.augsburg.edu
330-1782
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is your
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Upon graduation, you
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively
Emphasis on values, perspectives,
experience, and skills
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg cuniculum-the College's
general education program, which structures your liberal arts studies through challenging and thought-provoking courses
requiring students to consider important
issues and examine values questions. These
Liberal Arts Perspectives include Western
Heritage, Intercultural Awareness, Human
Identity the Social World, Christian Faith,
The City, Aesthetics, and the Natural World.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve you
for a lifetime-writing, speaking, critical
thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to
name a few.
Thanks to Augsburg's prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majorsor you can create your own major either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 55 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows students to take courses on other
campuses without charge while a full-time
student at Augsburg. The ACTC includes
Augsburg College, College of St. Catherine,
Hamline University, Macalester College,
and the University of St. Thomas.
Through the Weekend College
Program, 14 majors are offered.
MISSION STATEMENT
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, "Education for Service,"
and to the mission of the College:
To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
-
About Augsburg 1
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,Jr.
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg's theme
for over 125 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist"
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education
for Service."
In the 18905, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War 11, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modem
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a long effort
to become accredited.
The College reached accreditation in
1954, although many alumni had entered
graduate schools and teaching positions
long before that time.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church.
-
2 About Augsburg
A College in the City
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, the Christensen Center, Ice
Arena, and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg's
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a cuniculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William \! Frame became president
in August 1997. He has initiated a strategic
planning process intended to idennfy the
distinguishing marks of the Augsburg education-in both pedagogy and substance-and
a restructuring effort intended to improve
operating efficiencies and open access for the
College to new sources of capital.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
In 1999, a new apartment-style student
residence opened. Major renovation of
Sverdrup Hall created space for the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center,
the Women's Resource Center, and the
Honors Program Suite; a skyway link to
Lindell Library was constructed.
An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great memopolitan center.
There are now almost 16,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences Augsburg offers master's
degree programs in social work, leadership,
nursing, and physician assistant training
(after May 2001).
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg's Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who desire college experience but
who work or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which
men and women may earn a baccalaureate
degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change or pursue a personal interest in one or more
areas of the liberal arts.
-
About Augsburg 1
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with more than 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 14 majors,
Augsburg's Weekend College is the largest
program of its kind in the state. Faculty in
Weekend College are full-time Augsburg
professors as well as adjunct professionals.
The Weekend College student body is
involved in student government, and students participate in academic and extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminar, and student organizations.
A Community of Learners
Augsburg Weekend College continues
to develop to meet the needs of the adult
and nontraditional student.
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching. They
are actively involved in a dynamic faculty
development program that introduces
them to current thought in many fields,
but especially in teaching and learning
techniques and theories.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that students who enroll in
the program will be mature, self-disciplined and motivated learners who seek a
combination of classroom experience and
individual study. Each course is divided
into periods of concentrated on-campus
study separated by time for independent
study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and one-half hours on either
Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratory sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in
Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical
complexes-Fai~ew-University Medical
Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with
-
4 About Augsburg
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Comers theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreation opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map in back.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunneVramp1skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck,
Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and
Communication.
Office of Undergraduate
Admissions-The central Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located at
628 Zlst Avenue South and provides
offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their
parents.
Offices of the American Indian
Student Services Program and PanAfrikan Student Services ProgramLocated in Murphy Place, these programs
provide support services and information to
American Indian and African American students.
Anderson Hall (1 993)-Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students
and the Physician Assistant Program.
Anderson-Nelson Athletic FieldThe athletic field, located at 725 23rd
Avenue South, is the playing and practice
field of many of the Augsburg teams.
An air-supported dome covers the field
during the winter months, allowing yearround use.
Christensen Center (1967)-The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
and offices for student government and
student publications.
East Hall-Houses the Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership (MMEP)
and the Center for Atmospheric Space
Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and Communication
(1 988)-The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry and
the drama and communication offices. The
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Academic Skills Center, which includes the
Learning Skills Office, the Center for
Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) Program, the Groves Computer
Lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center, and
the John Evans Learning Laboratory.
The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni
Center-Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center houses the Office of Alumni
and Parent Relations and is located at 624
Zlst Avenue South.
-
About Augsburg 1
Ice Arena (1 974)-Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The JamesC. Lindell Family Library
(1997)-This four-level brick structure
opened during the 1997-98 academic year.
As the library and information technology
center, it houses all library functions and
brings together the computer technology
resources of the College. It is located on
the block of campus bordered by 22nd and
2lst Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh St.
Melby Hall (1961)-Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the fitness center, and general
auditorium purposes.
Mortensen Hall (1 973)-Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1 964)-This
facility provides offices for the Center for
Global Education and a resource room for
those interested in global issues. The
Office of Academic Programs Abroad is
also located here.
Music Hall (1978)-Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
New Hall (1999)-A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Ave.,
between 7th and 8th Sts. housing juniors
and seniors in units from efficiencies to
two-bedroom suites.
Old Main (1900)-Home for the
modem languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Public Relations & Communication
House-The public relations and publications offices for the College are located at
709 23rd Avenue South.
Science Hall (1 949)-Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
registrar's office, student financial services,
and the business offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)-Named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it
contains the Academic Advising Center,
Weekend College, and the Office of
Continuing Education as well as classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1 938)-Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg's second and third
presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)-Named in honor
of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, this tower
provides living quarters for 324 students.
Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36
residents, housed two to a room, with their
own lounge, study, and utility areas.
-
5 About Augsburg
W YOUTH AND FAMILY INSTITUTE
OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The institute is designed to help
churches better serve the changing needs
of youth and families. The institute offers
an undergraduate academic program, as
well as seminar/workshops, a resource tenter, and counseling services locally, nationally, and internationally.
W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to
the programs listed below, the College is
also home to the College of the Third Age.
Richard R. Green Institute for
Teaching and Learning-Named for the
late Augsburg alumnus Richard Green,
who served as superintendent of schools
in both Minneapolis and New York City,
the Green Institute is a collaboration
between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul school districts.
Its goal is to improve the outcomes of students, especially in urban areas, through
systemic changes in K-12 education practices as well as higher education teacher
training programs.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial InteractionInter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
2lst Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (M MEP)-The Minnesota
Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a
nonprofit membership organization that
works closely with students, the communities of color, and representatives from education, business, government, and nonprofit organizations to develop programs
that help students of color succeed academically. The MMEP office is located in East
Hall.
H POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic andlor
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 221 1
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
(612) 330-1023.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
-
About Augsburg 1;
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society
Council on Social Work Education
(B.S.W. and M.S.W.)
National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
National League for Nursing
Committee for Accreditation of Allied
Health Programs (Physican Assistant
Program)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*North Central Association of College and
Schools Commission on Institutions of Higher
Education, (312) 263-0456;
<www.nca-cihe.org>
IsAUGSBURG
COLLEGE
FACTSAND FIGURES
Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Religious Affiliation-The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 9 percent represent other
Protestant denominations, and 19 percent represent the Roman Catholic
Church.
Accreditation-North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Committee for
Accreditation of Allied Health
Educational Programs. Approved by the
American Chemical Society. Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schools of
Music, and the National League for
Nursing.
Member-Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Office, as described
on page 17.
W
Financial Aid--Over 84 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
W
Library-Over 175,000 items, direct
access to over 1,300,000through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consomum. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
W
School Year-Semesters from
September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with
January Interim. Two summer school
sessions. Augsburg Weekend Collegetrimesters, September to June. Augsburg
Graduate Program-trimesters,
September to June.
W
Majors-More than 50 majors in 23
departments.
W
Off-Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA), lnternational Partners, Upper
Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE), and extensive
cooperative education and internship
programs.
W
Athletic Affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division 111.
W
Policy--Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Enrollment (Fall 1999-2000)-3,053
students from 41 countries.
Graduates-16,000 undergraduates
from 1870 through August 1999.
Student/Faculty Ratio-16 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 15-20.
Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility-Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
Degrees Granted-B.A.,
M.A., M.S., M.S.W.
B.S.. B.M.,
n
w
n
n
n
4 0 , 3 4 3
V)
- UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
!O
A
ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We
want people whocan benefit from and
contribute to their community, the College
community, and the community at large.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
The College selects students on individual
merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, gender, sexual
orientation, or age.
Visit t h e Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.-(612) 330-1001
or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including Saturday mornings during the
school year). The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions is located on the comer of
Seventh Street and 2lst Avenue South in
Minneapolis. (Please call first.)
For Weekend College Admission information, call (612) 330-1743.
BPPLICATION
PROCEDUR~
DAY PROGRAM FREbHMEN
Application for AdmissionApplicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee.
T r a n s c r i p S A n official transcript
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. General
Education Development (G.E.D.) scores
may be presented instead of the high
school transcript.
Test Scores-Freshman applicants are
required to submit results from the college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results
from SAT are also accepted. It will suffice if
test scores are recorded on the official high
school transcript.
Additional Information-If there
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Two academic recommendations are required by the
Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made.
-
-
-
Undergraduate ~dmissions 2'
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may also defer a decision on a candidate's
admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester's
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions D e c i s i o b
Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the
admissions decision usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of AdmissionAccepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100"
tuition deposit within 30 days of their
financial aid notification. Extensions may
be requested in writing to the director of
financial aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a
$loo* tuition deposit. Those students who
wish to live in College housing must also
submit a $200 housing deposit.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants,
submit two academic recommendations
from their high school faculty, and arrange
a personal interview with the director of
undergraduate admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the
Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for specific
information.
WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 nonrefundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office.
Transcripts-Have official transcripts
from all previous postsecondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous tranferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information-If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed peronally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admis-
-
' 2 Undergraduate Admissions
sion decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or w-riting samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision
-Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
ALL TRANSFER STUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes students
who wish to transfer from other accredited
colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily
completed at accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not to grant
credit for courses where it considers the
work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional
credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer
coursework from two-year colleges once a
student has reached junior status. Students
may transfer a maximum of 64 semester
credits (96 quarter credits) from two-year
colleges. Once a student reaches junior
status, no additional credits will transfer
from two-year institutions toward the
minimum of 33 credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. These courses can,
however, be used to meet liberal arts and
major requirements.
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of 2.2 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work for
admission to the College.
Acceptance of courses submitted for
transfer is done by the registrar's office
based upon the official student
transcript(s). Acceptance of courses presented for a major or minor also requires
approval of the department. The major or
minor department may require certain
courses or a minimum number of courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Students transfemng from the
Minnesota State University and College
System who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MNSCU, and
have a 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale) cumulative GPA
or higher will be given transfer status as
outlined below.
The following applies only to the
MNSCU A.A. graduate:
1. Admission will be with junior standing
following the MN Transfer Curriculum. A
maximum of 17 Augsburg equivalent
courses (64 semester credits or 96 quarter
credits from a community college) will be
accepted once junior status is reached. No
additional courses may be transferred from
a community college.
2. All Augsburg general education requirements will be waived except:
The City Perspective
Two courses in Christian Faith (any
two areas)
The language requirement as stated
One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill requirement
-
Undergraduate Admissions 23
One graduation skill writing course in
the major
College algebra or Math Placement
Group 3
One lifetime sport
3. Courses with D grades will not be
accepted as prerequisites or for application
to majors. Some Augsburg majors require
additional prerequisite coursework beyond
the A.A. degree. Also, the physician assistant major requires a cumulative GPA
higher than 2.5. Students are advised to
consult major departments for major
requirements upon transfer.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions and consult the
departmental section of this catalog.
Note: No student who falls below the
standards for automatic admission to the
College will be considered for admission
by the Admissions Committee after August
15 for entry in fall semester or January 15
for entry in spring semester.
FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar's office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DECREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar's office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DECREE)
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Depending on the student's previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
-
24 Undergraduate Admissions
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Augsburg welcomes students from
countries around the world. (See
International Student Advising on page
48.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and information on the application procedure. Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
(612) 330-1001 or (800) 788-5678
(toll free), or write to:
International Student Admissions
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
A,
1 students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in giftsfrom alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
Room Rent
(includes telephone
and basic service) ....................$ 2,680
(Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week)
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2000-01 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment)
............$ 15,974
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2000. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more courses during the semester. The
charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts, and lectures.
The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 1,726
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester andlor an
Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for
that course.
630
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. Part-time students taking
lifetime sports are charged the audit rate
for that course.
..................$
2,640
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week)
..................$
2,566
....................$
2,336
Student Activity Fee ................$
150
Flex 5 point plan
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only)
..................$
16
Information Technology Fee ..$
200
OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) .....................................
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) .....................
Registration Change after first five
days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combination
at one time) ................................
Music Therapy Internship
(one-half course credit) ..............
-
Financial Information 2;
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ................. ,3324
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) .................. $ 66
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) ................. $130
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$250
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Nursing Comprehensive Exam ........$ 16
Nursing Credit Validation ................ $ 150
Locker Rental (commuters) .............$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
-ar
........................................... $ 108
-motorcycle ............................ ..$ 50
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ............ $
5
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file
in registrar's office)
W BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to be $900
per year.
W DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) .................... $
100
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students' account only when
their enrollment is terminated. Any net
credit balance (after all charges and/or
fines) will be refunded upon request of the
student. For more information, contact the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit
......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated for fall or spring term by following
the conditions delineated in the housing
contract. The resident will be responsible
for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the
new contract is cancelled prior to June 1
for fall semester or December 1 for spring
semester, the $200 deposit will be forfeited. After these dates, the student shall forfeit the full amount of the damage deposit
and shall be assessed an additional $450
for termination.
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) ...................... .$ 20
Tuition (per course) ....................... .$1,258
Tuition (per summer course 2000) ..$ 950
Technology Fee (per course) ............ .$ 25
Activity Fee (per trimester) ............. $ 9.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) ..................... $ 630
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ........................... $ 188
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning .................. $ 100
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................ $ 214
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) .............. $ 462
Late Confirmation Fee (per day) .....$ 35
Registration Change after first
class meeting (cancelladd) ........$ 10
5
Transcript Fee (first is free) ............. $
-
'8 Financial Information
PAY MENTS-DAY
PROGRAM
Semester Fees-Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center
is sent to the student from the Business
Office.
Payment Options-Day Program(1) Semester payments, due August 15 and
January 15 as billed; (2) Payment PlanUpon application and after College
approval, a three-month plan is available
each semester. Details are included with
the bill for each term.
PAYMENTS-WEEKEND
COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options-(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Threepayment plan: first one-third payment is
due at the start of the term; second and
third payments are due in the second and
third months of the term. (3) Employer
Reimbursement: students whose employers
reimburse them for all or part of their
tuition and fees may pay a $100 deposit
per course credit at the start of the term.
The balance, which is subject to finance
charges until paid, is due 50 days after the
last day of the term. Students on this plan
must file an employer reimbursement verification form each academic year. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse
for any reason.
FINANCIAL POLICIES
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Leave of
Absencnithdrawal from College form
available in the Academic Advising Center
or the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center. It must be filled out completely,
signed and turned in to the EFSC. Students
who properly withdraw or change to parttime, who are dismissed, or who are
released from a housing contract will have
their accounts adjusted for tuition andlor
room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100 to cover administrative costs).
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center in order to be
-
Financial Information 2!
eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do
not complete the dropladd form are
responsible for all charges. Financial aid
may be adjusted based on the student's last
recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the
dropladd form is processed.
Augsburg College Day Program
Refund Policy: Applies to day program students who withdraw from all courses in a
term and are not receiving Federal Title IV
financial aid (Federal Title IV financial aid
includes the Pell Grant, SEO Grant,
Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, and PLUS
Loan). This policy also applies to all students who drop courses during a term.
Refund
Amount
Refund
Period
100%
Through the first five days of
classes (less $100 administrative
fee)
90%
From the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes
80%
From the 1l t h day through the
15th day of classes
70%
From the 16th day through the
20th day of classes
60%
From the 2lst day through the
25th day of classes
50%
From the 26th day of classes
through the midpoint of the
term.
Augsburg Weekend College Program
Refund Policy: This policy applies to new
and returning Weekend College students
who drop a portion of their scheduled
course load. It also applies to students who
completely withdraw from college and do
not receive financial aid.
Refund
Amount
100%
Refund
Period
Through the first class weekend
(less a $75 administrative fee if
withdrawing from the current
term entirely)
80% Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting
60% Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting
No refund after the third scheduled
class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits,
etc. will be made before eligibility for a
cash refund of any resulting credit balance
is determined. Please allow two weeks for
a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of any
deposit paid toward tuition, e.g. deposits
made under the employer reimbursement
payment plan.
Pro-Rata Refund Policy: Applies to all
Augsburg students who withdraw from all
courses during their first term at Augsburg
and receive Federal Title IV financial aid
(Federal Title IV financial aid includes the
Pell Grant, SEO Grant, Perkins Loan,
Stafford Loan, and PLUS Loan).
Tuition, fees, and room costs will be
calculated based on the pro-rated portion
of the term completed. The student may be
eligible for a pro-rata refund up to the 60
percent point in time of the term. The student account will be credited for that portion of tuition and room for which the student was not enrolled. This calculation will
use federal government guidelines.
-
10 Financial Information
Federal Return of Funds Policy: This
policy applies to returning students who
have completed at least one full term,
withdraw from all courses for the current
term, and receive federal Title IV financial
assistance (including Pel1 Grant, SEO
Grant, Perkins Loan, Stafford Loan, Parent
PLUS Loan). The Return of Funds Policy
is based on a percentage derived from the
number of days attended divided by the
number of days in the term.
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Petition Committee.
MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
all courses in a term due to illness or an
accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor
stating the inability or inadvisability of
continued enrollment.
UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Office of Student
Life in Christensen Center.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure "Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid." This brochure is available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center and is distributed to students on an
annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its EFSC, will help students and their families protect access to a
quality Augsburg education in a time of
increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 1999-2000 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application help determine
the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into
account such family financial factors as
-
Financial Information 3'
current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational
expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. FAFSA forms are available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center at Augsburg College or from high
school guidance counselors. Renewal
FAFSAs will be mailed to those students
who applied for assistance during the prior
school year. Be sure to include
the Augsburg College code, 002334, on
your application. Mail your application to
the processing agency after Jan. 1.
Applications must be mailed by April 15
for priority consideration.
3. Complete the Augsburg Financial
Aid Application and submit it to EFSC.
H WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid package
will be sent to the student. This package
includes:
Letter detailing the financial aid
award
Information regarding financial aid
programs and requirements for continued eligibility
Subsidized~UnsubsidizedFederal
Stafford loan application
Students complete and return one copy
of their award letter to the EFSC. In addition, the student must complete and return
the Stafford Loan application to receive
Stafford Loan funds. Applications for the
SELF Loan and the Parent PLUS Loan are
sent upon request.
H KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships,
grants and loans that might be available in
their own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Vocational
Rehabilitation, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children. and other sources.
Honor Scholarships
President's Scholarship-President's
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must be in the top
15 percent of high school rank and top 20
percent ACT/SAT score. Separate applications are required. The application deadline is February 15.
Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p T h e Regents'
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen in the top 30 percent of
either high school rank or test score who
apply and are accepted before May 1.
-
12 Financial Information
Transfer Regents' S c h o l a r s h i p
Transfer Regents' Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.0 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1.
Transfer Honor S c h o l a r s h i k
Transfer Honor Scholarships are awarded
to selected transfer students with a minimum 3.0 GPA and 84 quarter (or 56
semester) credits in transfer from a
Minnesota community college or Lutheran
junior college, who apply for and are
accepted for admission by May 1. A separate application is required by April l.
Legacy Scholarship-These scholarships provide tuition benefits to full-time
day students who are children, grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg graduates;
siblings of current Augsburg students; children or spouses of current ELCA pastors;
or children, grandchildren, or spouses of
long-term Augsburg employees.
Phi Theta Kappa ScholarshipThese scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.5 GPA and 84
minimum quarter (56 semester) credits
from a community college. A separate
application is required by May 1.
Science Scholarship-These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their high
school class or ACTISAT test score, majoring in chemistry or physics at Augsburg.
Youth and Family Ministry Partner
Scholarship-These scholarships are
awarded by the partner congregation to a
full-time Augsburg student who is majoring in Youth and Family Ministry.
Augsburg ArneriCorps
Scholarship-These scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
August 1.
PRIME Scholarship-This is a cooperative program in which Augsburg matches
scholarships with Lutheran congregations.
Separate application is required and church
funds must amve at Augsburg by October 1.
Leadership Scholarships
M. Anita Hawthorne Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer African American students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
Bonnie Wallace Leadership
Scholarship-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer American Indian students with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
ASIA-Recognizes incoming freshmen
and transfer Asian American students with
a demonstrated record of and/or potential
for leadership. Limited to full-time day students.
HispanicILatino Leadership
Scholarshi p-Recognizes incoming freshmen and transfer HispanicLatino students
with a demonstrated record of and/or
potential for leadership. Limited to fulltime day students.
-
Financial Information 3:
Faculty Leadership S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming freshmen
who participate in the President's
Scholarship competition.
Performing Arts S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 15.
Hoversten Peace ScholarshipAwarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have demonstrated interest in peace and whose personal outlook
and career plans show promise of contributing to the cause of peace. Separate
application is required by February 15.
Community and Public Service
Scholarship-Awarded to incoming freshmen and transfer students who have a
demonstrated commitment to public and
community service. Separate application is
required by February 15.
Lutheran Leader S c h o l a r s h i p
Awarded to incoming freshmen in the top
30 percent of their high school rank or ACT1
SAT test score who have demonstrated
leadership within their Lutheran congregation and have the recommendation of their
pastor. A separate application is required
by February 15.
NASA Scholarship-Awarded to
freshmen (only) who have excelled in the
areas of science, mathematics, and technology and who have demonstrated a high
potential in careers related to aerospace
science, technology, and allied fields.
Lutheran Brotherhood a n d Aid
Association for Lutherans-Awarded on
financial need, participation in the
Lutheran church and available funds. The
AAL scholarship recipients must also have
an AAL policy.
Gift Assistance (Need Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant-These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracumcular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant-Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment and
Financial Services Center for accepted
enrollment patterns.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant-Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant-Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines maximum grant for
2000-01 is $3,300.
Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and
State Indian Scholarship--Bureau of
Indian Affairsnribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairsnribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Support Program. American Indian grants
supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
-
14 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan-A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000
($40,000 including graduate school).
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and changes
annually on July 1.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $7,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan-A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus other aid).
Repayment begins within 60 days of check
disbursement at a variable interest rate not
to exceed 9 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms
are available at Augsburg College EFSC or
the lending institution.
-
Financial Information 3!
The Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education
Services Office. Applications are available
from the Enrollment and Financial Services
Center.
Undergraduate freshmen and sophomores may borrow up to $4,500 per year,
juniors and seniors up to $6,000 year.
Maximum undergraduate borrowing is
$25,000. The minimum loan amount per
year is $500. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the
loan is disbursed and continue quarterly
thereafter, while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin the 13th
month after you leave school. There are
no deferments.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on need and potential competence
in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is
considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15
hours of on-campus employment per week
is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program a n d Minnesota State Work
Study Program-Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor. A list of
scholarships follows.
Note: For a complete description of
Augsburg scholarships, request a copy of the
Scholarship Catalog Supplement from the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions.
*Indicates endowed scholarships
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational
Foundation Scholarships
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship*
Class of 1931 Scholarship*
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship*
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship*
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship*
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*
John and Martha C. Fahlberg Scholarship*
E. W. Hallet Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland
Scholarship*
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*
The Jostens Foundation, Inc.
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships*
Financial Information
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Northern States Power Company
Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship*
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O'Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund*
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship*
Rutherford L. and Audrey M. Sander
Scholarship*
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund*
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship*
St. Luke's Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship*
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship*
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund*
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship*
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
John Andrew Adam Memorial
Scholarship*
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Alne-Swensen Scholarship*
American Indian Scholarship*
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship*
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund*
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship*
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship*
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship*
Dain Rauscher Scholarship*
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial
Scholarship*
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship*
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*
Julian F! Foss Scholarship*
The Grace Scholarship*
Kay Halverson Scholarship*
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund*
Hormel Foods Company Scholarship
Hoversten Peace Scholarship*
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*
King Harald Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship*
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship*
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship*
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship*
Karen Neitge Scholarship*
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship*
Nonvest Foundation Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship*
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*
Timothy 0. Olson Memorial Scholarship*
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship*
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship*
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
ReliaStar Foundation Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship*
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*
Financial Information 3;
Short-Term Programs Endowed Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*
Student Government Alumni Scholarship
Dr. James L. Tuohy Scholarship
W MULTlCULTURAL/INTERNATIONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship*
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship*
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship*
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
CBS Foundation Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship*
Hearst American Indian Scholarship*
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial
Scholarship*
Kerridgehlueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
Scholarship*
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship*
McKnight Foundation Scholarship*
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship*
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships*
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship*
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship*
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
Students of Color Scholarship Fund*
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship*
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship*
Women of the ELCA Native Women's
Achievement Award*
PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship*
Kleven Public Service Scholarship Fund
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial
Fund*
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship for
Leadership in Public and Community
Service*
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs*
W
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Biology Scholarship*
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship*
-
18 Financial Information
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund*
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Famers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship*
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship*
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship*
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship*
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship*
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship*
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship*
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships*
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship*
Dr. Einar 0 . Johnson Scholarship*
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*
Elva B. Love11 Life Scholarship*
David Mathre Scholarship*
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship*
Barbara Tjomhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship*
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship*
Nancy Joubert Raymond Scholarship*
David Winsor Memorial Scholarship*
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship*
Murphy Square Literary Award*
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*
Prof. l? A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*
Foreign Language
Emil M. Fossan Modem Language
Scholarship*
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language
Scholarship*
Theodore and Virginia Menzel
Scholarship*
Health-Education
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship*
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship*
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship*
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota
Scholarship
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial
Scholarship*
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship*
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship*
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Bertha E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship*
History
Rev. and Mrs. 0 . J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship*
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*
Dr. Bemhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship*
Mathematics and Computer Science
Allianz Life Insurance Company
Scholarship
Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship*
Mathematics Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship*
-
Financial Information 3
Music
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship*
Centennial Singers Scholarship*
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music
Scholarship*
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Majorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship*
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship*
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship*
Carol Halverson Hearn Violin Scholarship*
0 . I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship*
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship*
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship*
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music*
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship*
Kenneth 0 . Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship*
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola
Scholarship*
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship*
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship*
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship*
Noms Memorial Scholarship*
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial
Scholarship*
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental
Music Scholarship*
Sampson Music Scholarship*
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship*
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*
String Scholarships
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship*
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship*
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship*
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship*
Physical Education
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship*
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*
Physics
Floyd V and Ruth M. Case Scholarship*
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship*
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship*
Political Science
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
10 Financial Information
Religion and Christian Service
Scholarships
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship*
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship*
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship*
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship*
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship*
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship*
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship*
Luthard 0 . Gjerde Scholarship*
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship*
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship*
Elias E Harbo Memorial Scholarship*
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship*
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship*
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship*
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship*
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*
Pastor Carl 0 . and Edith W Nelson
Memorial Scholarship*
Onesirnus Scholarship*
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship*
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship*
Johan H. 0 . Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*
Ronholm Scholarship*
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship*
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship*
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
Moms G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund*
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*
Social Work
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship*
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship*
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students*
Bodo E Suemnig Memorial Scholarship*
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship*
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*
Speech/Cornrnunication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
ArtsReligion Scholarship*
5 3TUDENT LIFE
E
xperiences in the classroom are an
important part of college life, but learning
and development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for discussions
and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg.
Student Government is organized into
the executive branch, the legislative
branch, and the judicial branch. Elections
are held in the spring for the next year.
Freshmen elect their representatives in the
fall of their first year. Many kinds of
involvement are possible-program planning, writing, editing, or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact
the president or vice president of the student body in their offices in the lower level
of the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Program creates
opportunities for students to enhance their
leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and
organizations that serve the student community Hundreds of major programming
efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through
these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, name entertainment, and visiting
personalities in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of
leisure-time activity on campus. Cooper's
Attic (the gameroom and student lounge)
is a popular hangout located in the lower
level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests
meet here. Student offices in this area
include the College newspaper, the Echo;
the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student
Government; and the Augsburg Student
Activities Council. KCMR, a student-operated nonprofit radio station serving the
needs of Augsburg and the surrounding
Cedar-Riverside community, is located in
Urness Tower.
FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
H INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MLAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
track and field, and golf.
During 1999-2000, Augsburg men's and
women's athletics marked the 75th
anniversary of intercollegiate competition.
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
SPORTS AND RECREATION
At Augsburg, sports are for the average
student as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 47.)
-
14 Student Life
Augsburg's mission focuses on student
learning in the broadest sense. As an indication of the emphasis placed on student
learning, the student and academic affairs
offices work to bring together the student
learning found in the classroom with the
activities of experiential education and
work, residence life, and the learning
resources of the library and information
technology. The following sections elaborate on facets of student life. The formal
academic programs and requirements are
described on page 55.
ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER
The Academic Skills Center, located in
Room 171 of Foss Center, is designed to
offer students study-skills assistance so
that they may achieve academic success.
The center assists students in improving
their skills in such areas as time management, notetaking, textbook reading and
comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic
testing is also available to assess skills in
reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies, and learning styles. The staff will
assist students in developing effective and
efficient study skills.
The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman- and
sophomore-level courses. The center also
notifies students of tutoring labs available
and coordinates supplementary instruction
sessions, in which tutors attend the classes
and lead discussions after class on major
concepts of the course.
The John Evans Learning Laboratory,
located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers
students the opportunity to improve skills
in reading, writing, and mathematics
through the use of computer software, as
well as to review and prepare software for
tests such as PPST, MCAT, LSAT, and GRE.
Tutors are available to demonstrate the
uses of the software, and students are able
to monitor their progress.
PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) Program serves
over 200 students and is recognized as a
leader in supporting college students with
disabilities. The CLASS Program exemplifies the College's commitment to provide a
high-quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences, and preparation. Augsburg is committed to recruiting, retaining, and graduating students with diagnosed learning,
physical, and psychiatric disabilities who
demonstrate the ability and willingness to
participate in college-level learning.
The CLASS staff includes five learning
disabilities specialists and a physical disabilities specialist who meet individually
with students to assist them with advising
and registration, academic support services, learning strategies, self-advocacy
skills, organization and time management,
and determining appropriate accommodations. The accommodations specialist coordinates testing accommodations, notetaking services, taped textbooks, adaptive
technology, such as dictation and voice
recognition software, a scanner, CCW,
Braille printer, adaptive keyboards, and
computer assistance.
This level of individualized, academic
support is possible through an endowment
from the Gage Family, which allows the
CLASS Program to provide specialized services to its students, especially those with
learning disabilities.
-
Student Life 4.
The Groves Computer Lab is designed
for students with disabilities and contains
computers and adaptive equipment to
assist them in their academic progress.
The campus is accessible to students
with physical disabilities and includes a
skyway tunnel elevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Modified and
accessible rooms are available in all residence halls.
For more information, please contact
the CLASS Program at (612) 330-1053 to
request a copy of the CLASS brochure and
video and/or to schedule an appointment
with a specialist.
STEPUP PROGRAM
The mission of the StepUP Program at
Augsburg College is threefold: (1) it strives
to affirm the College's commitment to provide a high-quality liberal arts education
for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation; (2) it provides students in recovery who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning with ongoing
study and living skills that support them in
their academic progress toward a degree;
and (3) it supports students in their commitment to sobriety.
TUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAb
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Services
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to navigate successfully
Augsburg's policies, procedures and expectations. The program
Assists with application process
Helps students secure financial aid
Nurtures students' identification as an
American Indian
Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Other components of the program are:
Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves
as a peer support group for incoming and
currently-enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American
Indian teachers in these districts. Funded
by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990,
this project is designed as a special grant
and loan forgiveness program. Students
who are awarded state teaching licensure
may then apply for loan forgiveness. For
each year the student teaches, one fifth of
the loan will be forgiven.
-
45 Student Life
Anishinabe Library Project: Over
1,000 books, a variety of journals and
scholarly publications, research materials,
American Indian magazines and newspapers, and over 125 VHS videos are housed
in the Lindell Library and at the American
Indian Student Services office. The library
project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States.
PAN ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
support services, performs academic advising, personal and career counseling and
advocacy for students of Afrikan descent
and enables their learning experience to be
interactive. PAC supports and advises the
Pan Afrikan Student Union (PASU), the
Hawthorne House (a Pan-Afrikan residence
life community), and the Pan-Afrikan
Alumni Council (PAAC). PAC is a clearinghouse for information regarding the
Afrikan Diaspora and maintains a network
with the Pan-Afrikan community.
The Pan Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
provides support to students, including a
schedule of social and cultural activities.
The headquarters is in the Pan-Afrikan
Student Services office, as is the PanAfrikan Center.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic difficulties,
and employment and placement referrals.
The HispanicLatino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
The Pan Asian Student Association
(PASA) is affiliated with the program. The
association carries out various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asian and other students at Augsburg.
PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The program is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent. The
Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) serves by supporting the learning of students of Afrikan
descent and utilizing their diversity and
history to enhance the educational experience of the Augsburg community. PAC provides recruiting, builds retention, offers
HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, orientation
and registration, academic planning, career
counseling, housing, internships and
employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic1
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
-
Student Life 4:
HEALTH INSURANCE
CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Counseling
Augsburg College does not require that
students have or show proof of health
insurance, with the exception of international students and students who participate in intercollegiate athletics.
Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunities to gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of
trained, experienced counselors.
Counselors serve as advocates providing
support and assistance with direction.
Services include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing,
assessment and referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
The College offers basic health care services to students with or without health
insurance through a contract with UFPSmiley's Clinic. These services are limited.
Emergency services of any kind are not
covered through the contract between
Augsburg and Smiley's Clinic. If a student
is not covered by a health insurance plan,
they may purchase a student policy.
Through the relationship with a skilled
counselor, a student may discuss personal
issues such as stress, depression, roommate
problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use,
family problems, motivation, transitions,
breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc.
Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational
experiences of the student by providing the
opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth.
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Fitness Center was built in 1993
and equipped with stationary bicycles, stair
steppers, treadmills, and other aerobic
workout machines. It includes a weight
room with universal and free weight systems. All staff, students, and faculty may
use the center.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
FITNESS CENTER
8
Student Life
International students receive assistance
in meeting their educational objectives
through advising on academic concerns,
immigration and visa requirements, tax
information, practical matters, and personal concerns.
New international students participate
in an orientation program before the beginning of the term that provides practical
information on housing, banking, using
local transportation, and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S.
educational system, intercultural communication theory, and how to adjust to life at
Augsburg.
(Also see English as a Second Language
on page 81.)
The Cross Cultural Club works to utilize the cross-cultural perspectives of its
international students and students with
experience overseas to engage the college
community on world issues. This is done
through faculty, staff, and student development programs that include intercultural
communication seminars, International
Student Week, and sponsorship of forums
and international issues.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 60 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 63.)
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center and Christensen
Center. With just under 900 students living on campus, most students and faculty
greet each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance of
the residential experience during the college years. Studies show that students who
live on campus are more likely to complete
their degrees. Residence life staff are on
hand to help students become acquainted
with life at Augsburg thorugh social and
educational events. They are also ready to
assist students who need help or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls earn higher grades and gain
greater satisfaction during their college
career. Numerous events are planned to
welcome students to the community,
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Halls to
Christensen Center keeps students out of
the weather on the way to class.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
-
Student Life 4s
June 1,as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after June 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Urness Hall-All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This 9-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms are
available.
Mortensen Hall-This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted, air conditioned, and contains
kitchen units. It is furnished with beds and
dressers.
Anderson Hall-Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, and desks.
who are interested in creating a
livingearning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and Step-Up.
FOOD SERVICE
Commons-Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Food portions are
generous and modestly priced. Students on
board plan who live in residence halls eat
their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's-Located on the ground
floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's
features grill items, pizza, soups, sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
New Hall-Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two and four bedroom apartments with full
kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and chairs
are provided. Underground parking is
available at an additional cost. Meal plans
are optional. This building is designed to
provide an environment for juniors and
seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action,
grievances, and grade appeals. These are
in the Student Guide.
Special Interest Housing-Special
Interest Housing is available to students
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
-
50 Student Life
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar's office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available from the
Office of Academic and Learning Services.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in this catalog on page
83 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than "directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must
give permission in writing for educational
information to be released to anyone outside of the official personnel (faculty and
administration) at Augsburg. This means
that faculty or others cannot write letters
of support/recommendation or nominate
students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-"directory information." It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, Ground Floor, Memorial
Hall 19, (612) 330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin).
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on sex or
marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 221 1
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Formal grievance procedures are described
in the Student Guide. Copies are available
from the Office of Academic and Learning
Services.
,-
Ili
-,
e r r ~ u l u ~ t
I -'
u m ~ a < ,
,,, ,Quick Check ~
- ACADEMIC
'L
INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cuniculum introduces students to
the breadth and complexity of knowledge
and culture.
Required courses in Christian Faith are
designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition and encourage them to
reflect upon the importance and meaning
of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
DECREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts in leadership, master of arts
in nursing, the master of science in physician assistant studies, and the master of
social work degrees.
ters of approximately 14 weeks, separated
by a four-week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four course credits
each semester and one course during
Interim. Day school freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term. (See
Registration on page 66 and Calendars on
pages 4-7.) January Interim is particularly
intended to be a time for both students
and faculty to employ different styles of
teaching and learning, and to investigate
questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term. The
Interim catalog, published in the fall of
each year, is distributed to all students and
is available by contacting the Interim
Office. In addition to classes offered on
campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel
opportunities within the United States and
abroad.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for three and one-half to four hours.
Students may take from one to four classes
each term.
H ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College are the same as their day
program counterparts. However, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts
courses and majors.
The Augsburg day program follows the
4-1-4 calendar, with fall and spring semes-
~ u ~ s b offers
u r ~two summer school sessions. A maximum of three course credits
-
Academic lnformation 5:
can be earned in the two summer sessions
each year, one of four weeks and one of six
weeks. The Summer Session Catalog, published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Office of Summer School.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar (see Graduate Programs
on page 65.)
FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or other terminal degree, and all
consider teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting
their teaching. They are actively involved
in an exciting faculty development program that introduces them to current
thought in many fields, but especially in
teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened at the start of the 1997-98 academic year. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot
facility houses all library and information
technology functions of the College. In
addition to the 175,000 volume main collection, the Lindell Library includes the
Gage Family Art Gallery, special collections
and archives, a curriculum library and
instructional technology lab, library
instruction classroom, and facilities for
media viewing and listening. A bridge links
the new building to Sverdrup Hall (the former library), which has undergone renovation to house the Enrollment and Financial
Services Center, as well as additional computer labs and multimedia classrooms, a
lounge and vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. Appropriately equipped laptop
computers can be connected to any of several hundred data ports throughout the
building to access these resources.
lnformation Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit
Augsburg's Web site <www.augsburg.edu>
for more on IT at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to over 180 oncampus personal computer systems. There
are desktop machines in two computer
-
;4 Academic Information
labs and five computer classrooms, as well
as 100 laptops that can be checked out at
the IT Service Center for use in the library.
Other machines are available for student
use within academic departments. A campus-wide network offers a full range of network services including printing, e-mail,
newsgroups, the World Wide Web, and
access to resources available via Gopher,
Telnet, and FTP Appropriately equipped
student-owned machines can also be connected to the network to provide access
from dormitory rooms. (Also see Honors
Computing and Communications Lab
under Honors Program on page 59.)
Media Resources
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound recordings, video tapes and
films, as well as equipment for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication
within the limits set by copyright law is
available. The library supplies TV sets,
VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape
recorders, microphones, slide-, overhead-,
filmstrip-, and movie projectors as well as
screens and carts. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located near the communications department in Foss Center.
Telecommunications
A campus-wide telecommunications
system enables easy and convenient voice
communication between students, faculty,
and staff. Students can leave voice mail
messages with any member of the faculty,
administration or the staff; voice mail
or call waiting are available to resident
students at a modest cost. Long-distance
service, billed to individual students,
can be arranged for any on-campus
residence phone.
ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER
(AAC)
The Academic Advising Center advises
all incoming students with undeclared
majors, provides information on matters of
general education, administers and tracks
all entry level skills assessments, interprets
catalog and graduation skills requirements,
and advises students who have been placed
on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The AAC also provides materials
for organizing and recording student academic progress. The center also coordinates
assessments and advising for the summer
orientation program, and provides in-service training and development for faculty
advisers.
AUGSBURG SEMINAR (AUG 101)
The Augsburg Seminar is a first-year
success course. It reflects the College's
commitment to a meaningful introduction
to college for our students-an enriching
beginning for a college career. To provide
focus for this introduction, the Augsburg
Seminar is linked to one or more content
courses to form a cohort of learners.
Course content is reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions, and other
seminar activities. Diversity, tradition,
change, ways of knowing, and what it
means to be an educated person are common themes. (Also see page 94.)
-
Academic Information 5:
e day program if they wish. They may
~ l t as
e many courses as possible through
DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College cumculum is offered by 23
departments that are grouped into four
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities-Joan Griffin (Chair).
Art, English, modem languages, philosophy, religion, speech/communication/theatre arts, College librarians.
Natural Science and
Mathematics-Ken Erickson (Chair).
Biology, chemistry, mathematics, computer
science, physics, physician assistant studies.
Social and Behavioral SciencesGany Hesser (Chair). Business administration/accounting/MIS, economics, history,
political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies-Rosemary Link
(Chair). Education, health and physical
education, music, nursing, social work.
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a major should be elected by the
end of the fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and
minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors
are part of the bachelor of arts degree.
Students may contact the registrar
about creating a student-designed major.
1
Majors shaded in blue are offered
through both the day program and
Weekend College. Weekend College students may choose a major offered only in
Weekend College, then finish the major a
a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year.
Transdisciplinary Majors
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the transdisciplinary major. This major enables students
to respond to a particular career interest.
While such an individually developed
major may satisfy the particular interest of
a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate
study or pre-professional programs in some
academic fields.
Students wishing to develop a transdisciplinary major are to observe the
following:
A. The major program should include
at least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the College.
B. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the end
of his or her sophomore year. Contract
forms are available in the registrar's office.
C. The contract must be approved by
the student's adviser, the department chairs
of the two majors to be combined, and the
Committee on Student Standing.
AccountiG
- . --..-. .
General Accounting
Managerial ~ c c o u r i i i g
Public Accounting
Art
Art History
Studio Art
''1
~~~s
Administration
- EconomicsA3usiness Administration
-
;6 Academic Information
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
General Communication Studies
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Public Relations and Advertising
Marketing Communications
Human Relations
Supervisory Management
)mputer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
East Asian Studies
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/l3usiness Administration
Economics/Political Science Teaching
Major
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure) - - - Kindergarten-Elementary (licensure)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Health Education
History
International Relations
Management Information s y s t e 4
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages l
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
I
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.-Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education
Physician Assistant (becomes a graduate
program in May 2001)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Political Science
Political SciencelEconomics teaching
major
Psychology
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Russian, Central and East European Area
Studies 1
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Crime and Community
Social Psychology
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Women's Studies'
mm
Accounting
gmericanmian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
-
Academic Information 57
International Relations
Linguistics
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies
Modern Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Nordic Area Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Reli
Soci y
Social Welfare
Russian, Central, and East European Area
Studies
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for day students to complete other majors through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Students who wish to complete a major
offered at one of the other ACTC colleges
must apply through the Augsburg registrar's office. Some majors may have a competitive application process with acceptance determined by the major department.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consortium, and Weekend students
may not register for ACTC courses or complete ACTC majors under the terms of the
ACTC consortium agreements.
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
=Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington
University School of Engineering and Applied
Science, and Michigan Technological University.
H OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middle school
education with a subject area concentration in one of the following: math, science,
communication artsfliterature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the area of concentration. Students
seeking this licensure obtain an elementary
education major with a subject area concentration. Licensure is also available in
the following middle schoolhigh school
fields: biology, chemistry, communication
artsfliterature, health, mathematics,
physics, social studies. This license prepares people to teach in grades 5-12.
Students seeking licensure in one of these
areas obtain an appropriate subject area
major and complete secondary licensure
coursework. Finally, specialist licenses are
available in art (K-12), vocal music (K-12),
instrumental music (K-12), and physical
education (K-12). This license prepares
people to teach in grades K-12. Students
seeking licensure in one of these areas also
obtain the appropriate subject area major
and complete the secondary licensure
coursework. (See Department of Education
and subject area departments for more
information)
-
58 Academic Information
Students seeking elementary licensure
have advisers in the education department.
Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure
have advisers in their subject area major
and in the education department. It is very
important that students work closely with
their advisers throughout their programs.
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Academic Advising
Center early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry-These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses;
BIO 113,114,215; PHY 121,122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-See engineerifig
degree and major requirements on pages
136-137.
Pre-Law-Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENG 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351,352; BIO
113, 114,215,367; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355,473,476;
CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy-Coursework in preparation for
these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the
Department of Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy-Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114,215,476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351,352; ECO 113; ENG 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary-A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 111, 221; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
-
Academic Information 59
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior andlor senior year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine-To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO
113, BIO 367, BIO 355, BIO 476, PHY
121/122. Other non-science courses are
also required.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is designed to
challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg.
The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities.
Members of the program normally enter as
freshmen, but students may enter the program as late as the beginning of the junior
year. Students graduate from the Honors
Program upon successful completion of the
program, which is noted on the transcript.
That notation provides an advantage for
both employment and graduate school
application.
The Honors Program at Augsburg was
awarded a National Science Foundation
Grant from 1995-1997 to establish an
Honors Computing and Communications
Lab, and to put the program on a computational footing. Students entering the program as freshmen are required to take an
honors version of CSC 160 Introduction to
Computer Science and Communications,
which establishes crisp computing and
communications skills at the outset of
their collegiate careers. Other courses in
the program make use of these computing
skills in lab-oriented sequences exploring
literature, writing, history, religion, philosophy, and social and natural science.
During the junior and senior years, stu-
dents take four mini-seminars (one full
course credit upon completion), one each
semester, and participate in a six-week
Monday Forum Program each term.
Seniors take a senior seminar during
Interim, which satisfies a perspective
requirement, and are obliged to complete
an approved honors project. Some seniors
satisfy this requirement by serving on the
Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal
that publishes outstanding student papers.
Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance
of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a
3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last
two years. Please direct inquiries to Dr.
Joan Griffin, director of the Honors
Program, (612) 330-1045.
INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media CenterThrough CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
1,300,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of t h e Twin
Cities (ACTC)-Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at one of the other
campuses. No additional fee is required for
such an exchange, except for private
instruction in music or approved independent studies. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain
new perspectives, to get better acquainted
with the other schools, or to undertake a
specific course or major not offered on the
home campus. The colleges have coordi-
-
60 Academic Information
nated calendars. The Interim term may
also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students
between the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim.
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)-Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 62.)
Air Force ROTC-Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar's office.
Army ROTC-Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the registrar's office.
Naval ROTC-Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the registrar's office.
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
STUDY ABROAD
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students
may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine
Scandinavian perspectives on world peace
in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills,
strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience different cultures,
and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Academic Requirements a n d Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as if
studying on campus. Courses abroad can
fulfill major, general education, and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs
before departure.
Students receive advice on selecting
programs that best fit their academic,
career, and personal objectives. Assistance
is provided with application, course registration, financing, and travel arrangements.
Orientation and re-entry programs assist
students in integrating the experience
abroad into their coursework and
personal lives.
-
Academic Information 61
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standing
(a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus.
Although foreign language skills are an
asset, they are not required. Since it takes
some time to prepare for studying abroad,
students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The deadline for application is Sept. 30
for off-campus study during spring term
and March 1 for off-campus study during
fall term.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place
leading to a more just and sustainable
world.
The center's study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other participants in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
They also travel together on two-week
seminars-from Mexico to Central
America, and from Namibia to South
Africa. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for
one semester on campus, plus airfare.
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico)Fall
This program is an intensive semester
of study and travel designed to introduce
students to the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and empowerment of women.
Students engage in gender analysis of key
social, economic, political, and cultural
issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender, and learn first-hand from both
women and men who are involved in
struggles for sustainable development and
social change. The program offers credit in
religion, interdisciplinary studies, political
science, and Spanish. Augsburg application
deadline: March 1.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua)-Fall or Spring
This program introduces students to the
key issues facing the Central Americans.
For two decades the people of Central
America have been in upheaval and have
experienced fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of
revolution and civil war on the lives and
culture of the people and the environment
of Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Course credit may be earned in Spanish,
religion, interdisciplinary studies, and economics. Augsburg application deadline:
March 1 for fall, Sept. 30 for spring.
Multicultural Societies in Transition:
Southern Africa Perspectives
(Namibia)-Fall
This intensive program of travel and
study is designed to introduce participants
to the central issues facing southern Africa.
Namibia is a nation that has recently
gained independence and is making a tran-
62 Academic Information
sition from colonialism to independence.
Credit is available in history, religion, political science, and interdisciplinary studies.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
Gender and Environment: Latin
American Perspectives (Mexico)Spring
This program introduces students to
the socio-economic and political issues of
the region with a focus on the impact of
environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Credit is available in
Spanish, sociology, political science, and
religion. Augsburg application deadline:
Sept. 30.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia)Spring
This program examines these crucial
issues from the perspectives of the new
democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after
decades of apartheid South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations
struggle to build nationhood and deal with
the legacies of apartheid and colonialism,
they are faced with the challenges posed by
the rapid process of globalization in today's
world, the challenges posed by under and
unequal development, and the long-term
project of decolonizing the mind.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different full
semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, or
'
Colombia. All programs emphasize the
impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense Ianguage experience, internships, and field
trips.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-intemational programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway-Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, and language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: March 15.
South American Urban Semester:
Guatemala and Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, with
travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides
an overview of history, culture, economy,
and politics of these regions. Students
study theories and models of development
and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and global context.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador-Fall
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
-
Academic lnformation 63
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America. Application deadlines:
Nov. 1.
Environment, Economy, and
Community in Latin America:
Guatemala and Cuba-Spring
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global
development on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous communities in Guatelmala, with travel to
Cuba or another Latin American country.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University
or the University of Minnesota-Moms.
Students have options for student teaching
in dozens of countries through the
International Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Augsburg also offers student teaching
opportunities in Norway For additional
information, contact the Department of
Education student teacher coordinator.
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25 to 30 courses are
offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education
(UMAIE). Course registration is held during the spring and fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: Oct. 25.
THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive center incorporating an experiential educational focus
emphasizing the importance and value for
all students to engage in service and workbased learning experiences.
The center helps students take advantage of Augsburg's metropolitan location
through the highly successful experiential
programs that link the College's academic
programs to Twin Cities employers and
organizations. Through internships, cooperative education, and community servicelearning, Augsburg students enrich and
expand their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work and service
and integrating this learning with their
education, career, and vocation plan.
Experiential education opportunities
are closely related to a student's major,
coursework, or career interest. Placement
opportunities may be in small and midsize companies, large corporations, nonprofit organizations, schools, government
agencies, and community-based organizations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work and
Learning includes the following programs:
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
64 Academic Information
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Upper division internships are numbered 399 and lower division internships
are numbered 199 (see page 87).
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), Interim, or
summer session. Interdisciplinary internships are also available. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see
Evaluation and Grading on page 77.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative education is a college-supported, paid, work-learning experience that
is closely related to a student's major or
career objective. The goal is to combine
theory with practice in work or servicebased settings.
Students also earn money to help
defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year andlor full-time in the
summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can
begin and end anytime. Co-op ed is not
accredited in and of itself, but a non-credit
cooperative education transcript notation
is highly recommended during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op
ed students are encouraged to register for
at least one internship for credit in conjunction with their cooperative education
participation. Co-op ed is available to
Augsburg students who have completed
their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg's Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences. A key component
of community service-learning includes
reflection on and analysis of community
issues in order to promote personal and
educational growth and civic responsibility.
Augsburg students learn from the community in which they live by participating in
service activities combined with learning
components such as orientation sessions,
seminars, and class discussions. This
dynamic and interactive educational
approach employs reciprocal learning
between the students and the community.
Community service examples include
tutoring at schools and community centers, volunteering at homeless shelters,
building housing for low-income people,
or working with environmental groups.
Service-learning experiences can also
include service-based internships, and a
wide range of extracurricular volunteer
options.
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK, residence hall directors,
and campus ministry.
Career Services
Career Service is committed to assisting all students with their career planning.
-
Academic Information 65
This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career
Services offers students the opportunity to
actively participate in career seminars,
career assessments, one-on-one counseling,
self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource
Network for informational interviews.
Services are available to all students,
but some programs are sponsored especially
for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to
attend the annual private college job fair
with recruiters representing business and
the nonprofit and government sectors, or
the education job fair.
ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg offers courses leading to a
B.S. in nursing and the Master of Arts in
Nursing in Rochester, Minnesota. Courses
meet weekday evenings, but otherwise follow the Weekend College format.
Introductory courses in other majors are
also offered. The Rochester Program began
in the fall of 1998 under the leadership of
Dr. Rick Thoni, who founded Augsburg's
Weekend College program. Students in the
Rochester Program are required to have
Internet and e-mail access, and make
extensive use of electronic communication
to support their course work.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers four graduate
degree programs: the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL), the Master of Social
Work (MSW), Master of Arts in Nursing,
and the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on the subject matter and approaches
of the traditional liberal arts. This crossdisciplinary program directs its academic
content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program
recognizes that today's leaders need a broad
spectrum of abilities to provide them with
a more comprehensive understanding of
their world. Designed for working adults,
the program operates on alternate
Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings.
The Master of Social Work (MSW) prepares students for entering advanced social
work practice. The program builds on the
liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
66 Academic Information
The program development, policy, and
administration concentration has been
developed in response to the growing
demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that
respond to human need.
The Master of Arts in Nursing offers a
program designed to prepare Advanced
Practice Nurses for population-focused
practice in culturally diverse communities.
The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided practice, and transcultural care.
Graduate nursing classes meet on an every
other week or one weekend a month basis
in Rochester and Minneapolis.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the inlnortance of Canadian/U.S. relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges. For more information contact
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian program
coordinator.
College of the Third Age
OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of the Augsburg College
continuing education program is to provide working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission and values of the
College. Adult students who wish to earn
traditional course credit should contact the
Weekend College Office.
The Office of Continuing Education is
currently developing a series of non-credit
programs to offer through the Center for
Professional Development. These seminars
will focus primarily on leadership, management, communications, and information
technology for businesses and nonprofit
organizations. Call the office for information on current course offerings.
Augsburg demonstrates its commitment
to lifelong learning through its College of
the Third Age Program. For more information, contact the Office of Continuing
Education.
REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester and
one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the registrar's office to petition the Committee on
Student Standing for permission.
Weekend College students typically
register for one or two course credits each
trimester. Students registered for at least
two course credits in one term are considered full time for that term.
-
Academic Information 67
Although a day student may register up
to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly
scheduled time. Weekend College students
must register no later than the Monday following the first class weekend of the term.
Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees are also charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing the
grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
Crossover Registration Policy
A joint class schedule is published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, listing courses and their locations at the five colleges for the following
academic year. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
It is expected that students will complete most of their degree requirements
through their "home" program; either day
or Weekend College. However, students
may register for one course per term in the
opposite program if space allows. Consult
the Enrollment and Financial Service
Center for information on designated times
and procedures for crossover registration.
Students taking courses in both the dav
and Weekend College programs that total
three course credits or more on any given
date will be charged comprehensive day
program tuition. A Weekend College student taking one day schedule course and
who has fewer than three total course credits will be charged the current part time
tuition for day school.
Interim, summer school, Weekend
College, and graduate program courses are
published in separate schedules.
Weekend College students may not
cross over to attend ACTC (Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities) courses.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Courses offered on weekday evenings
that are published in both the Weekend
College schedule and day program schedule are open to both groups of students
and are not subject to the crossover policy.
u
Enrollment and Financial Services
Center-(612) 330-1046
Interim Office-(612)
330-1150
Office of Summer School-(612)
330-1000
Office of Weekend College-(612)
330-1743
MAL Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1786
MSW Graduate Program Office(612) 330-1763
MA Nursing Graduate Program
Office-(612) 330-1204
Physician Assistant Program(612) 330-1039
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may
pre-register during summer for courses in
the fall. All currently enrolled day students
may pre-register during the fall for the
spring term and during the spring for the
fall term.
Weekend College students may pre-register during the designated time prior to
the start of each term.
68 Academic Information
HECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF
ENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
R GRADUATION
This quick-reference checklist is an
abbreviated version of the general education cumculum requirements for graduation. As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the
complete degree requirements that begin
on page 71. Students are advised to read
carefully the full graduation requirements
and to consult frequently with their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman
and sophomore transfer students
must complete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer
credit may apply to these requirements):
Ci Complete the fall orientation and seminar (see page 94). (Sophomore transfer
students are exempt.)
Ci Satisfy entry level skill requirements in:
Mathematics
Writing
Critical Thinking
Ci Two different lifetime sports.
Ci Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
Ci Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division
(numbered 300 or above)
Two must be Interim courses
(Weekend students are exempt)
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the
following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on
page 71.
Cl Complete a major.
Ci Maintain minimum grade point average.
Ci Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements.
No students will be permitted to count
more than three courses from the same
department in meeting perspective
requirements.
Three Christian Faith Perspectives?
from different areas
One City Perspective
Two Western Heritage Perspectives'
from different departments
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
Two Social Work Perspectives, from. .
different departments
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Language Perspectives, other ' .
than your natural language
Two Natural World Perspectives, from
different departments unless a yearlong sequence is taken
Ci Complete courses designated to fulfill
the following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These
requirements may be met with courses
in the major or perspectives.)
Two courses with Writing
components (one within the major)
One course with a Critical
Thinking component
One course with a Speaking
component
,
.
I
-
One course with a Quantitative
Reasoning component
All transfer students (entering with
14 or more credits) must complete
the following requirements prior to
graduation (transfer credit may apply
to these requirements):
Q Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing
Q Two different lifetime sports
C3 Achieve a Math Placement Group score
of three.
I Complete 33 course credits. Of these:
11 must be upper division (numbered
300 or above)
;
1
' a
.
.
No students will be permitted to
I lcount more than three courses from
- t h e same department in meeting per,
- - ' spective requirements.
lr
I.
-
=
No more than 13 courses may be in
any one department, with the followI
ing exceptions:
II
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . .17
.,
a
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . .20
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Physician Assistant (B.A.) . . . . . . .19.5
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
.,
.
Other maximums are described on
page 7 1.
a
.+-
--
>+
Academic
*
information' 69
Complete a major.
0 Maintain minimum grade point average
Q Complete courses that fulfill the
following perspective requirements:
Two Christian Faith Perspectives
(one Christian Faith Perspective for
transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits)
One City Perspective
One Western Heritage Perspective
One Human Identity Perspective
One Aesthetic Perspective
One Social World Perspective
One Intercultural Awareness
Perspective
Two Intercultural Awareness
(language) Perspectives, other
than your native language
One Natural World Perspective
Complete courses that fulfill the
following Graduation Skills with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or F! (These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or perspectives.)
One course with a Writing
component within the major
One course with a Critical Thinking
component
One course in Speaking
One course in Quantitative Reasoning
-
70 Academic Information
Class Confirmation (payment of fees)
All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment
arrangements prior to the start of classes.
Students who do not confirm their registration by the first day of classes (unless
special arrangements have been made) will
have their registration cancelled. They may
register and confirm during the drop/add
period, but special late fees are assessed
and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this may result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the registrar's office. A Leave of
AbsenceNithdrawal from the College
form may be obtained in the Academic
Advising Center or in the registrar's office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur
during final examination week unless a
petition is approved by the Committee on
Student Standing. Withdrawal from
College and any consequential adjustments
in accounts are effective as of the date the
Withdrawal from College form is returned
to the registrar's office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence
for academic or personal reasons. A Leave
of AbsenceNithdrawal from the College
form must be picked up in the Academic
Advising Center or the registrar's office.
It must be signed by advising center staff
or an authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the
registrar's office.
A leave of absence may be granted for
one term or one academic year. If an
extension is needed, an updated leave of
absence form must be submitted to the
registrar's office prior to the expiration of
the previous leave of absence period, or an
application for re-admission will be
required.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar's office informed of their mailing addresses. All deadlines for financial
aid and housing must be observed by the
returning student. A leave of absence does
not defer payment of loans or extend
incomplete course deadlines.
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. Some departments will not
accept coursework taken more than a specified number of years ago. Students must
meet all of the requirements in effect under
the catalog they choose. Choosing to complete under the current catalog will require
re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine applicability to current academic requirements.
-
Academic Information 71
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student.
Academic advisers, the Academic
Advising Center staff, department chairs,
and the registrar are available for counsel
and assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the registrar's office about
specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a
major. See page 23 in Undergraduate
Admissions-Special Students (Second
Degree).
Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of
their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application
forms are available in the registrar's office.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of
graduation (there may be no incompletes or
open courses on the academic record).
Degree requirements include completion
of a minimum number of credits, a major,
the Augsburg Seminar (AUG), a minimum
GPA, residence, and general education
courses, including lifetime sports.
1. Completion of 33 course
credits-At least 11 course credits must
be upper division, numbered in the 300s
and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits
may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: accounting (B.A.) 14; music education (B.M.) - 17; music
performance (B.M.) - 20; music therapy
(B.S.) - 17; physician assistant (B.A.
until May 2001) - 19.5; and social work
(B.S.) - 15.
This course total must include two
Interims for students who enter with fewer
than 14 courses. Students transferring with
14 or more courses are not required to take
the Interim courses. Freshmen are required
to take an Interim course their first year.
A maximum of four Interim course credits
may be counted toward the 33 course
credits required for graduation.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 33 total course credits
required: four Interim courses; two courses
by independentldirected study; four courses
of internship; and eight course credits with
a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading
(P) also has these limits: two in the major
except elementary education (two in the
major plus student teaching), social work
(two in the major plus field work
practicums) .
2. Completion of a MajorRequirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
-
72 Academic Information
3. Augsburg Seminar (AUC 101)All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must satisfactorily complete fall onentation and the Augsburg Seminar. See
the program section on the Augsburg
Seminar for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average-2.0 for
most majors. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required for all courses taken
and specifically for all courses that apply
toward a major or special program. Some
majors, licensure, arid certification require
higher grades in each course or a higher
grade point average. (For example, see
licensure in education, music education,
music performance, music therapy, nursing, and social work.) See the departmental
section for details.
5. Residence-The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of
the last 9 credits) must be completed at
Augsburg or within an approved ACTC
exchange program. No less than a total of
9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg
College. Contact the registrar if an official
interpretation is needed. Some departments
have a minimum number of courses that
are required to be taken in residence within the major. Consult the catalog description of the major or the chairperson of the
department
H SKILLS COMPONENT
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory
assessments in:
Writing
Mathematics
Critical thinking
Placement in writing courses, math
courses, and critical thinking courses is
determined by the assessments.
Freshmen (all students entering
Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and sophomore
transfer students with fewer than 14
courses:
Take entry-level skills assessments
and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students
will be enrolled in the appropriate course
or advised on preparation for retaking the
math placement assessment. Students may
retake the Math Placement Assessment
once during their first term of enrollment.
Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second
term and to have demonstrated removal of
deficiencies by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is
required. Students who do not satisfy the
entry level skill in writing will be required
to take ENG 101 Developmental Writing
before ENG 111 Effective Writing.
Freshmen should complete the writing
requirement before the beginning of their
sophomore year.
-
Academic Information 7:
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking inventory.
Freshman and sophomore transfer
students will be required to satisfy all of
the Graduation Skill course requirements.
Advanced Transfer Students
Transfer students who enter with 14
credits or more are exempt from critical
thinking assessments.
Those who have not passed the
equivalent of ENG 111Effective Writing
course must take the entry level test in
writing. Augsburg's entry level test in writing will determine placement in an appropriate writing course.
Advanced transfer students are
required to satisfy all the Graduation Skill
course requirements, except only one of
the writing courses is required.
Mathematics Requirement
Students must achieve Math Placement
Group (MPG) 3 or higher prior to graduation. In addition, many courses require
MPG 2, 3, or 4 as prerequisite and so students are encouraged to advance their
MPG as soon as possible. All students are
required to have their MPG determined. In
some cases, students who have transferred
in a mathematics course taken at another
college may have their MPG determined by
the registrar's office. All other students
must take the Augsburg Math Placement
Exam, which is administered by the
Academic Advising Center. The exam is
given during college registration sessions
and at other announced times during the
year. Practice questions and other information are available from the Academic
Advising Center.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG.
Students are also permitted to retake
the Math Placement Exam during their
first term of enrollment at Augsburg
College. Review help is available from the
Academic Enrichment Center.
Graduation Level Skills
General education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in
college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite
courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P
is required for graduation. Students are
required to have two courses with Writing
Skill components (at least one within the
major) and one course each with Critical
Thinking, Speaking, and Quantitative
Reasoning Skill components. These courses
can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the
major or general education perspectives.
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENG 111, all Quantitative
Reasoning Skill courses have the prerequisite of Math Placement Group 3, and all
Critical Thinking Skill courses have the
prerequisite of passing the entry level
Critical Thinking Assessment.
- Academic Information
'4
Lifetime Sports
Two different lifetime sports are
required. Students in the day program who
are not health and physical education
majors or in intercollegiate athletics may
test out of one lifetime sport. Students may
demonstrate proficiency in one of a selected list of lifetime sports. There is a fee to
take the lifetime sport proficiency test.
Students must satisfy the second lifetime
sport requirement by enrolling in a lifetime
sport course.
Lifetime sports are non-credit courses,
are not counted as meeting Interim course
requirements, and are not included in the
33-course requirement.
GENERAL EDUCATION
The General Education program consists of the first year Augsburg Seminar for
day freshmen, the liberal arts perspectives
and the graduation skills. A primary objective is to develop lifelong learning in the
context of the liberal arts and the mission
of the college.
The goal of the Liberal Arts
Perspectives is to help students think systematically about what it means to be a
human. Perspectives courses should:
Extend knowledge in liberal arts,
especially outside of one's major disciplinary field. This is done by 1) reflecting on
the importance and meaning of spirituality
in their lives and the distinctiveness of
Augsburg as a college of the Lutheran
Church in the city; 2) reflecting on diversity through intercultural awareness; 3)
reflecting on areas associated with liberal
arts, including aesthetics, human identity,
the social world, natural world and westem heritage.
Demonstrate connections between
liberal arts and the major field of study.
Develop an appreciation of the role of
service to society.
The General Education program should
also teach students the skills expected of a
college graduate in writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning.
LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES
The general education Liberal Arts
Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human. The
goals of the perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses that have been
approved as meeting the criteria established for each perspective.
Students will choose from a list of
courses meeting the Liberal Arts
Perspectives, available from the registrar's
office. These choices are controlled by the
following policies:
1. A student will choose a minimum of
one course from each required perspective
category.
2. No single course can fulfill the
requirements in two or more categories.
3. No student will be permitted to
count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective
requirements.
4. No student may count more than
one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single
perspective emphasis area except:
Up to three courses in religion may
be used to meet the perspective, The
Character and Mission of Augsburg
College: The Christian Faith.
Up to two courses in a year-long
sequence of approved natural science
courses may be used to meet the perspective, The Natural World.
-
Academic Information 7:
Up to two courses of the same mode m language may be used to meet part of
the perspective, Intercultural Awareness.
THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE
REQUIREMENTS
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith
This perspective focuses on Augsburg
as a college of the Evangelical Lutheran
Church in America. As a college of the
Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its
educational program the doctrines of the
Christian faith as revealed in scripture and
the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran
Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian
Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical
values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated.
Perspective: The Character and Mission
of Augsburg College: The City
This perspective focuses on the
College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations, cultural, govemmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community
and should explore opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered
either by specific courses, by internship
and education experiences, or by designated
or college-approved non-credit experiences
(such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by a GST 209
seminar related to the Perspective.
The City (C)
Christian Faith (CF 1, 2, and 3)
Area 1is biblical studies, Area 2 covers
Christian theology, and Area 3 includes the
study of values or religions outside the
Christian faith. Three course credits are
required to meet this perspective except for
the following:
Transfer students entering with 14-23
course credits will be required to take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective
while registered at Augsburg.
Transfer students entering with 24 or
more course credits will be required to take
one course in the Christian Faith
Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
One course credit or experience is
required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This perspective is intended to help
students critically examine themes (found,
for example, in literature, philosophy, and
the arts) and events that have historically
shaped Western civilization. Attention
should be paid to the contributions of and
to critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.
-
'6 Academic Information
Western Heritage @lH 1 and 2 )
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this perspective. One course is required to meet
this perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help
students view themselves as people with
unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences. and behaviors.
Human ldentity (HI)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creations convey fundamental
insights and values, express beauty, and
enhance life. This perspective focuses on
aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by
oneself and others.
Aesthetics (A)
One course credit is required to meet
this perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This perspective is intended to help
students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems
develop, to see the connections among
these systems, and to use this knowledge
as a participant in society.
Social World (SW 1 and 2 )
One course must focus on current theories and methods of a social science. Two
course credits from different departments
are required to meet this perspective. One
course is required to meet this perspective
for transfer students entering with 14 or
more course credits.
Perspective: Intercultural Awareness
This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by
expanding students' awareness of other
cultures. One course is required in which
students critically reflect upon ways their
own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should
become better able to communicate with
persons of other cultural backgrounds, partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream
North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry
into another culture by learning to speak
and read a language other than their
native language. For this part of the
perspective, students are required to have
demonstrated proficiency in a modem
language, or American Sign Language
for hearing students.
The modem language requirement will
be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement.
Intercultural Awareness (IA 1 )
The study of a specific, non-Western
culture and how that culture has shaped
the world. One course credit is required to
meet this part of the Intercultural
Awareness Perspective.
-
Academic Information 7
Intercultural Awareness (IA 2 and 3)
Perspective: The Natural World
Study of a modem language other than
the native tongue. For a language previously studied, consult the table below for the
requirement. For a language not previously
studied, successful completion of 111, 112
is required. Students with previous language study should contact the modem
languages department if there are questions. There is a seven-year time limit on
courses presented for transfer and automatic
waiver. Students whose native language is
not English should contact the Academic
Advising Center.
This perspective is intended to help
students understand themselves in relation
to the physical world. Their active role as
observers, explorers, and moral agents will
be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and
methods will be provided to equip students
for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues.
H.S.
Semesters
Augsburg
Placement
Required
Courses
111 & 112
Natural World (NW 1 and 2)
Two course credits from different
departments are required to meet this
perspective unless an approved one-year
sequence is taken. One course is required
to meet this perspective for transfer
students entering with 14 or more
course credits.
111 & 112
111 & 112
112
112 or 211
211
211 or 212
212
exempt
Students who are required to complete
two semesters of modem language must
complete the requirement with sequential
courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstrated competence
in American Sign Language by passing an
approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA 2 and IA 3 Perspectives.
EVALUATION AND GRADING I
t A r L A N H I I U N Ut bKALJtS
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading
option-traditional
grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
PassINo Credit
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
-
3 Academic Information
P-graded courses do not count
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this
requirement.
See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 71.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime sports are graded only P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for
any changes after the first five days of
classes. All changes in grading option that
are made after initial registration require the
signature of an adviser or the instructor.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
2.5
2.0
Meets basic standards for the
course
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated. If the course is not
complete, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
0.5
0.0
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the case of extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a student
must receive permission from the course
instructor, stating the reasons for the
request, the work required to complete the
course, the plan and date for completing
the work with comments from the instructor; and must file the form with the registrar's office. If permission is granted, the
necessary work must be completed in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and filing of a grade
before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that
date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
1.5
1.0
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
not computed in the grade point average.
-
Academic Information 7
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students may audit a course without charge.
The charge for part-time and Weekend
College students is listed under Weekend
College Costs in the Financing Your
Education section on page 27. The signature of the instructor is required to register
an audit. Students who audit a course
should confer with the instructor within
two weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance, and
any other requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will be listed on
the transcript as having been audited. If
expectations have not been met, the course
will be listed with a grade of W.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of courses taken."
"Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Sophomores-7
courses completed.
Juniors-16
courses completed.
Seniors-24
courses completed.
International Baccalaureate Program
(1 B)
Courses earned from the International
Baccalaureate program will be considered
by the College for advanced placement and
appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines
are available at the registrar's office.
ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The APL
program (Assessment of Previous
Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student's previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
-
0 Academic Information
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
Advanced Placement Program Test
(AP)-The Advanced Placement program
may allow students who have scores of 3,
4, or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Test to receive college credit for selected
courses. A score of 4 or 5 is required on
the AP Language and Composition examination for credit for ENG 111 Effective
Writing. Additional credit or placement is
at the discretion of the department.
Inquiries should be addressed to the registrar's office.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.)
Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject examination may
receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information
about CLEP tests is available from the
registrar's office and the Academic
Advising Center.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams-These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
There is a departmental instrument
available for the subject area in question.
There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
The registrar approves the student's
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program-This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student's previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the registrar's office. In completing the
evaluation of a student's previous learning,
the faculty team applies the following criteria:
There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed
andlor systematic study of content material
found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four courses/credits of academic work
at Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process not be used
-
Academic Information 81
when four or fewer courses remain for
graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be granted on the
basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided
by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation. These credits
will be recorded with the course number of
APL 2xx. Application of this credit toward
the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements,
upper division requirements, and academic
majors and minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments involved in
response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning-While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum of eight
courses (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is
obtained through previous experiential
learning. In compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential learning, the
student may use any combination of the
four assessment processes available in the
APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
departmental comprehensive exams, and
credit granted through portfolio assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Students who declare a language other
than English to be their primary language
or who are citizens of another country
must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101 Developmental
Writing, or ENG 111 Effective Writing will
be determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ESL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENG
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ESL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ESL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation.
82 Academic Information
ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.0 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.0 is required for graduation, with certain
majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.0 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major
consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
Students placed on probation as freshmen
for having earned two zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have
not earned additional zero grades, and if
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for
having earned three zero grades may be
removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 2.0.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Student class years are based on the
number of courses taken:
Freshman-fewer
Sophomore-fewer
Junior-fewer
than seven courses
than 16 courses
than 24 courses
Senior -24 or more courses
Dean's List
The Dean's List, compiled after each
semester, lists students whose grade point
average for a semester is 3.5 or better.
Students must be full-time students (a
minimum equivalent of three full course
credits for a weekday schedule student or
two equivalent full course credits for a
Weekend College student), graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incomplete~in courses offered for credit. Courses
taken outside of a program's calendar (e.g.,
crossover courses taken in a Weekend
College trimester term by a day student or
in a semester term by a weekend student)
are not calculated when determining the
Dean's List. If permission is given by the
student, an announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each student on
the Dean's List.
Graduation with Distinction
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement as graduates of distinction. This designation replaces all previous
college honors and applies to all students
who complete degree requirements after
Jan. 1,2000. Students achieving
Graduation with Distinction will have an
overall GPA of 3.5 and will have completed
-
Academic Information 83
an outstanding project as determined by
the student's major department. Students
wishing to be considered for Graduation
with Distinction should consult with their
major department no later than the fall
semester of their junior year.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three course creditshequirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. Candidates for
graduation who will complete summer or
fall terms will be noted as such in the commencement program.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment and Financial Services Center
about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
FOUR-YEAR ASSURANCE
PROGRAM
This program applies to students who
enter the day school schedule as full-time
freshmen in the fall of 1996 and thereafter.
New freshmen are assured that they will be
able to graduate in four years--if they
maintain continuous full-time enrollment
for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA, and follow the Four-Year Assurance Program
guidelines-or they will receive the
remaining required courses free of additional tuition. A few majors are excluded
from this program. Students must complete a formal Four-Year Assurance Degree
Plan with the College before the end of
their sophomore year (16 course credits
must be earned) in order to qualify.
Contact the Academic Advising Center for
details.
FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review educahave the right to
tion r e c o r d ~ Y o u
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College.
Right to request amendment of
education record5-You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information -You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records,
A,
a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College's program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall andfor
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The Schedule of Classes published each
spring by the Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) lists offerings and
locations for fall and spring terms.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Interim,
Summer Session, the Master of Arts in
Leadership, the Master of Social Work, the
Master of Arts in Nursing, and the Master
of Arts in Physician Assistant studies
courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered in the Division of Professional
Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six
quarter hours. Most courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course.
-
Departments and Programs 87
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to the current ACTC Joint
Class Schedule or the Weekend College
class schedule for information on when
specific courses are offered.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
INTERNSHIPS
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of internships and cooperative
education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship
during the registration period. The signed
permission form must be turned in at the
time of registration. (Students may pre-register without a placement secured, but a
suitable internship must be found by the
end of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
199
lnternship
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected. Prior to the
beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
regarding requirements and permission to register.
399
Internship
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is often expected. Prior to the beginning of the tedregistration, interested students must consult with the departmental internship coordinator and the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding
requirements and permission to register.
-
38 Departments and Programs
DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent StudyIResearch
An opportuniy for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
See listing under Business Administration,
Accounting, and Management Information Systems.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
A
rt is important as a field of study
for our time. Our survival as a culture may
very well depend on whether we are able
to create order and beauty in the design
and function of communities. Realizing
this, we have made design and sensitivity
to all aspects of visual experience central
to the art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is
so much a part of everyday life that it is
often taken for granted. At the same time,
however, the interchange of visual ideas is
frequently misunderstood. The task of the
artist, art teacher, and art historian is to
celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short,
the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to
the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at
Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from
all disciplines. Art as a human activity does
involve manual skill, although to become
broadly significant it should interact with
the content available in other fields, such
as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is
an ideal setting for the study of art because
it provides a constant possibility for the
interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further
enhanced by associations with a significant
number of art galleries and museums in
the Twin Cities area.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Tara
Christopherson, Norman Holen.
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Senior studio majors must participate in at
least one exhibit during their final year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art history courses including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 19th- and 20th-Century Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design
or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 221 Sculpture I
-Art
+U
Departmental Honors
Art History Minor
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
be
in art history. up to four courses
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions.
ART 102
Design
A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements
and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in various media, including graphite pencil, ink, pastel pencil, and
charcoal. Subjects include still-life, figures, perspective, and experimental
work.
STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis
on the broad-edged pen.
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
-
Art 91
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld, or
assemble the respective media.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil, and mono methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design,
with emphasis on the computer. Theory and practice of coordinating visual
imagery and typography for print publications using page layout software.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout software. Emphasis on designing with text and image.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and glazing.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints.
ART 306
Calligraphy I I
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 330
Graphic Design II
An advanced study of the graphic design of typography and visual imagery for
print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent
watercolor.
ART 368
Print Making I I
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, e.g., silk-screen,
etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223)
-
92 Art
ART 478
Sculpture I1
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, wood, alabaster, welded
steel and bronze, plaster, and Plexiglas. (Prereq.: ART 221)
ART HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modem times.
Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 388
19th- and 20th-Century Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ART 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
ART 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See listing under East Asian Studies.
T
he Augsburg Experience: Arriving
at Augsburg ...
The initial months after entering college as a first-year student are an exciting
period of change. The faculty and staff
wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students
and to help them become part of this academic community Through the summer orientation program, the fall orientation
weekend, and the Augsburg Seminar, students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban, liberal
arts college of the Church, the process of
learning in a community where ideas are
valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being students.
Augsburg Seminar
At registration, all first-year students in
the day program enroll in a selected content course, such as Effective Writing and a
parallel Augsburg Seminar. These 'linked'
courses integrate disciplinary content with
AUC 101
various learning strategies and communitybuilding opportunities beneficial to all
beginning students.
The content course usually meets three
hours per week for the entire semester and
is valued at 1.0 course credit, and the
Augsburg Seminar meets once a week for 8
weeks for .25 course credit. The Augsburg
Seminar offers the opportunity for further
discussion of topics from the paired content course, along with presentations on
campus life, academic resources and study
skills, and a hands-on introduction to the
Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. While the
content course is graded on a traditional
point basis, the Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No credit (P/N). However, performance in the course is linked to performance in the seminar.
Students must successfully complete
the entire 8-week Augsburg Seminar in
order to fulfill the requirement, even if
they drop the linked content course.
Permission to complete the seminar after
withdrawal from the content course is at
the discretion of the instructor.
Augsburg Seminar (.25 course)
A series of fall-term meetings with an Augsburg seminar adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon topics and readings from the
connected content course and other disciplines and sources. (P/N grading only)
Biology Faculty
)logy is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
Dale Pederson (Chair), Karen Ballen,
William Capman, Robert Herforth, Esther
McLaughlin
Major
Nine courses including:
B10 113 Introductory Organismal Biology
B10 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
B10 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels.
Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans,
including advances in medicine, agriculture, and food science.
and at least one from each of the five
following groups:
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
2.
BIO 361 Plant Biology
BIO 440 Plant Physiology
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study.
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
1.
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
B10 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Morphology
BIO 473 Animal Physiology
3.
B10 355 Genetics
BIO 481 Ecology
4.
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
BIO 474 Developmental Biology
5.
BIO 367 Biochemistry
BIO 476 Microbiology
The ninth course may be any of the
upper division biology courses listed above
or BIO 340 Marine Biology of the Florida
Keys.
BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is
required of all juniors and seniors.
36 Biology
7
Required Supporting Courses
CHM 1051106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 1151116 General Chemistry
A semester course in organic chemistry
or CHM 3511352 Organic Chemistry
department. BIO 113 and 114 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and Introductory Cellular Biology and
Organic Chemistry in the second year.
Students should complete their math
requirements early in their college careers.
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 1211122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social
and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
All transfer courses must be approved
in writing by the chair. Only those biology
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, no more than two
upper division courses from other institutions may be applied toward the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall,
active participation in seminar, one course
of approved independent study with an
oral defense of the research report.
Application should be made no later than
the start of the first term of the senior year.
Minor
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 113, 114,
215, and two upper division courses.
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
Graduate and Professional Training
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that may
differ in emphasis from the Augsburg major
requirements. The state requirements may
also be subject to change after publication
of this catalog. Students therefore should
consult with the Augsburg Department of
Education to identify current Minnesota
teacher licensure requirements.
Cooperative Education
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in
laboratories and other settings in the
Twin Cities.
-
Biology 97
BIOLOGY COURSl
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using
the first term of a sequenced course in registering for the second term.
BIO 101
Human Biology
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective.
Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life, genetics, organ
systems, and human impact on the environment. (Three one-hour lectures. A
student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to
the major or minor. Fall)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three
one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or
minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three one-hour
lectures, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
The biological basis for problems facing society, such as pollution, genetic
engineering, AIDS, extinction, global warming, hunger, cancer. (Three onehour lectures. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring)
BIO 113
Introductory Organismal Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to organismal biology for
science majors, including diversity, physiology, and structure. B10 113, 114,
and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105. Fall)
BIO 114
Introductory Genetics, Evolution, and Ecology
Second of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to cellular functioning,
metabolism, classical and population genetics, evolution, and ecology. BIO
113, 114, and 215 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Spring)
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate
on the biological aspects of such changes.
98 Biology
BIO 215
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three one-hour lectures, four
hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114, CHM 106 or 116, CHM 223 or 352,
or concurrent registration in CHM 223 or CHM 35 1. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of the vertebrate. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour
tutorial. Prereq.: B10 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three onehour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Fall)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 113, 114. Spring)
BIO 367
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
one-hour lectures. Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 223 or 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 215 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215. Spring)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory
perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions, emphasizing vertebrates. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 215; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of the instructor. Fall)
-
Biology 99
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 215.
Spring)
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three one-hour lectures, three hours laboratory, one hour tutorial.
Prereq.: BIO 215, CHM 352. Spring)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three one-hour lectures, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq.: BIO 215, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163. Fall)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers
are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
BIO 199
Internship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 113, 114)
BIO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
BIO 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: B10 215)
BIO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: B10 215)
- BUSINESSADMINISTRA~TION,
ACCOUNTING,
AND MANAGEMEN
lNFORMATION SYSTEMS-BUS,ACC, MIS
0
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a cumculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
John C. Cemto (Chair), Nora M.
Braun, Amin E. Kader (International
Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor
(Finance Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave
(Accounting Coordinator), Lori L. Lohman
(Marketing Coordinator), Fekri Meziou,
Thomas F: Morgan, Magdalena M.
Paleczny-Zapp (Management Coordinator),
Milo A. Schield (MIS Coordinator),
Kathryn A. Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration, Accounting, and MIS
offers three majors: business administration (BUS), accounting (ACC), and management information systems (MIS).
Specializations
Within the business administration
major there are four specializations: marketing, management, finance, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 71), students must
avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-course limit per academic
department (14 courses for accounting
majors). Courses designated as ACC, BUS,
and MIS are considered as being in the
same academic department. Taking extra
electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require
students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Exceptions are noted in the major.
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
Advising
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, or MIS are
strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This
should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to
-
Business Administration 10'
advising, departmental faculty can counsel
majors on their careers, assist majors in
obtaining internships or jobs, and provide
letters of recommendation for prospective
employers or graduate programs.
with experience that may be valuable in
competing for jobs after graduation.
Advisers should be consulted about internships.
International Business
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Office of Cooperative
Education and department faculty to
obtain an internship (BUS/ACUMIS 399)
during their junior or senior year.
Although an internship counts as part of
the 13 courses allowed in the major, students may petition for an exception. An
internship may satisfy the The City
Perspective if taken in conjunction with
GST 209. Internships can provide students
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The four specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
The international business department
actively supports international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
Business Core
10 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
or MIS 370 Advanced Computing
for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
02 Business Administration
Specialization in Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352 Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 450 Marketing Management
Specialization in Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318
Management Science
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy
and Practice
BUS 438 Investment Theory
and one of
ECO 3 11
ECO 3 12
ECO 313
ECO 315
MIS 479
the following:
Public Finance
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
BUS 466 International Marketing
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
11 courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division
economics course
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or BUS 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, or MIS course.
Graduation with Distinction
To qualify, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
Departmental Honors
and one additional upper division course in
either international business (BUS 368 or
468) or international economics.
To qualify, a major must have a 3.7 GPA
in the major, a 3.5 GPA overall, and have
completed all courses appropriate for the
proposed project.
Business Administration 10:
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting
or MIS.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
252, and three courses in international
business (one may be in international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
'D
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business; analyzes and evaluates various business practices; emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing, and
speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or junior/senior standing)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Topics related to theory of acquisition, fund allocation and management,
sources and uses of long and short-term funds, capital costhudgeting, leverage, and dividend policy (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222, MIS 379, and MPG 3)
!04 Business Administration
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making; methodology; results; evaluation of effectiveness. (Prereq.: BUS 252, MIS 379, ECO 113, or consent of
instructor)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 357
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and web-based advertising and promotion
as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note:
Either BUS 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or 252, consent of instructor)
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices from a cultural perspective. TV documentaries, readings from periodicals, plus participation in a seminar model. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113; ACC 221, 222; BUS 242, 252,
331; MIS 175,379)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decisionmaking, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material.
(Prereq.: All core courses and ACC 322, or consent of instructor.)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the riskheturn relationships of various types of securities and
extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all
core courses or consent of instructor)
-
Business Administration 10
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss-its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of market plans. (Prereq.:
BUS 352 and BUS 355)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an
international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing
mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,
362)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
BUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
BUS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has three tracks: general
accounting, professional accounting, and
managerial accounting. The general
accounting specialization is adequate for a
wide variety of positions. The professional
accounting track includes two specializations: public accounting and managerial
accounting. The public accounting specialization is recommended for positions with
CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions
with large or rapidly-growing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice 11
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students are encouraged to take the
courses in the sequence given above.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral
exam in the major field of concentration.
Interested juniors or seniors should contact the department chair.
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322,323
and one of the following: MIS 175, 379,
ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
-
Accounting 10
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities and accounting
for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation conceits, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied-to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
~ c c o u n t i ntools
~ for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision-making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252, MIS
379, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPAk role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242, 252,
331, MIS 175 or 320,379)
08 Accounting
7
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ACC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ACC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, and accounting as well
as from MIS.
EGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS I
Management Information Systems
Major
A. 12 courses in business, accounting, and
MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
MIS 175 Principles of Computing for
Business
MIS 370 Advanced Computing for
Business
MIS 375 Management Information
Systems in the Organization
MIS 376 Project Management
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MIS 476 Information Systems Projects
B. Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 340 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Minor in MIS
Seven courses including:
MIS 175, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252,
MIS 370, MIS 375, ECO 113, and one of
the following: MIS 376 or ECO 318.
Honors Major
GPA of 3.7 in the major and 3.5 overall,
complete a scholarly paper or paper from a
substantial work of applied consulting, and
present the final paper. Interested juniors
or seniors should contact their department
adviser.
Graduation with Distinction
To qualify, a major must have a 3.5
GPA, must be an Honors Program senior
who qualifies for Graduation with
Distinction in that program, and have completed all courses appropriate for the proposed project.
10 MIS
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introductory course to develop understanding of basic computing concepts
and specific skills in using microcomputer software (Windows, Word, Excel,
Access, Powerpoint, e-mail, and the World Wide Web). Emphasis on solving
business-related problems using software, especially Excel. Students with
strong competency in all software mentioned should take MIS 370 instead of
MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
This course provides more in-depth use of business software like Excel,
Access, and the World Wide Web. Students will also learn to program
Windows applications using tools like Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG 3, MIS 175
or CSC 160, or strong computer background. Completion of MIS 370 satisfies
any requirement for MIS 175)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture.
(Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS
175,370, or CSC 160)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and
complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242,
and either MIS 175 or 370)
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and
interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation, and hypothesis testing with emphasis on applied
problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: MIS 175 or 370 and either
MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC-Additional three-hour sessions are
required, usually on a weekday evening.)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 375 and either MIS 370 or CSC 352)
-
MIS 11
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 370, 375. 376, and 475)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: MIS 379. Fall: evening)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
MIS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
c
hemistry is the science of the
changes in matter, examining those
changes, and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described
as the central science because matter
includes the entire physical world such as
the things we use, the food we eat, and
even ourselves.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education cumculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
*To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
*To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
*To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
*To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
*To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Sandra L. Olmsted (Chair), Ron L.
Fedie, Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Graduation Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of
Chemistry
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry I1
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
-
Chemistry 111
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
BIO 367 Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, 11
Calculus I, I1
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least two courses (and usually
more) in biology. Students should consult
members of the chemistry department for
assistance in planning a course program
early in their college career.
W BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
12 courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, 11,111
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, I1
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Graduation with Distinction in
Chemistry
Overall GPA of 3.5 or higher, and completion of an approved research project in
the junior or senior year.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall;
one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351,352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
-
114 Chemistry
A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count; otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term
of a two-term course in registering for the second term.
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor nor apply as prerequisite for
other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. Fall)
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modem theories of chemical bonds, energy relations, and reaction mechanism.
(Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116.
Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
Chemistry 11!
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
361 or concurrent registration and ENG 111)
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four-and-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364
or concurrent registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistly relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry.
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: BIO 367, or consent of the instructor. Spring)
16 Chemistry
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353,361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.O course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon analytical, physical, and organic chemistry.
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CHM 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CHM 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
T
he Augsburg computer science
department & v k to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks,
communications, and the use of computers
as an information access tool. The coursework provides students a strong base in
computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We
encourage students to strengthen their
coursework by electing an internship or
cooperative education experience. Our
location in the Twin Cities provides us
with an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add
practical applications to their education.
CSC 451
Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200 at least one of
which is above 300
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design.
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
Computer Science Faculty
Charles Sheaffer (Chair), Larry
Crockett, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Karen
Sutherland.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
12 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
16 courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 45 1 Programming Languages and
Compilers I1
PHI 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
Two courses from:
MAT 245 Calculus I11
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
-
118 Computer Science
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
Computational Economics
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science
and six from economics with a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Lany Ragland, Department of Computer
Science.
Major in Computational Economics
13 courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computational Philosophy
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires six courses from computer
science and six from philosophy with a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of
Philosophy. Charles Sheaffer, Department
of Computer Science.
Major in Computational Philosophy
13 courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 373 Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme I1
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Modem Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
-
Computer Science 1I!
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in computer science and
mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an
independent study project.
CSC 160
CSC 170
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210,345; and one upper division computer
science course, and one of MAT 171 or
MAT 145 or MAT 122..
Prerequisites: A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to
count as a prerequisite for a computer science course.
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, and the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Structured Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab.
Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, 1.5 hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and one of MAT
122 or 145 or 171)
CSC 240
lntroduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
20 Computer Science
CSC 273
CSC 320
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme I
Study of an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of
computer science including problem-solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming, procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation. Intended especially for non-majors. Offered concurrently
with CSC 373. (Prereq.: None)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or 145 or 171)
csc 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
csc 373
Computer Science: An Alternative Scheme II
Continuation of CSC 273, and offered concurrently with CSC 273. Majors who
have taken CSC 210 should register for CSC 373. (Prereq.: CSC 210 or 273)
csc 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCPAP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 340 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
CSC 320 and PHI 385 or concurrently)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and PHI 385)
-
Computer Science 12'
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CSC 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
CSC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
A
major in East Asian studies is
offered through Augsburg and the other
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program that is available as a
result of the cooperation and cross-registration possibilities among Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, The College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas. The program
pools the resources and expertise within
the five institutions. This major enables
students to acquire a broad knowledge of
Japan, China, and other East Asian
nations, and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country.
Career opportunities for those who
attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian
studies include government service, international business, journalism, language
instruction, Asian arts, and intercultural
communication. The major provides a
foundation for graduate work in various
fields such as anthropology, economics,
history, international relations, business,
law, political science, sociology, and theatre. This major is also recommended for
those interested in education and work
with social and recreational agencies.
East Asian Studies Faculty
Martha Johnson, Director
DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major in East Asian Studies
Nine courses are required for the major.
Courses in the major must be approved by
the campus adviser and are distributed as
follows: four courses in an East Asian Ianguage; four additional courses, two of which
must be upper division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history
course on China or Japan); and an East
Asian studies seminar. A term of study
abroad and the completion of a minor in
another discipline are strongly recommended.
Study abroad opportunities for the
semester or a year are available in Hong
Kong, Japan, Korea, and the People's
Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization.
Language Courses
Hamline University offers elementary
and intermediate courses in Chinese.
Macalester College and the University of
St. Thomas offer elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese. There is a contractual arrangement with the University
of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese
languages (without extra tuition charges);
see campus adviser. Non-majors may also
take the Chinese and Japanese language
courses.
East Asian Studies 12:
Minor in East Asian Studies
Five courses, no more than two of
which may be in the language. A minor in
East Asian studies provides exposure to an
area of East Asia that would complement
other disciplines.
Note: Interim courses or new courses
related to the East Asian Studies Program
may be substituted when appropriate,
with the consent of the campus adviser.
Faculty advising is recommended at all
stages of the major to plan a coherent and
effective program.
Each campus has a member on the
ACTC East Asian studies committee who
can assist students. The current advisers
are: Augsburg-Martha Johnson, (612)
330-1715; Hamline-Richard Kagan, (651)
641-2433; Macalester-Yue-him Tam,
(651) 696-6262; St. Catherine-Helen
Humeston, (651) 690-6651; St. ThomasYoung-Ok An, (651) 962-5621.
Approved Augsburg College courses for
the East Asian Studies Program (consult
program director for ACTC listing of
approved courses):
BUS 368
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
ENG 282 Topics: Introduction to AsianAmerican Literature
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
PHI 355 Asian Philosophy
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
REL 356 History of Religions
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
Students may also take independent
studies (299, 499) or topics courses relating to East Asian studies in various departments, subject to consent of instructor and
approval of program director.
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the rapidly growing computer science field.
The combined economicshusiness administration major allows students great flexibility in order to explore both fields.
Finally, the teaching major in political sciencdeconomics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid
background for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management infor-
mation systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Satya P Gupta
DECREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major in Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414 Welfare Economics
and three other upper division courses also
required:
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114 Elementary Functions
or MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Calculus for the Social
or MAT 122
and Behavioral Sciences
-
Economics 12!
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 311 Public Finance
or ECO 312
Intermediate
Macroeconomics
Money and Banking
or ECO 315
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 360 International Economics
EC0318 Management Science
or ECO 415
Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499
Independent Study
MIS 175 Principles of Computing
for Business
MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI120
Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Teaching Licensure Major
Major in Computational Economics
Minor in Economics
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science, page 224.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of
concentration.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
ECO 112, 113,312,313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Five economics courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
Note: Students who plan to major in
the department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
and one other upper division economics
course, and six accounting/business
administration/MIS courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 331 Financial Management
or MIS 379
Quantitative Methods
for Business and
Economics
In addition to the courses listed on the
following pages, these topics have been
offered under ECO 295 or 495 Topics:
Consumer Economics, Research Methods
for Economics and Business, Advanced
Economic Theory, Decision-Making With
Finite Markov Chains, Soviet Economy,
Economics of Mutual Funds, and Health
Economics.
See Computer Science, page 118.
and one other upper division business course.
-
126 Economics
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic
tools, e.g., crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course
designed for those students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, or MIS.)
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 219
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
ECO 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies.
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 312
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring)
-
Economics 12;
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall: alternate years)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: on demand)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. On
demand)
ECO 41 3
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of
economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
28 Economics
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ECO 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ECO 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: Completion of 50 percent of major or
consent of instructor)
ECO 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendations for licensure by the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), a variety of secondary subject areas
(grades 5-12), and K-12 licenses in art,
health, physical education, and music.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication artsAiterature, and
social studies. Additional teaching majors
are available through the weekday program
and open to weekday and weekend students who can take courses on a weekday
schedule. All prerequisite, elementary core,
and professional education courses except
critical issues seminar and student teaching are available on a weekend or weekday
late afternoonlevening schedule. Fieldwork
for the seminar and for student teaching
must be completed during regular weekday
hours. All students must have some time
available each term for field experiences.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are expected to obtain an
education department adviser at the outset
of coursework. All students are expected to
become knowledgeable of programs and
follow through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching abroad program. Those interested
in further information should contact the
education department at least one year
prior to student teaching. Students who
teach abroad will do part of their student
teaching in the Twin Cities area under
direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure will be implemented in the fall of
2000 and beyond. All students who will
complete degrees and/or licensure programs after August 31, 2001 fall under the
new licensure rules and must complete the
program outlined in this catalog. Students
who entered the College under a previous
catalog and who will complete their licensure after August 3 1, 2001 must comply
with the new program. No one will be
licensed under programs described in previous catalogs after August 3 1, 2001.
Education Faculty
Vicki Olson (chair), Virginia Allery,
Mary Ann Bayless, Joseph Erickson,
Jeanine Gregoire, Gretchen Irvine, Mary
Jacobson, Anne Jensen, Lynn Lindow,
Susan O'Connor, Ron Petrich, Barbara
West
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following pre-requisite courses, core courses in math and
science, and major courses in education.
To be licensed they must also complete
an approved concentration and student
teaching.
Non-departmental pre-requisites:
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indian
Studies or INS 260
Contemporary American
Indians (IA 1)
Math and Science Core
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
( W C T ) (if math concentration: MAT 331)
MAT 132 Numeracy for Contemporary
Society (QR) (if math concentration: MAT 122 or 145)
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or PHY 116
Introduction to Physics (NW
1).
-,
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers
BIO 102 (NW 2) (If science concentration, check with education
department)
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block I1 (courses beyond this
point require admissions to the department)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
(HI)
EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
(registration continues through
Capstone Block)
Methods Block I
EED 310 K-6 Methods: Health/PE
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
ArtsKhildren's Literature
Methods Block I1
EED 340 K-6 Methods:
VisuaVPerforming Arts (.5)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies~ThematicStudies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learners
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl)
Student Teaching Block
EDC 481, 483,485 Student Teaching (3.0)
Student teaching is completed for licensure. It is not part of the major in elementary education. (S)
Beginning September 1, 2001, the state
of Minnesota will require specific supporting concentrations of study as a part of all
elementary teacher licenses. Teachers will
be able to teach at the middle school level
in their area of concentration. Students
must complete a coursework program in
one of the following concentration areas:
communication artsAiterature, mathematics, science, or social studies. In the future
an early childhood concentration may
become available through the ACTC consortium. Contact the education department
for further information.
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
the major, 2.0 in the concentration, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, concentration, and
education major courses. The equivalent of
-
Elementary Education 131
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major.
Graduation with distinction or departmental honors is available to elementary
education majors who maintain a 3.5 over-
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication artsAiterature, health,
mathematics, music, physical education,
physics, and social studies.
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Non-departmental Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
INS 105 Intro. to American Indians or
INS 260 Contemporary
American Indians (IA 1)
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS I
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (C)
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
all GPA and a 3.75 overall GPA in the
major. An honors project must be completed, beginning in spring of the junior year.
Guidelines for graduation with distinction
are available in the education department.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
Foundations Block I1
EDC 310 Learning and Development
(HI)
EDC 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
(Registration continues through
Capstone Block)
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Readinwriting in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Methods Block I1
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society (Wl)
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485,487 Student Teaching
(3.0-4.0). (S)
A minimum GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in
education, 2.5 in the teaching major, and P
in student teaching are required for licensure. All required major, pre-requisite, and
education program courses must have a
grade of 2.0 or better.
Art, Health, Music, and Physical
Education Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary educa-
-
132 Secondary Education
tion program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
areas will take four courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching at
both the secondary and elementary levels.
Note: Recommendation for teacher licensure in music is granted only to students
who successfully complete the requirements for the bachelor of music education
major.
Art, health, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: (1) Band and classroom
music (5-12); (2) Orchestra and classroom
music (5-12); (3) Vocal and classroom
music (K-9); (4) Vocal and classroom
music (5-12).
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study.
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: ENG 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingearning situations.
Computer training will be included in this course.
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 315
Critical Issues Seminar (.5 course)
Reflective process to discuss field experience and critical issues in education.
Assistance with program portfolio. Registration continues until completion of
EDC 480. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 410
The Special Needs Learner
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
-
Elementary Education 13:
EDC 480
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 310
K-6 Methods: HealthIPhy Ed
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts1 Children's Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 340
K-6 Methods: Visual/Performing Arts (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual/performing
arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experiences. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social StudiesIThematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED 380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 481,483,485,487 Student Teaching
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
134
Secondary Education
SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE
ESE 300
ReadingIWriting in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 320
5-12 Methods: TheatreIDance
Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in schools. Emphasis on
instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for elementary concentration in communication artsfliterature.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. NOTE:
Students seeking 5-12 communication artsAiterature license do not need to
take ESE 300).
ESE 356
5-12 Methods: Communication Arts
Introduction to the teaching of speaking, listening, and media in middle and
high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in communication artsAiterature. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
ESE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Three to four courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require three courses. K-12 licenses require four.
Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program portfolio.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues.
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Special Needs Learner
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 102 or PSY 105
EDC 410
EDU 491
Choose one from the following:
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 353 Developmental Psychology:
Middle and Older Adult
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Psychological assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
The Special Needs Learner
(see EDC course descriptions)
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with three universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied
Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan
Technological University, Houghton,
Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the
Augsburg engineering adviser is necessary.
Applications for these programs require the
recommendation of the Augsburg engineering adviser.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of ArtsIBachelor of
Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of
Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A.B.E. cumculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A.N.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
Washington University
(Three-Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University
(Dual-Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Washington University School
of Engineering and Applied Science or
Michigan Technological University in a
five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they corn-
-
Engineering 13
plete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Washington University and Michigan
Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs
is available from the Augsburg engineering
adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENG 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus I1
MAT 245 Calculus 111
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
T
hose who study. English
believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life's
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English as a
Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring
in the writing lab, or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Candyce
Clayton, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Suzanne Donksy, Douglas Green, Joan
Griffin, Dallas Liddle, Roseann Lloyd,
Carter Meland, John Mitchell, Capper
Nichols, Ronald Palosaari,John Schmit,
Joan Thompson
Major
Nine courses above ENG 111, including:
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
One course in European literature:
ENG 271 European Literature:
Homer to Dante
or ENG 272
European Literature:
Renaissance to the
Modem Period
Two survey courses in British literature
from:
ENG 331 British Literature:
Medieval to Elizabethan
ENG 336 British Literature:
17th and 18th Centuries
ENG 337 British Literature: The
Romantics and the Victorians
One upper division course in
American literature:
ENG 350 American Literature Before
1920
or ENG 351
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400 level course
Two additional electives
-
English 1 3
Majors are encouraged to consult their
departmental adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special program
that involves considerable work in ~ h c
English department should also work
closely with an adviser in the department.
Communication ArtsILiteratuni
,
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENG 111
I
Major Requirements (12 courses) I
ENG 225 Intermediate Equpnsito*
Writing
ENG 226 Creative Writing
I
or ENG 227 Journalism
I
or one additional upper division literature course from ENG 331, 336, 337.
350, 351, 338/438
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
ENG 271 or 272 European Literature
ENG 345 Introduction to the EilgIBh
Language
ENG 361 Studies in Modem Fiction
ENG 399 Internship in Teaching \%'riting
ENG xxx Upper division literaturn course
from ENG 331,336, 331,350,
351, 338/438.
Note: If students choose two literamre
courses, one must be in American lilernture (ENG 350 or 351) and one musi be in
British literature (ENG 331, 336, 337.
338/438).
SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Cnrnmunica~ion
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to department approval)
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 Adolescent Literature and
Reading
ESE 356
Speech/Communications/Media
Literacy Methods
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200, 210, 220, 310, 341, 343,441, 443;
ESE 300; EDC 410, 480; student teaching.
Contact an education department adviser
for information.
This major is only for those who seek
to be licensed in communication artsAiterature. Should licensure not be possible,
graduation can be achieved through an
English major, which requires at least two
additional, specific courses, or a speech
major.
Students are encouraged to take courses
toward their major during the freshman
and sophomore years, and apply for
teacher education no later than the spring
of their junior year.
Students in this program must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to department chair by
Oct. 15 in senior year for department
approval. Submit and defend paper before
faculty committee. Honors project may be
an independent study program (refer to
departmental guidelines).
Minor
Five courses above ENG 111, including
ENG 245; an upper division literature
course; and an additional writing course.
Concentration in Writing
Five courses in writing (above ENG 11l),
including ENG 225 and one upper division
course in writing.
- English
40
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not
show competence in composition skillssuch as stating and supporting a thesis,
organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences-are required to
enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing
where they receive more individual instruc-
tion than is possible in ENG 111 Effective
Writing. These students must pass ENG
101 Developmental Writing with a grade of
2.0 or higher before enrolling in ENG 111
Effective Writing.
Students in Effective Writing (ENG
111) and Developmental Writing (ENG
101) can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in consultation with
their instructor up through the last week
of class (without special permissionfpetition). Students who choose to receive a
traditional grade in either course will
receive a grade of N (one time only) if their
work is below a 2.0. A student who
repeats ENG 101 or 111 a second time and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
Prerequisites
ENG 111 Effective Writing is strongly
recommended but not a prerequisite for a
lower division literature course.
Prerequisite for an upper division literature
course is ENG 245 Introduction to
Literature andlor consent of the instructor.
ENG 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENG 216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected American
Indian writers. Discussion and analysis on ways in which literature reflects
and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring)
English
ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ESL requirement is met. Students continue in
ESL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218)
ENC 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals
is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas
of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing (ENG
111). Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 226
lntroduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENC 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print
and broadcast media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and
verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. An introduction to legal
and ethical questions is included. (Prereq.: ENG 111)
ENG 236
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experiences in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
ENC 241
ENC 245
Introduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring)
lntroduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry, and drama, drawing on
works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female
writers. This course aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills as the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature.
14
-
-
12 English
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to selected texts of literary and historical importance that
yield an understanding of our Western heritage and contemporary American
world views. Themes could include the emergence of a national identity, the
shaping of a collective American memory, and the contributions to American
thought by women and people of color.
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer, Virgil,
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Dante. Works are studied with reference to their
mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later
literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall)
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modern period, including such authors as Moliere, C e ~ a n t e sRabelais,
,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Spring)
ENG 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year.
ENG 331
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of
English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 336
British Literature: 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to pre-Romantics, with attention to the historical, intellectual,
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 337
British Literature: the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose, and two or three novels of the period.
Relationships among these writers are emphasized, and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor. Spring)
ENG 338
Shakespeare
Study of the bard's major plays-comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
-for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. Taught in conjunction
with ENG 438. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or junior standing or consent of the
instructor. Spring)
ENG 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG
226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.)
-
English 1 4
ENG 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students are
introduced to the primary components of linguistics, and the development of
the English language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 347
Quantitative Journalism:Computer-Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of expository
essays and news reports. This course is designed for persons wishing to
explore the use of computer-assisted research and those preparing to enter the
communication professions. (Prereq.: ENG 225 or ENG 227 or consent of
instructor. MPG 3.)
ENG 350
American Literature Before 1920
Reading of selected writers from colonial times to the beginning of the 20th
century. Attention given to the intellectual, social, and literary movements that
stimulated the writers. The writers' continuing influence on our modern sensibility will be discussed. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic,
and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly
in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENG 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall)
ENC 382
Topics
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
All 400-lmel courses will involve some reading and study of literaly criticism ol: in the case of
writing classes, ofwhat writers andlor composition theorists have to say about writing.
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th-century
beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of
such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,
Eliot, Joyce, and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate
years)
ENG 436
Women and Fiction
A study of novels and short stories by women. Emphasis on the conditions
that have affected women's writing (including race and class), the reflection of
women's unique experience in their writing, and the ways in which women
writers have contributed to and modified the Western literary heritage.
Reading of theoretical essays. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
M English
I
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Taught in conjunction with ENG 338 (see above). Includes exposure to
Shakespeare criticism. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivatedwriter, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with
which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with
applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG
245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years)
ENC 482
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the
class schedule for that year. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
THR 325
Playwriting
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ENC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
ENC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
ENC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Note: The internship in Teaching Writing requires
completion of ENG 225 and approval of the department chair.
ENC 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open to junior or senior English majors with an
overall GPA of 3.0 and consent of department chair.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
See listing under Modem Languages.
See listing under Modem Languages.
(;ENERAL bTUDIES-GST
s
ome courses help to integrate leaming around topics in ways that are different
from the more traditional disciplines.
CST 009
Cooperative Education
General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, and an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating
faculty.
(.O course)
A non-credit notation recognizes the academic learning inherent in an
approved co-op education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in reflection activities conducted by the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning. No course credit.
CST 100
Critical Thinking
A course to enhance the ability of students to analyze, synthesize, and evaluate
claims, this course is designed specifically to strengthen critical thinking skills
of entering students who are determined to need such skill enhancement by
the entry critical thinking assessment.
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies.
CST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/StatisticaI Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments involving predictions and explanations. Topics include reading and evaluating tables, graphs,
and statistical models as well as generalizations, traditional confidence intervals, and hypothesis tests. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq.: MPG 3 )
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education
(.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of internship/service/cooperative
education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities
as an urban community system. Students participate in a required seminar,
completing five reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a
systematic, ecological way to understand how cities function. The seminar
enables the student to meet the objectives of The City Perspective.
Permission of instructor. No course credit.
GERMAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
"a HEALTH AND lJHYSICAL
-tually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education; men's and women's intercollegiate
athletic programs; intramural programs for
men and women; and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.0 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Interim: even years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Interim: odd years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
BIO 220 Microbiology
(at St. Catherine's)
Must have instructor's certification for CPR
and first aid.
Recommended:
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
Teaching Licensure Major
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Brian Ammann,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Mary EwertKnodell, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Lauri
Ludeman, Patricia Murphy, Jack Osberg,
Joyce Pfaff, Missy Strauch
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Health and Physical Education 14;
Minor
Minor
HPE 101, 110, 114, 115,316,320, 390,
450, BIO 103.
HPE 101, 115,210,223,231,232,351.
There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 232 Dance (Interim)
HPE 254 Introduction to Development1
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries (Interim)
HPE 323 Team Sports
HPE 331 Individual and Dual Sports
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 355 Tests and Measurement
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
HPE 280 Coaching Theory
(Interim, odd years)
Internship in Athletic Training
requires:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
BIO 252 Human Physiology (at St.
Catherine)
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPED 425 Advanced athletic training (at
St. Thomas)
Also required: 1,500 hours of practical
experience under the direction of a
Certified Athletic Trainer.
Recommended: PHED 250, PHED 422,
PHED 423, and PHED 425 (at St.
Thomas).
48 Health and Physical Education
-
HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 100
Wellness (.5 course)
This course is designed to create an awareness of factors affecting one's state of
well-being with emphasis on individual control over these factors. This course
will allow students to discuss values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors related to their personal health and various factors that influence personal health
decisions.
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and senices. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Open to all students. Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of "standards" and
pedagogy for health education, cuniculum, and assessment included.
(Interim)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (-5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Interim)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (.5
course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Interim)
-
Health and Physical Education 14!
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses "critical thinking" skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall: even years)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports
(.O course)
Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirements. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education and sport. (Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to
physical activity. (Spring)
HPE 232
Dance
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international dances. (Interim)
HPE 254
lntroduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmentavadapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(-5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Interim)
HPE 323
Team Sports
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Spring)
HPE 331
Individual and Dual Sports
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual
sports including history, rules, and skill development. (Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day campinghiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split falvspring, even years)
150
Health and Physical Education
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
(.5 course)
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and
analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Spring)
HPE 355
Tests and Measurement (.5 course)
Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education. (Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
(.5 course)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Consult with department chair for prerequisites. Spring)
HPE 455
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interesetd in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing).
(Interim)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
HPE 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
HPE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 88. Open only to junior or senior majors.
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: "No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community."
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in several fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Christopher Kimball (Chair), Jacqueline
deVries, William Green, Donald Gustafson,
Richard Nelson
medieval, modem Europe, U.S., and nonWestern.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall;
except in special instances, application
before the end of the first term of the
junior year; two years of a foreign language
at the college level (or its equivalent); an
honors thesis (equal to one course credit)
to be defended before a faculty committee.
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 101-104 courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
Prerequisites
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 495 seminar). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
-
5 2 History
Transfer Students
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg. A minor normally
requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 220
America to 1815
A survey of the contacts between American, African, and European cultures
and the political, religious, and racial diversity that formed colonial life,
including a study of independence, expansion, and democratization of the new
republic.
HIS 221
19th-Century U.S.
A survey emphasizing cultural, social, political, and economic changes resulting from immigration, expansion, sectionalism, slavery, Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIS 222
20th-Century U.S.
A survey focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal
government, the implications of increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the
impact of affluence.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
-
History 15:
HIS 228
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modem legal system.
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early mode m period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W. E. B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston,
Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 311
Topics in Women's History
Exploration of selected topics in women's history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China's isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
HIS 326
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined
in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
54 History
HIS 332
History of U.S. Foreign Relations
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the
Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace, tensions
between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an
economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 169 in
International Studies.)
HIS 347
MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror
Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical
development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
(Prereq.: 100-level course or consent of instructor)
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modem
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany's sondenveg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Britain and the Commonwealth Since 1688
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
-
History 15.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world's greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 380
The History of Women in the West to 1870
A thematic and comparative examination with primary focus on Europe and
North America, emphasizing changing conceptions of women's work, public
roles, sexuality, life cycles, and familial roles in the Renaissance, early
American, Enlightenment, and Victorian periods.
HIS 381
The History of Women in the West Since 1870
With attention to class, racial, and ethnic differences among women, this class
examines the changing legal, political, economic, social, and sexual status of
women in Europe and North America since the Victorian period.
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 495
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required.
(Offered at least once each year, during the fall term.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
HIS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.5 GPA in history)
T h e r e are two ways to graduate from
the Honors Program-Graduate with
Distinction or Honors Program graduate.
Graduating with distinction requires satis-
fying all program requirements, a 3.5 GPA,
and successful completion of a departmental honors project. Honors Program graduate requires a 3.3 GPA and service on the
Honors Review editorial board.
HON 100-101 Freshman Honors Seminar
This is the program's introduction to the Honors Program and to collegiate
scholarship. We explore an interdisciplinary mix of Western history, the Bible,
English literature, and philosophical texts as we assess the Western tradition
and Christianity's place within that tradition.
HON 160
Introduction to Computing and Communications
Integrated with HON 100, this course introduces computing basics, hardware
and software, the possibilities and limitations of computing, artificial intelligence, communications basics, the Internet, and some of the social, philosophic, and economic implications of computing.
HON 210
Self-Identify and Society
Psychological, sociological, anthropological, and theological perspectives are
used to explore the role of the individual in community and other social institutions.
HON 21 1
Dyanamic Social Systems
This course is designed specifically to facilitate the development of this understanding through the exploration of alternative social science perspectives of
how social organizations function and adapt.
HON 212
Human Community and Modern Metropolis
Using the basic concepts and methods of sociology, this course enables students to explore the concept of human community and the social institutions
which facilitate that community.
HON 214
Chemistry in Context
A one-semester introduction to science through selected topics in chemistry
that emphasize current issues in science. More specifically, it introduces honors students to science and scientific ways of knowing.
HON 365
Philosophy of Science
Explores and assesses scientific theories, laws of nature, evidence, whether science generates truth, and, from more recent developments, the philosophical
implications of chaos and complexity
HON 401
Senior Honors Seminar
This capstone course explores one of three topics: the relationship of science
to religion, the life and thought of C.S. Lewis, or the history and significance
of Hispanic Christianity in the United States.
I
nterdisciplinary studies covers a broad
spectrum of experience and coursework.
Through interdisciplinary courses, students
gain greater insight and understanding of
cultures and perspectives different from
their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community.
Augsburg also offers students the
opportunity to major and minor in
Women's Studies, and to minor in metrourban studies and American Indian studies.
For other interdisciplinary course
listings, see International Studies.
American Indian studies is a minor that
gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
INS 105
North America. Courses are cross-disciplinary, representing the religion, modern
language, art, history, English, and
women's studies departments. Interdisciplinary courses are offered as well in
cinema and contemporary issues. This
integrated course of study exposes students
to the beauty and richness of the diverse
tribal cultures still existing in our
country today.
Coordinator
Virginia Allery
Minor
Students must take five courses in
American Indian studies to get a minor.
The only requirements are INS 105 and at
least one upper division course. These
courses may also be taken as part of majors
or minors in other academic subjects or to
meet distribution/general education
requirements.
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian
studies curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history,
American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and
urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music, and language. (Required f o ~
American Indian studies minor.)
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe
(See Department of Modem Languages for course description.)
ENG 216
American Indian Literature
(See Department of English for course description.)
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women's roles and status in society Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China. (Cross-listed with the Women's Studies Program.)
58 Interdisciplinary Studies
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States
since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current
issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. The tension of cultural
change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian
tribes today is highlighted.
INS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Various images of the North American Indian, created by Hollywood and television, are studied. Films from 1913 to the present are viewed in order to provide an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century, and how it is reflective of Western cultural ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
(See Department of Art for course description.)
INS 320
American lndian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North
America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as
changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It
examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to
Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in women's studies or
American Indian studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to
women's studies.)
HIS 326
American lndian History
(See Department of History for course description.)
REL 370
American lndian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
(Prereq.: junior standing)
REL 231
Religion in African American History
(See Department of Religion for course description.)
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
(See Department of History for course description.)
INS 3811581 Qualitative Research Methods
This course introduces students to the range of qualitative methods available
for the applied study of social issues and prepares them for a substantial
research project. In separate labs, students will acquire skills in either archival
research, content analysis, interviewing, or participant observation. (Prereq.:
upper division or graduate standing and at least one upper division course in
the student's major, or consent of the instructors)
Metro-urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in
sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology, and other related disciplines. Metro-urban studies is designed to
blend classroom and field experience, theory,
and internships that focus the content of
liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization.
Metro-urban studies and the general
education Perspective on The City introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the
analytical and theoretical tools required to
understand and contribute to the metropolitan community. The metro-urban studies major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate
studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies,
social welfare, government, community
organization, and theology.
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Gany Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO), Chris
Kimball (HIS), Michael O'Neal (SOC),
Michael Shock (SWK)
Major
10 courses including:
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 211 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
HIS 335 Urban American History
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses. (Courses fulfilling The City
Perspective generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.)
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) T ~ Cities
n
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics.
60 Interdisciplinary Studies
Minor
POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225, and two
of the following: HIS 335, SOC 381, or INS
399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designedcourse developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS
THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs. Through
HECUA, Augsburg students have access to
I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)-Fall
six interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality located in
Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
or Spring
This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 16'
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying-at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 87.
II. City Arts-Spring
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 87.
Ill. See HECUA under International Studies (SUST, SAUS, CILA, and EECLA)
equivalent competency)
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (2 courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
-
162 Interdisciplinary Studies
NORDIC AREA STUDIES-NAS
Nordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
Other Requirements
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modem Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology or social work.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES
HIS 231
Scandinavian History: Prehistoric to 1750
An introduction to the settlement and development of Scandinavian countries.
Emphasis on topics such as the Vikings and Scandinavia's impact on and contributions to the development of European society.
HIS 232
Scandinavian History: 1750 to the Present
An introduction to the history of Scandinavian countries from the early
modem period to the present with an emphasis on the place of Scandinavian
society in European and world histoly.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
-
Interdisciplinary Studies 16:
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
NAS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
NAS 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
For degree and major requirements see page 262.
164 INTERNATIONAL KELATIONS
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major that offers the student both
breadth and depth. The student may focus
on a discipline or geographic area of the
world. The program consists of a core of
seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study for
an Interim or semester. Competency in one
language is required, and some students
study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Norma Noonan
Required courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of
or ECO 113
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modem World
or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policy
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modem language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362,364,368,465,466
ECO 314,317,360,365
HIS 346,348,352,354,440,474
PHI 355
POL 350,351,359,382,459
REL 356,420
SOC 336
SPC 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modem Languages.)
SWK 230
Interim courses, seminars, independent
study, topics courses, and courses at other
colleges/universities can be considered here
with the approval of the program director,
as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major; 3.0 overall. In
addition to fuming the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
-
International Studies 162
Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College's strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, distributionlgenera1 education, and graduation requirements
when approved by the
appropriate program directors and
faculty before departure.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
Students in good academic standing (a
minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may
apply for permission to study off campus
through the Center for Global Education
or through International Partners. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
Interim and summer abroad courses also
provide a number of educational opportunities. Students interested in these or other
external off-campus study experiences
should contact the Center for Global
Education. Applications are due March 1
for the fall term or academic year, and
September 30 for the spring term. The cost
for many programs is comparable to full
room, board, and tuition for on-campus
study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as on-campus study
THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
66 International Studies
The center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
learn not only from textbooks but live in
the midst of the society they are studying,
encountering the people and culture inside
and outside the walls of a classroom. All
programs include family stays, regional
travel, community-based living, and opportunities for volunteer work and internships.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below.
For information on these programs, contact
the academic programs abroad office.
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners Program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Europe. Under these
agreements International Partner students
from abroad receive part of their academic
training at Augsburg, and qualified
Augsburg students are guaranteed admission to partner institutions, where courses
are pre-approved for credit toward graduation requirements at Augsburg.
Study abroad through Intemational
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but is not limited to these
fields. The study program may be for one
year, one semester, a one-month Interim,
or a summer session. Participation may be
on an individual basis or as part of a student group. For further information, contact the International Partners office.
THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers programs
through HECUA in four different fullsemester programs in Norway, Guatemala,
and Ecuador. All programs emphasize the
impact of social change and cross-cultural
factors on the human community. HECUA
programs include intense language experience and field study. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, roAm, and board for one
semester on campus, plus airfare.
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
Intemational study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
-
International Studies 16;
CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION COURSl
CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA
(M EXIC0)-FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change.
Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also
approved for credit in women's studies. Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl
general education perspective credit. REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a
Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2 or 3 perspective credit. Application deadline is April
1
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Mexican instructors. (Required
course. Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees. (will fulfill IA 1, 2,
or 3 perspective)
INS 311
The Development Process
Students reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and
human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin
American development and educational theories and practices are examined,
as well as social change strategies.
POL 359
Women in Comparative Politics-Women in Latin America
An examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact
these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies,
and revolution. (Required course.)
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
America culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and sociaVpolitica1transformation.
SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change andlor development. 800-100 hours of community service
required.
-
168 International Studies
RELIINS 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
GENDER AND THE ENVIRONMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)-SPRING
This program introduces students to the socio-economic and political issues of the
region with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students examine this complex web of issues and how the people of Mexico are responding to pressures on family, society, and the natural environment. Application deadline
is Oct. 15.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit,
and a Spanish course will fulfill one IA1, 2 or 3 perspective credit.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks,
taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined by program director.)
SPA 356
20th-Century Voices
Students examine issues of social change through the voices of contemporary
Latin American writers. Attention is given to short stories, poetry, and testimonials of indigenous peoples and Central American refugees.
SOC 286
Social Stratification
A study of social stratification theory, focusing on its application in the Latin
American context. Special attention will be given to the forms, causes, and
consequences of gender, class, and raciallethnic stratification in Mexico.
POL 295
Political Economy of Development in Latin America: Gender and
Environmental Perspectives
Topics studied include development politics in Latin America from preColumbian times to the present, environmental issues from a gender perspective, and political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development.
REL 31 1
Theology, Ethics, and the Environment
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America.
SPAIINS 399 Service-Learning Internships
Students gain hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization that promotes social change and/or development. 800-100 hours of community service
required.
International Studies 16
RELIINS 499 Independent Study
Students design a proposal to independently explore a topic of interest that is
either interdisciplinary or related to religious studies. If the proposal is
approved, the student will collaborate with an instructor who will guide the
independent study.
1 MULTICULTURAL SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION: SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-FALL
This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the
central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore
the complex political, social, and economic dynamics of building a new nation.
Application deadline is April 1.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IAl general education perspective credit.
REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights and examines basic theories of
development as well as particular strategies of development that are being
implemented in Namibia and South Africa.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people
representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and
religious organizations.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South
Africa, and the war for independence.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
INS 399
Internships
1 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE: GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)-FALL
OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
70 International Studies
Salvador, and Nicaragua. Application deadline is April 1.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit.
REL 366 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit, and a Spanish course will fulfill one IAl, 2
or 3 perspective credit.
SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at
the beginning of the semester, taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement
level determined by program director.)
INS 267
Contemporary Social Movement in Central America
This course focuses on social movements in the region and their relationship
to the environment. Students explore impact of ongoing colonization and
modernization on indigenous cultures.
ECO 495
Topics: Sustainable Economic Development
This course examines the concepts of economic development and growth in
the "third world." Students are introduced to the theories of economic development and definitions of sustainable development. They study the relationship between economic development and ecological damage.
REL 366
Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course explores the role of religion in Latin American societies, past and
present, given the factors of political oppression and social injustice. Students
examine the "theologies of liberation."
NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)-SPRING
This program examines these crucial issues from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid
South African colonialization. South Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As
these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and
colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization
in today's world; the challenges posed by under and unequal development; and the longterm project of decolonizing the mind. Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 30.
Participation in the program will fulfill one IA1 general education perspective credit
and REL 346 will fulfill one CF3 perspective credit.
INS 312
The Development Process-Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
-
International Studies 17
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics-Southern
Africa
This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women
in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in
newly-independent Namibia.
INS xxx
Roots and Realities of Racism in Southern Africa and the USA: A
Comparative Examination
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the US, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations of political
victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic, social, political and psychological effects of racism.
INS 399
Internships
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)-FALL
This interdisciplinary program focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and
issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving, and urban life. Local, regional,
and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union.
Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the chair of the modem
languages department for language credit.
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of
superpowers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms
control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World.
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in
its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with
emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theatres, museums, galleries), and discussions with artists active in a variety of media.
INS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social, and cultural policies and practices as
a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies.
Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures
to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with
field travel to other capitals for a comparative view.
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
-
72 International Studies
SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: GUATEMALA AND ECUADOR-FALL
This interdisciplinary program, with travel to Guatemala and Ecuador, provides an
overview of history, culture, economy, and politics of these regions. Students study theories
and models of development and explore their usefulness in understanding the regional and
global context. Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an independent
study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work.
INS 361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture, and
arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic
development issues, theories, and models applicable to Latin America.
INS 362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America.
Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, governmental policies, and urban elites. Models and theories
of urbanization and development are compared.
INS 363
Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies
dealing with urban problems.
INS 499
Independent Study
COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (GILA)-FALL
CILA combines an internship, independent study and seminars on community participation, and development in the Latin American urban setting. Based in Quito, Ecuador,
students live with local families, work in an agency three days a week, and meet as a group
twice a week. Augsburg application deadline: March 1.
INS 366
Community Participation for Social Change
Examines pressing social realities and policy initiatives in Colombia in recent
decades. Explores concepts of community, democracy, participation, and community organization, and their meaning for community work. Provides tools
to evaluate strategies for social, political, and economic development.
Integrates readings, guest lectures, faculty and student presentations, discussions, and field work.
INS 499
Independent Study
Students define topic of interest related to program themes and use analytical
tools gained in CILA to study a particular issue or case. A faculty member
advises the student throughout to assure adequate focus and incorporation of
primary field research in the project design.
International Studies 1;
INS 399
(2 course credits)
Internship Placement and Seminar
Placement matches student-defined goals and interests with one of a wide
range of agencies working toward community development and social change.
Students work 20 hours per week, assisting with special projects and a program operations. A learning contract outlines expectations of student. agency,
and program for the term. The internship seminar provides for structured
reflection, analysis, and integration of the experience.
ENVIRONMENT, ECONOMY, AND COMMUNITY I N LATIN AMERICA:
GUATEMALA AND CUBA (EECLA)--SPRING
Through fieldwork and hands-on projects, students explore the impact of global d e w opmenl on local culture and environment and the response of indigenous cornmunitics in
Guatemala, with travel to Cuba or another Latin American country. Aupburg application
deadline: Sepr. 30.
All students take these four inter-related courses:
Social Dynamics and the Environment
The Ethics of Development: Local and Global Implications
Spanish in the Field (advanced-level language course)
INS 499 Independent Study Project (students chooses topic)
Check with the specific international studies program director for requirements in the
program.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
See listing under Business Administration, Accounting, and Management
Information Systems.
76 Mathematics
in calculus should consult with the mathematics department. All other students must
take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam,
which is administered by the Academic
Advising Center. The exam is given during
College registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. Practice
questions and other information are available from the Academic Advising Center.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student's MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College. Review help is available from the Academic Enrichment
Center.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MATHEMATICS COURSES
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business and
everyday life. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra. WEC-additional sessions are required)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.0 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.: MPG
3)
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Concepts of finite mathematics such as combinatorics, probability, matrices,
linear programming, theory of interest, and graph theory with an emphasis on
quantitative reasoning. Students who have completed MAT 271 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business and quantitative reasoning.
Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
Mathematics 17;
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics
and that of Western civilization with an emphasis on connections to teaching
mathematics to children. Students who have completed MAT 331 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 132
Numeracy for Contemporary Society
An examination of the applications of mathematics in an interdisciplinary setting with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning and connections to students'
life, work, and interests. Students who have completed a Quantitative
Reasoning course may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 145-146 Calculus 1 8 11
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions, including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series with an emphasis on mathematical investigation and quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
- -
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3; Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance with an emphasis on quantitative reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 245
Calculus Ill
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
178 Mathematics
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries
and geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning,
conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, a i d formal logic with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246, MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting with an emphasis on written communication of mathematical ideas. (Prereq.: ENG 111, at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 331
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modem mathematics. An examination of the interaction
between the development of mathematics and that of western civilization.
Does not apply toward the mathematics major or minor. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or
MAT 122 and MPG 4, junior or senior standing)
MAT 373
MAT 374
Probability and Statistics I
Concepts of probability including methods of enumeration, random variables
and probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit Theorem, and
important ideas and problems of statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 245)
Probability and Statistics II
Concepts of statistics including sampling distributions associated with the
normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT
373)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
-
Mathematics 1 7 s
MAT 481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as complex analysis, numerical analysis,
mathematical biology, operations research, chaotic dynamical systems, fractal
mathematics, knot theory, topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq.:
at least two MAT courses numbered above 200 and consent of instructor)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Cames no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 1991399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing). See also description on p. 87.
MAT 499
Independent StudyIResearch
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered cumculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor). See also description on p. 88.
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
- M O D E R N LANGUAGES
Modern Languages Faculty
The
Department Of
Languages
at Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College's mission of
liberal arts educkon for service
in today's world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
The modem languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in intemational business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modem languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Pary PezechkianWeinberg, Frankie Shackelford, R o m h
Soto, Donald Steinmetz
Major
The major consists of nine courses
above 21 1, including two courses in culture, two courses in language, two courses
in literature and three electives (from any
of the three areas above). At least seven of
these courses must be taught in the target
language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses
above 2 11,including one each in language,
literature, and culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
Graduation with Distinction
Majors seeking graduation with distinction must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.5 GPA in the major, 3.5
GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for lim-
-
Modern Languages 181
its on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
Study Abroad
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Teaching Licensure
Teacher candidates in French, German,
and Spanish must consult with the
Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as
well as for information on special methods
courses. All transfer teacher candidates,
including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take
at least two courses in language, literature,
or culture at Augsburg. A minimum grade
of 3.0 in Conversation and Composition
(311) is a departmental requirement for
teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency
Exam prior to student teaching. See
requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for Teaching in Secondary
Schools under Department of Education.
After spring term 2001, Augsburg
College will no longer offer a licensure
program in modem languages. See the
Department of Education or the chair of
the Department of Modem Languages for
information on other options.
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people.
CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
(Fall: 111; spring 112. WEC-additional sessions required)
-
182 Modern Languages
FRE 21 1, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, inteniews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and &&mar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212)
FRE 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
FRE 311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall)
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
-
Modern Languages 18:
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
FRE 399
Internship
See description on page 87.
FRE 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
GERMAN (CER)
CER 111, 112 Beginning Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in
short conversations. Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111; spring:
- 112.
WEC-additional sessions required.)
CER 211, 212 Intermediate Cerman I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
CER 295
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
CER 31 1
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall)
CER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
CER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
-
184 Modern Languages
CER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
CER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
CER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Man, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modem age.
CER 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 3 11 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CER 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
CER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
CER 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
CER 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
-
Modern Languages 18:
JAPANESE(JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112)
NOR 21 1, 212 Intermediate Norwegian I, II
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory
work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
NOR 295
NOR 31 1
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Camposition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 21 1 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural devel-
opments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
-
186 Modern Languages
NOR 41 1
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on litera~yand
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
NOR 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
NOR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
OJIBWE(OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered a>Augsburg, both as part of the modem
languages department and as part of the American Indian studies minor.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; spring:
112. WEC-additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture Through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
.-V
^
-
3* O 2F %4
@:;
&
w
o
o
at;
s E 2
- 8 s
5
c
3 .E
w
.ss
Z
8
. m- s
c % i8
0 m e *
33,"
=.-
l;:g;
04
E e9;
Q Q )
E
o u * . .
Uzg+
W
d
O
E
C h.m E
a v .l$
c z Z
0 m .2 ~6
""a
;.2'gg
,z
03.2 w
Z E Z Z
O ;.z m3 .z
d
u
,o&z
u.y8
3 s
acl
8,
4 gga
a w a9
M
usic has the power to strengthen
the mind, heal the body, and unlock the
creative spirit. Whether we experience
music as a listener, performer, or teacher, it
adds a significant dimension to our lives.
The Department of Music at Augsburg
College offers music training within the
context of a liberal arts education, and is
an institutional member of the National
Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
and the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA) . Music majors may
choose from four majors in three degree
programs: bachelor of arts (music major);
bachelor of music (music education
major); bachelor of music (performance
major); and bachelor of science (music
therapy major). Music minors and nonmusic majors may also participate in a
variety of music experiences including
music ensembles, private lessons, some
music courses, and additional Interim
courses or special performances.
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Stephen
Gabrielsen, Peter Hendrickson, Roberta
Kagin, Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Bridget
Doak, Sally Dorer, Susan Druck, Lynn
Erickson, Janet Fried, Jennifer Gerth,
Bradley Greenwald, Nancy Grundahl, Mary
Horozaniecki, Ned Kantar, Kathy Kienzle,
Caroline Lemen, Steve Lund, Norbert
Nielubowski, Celeste O'Brien, Paul Ousley,
Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths, Sonja
Thompson, Angela Wyatt.
Fine Arts Coordinator
Carley Miller
Augsburg students who enroll as freshmen must apply to the Department of
Music for acceptance to a degree program
by the end of the sophomore year. Transfer
students should meet with a music adviser
immediately after enrolling at Augsburg to
establish an appropriate course of music
study and application/evaluation process.
AU students interested in pursuing a
music degree at Augsburg are strongly
encouraged to contact a music faculty
adviser in their degree area as soon as
possible to ensure a smooth program of
study and timely completion of music
degree requirements.
Bachelor of Arts-Music Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of arts-music
major degree program, students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor
recommendation form for the major
instrument or voice with the application
(found in Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency
requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
Bachelor of Music-Education Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-education major degree program,
students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to spring juries of the sophomore
year
-
Music 185
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiencyrequirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore
jury. In addition to applying to the music
department, bachelor of music-education
major candidates must also apply to the
Department of Education for acceptance
into the music education licensure program. Recommendation for teacher licensure is granted only to students who successfully complete the requirements for the
bachelor of music-education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
Bachelor of Music-Performance Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
music-performance major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above as well as on the successful outcome of the audition and interview (see
Music Student Handbook).
Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy
Major
For acceptance to the bachelor of
science-music therapy major program,
students must:
submit an application for admission prior
to spring juries of the sophomore year
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript with the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument
or voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency requirements
Acceptance to the degree program will
based on the successful completion of the
above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her spring sophomore jury.
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music
courses and a 2.5 in all music therapy
courses is necessary for the music therapy
degree. Bachelor of science-music therapy
major candidates should consult with the
director of music therapy before applying
for acceptance into the program.
Transfer Students
For acceptance to a music degree
program, transfer students must:
submit an application for admission
prior to the end of the sophomore year,
or as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano proficiency requirement
-
190 Music
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury if enrolled
as a junior or senior, or spring semester
sophomore jury if enrolled as a freshman
or sophomore. For bachelor of musicperformance major candidates, acceptance
will be based on the completion of the
above as well as on the successful outcome
of the audition and interview (see Music
Student Handbook).
Equivalency/Certification Students
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor's degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency
program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student's degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
submit an application for admission during
the first semester of residency at Augsburg
submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student's performance at his or her first jury.
Music Minor
Candidates must submit an application
for admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year.
Core curriculum (required of all music
majors):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 102 Materials of Music I1
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 112 Aural Skills 11
MUS 201 Materials of Music 111
MUS 202 Form and Analysis
MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111
MUS 212 Aural Skills IV
MUS 23 1 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
Large and Small Ensemble Participation
Performance Studies
Music Repertoire Tests
Piano Proficiency
Plus fulfillment of recital requirements
as given under each specific degree and
major. Language requirements are fulfilled
in accordance with Augsburg's general education guidelines and with the approval of
the student's music adviser. Checklists for
specific degree programs are available in
the music department.
H BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
-
Music 19'
or desire to enter one of the many musicrelated business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements
Core cuniculum plus one music credit
elective plus MUS 458 (Senior Recital)
plus two semesters chosen from:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era
MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era
MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Era
MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century
MUS 241 History of Jazz
MUS 320 Worlds of Music
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrument/voice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrument/voice
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumenuvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocavgeneral or instrumentavgeneral
emphasis. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the bachelor of music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching.
Requirements
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1
MUS 358 Half junior recital
MUS 459 Full senior recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
ENG 111 Effective Writing
INS 105, or Intro. to Amer. Indian
Studies
INS 260 Contemporary American
Indians
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 315 Critical Issues in Education
Seminar
ESE 300 ReadingNriting in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485,487 Student
Teaching
VocaVGeneral:
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/F'ercussion (.25)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.25)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.25)
InstrumentaWGeneral:
MUS 359 Music Methods: ChoraWocal
(.25)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
92 Music
One of the following two:
MUS 342 Choral Conducting
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis-MUS 251, 252, 253,
254
Instrumental emphasis-ne
course credit
of music elective
Two quarter course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumentlvoice (first
year)
Four half course credits of performance
studies in the major instrumendvoice (second and third year)
Two full course credits of performance
studies in the major instrurnentlvoice
(fourth year)
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrurnentlvoice (winds and percussionBand; strings-Orchestra; voice-Choir)
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Improvisation competency on major
instrumendvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and in the major
instrurnentlvoice
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
Emphasizes intensive work in performance, supplemented by other courses in
music and the liberal arts. The program is
made available only to students of exceptional performing ability who are selected on
the basis of an auditionlinterview application
process. The bachelor of music performance
program prepares gifted performers to com-
pete for professional performing opportunities andlor graduate school auditions.
Requirements: 19.5 course credits
Core curriculum
MUS 311,312
MUS 358
MUS 459
plus:
Composition I, 11
Full junior recital
Full senior recital
One of the following three areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasi+MUS 251,252, 253, 254,
435, EDS 359, one course credit of music
elective
Piano or organ emphasi+MUS 301,302,
436, 456, one half course credit of music
elective
Inshumental emphasisMUS 301,302, one
and one half course credits of music electives, one methods course for major instrument
Two quarter course credits and six full
course credits of performance studies in
the major instrurnentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a
major Augsburg ensemble on the
major instrumentlvoice
Or, for piano or guitar emphasis:
Four quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble plus four semesters of
departmental ensemble work as assigned
by the student's academic adviser and studio instructor.
Four semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in
all music courses and 3.0 in the major
ins trumendvoice
-
Music 19;
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B. S. in music therapy is
minimally a 4 1/2 year degree program,
which includes a full-time (six months or
1,040 hours) internship in a clinical facility
approved by the American Music Therapy
Association (AMTA). This course of study
is chosen by students who wish to become
professional music therapists.
Requirements: 23 course credits
Core curriculum plus:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274,275
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 311 or 312 Composition I or 11
MUS 372, 373
Psychological
Foundation of Music I, I1
MUS 374,375
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
MUS 474,475
Music Therapy
Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half senior recital
EDS 282 Introduction to Special
Education
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 362 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 356 Music Methods: Brass and
Percussion
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
MUS 358 Music Methods: Strings
Strongly recommended:
MUS 359 Music Methods: Vocal
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
Eight quarter course credits of
performance studies in the major
instrumentlvoice
Eight quarter course credits in a major
Augsburg ensemble on the major
instrumentlvoice
Two semesters in a non-credit small
Augsburg ensemble on the major instrumendvoice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 course credits
MUS 101, 102
Materials of Music I, 11
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, I1
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1
One additional music course.
Four consecutive quarter courses in a
major ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies
on the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Departmental Honors
Students may qualify for participation
in the music honors program if they:
have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in
music courses
apply by petition for the honors program
before the senior year
-
9 4 Music
provide leadership in one or more of the
following areas:
- promotion of high music
performance standards within
the music department
- breadth of music interests by
attendance at concerts on and
off campus
- major ensembles
Honors may be achieved in one of the
following ways:
writing a senior thesis and defending it
before a faculty committee
presenting an additional senior recital of
graduate quality
composing a work for vocal andfor
instrumental ensemble of not less than
15 minutes duration
conducting an ensemble concert
a combination of the above
Ensembles (MUE)
These musical organizations are open
to music majors, music minors, and nonmusic majors. All music students are
required to participate in a major ensemble
on their major instrument (where possible)
during their time at Augsburg College.
Auditions for membership in ensembles
are scheduled during the first week of the
school year or by arrangement with the
individual ensemble director.
While the music department strongly
encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in
the Augsburg Concert Band, the Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, the Augsburg Choir,
or Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Ensemble requirements are
fulfilled by participation for the entire year.
One quarter course credit per semester is
granted to members of major ensembles
(MUE 111, 112, 121, 141); other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is
required for music majors and minors in
ensemble courses. The general student
may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no
credit with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in an ensemble
may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies (Private Lessons)
Private instruction in voice, piano,
organ, or any instrument is available for all
students in the following categories:
No credit-112 hour lesson, 3 hours of
practice per week
114 course credit-1R hour lesson,
4 hours of practice per week
112 course credit-1 hour lesson,
8 hours of practice per week
One course credit-1 hour lesson,
12 hours of practice per week
Lessons for credit require:
Private lessons
Jury examination at the end of each
semester
Attendance at departmental student
recitals and master classes
Attendance at concerts and recitals
Lessons for non-credit:
Students may take private lessons for
no credit and are not required to fulfill the
performance and listening requirements.
A semester of study consists of 14
weeks of lessons, coaching, and a jury
examination. Music majors and minors are
required to register for music lessons for
credit (quarter, half, or full credit depending on year of study and degree being
sought). Credit is granted only for study
with faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music, and private
-
Music 1 9
instruction for credit is graded traditionally
Music majors and minors must declare an
area of concentration. Freshmen may be
awarded free lessons, if taken for credit, in
their major instrumendvoice and with the
recommendation of their private lesson
instructor. Any lessons during Interim or
summer are arranged privately with the
instructor. A student who cannot attend a
scheduled lesson is required to notify the
instructor at least 24 hours in advance.
Otherwise, except for illness immediately
prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit
the right to a make-up lesson. Limited
school instruments are available for student use.
Music majors are required to attend
departmental student recitals and will perform if requested by their instructor. All
students registered in performance studies
for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester.
Four of these events will be made up of
major ensemble concerts, senior student
recitals, faculty recitals, or designated campus music events. Four events should be
professional, off-campus concerts that have
the prior approval of the student's major
instrumendvoice instructor. Off-campus
concerts will require that a program and a
one-sheet review be submitted to the
instructor. Music minors are required to
attend four events (on or off campus) that
meet the approval of their private instructor.
Note: Final grades for private lessons are
affected by attendance requirements.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should
carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Concurrent registration in
performance studies in the major instrumendvoice is required for recital
performance. At least two full-time music
faculty members and the student's private
instructor must be present to evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are
given a pass/fail grade.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other student
recitals may be considered for departmental sponsorship. All music degree recitals
must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog and
repertoire lists.
B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
B. A. and B. S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for piano major and non-piano
major requirements and test dates.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
96 Music
-
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Joint Class Schedule
or the music department for course offerings in each term.
THEORY
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement Test)
MUS 102
(.5 course)
Materials of Music 11
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
MUS 112
Aural Skills 11
MUS 201
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century
practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 201
and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 211
Aural Skills 111
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
MUS 301
Counterpoint 1
(.5 course)
16th- through 18th-century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue, and canon. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 302
Counterpoint 11 (.5 course)
Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Barber,
Copland, Hindemith, and Shostakovitch. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
(-5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
Materials of Music 111
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
-
Music 19
MUS 31 1
Composition 1
(.5 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,
ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and
tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 202 and 212
with a minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 312
Composition 11
(.5 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and
types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied
and used. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or permission from instructor)
MUS 341
Basic Conducting
(.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting
(.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting
(.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101,102,201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
MUS 320
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western musical cultures.
-
98 Music
Thefollowing four half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the histoly of music:
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(Prereq.: MUS 23 1, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire
(.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western
Europe, Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing,
and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS
251, 252, 253, 254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire
(.5 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening,
analyzing, and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
cuniculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
H INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
MUS 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
MUS 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
Music 19
7
TECHNIQUE
MUS 152
Class Voice
(.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155
Class Piano
(.25 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sight-reading,
and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessaly to pass the
piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar
(.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252) German Diction (253),
French Diction (254)
(each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music
education majors.
MUS 456
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Principles, methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of
various pedagogical schools of thought.
MUS 358
JuniorRecital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for music
education majors, one hour recital at Level IV for music performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital
(.O course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire Level 111 for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital
(.O course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire Level IV for music education majors, one hour recital at Level V for music performance majors. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
MUS 272
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
00 Music
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.O course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills, including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music.
MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the s u p e ~ s i o nof a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274,275,374,375, and pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency tests)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship
(.5 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months.
(1040 hours) Application for internship must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: completion of all other graduation
requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire tests)
-
Music 20'
ENSEMBLES (MUE)
These musical organizations exist not
only for the benefit of the music student,
but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester
or by arrangement with the ensemble
director. Assignment to an ensemble is
then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band
members.
While the department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble
experience, only membership in the
Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, or
Riverside Singers of Augsburg will satisfy
the major, minor, or general education
requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir (.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers o f Augsburg (.25 course)
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber (.O course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale (.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra (.25 course)
MUE 122
String Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course)
MUE 141
Concert Band (.25 course)
MUE 142
Brass Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 144
Percussion Ensemble (.O course)
MUE 145
Piano Ensemble (.O course)
-
!02 Music
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUP)
Private instruction for credit is graded
traditionally. All areas of study are available
to the non-music major or minor. All
lessons are adapted to the individual needs
of the student and those bearing credit are
supplemented by accompanying, ensemble
participation, and other performances.
Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate
levels of achievement and the following
expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; music minor-Level I;
B.A. and B.S. majors-Enter I and attain
111; B.M.-Education major-Enter I1 attain
IV; B.M.-Performance major-Enter I1 and
attain \!
LESSONS
MUP 111-411 Voice
MUP 137-437
Horn
MUP 121-421 Violin
MUP 141-441
Trumpet
MUP 122-422 Viola
MUP 142-442
Trombone
MUP 123-423 Cello
MUP 143-443
Baritone
M UP 124-424 Bass
MUP144-444
Tuba
MUP 131-431 Oboe
MUP 152-452
Piano
MUP 132-432 Bassoon
MUP 159a
Piano accompanying
MUP 133-433 Clarinet
MUP 161-461
Guitar
MUP 134-434 Saxophone
MUP 171-471
Percussion
MUP 135-435 Flute
MUP181-481
Organ
MUP 191-491
Harp
MUP 192-492
Improvisation
Note carefully the following provisions:
A semester of study is 14 weeks of
lessons and coaching. Any lesson during
the Interim or summer are arranged
privately with the teacher.
A student who cannot attend a scheduled
lesson is required to notify the teacher at
least 24 hours in advance; otherwise
except for illness immediately prior to
the lesson, the student will forfeit the
right to a make-up lesson.
Credit is granted only for study with
faculty members of the Augsburg
College Department of Music.
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distributionlgeneral education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Karen Ballens, Biology, Sandra Olmsted,
Chemistry, Jeff Johnson, Physics
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements.
Broad Base Requirements
GEO XXX Introductory Geology
PHY 101 Introductory Astronomy
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 113 Introductory Organisrnal Biology
BIO 114 Introductory Genetics,
Evolution, and Ecology
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General
Physics I, I1
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
Biology Major
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements, plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 367 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry
One math course: MAT 114, 122, 145, or
163
-
!04 Natural Science Teaching Licensures
Physical Science Broad Base
Requirement
BIO 113,114,215
PHY 101,106
Geology
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in chemistry:
CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, I1
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
5-12)
Physical Science Broad Base Requirement,
plus Graduation major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122;
recommended from PHY 261,320,327,
352,420,486,488
One year of general chemistry- CHM
105,106 or CHM 115,116
Two courses from:
CHM 364,367,464,481,482,495
One year of general physics-PHY
122
121,
NORDIC
AREASTUDIES
See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modem Languages.
T
-
he Augsburg
of Nursing
- Department
is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their opportunities in
the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called
on to function in a variety of settings that
differ from those in the past. Today nurses
work in hospitals, clinics, corporations,
government agencies, schools, and community organizations, or in their own practices. Wherever they practice, nurses provide comprehensive health care through
the entire life span for people of diverse
cultures and socioeconomic levels.
The bachelor's degree equips nurses
with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral, and nursing sciences. The nursing program at
Augsburg also provides educational opportunities to increase their skills in critical
thinking, clinical investigation, and decision-making that prepares them to handle
challenging new positions in today's health
care field.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to
a bachelor of science degree with a major
in nursing, is accredited by the National
League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health
nurse registration in Minnesota. With two
additional courses, they are eligible to
apply for school nurse certification.
Nursing Faculty
Beverly Nilsson (Chair), Meny Beth Gay,
Sue Nash, Pamela Weiss
Major
Nine courses including:
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing
Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 43 1 Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I and Level I1
courses of study are required. Students also
must complete Augsburg's residence and
general education requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed within two
academic years; however, students may
pursue their studies at a slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekends with practicum courses
requiring additional weekday time. More
time may be required to complete the total
course of study depending on the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should
consult with the program coordinator from
the Department of Nursing for program
planning.
-
06 Nursing
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major requires:
a GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3
overall, application to the department chair
by Nov. 1 of the senior year, recommendation by nursing faculty, and honors thesis
to be presented before a faculty committee
by April 15. Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the honors requirement.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.2
GPA.
2. Graduation from an accredited nursing program: Applicants must have graduated from an NLN-accredited associate
degree or diploma nursing program with a
2.5 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Prerequisite course content: The following content must have been completed
with a minimum grade of Z.O-chemistry,
anatomy and physiology, microbiology,
English composition, introductory sociology, and introductory psychology. These
courses may be taken at Augsburg or at
another accredited college or university.
5. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
6. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance, current CPR certification, and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing this degree.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are
available only through Weekend College.
Classes usually meet on alternate weekends
for one 3 l/2 hour time block. Clinical
practice usually occurs on weekdays.
Students can complete their liberal arts
general education requirements by taking
courses in day school and Weekend
College. It is recommended that most liberal arts courses be taken before starting
the nursing major.
Nursing majors can complete the baccalaureate at the Minneapolis and
Rochester sites.
-
Nursing 20
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
Introduces the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to the idea of theory-based nursing practice. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and then utilized in a
patientlclient situation.
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, and communities.
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum**
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delively systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teachingearning theory, and basic public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq.: NUR 310)
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
Emphasis on research process and methods in nursing. Ethical issues in nursing research are examined. Students critique nursing research for its value in
nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
-
08 Nursing
NUR 403
NUR 431
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse
families and explores theories related to family structure and function
throughout the life span. The role of the nurse in family health care is
examined. (Prereq.: NUR 306, 350)
LeadershipIManagement: Theory and Practice**
Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of
change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability, and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs
in selected practice settings with a professional nurse preceptor.
NUR 432
Topics in Nursing
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
Independent Study:
NUR 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
Note: I f NUR 31 1 is not taken immediately following NUR 31 0, students are required to consult
withfaculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who deceleratefor more t h a n j v e years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is afee to
audit courses.
** This course involves an additional clinical fee.
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines have their source in it, and it is concerned with asking and answering the
"big" questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning with the help of great
philosophers from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, or the Christian ministry.
Philosophy Faculty
David Apolloni (Chair), Mark Fuehrer,
Bruce Reichenbach
Philosophy Major
Nine courses including:
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The
Classical Philosophers
PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 285 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111:
Enlightenment and 20thCentury Analytic Philosophy
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Four elective courses in philosophy
Five courses must be upper division.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy See course listing
on page 118.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241,242, and 343.
-
!lo Philosophy
.-
-- -
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical problems (like how
we know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world philosophically
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. Christian ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Issues such as the ethics of sex in relation to marriage, pornography, and
homosexuality are considered. Then consideration is given to the nature and
history of romantic love and its relationship to sex.
PHI 215
Philosophy of the Emotions and Passions
An examination of several classical and contemporary philosophical essays on
the nature of human emotion and passion with the intention of discovering
the nature and role on this aspect of human nature. The impact of emotions
upon language, music, art, interpersonal relations, and even religion are
explored.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers and
still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and
reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of truth and human knowledge,
and the nature of the good life, from Thales to Plotinus.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
-
Philosophy 21
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Class discussion of philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting,
sculpture, literature, music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of
aesthetic judgment, the definition of "work of art"; the nature of aesthetic
experience, the evaluation of art, creativity, the relation between the artist's
intention, the work of art, and its relation to the rest of the artistic tradition.
PHI 2851385 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation inclueding finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 343
History of Philosophy Ill: Modern Philosophy
The quest for the nature and origin of knowledge in the writings of the
Continental Rationalists, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz; and in the the writings
of the British Empiricists, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Kant's idealist answer to
Hume's skepticism; the rejection of idealism and the formation of analytic philosophy in the early 20th century: Moore, Russell, and Wittgenstein.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of questions about religion. What is the
relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said
about God? Can God's goodness be reconciled with human suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible? (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy)
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: PHI 399 or one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings-both philosophical and literary-of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems that arise in the areas of health
care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation,
genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
'
-
1 2 Philosophy
PHI 3851285 Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
(See description for PHI 285/385)
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area
of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242,343,344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See description on page 87.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
PHI 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHI 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
PHYSICALEDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
T
he Augsburg
Assistant
- Physician
Program is designed for students interested
m careers as health care providers.
The physician assistant concept originated during the mid-1960s. Physicians
and educators recognized that there was a
shortage and uneven distribution of primary
care physicians. To combat these problems,
the Physician Assistant Program was developed. All PAs must, by law or regulation,
have a supervising physician. An important
element of the physician assistant education is the emphasis on patient education.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is a 27-month program of study
for students with at least 64 semester
hours of college credit. A new class of 28
students begins each May. Students who
intend to enter the Physician Assistant
Program must apply by December of the
previous year. The program is very competitive and not all students who apply are
accepted. Physician assistant students who
have not previously obtained a baccalaureate degree will earn a bachelor of arts in
physician assistant studies upon successful
completion of the program.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant
Program is currently accreditated from
CAAHEP (Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs).
In order for someone to practice as a
physician assistant, one must graduate from
an accredited PA program and pass the PA
National Certification Examination. Practice
regulations differ from state to state.
The mission of the Augsburg College
Physician Assistant Program is to educate
students in a manner consistent with the
College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of
all cultures and backgrounds and oriented
toward providing care to undersewed
populations. Students are well educated in
current medical theory and practice, and
graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes
dedication to excellence in performance,
with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Physician Assistant Faculty
Dawn B. Ludwig (Chair), Martha Kelly,
Terry Lewis, LuAnn Shay, Christine
Bosquez, Donna DeGracia
Major
First Year (Twelve Months)
Twelve courses including:
PA 311
Human Anatomy and
Neuroanatomy
PA 321
Human Physiology
PA 331
PA Seminar
PA 351
Pharmacology I
PA 361
Clinical Medicine I
PA 371
History & Physical Exam
Skills I
PA 341
Current Trends
PA 362
Clinical Medicine I1
PA 352
Pharmacology I1
PA 363
Clinical Medicine 111
History & Physical Exam
PA 372
Skills I1
PA 380
Emergency Medicine
and three supporting courses including:
PSY 368 Behavioral Health Care I
PSY 369 Behavioral Health Care I1
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
-
1 4 Physician Assistant
Second Year (Fifteen Months)
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Prerequisite: successful completion of the
first year of the PA Program and all courses
must be taken as maditional grading.
The following steps must be completed
to apply for admission into the Physician
Assistant Program.
Clinical rotations in prearranged health
care facilities including:
PA 400 Family Medicine .............6 weeks
PA 410 Internal Medicine ............6 weeks
PA 420 General Surgery ..............6 weeks
PA 430 Pediatrics........................ .6 weeks
PA 440 OB/Gynecology ...............6 weeks
PA 450 Emergency Medicine ......6 weeks
PA 460 Psychiatry........................6 weeks
PA 470 Electives ..........................6 weeks
PA 480 Family Medicine
Preceptorship ..................Final 11
weeks of
program
1. Prerequisite course content: The following courses must have been completed
at Augsburg (or an approved equivalent
course at another accredited institution)
with a GPA of 2.0 or better:
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each physician assistant and supporting course of
study is required. Students in the degree
program also must complete Augsburg's residence and general education requirements.
The program is planned so that the
major will be completed in 27 months.
The courses are offered consecutively, with
subsequent courses based on material
taught in previous courses; therefore, students are accepted for full-time study only.
Program Change
As of May 2001, the PA Program will
be a graduate program and award a master
of science degree with the PA Certificate.
Prerequisites will change accordingly.
One year biological sciences for majors
One full course sequence oE
Organic Chemistry
Microbiology
Biochemistry
General Psychology
One course in medical terminology
2. It is recommended students maintain
a cumulative and science GPA of 3.0 or
better to remain competitive with all
potential applicants.
3. All general education
perspectives/skills (except The City, one
Writing Skill, Speaking Skill, and Critical
Thinking) must have been completed. The
above perspectives and skills are included
in the physician assistant curriculum.
4. Submit a complete application to the
program prior to the deadline, usually the
end of December. Call the office for the
official deadline each year. A complete
application packet includes: the application, three or four letters of reference, an
application fee, and an official transcript
from each post-secondary school attended.
5. Application and admission to
Augsburg College prior to matriculation to
the Physician Assistant Program.
-
Physician Assistant 21
Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
This course takes a regional approach to the study of human anatomy. The
course will involve dissection of human cadavers. This course is offered only
to students accepted into the PA Program.
Human Physiology
A course involving lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and laboratory exercises designed to present general physiological principles involving the nervous, respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, and endocrine systems, and
the special senses. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program)
PA Seminar
A seminar exploring the history and role of physician assistants, including the
laws and regulations governing their practice and education. (Prereq.:
Admission to the PA Program or consent of instructor)
Current Trends
This course educates the student in understanding medical literature, research
of literature, and analysis of medical articles. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program)
Pharmacology I
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, toxicology, and prescriptive practice as related to disease processes of the autonomic, cardiovascular,
respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA
Program and successful completion of summer semester)
Pharmacology II
This course covers drug metabolism, chemotherapy, and prescriptive practices
as related to the pediatric, dermatologic, otolaryngologic, endocrine, and gynecologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 351)
Clinical Medicine I
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal, and endocrine systems. (Prereq.: Admission to the PA Program and
successful completion of summer semester)
Clinical Medicine II
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the otolaryngologic, ophthalmalogic, and
neurologic systems. (Prereq.: PA 361)
16 Physician Assistant
7
Clinical Medicine Ill
A course designed to teach pathologic process, clinical disease, treatment, and
the clinical skills associated with the rheumatologic, orthopedic, gynecologic,
obstetric, pediatric, geriatric, dermatologic, and immunologic systems.
(Prereq.: PA 363)
History and Physical Exam Skills I
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: Admission to the
PA Program)
History and Physical Exam Skills II
A lecturddiscussion/laboratory course with extensive clinical exposure
designed to demonstrate and apply the techniques and skills essential to the
interviewing and physical examination of patients. (Prereq.: PA 371)
Emergency Medicine
A lecturdaboratory course designed to educate the student in common emergency procedures. Topics covered will be adult and pediatric trauma, surgical
procedures, and cardiac arrest protocol. (Prereq.: PA 371 and 362)
Family Medicine
A six-week required rotation that emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation,
diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases, and conditions unique to the
clinical practice of family medicine.
Internal Medicine
A six-week required rotation during which the indication, limitation, and
methods of performing the necessary diagnostic procedure and therapeutic
measures used in the treatment of general medicine disorders are reviewed.
General Surgery
A six-week required rotation providing an orientation to patients of various
ages with surgically manageable diseases, emphasizing -preoperative,intraoperative, and postoperative periods.
Pediatrics
A six-week required rotation designed to emphasize care of the child from
birth through adolescence, emphasizing common childhood illnesses, normal
growth and development, and abnormal variations.
-
Physician Assistant 217
OBICYN
A six-week required rotation that provides an exposure to the spectrum of
problems and issues associated with women's health care, including pregnancy,
common gynecological diseases, and preventive care.
Emergency Medicine
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an in-depth exposure to the
illnesses and injuries sustained by all ages that necessitate emergency care.
Psychiatry
A six-week required rotation designed to provide an understanding of the
behavioral components of health, disease, and disability with exposure to
patients with a variety of psychiatric diagnoses.
Electives
A total of six weeks spent by the student in a department-approved rotation of
the student's choice, such as, but not limited to, cardiology, orthopedics, radiology, dermatology, and neurology.
Family Medicine Preceptorship
An 11-week required rotation providing the student an opportunity to utilize
all skills and knowledge gained in the program, emphasizing complete patient
care in a family medicine setting. (Prereq: completion of the clinical year of
PA studies)
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called "natural philosophers,"
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society's understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, computer science, atmospheric
science and meteorology, oceanography,
biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments with some
degree of comprehension.
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor's and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College's
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs (supported by NASA, the National Science
Foundation, and other federal agencies)
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences. Several students work as
research assistants in these efforts during
the academic year and in the summer.
Cooperative education, internship, and
undergraduate research programs provide
opportunities for students to apply their
knowledge and problem-solving skills in
practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson,
Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, David Venne, J. Ambrose
Wolf
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch, Thomas Powers
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
13 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General PKysics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
-
Physics '219
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
MAT 245, 247 Calculus 111 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
17 courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
PHY 245 Modem Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics I1
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory 11
PHY 486 Quantum Physics I
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, 11
MAT 245, 247 Calculus I11 and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus 111
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
18 course credits. It is the same as the
B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320
and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective physics course.
Graduation with Distinction
A GPA of 3.7 in physics and 3.5 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.3 overall.
An original research project on a significant topic in physics with an oral presentation and written report. Project proposals
should be made to the department by Sept.
30 of the senior year.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121,122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics I1
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, 11
-
'22 Physics
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory 1 (.5 course)
An emphasis on independent laboratory work and participation in physics
seminars. Experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modem physics. (One three-hour
laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing
or consent of instructor. Fall)
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory 11 (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour
per week. Prereq.: PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor.
Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245, 35 1. Fall)
PHY 488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics,
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
PHY 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
PHY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Philip Fishman,
Milda Hedblom, Mary Ellen Lundsten,
William Morris, Norma Noonan, Susan
Riley, Joseph Underhill-Cady
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 PoliticaVStatistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective-one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student's GPA must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
honors thesis to be defended before a fac-
-
?24 Political Science
ulty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods-capstone course (required for
licensure)
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
into the Department of Education.
Political Science Areas
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
(I) American Government and Politics,
(11) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(111) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division course
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
-
Political Science 22
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government-including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 325
Public Administration and Policy Analysis
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the
United States; governmental regulation, promotion, and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing.)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section I V for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
-
26 Political Science
II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union andlor other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four
courses in the international relations sequence)
-
Political Science 22
IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section I1 for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at struggle to define Asian
Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 382
Marxist Theory
Origins and evolution of Mantist theory and movements, emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Considers the political, social, and
economic dimensions, and changing role of Marxist doctrines in society.
(Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor)
- Political Science
28
POL 383
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily but not exclusively at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper
division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
lnternship
See description on page 87. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants
exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
POL 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
POL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. A s an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior.
Psychology's scientific method also equips
students to understand and use scientific
research and to make more informed judgments about claims in the popular media.
To prepare students for graduate study
and work in psychology, the major emphasues the complementary components of a
strong foundation in research and theoretical work with application of knowledge and
skills in coursework, research experience,
and internships within the community. The
cuniculum's emphasis on problem-solving
skills and current information about human
development and interaction is also relevant to careers in many related s e t t i n g s
business, education, social services,
research, law, government, church,
and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializatio=linical,
counseling, physiological, developmental, social, cognitive,
and industrial/organizational psychologyas well as expertise in psychological applications to health, law, and public policy.
Students may tap this expertise through a
variety of learning experiences-within
and outside the classroom, with group and
individual projects, and through association with Augsburg's active Psychology
Club, Psi Chi Honor Society, and facultystudent research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud,
Emily Hause, Victoria Littlefield, Bridget
Robinson-Riegler,Jennifer Wenner
Major
Ten courses including:
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 200 Psychological Science
Laboratory
PSY 230 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 330 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis 11
PSY 399 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
PSY 359 Assessment
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contempora~yIssues
At least three additional psychology courses.
(Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than 10 psychology courses; no more
than 13 count for graduation. )
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be
counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
WEC psychology courses are offered
only on an alternating year basis.
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
-
30 Psychology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific course work to
strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology
interest. Course work will emphasize
research skills, theoretical analysis, and
applied work in areas intended to prepare
students for careers in law, consulting,
research, and social policy, as well as many
other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate
school preparation. See department chair
for specific requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.0 in the major and 3.5 overall,
and completion of a high-quality research
project culminating the major program.
Formal application must be made during
the junior year. Please consult the department chair for more detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 102 or 105,
and four electives. A minimum of two
courses must be from Augsburg. No more
than two courses from among PSY 299,
399, and 499 may be counted.
PSY 102
The Individual in a Social World
A scientific investigation of social issues, with analysis of both individual and
group factors. Topics include media, prejudice, conformity, legal processes,
and consumer issues. Research participation is required. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to upper division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 200
Psychological Science Laboratory
An introduction to the science of psychology through problem-solving. The
focus is application of psychological principles to real-world issues. Emphasis
on data collection, summary, and communication. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
-
Psychology 23
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientificmethod as practiced in psychology.
Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis,
and APA-style presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede
PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 200 or consent of insh-uctor)
PSY 330
PSY 351
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. See PSY 230. PSY 330 should be taken in the
term immediately following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course
credit without taking 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230 with a grade of 2.0 or higher)
Child Development
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Practical implications of data
and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 352
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 353
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population-the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between brain and behavior. Considers biological bases of learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal and
altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learningbehavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
- Psychology
32
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 200)
PSY 361
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 362
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 368
Behavioral Health Care I
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Application of psychological theory, research, and clinical principles to health care practice. Emphasis on developmental health issues and a biopsychosocial health model. (Prereq.:Junior
standing in PA Program or PSY 355 and instructor approval)
PSY 369
Behavioral Health Care II
(Physician Assistant Program requirement) Continuation of PSY 368. Specific
skills and knowledge for effective clinical interviewing, diagnosis, and development of health care plans. Emphasis on psychopathology. (Prereq.: PSY 368)
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology's history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.: PSY
102 or 105)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: Three
PSY courses and junior class standing)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 230 and
consent of instructor)
-
Psychology 23:
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students'
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary research issues. Recommended for students headed for graduate
school and those electing an honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 330 or comparable
course approved by instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research. (Prereq.: PSY 230
and junior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
Internship
See description on page 87. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and one other
psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
PSY 399
lnternship
See description on page 87. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
(Prereq.: PSY 330)
PSY 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
R
eligion asks fundamental questions
of life and meaning: Who are we as human
beings? Where did we come from? Where
did the world come from? What do good
and evil mean in this time and
place? Students will wrestle with these
questions and with responses from the
Christian traditions and from the perspectives of the other major world religions.
Through this study of religion, students
will learn to understand, appreciate, and
articulate the Christian faith, as based in
the Bible, as lived in the Christian fellowship, as embodied in the Christian Church
and its history, and as interactive in the
contemporary world and with other world
religions. Students will also develop the
ability to read and interpret the Bible,
other religious texts, and various expressions and practices of faith, so that their
meaning for human life in relation to God
becomes evident. In addition students will
develop skills for becoming leaders in the
religious communities to which they
belong and for living as responsible citizens with others whose religious views and
practices differ from their own.
A religion major encourages students to
seek their future in the world andfor
church through a sense of vocation, serving as pastors, associates in ministry, nurses,
youth and family ministry lay professionals
in congregations, and as social service and
human resource professionals in a wide
variety of settings.
Religion Faculty
Beverly Stratton (Chair), Janelle Bussert,
Bradley Holt, Rolf Jacobson, Lynne
Lorenzen, Philip Quanbeck 11, Mark
Tranvik
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 World Religions
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Three additional religion courses, of which
two must be upper division courses.
Note: Seminar, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior year.
Only one Interim course may be applied to
the major. One New Testament Greek
course may be applied to the major.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with Distinction requires
application to the department chair in the
junior year. Specific requirements are available from the chair.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall,
research project approved by the department, and colloquium with the department. Application must be received by the
department by Dec. 30 of the student's
senior year.
Minor
Five religion courses. Not more than
one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Note: Not all courses that meet
Christian Faith Perspectives are REL courses and do not count toward tlie religion
major or minor.
-
Religion 23:
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training,
using resources of the Youth and Family
Institute of Augsburg College. Students are
accepted into the program through a twostep candidacy process.
This major requires an approximately
100-hour internship administered by the
Youth and Family Institute in partnership
with a congregation. It may be possible for
the intern to receive a stipend for this
internship.
The candidacy process begins with
application, normally in the fall of the
student's sophomore or junior year. Two
of the theology core courses must be completed before making application to the
program. An essay, one letter of reference,
an assessment instrument called "Self
Portrait," and an interview are required for
candidacy review. The teaching staff will
conduct step one.
The second step will be conducted by
the Youth and Family Institute staff with
help from experienced pastors, a member
of the religion faculty, and youth and family ministers. This usually follows the
internship in the fall of the senior year.
Retaking the "Self Portrait," an essay, an
assessment of the internship, and an interview are required. This step is very important for recommending the students for
employment.
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Ten religion courses including:
Theology core:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 481 Contemporary Theology
REL 495 Seminar
Youth and family ministry core:
REL 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry (Interim)
REL 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 358 Life and Work of the Church
REL 399 Internship
Theology elective: choose one of the
following:
REL 356 World Religions
REL 353 Denominations and Religious
Groups in America
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
and four supporting courses:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
or PSY 102 The Individual in a Social
World
PSY 351 Child Development
or PSY 352 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major may not also major or
minor in religion.
-
!36 Religion
2217Or 331 is prereq~site to aU other courses. REL 111 or 221
is expected to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg.
Junior or senior transfer students who are
required to take two Christian Faith
Perspective courses may take REL 331 as
the prerequisite for other courses.
REL 111
Department approval is necessary
before courses taken in other colleges can
be accepted for religion department credit.
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world that concerns Christian doctrine.
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents; the
task of biblical interpretation; and the history of Israel and the emergence of
the church.
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery, and evangelicalism.
REL 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
REL 235
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
Development of youth and family ministry in the U.S. Conceptual models and
basic skills for holistic approach to youth and family ministry in a congregation.
REL 331
Foundations in Bible and Theology
An advanced introduction to the biblical and theological foundations of the
Christian faith, focusing on writing and advanced critical thinking skills.
Open only to advanced transfer students. Not accepted for credit for students
who have taken REL 111 or REL 221.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modem marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
-
Religion 23:
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers that may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
REL 358
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work, and parish work.
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements in American society.
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including persecution and martyrdom,
councils and creeds, and conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions.
REL 362
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures.
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: junior standing)
REL 374
Science and Religion
A study of the implications for Christian theology of modem science, particularly physics and biology, and the ethical implications of some of the technologies that have derived from these sciences.
-
138 Religion
REL 383
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modem medical technology.
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
Theology and history will be studied primarily from the perspective of those
Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on "habits of the heart" that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terns of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community The Jewish
Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
-
Religion 23'
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the tradi-
tional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the
classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them.
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Individual study in selected religion courses not addressed in regular course
offerings.
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year; others
by permission of instructor. Before taking the seminar, each major must have
written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the department
chair. (Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See description on page 87. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
REL 399
Internship
See description on pages 87 and 235.
REL 499
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See department listingfor a description of thefollowing approved elective:
RELIPHI 350 Philosophy of Religion
(See PHI 350)
40 RUSSIAN, CENTRAL,
AND EAST
EUROPEANSTUDIES (ACTC
T
his major, offered through the
Associated colleges of the ~ w i Cities
i
(ACTC), seeks t i give the broadest possible exposure to the history, politics, economics, literature, and philosophy of
Central and Eastern Europe and Russia.
This interdisciplinary major offers an
opportunity to become well acquainted
with societies in socio-economical and
political transition as well as the rich literary and cultural achievements of the area.
Experience with the Russian language or,
through the University of Minnesota one of
the Eastern European languages, is
required. Russian, Central, and East
European studies is a sound liberal arts
major offering considerable flexibility and
career opportunities, especially when combined with another major or minor in business, economics, history, language, and literature or political science.
Courses are offered at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, Macalester
College, the College of St. Catherine, and
the University of St. Thomas, thus drawing
on the faculty and resources of the five
ACTC institutions.
Adviser
Magda Paleczny-Zapp
PROGRAM)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Major
Eleven courses, including language and
area studies courses:
A. Language Courses: Two years of
basic college Russian, Polish, SerboCroatian, Czech, Hungarian, or
equivalent competencies.
B. Area Studies Courses:
Track 1: Concentration in humanities
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 1,plus one
course from Track 2, as approved by adviser.
Track 2: Concentration in social sciences
Five courses: Four courses from the list of
approved courses in Track 2, plus one
course from Track 1,as approved by adviser.
C. Two other courses selected from either
Track 1 or Track 2.
D. Students are strongly recommended to
take a third year of Russian or any other
East European language. A program of
study abroad in Russia or one of the
Central or East European countries during
a semester, Interim, or during the summer
is strongly encouraged. All options should
be discussed with the student's adviser.
I
AUCSBURC
TRACK 1
HUMANITIES CONCENTRATION
HIS 348 Russia and Soviet Union in the
20th Century
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox
Church
TRACK 2
SOCIAL SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
EC0 495 Topics (Requires permission
of adviser)
POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post
Communist Systems (Requires
permission of adviser)
POL 363 Russian and Chinese
Foreign Policy
Students may take other Eastern
European language courses that are offered
at the University of Minnesota through
ACTC. See the adviser or contact the
ACTC office for further information.
Students may not receive credit for the
same course taken on different campuses.
The following courses are considered to be
equivalent to one another:
(Location:A = Augsburg; H = Hamline;
M = Macalester; C = St. Catherine; T = St.
Thomas.)
HIS 60 M = HIS 337 H
HlST 333 T = HIST 373 H =
HIST 348 A = HIST 351 C
ECO25M=ECO317A=
ECO 349 T = ECO 349 C
Faculty Advising
Students should consult an adviser regularly in order to secure a coherent and
effective program. Each ACTC institution
has a faculty member on the Russian,
Central, and East European Studies
Committee. These advisers can help with
selection of courses, recommendations for
study abroad, and consideration of career
options.
See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary
Studies.
The current advisers are: Augsburg,
Magda Paleczny-Zapp, (612) 330-1761;
Hamline, Karen Vogel, (651) 641-2973 and
Nick Hayes, (651) 641-2314; Macalester,
Gary Krueger, (651) 696-6222; St.
Catherine, Sr. Margery Smith, (651) 6906553; and St. Thomas, Sr. Mary Shambour,
(651) 962-5164.
s
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinator
Christopher Kimball
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 220 America to 1815
or HIS 221 19th-Century United States
or HIS 222 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields-economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor's degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
T h e social work major prepares graduates for entry-level generalist practice in
the field of social work. The baccalaureate
social work uroeram (B.S.W.) is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education
and leads to a bachelor of science degree.
Graduates are prepared to work with individuals, families, groups, and communities
building on strengths, and to develop and
analyze social policy. The mission of the
department is to develop social work professionals for practice that promotes social
justice and empowerment towards the
well-being of people in a diverse and global society.
.
L,
Augsburg's social work major provides
a strong foundation for graduate studies in
a variety of fields. Since 1991 Augsburg
has offered a full-time Master of Social
Work (M.S.W.) degree on a weekend
schedule.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education
for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of
the Department of Social Work. The Twin
Cities area provides both a variety of field
placements for social work students and
extraordinary community resources for the
classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity in this metropolitan area enriches
opportunities for social work students to
learn to understand, appreciate, respect,
and work with people different from themselves.
The social welfare minor and electives
in the department allow students from
other majors to gain knowledge about
human needs and growth, human services,
global social welfare, and the methods of
effective citizenship. Using this knowledge,
students are encouraged to use their talents
and skills to address the needs of society,
always emphasizing social justice and the
central importance of diversity in the social
fabric of our world.
Social Work Faculty
Terry Cook (Co-Chair), Edward
Skarnulis (Co-Chair), Anthony Bibus
(BSW program director), Susan Bullerdick,
Vem Bloom, Laura Boisen (MSW field
coordinator), Lois Bosch (MSW program
director), Francine Chakolis, Maria Dinis,
Sumin Hsieh, Rosemary Link, Sharon
Patten, Curt Paulsen, Phu Phan, Glenda
Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock (BSW
field coordinator), Clarice Staff, Maryann
Syers
- 3ocial Work
44
Concentration
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of Practice
and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 101 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
soc 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 231 Family Systems:
A Cross-Cultural Perspective
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.0 GPA is required
in the supporting program. A statistics
course is recommended for students planning on graduate school.
Concentrations in aging, chemical
dependency, crime and corrections, social
ministries, and youth are possible. A concentration consists of elective courses in
the area and a senior practicum in that
special area. For social ministries, a minor
in religion with specific coursework is
required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy
Social work majors must be granted
candidacy status before the beginning of
the first practicum in the junior year.
Certain 300- and 400-level courses list
candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion or planned enrollment in all core
and supporting program courses below the
400 level are necessary for candidacy.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Public Administration
-
Social Work 24
Social Ministries
This concentration helps to focus social
workers on work in church congregations
or church-sponsored social programs and
projects. The concentration was designed
by the Departments of Religion and Social
Work. The concentration is achieved by
completing the following course of study:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice 11: With
Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work 11:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 401 Research: Evaluation of
Practice and Programs
SWK 406 Social Work Practice 111:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work 111:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV
Integrative Seminar
SWK 419 The Social Worker as
Professional
Social Ministries Minor in Religion
Required course--choose one:
REL 111 Introduction to Theology or
REL 221 Biblical Studies
Suggested c o u r s e ~ h o o s four:
e
REL 231,263,342,343,353,360,363,
366,370,415,441, and 483.
ELECTIVE COURSES ARE OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS.
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development
in the global context. It also identifies the focus of social work in addition to
many other disciplines that are vital to fostering peace.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This experiential learning course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work.
Students must arrange to perform 60 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar. The course also critically examines how economic and political structures affect diverse groups.
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides an understanding of human growth through life and of
the sociocultural, biological and psychological factors that influence the
growth of individuals and families. Growth related to diverse populations and
groups or special stresses is also a focus.
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The values and social movements that form charitable and governmental
responses to human needs and the contribution of social workers historically
will be explored. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
-
46 Social Work
SWK 406
Social Work Practice Ill: With Communities and Policies
This course focuses on social change through community organization and
influencing policies. Students build an understanding of communities, human
service agencies, and policy practice in the local community through a
required service-learningproject. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
This course covers the basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles, and techniques of social work with individuals, and development of relationship building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Concurrent with SWK 307 Integrative Seminar in WEC and with SWK
301 in the day program, and junior standing)
SWK 307
Field Work I: lntegrative Seminar*
Beginning supervised professional practicum experience in a social work
agency that focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A
total of 120 hours, plus a small-group integrative seminar. (Prereq.: SWK 301,
junior standing, concurrent with SWK 301 in day program and SWK 306 in
WEC. P/N grading only)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Croups
This course builds skills in the problem-solving model with diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise, and regular class work focusing on
generalist practice in group and family work. (Prereq.: SWK 306, SWK 307,
and candidacy status)
SWK 317
Field Work II: lntegrative Seminar*
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 316. P/N grading
only)
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide paymentfor
work infield sites.
-
Social Work 24
SWK 401
Research: Evaluation of Practice and Programs
This is an overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program and practice evaluations, plus use
of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
SWK 407
Field Work Ill: lntegrative Seminar*
Field work practicum, a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 41 7
Field Work IV: lntegrative Seminar*
Continuation of SWK 407; a total of 120 hours plus integrative seminar.
(Prereq.: Senior and candidacy status. P/N grading only)
SWK 419
The Social Worker as Professional
This course reviews professional ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, job
attainment, and strategies for agency change and empowering clients. (Prereq.:
Senior and candidacy status.)
Internships and lndependent Study Courses:
SWK 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SWK 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SWK 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
*Can be taken in coordination with cooperative education, which may provide payment for
work infield sites.
S
ociology
-. is the study of society as a
whole and of human social organization in
groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social
world and how human beings come to
think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, Interim courses, and
field studies. The department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning.
Internships and cooperative education
enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they
explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the human resources
departments of both government and private corporations, in the criminal justice
field, and as professors of sociology. Others
have used their majors as preparation for
advanced study in areas such as law, the
ministry, social work, urban planning, and
human services.
Sociology Faculty
Diane Pike (Chair), Eric Buffalohead,
Gany Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Michael
O'Neal, Tim Pippert, James VelaMcConnell
Major
Ten courses including:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 349 Complex Organizations
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory
and four additional sociology courses.
Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended.
Majors must have a 2.0 or better in each
required course to receive credit in the
major.
Concentration in Crime and Community
Many of our students are interested in
the field of criminal justice. This concentration, however, is not a traditional criminal justice program. Rather, the focus is on
understanding crime in the community
with respect to prevention, and the solution of problems that lead to crime.
Students interested in community crime
prevention as well as the traditional
aspects of criminal justice-ourts,
prisons, probation, and law-will be served by
this major. See department chair for specific requirements.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
-
Sociology 249
Concentration in Social Psychology
Departmental Honors
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific course work to
strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective. Students will participate in internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology
interest. Course work will emphasize
research skills, theoretical analysis, and
applied work in areas intended to prepare
students for careers in law, consulting,
research, and social policy, as well as many
other areas. In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate
school preparation. See department chair
for specific requirements.
To complete the honors major in sociology, the student must have a minimum
GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In
addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair for specific requirements. An application for the honors major
must be completed by spring of the junior
year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are expected to
have at least a 2.0 GPA in courses counting
toward the minor.
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 21 1
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and
functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the
United States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and the modem cultural and
social patterns.
-Sociology
250
SOC 241
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems.
SOC 265
Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds-race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality-receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on
religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121
recommended. Fall)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis-be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3 . Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research-do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does soceity construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
-
-
Sociology 251
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to planning and
shaping metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and walking research field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SOC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SOC 498
lndependent Study-Metropolitan
Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 andfor consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
lndependent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modem Languages.
SPEECH/COMMUNICATION
AND
THEATRE
ARTS-spc, THR
0
ur quality
- - of life, both personally
and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A
communication major at Augsburg is
designed to enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of contexts
and to improve communication skills.
Since communication careers demand a
broad educational background, the department strongly encourages a second major
or two minors in fields such as business,
economics, English, history, international
relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work, sociology, or theatre arts.
The Augsburg communication major
focuses on competency in both speech and
writing, as well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities
and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as
aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics, and research methods in
their programs.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech/Communication and Theatre
Arts Faculty
Martha Johnson (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Michael Burden, Darcey Engen, Robert
Groven, Daniel Hanson, David Lapakko,
Deborah Redmond
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Major
12 courses overall--seven required core
courses and five courses within one of
seven emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these 12 courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
Required of all communication majors:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
SPC 188 Forensics Practicum
(non-credit)
SPC 321 Advanced Public Speaking
or THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
or THR 360 Interpretive Reading
SPC 35 1 Argumentation
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
One of the following: ENG 223, 225,
226, 227.
Rhetoric Emphasis (Day)
Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495,
499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PHI 120,
230; PSY 325,371; SOC 362,375.
Organizational Communication
Emphasis (Day)
Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,345,399,495,499; ART
132,225,330; SPC 345; BUS 340,355 or
450; CSC 160; INS 395; PSY 325,371,
373; SOC 265,349,375.
Mass Communication Emphasis (Day)
Five electives from the following: SPC
343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,
225,330; ENG 226,241,327,347; POL
342,375; THR 232,325,350,360;
SPOTHR 333.
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis (WEC)
Students interested in this emphasis are
strongly urged to take ENG 227
Journalism as part of the major.
Five electives from: ART 132, 224, 225;
BUS 242,252,355; MIS 379; PSY 373;
SOC 349; SPC 345,399,480; POL 342.
Marketing Communications Emphasis
(WEC)
Five electives from: BUS 252, 352,355,
357,450; SPC 399,480; POL 342.
Human Relations Emphasis (WEC)
Five electives from: INS 395; PSY 373,
485; SOC 231,265,349,375; SPC 329,
345,399,480.
Supervisory Management Emphasis
(WEC)
Five electives from: BUS 242, 340, 440;
INS 395; MIS 175,379; PSY 373; SOC 349;
SPC 345,399
For All Seven Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg's interscholastic forensics program. Day students are required to attend
at least two interscholastic speech tournaments. Registering for and completing SPC
188 (Forensics Practicum) is required to
document participation. Students should
be aware that the tournament season is
essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (SPC 399) as one of
their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in
the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Minor
Six courses including:
SPC 111 Public Speaking
or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
SPC 351 Argumentation
or SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
or SPC 355 Small Group
Communication
ENG 223,225,226 or 227
Film minor
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPCITHR Topics 295: 16mm Film
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Contemporary
Issues in Film
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
Plus one of the following:
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting
THRJENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Prospective minors must obtain prior
approval from a communication faculty
adviser.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major is only for students who
seek to be licensed in speech or communication arts. Students should consult directly with both the Augsburg speech/communication and education departments. The
course requirements for the new licensure
are listed under the Department of English,
on p. 139.
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be upper
division courses offered at Augsburg.
SPC 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Note: Students may take either
SPC 111 and 112 for credit, but not both. Fall, spring)
SPC 112
Contest Public Speaking
Theory and practice of speaking in formal contest situations. Students must
attend three interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate,
speaking to entertain, andlor communication analysis. (Note: Students may
take either SPC 111 or 112 for credit, but not both.)
SPC 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics. Students must attend two interscholastic
forensics tournaments between October and March. (Fall, spring)
SPC 321
Advanced Public Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job i n t e ~ e w i n gand sales presentations, in order to hone students' speaking skills. (Prereq.: SPC 111 or
112)
SPC 329
lntercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code syst e m . (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems. (Fall: alternate years)
SPC 347
Documentary Video
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
SPC 348
Broadcast Production I1
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
SPC 343 or 347)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: SPC
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: SPC 111
or consent of instructor. Spring)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Fall, spring)
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
SPC 410
The Self and the Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
SPC 480
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication
Public relations in the modem world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
SPC 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
SPC 199
-
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SPC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
SPC 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
SPC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 88.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 252
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 355
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENG 226
ENC 241
ENG 347
INS 395
MIS 379
PHI 120
POL 342
POL 375
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
I HEATRE ARTS-THR
T
he study of theatre is finnly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating kno&ledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speechlcommunication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the cumculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts Program
offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while also providing
a solid base in classical, modem, contemporary, and multicultural theatre.
Augsburg's location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students,) and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, education, business, communication, and jour-
nalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department strongly
encourages a second major or minor in
such fields as speech/communication, art,
English, education, music, or religion.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Theatre Arts Major
Ten courses overall-eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives.
Eight core courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Two electives from:
THR 116 Creative Drama
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
The following cross listed and capstone
courses are encouraged, but not required:
THRJMUS235 Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THRlENG 325 Playwriting
THRISPC 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
-
158 Theatre Arts
Ten experiential learning units in three
or more of the following areas: performance (three required), artistic (one
required), and production (four required).
Unless you are a transfer student, all
six core courses must be taken at
Augsburg; therefore, careful, early planning
is required.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 116,
222, 232; sophomores: THR 228, 245,361,
362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350,360,361,
365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only. Thirteen theatre courses
are allowed toward graduation.
A capstone course, such as an internship, is encouraged, but not required. THR
002, 003, 004, or 005 is recommended to
fulfill lifetime sports requirements.
Majors must participate in two out of
three dramatic productions every year.
Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA
to have major participation in productions.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser prior to their senior year to develop
a proposal for the honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students are
required to take a minimum of three
Augsburg upper division theatre arts
courses.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 232 Acting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
or THR 362 Theatre History
Criticism I1
THR 366 Stage Direction I
Five experiential learning units in the following areas: performance (two required),
artistic (one required), and production
(two required).
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENG 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
SPC/THR Topics 295: 16mm Film
SPC/THR Topics 295: Contemporary
Issues in Film
SPC 343 Broadcast Production I
THRISPC 333 Acting for Camera
Plus one of the following:
SPCrrHR Topics 295: Screenwriting
THRIENG 325 Playwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
SPC 347 Documentary Video
SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1
THR 366 Stage Direction
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 222 Introduction to Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
-
Theatre Arts 25!
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
The State of Minnesota has changed the
licensing requirements for teachers who
seek to be licensed in theatre. At publication of this catalog, the Theatre Arts
Program is in the process of seeking
approval of a dance and theatre teacher
licensure major with a theatre specialization. Students should consult directly with
both the Augsburg Theatre Arts Program
and the education department.
THRIHPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports-Introduction
to Dance
(.O course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modem
dance.
THRIHPE 004, 005 Lifetime Sports-Modern
(.O course)
Dance and Improvisation
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THRlHPE 002, 00, or instructor's permission.
NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THRIHPE 002, 003,004, or
005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, acting with an emphasis
on active participation and reflective writing. (Fall)
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
An introduction to dramatic art including major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review stage productions. (Fall)
THR 228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre
tours. Open to all students. Lab required. (Fall)
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring)
THR 245
lntroduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers. (Fall: alternate years)
-
!60 Theatre Arts
THR 325/ENC 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111 and one
literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Fall: alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will
execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. Class will take
theatre tours, have visiting designers, and practical involvement with the
Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, materials needed. (Prereq.: THR
228 or permission of instructor. Spring)
THR 333/SPC 333 Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as applied to video and
film. Since the art of acting enhances skills for on-camera effectiveness, actual
TV drama scripts, commercials, and others will be used for video performance;
should be taken concurrently with SPC 343.
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Fall)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry, and drama. Study, discuss, practice, and perform readings in prose, poetry, and drama before small
and large groups. (Spring)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENG 111. Fall or spring: alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and
attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken
sequentially with THR 361. (Fall or spring: alternate years)
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene, monologue study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles
from the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism,Restoration comedy, realism, and non-realism), culminating in public recital. (Prereq.: THR 222 and
THR 232. Fall or Spring)
-
Theatre Arts 26'
THR 366
Stage Direction
Basic directorial techniques: play analysis, production organization, technical
collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of
two pieces required, the latter for public recital. Permission from instructor
required. (Prereq.: THR 361, or 362, or 328, or consent of instructor. Spring)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
THR 399
lnternship
See description on page 87.
Independent StudyIResearch
See description on page 88.
See Metro-Urban Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies.
T
he Women's Studies Program provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women's contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
Program with 'Ourse offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not
On gender, but also
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucia1 aspects of women's experiences.
The Women's Studies Program offers
both a major and a minor, and provides
students with academic preparation for
careers in human services, education, and
social work as well as graduate study
Women's Studies Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Coordinator), Kristin
M. Anderson, Grace B. Dyrud, Doug
Green, Milda Hedblom, Lynne Lorenzen,
Patty Murphy, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma
Noonan, Michael O'Neal, Timothy Pippert,
Beverly J. Stratton, James Vela-McConnell
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in
Studies, WST 495
(Seminar), and WST 199 or WST 399
(internships). The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved
studies courses, and should
include at least two courses in the social
sciences, two in the humanities, and one in
cross-cultural studies. At least three tourses must be upper division courses.
Students may take courses at any of the
colleges participating in the
Studies Program. However, at least three
courses must be completed at Augsburg.
The writing component of the graduation
skills requirements for the women's studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student's program must have the
written approval of the women's studies
program coordinator.
Both majors and minors are encouraged
to participate in one of the gender-focused
semester study abroad programs offered
through Augsburg's Center for Global
Education. Two programs have been prestudy credit:
approved for
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (offered fall
semester) and Gender and the
Environment: Latin American Perspectives
(offered spring semester).
Minor
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student's program must have the written
approval of the women's studies program
coordinator.
-
Women's Studies 26:
WST 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
WST 205
lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies
This course will introduce students to basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in contemporary U.S. culture, including sexual identity, life experiences of
gayAesbianhisexuaVtransgender (glbt) persons, homophobia, and heterosexism. Students will visit Twin Cities agencies and participate in an immersion
experience. (Lab fee: $50)
WST 281
Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311
The Development Process
(See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social Change in
Mesoamerica.)
INS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
WST 405
lntroduction to Cay and Lesbian Studies
(See description for WST 205)
WST 481
Topics in Women's Studies
WST 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors
who do not elect to do an independent study (499). It is offered at a different
college each year.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
WST 199
lnternship
See description on page 87.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 88.
WST 399
lnternship
See description on page 87
jd BOARD OF KECENTS
Chair
Kathryn H. Tunheim
Secretary
Ruth E. Johnson '74
Vice Chair
Norman R. Hagfors
Treasurer
Glen E. Person '47
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Rev. Gary E. Benson '70 (2002)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, Minn.
*Jackie Cherryhomes '76 (2004)
President, Minneapolis City Council,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Rev. Roger C. Eigenfeld (2000)
Senior Pastor, St. Andrew's Lutheran
Church, Mahtomedi, Minn.
*Tracy Lynn Elftmann '81 (2002)
Owner, Customized Employer Solutions,
Edina, Minn.
*H. Theodore Grindal'76 (2002)
Attorneypartner, Lockridge Grindal
Nauen 65 Holstein P.L.L.P., Minneapolis,
Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors (2001)
President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
*Dr. Ruth E. Johnson '74 (2000)
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Mayo
Clinic; Director, Mayo Breast Clinic,
Rochester, Minn.
Dean C. Koppemd (2004)
Chief Executive Officer, Fortis Financial
Group, Woodbury, Minn.
David J. Larson (2002)
Sr. Vice President, Secretary and General
Counsel, Lutheran Brotherhood,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Gloria C. Lewis (2005)
Director, Violence Prevention Programs,
Chicago Department of Health, Chicago,
Ill.
Rev. Jose Antoinio Machado (2004)
Pastor, Todos Los Santos Congregation,
Minneapolis, Minn.
James E. Haglund (2000)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
*Julie R. Nelson '83 (2002)
Executive Director, The Dwight D.
Opperman Foundation, Minneapolis,
Minn.
*Rev. Mark S. Hanson '68 ex officio(2002)
Bishop, Saint Paul Area Synod ECLA, St.
Paul, Minn.
*Ronald G. Nelson '68 (2002)
Vice President and Controller, 3M
Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Beverly Thompson Hatlen (2005)
Board Chair, Minnesota Life College;
President, Hatlen Foundation, Richfield,
Minn.
Rev. Glenn W. Nycklemoe ex officio
(2002)
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod
ELCA, Rochester, Minn.
Allen A. Housh (2001)
Business Consultant and President, A.A.
Housh and Associates, Edina, Minn.
Ronald J. Peltier (2004)
President and CEO, Edina Realty Home
Services, Edina, Minn.
-
Board of Regents 26
*Glen E. Person '47 (2005)
Retired Businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn.
*P. Dawn Taylor '78 (2002)
Des Moines, Iowa
Wayne G. Popham (2000)
Senior Attorney, Hinshaw & Culbertson,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Michael W. Thompson (2001)
Realtor, Edina Realty Inc., Edina, Minn.
Curtis A. Sampson (2001)
President and CEO, Communications
Systems, Hector, Minn.
Glen J. Skovholt (2000)
President, Skovholt.com Government and
Community Affairs Consultants, St. Paul,
Minn.
Kathryn H. Tunheim (2004)
President, Tunheim Santrizos Company,
Minneapolis, Minn.
*Joan L. Volz '68 (2000)
Welch, Minn.
May Ka-Yee Yue (2000)
President and CEO, Sky BioHealth
Solutions, Inc., Eden Prairie, Minn.
*Jean M. Taylor '85 (2000)
Vice President, Development, Taylor
Corporation, Eagan, Minn.
DIVISION
FOR HIGHER
EDUCATION AND SCHOOLS
THEEVANGELICALLUTHERANCHURCH
IN AMERICA
(ELCA)
Chair, Board of Directors
The Rev. John G. Andreasen
Vice-Chair, Board of Directors
Donna Coursey
Secretary, Board of Directors
Dr. Dean Baldwin
Executive Director
Dr. W. Robert Sorensen
Director for Administration and
Planning
Sue Rothmeyer
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Dr. Cheryl Chatman
AND
Beginning year of service offaculty is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
William V. Frame (1997). President. B.A., M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., University of
Washington.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Earl R. Alton (1960). Interim Vice President for Academic and Learning S e ~ c e and
s Dean
of the College. Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan.
Ida B. Simon (1998). Vice President for Advancement and Community Relations. B.A.,
Lincoln University; M.Ed., University of Illinois, Urbana; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary.
Rick J. Smith (1998). Vice President for Admissions and Enrollment. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.P.A., Hamline University; M.B.A., University of Chicago.
Administration
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Associate Dean for Library and Information Technology.
Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Lany J. Crockett (1985). Interim Associate Dean of Faculty Affairs. Professor of Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Ann L. Gamey (1998). Associate Dean of Students. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Augsburg College.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising, Academic Advising Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Ann M. Klamer (1993). Director, Residence Life. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Stevens
Point; M.S., Ohio University.
William M. Kuehl (1996). Director, Weekend College Admissions. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Regina McGoff (1992). Interim Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Donna D. McLean (1985). Director, Alumni and Parent Relations. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 2C
Marie 0. McNeff (1968). Academic Master Planner. Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Arthur H. Meadowcroft (1985). Director, Facilities Management Services. B.S., University
of Minnesota.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara E Nagle (1998). Director, Public Relations and Communication. B.S., Ohio
University.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Director, Enrollment and Financial S e ~ c e Center.
s
B.A., Augsburg
College.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University
John S. Schrnit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of
Texas.
Paul Simmons (1992). Registrar. B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Lora F! Steil (1994). Director, Human Resources. B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978). Director, Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministry. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Virginia I! Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education. Director of American Indian
Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. Men's Basketball
Coach. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Sheldon M. Anderson (1988). Visiting Associate Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Tmdi J. Anderson (1990). Studio ArtistRlute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University
-
70 Augsburg College Faculty
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
B
Karen G. Ballen (1998). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Kalamazoo College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). On Leave. Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Marilyn D. Bennett (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
Pomona College; Registered Physical Therapy, Children's Hospital of Los Angeles
School of Physical Therapy; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Anthony A. Bibus, 111 (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William F! Bierden (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Bradley G. Board (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.EA., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1975). Professor of Speech/Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S.,
M.EA., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Director, Master of Social Work Program. Assistant Professor of
Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College; M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Christine A. Bosquez-Herman (1999). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies.
A.N., College of St. Catherine; B.H.S., Wichita State University; M.l?A.S.,
University of Nebraska.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Assistant Professor of Business Administration1Accounting/ MIS.
B.S.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eric L. Buffalohead (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology/American Indian Studies. B.A.,
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Susan K. Bullerdick (1999). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Burden (1990). Associate Professor of SpeecWCommunication and Theatre
Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.A., Augsburg College; MIA., University
of Minnesota.
Janelle M. Bussert (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div.,
Yale University.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Margaret M. Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline
University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Daniel J. Challou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.S., S.U.N.Y.-Albany;
M.S., University of Illinois at Urbana; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Harnline University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; MIA., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Capital University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of
St. Thomas.
Candyce L. Clayton (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College. M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John's University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University;
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English and SpeecWCommunication and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
' 2 Augsburg College Faculty
-
D
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.EA., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Donna K. DeGracia (1998). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio
State University; PA., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Mary K. Devitt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
North Dakota.
Jacqueline R. devries (1994). Assistant Professor of History. Director of Women's Studies.
B.A., Calvin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
Maria C. Dinis (1996). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., California State
University; Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary's University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Macalester College.
Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Sally Gibson Dorer (1998). Studio ArtistICello, part-time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State
University; M.A., University of Iowa.
Anthony J. Dunlop (1998). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Bard College.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
E
Nancy Edwards (1997). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Indiana University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ruth C . Enestvedt (1999). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.EA., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio ArtistTTrumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.EA., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artisth'iano, part-time, Music. B.EA., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mary L. Ewert-Knodell (1998). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
M.A., Mankato State University.
F
Heidi M.' Farrell (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women's
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Momingside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Mathew R. Foss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.A., Northeast Missouri
State University.
Karen B. Franzmeier (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Philip A. Fried (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
C
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne C. Garcia-Romero (1999). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. A.B., Occidental College; M.EA., Yale University.
Meny Beth Gay (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. A.L.A., Bethel College;
A.N., Anoka Ramsey Community College; B.S., Metropolitan State University;
M.S., University of Colorado.
Annette M. Gerten (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio ArtistfClarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
114
Augsburg college Faculty
7
Linda J. Gesling (1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Augustana College; M.Div.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University - Garrett-Evangelical Theological Seminary.
Sandra E Gilbert (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law.
Janet L. Goldstein (1997). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Hebrew University,
Jerusalem; M.S.W., Yeshiva University.
J. Michael Gonzalez-Campoy (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies.
B.A., Macalester College; M.D., Ph.D., Mayo Medical School and Mayo Graduate
School.
Walter L. Goodwin (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Morgan State University;
M.A., Kean College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark A. Granquist (1988, 1999). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Yale University; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men's Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Graves (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Nansee L. Greeley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Brown University.
William D. Green (1991). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. Music studies at the
University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L. Griffin (1986). Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Haward University.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Grundahl (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; MIA.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya F! Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27
H
Abo-el-Yazeed T. Habib (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
AccountinghlIS. B.B.A., Tanta University, Egypt; B.A., M.A., Cairo University,
Egypt; M.B.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of North Texas.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago.
Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor of Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
Philip L. Harder (2000). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire.
M. Anaam Hashrni (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration1Accounting/
MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, M.B.A, Ball
State University; D.B.A., Kent State University.
Kathryn M. Hathaway (1997). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., Northern Illinois University.
Emily L. Hause (1995). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Warren E. Hawkins (1999). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. Two B.A. degrees,
Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Robert G . Hazen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; B.S.,
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. Director of Canadian Studies
Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rebecca E. Hegstad (1998). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Luther College;
M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Mark D. Henderson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., North Texas State
University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Harlan A. Hewitt (1998). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State
University; M.A., University of Illinois; D.A., Idaho State University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead; MIA.,
University of Iowa.
76 Augsburg College Faculty
Bradley I! Holt (1981). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn B. N. Horowitz (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/
Accounting /MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Sumin Hsieh (1999). Assistant Professor Social Work. B.A., M.A., Tunghai University,
Taiwan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio ArtistNiolin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Steven C . Huchendorf (1999). Assistant Professor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Cloud
State University; M.S., D.A., Illinois State University.
Debra K. Huntley (1998). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Houston.
I
Louis J. Iacovo, Jr. (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., New York
University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School.
Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Marc D. Isaacson(l998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
Mary J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A.Ed., Hamline University.
Rolf A. Jacobson (2000). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of
Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Anne M. Jensen (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Kathleen A. Johnson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., Mankato State University.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David R. Jones (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., University of St. Thomas.
Jeffrey E Judge (1995). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 27:
K
Arnin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/ Accounting1MIS.
B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Gerald T. Kaminski (1994). Instructor, part-time, Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., M.S., Case Western Reserve; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State
University.
Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Manuel E. Kaplan (1995). Consulting Memcal Director, Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.S., University of Arizona; M.D., Harvard Medical School.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., M.A., University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Temple University.
Robert A. Karlen (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Dino G. Kasdagly (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
A.S., Nonvalk State Technical College; B.S., M.S., University of Louisville; M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Ten L. Kaslow (1993). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College.
W. James Kattke (1999). Assistant Professor of Business Adminismation/Accounting/MIS.
B.A., Augustana College; M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.S., Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute.
Patricia A. Keahna (1996). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., University
of Maryland; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Martha H. Kelly (1995). Academic Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. B.A., Michigan State University; PA. Certification, Bowman Gray School
of Medicine.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artistmarp, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Christopher W. Kimball(1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., McGill University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Elizabeth P: Klages (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science and Nordic Area Studies.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Paul H. Nitze School of Advanced International
Studies.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
-
!78 Augsburg College Faculty
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Xavier J. Knight (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan State
University; M.A., M.S., St. Mary's University of Minnesota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth A. Krueger (2000). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota; D.P.A., University of Southern California.
Thomas L. Kuhlrnan (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Diane 0. Kuhlmann (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., M.B.T., M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jane M. Kuhn (1998). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S.,
M.S., North Dakota State University; M.B.A., Moorhead State University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University
of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Roger A. Larson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of MinnesotaDuluth; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artistfirench Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University
Kathleen J. Lenzmeier (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Kearney State
College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Cheryl J. Leuning (1996). Instructor, part-time, Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; MS.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of
Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University.
Roseann Lloyd (1995). Instructor, part-time, English. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne E Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., The
Claremont Graduate School.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 275
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., PA. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center.
Steven F! Lund 1982). Studio ArtisttTrombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith
College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
M
Margaret H. Madson (1999). Instructor, part-time, Honors Program. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Esther G . McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of
California-Berkeley
Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Carter T. Meland (1998). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Cynthia J. Meyer (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., University of Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Monem Meziou (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., Northern Arizona University.
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Jeannette H. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social
Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ Accounting
/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
Idella S. Moberg (1997). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia College-St. Paul;
M.S., St. John's University.
William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div.,
Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas E Morgan (1983). Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
William D. Morris (1987). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Patricia A. Murphy (1991). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
M.S., Mankato State University.
Augsburg College Faculty
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University
of Minnesota.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Capper E. Nichols (1999). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., San Diego State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norbert Nielubowski (1997). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time, Music. Lane Technical High
School (music concentration); private study.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norma C . Noonan (1966). Director, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. Professor of
Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University.
0
Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio ArtistPiano, part-time, Music. B.A., Hamline University.
Robert L. O'Connor (1999). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., St. John's University;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O'Connor (1994). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Michael E. O'Neal (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Wayne L. Olhoft (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.A., Metropolitan State University, St. Paul, MN; M.B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Sandra L. Olrnsted (1979). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen T. Olsen (1992). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Jack Osberg (1991). Head Football Coach. Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Paul H. Ousley (1993). Orchestra Director, Instructor of Music. B.M., University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.M., Eastrnan School of Music.
P
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business
Administration/Accounting/MIS.B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1989). Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College (of University of San Francisco).
Curtis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio ArtistNoice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
William A. Perkins (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration
/Accounting/MIS. B.S., University of Detroit.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Phu Tai Phan (1998). Instructor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
R
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
Karl l? Raschke (1999). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., MIA., University of Minnesota.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio ArtistIGuitar, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Deborah L. Redmond(l981). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre
Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modem Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
82 Augsburg College Faculty
Frances M. Reisner (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.S., Winona State University.
Susan E. Riley (1996). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley
Nan T. Reese Rivers (2000). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Augsburg College;
PsyD., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology.
Mary K. Roberts (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Mount Marty College;
M.A., University of St. Thomas.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Glenda Dewberry Rooney (1992). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Moira W. Runganadhan (2000). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.T., B.S., University of
Madras; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark L. Sateren (1997). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
Bruce D. Schleuter (1999). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.S., M.S., St. Cloud State
University
John S. Schmit (1990). Associate Professor of English. Weekend College Director. B.S., St.
John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of
Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Edward J. Schoenfeld (1999). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Marquette University;
M.A., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and
Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M I A , University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.B.A., University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University
Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Christopher L. Schwartz (1999). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., M.S., Oregon
State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas
Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Gregg S. Shadduck (1998). Instructor, part-time, Computer Science. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 28'
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part-time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary's
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter S. Shea (2000). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy B.A., Macalester College.
Charles M. Sheaffer (1995). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edward R. Skarnulis (1990). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
David M. Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/Accounting/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Sheilah I! Smith (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W, University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota..
Clarice A. Staff (1995). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
D.S.W, Columbia University
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John I? Stein (1992). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; MS., Mankato State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration /Accounting /MIS.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University;
M.A., Th.D., Luther Seminaly.
Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana
College; two M.S. degrees, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathryn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maryann Syers-McNairy (1998). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
:84 Augsburg College Faculty
T
Joan E. Thompson (1997). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Fort Lewis College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Yale
University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
U-v
Joseph B. Underhill-Cady (1998). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University
of California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
James A. Vela-McComell (1997). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D.,
Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine;M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
W
Donald M. Warren (1978). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts. Director of
Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
David B. Washington (1997). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., B.L., J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
Charee M. Watters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Org.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A.,
College of St. Thomas.
Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Associate Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part-time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
Jennifer A. Wenner (1999). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of St.
Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.EA., M.S.W.,
University of Pennsylvania.
Michael S. Wilson (1996). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Marcus A. Wing (1995). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Moorhead State University;
M.S., Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
-
Augsburg College Faculty 281
J. Ambrose Wolf (1999). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of Muenster;
Ph.D., University of Cologne and KFA-Julich, Germany.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration /Accounting
/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
X-Y-z
- kACULTY
z86
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Ernest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological
Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Dr. Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre
Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia,
University of Latvia.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Carl H. Chrislock. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Henry G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of
Minnesota.
Jeny Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., MS., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University
Katherine Hennig. Artist-in-ResidenceEmerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
-
Faculty Emeriti 287
Edwina L. Hertzberg. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A. University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
James D. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Music. M.S., The Juilliard School; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., Smith College;
M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred "Mike" Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marjorie H. Sibley. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College-Moorhead;M.EA.,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Butler Place
-Interstate
94 West
Interstate 94 East
College Map Information
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2. Air Structure Entrance (November through March)
3. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field and Seasonal Air
Structure
4. Christensen Center (Information Desk)
5. East Hall
6. Faculty Guest House
7. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama
and Comunication (Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre,
Hoversten Chapel)
8. George Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
12. Lindell Library
13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
14. Mortensen Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Square
17. Music Hall
18. New Residence Hall
-3
k~isabilivX
=
\
=
19. Old Maln
20 Oscar Anderson Hall
21. Public
& Communications
22. Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
Parking Lots
A. Adm~ssionslFacultylStafiParking
B. FacultylStafflCommuteriResident Parking
C. FacultylStaff Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuter Parking
E. Commuter Parklng
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview-University Parking Ramp(pay parking available)'
- CAMPUS LOCATION
5
5
$
4 MINNEAPOLIS
9.
0
-
?-
ST. PAUL b
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. Pay
parking is available at the FairviewUniversity Medical Center across
Riverside Avenue. For major events on
campus during evenings and weekends,
parking is also available in the facultylstaff
and commuter lots.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South.
I-35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
92 INDEX
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic Advising Center 54
Academic Calendar 4-7, 52
Academic Divisions 55
Academic Information 51
Academic lnternships 63
Academic Policies and Procedures 66
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 82
Academic and Learning Services 44
Academic Skills Center 44
Accessibility 18
Accounting 100, 106-108
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Activities 42
Admissions 14, 20-24
Administrative Officers of the College 268
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 80
Advanced Transfer Students 73
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 46
Air Structure 43
Alumni Center 14
American Indian Studies 157-158
American Indian Student Services 45
American Sign Language 181
AmeriCorp Scholarship 32
Anderson Hall 14, 49
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 14
Anishinabe Library Project 46
Application Procedures 20, 31
Art 89-93
Art History 89-90, 92
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 46
Asian Studies (see East Asian Studies) 122-123
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 79
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 59
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletic Training Internship 147
Athletics 43
Audit Fee 26
Auditing Courses 79
Augsburg Echo 43
Augsburg Seminar 54, 72, 94
Augsburgian, The 43
B
Biology 95-99
Board of Regents 266-267
Books and Supplies 27
Business Administration 100-105
Business Administration and
Economics Major 102, 125
C
Calendar 4-7, 52
Campus Location 13, 18, 289-290
Campus Map 289-290
Campus Ministry 42
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 66
Career Services 65
Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 14
Center for Global Education 15, 61, 165-166
Center for Global Education Courses 61-62,
167-171
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 44
Center for Service, Work, and Learning 63
Chemistry 112-1 16
Chinese 181
Chapel 14,42
Choir 43, 194, 201
Christensen Center 14
Class Confirmation 70
Class Schedule 86
Classification (Class Year) 79
Coaching Endorsement 147
College Costs 2000-01 26
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 80
College of the Third Age 66
Commencement 83
Commons 49
Communication 252-256
Communication ArtsILiterature Teaching
Maior 139
comr;lunitY and Public Service
Scholarships 33
Community lnternships in Latin
America 62, 172
Community Service-Learning 64
Computational Economics 118
Computational Philosophy 118, 209
Computer Resources 53
Computer Science 11 7-121
Concert Band 43, 194, 201
Continuing Education Program 66
Cooperative Education 64
Costs 26
Counseling 47
Counseling and Health Promotion 47
Course Descriptions 85-264
Credits 86
Crime and Community Concentration
(Sociology) 248
Index 293
D
Dean's List 82
Degrees Offered 18, 52
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 80
Departments and Programs 85-264
Deposits 27, 46
Development 8
Directory 8
Disabled Student Program 44
Dismissal 82
Discrimination Complaints 50
Divisions and Departments 55
Dormitories 14, 27, 48
Dual Degree Programs 57, 136-137
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
East Asian Studies 122-123
East European Studies 240-241
East Hall 14
Echo 43
Economics 124-128
Economics/Business Admin. Major 125, 102
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
224, 125
Education 129-135
Education for Service 11
Elementary Education 130-131, 133
Employment 35
Engineering 136-137
English 138-144
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program 81
English Placement Test 140
Enrollment 18
Enrollment and Financial Services Center 67
Enrollment Deposit 27
Ensembles 194, 201
Entry-level Skills 72
Ethnic Studies 158
Evaluation and Grading 77
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 18, 267
Experiential Education Programs 63-64
Explanation of Grades 77
F
Facilities and Housing 14, 48
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 53, 269-285
Faculty Emeriti 286-287
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 31
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 50, 83-84
Federal Work Study Program 35
Fees 26-27
Film Minor 258
Finance Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Financial Aid 18, 30-36
Financial Policies 28-30
Fine Arts 43
Fitness Center 47
Food Service 49
Foreign Languages 77, 180-187
Former Students 23, 70
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 14
Four-Year Assurance Program 83
French 180-183
Freshmen 20, 21
C
Gage Family Endowment 45
General Education Curriculum 71-77
General Education Requirements 68-69, 7177
General Studies 145
German 180, 183-184
Gift Assistance 33-34
Global Education Center 15, 61, 165-166
Global Education Program
Courses 61-62, 167-171
Grade Point Average 72, 79
Grading 77-79
Graduate Programs Office 67
Graduate Programs 65
Graduation Level Skills 73
Graduation Requirements 68-69, 71-77
Graduation With Distinction 83
Grants 34
Green (Richard R.) Institute for Teaching and
Learning 16
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
H
Health and Physical Education 146-150
Health Education 146, 148
Health Promotion 47
Health Service 47
HECUA Courses 62-63, 171-1 73
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 60, 62, 166
HispanicILatino Student Services Program
46
History 151-155
History of Augsburg College 10
Honor Scholarship 32
Honors Program 59, 156
Housing 14, 27, 48
Hoversten Peace Scholarships 33
294 Index
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 78
Independent Studies 87
lnformation Technology Resources 53
Inter-Institutional Programs 59-60
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 43
Interdisciplinary Studies 157-163
lnterim 52
lnterim Abroad 63
lnterim Office 67
lnternational Baccalaureate Program (IB) 79
lnternational Business Minor 103
lnternational Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 102
lnternational Partners 166
lnternational Relations 164-165
lnternational Student Advising 48
lnternational Student Services 24
lnternational Students 24, 48
lnternational Studies 165-173
Internships 63-64, 87
Intertribal Student Union 45
Intramural Athletics 43
J
Japanese 180, 185
K
Marketing Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Master's Degrees 50, 65
Math Placement Group (MPG) 73, 175
Mathematics 174-179
Medical Refund 30
Melby Hall 15
Memberships 17, 18
Memorial Hall 15
Metro-Urban Studies 159-160
Middle East Studies Minor 161
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 45
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership
(MMEP) 16
Minnesota Work Study Program 35
Minors 56-57, 85-264
MIS Courses 109-111
Mission Statement 10
Modern Languages 180-187
Mortensen Hall 15, 49
Murphy Place 15
Murphy's 49
Music 188-202
Music Education Major 191, 194
Music Ensembles 193, 201
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 189, 192
Music Repertoire Tests 195
Music Therapy Major 189, 192, 199-200
KCMR Radio 43
L
Language Courses 180-187
Leadership Scholarships 33
Learning Disabilities Program 44-45
Learning Laboratory 44
Leave of Absence 70
Legacy Scholarship 32
Liberal Arts Perspectives 68-69, 74-77
Library and lnformation Technology
Center 15, 18, 53, 59
Licensure (Teaching) 57
Lifetime Sports 74
Lindell Library 15, 18
Loan Assistance 34-35
Location 13, 18, 289-290
Lutheran Leader Scholarships 33
M
Majors and Minors 55-57, 85-264
Management lnformation Systems 109-111
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 102
Maps 289,290
N
NASA Scholarship 33
Natural Science 203-204
New Hall 15, 49
No-Credit Grades 77
Nordic Area Studies 162-163
Norwegian 180, 185-186
Notification of Admissions Decision 21, 22
Number Grades 78
Numbering of Courses 86
Nursing 205-208
0
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 268
Ojibwe 180, 186
Old Main 15
Orchestra 43, 194, 201
Orientation (AUG) 54, 72, 94
Index 29:
p,
Q
Paired Resources in Ministry and
Education (PRIME) Awards 32
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 46
Pan Asian Student Services 46
Part-Time Students 26-27
Pass/No Credit 77-78
Pastor 42
Payments 28
Performance Studies 194, 202
Performing Arts Scholarships 33
Perspective Requirements 68, 74-77
Philosophy 209-212
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships 32
Physical Disabilities Program 44
Physical Education 149-150
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 113
Physician Assistant Program 67, 21 3-21 7
Physics 218-222
Piano Proficiency Test 195
Policies 16, 18, 49, 82
Political Science 223-228
Political Science/Economics teaching major
224, 125
Portfolio Assessment Program 80-81
Pre-Professional Programs 58
Pre-Registration 67
Prerequisites 86
President's Greeting 2
President's Scholarships 32
PRIME Scholarship 32
Probation 82
Psychology 229-233
Public Relations and Communication 15
R
Refunds 28-30
Regents 266-267
Regents' Scholarships 32
Registration 66, 67
Religion 234-239
Religious Affiliation 18
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 48-49
Residence Requirements 72
Room and Board 26
Rochester Program 65
ROTC 60
Russian, Central, and East European Studies
240-241
5
Scandinavian Studies 162-163
Scandinavian Urban Studies 62, 171
Scholarships 32-33, 36-40
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 15
Science Scholarship 32
Secondary Education 131-1 32, 134-135
Service-Learning 64
Sigma Pi Sigma 220
Skills Requirements 72-74
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 43
Social Psychology Concentration 230, 249
Social Studies 242
Social Welfare Minor 244
Social Work 243-247
Society of Physics Students 220
Sociology 248-251
Space Physics 21 9
Spanish 186-187
Special Education 135
Special Interest Housing 49
Special Students (Non-Degree) 23
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts 252-261
Sponsored Scholarships 36-40
sports 43
StepUP Program 45
Student Activities 42
Student Affairs (see Academic
and Learning Services) 44
Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 35
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 42
Student Life 41-50
Student Newspaper 43
Student Project for Amity Among Nations
(SPAN) 18
Student Publications 43
Student Rights 50
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 49
Student Teaching Abroad 63, 129
Studio Art 89-92
Study Abroad 60-63, 166-174
Summer School Office 67
Support Programs 44-45
Sverdrup Hall 15
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 15
-
!96 Index
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 57
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 257-261
Transcripts 20, 21
Transfer Scholarships 32
Transfer Students 19-21, 66-67, 70
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 22, 26-27
Tutor Center 44
U
Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural
Education (UMAIE) 18
Urban Studies 160-161
Urness Hall 15, 49
v
Veterans 83
W
Weekend College, history 12
Withdrawal From College 30, 70
Women's Studies 262-264
Work Study Program 35
x, y, z
Yearbook 43
Youth and Family Institute 16
Youth and Family Ministry Major 235
Show less